Initial revision

155 files changed, 54649 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60b8bc7
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1636 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
+   $Id$
+*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ ** Copyright (C)  2002-2004 Klarälvdalens Datakonsult AB.  All rights reserved.
+ **
+ ** This file is part of the KDGantt library.
+ **
+ ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+ ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+ ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+ ** packaging of this file.
+ **
+ ** Licensees holding valid commercial KDGantt licenses may use this file in
+ ** accordance with the KDGantt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+ ** the Software.
+ **
+ ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+ ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ **
+ ** See http://www.klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se/Public/products/ for
+ **   information about KDGantt Commercial License Agreements.
+ **
+ ** Contact info@klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se if any conditions of this
+ ** licensing are not clear to you.
+ **
+ ** As a special exception, permission is given to link this program
+ ** with any edition of Qt, and distribute the resulting executable,
+ ** without including the source code for Qt in the source distribution.
+ **
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+#include "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_SPLITTER___
+
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qdrawutil.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qmemarray.h"
+#else
+#include <qlist.h>
+#include <qarray.h>
+#define QPtrList QList
+#define QMemArray QArray
+#endif
+#include "qlayoutengine_p.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qapplication.h" //sendPostedEvents
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <qcursor.h>
+#ifndef KDGANTT_MASTER_CVS
+//#include "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.moc"
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+static int mouseOffset;
+static int opaqueOldPos = -1; //### there's only one mouse, but this is a bit risky
+
+
+KDGanttSplitterHandle::KDGanttSplitterHandle( Qt::Orientation o,
+                                  KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *parent, const char * name )
+    : QWidget( parent, name ), _activeButton( 0 ), _collapsed( false )
+{
+
+    if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() > 320 &&  QApplication::desktop()->width() < 650 ) {
+        mSizeHint = QSize(7,7);
+        mUseOffset = true;
+    } else {
+        mSizeHint = QSize(6,6);
+        mUseOffset = false;
+    }
+    s = parent;
+    setOrientation(o);
+    setMouseTracking( true );
+    //setMaximumHeight( 5 ); // test only
+}
+
+QSize KDGanttSplitterHandle::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return  mSizeHint;
+}
+
+void KDGanttSplitterHandle::setOrientation( Qt::Orientation o )
+{
+    orient = o;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( o == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Horizontal )
+        setCursor( splitHCursor );
+    else
+        setCursor( splitVCursor );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+void KDGanttSplitterHandle::mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    updateCursor( e->pos() );
+    if ( !(e->state()&LeftButton) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( _activeButton != 0)
+        return;
+
+    QCOORD pos = s->pick(parentWidget()->mapFromGlobal(e->globalPos()))
+                 - mouseOffset;
+    if ( true /*opaque()*/ ) {
+        s->moveSplitter( pos, id() );
+    } else {
+        int min = pos; int max = pos;
+        s->getRange( id(), &min, &max );
+        s->setRubberband( QMAX( min, QMIN(max, pos )));
+    }
+    _collapsed = false;
+}
+
+void KDGanttSplitterHandle::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+        _activeButton = onButton( e->pos() );
+        mouseOffset = s->pick(e->pos());
+        if ( _activeButton != 0)
+            repaint();
+        updateCursor( e->pos() );
+    }
+}
+
+void KDGanttSplitterHandle::updateCursor( const QPoint& p)
+{
+    if ( onButton( p ) != 0 ) {
+        setCursor( arrowCursor );
+    }
+    else {
+        if ( orient == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Horizontal )
+            setCursor( splitHCursor );
+        else
+            setCursor( splitVCursor );
+    }
+}
+void KDGanttSplitterHandle::toggle()
+{
+    int pos;
+    int min, max;
+    if ( !_collapsed ) {
+        s->expandPos( id(), &min, &max );
+        if ( s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left
+             || s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ) {
+            pos = min;
+        }
+        else {
+            pos = max;
+        }
+
+        _origPos = s->pick(mapToParent( QPoint( 0,0 ) ));
+        s->moveSplitter( pos, id() );
+        _collapsed = true;
+    }
+    else {
+        s->moveSplitter( _origPos, id() );
+        _collapsed = false;
+    }
+}
+
+void KDGanttSplitterHandle::mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( _activeButton != 0 ) {
+        if ( onButton( e->pos() ) == _activeButton )
+        {
+            toggle();
+        }
+        _activeButton = 0;
+        updateCursor( e->pos() );
+    }
+    else {
+        if ( !opaque() && e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+            QCOORD pos = s->pick(parentWidget()->mapFromGlobal(e->globalPos()))
+                - mouseOffset;
+            s->setRubberband( -1 );
+            s->moveSplitter( pos, id() );
+        }
+    }
+    repaint();
+}
+
+int KDGanttSplitterHandle::onButton( const QPoint& p )
+{
+    QValueList<QPointArray> list = buttonRegions();
+    int index = 1;
+    int add = 12;
+    for( QValueList<QPointArray>::Iterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
+        QRect rect = (*it).boundingRect();
+        rect.setLeft( rect.left()- add );
+        rect.setRight( rect.right() + add);
+        rect.setTop( rect.top()- add );
+        rect.setBottom( rect.bottom() + add);
+        if ( rect.contains( p ) ) {
+            return index;
+        }
+        index++;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+QValueList<QPointArray> KDGanttSplitterHandle::buttonRegions()
+{
+    QValueList<QPointArray> list;
+
+    int sw = 8;
+    int yyy = 1;
+    int xxx = 1;
+    int voffset[] = { (int) -sw*3, (int) sw*3 };
+    for ( int i = 0; i < 2; i++ ) {
+        QPointArray arr;
+        if ( !_collapsed && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right ||
+             _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left) {
+            int mid = height()/2 + voffset[i];
+            arr.setPoints( 3,
+                           1-xxx, mid - sw + 4,
+                           sw-3-xxx, mid,
+                           1-xxx, mid + sw -4);
+        }
+        else if ( !_collapsed &&  s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left ||
+                  _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right ) {
+            int mid = height()/2 + voffset[i];
+            arr.setPoints( 3,
+                           sw-4, mid - sw + 4,
+                           0, mid,
+                           sw-4, mid + sw - 4);
+        }
+        else if ( !_collapsed &&  s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ||
+                  _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down) {
+            int mid = width()/2 + voffset[i];
+            arr.setPoints( 3,
+                           mid - sw + 4, sw-4,
+                           mid, 0,
+                           mid + sw - 4, sw-4 );
+        }
+        else if ( !_collapsed && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down ||
+                  _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ) {
+            int mid = width()/2 + voffset[i];
+            arr.setPoints( 3,
+                           mid - sw + 4, 1-yyy,
+                           mid, sw-3-yyy,
+                           mid + sw -4, 1-yyy);
+        }
+        list.append( arr );
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+void KDGanttSplitterHandle::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+{
+    QPixmap buffer( size() );
+    QPainter p( &buffer );
+
+    //LR
+    // Draw the splitter rectangle
+    p.setBrush( colorGroup().background() );
+    p.setPen( colorGroup().foreground() );
+    //p.drawRect( rect() );
+    buffer.fill( colorGroup().background() );
+    //buffer.fill( backgroundColor() );
+    // parentWidget()->style().drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Panel, &p, rect(), parentWidget()->colorGroup());
+
+    int sw = 8; // Hardcoded, given I didn't use styles anymore, I didn't like to use their size
+
+    // arrow color
+    QColor col;
+    if ( _activeButton )
+        col = colorGroup().background().dark( 250 );
+    else
+        col = colorGroup().background().dark( 150 );
+    //QColor col = backgroundColor().dark( 130 );
+    p.setBrush( col );
+    p.setPen( col  );
+
+    QValueList<QPointArray> list = buttonRegions();
+    int index = 1;
+    if ( mUseOffset )
+        p.translate( 0, 1 );
+    for ( QValueList<QPointArray>::Iterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
+        if ( index == _activeButton ) { 
+           
+            /*
+            if ( ! _collapsed ) {
+            p.save();
+            // p.translate( parentWidget()->style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal ),
+            //           parentWidget()->style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftVertical ) );
+            p.translate( -1, 0 );
+            p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
+            p.restore(); } else
+            */
+            p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
+                
+        }
+        else {
+            /*
+            if ( ! _collapsed ) {
+            p.save();
+            p.translate( -1, 0 );
+            p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
+            p.restore();
+            } else
+            */
+            p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
+                
+        }
+        index++;
+    }
+
+    // Draw the lines between the arrows
+    if ( s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left ||
+         s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right ) {
+        int mid = height()/2;
+        p.drawLine ( 1, mid - sw, 1, mid + sw );
+        p.drawLine ( 3, mid - sw, 3, mid + sw );
+    }
+    else if ( s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ||
+              s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down ) {
+        int mid = width()/2;
+        p.drawLine( mid -sw, 1, mid +sw, 1 );
+        p.drawLine( mid -sw, 3, mid +sw, 3 );
+    }
+    bitBlt( this, 0, 0, &buffer );
+
+}
+#endif
+
+class QSplitterLayoutStruct
+{
+public:
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::ResizeMode mode;
+    QCOORD sizer;
+    bool isSplitter;
+    QWidget *wid;
+};
+
+class QSplitterData
+{
+public:
+    QSplitterData() : opaque( FALSE ), firstShow( TRUE ) {}
+
+    QPtrList<QSplitterLayoutStruct> list;
+    bool opaque;
+    bool firstShow;
+};
+
+void kdganttGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
+                 int space, int spacer );
+#endif // DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
+
+
+/*!
+  \class KDGanttMinimizeSplitter KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h
+  \brief The KDGanttMinimizeSplitter class implements a splitter
+  widget with minimize buttons.
+
+  This class (and its documentation) is largely a copy of Qt's
+  QSplitter; the copying was necessary because QSplitter is not
+  extensible at all. QSplitter and its documentation are licensed
+  according to the GPL and the Qt Professional License (if you hold
+  such a license) and are (C) Trolltech AS.
+
+  A splitter lets the user control the size of child widgets by
+  dragging the boundary between the children. Any number of widgets
+  may be controlled.
+
+  To show a QListBox, a QListView and a QTextEdit side by side:
+
+  \code
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *split = new KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( parent );
+    QListBox *lb = new QListBox( split );
+    QListView *lv = new QListView( split );
+    QTextEdit *ed = new QTextEdit( split );
+  \endcode
+
+  In KDGanttMinimizeSplitter, the boundary can be either horizontal or
+  vertical.  The default is horizontal (the children are side by side)
+  but you can use setOrientation( QSplitter::Vertical ) to set it to
+  vertical.
+
+  Use setResizeMode() to specify
+  that a widget should keep its size when the splitter is resized.
+
+  Although KDGanttMinimizeSplitter normally resizes the children only
+  at the end of a resize operation, if you call setOpaqueResize( TRUE
+  ) the widgets are resized as often as possible.
+
+  The initial distribution of size between the widgets is determined
+  by the initial size of each widget. You can also use setSizes() to
+  set the sizes of all the widgets. The function sizes() returns the
+  sizes set by the user.
+
+  If you hide() a child, its space will be distributed among the other
+  children. It will be reinstated when you show() it again. It is also
+  possible to reorder the widgets within the splitter using
+  moveToFirst() and moveToLast().
+*/
+
+
+
+static QSize minSize( const QWidget* /*w*/ )
+{
+    return QSize(0,0);
+}
+
+// This is the original version of minSize
+static QSize minSizeHint( const QWidget* w )
+{
+    QSize min = w->minimumSize();
+    QSize s;
+    if ( min.height() <= 0 || min.width() <= 0 )
+        s = w->minimumSizeHint();
+    if ( min.height() > 0 )
+        s.setHeight( min.height() );
+    if ( min.width() > 0 )
+        s.setWidth( min.width() );
+    return s.expandedTo(QSize(0,0));
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a horizontal splitter with the \a parent and \a
+  name arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor.
+*/
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    :QFrame(parent,name,WPaintUnclipped)
+{
+    mFirstHandle = 0;
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+     orient = Horizontal;
+     init();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a splitter with orientation \a o with the \a parent
+  and \a name arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor.
+*/
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( Orientation o, QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    :QFrame(parent,name,WPaintUnclipped)
+{ 
+    mFirstHandle = 0;
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+     orient = o;
+     init();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the splitter and any children.
+*/
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::~KDGanttMinimizeSplitter()
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+    data->list.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    delete data;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::init()
+{
+    data = new QSplitterData;
+    if ( orient == Horizontal )
+        setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding,QSizePolicy::Minimum) );
+    else
+        setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum,QSizePolicy::Expanding) );
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*!
+  \brief the orientation of the splitter
+
+  By default the orientation is horizontal (the widgets are side by side).
+  The possible orientations are Qt:Vertical and Qt::Horizontal (the default).
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setOrientation( Orientation o )
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+    if ( orient == o )
+        return;
+    orient = o;
+
+    if ( orient == Horizontal )
+        setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Minimum ) );
+    else
+        setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Expanding ) );
+
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( s->isSplitter )
+            ((KDGanttSplitterHandle*)s->wid)->setOrientation( o );
+        s = data->list.next();  // ### next at end of loop, no iterator
+    }
+    recalc( isVisible() );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+/*!
+  \reimp
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * )
+{
+    doResize();
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Inserts the widget \a w at the end (or at the beginning if \a first
+  is TRUE) of the splitter's list of widgets.
+
+  It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to make sure
+  that \a w is not already in the splitter and to call recalcId if
+  needed.  (If \a first is TRUE, then recalcId is very probably
+  needed.)
+*/
+QSplitterLayoutStruct *KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::addWidget( QWidget *w, bool first )
+{
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s;
+    KDGanttSplitterHandle *newHandle = 0;
+    if ( data->list.count() > 0 ) {
+        s = new QSplitterLayoutStruct;
+        s->mode = KeepSize;
+        QString tmp = "qt_splithandle_";
+        tmp += w->name();
+        newHandle = new KDGanttSplitterHandle( orientation(), this, tmp.latin1() );
+    if ( ! mFirstHandle )
+        mFirstHandle = newHandle;
+        s->wid = newHandle;
+        newHandle->setId(data->list.count());
+        s->isSplitter = TRUE;
+        s->sizer = pick( newHandle->sizeHint() );
+        if ( first )
+            data->list.insert( 0, s );
+        else
+            data->list.append( s );
+    }
+    s = new QSplitterLayoutStruct;
+    s->mode = Stretch;
+    s->wid = w;
+    if ( !testWState( WState_Resized ) && w->sizeHint().isValid() )
+        s->sizer = pick( w->sizeHint() );
+    else
+        s->sizer = pick( w->size() );
+    s->isSplitter = FALSE;
+    if ( first )
+        data->list.insert( 0, s );
+    else
+        data->list.append( s );
+    if ( newHandle && isVisible() )
+        newHandle->show(); //will trigger sending of post events
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Tells the splitter that a child widget has been inserted or removed.
+  The event is passed in \a c.
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::childEvent( QChildEvent *c )
+{
+    if ( c->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted ) {
+        if ( !c->child()->isWidgetType() )
+            return;
+
+        if ( ((QWidget*)c->child())->testWFlags( WType_TopLevel ) )
+            return;
+
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+        while ( s ) {
+            if ( s->wid == c->child() )
+                return;
+            s = data->list.next();
+        }
+        addWidget( (QWidget*)c->child() );
+        recalc( isVisible() );
+
+    } else if ( c->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved ) {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = 0;
+        if ( data->list.count() > 1 )
+            p = data->list.at(1); //remove handle _after_ first widget.
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+        while ( s ) {
+            if ( s->wid == c->child() ) {
+                data->list.removeRef( s );
+                delete s;
+                if ( p && p->isSplitter ) {
+                    data->list.removeRef( p );
+                    delete p->wid; //will call childEvent
+                    delete p;
+                }
+                recalcId();
+                doResize();
+                return;
+            }
+            p = s;
+            s = data->list.next();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Shows a rubber band at position \a p. If \a p is negative, the
+  rubber band is removed.
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setRubberband( int p )
+{
+    QPainter paint( this );
+    paint.setPen( gray );
+    paint.setBrush( gray );
+    paint.setRasterOp( XorROP );
+    QRect r = contentsRect();
+    const int rBord = 3; //Themable????
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+    int sw = style().pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, this);
+#else
+    int sw = style().splitterWidth();
+#endif
+    if ( orient == Horizontal ) {
+        if ( opaqueOldPos >= 0 )
+            paint.drawRect( opaqueOldPos + sw/2 - rBord , r.y(),
+                            2*rBord, r.height() );
+        if ( p >= 0 )
+            paint.drawRect( p  + sw/2 - rBord, r.y(), 2*rBord, r.height() );
+    } else {
+        if ( opaqueOldPos >= 0 )
+            paint.drawRect( r.x(), opaqueOldPos + sw/2 - rBord,
+                            r.width(), 2*rBord );
+        if ( p >= 0 )
+            paint.drawRect( r.x(), p + sw/2 - rBord, r.width(), 2*rBord );
+    }
+    opaqueOldPos = p;
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp */
+bool KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint || ( e->type() == QEvent::Show && data->firstShow ) ) {
+        recalc( isVisible() );
+        if ( e->type() == QEvent::Show )
+            data->firstShow = FALSE;
+    }
+    return QWidget::event( e );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \obsolete
+
+  Draws the splitter handle in the rectangle described by \a x, \a y,
+  \a w, \a h using painter \a p.
+  \sa QStyle::drawPrimitive()
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::drawSplitter( QPainter *p,
+                              QCOORD x, QCOORD y, QCOORD w, QCOORD h )
+{
+#if 0
+    // LR
+    style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Splitter, p, QRect(x, y, w, h), colorGroup(),
+                          (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ?
+                           QStyle::Style_Horizontal : 0));
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns the id of the splitter to the right of or below the widget \a w,
+  or 0 if there is no such splitter
+  (i.e. it is either not in this KDGanttMinimizeSplitter or it is at the end).
+*/
+int KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::idAfter( QWidget* w ) const
+{
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    bool seen_w = FALSE;
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( s->isSplitter && seen_w )
+            return data->list.at();
+        if ( !s->isSplitter && s->wid == w )
+            seen_w = TRUE;
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Moves the left/top edge of the splitter handle with id \a id as
+  close as possible to position \a p, which is the distance from the
+  left (or top) edge of the widget.
+
+  For Arabic and Hebrew the layout is reversed, and using this
+  function to set the position of the splitter might lead to
+  unexpected results, since in Arabic and Hebrew the position of
+  splitter one is to the left of the position of splitter zero.
+
+  \sa idAfter()
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveSplitter( QCOORD p, int id )
+{
+    p = adjustPos( p, id );
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id);
+    int oldP = orient == Horizontal ? s->wid->x() : s->wid->y();
+    bool upLeft;
+    if ( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+        p += s->wid->width();
+        upLeft = p > oldP;
+    } else
+        upLeft = p < oldP;
+
+    moveAfter( p, id, upLeft );
+    moveBefore( p-1, id-1, upLeft );
+
+    storeSizes();
+}
+
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setG( QWidget *w, int p, int s, bool isSplitter )
+{
+    if ( orient == Horizontal ) {
+        if ( false && orient == Horizontal && !isSplitter )
+            p = contentsRect().width() - p - s;
+        w->setGeometry( p, contentsRect().y(), s, contentsRect().height() );
+    } else
+        w->setGeometry( contentsRect().x(), p, contentsRect().width(), s );
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Places the right/bottom edge of the widget at \a id at position \a pos.
+
+  \sa idAfter()
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveBefore( int pos, int id, bool upLeft )
+{
+    if( id < 0 )
+        return;
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id);
+    if ( !s )
+        return;
+    QWidget *w = s->wid;
+    if ( w->isHidden() ) {
+        moveBefore( pos, id-1, upLeft );
+    } else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
+        int pos1, pos2;
+        int dd = s->sizer;
+        if( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+            pos1 = pos;
+            pos2 = pos + dd;
+        } else {
+            pos2 = pos - dd;
+            pos1 = pos2 + 1;
+        }
+        if ( upLeft ) {
+            setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
+            moveBefore( pos2, id-1, upLeft );
+        } else {
+            moveBefore( pos2, id-1, upLeft );
+            setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
+        }
+    } else {
+        int dd, newLeft, nextPos;
+        if( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+            dd = w->geometry().right() - pos;
+            dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
+            newLeft = pos+1;
+            nextPos = newLeft + dd;
+        } else {
+            dd = pos - pick( w->pos() ) + 1;
+            dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
+            newLeft = pos-dd+1;
+            nextPos = newLeft - 1;
+        }
+        setG( w, newLeft, dd, TRUE );
+        moveBefore( nextPos, id-1, upLeft );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Places the left/top edge of the widget at \a id at position \a pos.
+
+  \sa idAfter()
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveAfter( int pos, int id, bool upLeft )
+{
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = id < int(data->list.count()) ?
+                               data->list.at(id) : 0;
+    if ( !s )
+        return;
+    QWidget *w = s->wid;
+    if ( w->isHidden() ) {
+        moveAfter( pos, id+1, upLeft );
+    } else if ( pick( w->pos() ) == pos ) {
+        //No need to do anything if it's already there.
+        return;
+    } else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
+        int dd = s->sizer;
+        int pos1, pos2;
+        if( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+            pos2 = pos - dd;
+            pos1 = pos2 + 1;
+        } else {
+            pos1 = pos;
+            pos2 = pos + dd;
+        }
+        if ( upLeft ) {
+            setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
+            moveAfter( pos2, id+1, upLeft );
+        } else {
+            moveAfter( pos2, id+1, upLeft );
+            setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
+        }
+    } else {
+        int left = pick( w->pos() );
+        int right, dd,/* newRight,*/ newLeft, nextPos;
+        if ( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+            dd = pos - left + 1;
+            dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
+            newLeft = pos-dd+1;
+            nextPos = newLeft - 1;
+        } else {
+            right = pick( w->geometry().bottomRight() );
+            dd = right - pos + 1;
+            dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
+            /*newRight = pos+dd-1;*/
+            newLeft = pos;
+            nextPos = newLeft + dd;
+        }
+        setG( w, newLeft, dd, TRUE );
+        /*if( right != newRight )*/
+        moveAfter( nextPos, id+1, upLeft );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::expandPos( int id, int*  min, int* max )
+{
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id-1);
+    QWidget* w = s->wid;
+    *min = pick( w->mapToParent( QPoint(0,0) ) );
+
+    if ( (uint) id == data->list.count() ) {
+        pick( size() );
+    }
+    else {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id+1);
+        QWidget* w = s->wid;
+        *max = pick( w->mapToParent( QPoint( w->width(), w->height() ) ) ) -8;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns the valid range of the splitter with id \a id in \a *min and \a *max.
+
+  \sa idAfter()
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::getRange( int id, int *min, int *max )
+{
+            int minB = 0;//before
+    int maxB = 0;
+    int minA = 0;
+            int maxA = 0;//after
+    int n = data->list.count();
+    if ( id < 0 || id >= n )
+        return;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < id; i++ ) {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
+        if ( s->wid->isHidden() ) {
+            //ignore
+        } else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
+            minB += s->sizer;
+            maxB += s->sizer;
+        } else {
+            minB += pick( minSize(s->wid) );
+            maxB += pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
+        }
+    }
+    for ( i = id; i < n; i++ ) {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
+        if ( s->wid->isHidden() ) {
+            //ignore
+        } else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
+            minA += s->sizer;
+            maxA += s->sizer;
+        } else {
+            minA += pick( minSize(s->wid) );
+            maxA += pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
+        }
+    }
+    QRect r = contentsRect();
+    if ( orient == Horizontal && false ) {
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+    int splitterWidth = style().pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, this);
+#else
+    int splitterWidth = style().splitterWidth();
+#endif
+      
+        if ( min )
+            *min = pick(r.topRight()) - QMIN( maxB, pick(r.size())-minA ) - splitterWidth;
+        if ( max )
+            *max = pick(r.topRight()) - QMAX( minB, pick(r.size())-maxA ) - splitterWidth;
+    } else {
+        if ( min )
+            *min = pick(r.topLeft()) + QMAX( minB, pick(r.size())-maxA );
+        if ( max )
+            *max = pick(r.topLeft()) + QMIN( maxB, pick(r.size())-minA );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns the closest legal position to \a p of the splitter with id \a id.
+
+  \sa idAfter()
+*/
+
+int KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::adjustPos( int p, int id )
+{
+    int min = 0;
+    int max = 0;
+    getRange( id, &min, &max );
+    p = QMAX( min, QMIN( p, max ) );
+
+    return p;
+}
+
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::doResize()
+{
+    QRect r = contentsRect();
+    int i;
+    int n = data->list.count();
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> a( n );
+    for ( i = 0; i< n; i++ ) {
+        a[i].init();
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
+        if ( s->wid->isHidden() ) {
+            a[i].stretch = 0;
+            a[i].sizeHint = a[i].minimumSize = 0;
+            a[i].maximumSize = 0;
+        } else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
+            a[i].stretch = 0;
+            a[i].sizeHint = a[i].minimumSize = a[i].maximumSize = s->sizer;
+            a[i].empty = FALSE;
+        } else if ( s->mode == KeepSize ) {
+            a[i].stretch = 0;
+            a[i].minimumSize = pick( minSize(s->wid) );
+            a[i].sizeHint = s->sizer;
+            a[i].maximumSize = pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
+            a[i].empty = FALSE;
+        } else if ( s->mode == FollowSizeHint ) {
+            a[i].stretch = 0;
+            a[i].minimumSize = a[i].sizeHint = pick( s->wid->sizeHint() );
+            a[i].maximumSize = pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
+            a[i].empty = FALSE;
+        } else { //proportional
+            a[i].stretch = s->sizer;
+            a[i].maximumSize = pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
+            a[i].sizeHint = a[i].minimumSize = pick( minSize(s->wid) );
+            a[i].empty = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    kdganttGeomCalc( a, 0, n, pick( r.topLeft() ), pick( r.size() ), 0 );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i< n; i++ ) {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
+        setG( s->wid, a[i].pos, a[i].size );
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::recalc( bool update )
+{
+    int fi = 2*frameWidth();
+    int maxl = fi;
+    int minl = fi;
+    int maxt = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+    int mint = fi;
+    int n = data->list.count();
+    bool first = TRUE;
+    /*
+      The splitter before a hidden widget is always hidden.
+      The splitter before the first visible widget is hidden.
+      The splitter before any other visible widget is visible.
+    */
+    for ( int i = 0; i< n; i++ ) {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
+        if ( !s->isSplitter ) {
+            QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = (i > 0) ? p = data->list.at( i-1 ) : 0;
+            if ( p && p->isSplitter )
+                if ( first || s->wid->isHidden() )
+                    p->wid->hide(); //may trigger new recalc
+                else
+                    p->wid->show(); //may trigger new recalc
+            if ( !s->wid->isHidden() )
+                first = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool empty=TRUE;
+    for ( int j = 0; j< n; j++ ) {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(j);
+        if ( !s->wid->isHidden() ) {
+            empty = FALSE;
+            if ( s->isSplitter ) {
+                minl += s->sizer;
+                maxl += s->sizer;
+            } else {
+                QSize minS = minSize(s->wid);
+                minl += pick( minS );
+                maxl += pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
+                mint = QMAX( mint, trans( minS ));
+                int tm = trans( s->wid->maximumSize() );
+                if ( tm > 0 )
+                    maxt = QMIN( maxt, tm );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( empty ) {
+        if ( parentWidget() != 0 && parentWidget()->inherits("KDGanttMinimizeSplitter") ) {
+            // nested splitters; be nice
+            maxl = maxt = 0;
+        } else {
+            // KDGanttMinimizeSplitter with no children yet
+            maxl = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+        }
+    } else {
+        maxl = QMIN( maxl, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+    }
+    if ( maxt < mint )
+        maxt = mint;
+
+    if ( orient == Horizontal ) {
+        setMaximumSize( maxl, maxt );
+        setMinimumSize( minl, mint );
+    } else {
+        setMaximumSize( maxt, maxl );
+        setMinimumSize( mint, minl );
+    }
+    if ( update )
+        doResize();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets resize mode of \a w to \a mode.
+
+  \sa ResizeMode
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setResizeMode( QWidget *w, ResizeMode mode )
+{
+    processChildEvents();
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( s->wid == w  ) {
+            s->mode = mode;
+            return;
+        }
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+    s = addWidget( w, TRUE );
+    s->mode = mode;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if opaque resize is on; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \sa setOpaqueResize()
+*/
+
+bool KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::opaqueResize() const
+{
+    return data->opaque;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    If \a on is TRUE then opaque resizing is turned on; otherwise
+    opaque resizing is turned off.
+  Opaque resizing is initially turned off.
+
+  \sa opaqueResize()
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setOpaqueResize( bool on )
+{
+    data->opaque = on;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Moves widget \a w to the leftmost/top position.
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveToFirst( QWidget *w )
+{
+    processChildEvents();
+    bool found = FALSE;
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( s->wid == w  ) {
+            found = TRUE;
+            QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = data->list.prev();
+            if ( p ) { // not already at first place
+                data->list.take(); //take p
+                data->list.take(); // take s
+                data->list.insert( 0, p );
+                data->list.insert( 0, s );
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+     if ( !found )
+        addWidget( w, TRUE );
+     recalcId();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Moves widget \a w to the rightmost/bottom position.
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveToLast( QWidget *w )
+{
+    processChildEvents();
+    bool found = FALSE;
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( s->wid == w  ) {
+            found = TRUE;
+            data->list.take(); // take s
+            QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = data->list.current();
+            if ( p ) { // the splitter handle after s
+                data->list.take(); //take p
+                data->list.append( p );
+            }
+            data->list.append( s );
+            break;
+        }
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+     if ( !found )
+        addWidget( w);
+     recalcId();
+}
+
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::recalcId()
+{
+    int n = data->list.count();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
+        QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
+        if ( s->isSplitter )
+            ((KDGanttSplitterHandle*)s->wid)->setId(i);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!\reimp
+*/
+QSize KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::sizeHint() const
+{
+    constPolish();
+    int l = 0;
+    int t = 0;
+    if ( children() ) {
+        const QObjectList * c = children();
+        QObjectListIt it( *c );
+        QObject * o;
+
+        while( (o=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+            ++it;
+            if ( o->isWidgetType() &&
+                 !((QWidget*)o)->isHidden() ) {
+                QSize s = ((QWidget*)o)->sizeHint();
+                if ( s.isValid() ) {
+                    l += pick( s );
+                    t = QMAX( t, trans( s ) );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return orientation() == Horizontal ? QSize( l, t ) : QSize( t, l );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+\reimp
+*/
+
+QSize KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+    constPolish();
+    int l = 0;
+    int t = 0;
+    if ( children() ) {
+        const QObjectList * c = children();
+        QObjectListIt it( *c );
+        QObject * o;
+
+        while( (o=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+            ++it;
+            if ( o->isWidgetType() &&
+                 !((QWidget*)o)->isHidden() ) {
+                QSize s = minSizeHint((QWidget*)o);
+                if ( s.isValid() ) {
+                    l += pick( s );
+                    t = QMAX( t, trans( s ) );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return orientation() == Horizontal ? QSize( l, t ) : QSize( t, l );
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Calculates stretch parameters from current sizes
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::storeSizes()
+{
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( !s->isSplitter )
+            s->sizer = pick( s->wid->size() );
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+}
+
+
+#if 0 // ### remove this code ASAP
+
+/*!
+  Hides \a w if \a hide is TRUE and updates the splitter.
+
+  \warning Due to a limitation in the current implementation,
+  calling QWidget::hide() will not work.
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setHidden( QWidget *w, bool hide )
+{
+    if ( w == w1 ) {
+        w1show = !hide;
+    } else if ( w == w2 ) {
+        w2show = !hide;
+    } else {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+        qWarning( "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setHidden(), unknown widget" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( hide )
+        w->hide();
+    else
+        w->show();
+    recalc( TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns the hidden status of \a w
+*/
+
+bool KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::isHidden( QWidget *w ) const
+{
+    if ( w == w1 )
+        return !w1show;
+     else if ( w == w2 )
+        return !w2show;
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    else
+        qWarning( "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::isHidden(), unknown widget" );
+#endif
+    return FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns a list of the size parameters of all the widgets in this
+  splitter.
+
+  Giving the values to another splitter's setSizes() function will
+  produce a splitter with the same layout as this one.
+
+  Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
+  iterate over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QValueList<int> list = mySplitter.sizes();
+    QValueList<int>::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+        myProcessing( *it );
+        ++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+  \sa setSizes()
+*/
+
+QValueList<int> KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::sizes() const
+{
+    if ( !testWState(WState_Polished) ) {
+        QWidget* that = (QWidget*) this;
+        that->polish();
+    }
+    QValueList<int> list;
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( !s->isSplitter )
+            list.append( s->sizer );
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+  Sets the size parameters to the values given in \a list.
+  If the splitter is horizontal, the values set the sizes from
+  left to right. If it is vertical, the sizes are applied from
+  top to bottom.
+  Extra values in \a list are ignored.
+
+  If \a list contains too few values, the result is undefined
+  but the program will still be well-behaved.
+
+  \sa sizes()
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setSizes( QValueList<int> list )
+{
+    processChildEvents();
+    QValueList<int>::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s && it != list.end() ) {
+        if ( !s->isSplitter ) {
+            s->sizer = *it;
+            ++it;
+        }
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+    doResize();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Gets all posted child events, ensuring that the internal state of
+  the splitter is consistent.
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::processChildEvents()
+{
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \reimp
+*/
+
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::styleChange( QStyle& old )
+{
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+    int sw = style().pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, this);
+#else
+    int sw = style().splitterWidth();
+#endif
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
+    while ( s ) {
+        if ( s->isSplitter )
+            s->sizer = sw;
+        s = data->list.next();
+    }
+    doResize();
+    QFrame::styleChange( old );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  Specifies the direction of the minimize buttons.
+  If the orientation of the splitter is horizontal then with
+  KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left or KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right should be used,
+  otherwise either KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up or KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down
+  should be used.
+*/
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setMinimizeDirection( Direction direction )
+{
+    _direction = direction;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the direction of the minimize buttons.
+*/
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Direction KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::minimizeDirection() const
+{
+    return _direction;
+}
+
+/*
+  This is a copy of qGeomCalc() in qlayoutengine.cpp which
+  unfortunately isn't exported.
+*/
+static inline int toFixed( int i ) { return i * 256; }
+static inline int fRound( int i ) {
+    return ( i % 256 < 128 ) ? i / 256 : 1 + i / 256;
+}
+void kdganttGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
+                int space, int spacer )
+{
+    typedef int fixed;
+    int cHint = 0;
+    int cMin = 0;
+    int cMax = 0;
+    int sumStretch = 0;
+    int spacerCount = 0;
+
+    bool wannaGrow = FALSE; // anyone who really wants to grow?
+    //    bool canShrink = FALSE; // anyone who could be persuaded to shrink?
+
+    int i;
+    for ( i = start; i < start + count; i++ ) {
+        chain[i].done = FALSE;
+        cHint += chain[i].sizeHint;
+        cMin += chain[i].minimumSize;
+        cMax += chain[i].maximumSize;
+        sumStretch += chain[i].stretch;
+        if ( !chain[i].empty )
+            spacerCount++;
+        wannaGrow = wannaGrow || chain[i].expansive;
+    }
+
+    int extraspace = 0;
+    if ( spacerCount )
+        spacerCount--; // only spacers between things
+    if ( space < cMin + spacerCount * spacer ) {
+                //qDebug("not enough space");
+        for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+            chain[i].size = chain[i].minimumSize;
+            chain[i].done = TRUE;
+        }
+    } else if ( space < cHint + spacerCount*spacer ) {
+        // Less space than sizeHint, but more than minimum.
+        // Currently take space equally from each, like in Qt 2.x.
+        // Commented-out lines will give more space to stretchier items.
+        int n = count;
+        int space_left = space - spacerCount*spacer;
+        int overdraft = cHint - space_left;
+        //first give to the fixed ones:
+        for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+            if ( !chain[i].done && chain[i].minimumSize >= chain[i].sizeHint) {
+                chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint;
+                chain[i].done = TRUE;
+                space_left -= chain[i].sizeHint;
+                // sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+                n--;
+            }
+        }
+        bool finished = n == 0;
+        while ( !finished ) {
+            finished = TRUE;
+            fixed fp_over = toFixed( overdraft );
+            fixed fp_w = 0;
+
+            for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+                if ( chain[i].done )
+                    continue;
+                // if ( sumStretch <= 0 )
+                fp_w += fp_over / n;
+                // else
+                //    fp_w += (fp_over * chain[i].stretch) / sumStretch;
+                int w = fRound( fp_w );
+                chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint - w;
+                fp_w -= toFixed( w ); //give the difference to the next
+                if ( chain[i].size < chain[i].minimumSize ) {
+                    chain[i].done = TRUE;
+                    chain[i].size = chain[i].minimumSize;
+                    finished = FALSE;
+                    overdraft -= chain[i].sizeHint - chain[i].minimumSize;
+                    // sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+                    n--;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    } else { //extra space
+        int n = count;
+        int space_left = space - spacerCount*spacer;
+        // first give to the fixed ones, and handle non-expansiveness
+        for ( i = start; i < start + count; i++ ) {
+            if ( !chain[i].done && (chain[i].maximumSize <= chain[i].sizeHint
+                                    || wannaGrow && !chain[i].expansive) ) {
+                chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint;
+                chain[i].done = TRUE;
+                space_left -= chain[i].sizeHint;
+                sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+                n--;
+            }
+        }
+        extraspace = space_left;
+        /*
+          Do a trial distribution and calculate how much it is off.
+          If there are more deficit pixels than surplus pixels, give
+          the minimum size items what they need, and repeat.
+          Otherwise give to the maximum size items, and repeat.
+
+          I have a wonderful mathematical proof for the correctness
+          of this principle, but unfortunately this comment is too
+          small to contain it.
+        */
+        int surplus, deficit;
+        do {
+            surplus = deficit = 0;
+            fixed fp_space = toFixed( space_left );
+            fixed fp_w = 0;
+            for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+                if ( chain[i].done )
+                    continue;
+                extraspace = 0;
+                if ( sumStretch <= 0 )
+                    fp_w += fp_space / n;
+                else
+                    fp_w += (fp_space * chain[i].stretch) / sumStretch;
+                int w = fRound( fp_w );
+                chain[i].size = w;
+                fp_w -= toFixed( w ); // give the difference to the next
+                if ( w < chain[i].sizeHint ) {
+                    deficit +=  chain[i].sizeHint - w;
+                } else if ( w > chain[i].maximumSize ) {
+                    surplus += w - chain[i].maximumSize;
+                }
+            }
+            if ( deficit > 0 && surplus <= deficit ) {
+                // give to the ones that have too little
+                for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+                    if ( !chain[i].done &&
+                         chain[i].size < chain[i].sizeHint ) {
+                        chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint;
+                        chain[i].done = TRUE;
+                        space_left -= chain[i].sizeHint;
+                        sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+                        n--;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if ( surplus > 0 && surplus >= deficit ) {
+                // take from the ones that have too much
+                for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+                    if ( !chain[i].done &&
+                         chain[i].size > chain[i].maximumSize ) {
+                        chain[i].size = chain[i].maximumSize;
+                        chain[i].done = TRUE;
+                        space_left -= chain[i].maximumSize;
+                        sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+                        n--;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        } while ( n > 0 && surplus != deficit );
+        if ( n == 0 )
+            extraspace = space_left;
+    }
+
+    // as a last resort, we distribute the unwanted space equally
+    // among the spacers (counting the start and end of the chain).
+
+    //### should do a sub-pixel allocation of extra space
+    int extra = extraspace / ( spacerCount + 2 );
+    int p = pos + extra;
+    for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+        chain[i].pos = p;
+        p = p + chain[i].size;
+        if ( !chain[i].empty )
+            p += spacer+extra;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  \enum KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Direction
+
+  The values of this enumeration describe into which direction the
+  splitter will collapse its child widgets. By extension, it also
+  specifies the orientation of the splitter; collapsing to the left or
+  to the right results in a horizontal splitter, collapsing to the top
+  or bottom in a vertical splitter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Orientation KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::orientation() const
+
+  Returns the orientation of the splitter.
+*/
+
+/*! \enum KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::ResizeMode
+
+  This enum type describes how KDGanttMinimizeSplitter will resize each of its child widgets.  The currently defined values are:
+
+  Stretch: the widget will be resized when the splitter
+  itself is resized.
+
+  KeepSize: KDGanttMinimizeSplitter will try to keep this widget's size
+  unchanged.
+
+  FollowSizeHint: KDGanttMinimizeSplitter will resize the widget when the
+  widget's size hint changes.
+*/
+
diff --git a/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75e0443
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
+   $Id$
+*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ ** Copyright (C)  2001-2004 Klarälvdalens Datakonsult AB.  All rights reserved.
+ **
+ ** This file is part of the KDGantt library.
+ **
+ ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+ ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+ ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+ ** packaging of this file.
+ **
+ ** Licensees holding valid commercial KDGantt licenses may use this file in
+ ** accordance with the KDGantt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+ ** the Software.
+ **
+ ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+ ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ **
+ ** See http://www.klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se/Public/products/ for
+ **   information about KDGantt Commercial License Agreements.
+ **
+ ** Contact info@klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se if any conditions of this
+ ** licensing are not clear to you.
+ **
+ ** As a special exception, permission is given to link this program
+ ** with any edition of Qt, and distribute the resulting executable,
+ ** without including the source code for Qt in the source distribution.
+ **
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KDGANTTMINIMIZESPLITTER_H
+#define KDGANTTMINIMIZESPLITTER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qframe.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SPLITTER___
+class QSplitterData;
+class QSplitterLayoutStruct;
+class KDGanttSplitterHandle;
+class KDGanttMinimizeSplitter : public QFrame
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    //  Q_ENUMS( Direction )
+    // Q_PROPERTY( Orientation orientation READ orientation WRITE setOrientation )
+    // Q_PROPERTY( Direction minimizeDirection READ minimizeDirection WRITE setMinimizeDirection )
+
+public:
+    enum ResizeMode { Stretch, KeepSize, FollowSizeHint };
+    enum Direction { Left, Right, Up, Down };
+
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( Orientation, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    ~KDGanttMinimizeSplitter();
+
+    virtual void setOrientation( Orientation );
+    Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
+
+    void setMinimizeDirection( Direction );
+    Direction minimizeDirection() const;
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+    virtual void setResizeMode( QWidget *w, ResizeMode );
+    virtual void setOpaqueResize( bool = TRUE );
+    bool opaqueResize() const;
+
+    void moveToFirst( QWidget * );
+    void moveToLast( QWidget * );
+
+    void refresh() { recalc( TRUE ); }
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+
+    QValueList<int> sizes() const;
+    void setSizes( QValueList<int> );
+    KDGanttSplitterHandle* firstHandle(){ return mFirstHandle;}
+    void expandPos( int id, int* min, int* max );
+protected:
+    void childEvent( QChildEvent * );
+
+    bool event( QEvent * );
+    void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * );
+
+    int idAfter( QWidget* ) const;
+
+    void moveSplitter( QCOORD pos, int id );
+    virtual void drawSplitter( QPainter*, QCOORD x, QCOORD y,
+                               QCOORD w, QCOORD h );
+    void styleChange( QStyle& );
+    int adjustPos( int , int );
+    virtual void setRubberband( int );
+    void getRange( int id, int*, int* );
+
+private:
+    void init();
+    void recalc( bool update = FALSE );
+    void doResize();
+    void storeSizes();
+    void processChildEvents();
+    QSplitterLayoutStruct *addWidget( QWidget*, bool first = FALSE );
+    void recalcId();
+    void moveBefore( int pos, int id, bool upLeft );
+    void moveAfter( int pos, int id, bool upLeft );
+    void setG( QWidget *w, int p, int s, bool isSplitter = FALSE );
+
+    QCOORD pick( const QPoint &p ) const
+    { return orient == Horizontal ? p.x() : p.y(); }
+    QCOORD pick( const QSize &s ) const
+    { return orient == Horizontal ? s.width() : s.height(); }
+
+    QCOORD trans( const QPoint &p ) const
+    { return orient == Vertical ? p.x() : p.y(); }
+    QCOORD trans( const QSize &s ) const
+    { return orient == Vertical ? s.width() : s.height(); }
+    KDGanttSplitterHandle* mFirstHandle;
+    QSplitterData *data;
+#endif
+
+private:
+    Orientation orient;
+    Direction _direction;
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
+    friend class KDGanttSplitterHandle;
+#endif
+        private:// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( const KDGanttMinimizeSplitter & );
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter& operator=( const KDGanttMinimizeSplitter & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
+// This class was continued from a verbatim copy of the
+// QSplitterHandle pertaining to the Qt Enterprise License and the
+// GPL. It has only been renamed to KDGanttSplitterHandler in order to
+// avoid a symbol clash on some platforms.
+class KDGanttSplitterHandle : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+#if QT_VERSION >= 232
+public:
+    KDGanttSplitterHandle( Qt::Orientation o,
+                       KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *parent, const char* name=0 );
+    void setOrientation( Qt::Orientation o );
+    Qt::Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
+
+    bool opaque() const { return s->opaqueResize(); }
+
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    void toggle();
+
+    int id() const { return myId; } // data->list.at(id())->wid == this
+    void setId( int i ) { myId = i; }
+
+protected:
+    QValueList<QPointArray> buttonRegions();
+    void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
+    void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    int onButton( const QPoint& p );
+    void updateCursor( const QPoint& p );
+
+private:
+    QSize mSizeHint;
+    bool mUseOffset;
+    Qt::Orientation orient;
+    bool opaq;
+    int myId;
+
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *s;
+    int _activeButton;
+    bool _collapsed;
+    int _origPos;
+#endif
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SPLITTER
+
+#endif // KDGANTTMINIMIZESPLITTER_H
diff --git a/microkde/kapplication.cpp b/microkde/kapplication.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1d00a8
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kapplication.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "kapplication.h"
+
+int KApplication::random()
+{
+  return rand();
+}
+
+//US
+QString KApplication::randomString(int length)
+{
+   if (length <=0 ) return QString::null;
+
+   QString str;
+   while (length--)
+   {
+      int r=random() % 62;
+      r+=48;
+      if (r>57) r+=7;
+      if (r>90) r+=6;
+      str += char(r);
+      // so what if I work backwards?
+   }
+   return str;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kapplication.h b/microkde/kapplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e64e7
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kapplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KAPPLICATION_H
+#define MINIKDE_KAPPLICATION_H
+
+#include "qstring.h"
+
+class KApplication
+{
+  public:
+    static int random();
+
+//US
+  /**
+   * Generates a random string.  It operates in the range [A-Za-z0-9]
+   * @param length Generate a string of this length.
+   * @return the random string
+   */
+  static QString randomString(int length);
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kaudioplayer.h b/microkde/kaudioplayer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff196cf
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kaudioplayer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KAUDIOPLAYER_H
+#define MICROKDE_KAUDIOPLAYER_H
+
+class KAudioPlayer
+{
+  public:
+    static void play( const QString & ) {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kcalendarsystem.cpp b/microkde/kcalendarsystem.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..530010d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcalendarsystem.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+// Gregorian calendar system implementation factory for creation of kde calendar
+// systems.
+// Also default gregorian and factory classes
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+#include "kcalendarsystem.h"
+
+class KCalendarSystemPrivate
+{
+public:
+  const KLocale * locale;
+};
+
+KCalendarSystem::KCalendarSystem(const KLocale * locale)
+  : d(new KCalendarSystemPrivate)
+{
+  d->locale = locale;
+}
+
+KCalendarSystem::~KCalendarSystem()
+{
+  delete d;
+}
+
+const KLocale * KCalendarSystem::locale() const
+{
+  if ( d->locale )
+    return d->locale;
+
+  return KGlobal::locale();
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kcalendarsystem.h b/microkde/kcalendarsystem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37af33e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcalendarsystem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KCALENDARSYSTEM_H
+#define KCALENDARSYSTEM_H
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class KLocale;
+
+class KCalendarSystemPrivate;
+
+/**
+ * CalendarSystem abstract class, default derived kde gregorian class and
+ * factory class. Provides support for different calendar types for kde
+ * calendar widget and related stuff.
+ *
+ * Derived classes must be created through KCalendarFactory class
+ *
+ * @author Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+ * @licence GNU-GPL v.2
+ * @version $Id$
+ * @since 3.2
+ */
+class KCalendarSystem
+{
+public:
+  /**
+   * Constructor of abstract calendar class. This will be called by the derived classes.
+   *
+   * @param locale It will use this locale for translations, 0 means global.
+   */
+  KCalendarSystem(const KLocale * locale = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Descructor.
+   */
+  virtual ~KCalendarSystem();
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type year for a given gregorian date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return year
+   */
+  virtual int year (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type month for a given gregorian date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return month number
+   */
+  virtual int month (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type day number of month for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date equivalent to the specific one
+   * @return day of the month
+   */
+  virtual int day (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type number of day of week number for a given
+   * date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return day of week
+   */
+  virtual int dayOfWeek (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type day number of year for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date equivalent to the specific one
+   * @return day number
+   */
+  virtual int dayOfYear (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the date's year, month and day. The range of the year, month
+   * and day depends on which calendar is being used.
+   *
+   * @param date Date to change
+   * @param y Year
+   * @param m Month number
+   * @param d Day of month
+   * @return TRUE if the date is valid; otherwise returns FALSE.
+   */
+  virtual bool setYMD(QDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a QDate object containing a date nyears later.
+   *
+   * @param date The old date
+   * @param nyears The number of years to add
+   * @return The new date
+   */
+  virtual QDate addYears(const QDate & date, int nyears) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a QDate object containing a date nmonths later.
+   *
+   * @param date The old date
+   * @param nmonths The number of months to add
+   * @return The new date
+   */
+  virtual QDate addMonths(const QDate & date, int nmonths) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a QDate object containing a date ndays later.
+   *
+   * @param date The old date
+   * @param ndays The number of days to add
+   * @return The new date
+   */
+  virtual QDate addDays(const QDate & date, int ndays) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type number of month for a given year
+   *
+   * @param date The date whose year to use
+   * @return The number of months in that year
+   */
+  virtual int monthsInYear (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the number of days in date whose years specified.
+   *
+   * @param date Gregorian date equivalent to the specific one
+   * @return The number of days in year
+   */
+  virtual int daysInYear (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type number of days in month for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return number of days for month in date
+   */
+  virtual int daysInMonth (const QDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the number of weeks in year
+   *
+   * @param year the year
+   * @return number of weeks in year
+   */
+  virtual int weeksInYear(int year) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type week number for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return week number
+   */
+  virtual int weekNumber(const QDate& date, int * yearNum = 0) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type month name for a given month number
+   * If an invalid month is specified, QString::null is returned.
+   *
+   * @param month The month number
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   * @return The name of the month
+   */
+  virtual QString monthName (int month, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type month name for a given gregorian date
+   *
+   * @param date Gregorian date
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   * @return The name of the month
+   */
+  virtual QString monthName (const QDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a string containing the possessive form of the month name.
+   * ("of January", "of February", etc.)
+   * It's needed in long format dates in some languages.
+   * If an invalid month is specified, QString::null is returned.
+   *
+   * @param month The month number
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   *
+   * @return The possessive form of the name of the month
+   */
+  virtual QString monthNamePossessive(int month, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a string containing the possessive form of the month name.
+   * ("of January", "of February", etc.)
+   * It's needed in long format dates in some languages.
+   *
+   * @param date Gregorian date
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   *
+   * @return The possessive form of the name of the month
+   */
+  virtual QString monthNamePossessive(const QDate & date, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type week day name
+   * If an invalid week day is specified, QString::null is returned.
+   *
+   * @param weekDay number of day in week (1 -> Monday)
+   * @param shortName short or complete day name
+   * @return day name
+   */
+  virtual QString weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type week day name
+   *
+   * @param date the date
+   * @param shortName short or complete day name
+   * @return day name
+   */
+  virtual QString weekDayName (const QDate & date, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the first year value supported by specific calendar type
+   * algorithms.
+   *
+   * @return first year supported
+   */
+  virtual int minValidYear () const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the maximum year value supported by specific calendar type
+   * algorithms (QDate, 8000)
+   *
+   * @return maximum year supported
+   */
+  virtual int maxValidYear () const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the day of the week traditionaly associated with pray
+   *
+   * @return day number
+   */
+  virtual int weekDayOfPray () const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the string representing the calendar
+   */
+  virtual QString calendarName() const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets if the calendar is lunar based
+   *
+   * @return if the calendar is lunar based
+   */
+  virtual bool isLunar() const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets if the calendar is lunisolar based
+   *
+   * @return if the calendar is lunisolar based
+   */
+  virtual bool isLunisolar() const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets if the calendar is solar based
+   *
+   * @return if the calendar is solar based
+   */
+  virtual bool isSolar() const = 0;
+
+protected:
+  const KLocale * locale() const;
+
+private:
+  KCalendarSystemPrivate * d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp b/microkde/kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c5b62a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+// Derived gregorian kde calendar class
+// Just a schema.
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "kcalendarsystemgregorian.h"
+
+KCalendarSystemGregorian::KCalendarSystemGregorian(const KLocale * locale)
+  : KCalendarSystem(locale)
+{
+  kdDebug(5400) << "Created gregorian calendar" << endl;
+}
+
+KCalendarSystemGregorian::~KCalendarSystemGregorian()
+{
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::year(const QDate& date) const
+{
+//  kdDebug(5400) << "Gregorian year..." << endl;
+  return date.year();
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::monthsInYear( const QDate & ) const
+{
+//  kdDebug(5400) << "Gregorian monthsInYear" << endl;
+
+  return 12;
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::weeksInYear(int year) const
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+  QDate temp;
+  temp.setYMD(year, 12, 31);
+
+  // If the last day of the year is in the first week, we have to check the
+  // week before
+  if ( temp.weekNumber() == 1 )
+    temp.addDays(-7);
+
+  return temp.weekNumber();
+#else
+  return 52;
+#endif
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::weekNumber(const QDate& date,
+                                         int * yearNum) const
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+  return date.weekNumber(yearNum);
+#else
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+QString KCalendarSystemGregorian::monthName(const QDate& date,
+                                            bool shortName) const
+{
+  return monthName(month(date), shortName);
+}
+
+QString KCalendarSystemGregorian::monthNamePossessive(const QDate& date, bool shortName) const
+{
+  return monthNamePossessive(month(date), shortName);
+}
+
+QString KCalendarSystemGregorian::monthName(int month, bool shortName) const
+{
+//  kdDebug(5400) << "Gregorian getMonthName" << endl;
+
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("January", "Jan");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("February", "Feb");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("March", "Mar");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("April", "Apr");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("May short", "May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("June", "Jun");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("July", "Jul");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("August", "Aug");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("September", "Sep");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("October", "Oct");
+      case 11:
+        return locale()->translate("November", "Nov");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("December", "Dec");
+      }
+  else
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("January");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("February");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("March");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("April");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("May long", "May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("June");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("July");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("August");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("September");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("October");
+      case 11:
+        return locale()->translate("November");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("December");
+      }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KCalendarSystemGregorian::monthNamePossessive(int month,
+                                                      bool shortName) const
+{
+//  kdDebug(5400) << "Gregorian getMonthName" << endl;
+
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("of January", "of Jan");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("of February", "of Feb");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("of March", "of Mar");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("of April", "of Apr");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("of May short", "of May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("of June", "of Jun");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("of July", "of Jul");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("of August", "of Aug");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("of September", "of Sep");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("of October", "of Oct");
+      case 11:
+       return locale()->translate("of November", "of Nov");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("of December", "of Dec");
+      }
+  else
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("of January");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("of February");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("of March");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("of April");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("of May long", "of May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("of June");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("of July");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("of August");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("of September");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("of October");
+      case 11:
+        return locale()->translate("of November");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("of December");
+      }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+bool KCalendarSystemGregorian::setYMD(QDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const
+{
+  // We don't want Qt to add 1900 to them
+  if ( y >= 0 && y <= 99 )
+    return false;
+
+  // QDate supports gregorian internally
+  return date.setYMD(y, m, d);
+}
+
+QDate KCalendarSystemGregorian::addYears(const QDate & date, int nyears) const
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300
+  return date.addYears(nyears);
+#else
+  int year = date.year() + nyears;
+  int month = date.month();
+  int day = date.day();
+  QDate newDate( year, month, 1 );
+  if ( day > newDate.daysInMonth() ) day = newDate.daysInMonth();
+  return QDate( year, month, day );
+#endif
+}
+
+QDate KCalendarSystemGregorian::addMonths(const QDate & date, int nmonths) const
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 300  
+  return date.addMonths(nmonths);
+#else
+  int month = date.month();
+  int nyears;
+  if ( nmonths >= 0 ) {
+    month += nmonths;
+    nyears = ( month - 1 ) / 12;
+    month = ( ( month - 1 ) % 12 ) + 1;
+  } else {
+    nyears = nmonths / 12;
+    // nmonths += nyears * 12;
+    nmonths = nmonths % 12;
+    month += nmonths;
+    if ( month <= 0 ) {
+        month += 12;
+        --nyears;
+    }
+  }
+  int year = date.year() + nyears;
+  int day = date.day();
+  QDate newDate( year, month, 1 );
+  if ( day > newDate.daysInMonth() ) day = newDate.daysInMonth();
+  return QDate( year, month, day );
+#endif
+}
+
+QDate KCalendarSystemGregorian::addDays(const QDate & date, int ndays) const
+{
+  return date.addDays(ndays);
+}
+
+QString KCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayName(int col, bool shortName) const
+{
+  // ### Should this really be different to each calendar system? Or are we
+  //     only going to support weeks with 7 days?
+
+  //kdDebug(5400) << "Gregorian wDayName" << endl;
+  return locale()->weekDayName(col, shortName);
+}
+
+QString KCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayName(const QDate& date, bool shortName) const
+{
+  return weekDayName(dayOfWeek(date), shortName);
+}
+
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::dayOfWeek(const QDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.dayOfWeek();
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::dayOfYear(const QDate & date) const
+{
+  return date.dayOfYear();
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::daysInMonth(const QDate& date) const
+{
+//  kdDebug(5400) << "Gregorian daysInMonth" << endl;
+  return date.daysInMonth();
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::minValidYear() const
+{
+  return 1753; // QDate limit
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::maxValidYear() const
+{
+  return 8000; // QDate limit
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::day(const QDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.day();
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::month(const QDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.month();
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::daysInYear(const QDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.daysInYear();
+}
+
+int KCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayOfPray() const
+{
+  return 7; // sunday
+}
+
+QString KCalendarSystemGregorian::calendarName() const
+{
+  return QString::fromLatin1("gregorian");
+}
+
+bool KCalendarSystemGregorian::isLunar() const
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool KCalendarSystemGregorian::isLunisolar() const
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool KCalendarSystemGregorian::isSolar() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kcalendarsystemgregorian.h b/microkde/kcalendarsystemgregorian.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2eff625
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcalendarsystemgregorian.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KCALENDARSYSTEMGREGORIAN_H
+#define KCALENDARSYSTEMGREGORIAN_H
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "kcalendarsystem.h"
+
+class KCalendarSystemGregorianPrivate;
+
+/**
+ * This is the Gregorian calendar implementation.
+ *
+ * The Gregorian calender is the most used calendar today. The first year in
+ * the calendar is set to the birth of Christ.
+ *
+ * @see KLocale,KCalendarSystem,KCalendarSystemFactory
+ *
+ * @author Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+ * @licence GNU-GPL v.2
+ * @version $Id$
+ * @since 3.2
+ */
+class KCalendarSystemGregorian: public KCalendarSystem
+{
+public:
+  KCalendarSystemGregorian (const KLocale * locale = 0);
+  virtual ~KCalendarSystemGregorian ();
+
+  virtual int year (const QDate & date) const;
+  virtual int month (const QDate & date) const;
+  virtual int day (const QDate & date) const;
+  virtual int dayOfWeek (const QDate & date) const;
+  virtual int dayOfYear (const QDate & date) const;
+
+  virtual bool setYMD(QDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const;
+
+  virtual QDate addYears(const QDate & date, int nyears) const;
+  virtual QDate addMonths(const QDate & date, int nmonths) const;
+  virtual QDate addDays(const QDate & date, int ndays) const;
+
+  virtual int monthsInYear (const QDate & date) const;
+
+  virtual int daysInYear (const QDate & date) const;
+  virtual int daysInMonth (const QDate & date) const;
+  virtual int weeksInYear(int year) const;
+  virtual int weekNumber(const QDate& date, int * yearNum = 0) const;
+
+  virtual QString monthName (int month, bool shortName = false) const;
+  virtual QString monthName (const QDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const;
+  virtual QString monthNamePossessive(int month, bool shortName = false) const;
+  virtual QString monthNamePossessive(const QDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const;
+  virtual QString weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName = false) const;
+  virtual QString weekDayName (const QDate & date, bool shortName = false) const;
+
+  virtual int minValidYear () const;
+  virtual int maxValidYear () const;
+  virtual int weekDayOfPray () const;
+
+  virtual QString calendarName() const;
+
+  virtual bool isLunar() const;
+  virtual bool isLunisolar() const;
+  virtual bool isSolar() const;
+
+private:
+  KCalendarSystemGregorianPrivate * d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kcolorbutton.cpp b/microkde/kcolorbutton.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..433f909
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcolorbutton.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#include "kcolorbutton.h"
+#include "kcolordialog.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+
+
+#include "qlayout.h"
+
+void KColorButton:: edit()
+{
+
+    KColorDialog* k =  new KColorDialog( this );
+    k->setColor( mColor );
+    int res = k->exec();
+    if ( res ) {
+        mColor = k->getColor(); 
+        setColor ( mColor );
+        emit changed ( mColor );
+    }
+    delete k;
+}
+KColorButton::KColorButton( QWidget *p ):QPushButton( p )
+{
+    int size = 24;
+    if(  QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 )
+        size = 18;
+    setFixedSize( size,size );
+    connect ( this, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this ,SLOT (edit() ));
+    
+}
+void KColorButton::setColor ( const QColor & c) 
+{
+ mColor = c; 
+ QPixmap pix ( height() - 4, width() - 4 );
+ pix.fill( c );
+ setPixmap ( pix );
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kcolorbutton.h b/microkde/kcolorbutton.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3774
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcolorbutton.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KCOLORBUTTON_H
+#define MICROKDE_KCOLORBUTTON_H
+
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qcolor.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+
+
+class KColorButton : public QPushButton
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    KColorButton( QWidget *p );
+    void setColor ( const QColor &);
+    QColor color() const { return mColor ; }
+ signals:
+    void changed(const QColor &);
+private slots:
+    void   edit();
+ private:
+ QColor mColor;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kcolordialog.cpp b/microkde/kcolordialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a76e5e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcolordialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+#include "kcolordialog.h"
+#include <qdialog.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qslider.h>
+#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+QColor KColorDialog::getColor( ) const
+{
+     QColor c ( r->value(), g->value(), b->value() );
+     lar->setText ( "R: " + QString::number ( c.red() ) );
+     lag->setText ( "G: " + QString::number ( c.green() ) );
+     lab->setText ( "B: " + QString::number ( c.blue() ) );
+     return c;
+}
+void  KColorDialog::setColor(  const QColor & d )
+{
+    r->setValue(d.red()  );
+    g->setValue(d.green()  );
+    b->setValue(d.blue()  );
+    old_color->setPalette( QPalette( d.dark(), d ) );
+    lar->setText ( "R: " + QString::number ( d.red() ) );
+    lag->setText ( "G: " + QString::number ( d.green() ) );
+    lab->setText ( "B: " + QString::number ( d.blue() ) );
+
+}
+KColorDialog::KColorDialog( QWidget *p ):QDialog( p, "input-dialog", true  )
+{
+    setCaption( i18n("Choose Color") );
+
+    setMaximumSize( QApplication::desktop()->width() - 20, QApplication::desktop()->height() - 40 ); // for zaurus 5500er.
+    QGridLayout* lay = new QGridLayout ( this, 4, 2 );
+    lay->setSpacing( 6 );
+    lay->setMargin( 11 );
+
+    old_color = new QLabel("Old color",this);
+    old_color->setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Plain );
+    old_color->setLineWidth( 1 );
+    lay->addWidget(old_color, 0, 0);
+
+    new_color = new QLabel("New color", this);
+    new_color->setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Plain );
+    new_color->setLineWidth( 1 );
+    lay->addWidget(new_color, 0, 1);
+    new_color->setAlignment( AlignCenter );
+
+    QHBox* hb = new QHBox ( this );
+    lar = new QLabel( hb );
+    lag = new QLabel( hb );
+    lab = new QLabel( hb );
+    lay->addMultiCellWidget( hb,1,1, 0,1 );
+
+    QLabel* lr = new QLabel ( "Red:", this );
+    lay->addWidget( lr,2,0 );
+    r = new QSlider  ( 0, 255, 1, 1, Horizontal, this );
+    lay->addWidget(r ,2,1 );
+
+    QLabel* lg  = new QLabel( "Green:",this );
+    lay->addWidget(lg ,3,0 );
+    g = new QSlider  ( 0, 255, 1, 1, Horizontal, this );
+    lay->addWidget( g ,3,1 );
+
+    QLabel* lb = new QLabel ( "Blue:",this );
+    lay->addWidget( lb,4,0 );
+    b = new QSlider  ( 0, 255, 1, 1, Horizontal, this );
+    lay->addWidget(b ,4,1 );
+
+    QColor d = backgroundColor();
+    r->setValue(d.red()  );
+    g->setValue(d.green()  );
+    b->setValue(d.blue()  );
+    old_color->setPalette( QPalette( d.dark() , d ) );
+    // kannst du wieder reinnehmen, aber es geht auch so.
+    QPushButton * ok = new QPushButton (i18n(" OK "), this );
+    QPushButton * cancel = new QPushButton (i18n(" Cancel "), this );
+
+    lay->addWidget(ok ,5,0 );
+    lay->addWidget(cancel ,5,1 );
+    connect (ok, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this ,SLOT (accept() ));
+    connect (cancel, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this ,SLOT (reject() ));
+    connect (r, SIGNAL(  valueChanged ( int )  ), this ,SLOT (updateColor( int ) ));
+    connect (g, SIGNAL(  valueChanged ( int )  ), this ,SLOT (updateColor( int ) ));
+    connect (b, SIGNAL(  valueChanged ( int )  ), this ,SLOT (updateColor( int ) ));
+}
+void KColorDialog::updateColor( int )
+{
+    QColor c = getColor( ) ;
+    new_color->setPalette( QPalette( c.dark(), c ) );
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kcolordialog.h b/microkde/kcolordialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb2045d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcolordialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KCOLORDIALOG_H
+#define MINIKDE_KCOLORDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qcolor.h>
+
+#include <qdialog.h>
+#include <qslider.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+class KColorDialog : public QDialog
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+  public:
+    KColorDialog( QWidget *p );
+   QColor getColor( ) const;
+   void setColor(  const QColor &);
+ private:
+   QSlider *r, *g, *b;
+   QLabel * old_color, *new_color;
+   QLabel *lar, *lag, *lab;
+private slots:
+   void updateColor( int );
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kcombobox.h b/microkde/kcombobox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a21344
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kcombobox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KCOMBOBOX_H
+#define MICROKDE_KCOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+
+class KComboBox : public QComboBox
+{
+  public:
+    KComboBox( QWidget *parent ) : QComboBox( parent ) {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kconfig.cpp b/microkde/kconfig.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f23ed2
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kconfig.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qtextstream.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+#include "kdebug.h"
+
+#include "kurl.h"
+#include "kstandarddirs.h"
+#include "kconfig.h"
+
+QString KConfig::mGroup = "";
+//QString KConfig::mGroup = "General";
+
+KConfig::KConfig( const QString &fileName )
+  : mFileName( fileName ), mDirty( false )
+{
+  kdDebug() << "KConfig::KConfig(): '" << fileName << "'" << endl;
+
+  load();
+
+}
+
+
+KConfig::~KConfig()
+{
+  sync();
+}
+
+void KConfig::setGroup( const QString &group )
+{
+  kdDebug() << "KConfig::setGroup(): '" << group << "'" << endl;
+
+  mGroup = group;
+
+  if ( mGroup.right( 1 ) != "/" ) mGroup += "/";
+}
+
+//US
+QString KConfig::group() const {
+  return mGroup;
+}
+
+//US added method
+QValueList<int> KConfig::readIntListEntry( const QString & key)
+{
+//  qDebug("KConfig::readIntListEntry key=%s:", key.latin1());
+  
+  QValueList<int> result;
+
+  QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator mit = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  
+  if ( mit == mStringMap.end() ) {
+    return result;
+  }
+    
+  QStringList valuesAsStrings = QStringList::split(":",  *mit );
+  bool ok = false;
+  bool ok2 = true;
+  int val;
+  
+  for ( QStringList::Iterator sit = valuesAsStrings.begin(); sit != valuesAsStrings.end(); ++sit ) {
+    val = (*sit).toInt(&ok);
+    result << val;
+    if (ok == false) {
+      qDebug("KConfig::readIntListEntry str=%s , int=%n:", (*sit).latin1(), &val);
+      ok2 = false;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (ok2 == false)
+  {
+    kdDebug() << "KConfig::readIntListEntry: error while reading one of the intvalues." << endl;
+    qDebug("KConfig::readIntListEntry: error while reading one of the intvalues.");
+  }
+  
+  return result;
+}
+
+int KConfig::readNumEntry( const QString & key, int def )
+{
+  QString res = readEntry(key, QString::number(def ) );
+  bool ok = false;
+  int result = res.toInt(&ok);
+  if ( ok )
+      return result;
+  return def;
+}
+
+QString KConfig::readEntry( const QString &key, const QString &def )
+{
+  QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator it = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  
+  if ( it == mStringMap.end() ) {
+    return def;
+  }
+  
+  return *it;
+}
+
+QStringList KConfig::readListEntry( const QString &key )
+{
+    QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator it = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
+    
+    if ( it == mStringMap.end() ) {
+        return QStringList();
+    }
+    return  QStringList::split(":",  *it );
+    
+}
+
+bool KConfig::readBoolEntry( const QString &key, bool def )
+{
+  QMap<QString,bool>::ConstIterator it = mBoolMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  
+  if ( it == mBoolMap.end() ) {
+    return def;
+  }
+  
+  return *it;
+}
+
+QColor KConfig::readColorEntry( const QString & e, QColor *def )
+{
+
+    QStringList l;
+    l = readListEntry( e );
+    if (l.count() != 3 ) {
+        if ( def )
+            return *def;
+        else
+            return QColor(); 
+    }
+    QColor c ( l[0].toInt(), l[1].toInt(), l[2].toInt() );
+    return c; 
+}
+
+QFont KConfig::readFontEntry( const QString & e, QFont *def )
+{
+  QStringList font = readListEntry( e );
+  if ( font.isEmpty() )
+      return *def;
+  QFont f;
+  f.setFamily( font[0]);
+  f.setBold ( font[1] == "bold");
+  f.setPointSize ( font[2].toInt());
+  f.setItalic( font[1] == "italic" );
+  return f;
+}
+
+QDateTime KConfig::readDateTimeEntry( const QString &key, const QDateTime *def )
+{
+  QMap<QString,QDateTime>::ConstIterator it = mDateTimeMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  
+  if ( it == mDateTimeMap.end() ) {
+    if ( def ) return *def;
+    else return QDateTime();
+  }
+
+  return *it;
+}
+
+//US added method
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QValueList<int> &value)
+{
+  QStringList valuesAsStrings;
+
+  QValueList<int>::ConstIterator it;
+  
+  for( it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it )
+  {
+    valuesAsStrings << QString::number(*it);
+  }
+  
+  mStringMap.insert( mGroup + key, valuesAsStrings.join(":") );
+  mDirty = true;
+}
+
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString & key , int num )
+{
+    writeEntry( key, QString::number ( num ) );
+}
+
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QString &value )
+{
+  mStringMap.insert( mGroup + key, value );
+
+  mDirty = true;
+}
+
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QStringList &value )
+{
+  mStringMap.insert( mGroup + key, value.join(":") );
+
+  mDirty = true;
+}
+
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, bool value)
+{
+  mBoolMap.insert( mGroup + key, value );
+
+  mDirty = true;
+}
+
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString & e, const QColor & c )
+{
+    QStringList l;
+    l.append( QString::number ( c.red() ) );
+    l.append( QString::number ( c.green() ) );
+    l.append( QString::number ( c.blue() ) );
+    writeEntry(  e, l );
+}
+
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString & e , const QFont & f )
+{
+    QStringList font;
+    font.append( f.family());
+    font.append( (!f.bold ()?"nonbold":"bold") );
+    font.append( QString::number ( f.pointSize () ) );
+    font.append( !f.italic ()?"nonitalic":"italic" );
+    writeEntry( e, font );
+}
+
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QDateTime &dt )
+{
+  mDateTimeMap.insert( mGroup + key, dt );
+}
+
+void KConfig::load()
+{
+  kdDebug() << "KConfig::load(): " << mFileName << endl;
+
+  QFile f( mFileName );
+  if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
+      qDebug("KConfig: could not open file %s ",mFileName.latin1() );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  mBoolMap.clear();
+  mStringMap.clear();
+  
+  QTextStream t( &f );
+  
+  QString line = t.readLine();
+
+  while ( !line.isNull() ) {
+    QStringList tokens = QStringList::split( ",", line );
+    if ( tokens[0] == "bool" ) {
+      bool value = false;
+      if ( tokens[2] == "1" ) value = true;      
+      mBoolMap.insert( tokens[1], value );
+    } else if ( tokens[0] == "QString" ) {
+      QString value = tokens[2];
+      mStringMap.insert( tokens[1], value );
+    } else if ( tokens[0] == "QDateTime" ) {
+#if 0
+      int year = tokens[2].toInt();
+      QDateTime dt( QDate( year,
+                           tokens[3].toInt(),
+                           tokens[4].toInt() ),
+                    QTime( tokens[5].toInt(), tokens[6].toInt(),
+                           tokens[7].toInt() ) );
+      mDateTimeMap.insert( tokens[1], dt );
+#endif
+    }
+  
+    line = t.readLine();
+  }
+}
+
+void KConfig::sync()
+{
+
+  if ( !mDirty ) return;
+  //qDebug("KConfig::sync() %s ",mFileName.latin1() );
+  //kdDebug() << "KConfig::sync(): " << mFileName << endl;
+
+//US I took the following code from a newer version of KDE  
+    // Create the containing dir if needed
+  KURL path;
+  path.setPath(mFileName);
+  QString dir=path.directory();
+  KStandardDirs::makeDir(dir);
+  
+  QFile f( mFileName );
+  if ( !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+  
+    qDebug("KConfig::sync() Can't open file %s ",mFileName.latin1() );
+    
+    return;
+  }
+
+  QTextStream t( &f );
+  
+  QMap<QString,bool>::ConstIterator itBool;
+  for( itBool = mBoolMap.begin(); itBool != mBoolMap.end(); ++itBool ) {
+    t << "bool," << itBool.key() << "," << ( *itBool ? "1" : "0"  ) << endl;
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator itString;
+  for( itString = mStringMap.begin(); itString != mStringMap.end(); ++itString ) {
+    t << "QString," << itString.key() << "," << (*itString ) << endl;
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QDateTime>::ConstIterator itDateTime;
+  for( itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.begin(); itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end(); ++itDateTime ) {
+    QDateTime dt = *itDateTime;
+    t << "QDateTime," << itDateTime.key() << ","
+      << dt.date().year() << ","
+      << dt.date().month() << ","
+      << dt.date().day() << ","
+      << dt.time().hour() << ","
+      << dt.time().minute() << ","
+      << dt.time().second() << endl;
+  }
+
+  f.close();
+
+  mDirty = false;
+}
+
+
+//US I took the following deleteGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
+/**
+   * Deletes a configuration entry group
+   *
+   * If the group is not empty and bDeep is false, nothing gets
+   * deleted and false is returned.
+   * If this group is the current group and it is deleted, the
+   * current group is undefined and should be set with setGroup()
+   * before the next operation on the configuration object.
+   *
+   * @param group The name of the group
+   *         returns true if we deleted at least one entry.
+   */
+bool  KConfig::deleteGroup( const QString& group)
+{
+  bool dirty = false;
+  int pos;
+  
+  QMap<QString,bool>::Iterator itBool;
+  for( itBool = mBoolMap.begin(); itBool != mBoolMap.end(); ++itBool )
+  {
+    pos = itBool.key().find( group );
+    if (pos == 0) {
+      mBoolMap.remove(itBool);
+      dirty = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator itString;
+  for( itString = mStringMap.begin(); itString != mStringMap.end(); ++itString )
+  {
+    pos = itString.key().find( group );
+    if (pos == 0) {
+      mStringMap.remove(itString);
+      dirty = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QDateTime>::Iterator itDateTime;
+  for( itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.begin(); itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end(); ++itDateTime )
+  {
+    pos = itDateTime.key().find( group );
+    if (pos == 0) {
+      mDateTimeMap.remove(itDateTime);
+      dirty = true;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (dirty)
+     mDirty = true;
+  
+  return dirty;
+
+}
+
+//US I took the following hasGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the specified group is known about.
+   *
+   * @param group The group to search for.
+   * @return Whether the group exists.
+   */
+bool KConfig::hasGroup(const QString &group) const
+{
+  QMap<QString,bool>::ConstIterator itBool;
+  for( itBool = mBoolMap.begin(); itBool != mBoolMap.end(); ++itBool )
+  {
+    if (itBool.key().find( group ) == 0) {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator itString;
+  for( itString = mStringMap.begin(); itString != mStringMap.end(); ++itString )
+  {
+    if (itString.key().find( group ) == 0) {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QDateTime>::ConstIterator itDateTime;
+  for( itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.begin(); itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end(); ++itDateTime )
+  {
+    if (itDateTime.key().find( group ) == 0) {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
+void KConfig::deleteEntry( const QString &key)
+{
+  bool dirty = false;
+    
+  QMap<QString,bool>::Iterator itBool = mBoolMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  if ( itBool != mBoolMap.end() ) {
+    mBoolMap.remove(itBool);
+    dirty = true;
+  }
+  
+
+  QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator itString = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  if ( itString != mStringMap.end() ) {
+    mStringMap.remove(itString);
+    dirty = true;
+  }
+
+
+  QMap<QString,QDateTime>::Iterator itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  if ( itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end() ) {
+    mDateTimeMap.remove(itDateTime);
+    dirty = true;
+  }
+  
+  if (dirty)
+     mDirty = true;
+  
+}
+
+//US
+QString KConfig::getFileName()
+{
+  return mFileName;
+}
+
+bool KConfig::hasKey( const QString &key)
+{
+  QMap<QString,bool>::Iterator itBool = mBoolMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  if ( itBool != mBoolMap.end() ) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator itString = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  if ( itString != mStringMap.end() ) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  QMap<QString,QDateTime>::Iterator itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.find( mGroup + key );
+  if ( itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end() ) {
+    return true;
+  }
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
diff --git a/microkde/kconfig.h b/microkde/kconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfedf53
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KCONFIG_H
+#define MINIKDE_KCONFIG_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <qcolor.h>
+#include <qfont.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+
+class KConfig
+{
+  public:
+    KConfig( const QString & );
+    ~KConfig();
+  
+    void setGroup( const QString & );
+
+//US
+  /**
+   * Returns the name of the group in which we are
+   *  searching for keys and from which we are retrieving entries.
+   *
+   * @return The current group.
+   */
+    QString group() const;
+
+//US I took the following deleteGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
+/**
+   * Deletes a configuration entry group
+   *
+   * If the group is not empty and bDeep is false, nothing gets
+   * deleted and false is returned.
+   * If this group is the current group and it is deleted, the
+   * current group is undefined and should be set with setGroup()
+   * before the next operation on the configuration object.
+   *
+   * @param group The name of the group
+   *         returns true if we deleted at least one entry.
+   */
+    bool deleteGroup( const QString& group);
+    
+//US I took the following hasGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the specified group is known about.
+   *
+   * @param group The group to search for.
+   * @return Whether the group exists.
+   */
+  bool hasGroup(const QString &group) const;
+    
+    
+    QString getFileName();
+    
+//US added method readIntListEntry    
+    QValueList<int> readIntListEntry( const QString &);
+    
+    int readNumEntry( const QString &, int def=0 );
+    QString readEntry( const QString &, const QString &def=QString::null );
+    QStringList readListEntry( const QString & );
+    bool readBoolEntry( const QString &, bool def=false );
+    QColor readColorEntry( const QString &, QColor * );
+    QFont readFontEntry( const QString &, QFont * );
+    QDateTime readDateTimeEntry( const QString &, const QDateTime *pDefault = 0 );
+
+    bool hasKey( const QString &);
+        
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, const QValueList<int>& );
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, int );
+    void writeEntry( const QString &key , unsigned int value) { writeEntry( key, int( value ) ); }
+    void writeEntry( const char *key , unsigned int value) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); }
+    void writeEntry( const char *key, int value ) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); } 
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, const QString & );
+    void writeEntry( const char *key, const QString &value ) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); }
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, const QStringList & );
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, bool );
+    void writeEntry( const char *key, bool value ) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); } 
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, const QColor & );
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, const QFont & );
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, const QDateTime & );
+
+    void deleteEntry( const QString &);
+        
+    void load();
+    void sync();
+
+  private:  
+    static QString mGroup;
+    
+    QString mFileName;
+    
+    QMap<QString,bool> mBoolMap;
+    QMap<QString,QString> mStringMap;
+    QMap<QString,QDateTime> mDateTimeMap;
+    
+    bool mDirty;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kconfigtest.cpp b/microkde/kconfigtest.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..373d674
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kconfigtest.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#include "kconfig.h"
+#include "kdebug.h"
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+
+int main()
+{
+  QDateTime dt = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+  kdDebug() << "Before: " << dt.toString() << endl;
+  KConfig cfg( "huhu" );
+  cfg.writeEntry( "123", dt );
+  QDateTime newDt = cfg.readDateTimeEntry( "123" );
+  kdDebug() << "After: " << newDt.toString() << endl;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdatepickernew.cpp b/microkde/kdatepickernew.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f60a422
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdatepickernew.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/ 
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qframe.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qdialog.h>
+#include <qstyle.h>
+#include <qtoolbutton.h>
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <qfont.h>
+#include <qvalidator.h>
+#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+
+#include "kdatepicker.h"
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <ktoolbar.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <knotifyclient.h>
+#include <kcalendarsystem.h>
+
+#include "kdatetbl.h"
+#include "kdatepicker.moc"
+
+class KDatePicker::KDatePickerPrivate
+{
+public:
+    KDatePickerPrivate() : closeButton(0L), selectWeek(0L), todayButton(0), navigationLayout(0) {}
+
+    void fillWeeksCombo(const QDate &date);
+
+    KToolBar *tb;
+    QToolButton *closeButton;
+    QComboBox *selectWeek;
+    QToolButton *todayButton;
+    QBoxLayout *navigationLayout;
+};
+
+void KDatePicker::fillWeeksCombo(const QDate &date)
+{
+  // every year can have a different number of weeks
+  const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+  int i, weeks = calendar->weeksInYear(calendar->year(date));
+
+  if ( d->selectWeek->count() == weeks ) return;  // we already have the correct number
+
+  d->selectWeek->clear();
+
+  for (i = 1; i <= weeks; i++)
+    d->selectWeek->insertItem(i18n("Week %1").arg(i));
+}
+
+KDatePicker::KDatePicker(QWidget *parent, QDate dt, const char *name)
+  : QFrame(parent,name)
+{
+  init( dt );
+}
+
+KDatePicker::KDatePicker(QWidget *parent, QDate dt, const char *name, WFlags f)
+  : QFrame(parent,name, f)
+{
+  init( dt );
+}
+
+KDatePicker::KDatePicker( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : QFrame(parent,name)
+{
+  init( QDate::currentDate() );
+}
+
+void KDatePicker::init( const QDate &dt )
+{
+  d = new KDatePickerPrivate();
+
+  d->tb = new KToolBar(this);
+
+  yearBackward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
+  monthBackward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
+  selectMonth = new QToolButton(d->tb);
+  selectYear = new QToolButton(d->tb);
+  monthForward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
+  yearForward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
+  line = new KLineEdit(this);
+  val = new KDateValidator(this);
+  table = new KDateTable(this);
+  fontsize = 12;//KGlobalSettings::generalFont().pointSize();
+ 
+
+  fontsize++; // Make a little bigger
+ 
+  d->selectWeek = new QComboBox(false, this);  // read only week selection
+  d->todayButton = new QToolButton(this);
+  d->todayButton->setIconSet(SmallIconSet("today"));
+
+  QToolTip::add(yearForward, i18n("Next year"));
+  QToolTip::add(yearBackward, i18n("Previous year"));
+  QToolTip::add(monthForward, i18n("Next month"));
+  QToolTip::add(monthBackward, i18n("Previous month"));
+  QToolTip::add(d->selectWeek, i18n("Select a week"));
+  QToolTip::add(selectMonth, i18n("Select a month"));
+  QToolTip::add(selectYear, i18n("Select a year"));
+  QToolTip::add(d->todayButton, i18n("Select the current day"));
+
+  // -----
+  setFontSize(fontsize);
+  line->setValidator(val);
+  line->installEventFilter( this );
+//   yearForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("2rightarrow")));
+//   yearBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("2leftarrow")));
+//   monthForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("1rightarrow")));
+//   monthBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("1leftarrow")));
+  setDate(dt); // set button texts
+  connect(table, SIGNAL(dateChanged(QDate)), SLOT(dateChangedSlot(QDate)));
+  connect(table, SIGNAL(tableClicked()), SLOT(tableClickedSlot()));
+  connect(monthForward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(monthForwardClicked()));
+  connect(monthBackward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(monthBackwardClicked()));
+  connect(yearForward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(yearForwardClicked()));
+  connect(yearBackward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(yearBackwardClicked()));
+  connect(d->selectWeek, SIGNAL(activated(int)), SLOT(weekSelected(int)));
+  connect(d->todayButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(todayButtonClicked()));
+  connect(selectMonth, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(selectMonthClicked()));
+  connect(selectYear, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(selectYearClicked()));
+  connect(line, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), SLOT(lineEnterPressed()));
+  table->setFocus();
+
+  QBoxLayout * topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
+
+  d->navigationLayout = new QHBoxLayout(topLayout);
+  d->navigationLayout->addWidget(d->tb);
+
+  topLayout->addWidget(table);
+
+  QBoxLayout * bottomLayout = new QHBoxLayout(topLayout);
+  bottomLayout->addWidget(d->todayButton);
+  bottomLayout->addWidget(line);
+  bottomLayout->addWidget(d->selectWeek);
+}
+
+KDatePicker::~KDatePicker()
+{
+  delete d;
+}
+
+bool
+KDatePicker::eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *e )
+{
+   if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
+      QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
+
+      if ( (k->key() == Qt::Key_Prior) ||
+           (k->key() == Qt::Key_Next)  ||
+           (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up)    ||
+           (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down) )
+       {
+          QApplication::sendEvent( table, e );
+          table->setFocus();
+          return true; // eat event
+       }
+   }
+   return QFrame::eventFilter( o, e );
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
+{
+  QWidget::resizeEvent(e);
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::dateChangedSlot(QDate date)
+{
+    kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::dateChangedSlot: date changed (" << date.year() << "/" << date.month() << "/" << date.day() << ")." << endl;
+
+    const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+    line->setText(KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(date, true));
+    selectMonth->setText(calendar->monthName(date, false));
+    fillWeeksCombo(date);
+    d->selectWeek->setCurrentItem(calendar->weekNumber(date) - 1);
+    selectYear->setText(calendar->yearString(date, false));
+
+    emit(dateChanged(date));
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::tableClickedSlot()
+{
+  kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::tableClickedSlot: table clicked." << endl;
+  emit(dateSelected(table->getDate()));
+  emit(tableClicked());
+}
+
+const QDate&
+KDatePicker::getDate() const
+{
+  return table->getDate();
+}
+
+const QDate &
+KDatePicker::date() const
+{
+    return table->getDate();
+}
+
+bool
+KDatePicker::setDate(const QDate& date)
+{
+    if(date.isValid())
+    {
+        const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+        table->setDate(date);
+        fillWeeksCombo(date);
+        d->selectWeek->setCurrentItem(calendar->weekNumber(date) - 1);
+        selectMonth->setText(calendar->monthName(date, false));
+        selectYear->setText(calendar->yearString(date, true));
+        line->setText(KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(date, true));
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl;
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::monthForwardClicked()
+{
+    QDate temp;
+    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), 1 );
+
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::monthBackwardClicked()
+{
+    QDate temp;
+    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), -1 );
+
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::yearForwardClicked()
+{
+    QDate temp;
+    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), 1 );
+  
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::yearBackwardClicked()
+{
+    QDate temp;
+    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), -1 );
+  
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void KDatePicker::selectWeekClicked() {}  // ### in 3.2 obsolete; kept for binary compatibility
+
+void
+KDatePicker::weekSelected(int week)
+{
+  week++; // week number starts with 1
+
+  const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  QDate date = table->getDate();
+  int year = calendar->year(date);
+
+  calendar->setYMD(date, year, 1, 1);
+  date = calendar->addDays(date, -7);
+  while (calendar->weekNumber(date) != 1)
+    date = calendar->addDays(date, 1);
+
+  // date is now first day in week 1 some day in week 1
+  date = calendar->addDays(date, (week - calendar->weekNumber(date)) * 7);
+
+  setDate(date);
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::selectMonthClicked()
+{
+  // every year can have different month names (in some calendar systems)
+  const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+  QDate date = table->getDate();
+  int i, month, months = calendar->monthsInYear(date);
+
+  QPopupMenu popup(selectMonth);
+
+  for (i = 1; i <= months; i++)
+    popup.insertItem(calendar->monthName(i, calendar->year(date)), i);
+
+  popup.setActiveItem(calendar->month(date) - 1);
+
+  if ( (month = popup.exec(selectMonth->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)), calendar->month(date) - 1)) == -1 ) return;  // canceled
+
+  int day = calendar->day(date);
+  // ----- construct a valid date in this month:
+  //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, 1);
+  //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, QMIN(day, date.daysInMonth()));
+  calendar->setYMD(date, calendar->year(date), month,
+                   QMIN(day, calendar->daysInMonth(date)));
+  // ----- set this month
+  setDate(date);
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::selectYearClicked()
+{
+  const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  int year;
+  KPopupFrame* popup = new KPopupFrame(this);
+  KDateInternalYearSelector* picker = new KDateInternalYearSelector(popup);
+  // -----
+  picker->resize(picker->sizeHint());
+  popup->setMainWidget(picker);
+  connect(picker, SIGNAL(closeMe(int)), popup, SLOT(close(int)));
+  picker->setFocus();
+  if(popup->exec(selectYear->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, selectMonth->height()))))
+    {
+      QDate date;
+      int day;
+      // -----
+      year=picker->getYear();
+      date=table->getDate();
+      day=calendar->day(date);
+      // ----- construct a valid date in this month:
+      //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), 1);
+      //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), QMIN(day, date.daysInMonth()));
+      calendar->setYMD(date, year, calendar->month(date),
+                       QMIN(day, calendar->daysInMonth(date)));
+      // ----- set this month
+      setDate(date);
+    } else {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+    }
+  delete popup;
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::setEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+  QWidget *widgets[]= {
+    yearForward, yearBackward, monthForward, monthBackward,
+    selectMonth, selectYear,
+    line, table, d->selectWeek, d->todayButton };
+  const int Size=sizeof(widgets)/sizeof(widgets[0]);
+  int count;
+  // -----
+  for(count=0; count<Size; ++count)
+    {
+      widgets[count]->setEnabled(enable);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::lineEnterPressed()
+{
+  QDate temp;
+  // -----
+  if(val->date(line->text(), temp)==QValidator::Acceptable)
+    {
+        kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: valid date entered." << endl;
+        emit(dateEntered(temp));
+        setDate(temp);
+    } else {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: invalid date entered." << endl;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::todayButtonClicked()
+{
+  setDate(QDate::currentDate());
+}
+
+QSize
+KDatePicker::sizeHint() const
+{
+  return QWidget::sizeHint();
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::setFontSize(int s)
+{
+  QWidget *buttons[]= {
+    // yearBackward,
+    // monthBackward,
+    selectMonth,
+    selectYear,
+    // monthForward,
+    // yearForward
+  };
+  const int NoOfButtons=sizeof(buttons)/sizeof(buttons[0]);
+  int count;
+  QFont font;
+  QRect r;
+  // -----
+  fontsize=s;
+  for(count=0; count<NoOfButtons; ++count)
+    {
+      font=buttons[count]->font();
+      font.setPointSize(s);
+      buttons[count]->setFont(font);
+    }
+  QFontMetrics metrics(selectMonth->fontMetrics());
+
+  for (int i = 1; ; ++i)
+    {
+      QString str = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->monthName(i, 
+         KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->year(table->getDate()), false);
+      if (str.isNull()) break;
+      r=metrics.boundingRect(str);
+      maxMonthRect.setWidth(QMAX(r.width(), maxMonthRect.width()));
+      maxMonthRect.setHeight(QMAX(r.height(),  maxMonthRect.height()));
+    }
+
+  QSize metricBound = style().sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_ToolButton,
+                                               selectMonth,
+                                               maxMonthRect);
+  selectMonth->setMinimumSize(metricBound);
+
+  table->setFontSize(s);
+}
+
+void
+KDatePicker::setCloseButton( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( enable == (d->closeButton != 0L) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( enable ) {
+        d->closeButton = new QToolButton( d->tb );
+        d->navigationLayout->addWidget(d->closeButton);
+        QToolTip::add(d->closeButton, i18n("Close"));
+        d->closeButton->setPixmap( SmallIcon("remove") );
+        connect( d->closeButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+                 topLevelWidget(), SLOT( close() ) );
+    }
+    else {
+        delete d->closeButton;
+        d->closeButton = 0L;
+    }
+    
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+bool KDatePicker::hasCloseButton() const
+{
+    return (d->closeButton != 0L);
+}
+
+void KDatePicker::virtual_hook( int /*id*/, void* /*data*/ )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
diff --git a/microkde/kdatepickernew.h b/microkde/kdatepickernew.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ea909d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdatepickernew.h
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KDATEPICKER_H
+#define KDATEPICKER_H
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qframe.h>
+#include <kdemacros.h>
+
+class QLineEdit;
+class QToolButton;
+class KDateValidator;
+class KDateTable;
+
+/**
+ * Provides a widget for calendar date input.
+ *
+ *     Different from the
+ *     previous versions, it now emits two types of signals, either
+ * dateSelected() or dateEntered() (see documentation for both
+ *     signals).
+ *
+ *     A line edit has been added in the newer versions to allow the user
+ *     to select a date directly by entering numbers like 19990101
+ *     or 990101.
+ *
+ * \image html kdatepicker.png "KDE Date Widget"
+ *
+ *     @version $Id$
+ *     @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+ *
+ * @short A date selection widget.
+ **/
+class KDatePicker: public QFrame
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( QDate date READ date WRITE setDate)
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool closeButton READ hasCloseButton WRITE setCloseButton )
+  Q_PROPERTY( int fontSize READ fontSize WRITE setFontSize )
+  
+public:
+  /** The usual constructor.  The given date will be displayed
+   * initially.
+   **/
+  KDatePicker(QWidget *parent=0,
+              QDate=QDate::currentDate(),
+              const char *name=0);
+
+  /** The usual constructor.  The given date will be displayed
+   * initially.
+   * @since 3.1
+   **/
+  KDatePicker(QWidget *parent,
+              QDate,
+              const char *name,
+              WFlags f); // ### KDE 4.0: Merge
+
+  /**
+   * Standard qt widget constructor. The initial date will be the
+   * current date.
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  KDatePicker( QWidget *parent, const char *name );
+
+  /**
+   * The destructor.
+   **/
+  virtual ~KDatePicker();
+
+  /** The size hint for date pickers. The size hint recommends the
+   *   minimum size of the widget so that all elements may be placed
+   *  without clipping. This sometimes looks ugly, so when using the
+   *  size hint, try adding 28 to each of the reported numbers of
+   *  pixels.
+   **/
+  QSize sizeHint() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the date.
+   *
+   *  @returns @p false and does not change anything
+   *      if the date given is invalid.
+   **/
+  bool setDate(const QDate&);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the selected date.
+   * @deprecated
+   **/
+  const QDate& getDate() const KDE_DEPRECATED;
+
+  /**
+   * @returns the selected date.
+   */
+  const QDate &date() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Enables or disables the widget.
+   **/
+  void setEnabled(bool);
+
+  /**
+   * @returns the KDateTable widget child of this KDatePicker
+   * widget.
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  KDateTable *dateTable() const { return table; };
+  
+  /**
+   * Sets the font size of the widgets elements.
+   **/
+  void setFontSize(int);
+  /**
+   * Returns the font size of the widget elements.
+   */
+  int fontSize() const
+    { return fontsize; }
+
+  /**
+   * By calling this method with @p enable = true, KDatePicker will show
+   * a little close-button in the upper button-row. Clicking the
+   * close-button will cause the KDatePicker's topLevelWidget()'s close()
+   * method being called. This is mostly useful for toplevel datepickers
+   * without a window manager decoration.
+   * @see hasCloseButton
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void setCloseButton( bool enable );
+
+  /**
+   * @returns true if a KDatePicker shows a close-button.
+   * @see setCloseButton
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  bool hasCloseButton() const;
+
+protected:
+  /// to catch move keyEvents when QLineEdit has keyFocus
+  virtual bool eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *e );
+  /// the resize event
+  virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
+  /// the year forward button
+  QToolButton *yearForward;
+  /// the year backward button
+  QToolButton *yearBackward;
+  /// the month forward button
+  QToolButton *monthForward;
+  /// the month backward button
+  QToolButton *monthBackward;
+  /// the button for selecting the month directly
+  QToolButton *selectMonth;
+  /// the button for selecting the year directly
+  QToolButton *selectYear;
+  /// the line edit to enter the date directly
+  QLineEdit *line;
+  /// the validator for the line edit:
+  KDateValidator *val;
+  /// the date table
+  KDateTable *table;
+  /// the size calculated during resize events
+    //  QSize sizehint;
+  /// the widest month string in pixels:
+  QSize maxMonthRect;
+protected slots:
+  void dateChangedSlot(QDate);
+  void tableClickedSlot();
+  void monthForwardClicked();
+  void monthBackwardClicked();
+  void yearForwardClicked();
+  void yearBackwardClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   * @deprecated in 3.2
+   */
+  void selectWeekClicked() KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void selectMonthClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void selectYearClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void lineEnterPressed();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  void todayButtonClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  void weekSelected(int);
+
+signals:
+  // ### KDE 4.0 Make all QDate parameters const references
+
+  /** This signal is emitted each time the selected date is changed.
+   *  Usually, this does not mean that the date has been entered,
+   *  since the date also changes, for example, when another month is
+   *  selected.
+   *  @see dateSelected
+   */
+  void dateChanged(QDate);
+  /** This signal is emitted each time a day has been selected by
+   *  clicking on the table (hitting a day in the current month). It
+   *  has the same meaning as dateSelected() in older versions of
+   *  KDatePicker.
+   */
+  void dateSelected(QDate);
+  /** This signal is emitted when enter is pressed and a VALID date
+   *  has been entered before into the line edit. Connect to both
+   *  dateEntered() and dateSelected() to receive all events where the
+   *  user really enters a date.
+   */
+  void dateEntered(QDate);
+  /** This signal is emitted when the day has been selected by
+   *  clicking on it in the table.
+   */
+  void tableClicked();
+
+private:
+  /// the font size for the widget
+  int fontsize;
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  void init( const QDate &dt );
+  void fillWeeksCombo(const QDate &date);
+  class KDatePickerPrivate;
+  KDatePickerPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif //  KDATEPICKER_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdatetbl.cpp b/microkde/kdatetbl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a2d1f5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdatetbl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,735 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/////////////////// KDateTable widget class //////////////////////
+//
+// Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman
+//           (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm
+// Written using Qt (http://www.troll.no) for the
+// KDE project (http://www.kde.org)
+//
+// This is a support class for the KDatePicker class.  It just
+// draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically
+// be used as a standalone.
+//
+// When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal:
+//      dateSelected(QDate)
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kglobalsettings.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <knotifyclient.h>
+#include "kdatetbl.h"
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qpen.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qdialog.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+KDateValidator::KDateValidator(QWidget* parent, const char* name)
+    : QValidator(parent, name)
+{
+}
+
+QValidator::State
+KDateValidator::validate(QString& text, int&) const
+{
+  QDate temp;
+  // ----- everything is tested in date():
+  return date(text, temp);
+}
+
+QValidator::State
+KDateValidator::date(const QString& text, QDate& d) const
+{
+  QDate tmp = KGlobal::locale()->readDate(text);
+  if (!tmp.isNull())
+    {
+      d = tmp;
+      return Acceptable;
+    } else
+      return Valid;
+}
+
+void
+KDateValidator::fixup( QString& ) const
+{
+
+}
+
+KDateTable::KDateTable(QWidget *parent, QDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f)
+  : QGridView(parent, name, f)
+{
+  setFontSize(10);
+  if(!date_.isValid())
+    {
+      date_=QDate::currentDate();
+    }
+  setFocusPolicy( QWidget::StrongFocus );
+  setNumRows(7); // 6 weeks max + headline
+  setNumCols(7); // 7 days a week
+  setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  viewport()->setBackgroundColor(QColor(220,245,255));
+#if 0
+  viewport()->setEraseColor(lightGray);
+#endif
+  setDate(date_); // this initializes firstday, numdays, numDaysPrevMonth
+}
+
+void
+KDateTable::paintCell(QPainter *painter, int row, int col)
+{
+  QRect rect;
+  QString text;
+  QPen pen;
+  int w=cellWidth();
+  int h=cellHeight();
+  int pos;
+  QBrush brushBlue(blue);
+  QBrush brushLightblue(QColor(220,245,255));
+  QFont font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  // -----
+  font.setPointSize(fontsize);
+  if(row==0)
+    { // we are drawing the headline
+      font.setBold(true);
+      painter->setFont(font);
+      bool normalday = true;
+      QString daystr;
+      if (KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday())
+        {
+          daystr = KGlobal::locale()->weekDayName(col+1, true);
+          if (col == 5 || col == 6)
+              normalday = false;
+        } else {
+          daystr = KGlobal::locale()->weekDayName(col==0? 7 : col, true);
+          if (col == 0 || col == 6)
+              normalday = false;
+        }
+      if (!normalday)
+        {
+          painter->setPen(QColor(220,245,255));
+          painter->setBrush(brushLightblue);
+          painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
+          painter->setPen(blue);
+        } else {
+          painter->setPen(blue);
+          painter->setBrush(brushBlue);
+          painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
+          painter->setPen(white);
+        }
+      painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h-1, AlignCenter,
+                        daystr, -1, &rect);
+      painter->setPen(black);
+      painter->moveTo(0, h-1);
+      painter->lineTo(w-1, h-1);
+      // ----- draw the weekday:
+    } else {
+      painter->setFont(font);
+      pos=7*(row-1)+col;
+      if (KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday())
+          pos++;
+      if(pos<firstday || (firstday+numdays<=pos))
+        { // we are either
+          // ° painting a day of the previous month or
+          // ° painting a day of the following month
+          if(pos<firstday)
+            { // previous month
+              text.setNum(numDaysPrevMonth+pos-firstday+1);
+            } else { // following month
+              text.setNum(pos-firstday-numdays+1);
+            }
+          painter->setPen(gray);
+        } else { // paint a day of the current month
+          text.setNum(pos-firstday+1);
+          painter->setPen(black);
+        }
+
+      pen=painter->pen();
+      if(firstday+date.day()-1==pos)
+        {
+          if(hasFocus())
+            { // draw the currently selected date
+              painter->setPen(red);
+              painter->setBrush(darkRed);
+              pen=white;
+            } else {
+              painter->setPen(darkGray);
+              painter->setBrush(darkGray);
+              pen=white;
+            }
+        } else {
+          painter->setBrush(QColor(220,245,255));
+          painter->setPen(QColor(220,245,255));
+        }
+      painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
+      painter->setPen(pen);
+      painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h, AlignCenter, text, -1, &rect);
+    }
+  if(rect.width()>maxCell.width()) maxCell.setWidth(rect.width());
+  if(rect.height()>maxCell.height()) maxCell.setHeight(rect.height());
+}
+
+void
+KDateTable::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
+{
+    /*
+    // not working properly
+    if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Prior ) {
+        if ( date.month() == 1 ) {
+            KNotifyClient::beep();
+            return;
+        }
+        int day = date.day();
+        if ( day > 27 )
+            while ( !QDate::isValid( date.year(), date.month()-1, day ) )
+                day--;
+        setDate(QDate(date.year(), date.month()-1, day));
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Next ) {
+        if ( date.month() == 12 ) {
+            KNotifyClient::beep();
+            return;
+        }
+        int day = date.day();
+        if ( day > 27 )
+            while ( !QDate::isValid( date.year(), date.month()+1, day ) )
+                day--;
+        setDate(QDate(date.year(), date.month()+1, day));
+        return;
+    }
+    */
+    int dayoff = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday() ? 1 : 0;
+
+    int temp=firstday+date.day()-dayoff;
+    int pos = temp;
+    bool irgnore = true;
+    if ( e->state() != Qt::ControlButton ) {
+    if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Up ) {
+        pos -= 7;
+        irgnore = false;
+    }
+    if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Down ) {
+        pos += 7;
+        irgnore = false;
+    }
+    if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Left ) {
+        pos--;
+        irgnore = false;
+    }
+    if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Right ) {
+        pos++;
+        irgnore = false;
+    }
+    } 
+    if ( irgnore )
+        e->ignore();
+
+    if(pos+dayoff<=firstday)
+    { // this day is in the previous month
+        KNotifyClient::beep();
+        return;
+    }
+    if(firstday+numdays<pos+dayoff)
+    { // this date is in the next month
+        KNotifyClient::beep(i18n( "Month not long enough" ));
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( pos == temp )
+        return;
+
+    setDate(QDate(date.year(), date.month(), pos-firstday+dayoff));
+    updateCell(temp/7+1, temp%7); // Update the previously selected cell
+    updateCell(pos/7+1, pos%7); // Update the selected cell
+    assert(QDate(date.year(), date.month(), pos-firstday+dayoff).isValid());
+  
+
+}
+
+void
+KDateTable::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent * e)
+{
+  QGridView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
+
+  setCellWidth(viewport()->width()/7);
+  setCellHeight(viewport()->height()/7);
+}
+
+void
+KDateTable::setFontSize(int size)
+{
+  int count;
+  QRect rect;
+  // ----- store rectangles:
+  fontsize=size;
+  QFont font = KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  font.setPointSize(fontsize);
+  font.setBold( true );
+  QFontMetrics metrics(font);
+
+  // ----- find largest day name:
+  maxCell.setWidth(0);
+  maxCell.setHeight(0);
+  for(count=0; count<7; ++count)
+    {
+      rect=metrics.boundingRect(KGlobal::locale()->weekDayName(count+1, true));
+      maxCell.setWidth(QMAX(maxCell.width(), rect.width()));
+      maxCell.setHeight(QMAX(maxCell.height(), rect.height()));
+    }
+  // ----- compare with a real wide number and add some space:
+  rect=metrics.boundingRect(QString::fromLatin1("88"));
+  maxCell.setWidth(QMAX(maxCell.width()+2, rect.width()));
+  maxCell.setHeight(QMAX(maxCell.height()+4, rect.height()));
+  if ( maxCell.width() * 1000 / maxCell.height()  > 1900 )
+      maxCell.setHeight(maxCell.width() * 1000 / 1900 );
+}
+
+void
+KDateTable::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+  if(e->type()!=QEvent::MouseButtonPress)
+    { // the KDatePicker only reacts on mouse press events:
+      return;
+    }
+  if(!isEnabled())
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  int dayoff = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday() ? 1 : 0;
+  // -----
+  int row, col, pos, temp;
+  QPoint mouseCoord;
+  // -----
+  mouseCoord = e->pos();
+  row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+  col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+  if(row<0 || col<0)
+    { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+      return;
+    }
+  pos=7*(row-1)+col+1;
+  if(pos+dayoff<=firstday)
+    { // this day is in the previous month
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  if(firstday+numdays<pos+dayoff)
+    { // this date is in the next month
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  temp=firstday+date.day()-dayoff-1;
+  setDate(QDate(date.year(), date.month(), pos-firstday+dayoff));
+  updateCell(temp/7+1, temp%7); // Update the previously selected cell
+  updateCell(row, col); // Update the selected cell
+  // assert(QDate(date.year(), date.month(), pos-firstday+dayoff).isValid());
+  emit(tableClicked());
+}
+
+bool
+KDateTable::setDate(const QDate& date_)
+{
+  bool changed=false;
+  QDate temp;
+  // -----
+  if(!date_.isValid())
+    {
+      kdDebug() << "KDateTable::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl;
+      return false;
+    }
+  if(date!=date_)
+    {
+      date=date_;
+      changed=true;
+    }
+  temp.setYMD(date.year(), date.month(), 1);
+  firstday=temp.dayOfWeek();
+  if(firstday==1) firstday=8;
+  numdays=date.daysInMonth();
+  if(date.month()==1)
+    { // set to december of previous year
+      temp.setYMD(date.year()-1, 12, 1);
+    } else { // set to previous month
+      temp.setYMD(date.year(), date.month()-1, 1);
+    }
+  numDaysPrevMonth=temp.daysInMonth();
+  if(changed)
+    {
+      repaintContents(false);
+    }
+  emit(dateChanged(date));
+  return true;
+}
+
+const QDate&
+KDateTable::getDate() const
+{
+  return date;
+}
+
+void KDateTable::focusInEvent( QFocusEvent *e )
+{
+    repaintContents(false);
+    QGridView::focusInEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KDateTable::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *e )
+{
+    repaintContents(false);
+    QGridView::focusOutEvent( e );
+}
+
+QSize
+KDateTable::sizeHint() const
+{
+  if(maxCell.height()>0 && maxCell.width()>0)
+    {
+      return QSize((maxCell.width()+2)*numCols()+2*frameWidth(),
+             (maxCell.height()+4)*numRows()+2*frameWidth());
+    } else {
+      return QSize(-1, -1);
+    }
+}
+
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::KDateInternalMonthPicker
+(int fontsize, QWidget* parent, const char* name)
+  : QGridView(parent, name),
+    result(0) // invalid
+{
+  QRect rect;
+  QFont font;
+  // -----
+  activeCol = -1;
+  activeRow = -1;
+  font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  font.setPointSize(fontsize);
+  setFont(font);
+  setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+  setNumRows(4);
+  setNumCols(3);
+  // enable to find drawing failures:
+  // setTableFlags(Tbl_clipCellPainting);
+#if 0
+  viewport()->setEraseColor(lightGray); // for consistency with the datepicker
+#endif
+  // ----- find the preferred size
+  //       (this is slow, possibly, but unfortunatly it is needed here):
+  QFontMetrics metrics(font);
+  for(int i=1; i <= 12; ++i)
+    {
+      rect=metrics.boundingRect(KGlobal::locale()->monthName(i, false));
+      if(max.width()<rect.width()) max.setWidth(rect.width());
+      if(max.height()<rect.height()) max.setHeight(rect.height());
+    }
+
+}
+
+QSize
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::sizeHint() const
+{
+  return QSize((max.width()+6)*numCols()+2*frameWidth(),
+         (max.height()+6)*numRows()+2*frameWidth());
+}
+
+int
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::getResult() const
+{
+  return result;
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::setupPainter(QPainter *p)
+{
+  p->setPen(black);
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
+{
+  setCellWidth(width()/3);
+  setCellHeight(height()/4);
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::paintCell(QPainter* painter, int row, int col)
+{
+  int index;
+  QString text;
+  // ----- find the number of the cell:
+  index=3*row+col+1;
+  text=KGlobal::locale()->monthName(index, false);
+  painter->drawText(0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight(), AlignCenter, text);
+  if ( activeCol == col && activeRow == row )
+      painter->drawRect( 0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight() );
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+  if(!isEnabled() || e->button() != LeftButton)
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  // -----
+  int row, col;
+  QPoint mouseCoord;
+  // -----
+  mouseCoord = e->pos();
+  row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+  col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+
+  if(row<0 || col<0)
+    { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+      activeCol = -1;
+      activeRow = -1;
+    } else {
+      activeCol = col;
+      activeRow = row;
+      updateCell( row, col /*, false */ );
+  }
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+  if (e->state() & LeftButton)
+    {
+      int row, col;
+      QPoint mouseCoord;
+      // -----
+      mouseCoord = e->pos();
+      row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+      col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+      int tmpRow = -1, tmpCol = -1;
+      if(row<0 || col<0)
+        { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+          if ( activeCol > -1 )
+            {
+              tmpRow = activeRow;
+              tmpCol = activeCol;
+            }
+          activeCol = -1;
+          activeRow = -1;
+        } else {
+          bool differentCell = (activeRow != row || activeCol != col);
+          if ( activeCol > -1 && differentCell)
+            {
+              tmpRow = activeRow;
+              tmpCol = activeCol;
+            }
+          if ( differentCell)
+            {
+              activeRow = row;
+              activeCol = col;
+              updateCell( row, col /*, false */ ); // mark the new active cell
+            }
+        }
+      if ( tmpRow > -1 ) // repaint the former active cell
+          updateCell( tmpRow, tmpCol /*, true */ );
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+  if(!isEnabled())
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+  // -----
+  int row, col, pos;
+  QPoint mouseCoord;
+  // -----
+  mouseCoord = e->pos();
+  row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+  col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+  if(row<0 || col<0)
+    { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+      emit(closeMe(0));
+    }
+  pos=3*row+col+1;
+  result=pos;
+  emit(closeMe(1));
+}
+
+
+
+KDateInternalYearSelector::KDateInternalYearSelector
+(int fontsize, QWidget* parent, const char* name)
+  : QLineEdit(parent, name),
+    val(new QIntValidator(this)),
+    result(0)
+{
+  QFont font;
+  // -----
+  font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  font.setPointSize(fontsize);
+  setFont(font);
+#if 0
+  setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+#endif
+  // we have to respect the limits of QDate here, I fear:
+  val->setRange(0, 8000);
+  setValidator(val);
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), SLOT(yearEnteredSlot()));
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalYearSelector::yearEnteredSlot()
+{
+  bool ok;
+  int year;
+  QDate date;
+  // ----- check if this is a valid year:
+  year=text().toInt(&ok);
+  if(!ok)
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  date.setYMD(year, 1, 1);
+  if(!date.isValid())
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  result=year;
+  emit(closeMe(1));
+}
+
+int
+KDateInternalYearSelector::getYear()
+{
+  return result;
+}
+
+void
+KDateInternalYearSelector::setYear(int year)
+{
+  QString temp;
+  // -----
+  temp.setNum(year);
+  setText(temp);
+}
+
+KPopupFrame::KPopupFrame(QWidget* parent, const char*  name)
+  : QFrame(parent, name, WType_Popup),
+    result(0), // rejected
+    main(0)
+{
+  setFrameStyle(QFrame::Box|QFrame::Raised);
+  setMidLineWidth(2);
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e)
+{
+  if(e->key()==Key_Escape)
+    {
+      result=0; // rejected
+      qApp->exit_loop();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::close(int r)
+{
+  result=r;
+  qApp->exit_loop();
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::setMainWidget(QWidget* m)
+{
+  main=m;
+  if(main!=0)
+    {
+      resize(main->width()+2*frameWidth(), main->height()+2*frameWidth());
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
+{
+  if(main!=0)
+    {
+      main->setGeometry(frameWidth(), frameWidth(),
+          width()-2*frameWidth(), height()-2*frameWidth());
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::popup(const QPoint &pos)
+{
+  // Make sure the whole popup is visible.
+  QRect d = QApplication::desktop()->frameGeometry();
+  int x = pos.x();
+  int y = pos.y();
+  int w = width();
+  int h = height();
+  if (x+w > d.x()+d.width())
+    x = d.width() - w;
+  if (y+h > d.y()+d.height())
+    y = d.height() - h;
+  if (x < d.x())
+    x = 0;
+  if (y < d.y())
+    y = 0;
+
+  // Pop the thingy up.
+  move(x, y);
+  show();
+}
+
+int
+KPopupFrame::exec(QPoint pos)
+{
+  popup(pos);
+  repaint();
+  qApp->enter_loop();
+  hide();
+  return result;
+}
+
+int
+KPopupFrame::exec(int x, int y)
+{
+  return exec(QPoint(x, y));
+}
+
+void KPopupFrame::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+void KDateTable::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//#include "kdatetbl.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdatetbl.h b/microkde/kdatetbl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df7b7ef
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdatetbl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KDATETBL_H
+#define KDATETBL_H
+
+#include <qvalidator.h>
+#include <qgridview.h>
+#include <qlineedit.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+
+/**
+* A table containing month names. It is used to pick a month directly.
+* @internal
+* @version $Id$
+* @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+*/
+class KDateInternalMonthPicker : public QGridView
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+protected:
+  /**
+   * Store the month that has been clicked [1..12].
+   */
+  int result;
+  /**
+   * the cell under mouse cursor when LBM is pressed
+   */
+  short int activeCol;
+  short int activeRow;
+  /**
+   * Contains the largest rectangle needed by the month names.
+   */
+  QRect max;
+signals:
+  /**
+   * This is send from the mouse click event handler.
+   */
+  void closeMe(int);
+public:
+  /**
+   * The constructor.
+   */
+  KDateInternalMonthPicker(int fontsize, QWidget* parent, const char* name=0);
+  /**
+   * The size hint.
+   */
+  QSize sizeHint() const;
+  /**
+   * Return the result. 0 means no selection (reject()), 1..12 are the
+   * months.
+   */
+  int getResult() const;
+protected:
+  /**
+   * Set up the painter.
+   */
+  void setupPainter(QPainter *p);
+  /**
+   * The resize event.
+   */
+  void viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
+  /**
+   * Paint a cell. This simply draws the month names in it.
+   */
+  virtual void paintCell(QPainter* painter, int row, int col);
+  /**
+   * Catch mouse click and move events to paint a rectangle around the item.
+   */
+  void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+  void contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+  /**
+   * Emit monthSelected(int) when a cell has been released.
+   */
+  void contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+
+private:
+  class KDateInternalMonthPrivate;
+  KDateInternalMonthPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/** Year selection widget.
+* @internal
+* @version $Id$
+* @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+*/
+class KDateInternalYearSelector : public QLineEdit
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+protected:
+  QIntValidator *val;
+  int result;
+public slots:
+  void yearEnteredSlot();
+signals:
+  void closeMe(int);
+public:
+  KDateInternalYearSelector(int fontsize,
+                            QWidget* parent=0,
+                            const char* name=0);
+  int getYear();
+  void setYear(int year);
+
+private:
+  class KDateInternalYearPrivate;
+  KDateInternalYearPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Frame with popup menu behaviour.
+ * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+ * @version $Id$
+ */
+class KPopupFrame : public QFrame
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+protected:
+  /**
+   * The result. It is returned from exec() when the popup window closes.
+   */
+  int result;
+  /**
+   * Catch key press events.
+   */
+  void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e);
+  /**
+   * The only subwidget that uses the whole dialog window.
+   */
+  QWidget *main;
+public slots:
+  /**
+   * Close the popup window. This is called from the main widget, usually.
+   * @p r is the result returned from exec().
+   */
+  void close(int r);
+public:
+  /**
+   * The contructor. Creates a dialog without buttons.
+   */
+  KPopupFrame(QWidget* parent=0, const char*  name=0);
+  /**
+   * Set the main widget. You cannot set the main widget from the constructor,
+   * since it must be a child of the frame itselfes.
+   * Be careful: the size is set to the main widgets size. It is up to you to
+   * set the main widgets correct size before setting it as the main
+   * widget.
+   */
+  void setMainWidget(QWidget* m);
+  /**
+   * The resize event. Simply resizes the main widget to the whole
+   * widgets client size.
+   */
+  void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
+  /**
+   * Open the popup window at position pos.
+   */
+  void popup(const QPoint &pos);
+  /**
+   * Execute the popup window.
+   */
+  int exec(QPoint p);
+  /**
+   * Dito.
+   */
+  int exec(int x, int y);
+
+private:
+
+  virtual bool close(bool alsoDelete) { return QFrame::close(alsoDelete); }
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  class KPopupFramePrivate;
+  KPopupFramePrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+* Validates user-entered dates.
+*/
+class KDateValidator : public QValidator
+{
+public:
+    KDateValidator(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+    virtual State validate(QString&, int&) const;
+    virtual void fixup ( QString & input ) const;
+    State date(const QString&, QDate&) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Date selection table.
+ * This is a support class for the KDatePicker class.  It just
+ * draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically
+ * be used as a standalone.
+ *
+ * When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal:
+ * dateSelected(QDate)
+ *
+ * @internal
+ * @version $Id$
+ * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+ */
+class KDateTable : public QGridView
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * The constructor.
+     */
+    KDateTable(QWidget *parent=0,
+               QDate date=QDate::currentDate(),
+               const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);
+    /**
+     * Returns a recommended size for the widget.
+     * To save some time, the size of the largest used cell content is
+     * calculated in each paintCell() call, since all calculations have
+     * to be done there anyway. The size is stored in maxCell. The
+     * sizeHint() simply returns a multiple of maxCell.
+     */
+    virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
+    /**
+     * Set the font size of the date table.
+     */
+    void setFontSize(int size);
+    /**
+     * Select and display this date.
+     */
+    bool setDate(const QDate&);
+    const QDate& getDate() const;
+
+
+protected:
+    /**
+     * Paint a cell.
+     */
+    virtual void paintCell(QPainter*, int, int);
+    /**
+     * Handle the resize events.
+     */
+    virtual void viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
+    /**
+     * React on mouse clicks that select a date.
+     */
+    virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *);
+    virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e );
+    virtual void focusInEvent( QFocusEvent *e );
+    virtual void focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *e );
+    /**
+     * The font size of the displayed text.
+     */
+    int fontsize;
+    /**
+     * The currently selected date.
+     */
+    QDate date;
+    /**
+     * The day of the first day in the month [1..7].
+     */
+    int firstday;
+    /**
+     * The number of days in the current month.
+     */
+    int numdays;
+    /**
+     * The number of days in the previous month.
+     */
+    int numDaysPrevMonth;
+    /**
+     * unused
+     */
+    bool unused_hasSelection;
+    /**
+     * Save the size of the largest used cell content.
+     */
+    QRect maxCell;
+signals:
+    /**
+     * The selected date changed.
+     */
+    void dateChanged(QDate);
+    /**
+     * A date has been selected by clicking on the table.
+     */
+    void tableClicked();
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KDateTablePrivate;
+    KDateTablePrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif // KDATETBL_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdebug.h b/microkde/kdebug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb9cfe3
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdebug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KDEBUG_H
+#define MINIKDE_KDEBUG_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+
+
+class kdbgstream;
+typedef kdbgstream & (*KDBGFUNC)(kdbgstream &); // manipulator function
+
+class kdbgstream {
+ public:
+    kdbgstream(unsigned int _area, unsigned int _level, bool _print = true) :
+      area(_area), level(_level),  print(  _print ) { print = false; }
+    /*   kdbgstream(const char * initialString, unsigned int _area, unsigned int _level, bool _print = false) :
+         output(QString::fromLatin1(initialString)), area(_area), level(_level),  print(_print) { print = false; }*/
+    ~kdbgstream()
+    {
+        // if (!output.isEmpty()) {
+        // fprintf(stderr,"ASSERT: debug output not ended with \\n\n");
+        //*this << "\n";
+        //}
+    }
+   kdbgstream &operator<<(bool)  {
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(short)  {
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned short) {
+     
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(char)  {
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned char) {
+       
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(int)  {
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned int) {
+      
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(long) {
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned long) {
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(const QString&) {
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(const char*) {
+        return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(const QCString&) {
+      return *this;
+    }
+    kdbgstream& operator<<(KDBGFUNC f) {
+        return (*f)(*this);
+    }
+    kdbgstream& operator<<(double) {
+        if (!print) return *this;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    void flush() {
+        return;
+    }
+ private:
+    QString output;
+    unsigned int area, level;
+    bool print;
+};
+
+inline kdbgstream &endl( kdbgstream &s) { s << "\n"; return s; }
+
+inline kdbgstream kdDebug(int area = 0) { return kdbgstream(area, 0); }
+inline kdbgstream kdWarning(int area = 0) { return kdbgstream(area, 0); }
+inline kdbgstream kdError(int area = 0) { return kdbgstream(area, 0); }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97ac326
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (c) 2001 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+//US #include <config.h>
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "kcatalogue.h"
+
+char *k_nl_find_msg(struct kde_loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+               const char *msgid);
+void k_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain);
+
+#ifndef KDE_USE_FINAL // with --enable-final, we're getting this from libintl.cpp
+struct kde_loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  kde_loaded_l10nfile() : filename(0), decided(0), data(0) {}
+};
+#endif
+
+class KCataloguePrivate
+{
+public:
+  QString name;
+
+  kde_loaded_l10nfile domain;
+};
+
+KCatalogue::KCatalogue(const QString & name)
+  : d( new KCataloguePrivate )
+{
+  d->name = name;
+}
+
+KCatalogue::KCatalogue(const KCatalogue & rhs)
+  : d( new KCataloguePrivate )
+{
+  *this = rhs;
+}
+
+KCatalogue & KCatalogue::operator=(const KCatalogue & rhs)
+{
+  d->name = rhs.d->name;
+  setFileName( rhs.fileName() );
+
+  return *this;
+}
+
+KCatalogue::~KCatalogue()
+{
+  doUnload();
+
+  delete d;
+}
+
+QString KCatalogue::name() const
+{
+  return d->name;
+}
+
+void KCatalogue::setFileName( const QString & fileName )
+{
+  // nothing to do if the file name is already the same
+  if ( this->fileName() == fileName ) return;
+
+  doUnload();
+
+  QCString newFileName = QFile::encodeName( fileName );
+
+  if ( !fileName.isEmpty() )
+    {
+      // set file name
+      char *filename = new char[ newFileName.length() + 1 ];
+      ::qstrcpy( filename, newFileName );
+      d->domain.filename = filename;
+    }
+}
+
+QString KCatalogue::fileName() const
+{
+  return QFile::decodeName( d->domain.filename );
+}
+
+const char * KCatalogue::translate(const char * msgid) const
+{
+    qDebug("KCatalogue::translate has to be fixed %s",msgid  );
+//US  return ::k_nl_find_msg( &d->domain, msgid );
+  return msgid;
+
+}
+
+void KCatalogue::doUnload()
+{
+  // use gettext's unloader
+  if ( d->domain.data )
+  {
+//US    ::k_nl_unload_domain( (struct loaded_domain *)d->domain.data );
+  qDebug("KCatalogue::doUnload has to be fixed" );
+    
+  }
+  d->domain.data = 0;
+
+  // free name
+  delete [] const_cast<char *>(d->domain.filename);
+  d->domain.filename = 0;
+
+  d->domain.decided = 0;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.h b/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e229cc8
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (c) 2001 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KCATALOGUE_H
+#define KCATALOGUE_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+struct kde_loaded_l10nfile;
+
+class KCataloguePrivate;
+
+/**
+ * This class abstracts a gettext message catalogue. It will take care of
+ * opening the file and reading the catalogue.
+ *
+ * @see KLocale
+ */
+//REVISED: hausmann
+class KCatalogue
+{
+public:
+  /**
+   * Constructor.
+   *
+   * @param name The name of the catalogue
+   */
+  explicit KCatalogue(const QString & name = QString::null);
+
+  /**
+   * Copy constructor.
+   */
+  KCatalogue(const KCatalogue & rhs);
+
+  /**
+   * Assignment operator.
+   */
+  KCatalogue & operator = ( const KCatalogue & rhs);
+
+  /**
+   * Destructor.
+   */
+  virtual ~KCatalogue();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the name of the catalogue.
+   *
+   * @return The name of the catalogue
+   */
+  QString name() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the current file name.
+   *
+   * @param fileName The new file name
+   */
+
+  void setFileName( const QString & fileName );
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves a translation of the specified message id.
+   *
+   * Do not pass 0 or "" strings as message ids.
+   *
+   * @param msgid The message id
+   *
+   * @return The translated message, in utf8 encoding, or 0 if not found
+   */
+  const char * translate( const char * msgid ) const;
+
+private:
+  /**
+   * @internal Retrieves the current file name.
+   *
+   * @return The current file name, if any.
+   */
+  QString fileName() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Unloads the current file.
+   */
+  void doUnload();
+
+private:
+  KCataloguePrivate * d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kconfigbase.h b/microkde/kdecore/kconfigbase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e56d11
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kconfigbase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+   This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (c) 1999 Preston Brown <pbrown@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 1997 Matthias Kalle Dalheimer <kalle@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2001 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+// $Id$
+
+#ifndef _KCONFIGBASE_H
+#define _KCONFIGBASE_H
+
+#include "kconfig.h"
+
+/**
+  * Helper class to facilitate working with @ref KConfig / @ref KSimpleConfig
+  * groups.
+  *
+  * Careful programmers always set the group of a
+  * @ref KConfig @ref KSimpleConfig object to the group they want to read from
+  * and set it back to the old one of afterwards. This is usually
+  * written as:
+  * <pre>
+  *
+  * QString oldgroup config->group();
+  * config->setGroup( "TheGroupThatIWant" );
+  * ...
+  * config->writeEntry( "Blah", "Blubb" );
+  *
+  * config->setGroup( oldgroup );
+  * </pre>
+  *
+  * In order to facilitate this task, you can use
+  * KConfigGroupSaver. Simply construct such an object ON THE STACK
+  * when you want to switch to a new group. Then, when the object goes
+  * out of scope, the group will automatically be restored. If you
+  * want to use several different groups within a function or method,
+  * you can still use KConfigGroupSaver: Simply enclose all work with
+  * one group (including the creation of the KConfigGroupSaver object)
+  * in one block.
+  *
+  * @author Matthias Kalle Dalheimer <kalle@kde.org>
+  * @version $Id$
+  * @see KConfigBase, KConfig, KSimpleConfig
+  * @short Helper class for easier use of KConfig/KSimpleConfig groups
+  */
+//US I converted the class in a way that it can be used with KConfig objects of microkde
+  
+class KConfigGroupSaver
+{
+public:
+  /**
+   * Constructor. You pass a pointer to the KConfigBase-derived
+   * object you want to work with and a string indicating the _new_
+   * group.
+   *
+   * @param config The KConfigBase-derived object this
+   *               KConfigGroupSaver works on.
+   * @param group  The new group that the config object should switch to.
+   */
+  KConfigGroupSaver( KConfig* config, QString group )
+      /* KDE 4 : make the second parameter const QString & */
+      : _config(config), _oldgroup(config->group())
+        { _config->setGroup( group ); }
+
+  KConfigGroupSaver( KConfig* config, const char *group )
+      : _config(config), _oldgroup(config->group())
+        { _config->setGroup( group ); }
+
+  KConfigGroupSaver( KConfig* config, const QCString &group )
+      : _config(config), _oldgroup(config->group())
+        { _config->setGroup( group ); }
+
+  ~KConfigGroupSaver() { _config->setGroup( _oldgroup ); }
+
+    KConfig* config() { return _config; };
+
+private:
+  KConfig* _config;
+  QString _oldgroup;
+
+  KConfigGroupSaver(const KConfigGroupSaver&);
+  KConfigGroupSaver& operator=(const KConfigGroupSaver&);
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1410308
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Michael Matz <matz@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+//US #include <config.h>
+#include <qclipboard.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qobjectdict.h>
+#include <qwidgetlist.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+#include "kapplication.h"
+#include "klibloader.h"
+#include "kstandarddirs.h"
+#include "kdebug.h"
+#include "klocale.h"
+
+//US #include "ltdl.h"
+
+//US do everything through qlibrary
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
+#include <qtopia/qlibrary.h>
+#endif
+
+/*US
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#endif
+*/
+template class QAsciiDict<KLibrary>;
+
+#include <stdlib.h> //getenv
+
+/*US
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#  include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+ 
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_GLOBAL             RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_GLOBAL           DL_GLOBAL
+#  endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LT_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_GLOBAL             0
+#endif
+*/
+
+/*US
+extern "C" {
+extern int lt_dlopen_flag;
+}
+*/
+
+KLibFactory::KLibFactory( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KLibFactory::~KLibFactory()
+{
+//    kdDebug(150) << "Deleting KLibFactory " << this << endl;
+}
+
+QObject* KLibFactory::create( QObject* parent, const char* name, const char* classname, const QStringList &args )
+{
+    QObject* obj = createObject( parent, name, classname, args );
+    if ( obj )
+        emit objectCreated( obj );
+    return obj;
+}
+
+
+QObject* KLibFactory::createObject( QObject*, const char*, const char*, const QStringList &)
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+// -----------------------------------------------
+
+//US KLibrary::KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, void * handle )
+KLibrary::KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, QLibrary* handle )
+{
+    /* Make sure, we have a KLibLoader */
+    (void) KLibLoader::self();
+    m_libname = libname;
+    m_filename = filename;
+    m_handle = handle;
+    m_factory = 0;
+    m_timer = 0;
+}
+
+KLibrary::~KLibrary()
+{
+//    kdDebug(150) << "Deleting KLibrary " << this << "  " << m_libname << endl;
+    if ( m_timer && m_timer->isActive() )
+        m_timer->stop();
+
+    // If any object is remaining, delete
+    if ( m_objs.count() > 0 )
+        {
+            QPtrListIterator<QObject> it( m_objs );
+            for ( ; it.current() ; ++it )
+                {
+                    kdDebug(150) << "Factory still has object " << it.current() << " " << it.current()->name () << " Library = " << m_libname << endl;
+                    disconnect( it.current(), SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+                                this, SLOT( slotObjectDestroyed() ) );
+                }
+            m_objs.setAutoDelete(true);
+            m_objs.clear();
+        }
+
+    if ( m_factory ) {
+        //kdDebug(150) << " ... deleting the factory " << m_factory << endl;
+        delete m_factory;
+    }
+}
+
+QString KLibrary::name() const
+{
+    return m_libname;
+}
+
+QString KLibrary::fileName() const
+{
+    return m_filename;
+}
+
+KLibFactory* KLibrary::factory()
+{
+    if ( m_factory )
+        return m_factory;
+
+        QCString symname;
+        symname.sprintf("init_%s", name().latin1() );
+
+    void* sym = symbol( symname );
+        if ( !sym )
+        {
+            kdWarning(150) << "KLibrary: The library " << name() << " does not offer an init_" << name() << " function" << endl;
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    typedef KLibFactory* (*t_func)();
+    t_func func = (t_func)sym;
+    m_factory = func();
+
+    if( !m_factory )
+    {
+        kdWarning(150) << "KLibrary: The library " << name() << " does not offer a KDE compatible factory" << endl;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    connect( m_factory, SIGNAL( objectCreated( QObject * ) ),
+             this, SLOT( slotObjectCreated( QObject * ) ) );
+
+    return m_factory;
+}
+
+void* KLibrary::symbol( const char* symname ) const
+{
+//US     void* sym = lt_dlsym( (lt_dlhandle) m_handle, symname );
+         void* sym = m_handle->resolve( symname );    
+    if ( !sym )
+    {
+//US        kdWarning(150) << "KLibrary: " << lt_dlerror() << endl;
+        kdWarning(150) << "KLibrary: " << m_libname << ", symbol:" << symname << " not found " << endl;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return sym;
+}
+
+bool KLibrary::hasSymbol( const char* symname ) const
+{
+//US    void* sym = lt_dlsym( (lt_dlhandle) m_handle, symname );
+         void* sym = m_handle->resolve( symname );    
+    return (sym != 0L );
+}
+
+void KLibrary::unload() const
+{
+   if (KLibLoader::s_self)
+      KLibLoader::s_self->unloadLibrary(QFile::encodeName(name()));
+}
+
+void KLibrary::slotObjectCreated( QObject *obj )
+{
+  if ( !obj )
+    return;
+
+  if ( m_timer && m_timer->isActive() )
+    m_timer->stop();
+
+  if ( m_objs.containsRef( obj ) )
+      return; // we know this object already
+
+  connect( obj, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+           this, SLOT( slotObjectDestroyed() ) );
+
+  m_objs.append( obj );
+}
+
+void KLibrary::slotObjectDestroyed()
+{
+  m_objs.removeRef( sender() );
+
+  if ( m_objs.count() == 0 )
+  {
+//    kdDebug(150) << "KLibrary: shutdown timer for " << name() << " started!"
+//                 << endl;
+
+    if ( !m_timer )
+    {
+      m_timer = new QTimer( this, "klibrary_shutdown_timer" );
+      connect( m_timer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+               this, SLOT( slotTimeout() ) );
+    }
+
+    // as long as it's not stable make the timeout short, for debugging
+    // pleasure (matz)
+    //m_timer->start( 1000*60, true );
+    m_timer->start( 1000*10, true );
+  }
+}
+
+void KLibrary::slotTimeout()
+{
+  if ( m_objs.count() != 0 )
+    return;
+
+  /* Don't go through KLibLoader::unloadLibrary(), because that uses the
+     ref counter, but this timeout means to unconditionally close this library
+     The destroyed() signal will take care to remove us from all lists.
+  */
+  delete this;
+}
+
+// -------------------------------------------------
+
+/* This helper class is needed, because KLibraries can go away without
+   being unloaded. So we need some info about KLibraries even after its
+   death. */
+class KLibWrapPrivate
+{
+public:
+//US    KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, lt_dlhandle h);
+    KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, QLibrary* h);
+
+    KLibrary *lib;
+    enum {UNKNOWN, UNLOAD, DONT_UNLOAD} unload_mode;
+    int ref_count;
+//US    lt_dlhandle handle;
+    QLibrary *handle;
+    QString name;
+    QString filename;
+};
+
+//US KLibWrapPrivate::KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, lt_dlhandle h)
+KLibWrapPrivate::KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, QLibrary* h)
+ : lib(l), ref_count(1), handle(h), name(l->name()), filename(l->fileName())
+{
+    unload_mode = UNKNOWN;
+/*US    
+    if (lt_dlsym(handle, "__kde_do_not_unload") != 0) {
+//        kdDebug(150) << "Will not unload " << name << endl;
+        unload_mode = DONT_UNLOAD;
+    } else if (lt_dlsym(handle, "__kde_do_unload") != 0) {
+        unload_mode = UNLOAD;
+    }
+*/
+//US use instead:
+    if (h->resolve("__kde_do_not_unload") != 0) {
+//        kdDebug(150) << "Will not unload " << name << endl;
+        unload_mode = DONT_UNLOAD;
+    } else if (h->resolve("__kde_do_unload") != 0) {
+        unload_mode = UNLOAD;
+    }
+}
+
+class KLibLoaderPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QPtrList<KLibWrapPrivate> loaded_stack;
+    QPtrList<KLibWrapPrivate> pending_close;
+    enum {UNKNOWN, UNLOAD, DONT_UNLOAD} unload_mode;
+
+    QString errorMessage;
+};
+
+KLibLoader* KLibLoader::s_self = 0;
+
+KLibLoader* KLibLoader::self()
+{
+    if ( !s_self )
+        s_self = new KLibLoader;
+    return s_self;
+}
+
+void KLibLoader::cleanUp()
+{
+  if ( !s_self )
+    return;
+
+  delete s_self;
+  s_self = 0;
+}
+
+KLibLoader::KLibLoader( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    s_self = this;
+    d = new KLibLoaderPrivate;
+//US    lt_dlinit();
+    d->unload_mode = KLibLoaderPrivate::UNKNOWN;
+    if (getenv("KDE_NOUNLOAD") != 0)
+        d->unload_mode = KLibLoaderPrivate::DONT_UNLOAD;
+    else if (getenv("KDE_DOUNLOAD") != 0)
+        d->unload_mode = KLibLoaderPrivate::UNLOAD;
+    d->loaded_stack.setAutoDelete( true );
+}
+
+KLibLoader::~KLibLoader()
+{
+//    kdDebug(150) << "Deleting KLibLoader " << this << "  " << name() << endl;
+
+    QAsciiDictIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it( m_libs );
+    for (; it.current(); ++it )
+    {
+      kdDebug(150) << "The KLibLoader contains the library " << it.current()->name
+        << " (" << it.current()->lib << ")" << endl;
+      d->pending_close.append(it.current());
+    }
+
+    close_pending(0);
+
+    delete d;
+}
+
+//static
+QString KLibLoader::findLibrary( const char * name/*US , const KInstance * instance*/ )
+{
+    QCString libname( name );
+
+    // only append ".la" if there is no extension
+    // this allows to load non-libtool libraries as well
+    // (mhk, 20000228)
+    int pos = libname.findRev('/');
+    if (pos < 0)
+      pos = 0;
+    if (libname.find('.', pos) < 0)
+      libname += ".la";
+
+    // only look up the file if it is not an absolute filename
+    // (mhk, 20000228)
+    QString libfile;
+    if (libname[0] == '/')
+      libfile = libname;
+    else
+    {
+//US      libfile = instance->dirs()->findResource( "module", libname );
+      libfile = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource( "module", libname );
+      if ( libfile.isEmpty() )
+      {
+//US        libfile = instance->dirs()->findResource( "lib", libname );
+        libfile = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource( "lib", libname );
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if ( !libfile.isEmpty() && libname.left(3) == "lib" ) // don't warn for kdeinit modules
+          kdDebug(150) << "library " << libname << " not found under 'module' but under 'lib'" << endl;
+#endif
+      }
+      if ( libfile.isEmpty() )
+      {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        kdDebug(150) << "library=" << libname << ": No file names " << libname.data() << " found in paths." << endl;
+#endif
+            self()->d->errorMessage = i18n("Library files for \"%1\" not found in paths").arg(libname); 
+      }
+      else
+            self()->d->errorMessage = QString::null;
+    }
+    return libfile;
+}
+
+
+KLibrary* KLibLoader::globalLibrary( const char *name )
+{
+KLibrary *tmp;
+/*US
+int olt_dlopen_flag = lt_dlopen_flag;
+
+   lt_dlopen_flag |= LT_GLOBAL;
+   kdDebug(150) << "Loading the next library global with flag " 
+                << lt_dlopen_flag
+                << "." << endl;
+*/                
+   tmp = library(name);
+/*US   
+   lt_dlopen_flag = olt_dlopen_flag;
+*/
+return tmp;
+}
+
+
+KLibrary* KLibLoader::library( const char *name )
+{
+    if (!name)
+        return 0;
+
+    KLibWrapPrivate* wrap = m_libs[name];
+    if (wrap) {
+      /* Nothing to do to load the library.  */
+      wrap->ref_count++;
+      return wrap->lib;
+    }
+
+    /* Test if this library was loaded at some time, but got
+       unloaded meanwhile, whithout being dlclose()'ed.  */
+    QPtrListIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it(d->loaded_stack);
+    for (; it.current(); ++it) {
+      if (it.current()->name == name)
+        wrap = it.current();
+    }
+
+    if (wrap) {
+      d->pending_close.removeRef(wrap);
+      if (!wrap->lib) {
+        /* This lib only was in loaded_stack, but not in m_libs.  */
+        wrap->lib = new KLibrary( name, wrap->filename, wrap->handle );
+      }
+      wrap->ref_count++;
+    } else {
+      QString libfile = findLibrary( name );
+      if ( libfile.isEmpty() )
+        return 0;
+
+      const QString & qpeDir = QPEApplication::qpeDir();
+      libfile = qpeDir + libfile;
+//US      QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( qpeDir + "/plugins/korganizer/libopiekabc.so", QLibrary::Immediately );
+      QLibrary *qlib = new QLibrary( libfile.latin1(), QLibrary::Immediately );
+        
+//US      lt_dlhandle handle = lt_dlopen( libfile.latin1() );
+//US      if ( !handle )
+      if ( !qlib )
+      {
+//US        const char* errmsg = lt_dlerror();
+        char* errmsg;
+        sprintf(errmsg, "KLibLoader::library could not load library: %s", libfile.latin1());
+        qDebug(errmsg);
+        
+        if(errmsg)
+            d->errorMessage = QString::fromLatin1(errmsg);
+        else
+            d->errorMessage = QString::null;
+        kdWarning(150) << "library=" << name << ": file=" << libfile << ": " << d->errorMessage << endl;
+        return 0;
+      }
+      else
+        d->errorMessage = QString::null;
+
+      KLibrary *lib = new KLibrary( name, libfile, qlib );
+      wrap = new KLibWrapPrivate(lib, qlib);
+      d->loaded_stack.prepend(wrap);
+    }
+    m_libs.insert( name, wrap );
+
+    connect( wrap->lib, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+             this, SLOT( slotLibraryDestroyed() ) );
+
+    return wrap->lib;
+}
+
+QString KLibLoader::lastErrorMessage() const
+{
+    return d->errorMessage;
+}
+
+void KLibLoader::unloadLibrary( const char *libname )
+{
+  KLibWrapPrivate *wrap = m_libs[ libname ];
+  if (!wrap)
+    return;
+  if (--wrap->ref_count)
+    return;
+
+//  kdDebug(150) << "closing library " << libname << endl;
+
+  m_libs.remove( libname );
+
+  disconnect( wrap->lib, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+              this, SLOT( slotLibraryDestroyed() ) );
+  close_pending( wrap );
+}
+
+KLibFactory* KLibLoader::factory( const char* name )
+{
+    KLibrary* lib = library( name );
+    if ( !lib )
+        return 0;
+
+    return lib->factory();
+}
+
+void KLibLoader::slotLibraryDestroyed()
+{
+  const KLibrary *lib = static_cast<const KLibrary *>( sender() );
+
+  QAsciiDictIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it( m_libs );
+  for (; it.current(); ++it )
+    if ( it.current()->lib == lib )
+    {
+      KLibWrapPrivate *wrap = it.current();
+      wrap->lib = 0;  /* the KLibrary object is already away */
+      m_libs.remove( it.currentKey() );
+      close_pending( wrap );
+      return;
+    }
+}
+
+void KLibLoader::close_pending(KLibWrapPrivate *wrap)
+{
+  if (wrap && !d->pending_close.containsRef( wrap ))
+    d->pending_close.append( wrap );
+
+  /* First delete all KLibrary objects in pending_close, but _don't_ unload
+     the DSO behind it.  */
+  QPtrListIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it(d->pending_close);
+  for (; it.current(); ++it) {
+    wrap = it.current();
+    if (wrap->lib) {
+      disconnect( wrap->lib, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+                  this, SLOT( slotLibraryDestroyed() ) );
+      delete wrap->lib;
+      wrap->lib = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (d->unload_mode == KLibLoaderPrivate::DONT_UNLOAD) return;
+
+  bool deleted_one = false;
+  while ((wrap = d->loaded_stack.first())) {
+    /* Let's first see, if we want to try to unload this lib.
+       If the env. var KDE_DOUNLOAD is set, we try to unload every lib.
+       If not, we look at the lib itself, and unload it only, if it exports
+       the symbol __kde_do_unload. */
+    if (d->unload_mode != KLibLoaderPrivate::UNLOAD
+        && wrap->unload_mode != KLibWrapPrivate::UNLOAD)
+      break;
+
+    /* Now ensure, that the libs are only unloaded in the reverse direction
+       they were loaded.  */
+    if (!d->pending_close.containsRef( wrap )) {
+      if (!deleted_one)
+        /* Only diagnose, if we really haven't deleted anything. */
+//        kdDebug(150) << "try to dlclose " << wrap->name << ": not yet" << endl;
+      break;
+    }
+
+//    kdDebug(150) << "try to dlclose " << wrap->name << ": yes, done." << endl;
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+    if ( !deleted_one ) {
+      /* Only do the hack once in this loop.
+         WABA: *HACK*
+         We need to make sure to clear the clipboard before unloading a DSO
+         because the DSO could have defined an object derived from QMimeSource
+         and placed that on the clipboard. */
+      /*kapp->clipboard()->clear();*/
+
+      /* Well.. let's do something more subtle... convert the clipboard context
+         to text. That should be safe as it only uses objects defined by Qt. */
+
+      QWidgetList *widgetlist = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+      QWidget *co = widgetlist->first();
+      while (co) {
+        if (qstrcmp(co->name(), "internal clipboard owner") == 0) {
+          if (XGetSelectionOwner(co->x11Display(), XA_PRIMARY) == co->winId())
+            kapp->clipboard()->setText(kapp->clipboard()->text());
+
+          break;
+        }
+        co = widgetlist->next();
+      }
+      delete widgetlist;
+    }
+#else
+    // FIXME(E): Implement in Qt Embedded
+#endif
+
+    deleted_one = true;
+//US    lt_dlclose(wrap->handle);
+    wrap->handle->unload();
+    
+    d->pending_close.removeRef(wrap);
+    /* loaded_stack is AutoDelete, so wrap is freed */
+    d->loaded_stack.remove();
+  }
+}
+
+void KLibLoader::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+void KLibFactory::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "klibloader.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.h b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed57109
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KLIBLOADER_H
+#define KLIBLOADER_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qasciidict.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h> // For backwards compatibility
+
+class KInstance;
+class QTimer;
+class KLibrary;
+class KLibFactory;
+class KLibFactoryPrivate;
+class KLibLoaderPrivate;
+class KLibraryPrivate;
+
+class QLibrary;
+
+#define K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libname, factory ) \
+    extern "C" { void *init_##libname() { return new factory; } }
+
+/**
+ * @short Represents a dynamically loaded library.
+ *
+ * KLibrary allows you to look up symbols of the shared library.
+ * Use @ref KLibLoader to create a new instance of KLibrary.
+ *
+ * @see KLibLoader
+ * @author Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+ */
+class KLibrary : public QObject
+{
+    friend class KLibLoader;
+    friend class QAsciiDict<KLibrary>;
+
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * @internal
+     * Don't create KLibrary objects on your own. Instead use @ref KLibLoader.
+     */
+//US    KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, void * handle );
+    KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, QLibrary* handle );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the name of the library.
+     * @return The name of the library like "libkspread".
+     */
+    QString name() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the file name of the library.
+     * @return The filename of the library, for example "/opt/kde2&/lib/libkspread.la"
+     */
+    QString fileName() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the factory of the library.
+     * @return The factory of the library if there is any, otherwise 0
+     */
+    KLibFactory* factory();
+
+    /**
+     * Looks up a symbol from the library. This is a very low level
+     * function that you usually don't want to use. Usually you should
+     * check using @ref hasSymbol() whether the symbol actually exists,
+     * otherwise a warning will be printed.
+     * @param name the name of the symbol to look up
+     * @return the address of the symbol, or 0 if it does not exist
+     * @see #hasSymbol
+     */
+    void* symbol( const char* name ) const;
+
+    /**
+     * Looks up a symbol from the library. This is a very low level
+     * function that you usually don't want to use.
+     * Unlike @ref symbol(), this method doesn't warn if the symbol doesn't exist,
+     * so if the symbol might or might not exist, better use hasSymbol() before symbol().
+     * @param name the name of the symbol to check
+     * @return true if the symbol exists
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    bool hasSymbol( const char* name ) const;
+
+    /**
+     * Unloads the library.
+     * This typically results in the deletion of this object. You should
+     * not reference its pointer after calling this function.
+     */
+    void unload() const;
+
+private slots:
+    void slotObjectCreated( QObject *obj );
+    void slotObjectDestroyed();
+    void slotTimeout();
+
+private:
+    /**
+     * @internal
+     * Don't destruct KLibrary objects yourself. Instead use @ref unload() instead.
+     */
+    ~KLibrary();
+
+    QString m_libname;
+    QString m_filename;
+    KLibFactory* m_factory;
+//US    void * m_handle;
+    QLibrary* m_handle;
+    QPtrList<QObject> m_objs;
+    QTimer *m_timer;
+    KLibraryPrivate *d;
+};
+
+class KLibWrapPrivate;
+
+/**
+ * The KLibLoader allows you to load libraries dynamically at runtime.
+ * Dependent libraries are loaded automatically.
+ *
+ * KLibLoader follows the singleton pattern. You can not create multiple
+ * instances. Use @ref self() to get a pointer to the loader.
+ *
+ * @see KLibrary
+ * @author Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+ */
+class KLibLoader : public QObject
+{
+    friend class KLibrary;
+
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * You should NEVER destruct an instance of KLibLoader
+     * until you know what you are doing. This will release
+     * the loaded libraries.
+     */
+    ~KLibLoader();
+
+    /**
+     * Loads and initializes a library. Loading a library multiple times is
+     * handled gracefully.
+     *
+     * This is a convenience function that returns the factory immediately
+     * @param libname  This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
+     *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
+     *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
+     *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
+     *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
+     *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
+     *                 dependencies problem.
+     *
+     *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
+     *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
+     *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
+     * @return the @ref KLibFactory, or 0 if the library does not exist or it does
+     *         not have a factory
+     * @see #library
+     */
+    KLibFactory* factory( const char* libname );
+
+    /**
+     * Loads and initializes a library. Loading a library multiple times is
+     * handled gracefully.
+     *
+     * @param libname  This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
+     *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
+     *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
+     *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
+     *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
+     *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
+     *                 dependencies problem.
+     *
+     *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
+     *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
+     *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
+     * @return @ref KLibrary is invalid (0) when the library couldn't be dlopened. in such
+     * a case you can retrieve the error message by calling KLibLoader::lastErrorMessage()
+     *
+     * @see #factory
+     */
+    virtual KLibrary* library( const char* libname );
+
+    /**
+     * Loads and initializes a library. Loading a library multiple times is
+     * handled gracefully.   The library is loaded such that the symbols are
+     * globally accessible so libraries with dependencies can be loaded
+     * sequentially.
+     *
+     * @param name     This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
+     *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
+     *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
+     *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
+     *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
+     *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
+     *                 dependencies problem.
+     *
+     *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
+     *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
+     *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
+     * @return KLibrariy is invalid (0) when the library couldn't be dlopened. in such
+     * a case you can retrieve the error message by calling KLibLoader::lastErrorMessage()
+     *
+     * @see #factory
+     */
+    KLibrary* globalLibrary( const char *name );
+
+    /*
+     * Returns an error message that can be useful to debug the problem.
+     * Returns QString::null if the last call to @ref #library() was successful.
+     * You can call this function more than once. The error message is only
+     * reset by a new call to library().
+     * @return the last error message, or QString::null if there was no error
+     */
+    QString lastErrorMessage() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Unloads the library with the given name.
+     * @param libname  This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
+     *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
+     *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
+     *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
+     *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
+     *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
+     *                 dependencies problem.
+     *
+     *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
+     *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
+     *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
+     */
+    virtual void unloadLibrary( const char *libname );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a pointer to the factory. Use this function to get an instance
+     * of KLibLoader.
+     * @return a pointer to the loader. If no loader exists until now
+     *         then one is created.
+     */
+    static KLibLoader* self();
+
+    /**
+     * @internal 
+     * Internal Method, called by the KApplication destructor.
+     * Do not call it.
+     * This is what makes it possible to rely on ~KLibFactory
+     * being called in all cases, whether the library is unloaded
+     * while the application is running or when exiting.
+     */
+    static void cleanUp();
+
+    /**
+     * Helper method which looks for a library in the standard paths
+     * ("module" and "lib" resources).
+     * Made public for code that doesn't use KLibLoader itself, but still
+     * wants to open modules.
+     * @param name of the library. If it is not a path, the function searches in
+     *             the "module" and "lib" resources. If there is no extension, 
+     *             ".la" will be appended.
+     * @param instance a KInstance used to get the standard paths
+     */
+    static QString findLibrary( const char * name/*US , const KInstance * instance = KGlobal::instance()*/ );
+
+protected:
+    KLibLoader( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+private slots:
+    void slotLibraryDestroyed();
+private:
+    void close_pending( KLibWrapPrivate * );
+    QAsciiDict<KLibWrapPrivate> m_libs;
+
+    static KLibLoader* s_self;
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    KLibLoaderPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * If you develop a library that is to be loaded dynamically at runtime, then
+ * you should return a pointer to your factory. The K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY
+ * macro is provided for this purpose:
+ * <pre>
+ *   K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libkspread, KSpreadFactory )
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The first macro argument is the name of your library, the second specifies the name
+ * of your factory.
+ *
+ * In the constructor of your factory you should create an instance of @ref KInstance
+ * like this:
+ * <pre>
+ *     s_global = new KInstance( "kspread" );
+ * </pre>
+ * This @ref KInstance is comparable to @ref KGlobal used by normal applications.
+ * It allows you to find resource files (images, XML, sound etc.) belonging
+ * to the library.
+ *
+ * If you want to load a library, use @ref KLibLoader. You can query @ref KLibLoader
+ * directly for a pointer to the libraries factory by using the @ref KLibLoader::factory()
+ * function.
+ *
+ * The KLibFactory is used to create the components, the library has to offer.
+ * The factory of KSpread for example will create instances of KSpreadDoc,
+ * while the Konqueror factory will create KonqView widgets.
+ * All objects created by the factory must be derived from @ref QObject, since @ref QObject
+ * offers type safe casting.
+ *
+ * KLibFactory is an abstract class. Reimplement the @ref
+ * createObject() method to give it functionality.
+ *
+ * @author Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+ */
+class KLibFactory : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * Create a new factory.
+     * @param parent the parent of the QObject, 0 for no parent
+     * @param name the name of the QObject, 0 for no name
+     */
+    KLibFactory( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    virtual ~KLibFactory();
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new object. The returned object has to be derived from
+     * the requested classname.
+     *
+     * It is valid behavior to create different kinds of objects
+     * depending on the requested @p classname. For example a koffice
+     * library may usually return a pointer to KoDocument.  But
+     * if asked for a "QWidget", it could create a wrapper widget,
+     * that encapsulates the Koffice specific features.
+     *
+     * create() automatically emits a signal @ref objectCreated to tell
+     * the library about its newly created object.  This is very
+     * important for reference counting, and allows unloading the
+     * library automatically once all its objects have been destroyed.
+     *
+     * @param parent the parent of the QObject, 0 for no parent
+     * @param name the name of the QObject, 0 for no name
+     * @param classname the name of the class
+     * @param args a list of arguments
+     */
+
+     QObject* create( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "QObject", const QStringList &args = QStringList() );
+
+signals:
+    /**
+     * Emitted in #create
+     * @param obj the new object
+     */
+    void objectCreated( QObject *obj );
+
+
+protected:
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new object. The returned object has to be derived from
+     * the requested classname.
+     *
+     * It is valid behavior to create different kinds of objects
+     * depending on the requested @p classname. For example a koffice
+     * library may usually return a pointer to KoDocument.  But
+     * if asked for a "QWidget", it could create a wrapper widget,
+     * that encapsulates the Koffice specific features.
+     *
+     * This function is called by #create()
+     * @param parent the parent of the QObject, 0 for no parent
+     * @param name the name of the QObject, 0 for no name
+     * @param classname the name of the class
+     * @param args a list of arguments
+     */
+    virtual QObject* createObject( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "QObject", const QStringList &args = QStringList() ) = 0;
+
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    KLibFactoryPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klocale.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d77e251
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,881 @@
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+#include "kdebug.h"
+#include "kcalendarsystemgregorian.h"
+
+#include "klocale.h"
+
+
+QDict<QString> *mLocaleDict = 0;
+void setLocaleDict( QDict<QString> * dict )
+{
+    mLocaleDict = dict;
+
+}
+QString i18n(const char *text)
+{
+    if ( ! mLocaleDict ) 
+        return QString( text );
+    else {
+        QString* ret  =  mLocaleDict->find(QString(text)) ;
+        if ( ret == 0 ) {
+            return QString( text );
+        }
+        else {
+            if ( (*ret).isEmpty() )
+                return QString( text );
+            else
+                return (*ret);
+        }
+    }
+
+}
+
+QString i18n(const char *,const char *text)
+{
+  return i18n( text );
+}
+
+QString i18n(const char *text1, const char *textn, int num)
+{
+  if ( num == 1 ) return i18n( text1 );
+  else {
+    QString text = i18n( textn );
+    int pos = text.find( "%n" );
+    if ( pos >= 0 ) text.replace( pos, 2, QString::number( num ) );
+    return text;
+  }
+}
+
+inline void put_it_in( QChar *buffer, uint& index, const QString &s )
+{
+  for ( uint l = 0; l < s.length(); l++ )
+    buffer[index++] = s.at( l );
+}
+
+inline void put_it_in( QChar *buffer, uint& index, int number )
+{
+  buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
+  buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
+}
+
+static int readInt(const QString &str, uint &pos)
+{
+  if (!str.at(pos).isDigit()) return -1;
+  int result = 0;
+  for (; str.length() > pos && str.at(pos).isDigit(); pos++)
+    {
+      result *= 10;
+      result += str.at(pos).digitValue();
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+KLocale::KLocale() : mCalendarSystem( 0 )
+{
+
+    m_decimalSymbol = ".";
+    m_positiveSign = "";
+    m_negativeSign = "-";
+    m_thousandsSeparator = ",";
+
+
+
+
+    mWeekStartsMonday = true;
+    mHourF24Format = true;
+    mIntDateFormat = 0;
+    mLanguage = 0;  
+    mDateFormat = "%a %Y %b %d";
+    mDateFormatShort = "%Y-%m-%d"; 
+    mTimeZoneList << i18n ("-11:00 US/Samoa")
+            << i18n ("-10:00 US/Hawaii")
+            << i18n ("-09:00 US/Alaska")
+            << i18n ("-08:00 US/Pacific")
+            << i18n ("-07:00 US/Mountain")
+            << i18n ("-06:00 US/Central")
+            << i18n ("-05:00 US/Eastern")
+            << i18n ("-04:00 Brazil/West")
+            << i18n ("-03:00 Brazil/East")
+            << i18n ("-02:00 Brazil/DeNoronha")
+            << i18n ("-01:00 Atlantic/Azores")
+            << i18n (" 00:00 Europe/London(UTC)")
+            << i18n ("+01:00 Europe/Oslo(CET)")
+            << i18n ("+02:00 Europe/Helsinki")
+            << i18n ("+03:00 Europe/Moscow")
+            << i18n ("+04:00 Indian/Mauritius")
+            << i18n ("+05:00 Indian/Maldives")
+            << i18n ("+06:00 Indian/Chagos")
+            << i18n ("+07:00 Asia/Bangkok")
+            << i18n ("+08:00 Asia/Hongkong")
+            << i18n ("+09:00 Asia/Tokyo")
+            << i18n ("+10:00 Asia/Vladivostok")
+            << i18n ("+11:00 Asia/Magadan")
+            << i18n ("+12:00 Asia/Kamchatka")
+            //  << i18n (" xx:xx User defined offset")
+            << i18n (" Local Time");
+    mSouthDaylight = false;
+    mTimeZoneOffset = 0;
+    daylightEnabled = false;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDateFormat( QString s )
+{
+    mDateFormat = s;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDateFormatShort( QString s )
+{
+    mDateFormatShort = s;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setHore24Format ( bool b )
+{
+    mHourF24Format = b;
+}
+void KLocale::setWeekStartMonday( bool b )
+{
+    mWeekStartsMonday = b;
+}
+int KLocale::getIntDateFormat( )
+{
+    return mIntDateFormat ;
+
+}
+void KLocale::setIntDateFormat( int i )
+{
+    mIntDateFormat = i;
+}
+void KLocale::setLanguage( int i )
+{
+    mLanguage = i;
+}
+QString KLocale::translate( const char *index ) const
+{
+  return i18n( index );
+}
+
+QString KLocale::translate( const char *, const char *fallback) const
+{
+  return i18n( fallback );
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatTime(const QTime &pTime, bool includeSecs) const
+{
+    const QString rst = timeFormat();
+
+    // only "pm/am" here can grow, the rest shrinks, but
+    // I'm rather safe than sorry
+    QChar *buffer = new QChar[rst.length() * 3 / 2 + 30];
+
+    uint index = 0;
+    bool escape = false;
+    int number = 0;
+
+    for ( uint format_index = 0; format_index < rst.length(); format_index++ )
+        {
+            if ( !escape )
+                {
+                    if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == '%' )
+                        escape = true;
+                    else
+                        buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+                }
+            else
+                {
+                    switch ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() )
+                        {
+                        case '%':
+                            buffer[index++] = '%';
+                            break;
+                        case 'H':
+                            put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.hour() );
+                            break;
+                        case 'I':
+                            put_it_in( buffer, index, ( pTime.hour() + 11) % 12 + 1 );
+                            break;
+                        case 'M':
+                            put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.minute() );
+                            break;
+                        case 'S':
+                            if (includeSecs)
+                                put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.second() );
+                            else
+                                {
+                                    // we remove the seperator sign before the seconds and
+                                    // assume that works everywhere
+                                    --index;
+                                    break;
+                                }
+                            break;
+                        case 'k':
+                            number = pTime.hour();
+                        case 'l':
+                            // to share the code
+                            if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == 'l' )
+                                number = (pTime.hour() + 11) % 12 + 1;
+                            if ( number / 10 )
+                                buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
+                            buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
+                            break;
+                        case 'p':
+                            {
+                                QString s;
+                                if ( pTime.hour() >= 12 )
+                                    put_it_in( buffer, index, i18n("pm") );
+                                else
+                                    put_it_in( buffer, index, i18n("am") );
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        default:
+                            buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    escape = false;
+                }
+        }
+    QString ret( buffer, index );
+    delete [] buffer;
+    return ret;
+}    
+
+QString KLocale::formatDate(const QDate &pDate, bool shortFormat) const
+{
+  const QString rst = shortFormat?dateFormatShort():dateFormat();
+
+  // I'm rather safe than sorry
+  QChar *buffer = new QChar[rst.length() * 3 / 2 + 50];
+
+  unsigned int index = 0;
+  bool escape = false;
+  int number = 0;
+
+  for ( uint format_index = 0; format_index < rst.length(); ++format_index )
+    {
+      if ( !escape )
+        {
+          if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == '%' )
+            escape = true;
+          else
+            buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          switch ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() )
+            {
+            case '%':
+              buffer[index++] = '%';
+              break;
+            case 'Y':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.year() / 100 );
+            case 'y':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.year() % 100 );
+              break;
+            case 'n':
+              number = pDate.month();
+            case 'e':
+              // to share the code
+              if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == 'e' )
+                number = pDate.day();
+              if ( number / 10 )
+                buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
+              buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
+              break;
+            case 'm':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.month() );
+              break;
+            case 'b':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, monthName(pDate.month(), true) );
+              break;
+            case 'B':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, monthName(pDate.month(), false) );
+              break;
+            case 'd':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.day() );
+              break;
+            case 'a':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, weekDayName(pDate.dayOfWeek(), true) );
+              break;
+            case 'A':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, weekDayName(pDate.dayOfWeek(), false) );
+              break;
+            default:
+              buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+              break;
+            }
+          escape = false;
+        }
+    }
+  QString ret( buffer, index );
+  delete [] buffer;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime,
+                                bool shortFormat,
+                                bool includeSeconds) const
+{
+  return QString( "%1 %2")
+    .arg( formatDate( pDateTime.date(), shortFormat ) )
+    .arg( formatTime( pDateTime.time(), includeSeconds ) );
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime) const
+{
+  return formatDateTime(pDateTime, true);
+}
+
+QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, bool* ok) const
+{
+  QDate date;
+  date = readDate(intstr, true, ok);
+  if (date.isValid()) return date;
+  return readDate(intstr, false, ok);
+}
+
+QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, bool shortFormat, bool* ok) const
+{
+  QString fmt = (shortFormat ? dateFormatShort() : dateFormat()).simplifyWhiteSpace();
+  return readDate( intstr, fmt, ok );
+}
+
+QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, const QString &fmt, bool* ok) const
+{
+  //kdDebug(173) << "KLocale::readDate intstr=" << intstr << " fmt=" << fmt << endl;
+  QString str = intstr.simplifyWhiteSpace().lower();
+  int day = -1, month = -1;
+  // allow the year to be omitted if not in the format
+  int year = QDate::currentDate().year();
+  uint strpos = 0;
+  uint fmtpos = 0;
+
+  while (fmt.length() > fmtpos || str.length() > strpos)
+    {
+      if ( !(fmt.length() > fmtpos && str.length() > strpos) )
+        goto error;
+
+      QChar c = fmt.at(fmtpos++);
+
+      if (c != '%') {
+        if (c.isSpace())
+          strpos++;
+        else if (c != str.at(strpos++))
+          goto error;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // remove space at the begining
+      if (str.length() > strpos && str.at(strpos).isSpace())
+        strpos++;
+
+      c = fmt.at(fmtpos++);
+      switch (c)
+      {
+        case 'a':
+        case 'A':
+          // this will just be ignored
+          { // Cristian Tache: porting to Win: Block added because of "j" redefinition
+            for (int j = 1; j < 8; j++) {
+              QString s = weekDayName(j, c == 'a').lower();
+              int len = s.length();
+              if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s)
+                strpos += len;
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        case 'b':
+        case 'B':
+          { // Cristian Tache: porting to Win: Block added because of "j" redefinition
+            for (int j = 1; j < 13; j++) {
+              QString s = monthName(j, c == 'b').lower();
+              int len = s.length();
+              if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s) {
+                month = j;
+                strpos += len;
+              }
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        case 'd':
+        case 'e':
+          day = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (day < 1 || day > 31)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'n':
+        case 'm':
+          month = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (month < 1 || month > 12)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'Y':
+        case 'y':
+          year = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (year < 0)
+            goto error;
+          // Qt treats a year in the range 0-100 as 1900-1999.
+          // It is nicer for the user if we treat 0-68 as 2000-2068
+          if (year < 69)
+            year += 2000;
+          else if (c == 'y')
+            year += 1900;
+
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+  //kdDebug(173) << "KLocale::readDate day=" << day << " month=" << month << " year=" << year << endl;
+  if ( year != -1 && month != -1 && day != -1 )
+  {
+    if (ok) *ok = true;
+    return QDate(year, month, day);
+  }
+ error:
+  if (ok) *ok = false;
+  return QDate(); // invalid date
+}
+
+QTime KLocale::readTime(const QString &intstr, bool *ok) const
+{
+  QTime _time;
+  _time = readTime(intstr, true, ok);
+  if (_time.isValid()) return _time;
+  return readTime(intstr, false, ok);
+}
+
+QTime KLocale::readTime(const QString &intstr, bool seconds, bool *ok) const
+{
+  QString str = intstr.simplifyWhiteSpace().lower();
+  QString Format = timeFormat().simplifyWhiteSpace();
+  if (!seconds)
+    Format.replace(QRegExp(QString::fromLatin1(".%S")), QString::null);
+
+  int hour = -1, minute = -1, second = seconds ? -1 : 0; // don't require seconds
+  bool g_12h = false;
+  bool pm = false;
+  uint strpos = 0;
+  uint Formatpos = 0;
+
+  while (Format.length() > Formatpos || str.length() > strpos)
+    {
+      if ( !(Format.length() > Formatpos && str.length() > strpos) ) goto error;
+
+      QChar c = Format.at(Formatpos++);
+
+      if (c != '%')
+        {
+          if (c.isSpace())
+            strpos++;
+          else if (c != str.at(strpos++))
+            goto error;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      // remove space at the begining
+      if (str.length() > strpos && str.at(strpos).isSpace())
+        strpos++;
+
+      c = Format.at(Formatpos++);
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case 'p':
+          {
+            QString s;
+            s = i18n("pm").lower();
+            int len = s.length();
+            if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s)
+              {
+                pm = true;
+                strpos += len;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                s = i18n("am").lower();
+                len = s.length();
+                if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s) {
+                  pm = false;
+                  strpos += len;
+                }
+                else
+                  goto error;
+              }
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case 'k':
+        case 'H':
+          g_12h = false;
+          hour = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (hour < 0 || hour > 23)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'l':
+        case 'I':
+          g_12h = true;
+          hour = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (hour < 1 || hour > 12)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'M':
+          minute = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (minute < 0 || minute > 59)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'S':
+          second = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (second < 0 || second > 59)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+  if (g_12h)
+    {
+      hour %= 12;
+      if (pm) hour += 12;
+    }
+
+  if (ok) *ok = true;
+  return QTime(hour, minute, second);
+
+ error:
+  if (ok) *ok = false;
+  return QTime(-1, -1, -1); // return invalid date if it didn't work
+  // This will be removed in the near future, since it gives a warning on stderr.
+  // The presence of the bool* (since KDE-3.0) removes the need for an invalid QTime.
+}
+
+bool KLocale::use12Clock() const
+{
+    return !mHourF24Format ;;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::weekStartsMonday() const
+{
+    return mWeekStartsMonday;
+}
+
+int KLocale::weekStartDay() const
+{
+    if ( mWeekStartsMonday )
+        return 1;
+    return 7;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::weekDayName(int i,bool shortName) const
+{
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( i )
+      {
+      case 1:  return i18n("Monday", "Mon");
+      case 2:  return i18n("Tuesday", "Tue");
+      case 3:  return i18n("Wednesday", "Wed");
+      case 4:  return i18n("Thursday", "Thu");
+      case 5:  return i18n("Friday", "Fri");
+      case 6:  return i18n("Saturday", "Sat");
+      case 7:  return i18n("Sunday", "Sun");
+      }
+  else
+    switch ( i )
+      {
+      case 1:  return i18n("Monday");
+      case 2:  return i18n("Tuesday");
+      case 3:  return i18n("Wednesday");
+      case 4:  return i18n("Thursday");
+      case 5:  return i18n("Friday");
+      case 6:  return i18n("Saturday");
+      case 7:  return i18n("Sunday");
+      }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::monthName(int i,bool shortName) const
+{
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( i )
+      {
+      case 1:   return i18n("January", "Jan");
+      case 2:   return i18n("February", "Feb");
+      case 3:   return i18n("March", "Mar");
+      case 4:   return i18n("April", "Apr");
+      case 5:   return i18n("May short", "May");
+      case 6:   return i18n("June", "Jun");
+      case 7:   return i18n("July", "Jul");
+      case 8:   return i18n("August", "Aug");
+      case 9:   return i18n("September", "Sep");
+      case 10:  return i18n("October", "Oct");
+      case 11:  return i18n("November", "Nov");
+      case 12:  return i18n("December", "Dec");
+      }
+  else
+    switch (i)
+      {
+      case 1:   return i18n("January");
+      case 2:   return i18n("February");
+      case 3:   return i18n("March");
+      case 4:   return i18n("April");
+      case 5:   return i18n("May long", "May");
+      case 6:   return i18n("June");
+      case 7:   return i18n("July");
+      case 8:   return i18n("August");
+      case 9:   return i18n("September");
+      case 10:  return i18n("October");
+      case 11:  return i18n("November");
+      case 12:  return i18n("December");
+      }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::country() const
+{
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::dateFormat() const
+{ 
+    if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 ) {
+        if ( mIntDateFormat == 0 )
+            return "%a %d %b %Y";
+        else  if ( mIntDateFormat == 1 )
+            return "%a %b %d %Y";
+        else  if ( mIntDateFormat == 2 )
+            return "%a %Y %b %d";
+    } else {
+
+        if ( mIntDateFormat == 0 )
+            return "%A %d %B %Y";
+        else  if ( mIntDateFormat == 1 )
+            return "%A %B %d %Y";
+        else  if ( mIntDateFormat == 2 )
+            return "%A %Y %B %d";
+    }
+    return  mDateFormat ;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::dateFormatShort() const
+{
+ 
+  if ( mIntDateFormat == 0 )
+        return "%d.%m.%Y"; 
+    else  if ( mIntDateFormat == 1 )
+        return "%m.%d.%Y"; 
+    else  if ( mIntDateFormat == 2 )
+        return "%Y-%m-%d"; 
+  return mDateFormatShort ;
+
+}
+
+
+QString KLocale::timeFormat() const
+{
+    if ( mHourF24Format)
+        return "%H:%M:%S";
+    return "%I:%M:%S%p";
+}
+
+void KLocale::insertCatalogue ( const QString & )
+{
+}
+
+KCalendarSystem *KLocale::calendar()
+{
+  if ( !mCalendarSystem ) {
+    mCalendarSystem = new KCalendarSystemGregorian;
+  }
+  
+  return mCalendarSystem;
+}
+
+int KLocale::timezoneOffset( QString timeZone )
+{
+    int ret = 1001;
+    int index = mTimeZoneList.findIndex( timeZone );
+    if ( index < 24 ) 
+       ret =  ( index-11 ) * 60 ;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+QStringList KLocale::timeZoneList() const
+{
+    return mTimeZoneList;
+}
+void KLocale::setTimezone( const QString &timeZone )
+{
+    mTimeZoneOffset = timezoneOffset( timeZone );
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDaylightSaving( bool b, int start , int end )
+{
+    daylightEnabled = b;
+    daylightStart = start;
+    daylightEnd = end;
+    mSouthDaylight = (end < start);
+    // qDebug("klocale daylight %d %d %d ", b,  start ,  end );
+}
+
+int KLocale::localTimeOffset( const QDateTime &dt )
+{
+    bool addDaylight = false;
+    if ( daylightEnabled ) {
+        int d_end, d_start;
+        int dayofyear = dt.date().dayOfYear();
+        int year = dt.date().year();
+        int add = 0;
+        if (  QDate::leapYear(year) )
+            add = 1;
+        QDate date (  year,1,1 );
+        if ( daylightEnd > 59 )
+            d_end = daylightEnd +add;
+        else
+            d_end = daylightEnd;
+        if ( daylightStart > 59 )
+            d_start = daylightStart +add;
+        else
+            d_start = daylightStart;
+        QDate s_date = date.addDays( d_start -1 );
+        QDate e_date = date.addDays( d_end -1 );
+        int dof = s_date.dayOfWeek();
+        if ( dof < 7 )
+            s_date = s_date.addDays( -dof );
+        dof = e_date.dayOfWeek();
+        if ( dof < 7 )
+            e_date = e_date.addDays( -dof );
+        QTime startTime ( 3,0,0 );
+        QDateTime startDt( s_date,  startTime );
+        QDateTime endDt( e_date,  startTime );
+        //qDebug("dayligt saving start %s end %s ",startDt.toString().latin1(),endDt.toString().latin1( ));
+        if ( mSouthDaylight ) {
+            if ( ! ( endDt < dt && dt < startDt) )
+                addDaylight = true;  
+           } else {
+            if ( startDt < dt && dt < endDt )
+                addDaylight = true;  
+           
+            
+        }
+    }
+    int addMin = 0;
+    if ( addDaylight )
+        addMin = 60;
+    return mTimeZoneOffset + addMin;
+}
+// ******************************************************************
+// added LR
+QString KLocale::formatNumber(double num, int precision) const
+{
+  bool neg = num < 0;
+  if (precision == -1) precision = 2;
+  QString res = QString::number(neg?-num:num, 'f', precision);
+  int pos = res.find('.');
+  if (pos == -1) pos = res.length();
+  else res.replace(pos, 1, decimalSymbol());
+
+  while (0 < (pos -= 3))
+    res.insert(pos, thousandsSeparator()); // thousand sep
+
+  // How can we know where we should put the sign?
+  res.prepend(neg?negativeSign():positiveSign());
+
+  return res;
+}
+QString KLocale::formatNumber(const QString &numStr) const
+{
+  return formatNumber(numStr.toDouble());
+}
+double KLocale::readNumber(const QString &_str, bool * ok) const
+{
+  QString str = _str.stripWhiteSpace();
+  bool neg = str.find(negativeSign()) == 0;
+  if (neg)
+    str.remove( 0, negativeSign().length() );
+
+  /* will hold the scientific notation portion of the number.
+     Example, with 2.34E+23, exponentialPart == "E+23"
+  */
+  QString exponentialPart;
+  int EPos;
+
+  EPos = str.find('E', 0, false);
+
+  if (EPos != -1)
+  {
+    exponentialPart = str.mid(EPos);
+    str = str.left(EPos);
+  }
+
+  int pos = str.find(decimalSymbol());
+  QString major;
+  QString minor;
+  if ( pos == -1 )
+    major = str;
+  else
+    {
+      major = str.left(pos);
+      minor = str.mid(pos + decimalSymbol().length());
+    }
+
+  // Remove thousand separators
+  int thlen = thousandsSeparator().length();
+  int lastpos = 0;
+  while ( ( pos = major.find( thousandsSeparator() ) ) > 0 )
+  {
+    // e.g. 12,,345,,678,,922 Acceptable positions (from the end) are 5, 10, 15... i.e. (3+thlen)*N
+    int fromEnd = major.length() - pos;
+    if ( fromEnd % (3+thlen) != 0 // Needs to be a multiple, otherwise it's an error
+        || pos - lastpos > 3 // More than 3 digits between two separators -> error
+        || pos == 0          // Can't start with a separator
+        || (lastpos>0 && pos-lastpos!=3))   // Must have exactly 3 digits between two separators
+    {
+      if (ok) *ok = false;
+      return 0.0;
+    }
+
+    lastpos = pos;
+    major.remove( pos, thlen );
+  }
+  if (lastpos>0 && major.length()-lastpos!=3)   // Must have exactly 3 digits after the last separator
+  {
+    if (ok) *ok = false;
+    return 0.0;
+  }
+
+  QString tot;
+  if (neg) tot = '-';
+
+  tot += major + '.' + minor + exponentialPart;
+
+  return tot.toDouble(ok);
+}
+QString KLocale::decimalSymbol() const
+{
+
+  return m_decimalSymbol;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::thousandsSeparator() const
+{
+
+  return m_thousandsSeparator;
+}
+QString KLocale::positiveSign() const
+{
+  return m_positiveSign;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::negativeSign() const
+{
+  return m_negativeSign;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klocale.h b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7470cd2
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KLOCALE_H
+#define MINIKDE_KLOCALE_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+
+#ifndef I18N_NOOP
+#define I18N_NOOP(x) (x)
+#endif
+
+class KCalendarSystem;
+void setLocaleDict( QDict<QString> * dict );
+QString i18n(const char *text);
+QString i18n(const char *hint, const char *text);
+QString i18n(const char *text1, const char *textn, int num);
+
+// Qt3's uic generates i18n( "msg", "comment" ) calls which conflict
+// with our i18n method. we use uic -tr tr2i18n to redirect
+// to the right i18n() function
+inline QString tr2i18n(const char* message, const char* =0) {
+  return i18n( message);
+}
+
+class KLocale
+{
+  public:
+    KLocale();
+
+    QString formatNumber(double num, int precision = -1) const;
+    QString formatNumber(const QString &numStr) const;
+    double readNumber(const QString &numStr, bool * ok = 0) const;
+    
+    QString decimalSymbol() const;
+    QString thousandsSeparator() const;
+    QString positiveSign() const;
+    QString negativeSign() const;
+
+
+    QString translate( const char *index ) const;
+    QString translate( const char *index, const char *fallback) const;
+
+    QString formatDate(const QDate &pDate, bool shortFormat = false) const;
+    QString formatTime(const QTime &pTime, bool includeSecs = false) const;
+    QString formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime) const;
+    QString formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime,
+                           bool shortFormat,
+                           bool includeSecs = false) const;
+
+    QDate readDate(const QString &str, bool* ok = 0) const;
+    QDate readDate( const QString &intstr, const QString &fmt, bool* ok = 0) const;
+    QTime readTime(const QString &str, bool* ok = 0) const;
+
+    bool use12Clock() const;
+    bool weekStartsMonday() const;
+    int weekStartDay() const;
+    
+    QString weekDayName(int,bool=false) const;
+    QString monthName(int,bool=false) const;
+
+    QString country() const;
+
+    QString dateFormat() const;
+    QString dateFormatShort() const;
+    QString timeFormat() const;
+
+    void insertCatalogue ( const QString & );
+
+    KCalendarSystem *calendar();
+    void setHore24Format ( bool );
+    void setWeekStartMonday( bool );
+    void setIntDateFormat( int );
+    int getIntDateFormat( );
+    void setLanguage( int );
+    void setDateFormat( QString );
+    void setDateFormatShort( QString );
+
+  QString m_decimalSymbol;
+  QString m_thousandsSeparator;
+  QString m_currencySymbol;
+  QString m_monetaryDecimalSymbol;
+  QString m_monetaryThousandsSeparator;
+  QString m_positiveSign;
+  QString m_negativeSign;
+
+    int timezoneOffset( QString );
+    QStringList timeZoneList() const;
+    void setDaylightSaving( bool, int , int );
+    int localTimeOffset(const QDateTime &);
+    void setTimezone( const QString &timeZone );
+  private:
+    QTime readTime(const QString &str, bool seconds, bool *ok) const;
+    QDate readDate(const QString &str, bool shortFormat, bool *ok) const;
+    KCalendarSystem *mCalendarSystem;
+    bool mWeekStartsMonday;
+    bool mHourF24Format;
+    int mIntDateFormat;
+    int mLanguage;
+    QString mDateFormat;
+    QString mDateFormatShort;
+    QStringList mTimeZoneList;
+    bool daylightEnabled;
+    int mDaylightTZoffset;
+    int mNondaylightTZoffset;
+    bool mSouthDaylight;
+    int daylightStart, daylightEnd, mTimeZoneOffset;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klocale_new.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/klocale_new.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..223b6c4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klocale_new.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2441 @@
+// -*- c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (c) 1997,2001 Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 1999 Preston Brown <pbrown@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 1999-2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Lukas Tinkl <lukas@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+//US#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h> // getenv
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+#include <qprinter.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#include "kcatalogue.h"
+#include "kglobal.h"
+#include "kstandarddirs.h"
+#include "ksimpleconfig.h"
+//US #include "kinstance.h"
+#include "kconfig.h"
+#include "kconfigbase.h"
+#include "kdebug.h"
+#include "kcalendarsystem.h"
+
+//US we use no factory. Simply use the gregorian calendar
+//US #include "kcalendarsystemfactory.h"
+#include "kcalendarsystemgregorian.h"
+
+#include "klocale.h"
+
+static const char * const SYSTEM_MESSAGES = "kdelibs";
+
+static const char *maincatalogue = 0;
+
+QDict<char> *mLocaleDict = 0;
+
+void setLocaleDict( QDict<char> * dict )
+{
+    mLocaleDict = dict;
+
+}
+
+class KLocalePrivate
+{
+public:
+  int weekStartDay;
+  int plural_form;
+  bool nounDeclension;
+  bool dateMonthNamePossessive;
+  QStringList languageList;
+  QValueList<KCatalogue> catalogues;
+  QString encoding;
+  QTextCodec * codecForEncoding;
+  KConfig * config;
+  bool formatInited;
+  int /*QPrinter::PageSize*/ pageSize;
+  KLocale::MeasureSystem measureSystem;
+  QStringList langTwoAlpha;
+  KConfig *languages;
+
+  QString calendarType;
+  KCalendarSystem * calendar;
+  QString first_language;
+  bool utf8FileEncoding;
+};
+
+static KLocale *this_klocale = 0;
+
+KLocale::KLocale( const QString & catalogue, KConfig * config )
+{
+  d = new KLocalePrivate;
+  d->config = config;
+  d->languages = 0;
+  d->calendar = 0;
+
+  initCatalogue(catalogue);
+  initEncoding(0);
+  initFileNameEncoding(0);
+
+  KConfig *cfg = d->config;
+  this_klocale = this;
+//US  if (!cfg) cfg = KGlobal::instance()->config();
+  if (!cfg) cfg = KGlobal::config();
+  this_klocale = 0;
+//US  Q_ASSERT( cfg );
+  ASSERT( cfg );
+
+  if (m_language.isEmpty())
+     initLanguage(cfg, config == 0);
+     
+    
+/*US    
+//US  mDateFormat = "%a %Y %b %d";
+//US  mDateFormatShort = "%Y-%m-%d"; 
+  mTimeZoneList << i18n ("-11:00 US/Samoa")
+            << i18n ("-10:00 US/Hawaii")
+            << i18n ("-09:00 US/Alaska")
+            << i18n ("-08:00 US/Pacific")
+            << i18n ("-07:00 US/Mountain")
+            << i18n ("-06:00 US/Central")
+            << i18n ("-05:00 US/Eastern")
+            << i18n ("-04:00 Brazil/West")
+            << i18n ("-03:00 Brazil/East")
+            << i18n ("-02:00 Brazil/DeNoronha")
+            << i18n ("-01:00 Atlantic/Azores")
+            << i18n (" 00:00 Europe/London(UTC)")
+            << i18n ("+01:00 Europe/Oslo(CET)")
+            << i18n ("+02:00 Europe/Helsinki")
+            << i18n ("+03:00 Europe/Moscow")
+            << i18n ("+04:00 Indian/Mauritius")
+            << i18n ("+05:00 Indian/Maldives")
+            << i18n ("+06:00 Indian/Chagos")
+            << i18n ("+07:00 Asia/Bangkok")
+            << i18n ("+08:00 Asia/Hongkong")
+            << i18n ("+09:00 Asia/Tokyo")
+            << i18n ("+10:00 Asia/Vladivostok")
+            << i18n ("+11:00 Asia/Magadan")
+            << i18n ("+12:00 Asia/Kamchatka")
+            //  << i18n (" xx:xx User defined offset")
+            << i18n (" Local Time");
+*/  
+  mTimeZoneList << "-11:00 US/Samoa"
+            << "-10:00 US/Hawaii"
+            << "-09:00 US/Alaska"
+            << "-08:00 US/Pacific"
+            << "-07:00 US/Mountain"
+            << "-06:00 US/Central"
+            << "-05:00 US/Eastern"
+            << "-04:00 Brazil/West"
+            << "-03:00 Brazil/East"
+            << "-02:00 Brazil/DeNoronha"
+            << "-01:00 Atlantic/Azores"
+            << " 00:00 Europe/London(UTC)"
+            << "+01:00 Europe/Oslo(CET)"
+            << "+02:00 Europe/Helsinki"
+            << "+03:00 Europe/Moscow"
+            << "+04:00 Indian/Mauritius"
+            << "+05:00 Indian/Maldives"
+            << "+06:00 Indian/Chagos"
+            << "+07:00 Asia/Bangkok"
+            << "+08:00 Asia/Hongkong"
+            << "+09:00 Asia/Tokyo"
+            << "+10:00 Asia/Vladivostok"
+            << "+11:00 Asia/Magadan"
+            << "+12:00 Asia/Kamchatka"
+            //  << " xx:xx User defined offset"
+            << " Local Time";
+  
+  mSouthDaylight = false;
+  mTimeZoneOffset = 0;
+  daylightEnabled = false;
+    
+  mWeekStartsMonday = true;
+  mHourF24Format = true;
+  mIntDateFormat = 0;
+  mLanguage = 0;  
+
+}
+
+
+QString KLocale::_initLanguage(KConfigBase *config)
+{
+  if (this_klocale)
+  {
+     // ### HPB Why this cast??
+     this_klocale->initLanguage((KConfig *) config, true);
+     return this_klocale->language();
+  }
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+void KLocale::initCatalogue(const QString & catalogue)
+{
+  // Use the first non-null string.
+  QString mainCatalogue = catalogue;
+  if (maincatalogue)
+    mainCatalogue = QString::fromLatin1(maincatalogue);
+
+  if (mainCatalogue.isEmpty()) {
+    kdDebug(173) << "KLocale instance created called without valid "
+                 << "catalogue! Give an argument or call setMainCatalogue "
+                 << "before init" << endl;
+  }
+  else
+    d->catalogues.append( KCatalogue(mainCatalogue ) );
+
+  // always include kdelibs.mo
+  d->catalogues.append( KCatalogue( SYSTEM_MESSAGES ) );
+}
+
+void KLocale::initLanguage(KConfig * config, bool useEnv)
+{
+  KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, "Locale");
+
+  m_country = config->readEntry( "Country" );
+  if ( m_country.isEmpty() )
+    m_country = defaultCountry();
+
+  // Reset the list and add the new languages
+  QStringList languageList;
+  if ( useEnv )
+    languageList += QStringList::split
+      (':', QFile::decodeName( ::getenv("KDE_LANG") ));
+
+//US  languageList += config->readListEntry("Language", ':');
+  languageList += config->readListEntry("Language");
+
+  // same order as setlocale use
+  if ( useEnv )
+    {
+      // HPB: Only run splitLocale on the environment variables..
+      QStringList langs;
+
+      langs << QFile::decodeName( ::getenv("LC_ALL") );
+      langs << QFile::decodeName( ::getenv("LC_MESSAGES") );
+      langs << QFile::decodeName( ::getenv("LANG") );
+      langs << QFile::decodeName( ::getenv("LC_CTYPE") );
+
+      for ( QStringList::Iterator it = langs.begin();
+            it != langs.end();
+            ++it )
+        {
+          QString ln, ct, chrset;
+          splitLocale(*it, ln, ct, chrset);
+
+          if (!ct.isEmpty()) {
+            langs.insert(it, ln + '_' + ct);
+            if (!chrset.isEmpty())
+              langs.insert(it, ln + '_' + ct + '.' + chrset);
+          }
+
+          langs.insert(it, ln);
+        }
+
+      languageList += langs;
+    }
+
+  // now we have a language list -- let's use the first OK language
+  setLanguage( languageList );
+}
+
+void KLocale::doBindInit()
+{
+  return; // LR 
+  for ( QValueList<KCatalogue>::Iterator it = d->catalogues.begin();
+        it != d->catalogues.end();
+        ++it )
+    initCatalogue( *it );
+  
+  if ( useDefaultLanguage() )
+    d->plural_form = -1;
+  else
+    {
+      QString pf = translate_priv
+        ( I18N_NOOP("_: Dear translator, please do not translate this string "
+                    "in any form, but pick the _right_ value out of "
+                    "NoPlural/TwoForms/French... If not sure what to do mail "
+                    "thd@kde.org and coolo@kde.org, they will tell you. "
+                    "Better leave that out if unsure, the programs will "
+                    "crash!!\nDefinition of PluralForm - to be set by the "
+                    "translator of kdelibs.po"), 0);
+      if ( pf.isEmpty() ) {
+        kdWarning(173) << "found no definition of PluralForm for " << m_language << endl;
+        d->plural_form = -1;
+      } else if ( pf == "NoPlural" )
+        d->plural_form = 0;
+      else if ( pf == "TwoForms" )
+        d->plural_form = 1;
+      else if ( pf == "French" )
+        d->plural_form = 2;
+      else if ( pf == "OneTwoRest" || pf == "Gaeilge" ) // Gaelige is the old name
+        d->plural_form = 3;
+      else if ( pf == "Russian" )
+        d->plural_form = 4;
+      else if ( pf == "Polish" )
+        d->plural_form = 5;
+      else if ( pf == "Slovenian" )
+        d->plural_form = 6;
+      else if ( pf == "Lithuanian" )
+        d->plural_form = 7;
+      else if ( pf == "Czech" )
+        d->plural_form = 8;
+      else if ( pf == "Slovak" )
+        d->plural_form = 9;
+      else if ( pf == "Maltese" )
+        d->plural_form = 10;
+      else if ( pf == "Arabic" )
+        d->plural_form = 11;
+      else if ( pf == "Balcan" )
+        d->plural_form = 12;
+      else {
+        kdWarning(173) << "Definition of PluralForm is none of "
+                       << "NoPlural/"
+                       << "TwoForms/"
+                       << "French/"
+                       << "OneTwoRest/"
+                       << "Russian/"
+                       << "Polish/"
+                       << "Slovenian/"
+                       << "Lithuanian/"
+                       << "Czech/"
+                       << "Slovak/"
+                       << "Arabic/"
+                       << "Balcan/"
+                       << "Maltese: " << pf << endl;
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+
+  d->formatInited = false;
+}
+
+void KLocale::doFormatInit() const
+{
+  if ( d->formatInited ) return;
+
+  KLocale * that = const_cast<KLocale *>(this);
+  that->initFormat();
+
+  d->formatInited = true;
+}
+
+void KLocale::initFormat()
+{
+  KConfig *config = d->config;
+//US  if (!config) config = KGlobal::instance()->config();
+  if (!config) config = KGlobal::config();
+  ASSERT( config );
+
+  kdDebug(173) << "KLocale::initFormat" << endl;
+
+  // make sure the config files are read using the correct locale
+  // ### Why not add a KConfigBase::setLocale( const KLocale * )?
+  // ### Then we could remove this hack
+//US  
+//US  KLocale *lsave = KGlobal::_locale;
+//US  KGlobal::_locale = this;
+  KLocale *lsave = KGlobal::locale();
+  KGlobal::setLocale(this);
+
+  KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, "Locale");
+
+     
+          
+//US in kabc/adress.cpp we have a similar setup. Check there in case of problems  
+  KSimpleConfig entry(locateLocal("locale",
+                             QString::fromLatin1("l10n/%1/entry.desktop")
+                             .arg(m_country)) );
+  
+  entry.setGroup("KCM Locale");
+
+  // Numeric
+#define readConfigEntry(key, default, save) \
+  save = entry.readEntry(key, QString::fromLatin1(default)); \
+  save = config->readEntry(key, save);
+
+#define readConfigNumEntry(key, default, save, type) \
+  save = (type)entry.readNumEntry(key, default); \
+  save = (type)config->readNumEntry(key, save);
+
+#define readConfigBoolEntry(key, default, save) \
+  save = entry.readBoolEntry(key, default); \
+  save = config->readBoolEntry(key, save);
+
+  readConfigEntry("DecimalSymbol", ".", m_decimalSymbol);
+  readConfigEntry("ThousandsSeparator", ",", m_thousandsSeparator);
+  m_thousandsSeparator.replace( QString::fromLatin1("$0"), QString::null );
+  //kdDebug(173) << "m_thousandsSeparator=" << m_thousandsSeparator << endl;
+
+  readConfigEntry("PositiveSign", "", m_positiveSign);
+  readConfigEntry("NegativeSign", "-", m_negativeSign);
+
+  // Monetary
+  readConfigEntry("CurrencySymbol", "$", m_currencySymbol);
+  readConfigEntry("MonetaryDecimalSymbol", ".", m_monetaryDecimalSymbol);
+  readConfigEntry("MonetaryThousandsSeparator", ",",
+                  m_monetaryThousandsSeparator);
+  m_monetaryThousandsSeparator.replace(QString::fromLatin1("$0"), QString::null);
+
+  readConfigNumEntry("FracDigits", 2, m_fracDigits, int);
+  readConfigBoolEntry("PositivePrefixCurrencySymbol", true,
+                      m_positivePrefixCurrencySymbol);
+  readConfigBoolEntry("NegativePrefixCurrencySymbol", true,
+                      m_negativePrefixCurrencySymbol);
+  readConfigNumEntry("PositiveMonetarySignPosition", (int)BeforeQuantityMoney,
+                     m_positiveMonetarySignPosition, SignPosition);
+  readConfigNumEntry("NegativeMonetarySignPosition", (int)ParensAround,
+                     m_negativeMonetarySignPosition, SignPosition);
+
+  //Grammatical
+  readConfigBoolEntry("NounDeclension", false, d->nounDeclension);
+
+  // Date and time
+  readConfigEntry("TimeFormat", "%H:%M:%S", m_timeFormat);
+  readConfigEntry("DateFormat", "%A %d %B %Y", m_dateFormat);
+  readConfigEntry("DateFormatShort", "%Y-%m-%d", m_dateFormatShort);
+  readConfigBoolEntry("DateMonthNamePossessive", false,
+                      d->dateMonthNamePossessive);
+  readConfigNumEntry("WeekStartDay", 1, d->weekStartDay, int);
+
+  // other
+//US  readConfigNumEntry("PageSize", (int)QPrinter::A4, d->pageSize, int);
+  readConfigNumEntry("MeasureSystem", (int)Metric, d->measureSystem,
+                     MeasureSystem);
+  readConfigEntry("CalendarSystem", "gregorian", d->calendarType);
+  delete d->calendar;
+  d->calendar = 0; // ### HPB Is this the correct place?
+
+  // end of hack
+//US  KGlobal::_locale = lsave;
+  KGlobal::setLocale(lsave);
+}
+
+bool KLocale::setCountry(const QString & country)
+{
+  // Check if the file exists too??
+  if ( country.isEmpty() )
+    return false;
+
+  m_country = country;
+
+  d->formatInited = false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::catalogueFileName(const QString & language,
+                                   const KCatalogue & catalogue)
+{
+  QString path = QString::fromLatin1("%1/LC_MESSAGES/%2.mo")
+    .arg( language )
+    .arg( catalogue.name() );
+
+  return locate( "locale", path );
+}
+
+bool KLocale::isLanguageInstalled(const QString & language) const
+{
+  // Do not allow empty languages
+  if ( language.isEmpty() ) return false;
+
+  bool bRes = true;
+  if ( language != defaultLanguage() )
+    for ( QValueList<KCatalogue>::ConstIterator it = d->catalogues.begin();
+          it != d->catalogues.end() && bRes;
+          ++it )
+      {
+        bRes = !catalogueFileName( language, *it ).isNull();
+        if ( !bRes )
+          kdDebug(173) << "message catalogue not found: "
+                       << (*it).name() << endl;
+      }
+
+  return bRes;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::setLanguage(const QString & language)
+{
+  bool bRes = true;
+
+  if (d->first_language.isNull() || language != d->first_language)
+    bRes = isLanguageInstalled( language );
+
+  if ( bRes )
+    {
+      m_language = language;
+
+      // remember our first time - it will be our true love
+      if (d->first_language.isNull())
+        d->first_language = language;
+
+      doBindInit();
+    }
+
+  return bRes;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::setLanguage(const QStringList & languages)
+{
+  QStringList languageList(languages);
+
+  // Remove duplicate entries in reverse so that we
+  // can keep user's language preference order intact. (DA)
+  for( QStringList::Iterator it = languageList.fromLast();
+         it != languageList.begin();
+         --it )
+    if ( languageList.contains(*it) > 1 || (*it).isEmpty() )
+      it = languageList.remove( it );
+
+  bool bRes = false;
+  for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = languageList.begin();
+        it != languageList.end();
+        ++it )
+    if ( bRes = setLanguage( *it ) )
+      break;
+
+  if ( !bRes )
+    setLanguage(defaultLanguage());
+
+  d->languageList = languageList;
+  d->langTwoAlpha.clear(); // Flush cache
+
+  return bRes;
+}
+
+void KLocale::splitLocale(const QString & aStr,
+                          QString & language,
+                          QString & country,
+                          QString & chrset)
+{
+  QString str = aStr;
+
+  // just in case, there is another language appended
+  int f = str.find(':');
+  if (f >= 0)
+    str.truncate(f);
+
+  country = QString::null;
+  chrset = QString::null;
+  language = QString::null;
+
+  f = str.find('.');
+  if (f >= 0)
+    {
+      chrset = str.mid(f + 1);
+      str.truncate(f);
+    }
+
+  f = str.find('_');
+  if (f >= 0)
+    {
+      country = str.mid(f + 1);
+      str.truncate(f);
+    }
+
+  language = str;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::language() const
+{
+  return m_language;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::country() const
+{
+  return m_country;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::monthName(int i, bool shortName) const
+{
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( i )
+      {
+      case 1:   return translate("January", "Jan");
+      case 2:   return translate("February", "Feb");
+      case 3:   return translate("March", "Mar");
+      case 4:   return translate("April", "Apr");
+      case 5:   return translate("May short", "May");
+      case 6:   return translate("June", "Jun");
+      case 7:   return translate("July", "Jul");
+      case 8:   return translate("August", "Aug");
+      case 9:   return translate("September", "Sep");
+      case 10:  return translate("October", "Oct");
+      case 11:  return translate("November", "Nov");
+      case 12:  return translate("December", "Dec");
+      }
+  else
+    switch (i)
+      {
+      case 1:   return translate("January");
+      case 2:   return translate("February");
+      case 3:   return translate("March");
+      case 4:   return translate("April");
+      case 5:   return translate("May long", "May");
+      case 6:   return translate("June");
+      case 7:   return translate("July");
+      case 8:   return translate("August");
+      case 9:   return translate("September");
+      case 10:  return translate("October");
+      case 11:  return translate("November");
+      case 12:  return translate("December");
+      }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::monthNamePossessive(int i, bool shortName) const
+{
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( i )
+      {
+      case 1:   return translate("of January", "of Jan");
+      case 2:   return translate("of February", "of Feb");
+      case 3:   return translate("of March", "of Mar");
+      case 4:   return translate("of April", "of Apr");
+      case 5:   return translate("of May short", "of May");
+      case 6:   return translate("of June", "of Jun");
+      case 7:   return translate("of July", "of Jul");
+      case 8:   return translate("of August", "of Aug");
+      case 9:   return translate("of September", "of Sep");
+      case 10:  return translate("of October", "of Oct");
+      case 11:  return translate("of November", "of Nov");
+      case 12:  return translate("of December", "of Dec");
+      }
+  else
+    switch (i)
+      {
+      case 1:   return translate("of January");
+      case 2:   return translate("of February");
+      case 3:   return translate("of March");
+      case 4:   return translate("of April");
+      case 5:   return translate("of May long", "of May");
+      case 6:   return translate("of June");
+      case 7:   return translate("of July");
+      case 8:   return translate("of August");
+      case 9:   return translate("of September");
+      case 10:  return translate("of October");
+      case 11:  return translate("of November");
+      case 12:  return translate("of December");
+      }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::weekDayName (int i, bool shortName) const
+{
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( i )
+      {
+      case 1:  return translate("Monday", "Mon");
+      case 2:  return translate("Tuesday", "Tue");
+      case 3:  return translate("Wednesday", "Wed");
+      case 4:  return translate("Thursday", "Thu");
+      case 5:  return translate("Friday", "Fri");
+      case 6:  return translate("Saturday", "Sat");
+      case 7:  return translate("Sunday", "Sun");
+      }
+  else
+    switch ( i )
+      {
+      case 1:  return translate("Monday");
+      case 2:  return translate("Tuesday");
+      case 3:  return translate("Wednesday");
+      case 4:  return translate("Thursday");
+      case 5:  return translate("Friday");
+      case 6:  return translate("Saturday");
+      case 7:  return translate("Sunday");
+      }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+void KLocale::insertCatalogue( const QString & catalogue )
+{
+  KCatalogue cat( catalogue );
+
+  initCatalogue( cat );
+
+  d->catalogues.append( cat );
+}
+
+void KLocale::removeCatalogue(const QString &catalogue)
+{
+  for ( QValueList<KCatalogue>::Iterator it = d->catalogues.begin();
+        it != d->catalogues.end(); )
+    if ((*it).name() == catalogue) {
+      it = d->catalogues.remove(it);
+      return;
+    } else
+      ++it;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setActiveCatalogue(const QString &catalogue)
+{
+  for ( QValueList<KCatalogue>::Iterator it = d->catalogues.begin();
+        it != d->catalogues.end(); ++it)
+    if ((*it).name() == catalogue) {
+      KCatalogue save = *it;
+      d->catalogues.remove(it);
+      d->catalogues.prepend(save);
+      return;
+    }
+}
+
+KLocale::~KLocale()
+{
+  delete d->languages;
+  delete d;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::translate_priv(const char *msgid,
+                                const char *fallback,
+                                const char **translated) const
+{
+  if (!msgid || !msgid[0])
+    {
+      kdWarning() << "KLocale: trying to look up \"\" in catalogue. "
+                   << "Fix the program" << endl;
+      return QString::null;
+    }
+
+  if ( useDefaultLanguage() )
+    return QString::fromUtf8( fallback );
+
+  for ( QValueList<KCatalogue>::ConstIterator it = d->catalogues.begin();
+        it != d->catalogues.end();
+        ++it )
+    {
+      // kdDebug(173) << "translate " << msgid << " " << (*it).name() << " " << (!KGlobal::activeInstance() ? QCString("no instance") : KGlobal::activeInstance()->instanceName()) << endl;
+      const char * text = (*it).translate( msgid );
+
+      if ( text )
+        {
+          // we found it
+          if (translated)
+            *translated = text;
+          return QString::fromUtf8( text );
+        }
+    }
+
+  // Always use UTF-8 if the string was not found
+  return QString::fromUtf8( fallback );
+}
+
+QString KLocale::translate(const char* msgid) const
+{
+  return translate_priv(msgid, msgid);
+}
+
+QString KLocale::translate( const char *index, const char *fallback) const
+{
+  if (!index || !index[0] || !fallback || !fallback[0])
+    {
+      kdDebug(173) << "KLocale: trying to look up \"\" in catalogue. "
+                   << "Fix the program" << endl;
+      return QString::null;
+    }
+
+  if ( useDefaultLanguage() )
+    return QString::fromUtf8( fallback );
+
+  char *newstring = new char[strlen(index) + strlen(fallback) + 5];
+  sprintf(newstring, "_: %s\n%s", index, fallback);
+  // as copying QString is very fast, it looks slower as it is ;/
+  QString r = translate_priv(newstring, fallback);
+  delete [] newstring;
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+static QString put_n_in(const QString &orig, unsigned long n)
+{
+  QString ret = orig;
+  int index = ret.find("%n");
+  if (index == -1)
+    return ret;
+  ret.replace(index, 2, QString::number(n));
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#define EXPECT_LENGTH(x) \
+   if (forms.count() != x) { \
+      kdError() << "translation of \"" << singular << "\" doesn't contain " << x << " different plural forms as expected\n"; \
+      return QString( "BROKEN TRANSLATION %1" ).arg( singular ); }
+
+QString KLocale::translate( const char *singular, const char *plural,
+                            unsigned long n ) const
+{
+  if (!singular || !singular[0] || !plural || !plural[0])
+    {
+      kdWarning() << "KLocale: trying to look up \"\" in catalogue. "
+                   << "Fix the program" << endl;
+      return QString::null;
+    }
+
+  char *newstring = new char[strlen(singular) + strlen(plural) + 6];
+  sprintf(newstring, "_n: %s\n%s", singular, plural);
+  // as copying QString is very fast, it looks slower as it is ;/
+  QString r = translate_priv(newstring, 0);
+  delete [] newstring;
+
+  if ( r.isEmpty() || useDefaultLanguage() || d->plural_form == -1) {
+    if ( n == 1 ) {
+      return put_n_in( QString::fromUtf8( singular ),  n );
+        } else {
+          QString tmp = QString::fromUtf8( plural );
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+          if (tmp.find("%n") == -1) {
+                          kdWarning() << "the message for i18n should contain a '%n'! " << plural << endl;
+          }
+#endif
+      return put_n_in( tmp,  n );
+        }
+  }
+
+  QStringList forms = QStringList::split( "\n", r, false );
+  switch ( d->plural_form ) {
+  case 0: // NoPlural
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 1 );
+    return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+  case 1: // TwoForms
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 2 );
+    if ( n == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n);
+  case 2: // French
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 2 );
+    if ( n == 1 || n == 0 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n);
+  case 3: // Gaeilge
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 3 );
+    if ( n == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+    else if ( n == 2 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n);
+  case 4: // Russian, corrected by mok
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 3 );
+    if ( n%10 == 1  &&  n%100 != 11)
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n); // odin fail
+    else if (( n%10 >= 2 && n%10 <=4 ) && (n%100<10 || n%100>20))
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n); // dva faila
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n); // desyat' failov
+  case 5: // Polish
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 3 );
+    if ( n == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+    else if ( n%10 >= 2 && n%10 <=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) )
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n);
+  case 6: // Slovenian
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 4 );
+    if ( n%100 == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n); // ena datoteka
+    else if ( n%100 == 2 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n); // dve datoteki
+    else if ( n%100 == 3 || n%100 == 4 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[3], n); // tri datoteke
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n); // sto datotek
+  case 7: // Lithuanian
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 3 );
+    if ( n%10 == 0 || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=19) )
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n);
+    else if ( n%10 == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n);
+  case 8: // Czech
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 3 );
+    if ( n%100 == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+    else if (( n%100 >= 2 ) && ( n%100 <= 4 ))
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n);
+  case 9: // Slovak
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 3 );
+    if ( n == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n);
+    else if (( n >= 2 ) && ( n <= 4 ))
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n);
+  case 10: // Maltese
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 4 );
+    if ( n == 1 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[0], n );
+    else if ( ( n == 0 ) || ( n%100 > 0 && n%100 <= 10 ) )
+      return put_n_in( forms[1], n );
+    else if ( n%100 > 10 && n%100 < 20 )
+      return put_n_in( forms[2], n );
+    else
+      return put_n_in( forms[3], n );
+  case 11: // Arabic
+    EXPECT_LENGTH( 4 );
+    if (n == 1)
+      return put_n_in(forms[0], n);
+    else if (n == 2)
+      return put_n_in(forms[1], n);
+    else if ( n < 11)
+      return put_n_in(forms[2], n);
+    else
+      return put_n_in(forms[3], n);
+  case 12: // Balcan
+     EXPECT_LENGTH( 3 );
+     if (n != 11 && n % 10 == 1)
+        return put_n_in(forms[0], n);
+     else if (n / 10 != 1 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4)
+        return put_n_in(forms[1], n);
+     else
+        return put_n_in(forms[2], n);
+  }
+  kdError() << "The function should have been returned in another way\n";
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::translateQt( const char *context, const char *source,
+                              const char *message) const
+{
+  if (!source || !source[0]) {
+    kdWarning() << "KLocale: trying to look up \"\" in catalogue. "
+                << "Fix the program" << endl;
+    return QString::null;
+  }
+
+  if ( useDefaultLanguage() ) {
+    return QString::null;
+  }
+
+  char *newstring = 0;
+  const char *translation = 0;
+  QString r;
+
+  if ( message && message[0]) {
+    char *newstring = new char[strlen(source) + strlen(message) + 5];
+    sprintf(newstring, "_: %s\n%s", source, message);
+    const char *translation = 0;
+    // as copying QString is very fast, it looks slower as it is ;/
+    r = translate_priv(newstring, source, &translation);
+    delete [] newstring;
+    if (translation)
+      return r;
+  }
+
+  if ( context && context[0] && message && message[0]) {
+    newstring = new char[strlen(context) + strlen(message) + 5];
+    sprintf(newstring, "_: %s\n%s", context, message);
+    // as copying QString is very fast, it looks slower as it is ;/
+    r = translate_priv(newstring, source, &translation);
+    delete [] newstring;
+    if (translation)
+      return r;
+  }
+
+  r = translate_priv(source, source, &translation);
+  if (translation)
+    return r;
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::nounDeclension() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return d->nounDeclension;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::dateMonthNamePossessive() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return d->dateMonthNamePossessive;
+}
+
+int KLocale::weekStartDay() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return d->weekStartDay;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::weekStartsMonday() const //deprecated
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return (d->weekStartDay==1);
+}
+
+QString KLocale::decimalSymbol() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_decimalSymbol;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::thousandsSeparator() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_thousandsSeparator;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::currencySymbol() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_currencySymbol;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::monetaryDecimalSymbol() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_monetaryDecimalSymbol;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::monetaryThousandsSeparator() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_monetaryThousandsSeparator;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::positiveSign() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_positiveSign;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::negativeSign() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_negativeSign;
+}
+
+int KLocale::fracDigits() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_fracDigits;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::positivePrefixCurrencySymbol() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_positivePrefixCurrencySymbol;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::negativePrefixCurrencySymbol() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_negativePrefixCurrencySymbol;
+}
+
+KLocale::SignPosition KLocale::positiveMonetarySignPosition() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_positiveMonetarySignPosition;
+}
+
+KLocale::SignPosition KLocale::negativeMonetarySignPosition() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_negativeMonetarySignPosition;
+}
+
+static inline void put_it_in( QChar *buffer, uint& index, const QString &s )
+{
+  for ( uint l = 0; l < s.length(); l++ )
+    buffer[index++] = s.at( l );
+}
+
+static inline void put_it_in( QChar *buffer, uint& index, int number )
+{
+  buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
+  buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatMoney(double num,
+                             const QString & symbol,
+                             int precision) const
+{
+  // some defaults
+  QString currency = symbol.isNull()
+    ? currencySymbol()
+    : symbol;
+  if (precision < 0) precision = fracDigits();
+
+  // the number itself
+  bool neg = num < 0;
+  QString res = QString::number(neg?-num:num, 'f', precision);
+  int pos = res.find('.');
+  if (pos == -1) pos = res.length();
+  else res.replace(pos, 1, monetaryDecimalSymbol());
+
+  while (0 < (pos -= 3))
+    res.insert(pos, monetaryThousandsSeparator()); // thousend sep
+
+  // set some variables we need later
+  int signpos = neg
+    ? negativeMonetarySignPosition()
+    : positiveMonetarySignPosition();
+  QString sign = neg
+    ? negativeSign()
+    : positiveSign();
+
+  switch (signpos)
+    {
+    case ParensAround:
+      res.prepend('(');
+      res.append (')');
+      break;
+    case BeforeQuantityMoney:
+      res.prepend(sign);
+      break;
+    case AfterQuantityMoney:
+      res.append(sign);
+      break;
+    case BeforeMoney:
+      currency.prepend(sign);
+      break;
+    case AfterMoney:
+      currency.append(sign);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (neg?negativePrefixCurrencySymbol():
+      positivePrefixCurrencySymbol())
+    {
+      res.prepend(' ');
+      res.prepend(currency);
+    } else {
+      res.append (' ');
+      res.append (currency);
+    }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatMoney(const QString &numStr) const
+{
+  return formatMoney(numStr.toDouble());
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatNumber(double num, int precision) const
+{
+  bool neg = num < 0;
+  if (precision == -1) precision = 2;
+  QString res = QString::number(neg?-num:num, 'f', precision);
+  int pos = res.find('.');
+  if (pos == -1) pos = res.length();
+  else res.replace(pos, 1, decimalSymbol());
+
+  while (0 < (pos -= 3))
+    res.insert(pos, thousandsSeparator()); // thousand sep
+
+  // How can we know where we should put the sign?
+  res.prepend(neg?negativeSign():positiveSign());
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatLong(long num) const
+{
+  return formatNumber((double)num, 0);
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatNumber(const QString &numStr) const
+{
+  return formatNumber(numStr.toDouble());
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatDate(const QDate &pDate, bool shortFormat) const
+{
+  const QString rst = shortFormat?dateFormatShort():dateFormat();
+
+  // I'm rather safe than sorry
+  QChar *buffer = new QChar[rst.length() * 3 / 2 + 50];
+
+  unsigned int index = 0;
+  bool escape = false;
+  int number = 0;
+
+  int year = calendar()->year(pDate);
+  int month = calendar()->month(pDate);
+  int day = calendar()->day(pDate);
+
+  for ( uint format_index = 0; format_index < rst.length(); ++format_index )
+    {
+      if ( !escape )
+        {
+          if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == '%' )
+            escape = true;
+          else
+            buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          switch ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() )
+            {
+            case '%':
+              buffer[index++] = '%';
+              break;
+            case 'Y':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, year / 100 );
+            case 'y':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, year % 100 );
+              break;
+            case 'n':
+              number = month;
+            case 'e':
+              // to share the code
+              if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == 'e' )
+                number = day;
+              if ( number / 10 )
+                buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
+              buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
+              break;
+            case 'm':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, month );
+              break;
+            case 'b':
+              if (d->nounDeclension && d->dateMonthNamePossessive)
+        //US    put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthNamePossessive(month, year, true) );
+                put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthNamePossessive(month, true) );
+              else
+        //US    put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthName(month, year, true) );
+                put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthName(month, true) );
+              break;
+            case 'B':
+              if (d->nounDeclension && d->dateMonthNamePossessive)
+        //US    put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthNamePossessive(month, year, false) );
+                put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthNamePossessive(month, false) );
+              else
+        //US    put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthName(month, year, false) );
+                put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->monthName(month, false) );
+              break;
+            case 'd':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, day );
+              break;
+            case 'a':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->weekDayName(pDate, true) );
+              break;
+            case 'A':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, calendar()->weekDayName(pDate, false) );
+              break;
+            default:
+              buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+              break;
+            }
+          escape = false;
+        }
+    }
+  QString ret( buffer, index );
+  delete [] buffer;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setMainCatalogue(const char *catalogue)
+{
+  maincatalogue = catalogue;
+}
+
+double KLocale::readNumber(const QString &_str, bool * ok) const
+{
+  QString str = _str.stripWhiteSpace();
+  bool neg = str.find(negativeSign()) == 0;
+  if (neg)
+    str.remove( 0, negativeSign().length() );
+
+  /* will hold the scientific notation portion of the number.
+     Example, with 2.34E+23, exponentialPart == "E+23"
+  */
+  QString exponentialPart;
+  int EPos;
+
+  EPos = str.find('E', 0, false);
+
+  if (EPos != -1)
+  {
+    exponentialPart = str.mid(EPos);
+    str = str.left(EPos);
+  }
+
+  int pos = str.find(decimalSymbol());
+  QString major;
+  QString minor;
+  if ( pos == -1 )
+    major = str;
+  else
+    {
+      major = str.left(pos);
+      minor = str.mid(pos + decimalSymbol().length());
+    }
+
+  // Remove thousand separators
+  int thlen = thousandsSeparator().length();
+  int lastpos = 0;
+  while ( ( pos = major.find( thousandsSeparator() ) ) > 0 )
+  {
+    // e.g. 12,,345,,678,,922 Acceptable positions (from the end) are 5, 10, 15... i.e. (3+thlen)*N
+    int fromEnd = major.length() - pos;
+    if ( fromEnd % (3+thlen) != 0 // Needs to be a multiple, otherwise it's an error
+        || pos - lastpos > 3 // More than 3 digits between two separators -> error
+        || pos == 0          // Can't start with a separator
+        || (lastpos>0 && pos-lastpos!=3))   // Must have exactly 3 digits between two separators
+    {
+      if (ok) *ok = false;
+      return 0.0;
+    }
+
+    lastpos = pos;
+    major.remove( pos, thlen );
+  }
+  if (lastpos>0 && major.length()-lastpos!=3)   // Must have exactly 3 digits after the last separator
+  {
+    if (ok) *ok = false;
+    return 0.0;
+  }
+
+  QString tot;
+  if (neg) tot = '-';
+
+  tot += major + '.' + minor + exponentialPart;
+
+  return tot.toDouble(ok);
+}
+
+double KLocale::readMoney(const QString &_str, bool * ok) const
+{
+  QString str = _str.stripWhiteSpace();
+  bool neg = false;
+  bool currencyFound = false;
+  // First try removing currency symbol from either end
+  int pos = str.find(currencySymbol());
+  if ( pos == 0 || pos == (int) str.length()-1 )
+    {
+      str.remove(pos,currencySymbol().length());
+      str = str.stripWhiteSpace();
+      currencyFound = true;
+    }
+  if (str.isEmpty())
+    {
+      if (ok) *ok = false;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  // Then try removing negative sign from either end
+  // (with a special case for parenthesis)
+  if (negativeMonetarySignPosition() == ParensAround)
+    {
+      if (str.at(0) == '(' && str.at(str.length()-1) == ')')
+        {
+          neg = true;
+          str.remove(str.length()-1,1);
+          str.remove(0,1);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int i1 = str.find(negativeSign());
+      if ( i1 == 0 || i1 == (int) str.length()-1 )
+        {
+          neg = true;
+          str.remove(i1,negativeSign().length());
+        }
+    }
+  if (neg) str = str.stripWhiteSpace();
+
+  // Finally try again for the currency symbol, if we didn't find
+  // it already (because of the negative sign being in the way).
+  if ( !currencyFound )
+    {
+      pos = str.find(currencySymbol());
+      if ( pos == 0 || pos == (int) str.length()-1 )
+        {
+          str.remove(pos,currencySymbol().length());
+          str = str.stripWhiteSpace();
+        }
+    }
+
+  // And parse the rest as a number
+  pos = str.find(monetaryDecimalSymbol());
+  QString major;
+  QString minior;
+  if (pos == -1)
+    major = str;
+  else
+    {
+      major = str.left(pos);
+      minior = str.mid(pos + monetaryDecimalSymbol().length());
+    }
+
+  // Remove thousand separators
+  int thlen = monetaryThousandsSeparator().length();
+  int lastpos = 0;
+  while ( ( pos = major.find( monetaryThousandsSeparator() ) ) > 0 )
+  {
+    // e.g. 12,,345,,678,,922 Acceptable positions (from the end) are 5, 10, 15... i.e. (3+thlen)*N
+    int fromEnd = major.length() - pos;
+    if ( fromEnd % (3+thlen) != 0 // Needs to be a multiple, otherwise it's an error
+        || pos - lastpos > 3 // More than 3 digits between two separators -> error
+        || pos == 0          // Can't start with a separator
+        || (lastpos>0 && pos-lastpos!=3))   // Must have exactly 3 digits between two separators
+    {
+      if (ok) *ok = false;
+      return 0.0;
+    }
+    lastpos = pos;
+    major.remove( pos, thlen );
+  }
+  if (lastpos>0 && major.length()-lastpos!=3)   // Must have exactly 3 digits after the last separator
+  {
+    if (ok) *ok = false;
+    return 0.0;
+  }
+
+  QString tot;
+  if (neg) tot = '-';
+  tot += major + '.' + minior;
+  return tot.toDouble(ok);
+}
+
+/**
+ * helper function to read integers
+ * @param str
+ * @param pos the position to start at. It will be updated when we parse it.
+ * @return the integer read in the string, or -1 if no string
+ */
+static int readInt(const QString &str, uint &pos)
+{
+  if (!str.at(pos).isDigit()) return -1;
+  int result = 0;
+  for (; str.length() > pos && str.at(pos).isDigit(); pos++)
+    {
+      result *= 10;
+      result += str.at(pos).digitValue();
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, bool* ok) const
+{
+  QDate date;
+  date = readDate(intstr, ShortFormat, ok);
+  if (date.isValid()) return date;
+  return readDate(intstr, NormalFormat, ok);
+}
+
+QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, ReadDateFlags flags, bool* ok) const
+{
+  QString fmt = ((flags & ShortFormat) ? dateFormatShort() : dateFormat()).simplifyWhiteSpace();
+  return readDate( intstr, fmt, ok );
+}
+
+QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, const QString &fmt, bool* ok) const
+{
+  //kdDebug() << "KLocale::readDate intstr=" << intstr << " fmt=" << fmt << endl;
+  QString str = intstr.simplifyWhiteSpace().lower();
+  int day = -1, month = -1;
+  // allow the year to be omitted if not in the format
+  int year = calendar()->year(QDate::currentDate());
+  uint strpos = 0;
+  uint fmtpos = 0;
+
+  bool error = false;
+
+  while (fmt.length() > fmtpos && str.length() > strpos && !error)
+  {
+
+    QChar c = fmt.at(fmtpos++);
+
+    if (c != '%') {
+      if (c.isSpace() && str.at(strpos).isSpace())
+        strpos++;
+      else if (c != str.at(strpos++))
+        error = true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      int j;
+      // remove space at the begining
+      if (str.length() > strpos && str.at(strpos).isSpace())
+        strpos++;
+
+      c = fmt.at(fmtpos++);
+      switch (c)
+      {
+        case 'a':
+        case 'A':
+
+          error = true;
+          j = 1;
+          while (error && (j < 8)) {
+            QString s = weekDayName(j, c == 'a').lower();
+            int len = s.length();
+            if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s)
+            {
+              strpos += len;
+              error = false;
+            }
+            j++;
+          }
+          break;
+        case 'b':
+        case 'B':
+
+          error = true;
+          if (d->nounDeclension && d->dateMonthNamePossessive) {
+            j = 1;
+            while (error && (j < 13)) {
+        //US      QString s = calendar()->monthNamePossessive(j, year, c == 'b').lower();
+              QString s = calendar()->monthNamePossessive(j, c == 'b').lower();
+              int len = s.length();
+              if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s) {
+                month = j;
+                strpos += len;
+                error = false;
+              }
+              j++;
+            }
+          }
+          j = 1;
+          while (error && (j < 13)) {
+        //US    QString s = calendar()->monthName(j, year, c == 'b').lower();
+            QString s = calendar()->monthName(j, c == 'b').lower();
+            int len = s.length();
+            if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s) {
+              month = j;
+              strpos += len;
+              error = false;
+            }
+            j++;
+          }
+          break;
+        case 'd':
+        case 'e':
+          day = readInt(str, strpos);
+          error = (day < 1 || day > 31);
+          break;
+
+        case 'n':
+        case 'm':
+          month = readInt(str, strpos);
+          error = (month < 1 || month > 12);
+          break;
+
+        case 'Y':
+        case 'y':
+          year = readInt(str, strpos);
+          error = (year < 0);
+          // Qt treats a year in the range 0-100 as 1900-1999.
+          // It is nicer for the user if we treat 0-68 as 2000-2068
+          if (c == 'y' && year < 69)
+            // eg. gregorian += 2000
+            year += (calendar()->year(QDate::currentDate()) / 100) * 100;
+          else if (c == 'y' && year < 100)
+            // eg. gregorian += 1900
+            year += (calendar()->year(QDate::currentDate()) / 100) * 100 - 100;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* for a match, we should reach the end of both strings, not just one of
+     them */
+  if ( fmt.length() > fmtpos || str.length() > strpos )
+  {
+    error = true;
+  }
+
+  //kdDebug(173) << "KLocale::readDate day=" << day << " month=" << month << " year=" << year << endl;
+  if ( year != -1 && month != -1 && day != -1 && !error)
+  {
+    if (ok) *ok = true;
+
+    QDate result;
+    calendar()->setYMD(result, year, month, day);
+
+    return result;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (ok) *ok = false;
+    return QDate(); // invalid date
+  }
+}
+
+QTime KLocale::readTime(const QString &intstr, bool *ok) const
+{
+  QTime _time;
+  _time = readTime(intstr, WithSeconds, ok);
+  if (_time.isValid()) return _time;
+  return readTime(intstr, WithoutSeconds, ok);
+}
+
+QTime KLocale::readTime(const QString &intstr, ReadTimeFlags flags, bool *ok) const
+{
+  QString str = intstr.simplifyWhiteSpace().lower();
+  QString Format = timeFormat().simplifyWhiteSpace();
+  if (flags & WithoutSeconds)
+  {
+//US remove not available in my QT version  
+//US    Format.remove(QRegExp(".%S"));
+    Format.replace(QRegExp(".%S"), "");
+  }
+
+  int hour = -1, minute = -1;
+  int second = ( (flags & WithoutSeconds) == 0 ) ? -1 : 0; // don't require seconds
+  bool g_12h = false;
+  bool pm = false;
+  uint strpos = 0;
+  uint Formatpos = 0;
+
+  while (Format.length() > Formatpos || str.length() > strpos)
+    {
+      if ( !(Format.length() > Formatpos && str.length() > strpos) ) goto error;
+
+      QChar c = Format.at(Formatpos++);
+
+      if (c != '%')
+        {
+          if (c.isSpace())
+            strpos++;
+          else if (c != str.at(strpos++))
+            goto error;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      // remove space at the begining
+      if (str.length() > strpos && str.at(strpos).isSpace())
+        strpos++;
+
+      c = Format.at(Formatpos++);
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case 'p':
+          {
+            QString s;
+            s = translate("pm").lower();
+            int len = s.length();
+            if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s)
+              {
+                pm = true;
+                strpos += len;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                s = translate("am").lower();
+                len = s.length();
+                if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s) {
+                  pm = false;
+                  strpos += len;
+                }
+                else
+                  goto error;
+              }
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case 'k':
+        case 'H':
+          g_12h = false;
+          hour = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (hour < 0 || hour > 23)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'l':
+        case 'I':
+          g_12h = true;
+          hour = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (hour < 1 || hour > 12)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'M':
+          minute = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (minute < 0 || minute > 59)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+
+        case 'S':
+          second = readInt(str, strpos);
+          if (second < 0 || second > 59)
+            goto error;
+
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+  if (g_12h) {
+    hour %= 12;
+    if (pm) hour += 12;
+  }
+
+  if (ok) *ok = true;
+  return QTime(hour, minute, second);
+
+ error:
+  if (ok) *ok = false;
+  return QTime(-1, -1, -1); // return invalid date if it didn't work
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatTime(const QTime &pTime, bool includeSecs) const
+{
+  const QString rst = timeFormat();
+
+  // only "pm/am" here can grow, the rest shrinks, but
+  // I'm rather safe than sorry
+  QChar *buffer = new QChar[rst.length() * 3 / 2 + 30];
+
+  uint index = 0;
+  bool escape = false;
+  int number = 0;
+
+  for ( uint format_index = 0; format_index < rst.length(); format_index++ )
+    {
+      if ( !escape )
+        {
+          if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == '%' )
+            escape = true;
+          else
+            buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          switch ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() )
+            {
+            case '%':
+              buffer[index++] = '%';
+              break;
+            case 'H':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.hour() );
+              break;
+            case 'I':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, ( pTime.hour() + 11) % 12 + 1 );
+              break;
+            case 'M':
+              put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.minute() );
+              break;
+            case 'S':
+              if (includeSecs)
+                put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.second() );
+              else if ( index > 0 )
+                {
+                  // we remove the seperator sign before the seconds and
+                  // assume that works everywhere
+                  --index;
+                  break;
+                }
+              break;
+            case 'k':
+              number = pTime.hour();
+            case 'l':
+              // to share the code
+              if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == 'l' )
+                number = (pTime.hour() + 11) % 12 + 1;
+              if ( number / 10 )
+                buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
+              buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
+              break;
+            case 'p':
+              {
+                QString s;
+                if ( pTime.hour() >= 12 )
+                  put_it_in( buffer, index, translate("pm") );
+                else
+                  put_it_in( buffer, index, translate("am") );
+                break;
+              }
+            default:
+              buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
+              break;
+            }
+          escape = false;
+        }
+    }
+  QString ret( buffer, index );
+  delete [] buffer;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::use12Clock() const
+{
+  if ((timeFormat().contains(QString::fromLatin1("%I")) > 0) ||
+      (timeFormat().contains(QString::fromLatin1("%l")) > 0))
+    return true;
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::languages() const
+{
+  return d->languageList.join( QString::fromLatin1(":") );
+}
+
+QStringList KLocale::languageList() const
+{
+  return d->languageList;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime,
+                                bool shortFormat,
+                                bool includeSeconds) const
+{
+  return translate("concatenation of dates and time", "%1 %2")
+    .arg( formatDate( pDateTime.date(), shortFormat ) )
+    .arg( formatTime( pDateTime.time(), includeSeconds ) );
+}
+
+QString i18n(const char* text)
+{
+  /*
+  register KLocale *instance = KGlobal::locale();
+  if (instance)
+    return instance->translate(text);
+  */
+  return QString::fromUtf8(text);
+}
+
+QString i18n(const char* index, const char *text)
+{
+  /*
+  register KLocale *instance = KGlobal::locale();
+  if (instance)
+    return instance->translate(index, text);
+  */
+  return QString::fromUtf8(text);
+}
+
+QString i18n(const char* singular, const char* plural, unsigned long n)
+{
+  return (QString::fromUtf8(plural)); // hack! remove this line!
+  register KLocale *instance = KGlobal::locale();
+  if (instance)
+    return instance->translate(singular, plural, n);
+  if (n == 1)
+    return put_n_in(QString::fromUtf8(singular), n);
+  else
+    return put_n_in(QString::fromUtf8(plural), n);
+}
+
+void KLocale::initInstance()
+{
+  if (KGlobal::locale())
+    return;
+
+/*US lets change the whole way how to create a KLocale    
+  KInstance *app = KGlobal::instance();
+  if (app) {
+    KGlobal::_locale = new KLocale(QString::fromLatin1(app->instanceName()));
+
+    // only do this for the global instance
+    QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(KGlobal::_locale->codecForEncoding());
+  }
+  else
+    kdDebug(173) << "no app name available using KLocale - nothing to do\n";
+*/
+//US new implementation
+  QString appname = KGlobal::getAppName();
+  if (appname) {
+    KLocale *l = new KLocale(appname);
+    KGlobal::setLocale(l);
+
+    // only do this for the global instance
+//US
+//US    QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(KGlobal::locale())->codecForEncoding());
+//US    qt_set_locale_codec( KGlobal::locale()->codecForEncoding() );
+    qDebug("KLocale::initInstance we have to do here something !!!");    
+  }
+  else
+    kdDebug(173) << "no app name available using KLocale - nothing to do\n";
+    
+}
+
+QString KLocale::langLookup(const QString &fname, const char *rtype)
+{
+  QStringList search;
+
+  // assemble the local search paths
+//US we have only one resourcedir. So use it !!  
+/*US original 
+  const QStringList localDoc = KGlobal::dirs()->resourceDirs(rtype);
+  // look up the different languages
+  for (int id=localDoc.count()-1; id >= 0; --id)
+    {
+      QStringList langs = KGlobal::locale()->languageList();
+      langs.append( "en" );
+      langs.remove( defaultLanguage() );
+      QStringList::ConstIterator lang;
+      for (lang = langs.begin(); lang != langs.end(); ++lang)
+        search.append(QString("%1%2/%3").arg(localDoc[id]).arg(*lang).arg(fname));
+    }
+*/
+//US new code
+//US What is here correct???  const QString localDoc = KGlobal::dirs()->findResourceDir(rtype);
+  const QString localDoc = rtype;
+  // look up the different languages
+  QStringList langs = KGlobal::locale()->languageList();
+  langs.append( "en" );
+  langs.remove( defaultLanguage() );
+  QStringList::ConstIterator lang;
+  for (lang = langs.begin(); lang != langs.end(); ++lang)
+    search.append(QString("%1%2/%3").arg(localDoc).arg(*lang).arg(fname));
+
+  // try to locate the file
+  QStringList::Iterator it;
+  for (it = search.begin(); it != search.end(); ++it)
+    {
+      kdDebug(173) << "Looking for help in: " << *it << endl;
+
+      QFileInfo info(*it);
+      if (info.exists() && info.isFile() && info.isReadable())
+        return *it;
+    }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::useDefaultLanguage() const
+{
+  return language() == defaultLanguage();
+}
+
+void KLocale::initEncoding(KConfig *)
+{
+  const int mibDefault = 4; // ISO 8859-1
+
+  // This all made more sense when we still had the EncodingEnum config key.
+  setEncoding( QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->mibEnum() );
+
+  if ( !d->codecForEncoding )
+    {
+      kdWarning(173) << " Defaulting to ISO 8859-1 encoding." << endl;
+      setEncoding(mibDefault);
+    }
+
+  ASSERT( d->codecForEncoding );
+}
+
+void KLocale::initFileNameEncoding(KConfig *)
+{
+  // If the following environment variable is set, assume all filenames
+  // are in UTF-8 regardless of the current C locale.
+  d->utf8FileEncoding = getenv("KDE_UTF8_FILENAMES") != 0;
+  if (d->utf8FileEncoding)
+  {
+    QFile::setEncodingFunction(KLocale::encodeFileNameUTF8);
+    QFile::setDecodingFunction(KLocale::decodeFileNameUTF8);
+  }
+  // Otherwise, stay with QFile's default filename encoding functions
+  // which, on Unix platforms, use the locale's codec.
+}
+
+QCString KLocale::encodeFileNameUTF8( const QString & fileName )
+{
+  return fileName.utf8();
+}
+
+QString KLocale::decodeFileNameUTF8( const QCString & localFileName )
+{
+  return QString::fromUtf8(localFileName);
+}
+
+void KLocale::initCatalogue( KCatalogue & catalogue )
+{
+  catalogue.setFileName( catalogueFileName( language(), catalogue ) );
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDateFormat(const QString & format)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_dateFormat = format.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDateFormatShort(const QString & format)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_dateFormatShort = format.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDateMonthNamePossessive(bool possessive)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  d->dateMonthNamePossessive = possessive;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setTimeFormat(const QString & format)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_timeFormat = format.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KLocale::setWeekStartsMonday(bool start) //deprecated
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  if (start)
+    d->weekStartDay = 1;
+  else
+    d->weekStartDay = 7;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setWeekStartDay(int day)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  if (day>7 || day<1)
+    d->weekStartDay = 1; //Monday is default
+  else
+    d->weekStartDay = day;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::dateFormat() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_dateFormat;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::dateFormatShort() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_dateFormatShort;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::timeFormat() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return m_timeFormat;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDecimalSymbol(const QString & symbol)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_decimalSymbol = symbol.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KLocale::setThousandsSeparator(const QString & separator)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  // allow spaces here
+  m_thousandsSeparator = separator;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setPositiveSign(const QString & sign)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_positiveSign = sign.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KLocale::setNegativeSign(const QString & sign)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_negativeSign = sign.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KLocale::setPositiveMonetarySignPosition(SignPosition signpos)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_positiveMonetarySignPosition = signpos;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setNegativeMonetarySignPosition(SignPosition signpos)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_negativeMonetarySignPosition = signpos;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setPositivePrefixCurrencySymbol(bool prefix)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_positivePrefixCurrencySymbol = prefix;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setNegativePrefixCurrencySymbol(bool prefix)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_negativePrefixCurrencySymbol = prefix;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setFracDigits(int digits)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_fracDigits = digits;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setMonetaryThousandsSeparator(const QString & separator)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  // allow spaces here
+  m_monetaryThousandsSeparator = separator;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setMonetaryDecimalSymbol(const QString & symbol)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_monetaryDecimalSymbol = symbol.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KLocale::setCurrencySymbol(const QString & symbol)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  m_currencySymbol = symbol.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+int KLocale::pageSize() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return d->pageSize;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setPageSize(int pageSize)
+{
+  // #### check if it's in range??
+  doFormatInit();
+  d->pageSize = pageSize;
+}
+
+KLocale::MeasureSystem KLocale::measureSystem() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  return d->measureSystem;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setMeasureSystem(MeasureSystem value)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+  d->measureSystem = value;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::defaultLanguage()
+{
+  return QString::fromLatin1("en_US");
+}
+
+QString KLocale::defaultCountry()
+{
+  return QString::fromLatin1("C");
+}
+
+const char * KLocale::encoding() const
+{
+  return codecForEncoding()->name();
+}
+
+int KLocale::encodingMib() const
+{
+  return codecForEncoding()->mibEnum();
+}
+
+int KLocale::fileEncodingMib() const
+{
+  if (d->utf8FileEncoding)
+     return 106;
+  return codecForEncoding()->mibEnum();
+}
+
+QTextCodec * KLocale::codecForEncoding() const
+{
+  return d->codecForEncoding;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::setEncoding(int mibEnum)
+{
+  QTextCodec * codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib(mibEnum);
+  if (codec)
+    d->codecForEncoding = codec;
+
+  return codec != 0;
+}
+
+QStringList KLocale::languagesTwoAlpha() const
+{
+  if (d->langTwoAlpha.count())
+     return d->langTwoAlpha;
+
+  const QStringList &origList = languageList();
+
+  QStringList result;
+
+//US  KConfig config(QString::fromLatin1("language.codes"), true, false);
+  KConfig config(locateLocal("config", QString::fromLatin1("language.codes")));
+  config.setGroup("TwoLetterCodes");
+
+  for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = origList.begin();
+        it != origList.end();
+        ++it )
+    {
+      QString lang = *it;
+      QStringList langLst;
+      
+/*US I changed the following code, because hasKey is not available.
+!!! check if my version is correct
+      if (config.hasKey( lang ))
+         langLst = config.readListEntry( lang );
+      else
+      {
+         int i = lang.find('_');
+         if (i >= 0)
+            lang.truncate(i);
+         langLst << lang;
+      }
+*/
+      langLst = config.readListEntry( lang );
+      if (langLst.isEmpty())
+      {
+         int i = lang.find('_');
+         if (i >= 0)
+            lang.truncate(i);
+         langLst << lang;
+      }
+
+
+      for ( QStringList::ConstIterator langIt = langLst.begin();
+            langIt != langLst.end();
+            ++langIt )
+        {
+          if ( !(*langIt).isEmpty() && !result.contains( *langIt ) )
+            result += *langIt;
+        }
+    }
+  d->langTwoAlpha = result;
+  return result;
+}
+
+QStringList KLocale::allLanguagesTwoAlpha() const
+{
+  if (!d->languages)
+//US    d->languages = new KConfig("all_languages", true, false, "locale");
+    d->languages = new KConfig(locateLocal( "locale", "all_languages"));
+
+//US  return d->languages->groupList();
+  qDebug("KLocale::allLanguagesTwoAlpha has to be fixed.");
+  return *(new QStringList());
+  
+}
+
+QString KLocale::twoAlphaToLanguageName(const QString &code) const
+{
+  if (!d->languages)
+//US    d->languages = new KConfig("all_languages", true, false, "locale");
+    d->languages = new KConfig(locateLocal( "locale", "all_languages"));
+
+  d->languages->setGroup(code.lower());
+  return d->languages->readEntry("Name");
+}
+
+QStringList KLocale::allCountriesTwoAlpha() const
+{
+  QStringList countries;
+
+  qDebug("KLocale::allCountriesTwoAlpha has to be fixed.");
+//US  QStringList paths = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("locale", "l10n/*/entry.desktop");
+  QStringList paths = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("locale", "l10n/*/entry.desktop", true, true);
+  
+  for(QStringList::ConstIterator it = paths.begin();
+      it != paths.end(); ++it)
+  {
+    QString code = (*it).mid((*it).length()-16, 2);
+    if (code != "/C")
+       countries.append(code);
+  }
+  return countries;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::twoAlphaToCountryName(const QString &code) const
+{
+//US  KConfig cfg("l10n/"+code.lower()+"/entry.desktop", true, false, "locale");
+  KConfig cfg(locateLocal("locale", "l10n/"+code.lower()+"/entry.desktop"));
+  cfg.setGroup("KCM Locale");
+  return cfg.readEntry("Name");
+}
+
+void KLocale::setCalendar(const QString & calType)
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+
+  d->calendarType = calType;
+
+  delete d->calendar;
+  d->calendar = 0;
+}
+
+QString KLocale::calendarType() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+
+  return d->calendarType;
+}
+
+const KCalendarSystem * KLocale::calendar() const
+{
+  doFormatInit();
+
+  // Check if it's the correct calendar?!?
+//US we are always using the gregorian calendar  
+//US  if ( !d->calendar )
+//US    d->calendar = KCalendarSystemFactory::create( d->calendarType, this );
+  if ( !d->calendar )
+    d->calendar = new KCalendarSystemGregorian;
+    
+  return d->calendar;
+}
+
+KLocale::KLocale(const KLocale & rhs)
+{
+  d = new KLocalePrivate;
+
+  *this = rhs;
+}
+
+KLocale & KLocale::operator=(const KLocale & rhs)
+{
+  // Numbers and money
+  m_decimalSymbol = rhs.m_decimalSymbol;
+  m_thousandsSeparator = rhs.m_thousandsSeparator;
+  m_currencySymbol = rhs.m_currencySymbol;
+  m_monetaryDecimalSymbol = rhs.m_monetaryDecimalSymbol;
+  m_monetaryThousandsSeparator = rhs.m_monetaryThousandsSeparator;
+  m_positiveSign = rhs.m_positiveSign;
+  m_negativeSign = rhs.m_negativeSign;
+  m_fracDigits = rhs.m_fracDigits;
+  m_positivePrefixCurrencySymbol = rhs.m_positivePrefixCurrencySymbol;
+  m_negativePrefixCurrencySymbol = rhs.m_negativePrefixCurrencySymbol;
+  m_positiveMonetarySignPosition = rhs.m_positiveMonetarySignPosition;
+  m_negativeMonetarySignPosition = rhs.m_negativeMonetarySignPosition;
+
+  // Date and time
+  m_timeFormat = rhs.m_timeFormat;
+  m_dateFormat = rhs.m_dateFormat;
+  m_dateFormatShort = rhs.m_dateFormatShort;
+
+  m_language = rhs.m_language;
+  m_country = rhs.m_country;
+
+  // the assignment operator works here
+  *d = *rhs.d;
+  d->languages = 0; // Don't copy languages
+  d->calendar = 0; // Don't copy the calendar
+
+  return *this;
+}
+
+bool KLocale::setCharset(const QString & ) { return true; }
+QString KLocale::charset() const { return QString::fromLatin1("UTF-8"); }
+
+
+int KLocale::timezoneOffset( QString timeZone )
+{
+    int ret = 1001;
+    int index = mTimeZoneList.findIndex( timeZone );
+    if ( index < 24 ) 
+       ret =  ( index-11 ) * 60 ;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+QStringList KLocale::timeZoneList() const
+{
+    return mTimeZoneList;
+}
+void KLocale::setTimezone( const QString &timeZone )
+{
+    mTimeZoneOffset = timezoneOffset( timeZone );
+}
+
+void KLocale::setDaylightSaving( bool b, int start , int end )
+{
+    daylightEnabled = b;
+    daylightStart = start;
+    daylightEnd = end;
+    mSouthDaylight = (end < start);
+    // qDebug("klocale daylight %d %d %d ", b,  start ,  end );
+}
+
+int KLocale::localTimeOffset( const QDateTime &dt )
+{
+    bool addDaylight = false;
+    if ( daylightEnabled ) {
+        int d_end, d_start;
+        int dayofyear = dt.date().dayOfYear();
+        int year = dt.date().year();
+        int add = 0;
+        if (  QDate::leapYear(year) )
+            add = 1;
+        QDate date (  year,1,1 );
+        if ( daylightEnd > 59 )
+            d_end = daylightEnd +add;
+        else
+            d_end = daylightEnd;
+        if ( daylightStart > 59 )
+            d_start = daylightStart +add;
+        else
+            d_start = daylightStart;
+        QDate s_date = date.addDays( d_start -1 );
+        QDate e_date = date.addDays( d_end -1 );
+        int dof = s_date.dayOfWeek();
+        if ( dof < 7 )
+            s_date = s_date.addDays( -dof );
+        dof = e_date.dayOfWeek();
+        if ( dof < 7 )
+            e_date = e_date.addDays( -dof );
+        QTime startTime ( 3,0,0 );
+        QDateTime startDt( s_date,  startTime );
+        QDateTime endDt( e_date,  startTime );
+        //qDebug("dayligt saving start %s end %s ",startDt.toString().latin1(),endDt.toString().latin1( ));
+        if ( mSouthDaylight ) {
+            if ( ! ( endDt < dt && dt < startDt) )
+                addDaylight = true;  
+           } else {
+            if ( startDt < dt && dt < endDt )
+                addDaylight = true;  
+           
+            
+        }
+    }
+    int addMin = 0;
+    if ( addDaylight )
+        addMin = 60;
+    return mTimeZoneOffset + addMin;
+}
+
+void KLocale::setHore24Format ( bool b )
+{
+    mHourF24Format = b;
+}
+void KLocale::setWeekStartMonday( bool b )
+{
+    mWeekStartsMonday = b;
+}
+void KLocale::setIntDateFormat( int i )
+{
+    mIntDateFormat = i;
+}
+void KLocale::setLanguage( int i )
+{
+    mLanguage = i;
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klocale_new.h b/microkde/kdecore/klocale_new.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..777c0bd
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klocale_new.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1224 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KLOCALE_H
+#define MINIKDE_KLOCALE_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+
+class QStringList;
+class QTextCodec;
+class QDate;
+class QTime;
+class QDateTime;
+
+class KGlobal;
+class KConfig;
+class KConfigBase;
+class KLocalePrivate;
+class KCatalogue;
+class KCalendarSystem;
+
+#ifndef I18N_NOOP
+#define I18N_NOOP(x) (x)
+#endif
+
+void setLocaleDict( QDict<char> * dict );
+
+/**
+ *  i18n is the function that does everything you need to translate
+ *  a string. You just wrap around every user visible string a i18n
+ *  call to get a QString with the string in the user's preferred
+ *  language.
+ *
+ *  The argument must be an UTF-8 encoded string (If you only use
+ *  characters that are in US-ASCII, you're on the safe side. But
+ *  for e.g. german umlauts or french accents should be recoded to
+ *  UTF-8)
+ **/
+QString i18n(const char *text);
+
+/**
+ *  If the string is too ambiguous to be translated well to a non-english
+ *  language, use this form of i18n to separate lookup string and english
+ *  text.
+ *  @see translate
+ **/
+QString i18n(const char *index, const char *text);
+
+/**
+ *  If you want to handle plural forms, use this form of i18n.
+ *  The plural has to contain a %n where n fits into.
+ *  @see translate
+ **/
+QString i18n(const char *singular, const char *plural, unsigned long n);
+
+/**
+ * Qt3's uic generates i18n( "msg", "comment" ) calls which conflict
+ * with our i18n method. We use uic -tr tr2i18n to redirect
+ * to the right i18n() function
+**/
+inline QString tr2i18n(const char* message, const char* =0) {
+  return i18n(message);
+}
+
+/**
+  *
+  * KLocale provides support for country specific stuff like
+  * the national language.
+  *
+  * KLocale supports translating, as well as specifying the format
+  * for numbers, currency, time, and date.
+  *
+  * @author Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>, Preston Brown <pbrown@kde.org>,
+  * Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>, Lukas Tinkl <lukas.tinkl@suse.cz>
+  * @short class for supporting locale settings and national language
+  */
+class KLocale
+{
+  friend class KGlobal; // for initInstance()
+public:
+  /**
+   * Constructs a KLocale with the given catalogue name.
+   * The constructor looks for an entry Locale/Language in the
+   * configuration file.
+   * If no config file is specified, it will also look for languages
+   * using the environment variables (KDE_LANG, LC_MESSAGES, LC_ALL, LANG),
+   * as well as the global configuration fie. If we were not able to use
+   * non of the specified languages, the default language (en_US) will be
+   * used.
+   *
+   * If you specify a configuration file, it has to be valid until
+   * the KLocale object is destroyed.
+   *
+   * @param catalogue The name of the main language file
+   * @param config The configuration file to use.
+   */
+  KLocale( const QString& catalogue, KConfig *config = 0 );
+
+  /**
+   * Copy constructor.
+   */
+  KLocale( const KLocale & rhs );
+
+  /**
+   * Assignment operator.
+   */
+  KLocale& operator= ( const KLocale & rhs );
+
+  /**
+   * Destructor.
+   */
+  ~KLocale();
+
+  /**
+   * Translates the string into the corresponding string in
+   * the national language, if available. If not, returns
+   * the string itself.
+   * There is a KDE wide message file that contains the most
+   * often used phrases, so we can avoid duplicating the
+   * translation of these phrases. If a phrase is not found
+   * in the catalogue given to the constructor, it will search
+   * in the system catalog. This makes it possible to override
+   * some phrases for your needs.
+   *
+   * The argument must be an UTF-8 encoded string (If you only use
+   * characters that are in US-ASCII you're on the safe side. But
+   * for e.g. german umlauts or french accents should be recoded to
+   * UTF-8)
+   *
+   * @param index The lookup text and default text, if not found.
+   */
+  QString translate( const char *index ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Translates the string into the corresponding string in the
+   * national language, if available.
+   *
+   * The real contents of the string is in the argument fallback,
+   * but the meaning of it is coded into the argument index.
+   * In some cases you'll need this function, when english is
+   * too ambiguous to express it.
+   *
+   * Most of the times the translators will tell you if it can't
+   * be translated as it, but think of cases as "New", where the
+   * translations differs depending on what is New.
+   * Or simple cases as "Open", that can be used to express something
+   * is open or it can be used to express that you want something to
+   * open... There are tons of such examples.
+   *
+   * If translate("Open") is not enough to translate it well, use
+   * translate("To Open", "Open") or translate("Is Open", "Open").
+   * The english user will see "Open" in both cases, but the translated
+   * version may vary. Of course you can also use i18n()
+   *
+   * @param index The lookup text
+   * @param fallback the default text, if not found
+   * @return translation
+   */
+  QString translate( const char *index, const char *fallback) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Used to get the correct, translated singular or plural of a
+   * word.
+   * @param singular the singular form of the word, for example "file".
+   * @param plural the plural form of the word. Must contain a "%n" that will
+   *               be replaced by the number @n, for example "%n files"
+   * @param n the number
+   * @return the correct singular or plural for the selected language,
+   *         depending on n
+   */
+  QString translate( const char *singular, const char *plural,
+                     unsigned long n) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the current encoding.
+   *
+   * @param mibEnum The mib of the preferred codec
+   *
+   * @return True on success.
+   */
+  bool setEncoding(int mibEnum);
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the current language. The current language will be left
+   * unchanged if failed. It will force a reload of the country specific
+   * configuration as well.
+   *
+   * @param language The language code.
+   *
+   * @return True on success.
+   */
+  bool setLanguage(const QString & language);
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the list of prefed languages for the locale. The first valid
+   * language in the list will be used, or the default (en_US) language
+   * will be used if non of the specified languages were available.
+   *
+   * @param languages The list of language codes.
+   *
+   * @return True if one of the specified languages were used.
+   */
+  bool setLanguage(const QStringList & languages);
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the current country. The current country will be left
+   * unchanged if failed. It will force a reload of the country specific
+   * configuration.
+   *
+   * @param country The ISO 3166 country code.
+   *
+   * @return True on success.
+   */
+  bool setCountry(const QString & country);
+
+  /**
+   * Various positions for where to place the positive or negative
+   * sign when they are related to a monetary value.
+   */
+  enum SignPosition { ParensAround = 0, BeforeQuantityMoney = 1,
+                      AfterQuantityMoney = 2,
+                      BeforeMoney = 3, AfterMoney = 4 };
+
+  /**
+   * Returns what a decimal point should look like ("." or "," etc.)
+   * according to the current locale or user settings.
+   *
+   * @return The decimal symbol used by locale.
+   */
+  QString decimalSymbol() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns what the thousands separator should look
+   * like ("," or "." etc.)
+   * according to the current locale or user settings.
+   *
+   * @return The thousands separator used by locale.
+   */
+  QString thousandsSeparator() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns what the symbol denoting currency in the current locale
+   * as as defined by user settings should look like.
+   *
+   * @return The default currency symbol used by locale.
+   */
+  QString currencySymbol() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns what a decimal point should look like ("." or "," etc.)
+   * for monetary values, according to the current locale or user
+   * settings.
+   *
+   * @return The monetary decimal symbol used by locale.
+   */
+  QString monetaryDecimalSymbol() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns what a thousands separator for monetary values should
+   * look like ("," or " " etc.) according to the current locale or
+   * user settings.
+   *
+   * @return The monetary thousands separator used by locale.
+   */
+  QString monetaryThousandsSeparator() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns what a positive sign should look like ("+", " ", etc.)
+   * according to the current locale or user settings.
+   *
+   * @return The positive sign used by locale.
+   */
+  QString positiveSign() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns what a negative sign should look like ("-", etc.)
+   * according to the current locale or user settings.
+   *
+   * @return The negative sign used by locale.
+   */
+  QString negativeSign() const;
+
+  /**
+   * The number of fractional digits to include in numeric/monetary
+   * values (usually 2).
+   *
+   * @return Default number of fractional digits used by locale.
+   */
+  int fracDigits() const;
+
+  /**
+   * If and only if the currency symbol precedes a positive value,
+   * this will be true.
+   *
+   * @return Where to print the currency symbol for positive numbers.
+   */
+  bool positivePrefixCurrencySymbol() const;
+
+  /**
+   * If and only if the currency symbol precedes a negative value,
+   * this will be true.
+   *
+   * @return True if the currency symbol precedes negative numbers.
+   */
+  bool negativePrefixCurrencySymbol() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the position of a positive sign in relation to a
+   * monetary value.
+   *
+   * @return Where/how to print the positive sign.
+   * @see SignPosition
+   */
+  SignPosition positiveMonetarySignPosition() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Denotes where to place a negative sign in relation to a
+   * monetary value.
+   *
+   * @return Where/how to print the negative sign.
+   * @see SignPosition
+   */
+  SignPosition negativeMonetarySignPosition() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Given a double, converts that to a numeric string containing
+   * the localized monetary equivalent.
+   *
+   * e.g. given 123456, return "$ 123,456.00".
+   *
+   * @param num The number we want to format
+   * @param currency The currency symbol you want.
+   * @param digits Number of fractional digits, or -1 for the default
+   *               value
+   *
+   * @return The number of money as a localized string
+   * @see fracDigits()
+   */
+  QString formatMoney(double num,
+                      const QString & currency = QString::null,
+                      int digits = -1) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Given a double, converts that to a numeric string containing
+   * the localized numeric equivalent.
+   *
+   * e.g. given 123456.78F, return "123,456.78" (for some European country).
+   * If precision isn't specified, 2 is used.
+   *
+   * @param num The number to convert
+   * @param precision Number of fractional digits used.
+   *
+   * @return The number as a localized string
+   */
+  QString formatNumber(double num, int precision = -1) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Given an integer, converts that to a numeric string containing
+   * the localized numeric equivalent.
+   *
+   * e.g. given 123456L, return "123,456" (for some European country).
+   *
+   * @param num The number to convert
+   *
+   * @return The number as a localized string
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  QString formatLong(long num) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Use this to determine whether nouns are declined in
+   * locale's language. This property should remain
+   * read-only (no setter function)
+   *
+   * @return If nouns are declined
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+   bool nounDeclension() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a string formatted to the current locale's conventions
+   * regarding dates.
+   *
+   * @param pDate The date to be formated.
+   * @param shortFormat True for non text dates.
+   *
+   * @return The date as a string
+   */
+  QString formatDate(const QDate &pDate, bool shortFormat = false) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Use this to determine whether in dates a possessive form of month
+   * name is preferred ("of January" rather than "January")
+   *
+   * @return If possessive form should be used
+   * @since 3.1
+  */
+  bool dateMonthNamePossessive() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a string formatted to the current locale's conventions
+   * regarding times.
+   *
+   * @param pTime The time to be formated.
+   * @param includeSecs if true, seconds are included in the output,
+   *        otherwise only hours and minutes are formatted.
+   *
+   * @return The time as a string
+   */
+  QString formatTime(const QTime &pTime, bool includeSecs = false) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Use this to determine if the user wants a 12 hour clock.
+   *
+   * @return If the user wants 12h clock
+   */
+  bool use12Clock() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   *
+   * Please use the @ref weekStartDay method instead.
+   *
+   * Use this to determine if the user wants the week to start on Monday.
+   *
+   * @return true if the week starts on Monday
+   */
+  bool weekStartsMonday() const; //### remove for KDE 4.0
+
+  /**
+   * Use this to determine which day is the first day of the week.
+   *
+   * @return an integer (Monday=1..Sunday=7)
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  int weekStartDay() const;
+  
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   *
+   * Returns a string containing the name of the month name used in the Gregorian calendar.
+   *
+   * @param i the month number of the year starting at 1/January.
+   * @param shortName we will return the short version of the string.
+   *
+   * @return The name of the month
+   */
+  QString monthName(int i, bool shortName = false) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   *
+   * Returns a string containing the possessive form of the month name used in the Gregorian calendar.
+   * ("of January", "of February", etc.)
+   * It's needed in long format dates in some languages.
+   *
+   * @param i the month number of the year starting at 1/January.
+   * @param shortName we will return the short version of the string.
+   *
+   * @return The possessive form of the name of the month
+   * @since 3.1
+  */
+  QString monthNamePossessive(int i, bool shortName = false) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   *
+   * Returns a string containing the name of the week day used in the Gregorian calendar.
+   *
+   * @param i the day number of the week starting at 1/Monday.
+   * @param shortName we will return the short version of the string.
+   *
+   * @return The name of the day
+   */
+  QString weekDayName(int i, bool shortName = false) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a pointer to the calendar system object.
+   *
+   * @return the current calendar system instance
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  const KCalendarSystem * calendar() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the name of the calendar system that is currently being
+   * used by the system.
+   *
+   * @return the name of the calendar system
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  QString calendarType() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the current calendar system to the calendar specified.
+   * Currently is "gregorian" and "hijri" supported. If the calendar 
+   * system specified is not found, gregorian will be used.
+   *
+   * @param calendarType the name of the calendar type
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  void setCalendar(const QString & calendarType);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a string formated to the current locale's conventions
+   * regarding both date and time.
+   *
+   * @param pDateTime The date and time to be formated.
+   * @param shortFormat using the short date format.
+   * @param includeSecs using the short date format.
+   *
+   * @return The date and time as a string
+   */
+  QString formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime,
+                         bool shortFormat = true,
+                         bool includeSecs = false) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a localized monetary string to a double.
+   *
+   * @param numStr the string we want to convert.
+   * @param ok the boolean that is set to false if it's not a number.
+   *           If @p ok is 0, it will be ignored
+   *
+   * @return The string converted to a double
+   */
+  double readMoney(const QString &numStr, bool * ok = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a localized numeric string to a double.
+   *
+   * @param numStr the string we want to convert.
+   * @param ok the boolean that is set to false if it's not a number.
+   *           If @p ok is 0, it will be ignored
+   *
+   * @return The string converted to a double
+   */
+  double readNumber(const QString &numStr, bool * ok = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a localized date string to a QDate.
+   * The bool pointed by ok will be invalid if the date entered was not valid.
+   *
+   * @param str the string we want to convert.
+   * @param ok the boolean that is set to false if it's not a valid date.
+   *           If @p ok is 0, it will be ignored
+   *
+   * @return The string converted to a QDate
+   */
+  QDate readDate(const QString &str, bool* ok = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a localized date string to a QDate, using the specified format.
+   * You will usually not want to use this method.
+   */
+  QDate readDate( const QString &intstr, const QString &fmt, bool* ok = 0) const;
+
+  enum ReadDateFlags {
+      NormalFormat = 1,
+      ShortFormat = 2
+  };
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a localized date string to a QDate.
+   * This method is stricter than readDate(str,&ok): it will either accept
+   * a date in full format or a date in short format, depending on @p flags.
+   *
+   * @param str the string we want to convert.
+   * @param flags whether the date string is to be in full format or in short format.
+   * @param ok the boolean that is set to false if it's not a valid date.
+   *           If @p ok is 0, it will be ignored
+   *
+   * @return The string converted to a QDate
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  QDate readDate(const QString &str, ReadDateFlags flags, bool *ok = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a localized time string to a QTime.
+   * This method will try to parse it with seconds, then without seconds.
+   * The bool pointed by ok will be false if the time entered was not valid.
+   *
+   * @param str the string we want to convert.
+   * @param ok the boolean that is set to false if it's not a valid time.
+   *           If @p ok is 0, it will be ignored
+   *
+   * @return The string converted to a QTime
+   */
+  QTime readTime(const QString &str, bool* ok = 0) const;
+
+  enum ReadTimeFlags {
+      WithSeconds = 0, // default (no flag set)
+      WithoutSeconds = 1
+  }; // (maybe use this enum as a bitfield, if adding independent features?)
+  /**
+   * Converts a localized time string to a QTime.
+   * This method is stricter than readTime(str,&ok): it will either accept
+   * a time with seconds or a time without seconds.
+   * Use this method when the format is known by the application.
+   *
+   * @param str the string we want to convert.
+   * @param flags whether the time string is expected to contain seconds or not.
+   * @param ok the boolean that is set to false if it's not a valid time.
+   *           If @p ok is 0, it will be ignored
+   *
+   * @return The string converted to a QTime
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  QTime readTime(const QString &str, ReadTimeFlags flags, bool *ok = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the language used by this object. The domain AND the
+   * library translation must be available in this language.
+   * @ref defaultLanguage() is returned by default, if no other available.
+   *
+   * @return The currently used language.
+   */
+  QString language() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the country code of the country where the user lives.
+   * @ref defaultCountry() is returned by default, if no other available.
+   *
+   * @return The country code for the user.
+   */
+  QString country() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the preferred languages as ISO 639-1 codes. This means
+   * that information about country is removed. If the internal language
+   * code might be represented by more than one 639-1 code, they will all be
+   * listed (but only once).
+   *
+   * If the selected languages are "nn, nb, pt_BR", you will get:
+   * "nn, no, nb, pt".
+   *
+   * @return List of language codes
+   *
+   * @see languageList
+   */
+  QStringList languagesTwoAlpha() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the languages selected by user. The codes returned here is the
+   * internal language codes.
+   *
+   * @return List of language codes
+   *
+   * @see languagesTwoAlpha
+   */
+  QStringList languageList() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the user's preferred encoding.
+   *
+   * @return The name of the preferred encoding
+   *
+   * @see codecForEncoding
+   * @see encodingMib
+   */
+  const char * encoding() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the user's preferred encoding.
+   *
+   * @return The Mib of the preferred encoding
+   *
+   * @see encoding
+   * @see codecForEncoding
+   */
+  int encodingMib() const;
+  /**
+   * Returns the user's preferred encoding. Should never be NULL.
+   *
+   * @return The codec for the preferred encoding
+   *
+   * @see encoding
+   * @see encodingMib
+   */
+  QTextCodec * codecForEncoding() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the file encoding.
+   *
+   * @return The Mib of the file encoding
+   *
+   * @see QFile::encodeName
+   * @see QFile::decodeName
+   */
+  int fileEncodingMib() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the current date format.
+   *
+   * The format of the date is a string which contains variables that will
+   * be replaced:
+   * @li %Y with the century (e.g. "19" for "1984")
+   * @li %y with the lower 2 digits of the year (e.g. "84" for "1984")
+   * @li %n with the month (January="1", December="12")
+   * @li %m with the month with two digits (January="01", December="12")
+   * @li %e with the day of the month (e.g. "1" on the first of march)
+   * @li %d with the day of the month with two digits(e.g. "01" on the first of march)
+   * @li %b with the short form of the month (e.g. "Jan" for January)
+   * @li %a with the short form of the weekday (e.g. "Wed" for Wednesday)
+   * @li %A with the long form of the weekday (e.g. "Wednesday" for Wednesday)
+   * Everything else in the format string will be taken as is.
+   * For example, March 20th 1989 with the format "%y:%m:%d" results
+   * in "89:03:20".
+   *
+   * @param format The new date format
+   */
+  void setDateFormat(const QString & format);
+  /**
+   * Changes the current short date format.
+   *
+   * The format of the date is a string which contains variables that will
+   * be replaced:
+   * @li %Y with the century (e.g. "19" for "1984")
+   * @li %y with the lower 2 digits of the year (e.g. "84" for "1984")
+   * @li %n with the month (January="1", December="12")
+   * @li %m with the month with two digits (January="01", December="12")
+   * @li %e with the day of the month (e.g. "1" on the first of march)
+   * @li %d with the day of the month with two digits(e.g. "01" on the first of march)
+   * @li %b with the short form of the month (e.g. "Jan" for January)
+   * @li %a with the short form of the weekday (e.g. "Wed" for Wednesday)
+   * @li %A with the long form of the weekday (e.g. "Wednesday" for Wednesday)
+   * Everything else in the format string will be taken as is.
+   * For example, March 20th 1989 with the format "%y:%m:%d" results
+   * in "89:03:20".
+   *
+   * @param format The new short date format
+   */
+  void setDateFormatShort(const QString & format);
+  /**
+   * Changes the form of month name used in dates.
+   *
+   * @param possessive True if possessive forms should be used
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void setDateMonthNamePossessive(bool possessive);
+  /**
+   * Changes the current time format.
+   *
+   * The format of the time is string a which contains variables that will
+   * be replaced:
+   * @li %H with the hour in 24h format and 2 digits (e.g. 5pm is "17", 5am is "05")
+   * @li %k with the hour in 24h format and one digits (e.g. 5pm is "17", 5am is "5")
+   * @li %I with the hour in 12h format and 2 digits (e.g. 5pm is "05", 5am is "05")
+   * @li %l with the hour in 12h format and one digits (e.g. 5pm is "5", 5am is "5")
+   * @li %M with the minute with 2 digits (e.g. the minute of 07:02:09 is "02")
+   * @li %S with the seconds with 2 digits  (e.g. the minute of 07:02:09 is "09")
+   * @li %p with pm or am (e.g. 17.00 is "pm", 05.00 is "am")
+   * Everything else in the format string will be taken as is.
+   * For example, 5.23pm with the format "%H:%M" results
+   * in "17:23".
+   *
+   * @param format The new time format
+   */
+  void setTimeFormat(const QString & format);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   *
+   * Please use @ref setWeekStartDay instead.
+   *
+   * Changes how KLocale defines the first day in week.
+   *
+   * @param start True if Monday is the first day in the week
+   */
+  void setWeekStartsMonday(bool start); //### remove for KDE 4.0
+
+  /**
+   * Changes how KLocale defines the first day in week.
+   *
+   * @param day first day of the week (Monday=1..Sunday=7) as integer
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void setWeekStartDay(int day);
+  /**
+   * Returns the currently selected date format.
+   *
+   * @return Current date format.
+   * @see setDateFormat()
+   */
+  QString dateFormat() const;
+  /**
+   * Returns the currently selected short date format.
+   *
+   * @return Current short date format.
+   * @see setDateFormatShort()
+   */
+  QString dateFormatShort() const;
+  /**
+   * Returns the currently selected time format.
+   *
+   * @return Current time format.
+   * @see setTimeFormat()
+   */
+  QString timeFormat() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the symbol used to identify the decimal pointer.
+   *
+   * @param symbol The new decimal symbol.
+   */
+  void setDecimalSymbol(const QString & symbol);
+  /**
+   * Changes the separator used to group digits when formating numbers.
+   *
+   * @param separator The new thousands separator.
+   */
+  void setThousandsSeparator(const QString & separator);
+  /**
+   * Changes the sign used to identify a positive number. Normally this is
+   * left blank.
+   *
+   * @param sign Sign used for positive numbers.
+   */
+  void setPositiveSign(const QString & sign);
+  /**
+   * Changes the sign used to identify a negative number.
+   *
+   * @param sign Sign used for negative numbers.
+   */
+  void setNegativeSign(const QString & sign);
+  /**
+   * Changes the sign position used for positive monetary values.
+   *
+   * @param signpos The new sign position
+   */
+  void setPositiveMonetarySignPosition(SignPosition signpos);
+  /**
+   * Changes the sign position used for negative monetary values.
+   *
+   * @param signpos The new sign position
+   */
+  void setNegativeMonetarySignPosition(SignPosition signpos);
+  /**
+   * Changes the position where the currency symbol should be printed for
+   * positive monetary values.
+   *
+   * @param prefix True if the currency symbol should be prefixed instead of
+   * postfixed
+   */
+  void setPositivePrefixCurrencySymbol(bool prefix);
+  /**
+   * Changes the position where the currency symbol should be printed for
+   * negative monetary values.
+   *
+   * @param prefix True if the currency symbol should be prefixed instead of
+   * postfixed
+   */
+  void setNegativePrefixCurrencySymbol(bool prefix);
+  /**
+   * Changes the number of digits used when formating numbers.
+   *
+   * @param digits The default number of digits to use.
+   */
+  void setFracDigits(int digits);
+  /**
+   * Changes the separator used to group digits when formating monetary values.
+   *
+   * @param separator The new thousands separator.
+   */
+  void setMonetaryThousandsSeparator(const QString & separator);
+  /**
+   * Changes the symbol used to identify the decimal pointer for monetary
+   * values.
+   *
+   * @param symbol The new decimal symbol.
+   */
+  void setMonetaryDecimalSymbol(const QString & symbol);
+  /**
+   * Changes the current currency symbol.
+   *
+   * @param symbol The new currency symbol
+   */
+  void setCurrencySymbol(const QString & symbol);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the preferred page size for printing.
+   *
+   * @return The preferred page size, cast it to QPrinter::PageSize
+   */
+  int pageSize() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the preferred page size when printing.
+   *
+   * @param paperFormat the new preferred page size in the format QPrinter::PageSize
+   */
+  void setPageSize(int paperFormat);
+
+  /**
+   * The Metric system will give you information in mm, while the
+   * Imperial system will give you information in inches.
+   */
+  enum MeasureSystem { Metric, Imperial };
+
+  /**
+   * Returns which measuring system we use.
+   *
+   * @return The preferred measuring system
+   */
+  MeasureSystem measureSystem() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the preferred measuring system.
+   *
+   * @return value The preferred measuring system
+   */
+  void setMeasureSystem(MeasureSystem value);
+
+  /**
+   * Adds another catalogue to search for translation lookup.
+   * This function is useful for extern libraries and/or code,
+   * that provides its own messages.
+   *
+   * If the catalogue does not exist for the chosen language,
+   * it will be ignored and en_US will be used.
+   *
+   * @param catalogue The catalogue to add.
+   */
+  void insertCatalogue(const QString& catalogue);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes a catalog for translation lookup.
+   * @param catalogue The catalogue to remove.
+   * @see insertCatalogue()
+   */
+  void removeCatalogue(const QString &catalogue);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the active catalog for translation lookup.
+   * @param catalogue The catalogue to activate.
+   */
+  void setActiveCatalogue(const QString &catalogue);
+
+  /**
+   * Translates a message as a QTranslator is supposed to.
+   * The parameters are similar to i18n(), but the result
+   * value has other semantics (it can be QString::null)
+   * @since 3.1
+   **/
+  QString translateQt(const char *context,
+                      const char *sourceText,
+                      const char *message) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns list of all known ISO 639-1 codes.
+   * @return a list of all language codes
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  QStringList allLanguagesTwoAlpha() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Convert a ISO 639-1 code to a human readable form.
+   * @param code the language ISO 639-1 code
+   * @return the human readable form
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  QString twoAlphaToLanguageName(const QString &code) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns list of all known country codes.
+   * @return a list of all country codes
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  QStringList allCountriesTwoAlpha() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Convert a country code to a human readable form.
+   * @param code the country code
+   * @return the human readable form of the country name
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  QString twoAlphaToCountryName(const QString &code) const;
+
+  
+
+  int timezoneOffset( QString );
+  QStringList timeZoneList() const;
+  void setDaylightSaving( bool, int , int );
+  int localTimeOffset(const QDateTime &);
+  void setTimezone( const QString &timeZone );
+
+  void setHore24Format ( bool );
+  void setWeekStartMonday( bool );
+  void setIntDateFormat( int );
+  void setLanguage( int );
+          
+  
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns the parts of the parameter str understood as language setting
+   * the format is language_COUNTRY.charset
+   *
+   * @param str The string to split.
+   * @param language This will be set to the language part of the string.
+   * @param country This will be set to the country part of the string.
+   * @param charset This will be set to the charset part of the string.
+   */
+  static void splitLocale(const QString & str,
+                          QString & language,
+                          QString & country,
+                          QString & charset);
+
+  /**
+   * Use this to as main catalogue for *all* KLocales, if not the appname
+   * will be used. This function is best to be the very first instruction
+   * in your program's main function as it only has an effect before the
+   * first KLocale object is created (and this is in common KDE applications
+   * quite early).
+   *
+   * @param catalogue Catalogue to override all other main catalogues.
+   */
+  static void setMainCatalogue(const char *catalogue);
+
+  /**
+   * Finds localized resource in resourceDir( rtype ) + \<lang> + fname.
+   *
+   * @param fname relative path to find
+   * @param rtype resource type to use
+   */
+  static QString langLookup(const QString &fname, const char *rtype = "html");
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the name of the internal language.
+   *
+   * @return Name of the default language
+   */
+  static QString defaultLanguage();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the name of the default country.
+   *
+   * @return Name of the default country
+   */
+  static QString defaultCountry();
+
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Called from KConfigBackend to initialize language.
+   */
+  static QString _initLanguage(KConfigBase *config);
+
+#ifdef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+private:
+#endif
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * use formatMoney(double)
+   */
+  QString formatMoney(const QString &numStr) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * use formatNumber(double)
+   */
+  QString formatNumber(const QString &numStr) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Use languageList()
+   *
+   * @return String containing language codes separated by colons
+   */
+  QString languages() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * @return True
+   */
+  bool setCharset(const QString & charset);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * @see encoding
+   */
+  QString charset() const;
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   * @internal Creates a KLocale object for KGlobal and inits the locale
+   * pointer.
+   */
+  static void initInstance();
+
+private:
+  /**
+   * @internal Inits the localization part of the instance with the config
+   * object.
+   *
+   * @param config The configuration object used for init.
+   */
+  void initFormat(KConfig *config);
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Inits the language part of the instance with the given config
+   * object. It should be valid and contain the global entries.
+   *
+   * @param config The configuration object used for init
+   * @param useEnv True if we should use environment variables
+   */
+  void initLanguage(KConfig * config, bool useEnv);
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Figures out which encoding the user prefers.
+   *
+   * @param config The configuration object used for init
+   */
+  void initEncoding(KConfig * config);
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Figures out which catalogues to use.
+   *
+   * @param catalogue The name of the main catalogue
+   */
+  void initCatalogue(const QString & catalogue);
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Figures out which encoding the user prefers for filenames
+   * and sets up the appropriate QFile encoding and decoding functions.
+   */
+  void initFileNameEncoding(KConfig *config);
+
+  /**
+   * @internal A QFile filename encoding function (QFile::encodeFn).
+   */
+  static QCString encodeFileNameUTF8( const QString & fileName );
+
+  /**
+   * @internal QFile filename decoding function (QFile::decodeFn).
+   */
+  static QString decodeFileNameUTF8( const QCString & localFileName );
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Changes the file name of the catalogue to the correct
+   * one.
+   */
+   void initCatalogue( KCatalogue & catalogue );
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Reads the language and format configuration form disk.
+   */
+  void doBindInit();
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Ensures that the format configuration is read.
+   */
+  void doFormatInit() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Reads the format configuration from disk.
+   */
+  void initFormat();
+
+  /**
+   * @internal function used by the two translate versions
+   */
+  QString translate_priv(const char *index,
+                         const char *text,
+                         const char ** original = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @internal function used to determine if we are using the en_US translation
+   */
+  bool useDefaultLanguage() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Checks if the specified language is installed
+   */
+  bool isLanguageInstalled(const QString & language) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @internal Retrieves the file name of the catalogue, or QString::null
+   *           if not found.
+   */
+  static QString catalogueFileName(const QString & language,
+                                   const KCatalogue & catalogue);
+           
+
+private:
+  // Numbers and money
+  QString m_decimalSymbol;
+  QString m_thousandsSeparator;
+  QString m_currencySymbol;
+  QString m_monetaryDecimalSymbol;
+  QString m_monetaryThousandsSeparator;
+  QString m_positiveSign;
+  QString m_negativeSign;
+  int m_fracDigits;
+  SignPosition m_positiveMonetarySignPosition;
+  SignPosition m_negativeMonetarySignPosition;
+
+  // Date and time
+  QString m_timeFormat;
+  QString m_dateFormat;
+  QString m_dateFormatShort;
+
+  QString m_language;
+  QString m_country;
+
+  QStringList mTimeZoneList;
+  bool daylightEnabled;
+  int mDaylightTZoffset;
+  int mNondaylightTZoffset;
+  bool mSouthDaylight;
+  int daylightStart, daylightEnd, mTimeZoneOffset;
+  bool mWeekStartsMonday;
+  bool mHourF24Format;
+  int mIntDateFormat;
+  int mLanguage;
+
+  
+   
+  
+  bool m_weekStartsMonday; //### remove for KDE 4.0
+  bool m_positivePrefixCurrencySymbol;
+  bool m_negativePrefixCurrencySymbol;
+
+  KLocalePrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc03569
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1127 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Rik Hemsley (rikkus) <rik@kde.org>
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
+   version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+
+   RFC 1321 "MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" Copyright (C) 1991-1992.
+   RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All rights reserved.
+
+   The KMD5 class is based on a C++ implementation of
+   "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" by
+           Mordechai T. Abzug,Copyright (c) 1995.  This implementation
+   passes the test-suite as defined in RFC 1321.
+
+   The encoding and decoding utilities in KCodecs with the exception of
+   quoted-printable are based on the java implementation in HTTPClient
+   package by Ronald Tschal� Copyright (C) 1996-1999.
+
+   The quoted-printable codec as described in RFC 2045, section 6.7. is by
+   Rik Hemsley (C) 2001.
+*/
+
+//US #include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include "kmdcodec.h"
+
+#define KMD5_S11 7
+#define KMD5_S12 12
+#define KMD5_S13 17
+#define KMD5_S14 22
+#define KMD5_S21 5
+#define KMD5_S22 9
+#define KMD5_S23 14
+#define KMD5_S24 20
+#define KMD5_S31 4
+#define KMD5_S32 11
+#define KMD5_S33 16
+#define KMD5_S34 23
+#define KMD5_S41 6
+#define KMD5_S42 10
+#define KMD5_S43 15
+#define KMD5_S44 21
+
+const char KCodecs::Base64EncMap[64] =
+{
+  0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48,
+  0x49, 0x4A, 0x4B, 0x4C, 0x4D, 0x4E, 0x4F, 0x50,
+  0x51, 0x52, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58,
+  0x59, 0x5A, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66,
+  0x67, 0x68, 0x69, 0x6A, 0x6B, 0x6C, 0x6D, 0x6E,
+  0x6F, 0x70, 0x71, 0x72, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76,
+  0x77, 0x78, 0x79, 0x7A, 0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33,
+  0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x2B, 0x2F
+};
+
+const char KCodecs::Base64DecMap[128] =
+{
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3F,
+  0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B,
+  0x3C, 0x3D, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06,
+  0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0B, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x0E,
+  0x0F, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16,
+  0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x1A, 0x1B, 0x1C, 0x1D, 0x1E, 0x1F, 0x20,
+  0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28,
+  0x29, 0x2A, 0x2B, 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x2F, 0x30,
+  0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
+};
+
+const char KCodecs::UUEncMap[64] =
+{
+  0x60, 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27,
+  0x28, 0x29, 0x2A, 0x2B, 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x2F,
+  0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37,
+  0x38, 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B, 0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E, 0x3F,
+  0x40, 0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47,
+  0x48, 0x49, 0x4A, 0x4B, 0x4C, 0x4D, 0x4E, 0x4F,
+  0x50, 0x51, 0x52, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57,
+  0x58, 0x59, 0x5A, 0x5B, 0x5C, 0x5D, 0x5E, 0x5F
+};
+
+const char KCodecs::UUDecMap[128] =
+{
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0B, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x0E, 0x0F,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1A, 0x1B, 0x1C, 0x1D, 0x1E, 0x1F,
+  0x20, 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27,
+  0x28, 0x29, 0x2A, 0x2B, 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x2F,
+  0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37,
+  0x38, 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B, 0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E, 0x3F,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
+};
+
+const char KCodecs::hexChars[16] =
+{
+  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
+};
+
+const unsigned int KCodecs::maxQPLineLength = 70;
+
+
+/******************************** KCodecs ********************************/
+// strchr(3) for broken systems.
+static int rikFindChar(register const char * _s, const char c)
+{
+  register const char * s = _s;
+
+  while (true)
+  {
+    if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
+    if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
+    if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
+    if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
+  }
+
+  return s - _s;
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray& in, bool useCRLF)
+{
+  QByteArray out;
+  quotedPrintableEncode (in, out, useCRLF);
+  return QCString (out.data(), out.size()+1);
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const QCString& str, bool useCRLF)
+{
+  if (str.isEmpty())
+    return "";
+
+  QByteArray in (str.length());
+  memcpy (in.data(), str.data(), str.length());
+  return quotedPrintableEncode(in, useCRLF);
+}
+
+void KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out, bool useCRLF)
+{
+  out.resize (0);
+  if (in.isEmpty())
+    return;
+
+  char *cursor;
+  const char *data;
+  unsigned int lineLength;
+  unsigned int pos;
+
+  const unsigned int length = in.size();
+  const unsigned int end = length - 1;
+
+
+  // Reasonable guess for output size when we're encoding
+  // mostly-ASCII data. It doesn't really matter, because
+  // the underlying allocation routines are quite efficient,
+  // but it's nice to have 0 allocations in many cases.
+  out.resize ((length*12)/10);
+  cursor = out.data();
+  data = in.data();
+  lineLength = 0;
+  pos = 0;
+
+  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < length; i++)
+  {
+    unsigned char c (data[i]);
+
+    // check if we have to enlarge the output buffer, use
+    // a safety margin of 16 byte
+    pos = cursor-out.data();
+    if (out.size()-pos < 16) {
+      out.resize(out.size()+4096);
+      cursor = out.data()+pos;
+    }
+
+    // Plain ASCII chars just go straight out.
+
+    if ((c >= 33) && (c <= 126) && ('=' != c))
+    {
+      *cursor++ = c;
+      ++lineLength;
+    }
+
+    // Spaces need some thought. We have to encode them at eol (or eof).
+
+    else if (' ' == c)
+    {
+      if
+        (
+         (i >= length)
+         ||
+         ((i < end) && ((useCRLF && ('\r' == data[i + 1]) && ('\n' == data[i + 2]))
+                        ||
+                        (!useCRLF && ('\n' == data[i + 1]))))
+        )
+      {
+        *cursor++ = '=';
+        *cursor++ = '2';
+        *cursor++ = '0';
+
+        lineLength += 3;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *cursor++ = ' ';
+        ++lineLength;
+      }
+    }
+    // If we find a line break, just let it through.
+    else if ((useCRLF && ('\r' == c) && (i < end) && ('\n' == data[i + 1])) ||
+             (!useCRLF && ('\n' == c)))
+    {
+      lineLength = 0;
+
+      if (useCRLF) {
+        *cursor++ = '\r';
+        *cursor++ = '\n';
+        ++i;
+      } else {
+        *cursor++ = '\n';
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Anything else is converted to =XX.
+
+    else
+    {
+      *cursor++ = '=';
+      *cursor++ = hexChars[c / 16];
+      *cursor++ = hexChars[c % 16];
+
+      lineLength += 3;
+    }
+
+    // If we're approaching the maximum line length, do a soft line break.
+
+    if ((lineLength > maxQPLineLength) && (i < end))
+    {
+      if (useCRLF) {
+        *cursor++ = '=';
+        *cursor++ = '\r';
+        *cursor++ = '\n';
+      } else {
+        *cursor++ = '=';
+        *cursor++ = '\n';
+      }
+
+      lineLength = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  out.truncate(cursor - out.data());
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in)
+{
+  QByteArray out;
+  quotedPrintableDecode (in, out);
+  return QCString (out.data(), out.size()+1);
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const QCString & str)
+{
+  if (str.isEmpty())
+    return "";
+
+  QByteArray in (str.length());
+  memcpy (in.data(), str.data(), str.length());
+  return quotedPrintableDecode (in);
+}
+
+void KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out)
+{
+  // clear out the output buffer
+  out.resize (0);
+  if (in.isEmpty())
+      return;
+
+  char *cursor;
+  const char *data;
+  const unsigned int length = in.size();
+
+  data = in.data();
+  out.resize (length);
+  cursor = out.data();
+
+  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < length; i++)
+  {
+    char c(in.at(i));
+
+    if ('=' == c)
+    {
+      if (i < length - 2)
+      {
+        char c1 = in.at(i + 1);
+        char c2 = in.at(i + 2);
+
+        if (('\n' == c1) || ('\r' == c1 && '\n' == c2))
+        {
+          // Soft line break. No output.
+          if ('\r' == c1)
+            i += 2;        // CRLF line breaks
+          else
+            i += 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // =XX encoded byte.
+
+          int hexChar0 = rikFindChar(hexChars, c1);
+          int hexChar1 = rikFindChar(hexChars, c2);
+
+          if (hexChar0 < 16 && hexChar1 < 16)
+          {
+            *cursor++ = char((hexChar0 * 16) | hexChar1);
+            i += 2;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *cursor++ = c;
+    }
+  }
+
+  out.truncate(cursor - out.data());
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::base64Encode( const QCString& str, bool insertLFs )
+{
+    if ( str.isEmpty() )
+        return "";
+
+    QByteArray in (str.length());
+    memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
+    return base64Encode( in, insertLFs );
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, bool insertLFs )
+{
+    QByteArray out;
+    base64Encode( in, out, insertLFs );
+    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+}
+
+void KCodecs::base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out,
+                            bool insertLFs )
+{
+    // clear out the output buffer
+    out.resize (0);
+    if ( in.isEmpty() )
+        return;
+
+    unsigned int sidx = 0;
+    unsigned int didx = 0;
+    const char* data = in.data();
+    const unsigned int len = in.size();
+
+    unsigned int out_len = ((len+2)/3)*4;
+
+    // Deal with the 76 characters or less per
+    // line limit specified in RFC 2045 on a
+    // pre request basis.
+    insertLFs = (insertLFs && out_len > 76);
+    if ( insertLFs )
+      out_len += ((out_len-1)/76);
+
+    int count = 0;
+    out.resize( out_len );
+
+    // 3-byte to 4-byte conversion + 0-63 to ascii printable conversion
+    if ( len > 1 )
+    {
+        while (sidx < len-2)
+        {
+            if ( insertLFs )
+            {
+                if ( count && (count%76) == 0 )
+                    out.at(didx++) = '\n';
+                count += 4;
+            }
+            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+                                       (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
+                                       (data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
+            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
+            sidx += 3;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (sidx < len)
+    {
+        if ( insertLFs && (count > 0) && (count%76) == 0 )
+           out.at(didx++) = '\n';
+
+        out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        if (sidx < len-1)
+        {
+            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+                                       (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Add padding
+    while (didx < out.size())
+    {
+        out.at(didx) = '=';
+        didx++;
+    }
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::base64Decode( const QCString& str )
+{
+    if ( str.isEmpty() )
+        return "";
+
+    QByteArray in( str.length() );
+    memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
+    return base64Decode( in );
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::base64Decode( const QByteArray& in )
+{
+    QByteArray out;
+    base64Decode( in, out );
+    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+}
+
+void KCodecs::base64Decode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out )
+{
+    out.resize(0);
+    if ( in.isEmpty() )
+        return;
+
+    unsigned int count = 0;
+    unsigned int len = in.size(), tail = len;
+    const char* data = in.data();
+
+    // Deal with possible *nix "BEGIN" marker!!
+    while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r' ||
+            data[count] == '\t' || data[count] == ' ') )
+        count++;
+
+    if ( QString(data+count).left(5).lower() == "begin" )
+    {
+        count += 5;
+        while ( count < len && data[count] != '\n' && data[count] != '\r' )
+            count++;
+
+        while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r') )
+            count ++;
+
+        data += count;
+        tail = (len -= count);
+    }
+
+    // Find the tail end of the actual encoded data even if
+    // there is/are trailing CR and/or LF.
+    while ( data[tail-1] == '=' || data[tail-1] == '\n' ||
+            data[tail-1] == '\r' )
+        if ( data[--tail] != '=' ) len = tail;
+
+    unsigned int outIdx = 0;
+    out.resize( (count=len) );
+    for (unsigned int idx = 0; idx < count; idx++)
+    {
+        // Adhere to RFC 2045 and ignore characters
+        // that are not part of the encoding table.
+        unsigned char ch = data[idx];
+        if ((ch > 47 && ch < 58) || (ch > 64 && ch < 91) ||
+            (ch > 96 && ch < 123) || ch == '+' || ch == '/' || ch == '=')
+        {
+            out.at(outIdx++) = Base64DecMap[ch];
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            len--;
+            tail--;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // kdDebug() << "Tail size = " << tail << ", Length size = " << len << endl;
+
+    // 4-byte to 3-byte conversion
+    len = (tail>(len/4)) ? tail-(len/4) : 0;
+    unsigned int sidx = 0, didx = 0;
+    if ( len > 1 )
+    {
+      while (didx < len-2)
+      {
+          out.at(didx) = (((out.at(sidx) << 2) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+1) >> 4) & 003));
+          out.at(didx+1) = (((out.at(sidx+1) << 4) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+2) >> 2) & 017));
+          out.at(didx+2) = (((out.at(sidx+2) << 6) & 255) | (out.at(sidx+3) & 077));
+          sidx += 4;
+          didx += 3;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (didx < len)
+        out.at(didx) = (((out.at(sidx) << 2) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+1) >> 4) & 003));
+
+    if (++didx < len )
+        out.at(didx) = (((out.at(sidx+1) << 4) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+2) >> 2) & 017));
+
+    // Resize the output buffer
+    if ( len == 0 || len < out.size() )
+      out.resize(len);
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::uuencode( const QCString& str )
+{
+    if ( str.isEmpty() )
+        return "";
+
+    QByteArray in;
+    in.resize( str.length() );
+    memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
+    return uuencode( in );
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::uuencode( const QByteArray& in )
+{
+    QByteArray out;
+    uuencode( in, out );
+    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+}
+
+void KCodecs::uuencode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out )
+{
+    out.resize( 0 );
+    if( in.isEmpty() )
+        return;
+
+    unsigned int sidx = 0;
+    unsigned int didx = 0;
+    unsigned int line_len = 45;
+
+    const char nl[] = "\n";
+    const char* data = in.data();
+    const unsigned int nl_len = strlen(nl);
+    const unsigned int len = in.size();
+
+    out.resize( (len+2)/3*4 + ((len+line_len-1)/line_len)*(nl_len+1) );
+    // split into lines, adding line-length and line terminator
+    while (sidx+line_len < len)
+    {
+        // line length
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[line_len];
+
+        // 3-byte to 4-byte conversion + 0-63 to ascii printable conversion
+        for (unsigned int end = sidx+line_len; sidx < end; sidx += 3)
+        {
+            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+                                   (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
+                                (data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
+            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
+        }
+
+        // line terminator
+        //for (unsigned int idx=0; idx < nl_len; idx++)
+        //out.at(didx++) = nl[idx];
+        memcpy(out.data()+didx, nl, nl_len);
+        didx += nl_len;
+    }
+
+    // line length
+    out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[len-sidx];
+    // 3-byte to 4-byte conversion + 0-63 to ascii printable conversion
+    while (sidx+2 < len)
+    {
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+                               (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
+                               (data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
+        sidx += 3;
+    }
+
+    if (sidx < len-1)
+    {
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+                               (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[0];
+    }
+    else if (sidx < len)
+    {
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[0];
+        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[0];
+    }
+
+    // line terminator
+    memcpy(out.data()+didx, nl, nl_len);
+    didx += nl_len;
+
+    // sanity check
+    if ( didx != out.size() )
+        out.resize( 0 );
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::uudecode( const QCString& str )
+{
+    if ( str.isEmpty() )
+        return "";
+
+    QByteArray in;
+    in.resize( str.length() );
+    memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
+    return uudecode( in );
+}
+
+QCString KCodecs::uudecode( const QByteArray& in )
+{
+    QByteArray out;
+    uudecode( in, out );
+    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+}
+
+void KCodecs::uudecode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out )
+{
+    out.resize( 0 );
+    if( in.isEmpty() )
+        return;
+
+    unsigned int sidx = 0;
+    unsigned int didx = 0;
+    unsigned int len = in.size();
+    unsigned int line_len, end;
+    const char* data = in.data();
+
+    // Deal with *nix "BEGIN"/"END" separators!!
+    unsigned int count = 0;
+    while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r' ||
+            data[count] == '\t' || data[count] == ' ') )
+        count ++;
+
+    bool hasLF = false;
+    if ( QString( data+count).left(5).lower() == "begin" )
+    {
+        count += 5;
+        while ( count < len && data[count] != '\n' && data[count] != '\r' )
+            count ++;
+
+        while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r') )
+            count ++;
+
+        data += count;
+        len -= count;
+        hasLF = true;
+    }
+
+    out.resize( len/4*3 );
+    while ( sidx < len )
+    {
+        // get line length (in number of encoded octets)
+        line_len = UUDecMap[ (unsigned char) data[sidx++]];
+        // ascii printable to 0-63 and 4-byte to 3-byte conversion
+        end = didx+line_len;
+        char A, B, C, D;
+        if (end > 2) {
+          while (didx < end-2)
+          {
+             A = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx]];
+             B = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+1]];
+             C = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+2]];
+             D = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+3]];
+             out.at(didx++) = ( ((A << 2) & 255) | ((B >> 4) & 003) );
+             out.at(didx++) = ( ((B << 4) & 255) | ((C >> 2) & 017) );
+             out.at(didx++) = ( ((C << 6) & 255) | (D & 077) );
+             sidx += 4;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if (didx < end)
+        {
+            A = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx]];
+            B = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+1]];
+            out.at(didx++) = ( ((A << 2) & 255) | ((B >> 4) & 003) );
+        }
+
+        if (didx < end)
+        {
+            B = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+1]];
+            C = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+2]];
+            out.at(didx++) = ( ((B << 4) & 255) | ((C >> 2) & 017) );
+        }
+
+        // skip padding
+        while (sidx < len  && data[sidx] != '\n' && data[sidx] != '\r')
+            sidx++;
+
+        // skip end of line
+        while (sidx < len  && (data[sidx] == '\n' || data[sidx] == '\r'))
+            sidx++;
+
+        // skip the "END" separator when present.
+        if ( hasLF && QString( data+sidx).left(3).lower() == "end" )
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if ( didx < out.size()  )
+        out.resize( didx );
+}
+
+/******************************** KMD5 ********************************/
+KMD5::KMD5()
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+KMD5::KMD5(const char *in, int len)
+{
+    init();
+    update(in, len);
+}
+
+KMD5::KMD5(const QByteArray& in)
+{
+    init();
+    update( in );
+}
+
+KMD5::KMD5(const QCString& in)
+{
+    init();
+    update( in );
+}
+
+void KMD5::update(const QByteArray& in)
+{
+    update(in.data(), int(in.size()));
+}
+
+void KMD5::update(const QCString& in)
+{
+    update(in.data(), int(in.length()));
+}
+
+void KMD5::update(const unsigned char* in, int len)
+{
+    if (len < 0)
+        len = qstrlen(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(in));
+
+    if (!len)
+        return;
+
+    if (m_finalized) {
+        kdWarning() << "KMD5::update called after state was finalized!" << endl;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Q_UINT32 in_index;
+    Q_UINT32 buffer_index;
+    Q_UINT32 buffer_space;
+    Q_UINT32 in_length = static_cast<Q_UINT32>( len );
+
+    buffer_index = static_cast<Q_UINT32>((m_count[0] >> 3) & 0x3F);
+
+    if (  (m_count[0] += (in_length << 3))<(in_length << 3) )
+        m_count[1]++;
+
+    m_count[1] += (in_length >> 29);
+    buffer_space = 64 - buffer_index;
+
+    if (in_length >= buffer_space)
+    {
+        memcpy (m_buffer + buffer_index, in, buffer_space);
+        transform (m_buffer);
+
+        for (in_index = buffer_space; in_index + 63 < in_length;
+             in_index += 64)
+            transform (reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char*>(in+in_index));
+
+        buffer_index = 0;
+    }
+    else
+        in_index=0;
+
+    memcpy(m_buffer+buffer_index, in+in_index, in_length-in_index);
+}
+
+bool KMD5::update(QIODevice& file)
+{
+    char buffer[1024];
+    int len;
+
+    while ((len=file.readBlock(reinterpret_cast<char*>(buffer), sizeof(buffer))) > 0)
+        update(buffer, len);
+
+    return file.atEnd();
+}
+
+void KMD5::finalize ()
+{
+    if (m_finalized) return;
+
+    Q_UINT8 bits[8];
+    Q_UINT32 index, padLen;
+    static unsigned char PADDING[64]=
+    {
+        0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+        0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+        0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+        0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+    };
+
+    encode (bits, m_count, 8);
+    //memcpy( bits, m_count, 8 );
+
+    // Pad out to 56 mod 64.
+    index = static_cast<Q_UINT32>((m_count[0] >> 3) & 0x3f);
+    padLen = (index < 56) ? (56 - index) : (120 - index);
+    update (reinterpret_cast<const char*>(PADDING), padLen);
+
+    // Append length (before padding)
+    update (reinterpret_cast<const char*>(bits), 8);
+
+    // Store state in digest
+    encode (m_digest, m_state, 16);
+    //memcpy( m_digest, m_state, 16 );
+
+    // Fill sensitive information with zero's
+    memset ( (void *)m_buffer, 0, sizeof(*m_buffer));
+
+    m_finalized = true;
+}
+
+
+bool KMD5::verify( const KMD5::Digest& digest)
+{
+    finalize();
+    return (0 == memcmp(rawDigest(), digest, sizeof(KMD5::Digest)));
+}
+
+bool KMD5::verify( const QCString& hexdigest)
+{
+    finalize();
+    return (0 == strcmp(hexDigest().data(), hexdigest));
+}
+
+const KMD5::Digest& KMD5::rawDigest()
+{
+    finalize();
+    return m_digest;
+}
+
+void KMD5::rawDigest( KMD5::Digest& bin )
+{
+    finalize();
+    memcpy( bin, m_digest, 16 );
+}
+
+
+QCString KMD5::hexDigest()
+{
+    QCString s(33);
+
+    finalize();
+    sprintf(s.data(), "%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
+            m_digest[0], m_digest[1], m_digest[2], m_digest[3], m_digest[4], m_digest[5],
+            m_digest[6], m_digest[7], m_digest[8], m_digest[9], m_digest[10], m_digest[11],
+            m_digest[12], m_digest[13], m_digest[14], m_digest[15]);
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+void KMD5::hexDigest(QCString& s)
+{
+    finalize();
+    s.resize(33);
+    sprintf(s.data(), "%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
+            m_digest[0], m_digest[1], m_digest[2], m_digest[3], m_digest[4], m_digest[5],
+            m_digest[6], m_digest[7], m_digest[8], m_digest[9], m_digest[10], m_digest[11],
+            m_digest[12], m_digest[13], m_digest[14], m_digest[15]);
+}
+
+QCString KMD5::base64Digest()
+{
+    QByteArray ba(16);
+
+    finalize();
+    memcpy(ba.data(), m_digest, 16);
+    return KCodecs::base64Encode(ba);
+}
+
+
+void KMD5::init()
+{
+    d = 0;
+    reset();
+}
+
+void KMD5::reset()
+{
+    m_finalized = false;
+
+    m_count[0] = 0;
+    m_count[1] = 0;
+
+    m_state[0] = 0x67452301;
+    m_state[1] = 0xefcdab89;
+    m_state[2] = 0x98badcfe;
+    m_state[3] = 0x10325476;
+
+    memset ( m_buffer, 0, sizeof(*m_buffer));
+    memset ( m_digest, 0, sizeof(*m_digest));
+}
+
+void KMD5::transform( const unsigned char block[64] )
+{
+
+    Q_UINT32 a = m_state[0], b = m_state[1], c = m_state[2], d = m_state[3], x[16];
+
+    decode (x, block, 64);
+    //memcpy( x, block, 64 );
+
+//US    Q_ASSERT(!m_finalized);  // not just a user error, since the method is private
+    ASSERT(!m_finalized);  // not just a user error, since the method is private
+
+    /* Round 1 */
+    FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 0], KMD5_S11, 0xd76aa478); /* 1 */
+    FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 1], KMD5_S12, 0xe8c7b756); /* 2 */
+    FF (c, d, a, b, x[ 2], KMD5_S13, 0x242070db); /* 3 */
+    FF (b, c, d, a, x[ 3], KMD5_S14, 0xc1bdceee); /* 4 */
+    FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 4], KMD5_S11, 0xf57c0faf); /* 5 */
+    FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 5], KMD5_S12, 0x4787c62a); /* 6 */
+    FF (c, d, a, b, x[ 6], KMD5_S13, 0xa8304613); /* 7 */
+    FF (b, c, d, a, x[ 7], KMD5_S14, 0xfd469501); /* 8 */
+    FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 8], KMD5_S11, 0x698098d8); /* 9 */
+    FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 9], KMD5_S12, 0x8b44f7af); /* 10 */
+    FF (c, d, a, b, x[10], KMD5_S13, 0xffff5bb1); /* 11 */
+    FF (b, c, d, a, x[11], KMD5_S14, 0x895cd7be); /* 12 */
+    FF (a, b, c, d, x[12], KMD5_S11, 0x6b901122); /* 13 */
+    FF (d, a, b, c, x[13], KMD5_S12, 0xfd987193); /* 14 */
+    FF (c, d, a, b, x[14], KMD5_S13, 0xa679438e); /* 15 */
+    FF (b, c, d, a, x[15], KMD5_S14, 0x49b40821); /* 16 */
+
+    /* Round 2 */
+    GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 1], KMD5_S21, 0xf61e2562); /* 17 */
+    GG (d, a, b, c, x[ 6], KMD5_S22, 0xc040b340); /* 18 */
+    GG (c, d, a, b, x[11], KMD5_S23, 0x265e5a51); /* 19 */
+    GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 0], KMD5_S24, 0xe9b6c7aa); /* 20 */
+    GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 5], KMD5_S21, 0xd62f105d); /* 21 */
+    GG (d, a, b, c, x[10], KMD5_S22,  0x2441453); /* 22 */
+    GG (c, d, a, b, x[15], KMD5_S23, 0xd8a1e681); /* 23 */
+    GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 4], KMD5_S24, 0xe7d3fbc8); /* 24 */
+    GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 9], KMD5_S21, 0x21e1cde6); /* 25 */
+    GG (d, a, b, c, x[14], KMD5_S22, 0xc33707d6); /* 26 */
+    GG (c, d, a, b, x[ 3], KMD5_S23, 0xf4d50d87); /* 27 */
+    GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 8], KMD5_S24, 0x455a14ed); /* 28 */
+    GG (a, b, c, d, x[13], KMD5_S21, 0xa9e3e905); /* 29 */
+    GG (d, a, b, c, x[ 2], KMD5_S22, 0xfcefa3f8); /* 30 */
+    GG (c, d, a, b, x[ 7], KMD5_S23, 0x676f02d9); /* 31 */
+    GG (b, c, d, a, x[12], KMD5_S24, 0x8d2a4c8a); /* 32 */
+
+    /* Round 3 */
+    HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 5], KMD5_S31, 0xfffa3942); /* 33 */
+    HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 8], KMD5_S32, 0x8771f681); /* 34 */
+    HH (c, d, a, b, x[11], KMD5_S33, 0x6d9d6122); /* 35 */
+    HH (b, c, d, a, x[14], KMD5_S34, 0xfde5380c); /* 36 */
+    HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 1], KMD5_S31, 0xa4beea44); /* 37 */
+    HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 4], KMD5_S32, 0x4bdecfa9); /* 38 */
+    HH (c, d, a, b, x[ 7], KMD5_S33, 0xf6bb4b60); /* 39 */
+    HH (b, c, d, a, x[10], KMD5_S34, 0xbebfbc70); /* 40 */
+    HH (a, b, c, d, x[13], KMD5_S31, 0x289b7ec6); /* 41 */
+    HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 0], KMD5_S32, 0xeaa127fa); /* 42 */
+    HH (c, d, a, b, x[ 3], KMD5_S33, 0xd4ef3085); /* 43 */
+    HH (b, c, d, a, x[ 6], KMD5_S34,  0x4881d05); /* 44 */
+    HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 9], KMD5_S31, 0xd9d4d039); /* 45 */
+    HH (d, a, b, c, x[12], KMD5_S32, 0xe6db99e5); /* 46 */
+    HH (c, d, a, b, x[15], KMD5_S33, 0x1fa27cf8); /* 47 */
+    HH (b, c, d, a, x[ 2], KMD5_S34, 0xc4ac5665); /* 48 */
+
+    /* Round 4 */
+    II (a, b, c, d, x[ 0], KMD5_S41, 0xf4292244); /* 49 */
+    II (d, a, b, c, x[ 7], KMD5_S42, 0x432aff97); /* 50 */
+    II (c, d, a, b, x[14], KMD5_S43, 0xab9423a7); /* 51 */
+    II (b, c, d, a, x[ 5], KMD5_S44, 0xfc93a039); /* 52 */
+    II (a, b, c, d, x[12], KMD5_S41, 0x655b59c3); /* 53 */
+    II (d, a, b, c, x[ 3], KMD5_S42, 0x8f0ccc92); /* 54 */
+    II (c, d, a, b, x[10], KMD5_S43, 0xffeff47d); /* 55 */
+    II (b, c, d, a, x[ 1], KMD5_S44, 0x85845dd1); /* 56 */
+    II (a, b, c, d, x[ 8], KMD5_S41, 0x6fa87e4f); /* 57 */
+    II (d, a, b, c, x[15], KMD5_S42, 0xfe2ce6e0); /* 58 */
+    II (c, d, a, b, x[ 6], KMD5_S43, 0xa3014314); /* 59 */
+    II (b, c, d, a, x[13], KMD5_S44, 0x4e0811a1); /* 60 */
+    II (a, b, c, d, x[ 4], KMD5_S41, 0xf7537e82); /* 61 */
+    II (d, a, b, c, x[11], KMD5_S42, 0xbd3af235); /* 62 */
+    II (c, d, a, b, x[ 2], KMD5_S43, 0x2ad7d2bb); /* 63 */
+    II (b, c, d, a, x[ 9], KMD5_S44, 0xeb86d391); /* 64 */
+
+    m_state[0] += a;
+    m_state[1] += b;
+    m_state[2] += c;
+    m_state[3] += d;
+
+    memset ( static_cast<void *>(x), 0, sizeof(x) );
+}
+
+inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::rotate_left (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 n)
+{
+    return (x << n) | (x >> (32-n))  ;
+}
+
+inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::F (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
+{
+    return (x & y) | (~x & z);
+}
+
+inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::G (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
+{
+    return (x & z) | (y & ~z);
+}
+
+inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::H (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
+{
+    return x ^ y ^ z;
+}
+
+inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::I (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
+{
+    return y ^ (x | ~z);
+}
+
+void KMD5::FF ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
+                       Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32  s, Q_UINT32 ac )
+{
+    a += F(b, c, d) + x + ac;
+    a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
+}
+
+void KMD5::GG ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
+                 Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac)
+{
+    a += G(b, c, d) + x + ac;
+    a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
+}
+
+void KMD5::HH ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
+                 Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac )
+{
+    a += H(b, c, d) + x + ac;
+    a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
+}
+
+void KMD5::II ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
+                 Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac )
+{
+    a += I(b, c, d) + x + ac;
+    a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
+}
+
+
+void KMD5::encode ( unsigned char* output, Q_UINT32 *in, Q_UINT32 len )
+{
+#if !defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
+    memcpy(output, in, len);
+
+#else
+    Q_UINT32 i, j;
+    for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4)
+    {
+        output[j]   = static_cast<Q_UINT8>((in[i] & 0xff));
+        output[j+1] = static_cast<Q_UINT8>(((in[i] >> 8) & 0xff));
+        output[j+2] = static_cast<Q_UINT8>(((in[i] >> 16) & 0xff));
+        output[j+3] = static_cast<Q_UINT8>(((in[i] >> 24) & 0xff));
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+// Decodes in (Q_UINT8) into output (Q_UINT32). Assumes len is a
+// multiple of 4.
+void KMD5::decode (Q_UINT32 *output, const unsigned char* in, Q_UINT32 len)
+{
+#if !defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
+    memcpy(output, in, len);
+
+#else
+    Q_UINT32 i, j;
+    for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4)
+        output[i] = static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j]) |
+                    (static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j+1]) << 8)  |
+                    (static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j+2]) << 16) |
+                    (static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j+3]) << 24);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.h b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c4d611
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Rik Hemsley (rikkus) <rik@kde.org>
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
+   version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+
+   RFC 1321 "MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" Copyright (C) 1991-1992.
+   RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All rights reserved.
+
+   The KMD5 class is based on a C++ implementation of
+   "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" by
+           Mordechai T. Abzug,Copyright (c) 1995.  This implementation
+   passes the test-suite as defined in RFC 1321.
+
+   The encoding and decoding utilities in KCodecs with the exception of
+   quoted-printable are based on the java implementation in HTTPClient
+   package by Ronald Tschalär Copyright (C) 1996-1999.
+
+   The quoted-printable codec as described in RFC 2045, section 6.7. is by
+   Rik Hemsley (C) 2001.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KMDBASE_H
+#define _KMDBASE_H
+
+#define KBase64 KCodecs
+
+#include <qglobal.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qiodevice.h>
+
+/**
+ * A wrapper class for the most commonly used encoding and
+ * decoding algorithms.  Currently there is support for encoding
+ * and decoding input using base64, uu and the quoted-printable
+ * specifications.
+ *
+ * @sect Usage:
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * QCString input = "Aladdin:open sesame";
+ * QCString result = KCodecs::base64Encode(input);
+ * cout << "Result: " << result.data() << endl;
+ *
+ * Output should be
+ * Result: QWxhZGRpbjpvcGVuIHNlc2FtZQ==
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * The above example makes use of the convenience functions
+ * (ones that accept/return null-terminated strings) to encode/decode
+ * a string.  If what you need is to encode or decode binary data, then
+ * it is highly recommended that you use the functions that take an input
+ * and output QByteArray as arguments.  These functions are specifically
+ * tailored for encoding and decoding binary data.
+ *
+ * @short A collection of commonly used encoding and decoding algorithms.
+ * @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
+ * @author Rik Hemsley <rik@kde.org>
+ */
+class KCodecs
+{
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Encodes the given data using the quoted-printable algorithm.
+   *
+   * @param in      data to be encoded.
+   * @param useCRLF if true the input data is expected to have
+   *                CRLF line breaks and the output will have CRLF line
+   *                breaks, too.
+   * @return        quoted-printable encoded data.
+   */
+  static QCString quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray & in,
+                                        bool useCRLF = true);
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as above except it accepts a null terminated
+   * string instead an array.
+   *
+   * @param str     data to be encoded.
+   * @param useCRLF if true the input data is expected to have
+   *                CRLF line breaks and the output will have CRLF line
+   *                breaks, too.
+   * @return        quoted-printable encoded data.
+   */
+  static QCString quotedPrintableEncode(const QCString & str,
+                                        bool useCRLF = true);
+
+  /**
+   * Encodes the given data using the quoted-printable algorithm.
+   *
+   * Use this function if you want the result of the encoding
+   * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
+   * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
+   * This is also the preferred method for encoding binary data.
+   *
+   * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
+   * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
+   * output array will be lost.
+   *
+   * @param in      data to be encoded.
+   * @param out     decoded data.
+   * @param useCRLF if true the input data is expected to have
+   *                CRLF line breaks and the output will have CRLF line
+   *                breaks, too.
+   * @return        quoted-printable encoded data.
+   */
+  static void quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray & in, QByteArray& out,
+                                    bool useCRLF);
+
+  /**
+   * Decodes a quoted-printable encoded string.
+   *
+   * Accepts data with CRLF or standard unix line breaks.
+   *
+   * @param in  the data to be decoded.
+   * @return    decoded data.
+   */
+  static QCString quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in);
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as above except it accepts a null terminated
+   * string instead an array.
+   *
+   * @param str  the data to be decoded.
+   * @return     decoded data.
+   */
+  static QCString quotedPrintableDecode(const QCString & str);
+
+  /**
+   * Decodes a quoted-printable encoded data.
+   *
+   * Accepts data with CRLF or standard unix line breaks.
+   * Use this function if you want the result of the decoding
+   * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
+   * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
+   * This is also the preferred method for decoding an encoded
+   * binary data.
+   *
+   * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
+   * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
+   * output array will be lost.
+   *
+   * @param in   data to be encoded.
+   * @param out  decoded data.
+   *
+   * @return     quoted-printable encoded data.
+   */
+  static void quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in, QByteArray& out);
+
+
+  /**
+   * Encodes the given data using the uuencode algorithm.
+   *
+   * The output is split into lines starting with the number of
+   * encoded octets in the line and ending with a newline.  No
+   * line is longer than 45 octets (60 characters), excluding the
+   * line terminator.
+   *
+   * @param in   the data to be uuencoded
+   * @return     a uuencoded data.
+   */
+  static QCString uuencode( const QByteArray& in );
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as the above functions except it accepts
+   * a null terminated string instead an array.
+   *
+   * @param str   the string to be uuencoded.
+   * @return      the encoded string.
+   */
+  static QCString uuencode( const QCString& str );
+
+  /**
+   * Encodes the given data using the uuencode algorithm.
+   *
+   * Use this function if you want the result of the encoding
+   * to be placed in another array and cut down the number of
+   * copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
+   * This is the preffered method for encoding binary data.
+   *
+   * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
+   * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
+   * output array will be lost.
+   *
+   * @param in   the data to be uuencoded.
+   * @param out  the container for the uudecoded data.
+   */
+  static void uuencode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out );
+
+  /**
+   * Decodes the given data using the uuencode algorithm.
+   *
+   * Any 'begin' and 'end' lines like those generated by
+   * the utilities in unix and unix-like OS will be
+   * automatically ignored.
+   *
+   * @param in   the data uuencoded data to be decoded.
+   * @return     a decoded string.
+   */
+  static QCString uudecode( const QByteArray& in );
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as the above functions except it accepts
+   * a null terminated string instead an array.
+   *
+   * @param str   the string to be decoded.
+   * @return      a uudecoded string.
+   */
+  static QCString uudecode( const QCString& str );
+
+  /**
+   * Decodes the given data using the uudecode algorithm.
+   *
+   * Use this function if you want the result of the decoding
+   * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
+   * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
+   * This is the preferred method for decoding binary data.
+   *
+   * Any 'begin' and 'end' lines like those generated by
+   * the utilities in unix and unix-like OS will be
+   * automatically ignored.
+   *
+   * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
+   * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
+   * output array will be lost.
+   *
+   * @param in   the uuencoded-data to be decoded.
+   * @param out  the container for the uudecoded data.
+   */
+  static void uudecode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out );
+
+
+  /**
+   * Encodes the given data using the base64 algorithm.
+   *
+   * The boolean argument determines if the encoded data is
+   * going to be restricted to 76 characters or less per line
+   * as specified by RFC 2045.  If @p insertLFs is true, then
+   * there will be 76 characters or less per line.
+   *
+   * @param in         the data to be encoded.
+   * @param insertLFs  limit the number of characters per line.
+   *
+   * @return           a base64 encoded string.
+   */
+  static QCString base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, bool insertLFs = false);
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as the above functions except it accepts
+   * a null terminated string instead an array.
+   *
+   * @param str       the string to be encoded.
+   * @param insertLFs limit the number of characters per line.
+   * @return          the decoded string.
+   */
+  static QCString base64Encode( const QCString& str, bool insertLFs = false );
+
+  /**
+   * Encodes the given data using the base64 algorithm.
+   *
+   * Use this function if you want the result of the encoding
+   * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
+   * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
+   * This is also the preferred method for encoding binary data.
+   *
+   * The boolean argument determines if the encoded data is going
+   * to be restricted to 76 characters or less per line as specified
+   * by RFC 2045.  If @p insertLFs is true, then there will be 76
+   * characters or less per line.
+   *
+   * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
+   * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
+   * output array will be lost.
+   *
+   * @param in        the data to be encoded using base64.
+   * @param out       the container for the encoded data.
+   * @param insertLFs limit the number of characters per line.
+   */
+  static void base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out,
+                            bool insertLFs = false );
+
+  /**
+   * Decodes the given data that was encoded using the
+   * base64 algorithm.
+   *
+   * @param in   the base64-encoded data to be decoded.
+   * @return     the decoded data.
+   */
+  static QCString base64Decode( const QByteArray& in );
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as the above functions except it accepts
+   * a null terminated string instead an array.
+   *
+   * @param str  the base64-encoded string.
+   * @return     the decoded string.
+   */
+  static QCString base64Decode( const QCString& str );
+
+  /**
+   * Decodes the given data that was encoded with the base64
+   * algorithm.
+   *
+   * Use this function if you want the result of the decoding
+   * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
+   * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
+   * This is also the preferred method for decoding an encoded
+   * binary data.
+   *
+   * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
+   * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
+   * output array will be lost.
+   *
+   * @param in   the encoded data to be decoded.
+   * @param out  the container for the decoded data.
+   */
+  static void base64Decode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out );
+
+
+private:
+  KCodecs();
+
+private:
+  static const char UUEncMap[64];
+  static const char UUDecMap[128];
+  static const char Base64EncMap[64];
+  static const char Base64DecMap[128];
+  static const char hexChars[16];
+  static const unsigned int maxQPLineLength;
+};
+
+class KMD5Private;
+/**
+ * Provides an easy to use C++ implementation of RSA's
+ * MD5 algorithm.
+ *
+ * The default constructor is designed to provide much the same
+ * functionality as the most commonly used C-implementation, while
+ * the other three constructors are meant to further simplify the
+ * process of obtaining a digest by calculating the result in a
+ * single step.
+ *
+ * KMD5 is state-based, that means you can add new contents with
+ * update() as long as you didn't request the digest value yet.
+ * After the digest value was requested, the object is "finalized"
+ * and you have to call reset() to be able to do another calculation
+ * with it.  The reason for this behaviour is that upon requesting
+ * the message digest KMD5 has to pad the received contents up to a
+ * 64 byte boundary to calculate its value. After this operation it
+ * is not possible to resume consuming data.
+ *
+ * @sect Usage:
+ *
+ * A common usage of this class:
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ *  const char* test1;
+ *  KMD5::Digest rawResult;
+ *
+ *  test1 = "This is a simple test.";
+ *  KMD5 context (test1);
+ *  cout << "Hex Digest output: " << context.hexDigest().data() << endl;
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * To cut down on the unnecessary overhead of creating multiple KMD5
+ * objects, you can simply invoke @ref reset() to reuse the same object
+ * in making another calculation:
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ *  context.reset ();
+ *  context.update ("TWO");
+ *  context.update ("THREE");
+ *  cout << "Hex Digest output: " << context.hexDigest().data() << endl;
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * @short An adapted C++ implementation of RSA Data Securities MD5 algorithm.
+ * @author Dirk Mueller <mueller@kde.org>, Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
+ */
+
+class KMD5
+{
+public:
+
+  typedef unsigned char Digest[16];
+
+  KMD5();
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor that updates the digest for the given string.
+   *
+   * @param in   C string or binary data
+   * @param len  if negative, calculates the length by using
+   *             strlen on the first parameter, otherwise
+   *             it trusts the given length (does not stop on NUL byte).
+   */
+  KMD5(const char* in, int len = -1);
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as above except it accepts a QByteArray as its argument.
+   */
+  KMD5(const QByteArray& a );
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * Same as above except it accepts a QByteArray as its argument.
+   */
+  KMD5(const QCString& a );
+
+  /**
+   * Updates the message to be digested. Be sure to add all data
+   * before you read the digest. After reading the digest, you
+   * can <b>not</b> add more data!
+   *
+   * @param in     message to be added to digest
+   * @param len    the length of the given message.
+   */
+  void update(const char* in, int len = -1) { update(reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char*>(in), len); }
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   */
+  void update(const unsigned char* in, int len = -1);
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * @param in     message to be added to the digest (QByteArray).
+   */
+  void update(const QByteArray& in );
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * @param in     message to be added to the digest (QByteArray).
+   */
+  void update(const QCString& in );
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   *
+   * reads the data from an I/O device, i.e. from a file (QFile).
+   *
+   * NOTE that the file must be open for reading.
+   *
+   * @param file       a pointer to FILE as returned by calls like f{d,re}open
+   *
+   * @returns false if an error occured during reading.
+   */
+  bool update(QIODevice& file);
+
+  /**
+   * Calling this function will reset the calculated message digest.
+   * Use this method to perform another message digest calculation
+   * without recreating the KMD5 object.
+   */
+  void reset();
+
+  /**
+   * @return the raw representation of the digest
+   */
+  const Digest& rawDigest ();
+
+  /**
+   * Fills the given array with the binary representation of the
+   * message digest.
+   *
+   * Use this method if you do not want to worry about making
+   * copy of the digest once you obtain it.
+   *
+   * @param bin an array of 16 characters ( char[16] )
+   */
+  void rawDigest( KMD5::Digest& bin );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the value of the calculated message digest in
+   * a hexadecimal representation.
+   */
+  QCString hexDigest ();
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   */
+  void hexDigest(QCString&);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the value of the calculated message digest in
+   * a base64-encoded representation.
+   */
+  QCString base64Digest ();
+
+  /**
+   * returns true if the calculated digest for the given
+   * message matches the given one.
+   */
+  bool verify( const KMD5::Digest& digest);
+
+  /**
+   * @overload
+   */
+  bool verify(const QCString&);
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   *  Performs the real update work.  Note
+   *  that length is implied to be 64.
+   */
+  void transform( const unsigned char buffer[64] );
+
+  /**
+   * finalizes the digest
+   */
+  void finalize();
+
+private:
+  KMD5(const KMD5& u);
+  KMD5& operator=(const KMD5& md);
+
+  void init();
+  void encode( unsigned char* output, Q_UINT32 *in, Q_UINT32 len );
+  void decode( Q_UINT32 *output, const unsigned char* in, Q_UINT32 len );
+
+  Q_UINT32 rotate_left( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 n );
+  Q_UINT32 F( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
+  Q_UINT32 G( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
+  Q_UINT32 H( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
+  Q_UINT32 I( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
+  void FF( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
+               Q_UINT32  s, Q_UINT32 ac );
+  void GG( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
+                Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac );
+  void HH( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
+                Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac );
+  void II( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
+             Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac );
+
+private:
+  Q_UINT32 m_state[4];
+  Q_UINT32 m_count[2];
+  Q_UINT8 m_buffer[64];
+  Digest m_digest;
+  bool m_finalized;
+
+  KMD5Private* d;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/ksharedptr.h b/microkde/kdecore/ksharedptr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..545058a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/ksharedptr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KSharedPTR_H
+#define KSharedPTR_H
+
+/**
+ * Reference counting for shared objects.  If you derive your object
+ * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with
+ * @ref KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object.
+ *
+ * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal
+ * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to
+ * their object.  If used with @ref KSharedPtr, then your object will
+ * not be deleted until all references to the object have been
+ * released.
+ *
+ * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class
+ * directly -- let the @ref KSharedPtr take care of that.  Just derive
+ * your class from KShared and forget about it.
+ *
+ * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+ * @version $Id$
+ */
+class KShared {
+public:
+   /**
+    * Standard constructor.  This will initialize the reference count
+    * on this object to 0.
+    */
+   KShared() : count(0) { }
+
+   /**
+    * Copy constructor.  This will @em not actually copy the objects
+    * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0.
+    */
+   KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { }
+
+   /**
+    * Overloaded assignment operator.
+    */
+   KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; }
+
+   /**
+    * Increases the reference count by one.
+    */
+   void _KShared_ref() const { count++; }
+
+   /**
+    * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one).  If
+    * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself.
+    */
+   void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; }
+
+   /**
+    * Return the current number of references held.
+    *
+    * @return Number of references
+    */
+   int _KShared_count() const { return count; }
+
+protected:
+   virtual ~KShared() { }
+private:
+   mutable int count;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived
+ * @ref KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some @ref KShared
+ * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference
+ * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just
+ * use it like a simple C++ pointer.
+ *
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * since they are more safe.
+ *
+ * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+ * @version $Id$
+ */
+template< class T >
+struct KSharedPtr
+{
+public:
+/**
+ * Creates a null pointer.
+ */
+  KSharedPtr()
+    : ptr(0) { }
+  /**
+   * Creates a new pointer.
+   * @param the pointer
+   */
+  KSharedPtr( T* t )
+    : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Copies a pointer.
+   * @param the pointer to copy
+   */
+  KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p )
+    : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was
+   * the last reference, the object will be deleted.
+   */
+  ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); }
+
+  KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) {
+    if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this;
+    if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref();
+    ptr = p.ptr;
+    if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) {
+    if ( ptr == p ) return *this;
+    if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref();
+    ptr = p;
+    if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); }
+  bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); }
+  bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); }
+  bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); }
+  bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); }
+  operator T*() const { return ptr; }
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the pointer.
+   * @return the pointer
+   */
+  T* data() { return ptr; }
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the pointer.
+   * @return the pointer
+   */
+  const T* data() const { return ptr; }
+
+  const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; }
+  T& operator*() { return *ptr; }
+  const T* operator->() const { return ptr; }
+  T* operator->() { return ptr; }
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the number of references.
+   * @return the number of references
+   */
+  int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes
+private:
+  T* ptr;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kshell.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kshell.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efc007a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kshell.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <kshell.h>
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+//US #include <sys/types.h>
+
+/*US
+static int fromHex( QChar c )
+{
+    if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+        return c - '0';
+    else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
+        return c - 'A' + 10;
+    else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
+        return c - 'a' + 10;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+inline static bool isQuoteMeta( uint c )
+{
+#if 0 // it's not worth it, especially after seeing gcc's asm output ...
+    static const uchar iqm[] = {
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x94, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
+    }; // \'"$
+    
+    return (c < sizeof(iqm) * 8) && (iqm[c / 8] & (1 << (c & 7)));
+#else
+    return c == '\\' || c == '\'' || c == '"' || c == '$';
+#endif
+}
+
+inline static bool isMeta( uint c )
+{
+    static const uchar iqm[] = {
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0x07, 0x00, 0xd8,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38
+    }; // \'"$`<>|;&(){}*?#
+    
+    return (c < sizeof(iqm) * 8) && (iqm[c / 8] & (1 << (c & 7)));
+}
+
+QStringList KShell::splitArgs( const QString &args, int flags, int *err )
+{
+    QStringList ret;
+    bool firstword = flags & AbortOnMeta;
+
+    for (uint pos = 0; ; ) {
+        QChar c;
+        do {
+            if (pos >= args.length())
+                goto okret;
+            c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+        } while (c.isSpace());
+        QString cret;
+        if ((flags & TildeExpand) && c == '~') {
+            uint opos = pos;
+            for (; ; pos++) {
+                if (pos >= args.length())
+                    break;
+                c = args.unicode()[pos];
+                if (c == '/' || c.isSpace())
+                    break;
+                if (isQuoteMeta( c )) {
+                    pos = opos;
+                    c = '~';
+                    goto notilde;
+                }
+                if ((flags & AbortOnMeta) && isMeta( c ))
+                    goto metaerr;
+            }
+            QString ccret = homeDir( QConstString( args.unicode() + opos, pos - opos ).string() );
+            if (ccret.isEmpty()) {
+                pos = opos;
+                c = '~';
+                goto notilde;
+            }
+            if (pos >= args.length()) {
+                ret += ccret;
+                goto okret;
+            }
+            pos++;
+            if (c.isSpace()) {
+                ret += ccret;
+                firstword = false;
+                continue;
+            }
+            cret = ccret;
+        }
+        // before the notilde label, as a tilde does not match anyway
+        if (firstword) {
+            if (c == '_' || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')) {
+                uint pos2 = pos;
+                QChar cc;
+                do
+                  cc = args[pos2++];
+                while (cc == '_' || (cc >= 'A' && cc <= 'Z') ||
+                       (cc >= 'a' && cc <= 'z') || (cc >= '0' && cc <= '9'));
+                if (cc == '=')
+                    goto metaerr;
+            }
+        }
+      notilde:
+        do {
+            if (c == '\'') {
+                uint spos = pos;
+                do {
+                    if (pos >= args.length())
+                        goto quoteerr;
+                    c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+                } while (c != '\'');
+                cret += QConstString( args.unicode() + spos, pos - spos - 1 ).string();
+            } else if (c == '"') {
+                for (;;) {
+                    if (pos >= args.length())
+                        goto quoteerr;
+                    c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+                    if (c == '"')
+                        break;
+                    if (c == '\\') {
+                        if (pos >= args.length())
+                            goto quoteerr;
+                        c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+                        if (c != '"' && c != '\\' &&
+                            !((flags & AbortOnMeta) && (c == '$' || c == '`')))
+                            cret += '\\';
+                    } else if ((flags & AbortOnMeta) && (c == '$' || c == '`'))
+                        goto metaerr;
+                    cret += c;
+                }
+            } else if (c == '$' && args[pos] == '\'') {
+                pos++;
+                for (;;) {
+                    if (pos >= args.length())
+                        goto quoteerr;
+                    c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+                    if (c == '\'')
+                        break;
+                    if (c == '\\') {
+                        if (pos >= args.length())
+                            goto quoteerr;
+                        c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+                        switch (c) {
+                        case 'a': cret += '\a'; break;
+                        case 'b': cret += '\b'; break;
+                        case 'e': cret += '\033'; break;
+                        case 'f': cret += '\f'; break;
+                        case 'n': cret += '\n'; break;
+                        case 'r': cret += '\r'; break;
+                        case 't': cret += '\t'; break;
+                        case '\\': cret += '\\'; break;
+                        case '\'': cret += '\''; break;
+                        case 'c': cret += args[pos++] & 31; break;
+                        case 'x':
+                          {
+                            int hv = fromHex( args[pos] );
+                            if (hv < 0) {
+                                cret += "\\x";
+                            } else {
+                                int hhv = fromHex( args[++pos] );
+                                if (hhv > 0) {
+                                    hv = hv * 16 + hhv;
+                                    pos++;
+                                }
+                                cret += QChar( hv );
+                            }
+                            break;
+                          }
+                        default:
+                            if (c >= '0' && c <= '7') {
+                                int hv = c - '0';
+                                for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+                                    c = args[pos];
+                                    if (c < '0' || c > '7')
+                                        break;
+                                    hv = hv * 8 + (c - '0');
+                                    pos++;
+                                }
+                                cret += QChar( hv );
+                            } else {
+                                cret += '\\';
+                                cret += c;
+                            }
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    } else
+                        cret += c;
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (c == '\\') {
+                    if (pos >= args.length())
+                        goto quoteerr;
+                    c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+                    if (!c.isSpace() &&
+                        !((flags & AbortOnMeta) ? isMeta( c ) : isQuoteMeta( c )))
+                        cret += '\\';
+                } else if ((flags & AbortOnMeta) && isMeta( c ))
+                    goto metaerr;
+                cret += c;
+            }
+            if (pos >= args.length())
+                break;
+            c = args.unicode()[pos++];
+        } while (!c.isSpace());
+        ret += cret;
+        firstword = false;
+    }
+
+  okret:
+    if (err)
+        *err = NoError;
+    return ret;
+
+  quoteerr:
+   if (err)
+       *err = BadQuoting;
+   return QStringList();
+
+  metaerr:
+   if (err)
+       *err = FoundMeta;
+   return QStringList();
+}
+
+inline static bool isSpecial( uint c )
+{
+    static const uchar iqm[] = {
+        0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xdd, 0x07, 0x00, 0xd8,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38
+    }; // 0-32 \'"$`<>|;&(){}*?#
+    
+    return (c < sizeof(iqm) * 8) && (iqm[c / 8] & (1 << (c & 7)));
+}
+
+QString KShell::joinArgs( const QStringList &args )
+{
+    QChar q( '\'' );
+    QString ret;
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = args.begin(); it != args.end(); ++it) {
+        if (!ret.isEmpty())
+            ret += ' ';
+        if (!(*it).length())
+            ret.append( q ).append( q );
+        else {
+            for (uint i = 0; i < (*it).length(); i++)
+                if (isSpecial((*it).unicode()[i])) {
+                    QString tmp(*it);
+                    tmp.replace( q, "'\\''" );
+                    ret += q;
+                    tmp += q;
+                    ret += tmp;
+                    goto ex;
+                }
+            ret += *it;
+          ex: ;
+        }
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+QString KShell::joinArgs( const char * const *args, int nargs )
+{
+    if (!args)
+        return QString::null; // well, QString::empty, in fact. qt sucks ;)
+    QChar q( '\'' );
+    QString ret;
+    for (const char * const *argp = args; nargs && *argp; argp++, nargs--) {
+        if (!ret.isEmpty())
+            ret += ' ';
+        if (!**argp)
+            ret.append( q ).append( q );
+        else {
+            QString tmp( QFile::decodeName( *argp ) );
+            for (uint i = 0; i < tmp.length(); i++)
+                if (isSpecial(tmp.unicode()[i])) {
+                    tmp.replace( q, "'\\''" );
+                    ret += q;
+                    tmp += q;
+                    ret += tmp;
+                    goto ex;
+                }
+            ret += tmp;
+          ex: ;
+       }
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+QString KShell::joinArgsDQ( const QStringList &args )
+{
+    QChar q( '\'' ), sp( ' ' ), bs( '\\' );
+    QString ret;
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = args.begin(); it != args.end(); ++it) {
+        if (!ret.isEmpty())
+            ret += sp;
+        if (!(*it).length())
+            ret.append( q ).append( q );
+        else {
+            for (uint i = 0; i < (*it).length(); i++)
+                if (isSpecial((*it).unicode()[i])) {
+                    ret.append( '$' ).append( q );
+                    for (uint pos = 0; pos < (*it).length(); pos++) {
+                        int c = (*it).unicode()[pos];
+                        if (c < 32) {
+                            ret += bs;
+                            switch (c) {
+                            case '\a': ret += 'a'; break;
+                            case '\b': ret += 'b'; break;
+                            case '\033': ret += 'e'; break;
+                            case '\f': ret += 'f'; break;
+                            case '\n': ret += 'n'; break;
+                            case '\r': ret += 'r'; break;
+                            case '\t': ret += 't'; break;
+                            case '\034': ret += 'c'; ret += '|'; break;
+                            default: ret += 'c'; ret += c + '@'; break;
+                            }
+                        } else {
+                            if (c == '\'' || c == '\\')
+                                ret += bs;
+                            ret += c;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    ret.append( q );
+                    goto ex;
+                }
+            ret += *it;
+          ex: ;
+        }
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+*/
+
+QString KShell::tildeExpand( const QString &fname )
+{
+    if (fname[0] == '~') {
+        int pos = fname.find( '/' );
+        if (pos < 0)
+            return homeDir( QConstString( (QChar*)(fname.unicode() + 1), fname.length() - 1 ).string() );
+        QString ret = homeDir( QConstString( (QChar*)(fname.unicode() + 1), pos - 1 ).string() );
+        if (!ret.isNull())
+            ret += QConstString( (QChar*)(fname.unicode() + pos), fname.length() - pos ).string();
+        return ret;
+    }
+    return fname;
+}
+
+QString KShell::homeDir( const QString &user )
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  return QDir::homeDirPath();
+#else
+    if (user.isEmpty())
+        return QFile::decodeName( getenv( "HOME" ) );
+    struct passwd *pw = getpwnam( QFile::encodeName( user ).data() );
+    if (!pw)
+        return QString::null;
+    return QFile::decodeName( pw->pw_dir );
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kshell.h b/microkde/kdecore/kshell.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35d8217
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kshell.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef _KSHELL_H
+#define _KSHELL_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+/**
+ * Provides some basic POSIX shell and bash functionality.
+ * @see KStringHandler
+ */
+namespace KShell {
+
+    /**
+     * Flags for @ref splitArgs().
+     */
+    enum Options {
+        NoOptions = 0,
+
+        /**
+         * Perform tilde expansion.
+         */
+        TildeExpand = 1,
+
+        /**
+         * Bail out if a non-quoting and not quoted shell meta character is encoutered.
+         * Meta characters are the command separators @p semicolon and @p ampersand,
+         * the redirection symbols @p less-than, @p greater-than and the @p pipe @p symbol,
+         * the grouping symbols opening and closing @p parens and @p braces, the command
+         * substitution symbol @p backquote, the generic substitution symbol @p dollar
+         * (if not followed by an apostrophe), the wildcards @p asterisk and
+         * @p question @p mark, and the comment symbol @p hash @p mark. Additionally,
+         * a variable assignment in the first word is recognized.
+         */
+        AbortOnMeta = 2
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * Status codes from @ref splitArgs()
+     */
+    enum Errors {
+        /**
+         * Success.
+         */
+        NoError = 0,
+
+        /**
+         * Indicates a parsing error, like an unterminated quoted string.
+         */
+        BadQuoting,
+
+        /**
+         * The AbortOnMeta flag was set and a shell meta character
+         * was encoutered.
+         */
+        FoundMeta
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * Splits @p cmd according to POSIX shell word splitting and quoting rules.
+     * Can optionally perform tilde expansion and/or abort if it finds shell
+     * meta characters it cannot process.
+     *
+     * @param cmd the command to split
+     * @param flags operation flags, see @ref Options
+     * @param err if not NULL, a status code will be stored at the pointer
+     *  target, see @ref Errors
+     * @return a list of unquoted words or an empty list if an error occured
+     */
+    QStringList splitArgs( const QString &cmd, int flags = 0, int *err = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Quotes and joins @p args together according to POSIX shell rules.
+     *
+     * @param args a list of strings to quote and join
+     * @return a command suitable for shell execution
+     */
+    QString joinArgs( const QStringList &args );
+
+    /**
+     * Same as above, but $'' is used instead of '' for the quoting.
+     * The output is suitable for @ref splitArgs(), bash, zsh and possibly
+     * other bourne-compatible shells, but not for plain sh. The advantage
+     * is, that control characters (ASCII less than 32) are escaped into
+     * human-readable strings.
+     *
+     * @param args a list of strings to quote and join
+     * @return a command suitable for shell execution
+     */
+    QString joinArgsDQ( const QStringList &args );
+
+    /**
+     * Quotes and joins @p argv together according to POSIX shell rules.
+     *
+     * @param argv an array of c strings to quote and join.
+     *  The strings are expected to be in local-8-bit encoding.
+     * @param argc maximal number of strings in @p argv. if not supplied,
+     *  @p argv must be null-terminated.
+     * @return a command suitable for shell execution
+     */
+    QString joinArgs( const char * const *argv, int argc = -1 );
+
+    /**
+     * Performs tilde expansion on @p path. Interprets "~/path" and
+     * "~user/path".
+     *
+     * @param path the path to tilde-expand
+     * @return the expanded path
+     */
+    QString tildeExpand( const QString &path );
+
+    /**
+     * Obtain a @p user's home directory.
+     *
+     * @param user The name of the user whose home dir should be obtained.
+     *  An empty string denotes the current user.
+     * @return The user's home directory.
+     */
+    QString homeDir( const QString &user );
+
+}
+
+
+#endif /* _KSHELL_H */
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kshortcut.h b/microkde/kdecore/kshortcut.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4813734
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kshortcut.h
@@ -0,0 +1,846 @@
+/*  This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __KSHORTCUT_H
+#define __KSHORTCUT_H
+/*US
+#include <qkeysequence.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class QKeyEvent;
+class KKeyNative;
+*/
+/**
+* A KKey object represents a single key with possible modifiers
+* (Shift, Ctrl, Alt, Win).  It can represent both keys which are
+* understood by Qt as well as those which are additionally supported
+* by the underlying system (e.g. X11).
+* @see KKeyNative
+* @see KKeySequence
+* @see KShortcut
+*/
+/*US
+class KKey
+{
+ public:
+*/ 
+        /**
+         * The number of flags.
+         * @see ModFlag
+         */
+/*US   
+        enum { MOD_FLAG_COUNT = 4 };
+        enum { QtWIN = (Qt::ALT << 1) };
+*/  
+        /**
+         * Flags to represent the modifiers. You can combine modifiers
+         * by ORing them.
+         */
+/*US
+        enum ModFlag {
+                SHIFT = 0x01,
+                CTRL = 0x02,
+                ALT = 0x04,
+                WIN = 0x08
+        };
+*/
+        /**
+         * Creates a new null KKey.
+         * @see clear()
+         * @see isNull()
+         * @see null()
+         */
+        //USKKey();
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new key for the given Qt key code.
+         * @param keyQt the qt keycode
+         * @see Qt::Key
+         */
+        //USKKey( int keyQt );
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new key from the first key code of the given key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence that contains the key 
+         */
+        //USKKey( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Extracts the key from the given key event.
+         * @param keyEvent the key event to get the key from
+         */
+        //USKKey( const QKeyEvent* keyEvent );
+
+        /**
+         * Copy constructor.
+         */
+        //USKKey( const KKey& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new key from the given description. The form of the description
+         * is "[modifier+[modifier+]]+key", for example "e", "CTRL+q" or 
+         * "CTRL+ALT+DEL". Allowed modifiers are "SHIFT", "CTRL", "ALT", "WIN" and
+         * "META". "WIN" and "META" are equivalent. Modifiers are not case-sensitive. 
+         * @param key the description of the key
+         * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
+         */
+        //USKKey( const QString& key );
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USKKey( uint key, uint mod );
+        //US~KKey();
+
+ // Initialization methods
+        /**
+         * Clears the key. The key is null after calling this function.
+         * @see isNull()
+         */
+        //USvoid clear();
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the key with the given Qt key code.
+         * @param keyQt the qt keycode
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         * @see Qt::Key
+         */
+        //USbool init( int keyQt );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the key with the first key code of the given key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence that contains the key 
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool init( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the key by extracting the code from the given key event.
+         * @param keyEvent the key event to get the key from
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool init( const QKeyEvent* keyEvent );
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given key.
+         * @param key the key to copy
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool init( const KKey& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the key with the given description. The form of the description
+         * is "[modifier+[modifier+]]+key", for example "e", "CTRL+q" or 
+         * "CTRL+ALT+DEL". Allowed modifiers are "SHIFT", "CTRL", "ALT", "WIN" and
+         * "META". "WIN" and "META" are equivalent. Modifiers are not case-sensitive. 
+         * @param key the description of the key
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
+         */
+        //USbool init( const QString& );
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USbool init( uint key, uint mod );
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the key.
+         */
+        //USKKey& operator =( const KKey& key )
+        //US    { init( key ); return *this; }
+
+ // Query methods.
+        /**
+         * Returns true if the key is null (after @ref clear() or empty
+         * constructor).
+         * @return true if the key is null
+         * @see clear()
+         * @see null()
+         */
+        //USbool isNull() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USbool isValidQt() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USbool isValidNative() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USuint sym() const;
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USuint modFlags() const;
+
+ // Comparison Methods
+        /**
+         * Compares this key with the given KKey object. Returns a negative 
+         * number if the given KKey is larger, 0 if they are equal and
+         * a positive number this KKey is larger. The returned value
+         * is the difference between the symbol or, if the symbols 
+         * are equal, the difference between the encoded modifiers.
+         * @param key the key to compare with this key
+         * @return a negative number if the given KKey is larger, 0 if 
+         * they are equal and a positive number this KKey is larger
+         */
+        //USint compare( const KKey& key ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Compares the symbol and modifiers of both keys.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator == ( const KKey& key ) const
+        //US    { return compare( key ) == 0; }
+        /**
+         * Compares the symbol and modifiers of both keys.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator != ( const KKey& key ) const
+        //US    { return compare( key ) != 0; }
+        /**
+         * Compares the symbol and modifiers of both keys.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator < ( const KKey& key ) const
+        //US    { return compare( key ) < 0; }
+
+ // Conversion methods.
+        /**
+         * Returns the qt key code.
+         * @return the qt key code or 0 if there is no key set.
+         * @see Qt::Key
+         */
+        //USint keyCodeQt() const;
+        
+        /**
+         * Returns a human-readable representation of the key in the form
+         * "modifier+key".
+         * @return the string representation of the key
+         */
+        //USQString toString() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+//US  QString toStringInternal() const;
+
+ // Operation methods
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USvoid simplify();
+        
+        /**
+         * Returns a null key.
+         * @return the null key
+         * @see isNull()
+         * @see clear()
+         */
+        //USstatic KKey& null();
+
+        /**
+         * Returns a user-readable representation of the given modifiers.
+         * @param f the modifiers to convert
+         * @return the string representation of the modifiers
+         */
+        //USstatic QString modFlagLabel( ModFlag f );
+
+//US private:
+        /*
+         * Under X11, m_key will hold an X11 key symbol.
+         * For Qt/Embedded, it will hold the Qt key code.
+         */
+        /**
+         * Returns the native key symbol value key.  Under X11, this is the X
+         * keycode.  Under Qt/Embedded, this is the Qt keycode.
+         * @see /usr/include/X11/keysymdef.h
+         * @see qnamespace.h
+         */
+        //USuint m_sym;
+        /**
+         * m_mod holds the
+         */
+        //USuint m_mod;
+
+//US private:
+        //USfriend class KKeyNative;
+//US};
+
+/**
+* A KKeySequence object holds a sequence of up to 4 keys.
+* Ex: Ctrl+X,I
+* @see KKey
+* @see KShortcut
+*/
+
+//USclass KKeySequence
+//US{
+//US public:
+        /// Defines the maximum length of the key sequence 
+//US        enum { MAX_KEYS = 4 }; 
+
+        /**
+         * Create a new null key sequence.
+         * @see isNull()
+         * @see null()
+         * @see clear()
+         */
+        //USKKeySequence();
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given qt key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to copy
+         */
+        //USKKeySequence( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Create a new key sequence that only contains the given key.
+         * @param key the key to add
+         */
+        //USKKeySequence( const KKey& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Create a new key sequence that only contains the given key.
+         * @param key the key to add
+         */
+        //USKKeySequence( const KKeyNative& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to copy
+         */
+        //USKKeySequence( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new key sequence that contains the given key sequence. 
+         * The description consists of comma-separated keys as
+         * required by @ref KKey::KKey(const QString&).
+         * @param keySeq the description of the key
+         * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
+         * @see KKey::KKey(const QString&)
+         */
+        //USKKeySequence( const QString& keySeq );
+
+        //US~KKeySequence();
+
+        /**
+         * Clears the key sequence. The key sequence is null after calling this 
+         * function.
+         * @see isNull()
+         */
+        //USvoid clear();
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given qt key sequence over this key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to copy
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool init( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the key sequence to only contain the given key.
+         * @param key the key to set
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool init( const KKey& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the key sequence to only contain the given key.
+         * @param key the key to set
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool init( const KKeyNative& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given key sequence over this key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to copy
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool init( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes this key sequence to contain the given key sequence.
+         * The description consists of comma-separated keys as
+         * required by @ref KKey::KKey(const QString&).
+         * @param key the description of the key
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
+         * @see KKey::KKey(const QString&)
+         */
+        //USbool init( const QString& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Copy the given key sequence into this sequence.
+         */
+        //USKKeySequence& operator =( const KKeySequence& seq )
+        //US    { init( seq ); return *this; }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the number of key strokes of this sequence.
+         * @return the number of key strokes
+         * @see MAX_KEYS
+         */
+        //USuint count() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Return the @p i'th key of this sequence, or a null key if there
+         * are less then i keys.
+         * @param i the key to retrieve
+         * @return the @p i'th key, or @ref KKey::null() if there are less
+         *         than i keys
+         * @see MAX_KEYS
+         */
+        //USconst KKey& key( uint i ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USbool isTriggerOnRelease() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Sets the @p i'th key of the sequence. You can not introduce gaps
+         * in a sequence, so you must use an @p i <= @ref count(). Also note that
+         * the maximum length of a key sequence is @ref MAX_KEYS.
+         * @param i the position of the new key (<= @ref count(), <= @ref MAX_KEYS)
+         * @param key the key to set
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool setKey( uint i, const KKey& key );
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+        //USvoid setTriggerOnRelease( bool );
+
+        /**
+         * Returns true if the key sequence is null (after @ref clear() or empty
+         * constructor).
+         * @return true if the key sequence is null
+         * @see clear()
+         * @see null()
+         */
+//US  bool isNull() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns true if this key sequence begins with the given sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to search
+         * @return true if this key sequence begins with the given sequence
+         */
+        //USbool startsWith( const KKeySequence& keySeq ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Compares this object with the given key sequence. Returns a negative 
+         * number if the given KKeySequence is larger, 0 if they are equal and
+         * a positive number this KKeySequence is larger. Key sequences are
+         * compared by comparing the individual keys, starting from the beginning
+         * until an unequal key has been found. If a sequence contains more
+         * keys, it is considered larger.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to compare to
+         * @return a negative number if the given KKeySequence is larger, 0 if 
+         * they are equal and a positive number this KKeySequence is larger
+         * @see KKey::sequence
+         */
+        //USint compare( const KKeySequence& keySeq ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Compares the keys of both sequences.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator == ( const KKeySequence& seq ) const
+        //US    { return compare( seq ) == 0; }
+
+        /**
+         * Compares the keys of both sequences.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator != ( const KKeySequence& seq ) const
+        //US    { return compare( seq ) != 0; }
+
+        /**
+         * Compares the keys of both sequences.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator < ( const KKeySequence& seq ) const
+        //US    { return compare( seq ) < 0; }
+        // TODO: consider adding Qt::SequenceMatch matches(...) methods for QKeySequence equivalence
+
+        /**
+         * Converts this key sequence to a QKeySequence.
+         * @return the QKeySequence
+         */
+        //USQKeySequence qt() const;
+        
+        /**
+         * Returns the qt key code of the first key.
+         * @return the qt key code of the first key
+         * @see Qt::Key
+         * @see KKey::keyCodeQt()
+         */
+        //USint keyCodeQt() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the key sequence as a number of key presses as
+         * returned by @ref KKey::toString(), seperated by commas.
+         * @return the string represenation of this key sequence
+         * @see KKey::toString()
+         */
+        //USQString toString() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+//US  QString toStringInternal() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns a null key sequence.
+         * @return the null key sequence
+         * @see isNull()
+         * @see clear()
+         */
+        //USstatic KKeySequence& null();
+
+//US protected:
+        //USuchar m_nKeys;
+        //USuchar m_bTriggerOnRelease;
+        // BCI: m_rgvar should be renamed to m_rgkey for KDE 4.0
+        //USKKey m_rgvar[MAX_KEYS];
+
+//US private:
+        //USclass KKeySequencePrivate* d;
+        //USfriend class KKeyNative;
+//US};
+
+/**
+* The KShortcut class is used to represent a keyboard shortcut to an action.
+* A shortcut is normally a single key with modifiers, such as Ctrl+V.
+* A KShortcut object may also contain an alternate key which will also
+* activate the action it's associated to, as long as no other actions have
+* defined that key as their primary key.  Ex: Ctrl+V;Shift+Insert.
+*/
+
+class KShortcut
+{
+ public:
+        /**
+         * The maximum number of key sequences that can be contained in 
+         * a KShortcut.
+         */ 
+        enum { MAX_SEQUENCES = 2 };
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new null shortcut.
+         * @see null()
+         * @see isNull()
+         * @see clear()
+         */
+        KShortcut() {}
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new shortcut with the given Qt key code
+         * as the only key sequence.
+         * @param keyQt the qt keycode
+         * @see Qt::Key
+         */
+        KShortcut( int keyQt ) {}
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new shortcut that contains only the given qt key
+         * sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to add
+         */
+        //USKShortcut( const QKeySequence& keySeq ) {}
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new shortcut that contains only the given key
+         * in its only sequence.
+         * @param key the key to add
+         */
+        //USKShortcut( const KKey& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new shortcut that contains only the given key
+         * sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to add
+         */
+        //USKShortcut( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given shortcut.
+         * @param shortcut the shortcut to add
+         */
+        //USKShortcut( const KShortcut& shortcut );
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new key sequence that contains the given key sequence.
+         * The description consists of semicolon-separated keys as
+         * used in @ref KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&).
+         * @param shortcut the description of the key
+         * @see KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&)
+         */
+        KShortcut( const char* shortcut ) {}
+
+        /**
+         * Creates a new key sequence that contains the given key sequence.
+         * The description consists of semicolon-separated keys as
+         * used in @ref KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&).
+         * @param shortcut the description of the key
+         * @see KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&)
+         */
+        KShortcut( const QString& shortcut ) {}
+        ~KShortcut() {}
+
+        /**
+         * Clears the shortcut. The shortcut is null after calling this 
+         * function.
+         * @see isNull()
+         */
+        //USvoid clear();
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the shortcut with the given Qt key code
+         * as the only key sequence.
+         * @param keyQt the qt keycode
+         * @see Qt::Key
+         */
+        //USbool init( int keyQt );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the shortcut with the given qt key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to add
+         */
+        //USbool init( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the shortcut with the given key as its only sequence.
+         * @param key the key to add
+         */
+        //USbool init( const KKey& key );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the shortcut with the given qt key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to add
+         */
+        //USbool init( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given shortcut.
+         * @param shortcut the shortcut to add
+         */
+        //USbool init( const KShortcut& shortcut );
+
+        /**
+         * Initializes the key sequence with the given key sequence.
+         * The description consists of semicolon-separated keys as
+         * used in @ref KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&).
+         * @param shortcut the description of the key
+         * @see KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&)
+         */
+        //USbool init( const QString& shortcut );
+
+        /**
+         * Copies the given shortcut over this shortcut.
+         */
+        //USKShortcut& operator =( const KShortcut& cut )
+        //US    { init( cut ); return *this; }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the number of sequences that are in this
+         * shortcut.
+         * @return the number of sequences
+         * @ref MAX_SEQUENCES
+         */
+        //USuint count() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the @p i'th key sequence of this shortcut.
+         * @param i the number of the key sequence to retrieve
+         * @return the @p i'th sequence or @ref KKeySequence::null() if
+         *         there are less than @p i key sequences
+         * @ref MAX_SEQUENCES
+         */
+        //USconst KKeySequence& seq( uint i ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the key code of the first key sequence, or 
+         * null if there is no first key sequence.
+         * @return the key code of the first sequence's first key
+         * @see Qt::Key
+         * @see KKeySequence::keyCodeQt()
+         */
+        //USint keyCodeQt() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns true if the shortcut is null (after @ref clear() or empty
+         * constructor).
+         * @return true if the shortcut is null
+         * @see clear()
+         * @see null()
+         */
+        bool isNull() const { return true; }
+
+        /**
+         * Compares this object with the given shortcut. Returns a negative 
+         * number if the given shortcut is larger, 0 if they are equal and
+         * a positive number this shortcut is larger. Shortcuts are
+         * compared by comparing the individual key sequences, starting from the 
+         * beginning until an unequal key sequences has been found. If a shortcut
+         * contains more key sequences, it is considered larger.
+         * @param shortcut the shortcut to compare to
+         * @return a negative number if the given KShortcut is larger, 0 if 
+         * they are equal and a positive number this KShortcut is larger
+         * @see KKey::compare()
+         * @see KKeyShortcut::compare()
+         */
+        //USint compare( const KShortcut& shortcut ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Compares the sequences of both shortcuts.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator == ( const KShortcut& cut ) const
+        //US    { return compare( cut ) == 0; }
+
+        /**
+         * Compares the sequences of both shortcuts.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator != ( const KShortcut& cut ) const
+        //US    { return compare( cut ) != 0; }
+
+        /**
+         * Compares the sequences of both shortcuts.
+         * @see compare()
+         */
+        //USbool operator < ( const KShortcut& cut ) const
+        //US    { return compare( cut ) < 0; }
+
+        /**
+         * Checks whether this shortcut contains a sequence that starts
+         * with the given key.
+         * @param key the key to check
+         * @return true if a key sequence starts with the key
+         */
+        //USbool contains( const KKey& key ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Checks whether this shortcut contains a sequence that starts
+         * with the given key.
+         * @param key the key to check
+         * @return true if a key sequence starts with the key
+         */
+        //USbool contains( const KKeyNative& key ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Checks whether this shortcut contains the given sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to check
+         * @return true if the shortcut has the given key sequence
+         */
+        //USbool contains( const KKeySequence& keySeq ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Sets the @p i'th key sequence of the shortcut. You can not introduce 
+         * gaps in the list of sequences, so you must use an @i <= @ref count(). 
+         * Also note that the maximum number of key sequences is @ref MAX_SEQUENCES.
+         * @param i the position of the new key sequence(<= @ref count(), 
+         *          <= @ref MAX_SEQUENCES)
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to set
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        //USbool setSeq( uint i, const KKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Appends the given key sequence.
+         * @param keySeq the key sequence to add
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         * @see setSeq()
+         * @see MAX_SEQUENCES
+        */
+        //USbool append( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
+
+        /**
+         * Appends the given key
+         * @param spec the key to add
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         * @see setSeq()
+         * @see MAX_SEQUENCES
+         * @since 3.2
+        */
+        //USbool append( const KKey& spec );
+
+        /**
+         * Appends the sequences from the given shortcut.
+         * @param cut the shortcut to append
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         * @see MAX_SEQUENCES
+         * @since 3.2
+        */
+        //USbool append( const KShortcut& cut );
+
+        /**
+         * Converts this shortcut to a key sequence. The first key sequence
+         * will be taken.
+         */
+        //USoperator QKeySequence () const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns a description of the shortcut as semicolon-separated
+         * ket sequences, as returned by @ref KKeySequence::toString().
+         * @return the string represenation of this shortcut
+         * @see KKey::toString()
+         * @see KKeySequence::toString()
+         */
+        //USQString toString() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @internal
+         */
+  QString toStringInternal( const KShortcut* pcutDefault = 0 ) const
+  {
+    return "EMPTY IMPL.";
+  }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns a null shortcut.
+         * @return the null shortcut
+         * @see isNull()
+         * @see clear()
+         */
+        //USstatic KShortcut& null();
+
+//US protected:
+        //USuint m_nSeqs;
+        //USKKeySequence m_rgseq[MAX_SEQUENCES];
+
+//US private:
+        //USclass KShortcutPrivate* d;
+        //USfriend class KKeyNative;
+
+//US#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+//US public:
+        //USoperator int () const    { return keyCodeQt(); }
+//US#endif
+};
+
+#endif // __KSHORTCUT_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5abe05c
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1620 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Author: Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> and Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
+         * Version:$Id$
+         * Generated:Thu Mar  5 16:05:28 EST 1998
+ */
+
+//US #include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+//US#include <errno.h>
+//US #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+//US #include <sys/stat.h>
+//US #endif
+//US#include <sys/types.h>
+//US#include <dirent.h>
+//US#include <pwd.h>
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qasciidict.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#include "kstandarddirs.h"
+#include "kconfig.h"
+#include "kdebug.h"
+//US #include "kinstance.h"
+#include "kshell.h"
+//US#include <sys/param.h>
+//US#include <unistd.h>
+
+//US
+QString KStandardDirs::mAppDir = QString::null;
+
+
+template class QDict<QStringList>;
+
+#if 0
+#include <qtextedit.h>
+void ddd( QString op ) 
+{
+  static QTextEdit * dot = 0;
+  if ( ! dot ) 
+  dot = new QTextEdit();
+
+  dot->show();
+
+  dot->append( op );
+
+}
+#endif
+class KStandardDirs::KStandardDirsPrivate
+{
+public:
+   KStandardDirsPrivate()
+    : restrictionsActive(false),
+      dataRestrictionActive(false)
+   { }
+
+   bool restrictionsActive;
+   bool dataRestrictionActive;
+   QAsciiDict<bool> restrictions;
+   QStringList xdgdata_prefixes;
+   QStringList xdgconf_prefixes;
+};
+
+static const char* const types[] = {"html", "icon", "apps", "sound",
+                              "data", "locale", "services", "mime",
+                              "servicetypes", "config", "exe",
+                              "wallpaper", "lib", "pixmap", "templates", 
+                              "module", "qtplugins", 
+                              "xdgdata-apps", "xdgdata-dirs", "xdgconf-menu", 0 };
+
+static int tokenize( QStringList& token, const QString& str,
+                const QString& delim );
+
+KStandardDirs::KStandardDirs( ) : addedCustoms(false)
+{
+    d = new KStandardDirsPrivate;
+    dircache.setAutoDelete(true);
+    relatives.setAutoDelete(true);
+    absolutes.setAutoDelete(true);
+    savelocations.setAutoDelete(true);
+    addKDEDefaults();
+}
+
+KStandardDirs::~KStandardDirs()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+bool KStandardDirs::isRestrictedResource(const char *type, const QString& relPath) const
+{
+   if (!d || !d->restrictionsActive)
+      return false;
+
+   if (d->restrictions[type])
+      return true;
+
+   if (strcmp(type, "data")==0)
+   {
+      applyDataRestrictions(relPath);
+      if (d->dataRestrictionActive)
+      {
+         d->dataRestrictionActive = false;
+         return true;
+      }
+   }
+   return false;
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::applyDataRestrictions(const QString &relPath) const
+{
+   QString key;
+   int i = relPath.find('/');
+   if (i != -1)
+      key = "data_"+relPath.left(i);
+   else
+      key = "data_"+relPath;
+
+   if (d && d->restrictions[key.latin1()])
+      d->dataRestrictionActive = true;
+}
+
+
+QStringList KStandardDirs::allTypes() const
+{
+    QStringList list;
+    for (int i = 0; types[i] != 0; ++i)
+        list.append(QString::fromLatin1(types[i]));
+    return list;
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::addPrefix( const QString& _dir )
+{
+    if (_dir.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    QString dir = _dir;
+    if (dir.at(dir.length() - 1) != '/')
+        dir += '/';
+
+    if (!prefixes.contains(dir)) {
+        prefixes.append(dir);
+        dircache.clear();
+    }
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::addXdgConfigPrefix( const QString& _dir )
+{
+    if (_dir.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    QString dir = _dir;
+    if (dir.at(dir.length() - 1) != '/')
+        dir += '/';
+
+    if (!d->xdgconf_prefixes.contains(dir)) {
+        d->xdgconf_prefixes.append(dir);
+        dircache.clear();
+    }
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::addXdgDataPrefix( const QString& _dir )
+{
+    if (_dir.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    QString dir = _dir;
+    if (dir.at(dir.length() - 1) != '/')
+        dir += '/';
+
+    if (!d->xdgdata_prefixes.contains(dir)) {
+        d->xdgdata_prefixes.append(dir);
+        dircache.clear();
+    }
+}
+
+
+QString KStandardDirs::kfsstnd_prefixes()
+{
+   return prefixes.join(":");
+}
+
+bool KStandardDirs::addResourceType( const char *type,
+                                     const QString& relativename )
+{
+    if (relativename.isNull())
+       return false;
+
+    QStringList *rels = relatives.find(type);
+    if (!rels) {
+        rels = new QStringList();
+        relatives.insert(type, rels);
+    }
+    QString copy = relativename;
+    if (copy.at(copy.length() - 1) != '/')
+        copy += '/';
+    if (!rels->contains(copy)) {
+        rels->prepend(copy);
+        dircache.remove(type); // clean the cache
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool KStandardDirs::addResourceDir( const char *type,
+                                    const QString& absdir)
+{
+    QStringList *paths = absolutes.find(type);
+    if (!paths) {
+        paths = new QStringList();
+        absolutes.insert(type, paths);
+    }
+    QString copy = absdir;
+    if (copy.at(copy.length() - 1) != '/')
+      copy += '/';
+
+    if (!paths->contains(copy)) {
+        paths->append(copy);
+        dircache.remove(type); // clean the cache
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::findResource( const char *type,
+                                     const QString& filename ) const
+{
+    if (filename.at(0) == '/')
+        return filename; // absolute dirs are absolute dirs, right? :-/
+
+#if 0
+kdDebug() << "Find resource: " << type << endl;
+for (QStringList::ConstIterator pit = prefixes.begin();
+     pit != prefixes.end();
+     pit++)
+{
+  kdDebug() << "Prefix: " << *pit << endl;
+}
+#endif
+
+    QString dir = findResourceDir(type, filename);
+    if (dir.isNull())
+        return dir;
+    else return dir + filename;
+}
+/*US
+static Q_UINT32 updateHash(const QString &file, Q_UINT32 hash)
+{
+    QCString cFile = QFile::encodeName(file);
+//US     struct stat buff;
+//US    if ((access(cFile, R_OK) == 0) &&
+//US        (stat( cFile, &buff ) == 0) &&
+//US        (S_ISREG( buff.st_mode )))
+    QFileInfo pathfnInfo(cFile);
+    if (( pathfnInfo.isReadable() == true ) &&
+       ( pathfnInfo.isFile()) )
+    {
+//US       hash = hash + (Q_UINT32) buff.st_ctime;
+       hash = hash + (Q_UINT32) pathfnInfo.lastModified();
+    }
+    return hash;
+}
+*/
+/*US
+Q_UINT32 KStandardDirs::calcResourceHash( const char *type,
+                              const QString& filename, bool deep) const
+{
+    Q_UINT32 hash = 0;
+
+    if (filename.at(0) == '/')
+    {
+        // absolute dirs are absolute dirs, right? :-/
+        return updateHash(filename, hash);
+    }
+    if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
+       applyDataRestrictions(filename);
+    QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
+    QString fullPath;
+
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
+         it != candidates.end(); it++)
+    {
+        hash = updateHash(*it + filename, hash);
+        if (!deep && hash)
+           return hash;
+    }
+    return hash;
+}
+*/
+
+QStringList KStandardDirs::findDirs( const char *type,
+                                     const QString& reldir ) const
+{
+    QStringList list;
+
+    checkConfig();
+
+    if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
+       applyDataRestrictions(reldir);
+    QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
+    QDir testdir;
+
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
+         it != candidates.end(); it++) {
+        testdir.setPath(*it + reldir);
+        if (testdir.exists())
+            list.append(testdir.absPath() + '/');
+    }
+
+    return list;
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::findResourceDir( const char *type,
+                                        const QString& filename) const
+{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if (filename.isEmpty()) {
+      kdWarning() << "filename for type " << type << " in KStandardDirs::findResourceDir is not supposed to be empty!!" << endl;
+      return QString::null;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
+       applyDataRestrictions(filename);
+    QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
+    QString fullPath;
+
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
+         it != candidates.end(); it++)
+      if (exists(*it + filename))
+        return *it;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if(false && type != "locale")
+      kdDebug() << "KStdDirs::findResDir(): can't find \"" << filename << "\" in type \"" << type << "\"." << endl;
+#endif
+
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+bool KStandardDirs::exists(const QString &fullPath)
+{
+//US    struct stat buff;
+    QFileInfo fullPathInfo(QFile::encodeName(fullPath));
+
+//US    if (access(QFile::encodeName(fullPath), R_OK) == 0 && fullPathInfo.isReadable())
+    if (fullPathInfo.isReadable())
+          {  
+      if (fullPath.at(fullPath.length() - 1) != '/') {
+        //US      if (S_ISREG( buff.st_mode ))
+              if (fullPathInfo.isFile())
+                      return true;
+            } 
+      else {
+        //US      if (S_ISDIR( buff.st_mode )) 
+              if (fullPathInfo.isDir()) 
+                      return true;
+      }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static void lookupDirectory(const QString& path, const QString &relPart,
+                            const QRegExp &regexp,
+                            QStringList& list,
+                            QStringList& relList,
+                            bool recursive, bool uniq)
+{
+  QString pattern = regexp.pattern();
+  if (recursive || pattern.contains('?') || pattern.contains('*'))
+  {
+    // We look for a set of files.
+//US    DIR *dp = opendir( QFile::encodeName(path));
+    QDir dp(QFile::encodeName(path));
+    if (!dp.exists())
+      return;
+    static int iii = 0;
+    ++iii;
+    if ( iii == 5 )
+        abort();
+    assert(path.at(path.length() - 1) == '/');
+
+//US    struct dirent *ep;
+//US    struct stat buff;
+
+    QString _dot(".");
+    QString _dotdot("..");
+
+//US    while( ( ep = readdir( dp ) ) != 0L )
+    QStringList direntries = dp.entryList();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = direntries.begin();
+    
+    while ( it != list.end() )            // for each file...
+    {
+    
+//US      QString fn( QFile::decodeName(ep->d_name));
+      QString fn = (*it); // dp.entryList already decodes
+      it++;
+      if ( fn.isNull() )
+          break;
+      
+      if (fn == _dot || fn == _dotdot || fn.at(fn.length() - 1).latin1() == '~'   )
+        continue;
+
+/*US
+      if (!recursive && !regexp.exactMatch(fn))
+        continue; // No match
+*/
+//US this should do the same:
+      int pos = regexp.match(fn);
+      if (!recursive && !pos == 0)
+        continue; // No match
+
+      QString pathfn = path + fn;
+/*US      
+      if ( stat( QFile::encodeName(pathfn), &buff ) != 0 ) {
+        kdDebug() << "Error stat'ing " << pathfn << " : " << perror << endl;
+        continue; // Couldn't stat (e.g. no read permissions)
+      }
+      
+      if ( recursive ) 
+      {
+        if ( S_ISDIR( buff.st_mode )) {
+          lookupDirectory(pathfn + '/', relPart + fn + '/', regexp, list, relList, recursive, uniq);
+      }
+*/
+//US replacement:
+      QFileInfo pathfnInfo(QFile::encodeName(pathfn));
+      if ( pathfnInfo.isReadable() == false )
+      {
+//US        kdDebug() << "Error stat'ing " << pathfn << " : " << perror << endl;
+        continue; // Couldn't stat (e.g. no read permissions)
+      }
+      
+      if ( recursive ) 
+      {
+        if ( pathfnInfo.isDir()) {
+          lookupDirectory(pathfn + '/', relPart + fn + '/', regexp, list, relList, recursive, uniq);
+      }
+      
+      
+/*US        
+        if (!regexp.exactMatch(fn))
+          continue; // No match
+*/
+//US this should do the same:
+        pos = regexp.match(fn);
+        if (!pos == 0)
+          continue; // No match
+      }
+
+//US      if ( S_ISREG( buff.st_mode))
+      if ( pathfnInfo.isFile())
+      {
+        if (!uniq || !relList.contains(relPart + fn))
+        {
+          list.append( pathfn );
+          relList.append( relPart + fn );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+//US    closedir( dp );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     // We look for a single file.
+     QString fn = pattern;
+     QString pathfn = path + fn;
+//US     struct stat buff;
+      QFileInfo pathfnInfo(QFile::encodeName(pathfn));
+
+
+//US     if ( stat( QFile::encodeName(pathfn), &buff ) != 0 )
+      if ( pathfnInfo.isReadable() == false )
+        return; // File not found
+     
+//US     if ( S_ISREG( buff.st_mode))
+     if ( pathfnInfo.isFile())
+     {
+       if (!uniq || !relList.contains(relPart + fn))
+       {
+         list.append( pathfn );
+         relList.append( relPart + fn );
+       }
+     }
+  }
+}
+
+static void lookupPrefix(const QString& prefix, const QString& relpath,
+                         const QString& relPart,
+                         const QRegExp &regexp,
+                         QStringList& list,
+                         QStringList& relList,
+                         bool recursive, bool uniq)
+{
+    if (relpath.isNull()) {
+       lookupDirectory(prefix, relPart, regexp, list,
+                       relList, recursive, uniq);
+       return;
+    }
+    QString path;
+    QString rest;
+
+    if (relpath.length())
+    {
+       int slash = relpath.find('/');
+       if (slash < 0)
+           rest = relpath.left(relpath.length() - 1);
+       else {
+           path = relpath.left(slash);
+           rest = relpath.mid(slash + 1);
+       }
+    }
+    assert(prefix.at(prefix.length() - 1) == '/');
+
+//US    struct stat buff;
+
+    if (path.contains('*') || path.contains('?')) {
+        QRegExp pathExp(path, true, true);
+        //USDIR *dp = opendir( QFile::encodeName(prefix) );
+  QDir dp(QFile::encodeName(prefix));
+  
+        //USif (!dp) 
+  if (!dp.exists())
+  {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        //USstruct dirent *ep;
+
+        QString _dot(".");
+        QString _dotdot("..");
+
+        //USwhile( ( ep = readdir( dp ) ) != 0L )
+    QStringList direntries = dp.entryList();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = direntries.begin();
+    
+    while ( it != list.end() )            // for each file...
+    {
+//US      QString fn( QFile::decodeName(ep->d_name));
+      QString fn = (*it); // dp.entryList() already encodes the strings
+      it++;
+    
+                if (fn == _dot || fn == _dotdot || fn.at(fn.length() - 1) == '~')
+                    continue;
+
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+
+                if (pathExp.search(fn) == -1)
+                    continue; // No match
+
+#else
+//US this should do the same:
+        if (pathExp.find(fn, 0) == -1)
+          continue; // No match
+#endif
+                QString rfn = relPart+fn;
+                fn = prefix + fn;
+//US    if ( stat( QFile::encodeName(fn), &buff ) != 0 )
+      QFileInfo fnInfo(QFile::encodeName(fn));
+    if ( fnInfo.isReadable() == false )
+    {
+//US        kdDebug() << "Error statting " << fn << " : " << perror << endl;
+                    continue; // Couldn't stat (e.g. no permissions)
+                }
+        //US    if ( S_ISDIR( buff.st_mode ))
+    if ( fnInfo.isDir() )
+    
+                    lookupPrefix(fn + '/', rest, rfn + '/', regexp, list, relList, recursive, uniq);
+            }
+
+        //USclosedir( dp );
+    } else {
+        // Don't stat, if the dir doesn't exist we will find out
+        // when we try to open it.
+        lookupPrefix(prefix + path + '/', rest,
+                     relPart + path + '/', regexp, list,
+                     relList, recursive, uniq);
+    }
+}
+
+QStringList
+KStandardDirs::findAllResources( const char *type,
+                                 const QString& filter,
+                                 bool recursive,
+                                 bool uniq,
+                                 QStringList &relList) const
+{
+    QStringList list;
+    if (filter.at(0) == '/') // absolute paths we return
+    {
+        list.append( filter);
+        return list;
+    }
+
+    QString filterPath;
+    QString filterFile;
+
+    if (filter.length())
+    {
+       int slash = filter.findRev('/');
+       if (slash < 0)
+           filterFile = filter;
+       else {
+           filterPath = filter.left(slash + 1);
+           filterFile = filter.mid(slash + 1);
+       }
+    }
+    checkConfig();
+
+    if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
+       applyDataRestrictions(filter);
+    QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
+    if (filterFile.isEmpty())
+        filterFile = "*";
+
+    QRegExp regExp(filterFile, true, true);
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
+         it != candidates.end(); it++)
+    {
+        lookupPrefix(*it, filterPath, "", regExp, list,
+                     relList, recursive, uniq);
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+QStringList
+KStandardDirs::findAllResources( const char *type,
+                                 const QString& filter,
+                                 bool recursive,
+                                 bool uniq) const
+{
+    QStringList relList;
+    return findAllResources(type, filter, recursive, uniq, relList);
+}
+
+QString 
+KStandardDirs::realPath(const QString &dirname)
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  return dirname;
+#else
+//US    char realpath_buffer[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+//US    memset(realpath_buffer, 0, MAXPATHLEN + 1);
+    char realpath_buffer[250 + 1];
+    memset(realpath_buffer, 0, 250 + 1);
+
+    /* If the path contains symlinks, get the real name */
+    if (realpath( QFile::encodeName(dirname).data(), realpath_buffer) != 0) {
+        // succes, use result from realpath
+        int len = strlen(realpath_buffer);
+        realpath_buffer[len] = '/';
+        realpath_buffer[len+1] = 0;
+        return QFile::decodeName(realpath_buffer);
+    }
+
+    return dirname;
+#endif
+}
+/*US
+void KStandardDirs::createSpecialResource(const char *type)
+{
+   char hostname[256];
+   hostname[0] = 0;
+   gethostname(hostname, 255);
+   QString dir = QString("%1%2-%3").arg(localkdedir()).arg(type).arg(hostname);
+   char link[1024];
+   link[1023] = 0;
+   int result = readlink(QFile::encodeName(dir).data(), link, 1023);
+   if ((result == -1) && (errno == ENOENT))
+   {
+      QString srv = findExe(QString::fromLatin1("lnusertemp"), KDEDIR+QString::fromLatin1("/bin"));
+      if (srv.isEmpty())
+         srv = findExe(QString::fromLatin1("lnusertemp"));
+      if (!srv.isEmpty())
+      {
+         system(QFile::encodeName(srv)+" "+type);
+         result = readlink(QFile::encodeName(dir).data(), link, 1023);
+      }
+   }
+   if (result > 0)
+   {
+      link[result] = 0;
+      if (link[0] == '/')
+         dir = QFile::decodeName(link);
+      else
+         dir = QDir::cleanDirPath(dir+QFile::decodeName(link));
+   }
+   addResourceDir(type, dir+'/');
+}
+*/
+
+QStringList KStandardDirs::resourceDirs(const char *type) const
+{
+    QStringList *candidates = dircache.find(type);
+
+    if (!candidates) { // filling cache
+/*US    
+        if (strcmp(type, "socket") == 0)
+           const_cast<KStandardDirs *>(this)->createSpecialResource(type);
+        else if (strcmp(type, "tmp") == 0)
+           const_cast<KStandardDirs *>(this)->createSpecialResource(type);
+        else if (strcmp(type, "cache") == 0)
+           const_cast<KStandardDirs *>(this)->createSpecialResource(type);
+*/
+        QDir testdir;
+
+        candidates = new QStringList();
+        QStringList *dirs;
+
+        bool restrictionActive = false;
+        if (d && d->restrictionsActive)
+        {
+           if (d->dataRestrictionActive)
+              restrictionActive = true;
+           else if (d->restrictions["all"])
+              restrictionActive = true;
+           else if (d->restrictions[type])
+              restrictionActive = true;
+           d->dataRestrictionActive = false; // Reset
+        }
+
+        dirs = relatives.find(type);
+        if (dirs)
+        {
+            bool local = true;
+            const QStringList *prefixList = 0;
+            if (strncmp(type, "xdgdata-", 8) == 0)
+                prefixList = &(d->xdgdata_prefixes);
+            else if (strncmp(type, "xdgconf-", 8) == 0)
+                prefixList = &(d->xdgconf_prefixes);
+            else
+                prefixList = &prefixes;
+               
+            for (QStringList::ConstIterator pit = prefixList->begin();
+                 pit != prefixList->end();
+                 pit++)
+            {
+                for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = dirs->begin();
+                     it != dirs->end(); ++it) {
+                    QString path = realPath(*pit + *it);
+                    testdir.setPath(path);
+                    if (local && restrictionActive)
+                       continue;
+                    if ((local || testdir.exists()) && !candidates->contains(path))
+                        candidates->append(path);
+                }
+                local = false;
+            }
+        }
+        dirs = absolutes.find(type);
+        if (dirs)
+            for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = dirs->begin();
+                 it != dirs->end(); ++it)
+            {
+                testdir.setPath(*it);
+                if (testdir.exists())
+                {
+                    QString filename = realPath(*it);
+                    if (!candidates->contains(filename))
+                        candidates->append(filename);
+                }
+            }
+        dircache.insert(type, candidates);
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    kdDebug() << "found dirs for resource " << type << ":" << endl;
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator pit = candidates->begin();
+         pit != candidates->end();
+         pit++)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (*pit).latin1());
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+  return *candidates;
+}
+
+/*US
+QString KStandardDirs::findExe( const QString& appname,
+                                const QString& pstr, bool ignore)
+{
+    QFileInfo info;
+
+    // absolute path ?
+    if (appname.startsWith(QString::fromLatin1("/")))
+    {
+        info.setFile( appname );
+        if( info.exists() && ( ignore || info.isExecutable() )
+            && info.isFile() ) {
+            return appname;
+        }
+        return QString::null;
+    }
+
+//US    QString p = QString("%1/%2").arg(__KDE_BINDIR).arg(appname);
+    QString p = QString("%1/%2").arg(appname).arg(appname);
+    qDebug("KStandardDirs::findExe this is probably wrong");
+    
+    info.setFile( p );
+    if( info.exists() && ( ignore || info.isExecutable() )
+         && ( info.isFile() || info.isSymLink() )  ) {
+         return p;
+    }
+
+    QStringList tokens;
+    p = pstr;
+
+    if( p.isNull() ) {
+        p = getenv( "PATH" );
+    }
+
+    tokenize( tokens, p, ":\b" );
+
+    // split path using : or \b as delimiters
+    for( unsigned i = 0; i < tokens.count(); i++ ) {
+        p = tokens[ i ];
+
+        if ( p[ 0 ] == '~' )
+        {
+            int len = p.find( '/' );
+            if ( len == -1 )
+                len = p.length();
+            if ( len == 1 )
+                p.replace( 0, 1, QDir::homeDirPath() );
+            else
+            {
+                QString user = p.mid( 1, len - 1 );
+                struct passwd *dir = getpwnam( user.local8Bit().data() );
+                if ( dir && strlen( dir->pw_dir ) )
+                    p.replace( 0, len, QString::fromLocal8Bit( dir->pw_dir ) );
+            }
+        }
+
+        p += "/";
+        p += appname;
+
+        // Check for executable in this tokenized path
+        info.setFile( p );
+
+        if( info.exists() && ( ignore || info.isExecutable() )
+           && ( info.isFile() || info.isSymLink() )  ) {
+            return p;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // If we reach here, the executable wasn't found.
+    // So return empty string.
+
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+int KStandardDirs::findAllExe( QStringList& list, const QString& appname,
+                        const QString& pstr, bool ignore )
+{
+    QString p = pstr;
+    QFileInfo info;
+    QStringList tokens;
+
+    if( p.isNull() ) {
+        p = getenv( "PATH" );
+    }
+
+    list.clear();
+    tokenize( tokens, p, ":\b" );
+
+    for ( unsigned i = 0; i < tokens.count(); i++ ) {
+        p = tokens[ i ];
+        p += "/";
+        p += appname;
+
+        info.setFile( p );
+
+        if( info.exists() && (ignore || info.isExecutable())
+            && info.isFile() ) {
+            list.append( p );
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    return list.count();
+}
+*/
+
+static int tokenize( QStringList& tokens, const QString& str,
+                     const QString& delim )
+{
+    int len = str.length();
+    QString token = "";
+
+    for( int index = 0; index < len; index++)
+    {
+        if ( delim.find( str[ index ] ) >= 0 )
+        {
+            tokens.append( token );
+            token = "";
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            token += str[ index ];
+        }
+    }
+    if ( token.length() > 0 )
+    {
+        tokens.append( token );
+    }
+
+    return tokens.count();
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::kde_default(const char *type) {
+    if (!strcmp(type, "data"))
+        return "apps/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "html"))
+        return "share/doc/HTML/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "icon"))
+        return "share/icons/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "config"))
+        return "config/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "pixmap"))
+        return "share/pixmaps/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "apps"))
+        return "share/applnk/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "sound"))
+        return "share/sounds/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "locale"))
+        return "share/locale/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "services"))
+        return "share/services/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "servicetypes"))
+        return "share/servicetypes/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "mime"))
+        return "share/mimelnk/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "cgi"))
+        return "cgi-bin/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "wallpaper"))
+        return "share/wallpapers/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "templates"))
+        return "share/templates/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "exe"))
+        return "bin/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "lib"))
+        return "lib/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "module"))
+        return "lib/kde3/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "qtplugins"))
+        return "lib/kde3/plugins";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "xdgdata-apps"))
+        return "applications/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "xdgdata-dirs"))
+        return "desktop-directories/";
+    if (!strcmp(type, "xdgconf-menu"))
+        return "menus/";
+    qFatal("unknown resource type %s", type);
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::saveLocation(const char *type,
+                                    const QString& suffix,
+                                    bool create) const
+{
+    //qDebug("KStandardDirs::saveLocation called %s %s", type,suffix.latin1() );
+    //return "";
+    checkConfig();
+
+    QString *pPath = savelocations.find(type);
+    if (!pPath)
+    {
+       QStringList *dirs = relatives.find(type);
+       if (!dirs && (
+                     (strcmp(type, "socket") == 0) || 
+                     (strcmp(type, "tmp") == 0) ||
+                     (strcmp(type, "cache") == 0) ))
+       {
+          (void) resourceDirs(type); // Generate socket|tmp|cache resource.
+          dirs = relatives.find(type); // Search again.
+       }
+       if (dirs)
+       {
+          // Check for existance of typed directory + suffix
+          if (strncmp(type, "xdgdata-", 8) == 0)
+             pPath = new QString(realPath(localxdgdatadir() + dirs->last()));
+          else if (strncmp(type, "xdgconf-", 8) == 0)
+             pPath = new QString(realPath(localxdgconfdir() + dirs->last()));
+          else
+             pPath = new QString(realPath(localkdedir() + dirs->last()));
+       }
+       else {
+          dirs = absolutes.find(type);
+          if (!dirs)
+             qFatal("KStandardDirs: The resource type %s is not registered", type);
+          pPath = new QString(realPath(dirs->last()));
+       }
+      
+       savelocations.insert(type, pPath);
+    }
+   
+    QString fullPath = *pPath + suffix;
+//US    struct stat st;
+//US    if (stat(QFile::encodeName(fullPath), &st) != 0 || !(S_ISDIR(st.st_mode))) 
+      QFileInfo fullPathInfo(QFile::encodeName(fullPath));
+      if (fullPathInfo.isReadable() || !fullPathInfo.isDir()) 
+    
+    
+    {
+        if(!create) {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            qDebug("save location %s doesn't exist", fullPath.latin1());
+#endif
+            return fullPath;
+        }
+        if(!makeDir(fullPath, 0700)) {
+            qWarning("failed to create %s", fullPath.latin1());
+            return fullPath;
+        }
+        dircache.remove(type);
+    }
+    return fullPath;
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::relativeLocation(const char *type, const QString &absPath)
+{
+    QString fullPath = absPath;
+    int i = absPath.findRev('/');
+    if (i != -1)
+    {
+       fullPath = realPath(absPath.left(i+1))+absPath.mid(i+1); // Normalize
+    }
+
+    QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
+
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
+         it != candidates.end(); it++)
+      if (fullPath.startsWith(*it))
+      {
+        return fullPath.mid((*it).length());
+      }
+
+    return absPath;
+}
+
+
+bool KStandardDirs::makeDir(const QString& dir2, int mode)
+{
+  QString dir = QDir::convertSeparators( dir2  );
+#if 0
+    //LR
+
+    // we want an absolute path
+    if (dir.at(0) != '/')
+        return false;
+
+    QString target = dir;
+    uint len = target.length();
+
+    // append trailing slash if missing
+    if (dir.at(len - 1) != '/')
+        target += '/';
+
+    QString base("");
+    uint i = 1;
+
+    while( i < len )
+    {
+//US        struct stat st;
+        int pos = target.find('/', i);
+        base += target.mid(i - 1, pos - i + 1);
+        QCString baseEncoded = QFile::encodeName(base);
+        // bail out if we encountered a problem
+//US        if (stat(baseEncoded, &st) != 0)
+        QFileInfo baseEncodedInfo(baseEncoded);
+        if (!baseEncodedInfo.exists())
+        {
+          // Directory does not exist....
+          // Or maybe a dangling symlink ?
+//US          if (lstat(baseEncoded, &st) == 0)
+          if (baseEncodedInfo.isSymLink()) {
+//US              (void)unlink(baseEncoded); // try removing
+              QFile(baseEncoded).remove();
+          }
+
+        //US  if ( mkdir(baseEncoded, (mode_t) mode) != 0)
+    QDir dirObj;
+          if ( dirObj.mkdir(baseEncoded) != true )
+    {
+        //US    perror("trying to create local folder");
+            return false; // Couldn't create it :-(
+          }
+        }
+        i = pos + 1;
+    }
+    return true;
+#endif
+
+    // ********************************************
+    // new code for WIN32
+  QDir dirObj;
+
+      
+    // we want an absolute path
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+    if (dir.at(0) != '/')
+        return false;
+#endif
+   
+    QString target = dir;
+    uint len = target.length();
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+    // append trailing slash if missing
+    if (dir.at(len - 1) != '/')
+        target += '/';
+#endif
+
+    QString base("");
+    uint i = 1;
+
+    while( i < len )
+    {
+//US        struct stat st;
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+        int pos = target.find('/', i);
+#else
+        int pos = target.find('\\', i);
+#endif
+        if ( pos < 0 )
+          return true;
+        base += target.mid(i - 1, pos - i + 1);
+        //QMessageBox::information( 0,"cap111", base, 1 );
+/*US        
+        QCString baseEncoded = QFile::encodeName(base);
+        // bail out if we encountered a problem
+        if (stat(baseEncoded, &st) != 0)
+        {
+          // Directory does not exist....
+          // Or maybe a dangling symlink ?
+          if (lstat(baseEncoded, &st) == 0)
+              (void)unlink(baseEncoded); // try removing
+              
+
+          if ( mkdir(baseEncoded, (mode_t) mode) != 0) {
+            perror("trying to create local folder");
+            return false; // Couldn't create it :-(
+          }
+        }
+*/        
+        
+        if (dirObj.exists(base) == false)
+        {
+            //qDebug("KStandardDirs::makeDir try to create : %s" , base.latin1());
+          if (dirObj.mkdir(base) != true)
+          {
+            qDebug("KStandardDirs::makeDir could not create: %s" , base.latin1());
+            return false;
+          }
+        }
+
+        i = pos + 1;
+    }
+    return true;
+
+}
+
+static QString readEnvPath(const char *env)
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+    return "";
+#else
+   QCString c_path = getenv(env);
+   if (c_path.isEmpty())
+      return QString::null;
+   return QFile::decodeName(c_path);
+#endif
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults()
+{
+    //qDebug("ERROR: KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults() called ");
+    //return;
+    QStringList kdedirList;
+
+    // begin KDEDIRS
+    QString kdedirs = readEnvPath("MICROKDEDIRS");
+    if (!kdedirs.isEmpty())
+    {
+        tokenize(kdedirList, kdedirs, ":");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        QString kdedir = readEnvPath("MICROKDEDIR");
+        if (!kdedir.isEmpty())
+        {
+           kdedir = KShell::tildeExpand(kdedir);
+           kdedirList.append(kdedir);
+        }
+    }
+//US    kdedirList.append(KDEDIR);
+
+#ifdef __KDE_EXECPREFIX
+    QString execPrefix(__KDE_EXECPREFIX);
+    if (execPrefix!="NONE")
+       kdedirList.append(execPrefix);
+#endif
+
+    QString localKdeDir;
+    
+//US    if (getuid())
+    if (true)
+    {
+       localKdeDir = readEnvPath("MICROKDEHOME");
+       if (!localKdeDir.isEmpty())
+       {
+          if (localKdeDir.at(localKdeDir.length()-1) != '/')
+             localKdeDir += '/';
+       }
+       else
+       {
+          localKdeDir =  QDir::homeDirPath() + "/kdepim/";
+       }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       // We treat root different to prevent root messing up the
+       // file permissions in the users home directory.
+       localKdeDir = readEnvPath("MICROKDEROOTHOME");
+       if (!localKdeDir.isEmpty())
+       {
+          if (localKdeDir.at(localKdeDir.length()-1) != '/')
+             localKdeDir += '/';
+       }
+       else
+       {
+//US          struct passwd *pw = getpwuid(0);
+//US          localKdeDir =  QFile::decodeName((pw && pw->pw_dir) ? pw->pw_dir : "/root")  + "/.microkde/";
+              qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: 1 has to be fixed");        
+       }
+
+    }
+
+//US    localKdeDir =  appDir();
+
+//US
+//  qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: localKdeDir=%s", localKdeDir.latin1());        
+    if (localKdeDir != "-/")
+    {
+        localKdeDir = KShell::tildeExpand(localKdeDir);
+        addPrefix(localKdeDir);
+    }
+
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = kdedirList.begin();
+         it != kdedirList.end(); it++)
+    {
+        QString dir = KShell::tildeExpand(*it);
+        addPrefix(dir);
+    }
+    // end KDEDIRS
+
+    // begin XDG_CONFIG_XXX
+    QStringList xdgdirList;
+    QString xdgdirs = readEnvPath("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS");
+    if (!xdgdirs.isEmpty())
+    {
+        tokenize(xdgdirList, xdgdirs, ":");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        xdgdirList.clear();
+        xdgdirList.append("/etc/xdg");
+    }
+
+    QString localXdgDir = readEnvPath("XDG_CONFIG_HOME");
+    if (!localXdgDir.isEmpty())
+    {
+       if (localXdgDir.at(localXdgDir.length()-1) != '/')
+          localXdgDir += '/';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+//US       if (getuid())
+       if (true)
+       {
+          localXdgDir =  QDir::homeDirPath() + "/.config/";
+       }
+       else
+       {
+//US          struct passwd *pw = getpwuid(0);
+//US          localXdgDir =  QFile::decodeName((pw && pw->pw_dir) ? pw->pw_dir : "/root")  + "/.config/";
+              qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: 2 has to be fixed");        
+       }
+    }
+
+    localXdgDir = KShell::tildeExpand(localXdgDir);
+    addXdgConfigPrefix(localXdgDir);
+
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = xdgdirList.begin();
+         it != xdgdirList.end(); it++)
+    {
+        QString dir = KShell::tildeExpand(*it);
+        addXdgConfigPrefix(dir);
+    }
+    // end XDG_CONFIG_XXX
+
+    // begin XDG_DATA_XXX
+    xdgdirs = readEnvPath("XDG_DATA_DIRS");
+    if (!xdgdirs.isEmpty())
+    {
+        tokenize(xdgdirList, xdgdirs, ":");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        xdgdirList.clear();
+        for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = kdedirList.begin();
+           it != kdedirList.end(); it++)
+        {
+           QString dir = *it;
+           if (dir.at(dir.length()-1) != '/')
+             dir += '/';
+           xdgdirList.append(dir+"share/");
+        }
+        
+        xdgdirList.append("/usr/local/share/");
+        xdgdirList.append("/usr/share/");
+    }
+
+    localXdgDir = readEnvPath("XDG_DATA_HOME");
+    if (!localXdgDir.isEmpty())
+    {
+       if (localXdgDir.at(localXdgDir.length()-1) != '/')
+          localXdgDir += '/';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+//US       if (getuid())
+       if (true)
+       {
+          localXdgDir =  QDir::homeDirPath() + "/.local/share/";
+       }
+       else
+       {
+//US          struct passwd *pw = getpwuid(0);
+//US          localXdgDir =  QFile::decodeName((pw && pw->pw_dir) ? pw->pw_dir : "/root")  + "/.local/share/";
+              qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: 3 has to be fixed");        
+       }
+    }
+
+    localXdgDir = KShell::tildeExpand(localXdgDir);
+    addXdgDataPrefix(localXdgDir);
+
+    for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = xdgdirList.begin();
+         it != xdgdirList.end(); it++)
+    {
+        QString dir = KShell::tildeExpand(*it);
+        
+        addXdgDataPrefix(dir);
+    }
+    // end XDG_DATA_XXX
+
+
+    uint index = 0;
+    while (types[index] != 0) {
+        addResourceType(types[index], kde_default(types[index]));
+        index++;
+    }
+
+    addResourceDir("home", QDir::homeDirPath());
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::checkConfig() const
+{
+/*US    
+    if (!addedCustoms && KGlobal::_instance && KGlobal::_instance->_config)
+        const_cast<KStandardDirs*>(this)->addCustomized(KGlobal::_instance->_config);
+*/
+    if (!addedCustoms && KGlobal::config())
+        const_cast<KStandardDirs*>(this)->addCustomized(KGlobal::config());
+}
+
+bool KStandardDirs::addCustomized(KConfig *config)
+{
+    if (addedCustoms) // there are already customized entries
+        return false; // we just quite and hope they are the right ones
+
+    // save the numbers of config directories. If this changes,
+    // we will return true to give KConfig a chance to reparse
+    uint configdirs = resourceDirs("config").count();
+
+    // reading the prefixes in
+    QString oldGroup = config->group();
+    config->setGroup("Directories");
+
+    QStringList list;
+    QStringList::ConstIterator it;
+    list = config->readListEntry("prefixes");
+    for (it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); it++)
+        addPrefix(*it);
+
+    // iterating over all entries in the group Directories
+    // to find entries that start with dir_$type
+/*US    
+    QMap<QString, QString> entries = config->entryMap("Directories");
+
+    QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator it2;
+    for (it2 = entries.begin(); it2 != entries.end(); it2++)
+    {
+      QString key = it2.key();
+      if (key.left(4) == "dir_") {
+        // generate directory list, there may be more than 1.
+        QStringList dirs = QStringList::split(',', *it2);
+        QStringList::Iterator sIt(dirs.begin());
+        QString resType = key.mid(4, key.length());
+        for (; sIt != dirs.end(); ++sIt) {
+          addResourceDir(resType.latin1(), *sIt);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Process KIOSK restrictions.
+    config->setGroup("KDE Resource Restrictions");
+    entries = config->entryMap("KDE Resource Restrictions");
+    for (it2 = entries.begin(); it2 != entries.end(); it2++)
+    {
+        QString key = it2.key();
+        if (!config->readBoolEntry(key, true))
+        {
+           d->restrictionsActive = true;
+           d->restrictions.insert(key.latin1(), &d->restrictionsActive); // Anything will do
+           dircache.remove(key.latin1());
+        }
+    }
+*/
+    // save it for future calls - that will return
+    addedCustoms = true;
+    config->setGroup(oldGroup);
+
+    // return true if the number of config dirs changed
+    return (resourceDirs("config").count() != configdirs);
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::localkdedir() const
+{
+    // Return the prefix to use for saving
+    return prefixes.first();
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::localxdgdatadir() const
+{
+    // Return the prefix to use for saving
+    return d->xdgdata_prefixes.first();
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::localxdgconfdir() const
+{
+    // Return the prefix to use for saving
+    return d->xdgconf_prefixes.first();
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::setAppDir( const QString &appDir )
+{
+  mAppDir = appDir;
+
+  if ( mAppDir.right( 1 ) != "/" ) 
+    mAppDir += "/";
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::appDir()
+{ 
+  return mAppDir; 
+}
+
+// just to make code more readable without macros
+QString locate( const char *type,
+                const QString& filename/*US , const KInstance* inst*/ )
+{
+//US    return inst->dirs()->findResource(type, filename);
+    return KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, filename);
+}
+
+QString locateLocal( const char *type,
+                     const QString& filename/*US , const KInstance* inst*/ )
+{
+
+     QString path = locateLocal(type, filename, true /*US, inst*/);
+    
+
+/*
+     static int ccc = 0;
+     ++ccc;
+     if ( ccc > 13 )
+         abort();
+*/
+     qDebug("locatelocal: %s" , path.latin1());
+     return path;
+
+/*US why do we put all files into one directory. It is quit complicated.
+why not staying with the original directorystructure ?
+
+  
+  QString escapedFilename = filename;
+  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
+
+  QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "_" + escapedFilename;
+
+  kdDebug() << "locate: '" << path << "'" << endl;
+  qDebug("locate: %s" , path.latin1());
+  return path;
+*/
+//US so my proposal is this:  
+
+//  QString escapedFilename = filename;
+//  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
+
+#if 0
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  QString path = QDir::convertSeparators(KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename);
+#else
+  QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename;
+#endif
+  
+  //US Create the containing dir if needed
+  QFileInfo fi ( path );
+ 
+  // QString dir=pathurl.directory();
+          //QMessageBox::information( 0,"path", path, 1 );
+  
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  KStandardDirs::makeDir(path);
+#else
+  KStandardDirs::makeDir(fi.dirPath( true ));
+#endif 
+  
+  qDebug("locate22: %s" , path.latin1());
+  return path;
+
+#endif
+    
+}
+
+QString locateLocal( const char *type,
+                     const QString& filename, bool createDir/*US , const KInstance* inst*/ )
+{
+    // try to find slashes. If there are some, we have to
+    // create the subdir first
+    int slash = filename.findRev('/')+1;
+    if (!slash) // only one filename
+        //USreturn inst->dirs()->saveLocation(type, QString::null, createDir) + filename;
+      return KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation(type, QString::null, createDir) + filename;
+
+    // split path from filename
+    QString dir = filename.left(slash);
+    QString file = filename.mid(slash);
+//US    return inst->dirs()->saveLocation(type, dir, createDir) + file;
+    return KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation(type, dir, createDir) + file;
+
+    // ***************************************************************
+#if 0
+
+/*US why do we put all files into one directory. It is quit complicated.
+why not staying with the original directorystructure ?
+
+  
+  QString escapedFilename = filename;
+  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
+
+  QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "_" + escapedFilename;
+
+  kdDebug() << "locate: '" << path << "'" << endl;
+  qDebug("locate: %s" , path.latin1());
+  return path;
+*/
+//US so my proposal is this:  
+
+//  QString escapedFilename = filename;
+//  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
+
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  QString path = QDir::convertSeparators(KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename);
+#else
+  QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename;
+#endif
+  
+  //US Create the containing dir if needed
+  KURL pathurl;
+  pathurl.setPath(path);
+  QString dir=pathurl.directory();
+          //QMessageBox::information( 0,"path", path, 1 );
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  KStandardDirs::makeDir(path);
+#else
+  KStandardDirs::makeDir(dir);
+#endif 
+  
+  return path;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.h b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e1108
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+/*
+  This file is part of the KDE libraries
+  Copyright (C) 1999 Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
+                     Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+                     Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+
+  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+  Library General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SSK_KSTDDIRS_H
+#define SSK_KSTDDIRS_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+class KConfig;
+class KStandardDirsPrivate;
+
+
+/**
+ * @short Site-independent access to standard KDE directories.
+ * @author Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> and Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
+ * @version $Id$
+ *
+ * This is one of the most central classes in kdelibs as
+ * it provides a basic service: It knows where the files
+ * reside on the user's hard disk. And it's meant to be the
+ * only one that knows -- to make the real location as
+ * transparent as possible to both the user and the applications.
+ *
+ * To this end it insulates the application from all information
+ * and applications always refer to a file with a resource type
+ * (e.g. icon) and a filename (e.g. khexdit.xpm). In an ideal world
+ * the application would make no assumption where this file is and
+ * leave it up to @ref KStandardDirs::findResource("apps", "Home.desktop")
+ * to apply this knowledge to return /opt/kde/share/applnk/Home.desktop
+ * or ::locate("data", "kgame/background.jpg") to return
+ * /opt/kde/share/apps/kgame/background.jpg
+ *
+ * The main idea behind KStandardDirs is that there are several
+ * toplevel prefixes below which the files lie. One of these prefixes is
+ * the one where the user installed kdelibs, one is where the
+ * application was installed, and one is $HOME/.kde, but there
+ * may be even more. Under these prefixes there are several well
+ * defined suffixes where specific resource types are to be found.
+ * For example, for the resource type "html" the suffixes could be
+ * share/doc/HTML and share/doc/kde/HTML.
+ * So the search algorithm basicly appends to each prefix each registered
+ * suffix and tries to locate the file there.
+ * To make the thing even more complex, it's also possible to register
+ * absolute paths that KStandardDirs looks up after not finding anything
+ * in the former steps. They can be useful if the user wants to provide
+ * specific directories that aren't in his $HOME/.kde directory for,
+ * for example, icons.
+ *
+ * @sect Standard resources that kdelibs allocates are:
+ *
+ * @li apps - Applications menu (.desktop files).
+ * @li cache - Cached information (e.g. favicons, web-pages)
+ * @li cgi - CGIs to run from kdehelp.
+ * @li config - Configuration files.
+ * @li data - Where applications store data.
+ * @li exe - Executables in $prefix/bin. @ref findExe() for a function that takes $PATH into account.
+ * @li html - HTML documentation.
+ * @li icon - Icons, see @ref KIconLoader.
+ * @li lib - Libraries.
+ * @li locale - Translation files for @ref KLocale.
+ * @li mime - Mime types.
+ * @li module - Module (dynamically loaded library).
+ * @li qtplugins - Qt plugins (dynamically loaded objects for Qt)
+ * @li services - Services.
+ * @li servicetypes - Service types.
+ * @li scripts - Application scripting additions.
+ * @li sound - Application sounds.
+ * @li templates - Templates
+ * @li wallpaper - Wallpapers.
+ * @li tmp - Temporary files (specfic for both current host and current user)
+ * @li socket - UNIX Sockets (specific for both current host and current user)
+ *
+ * A type that is added by the class @ref KApplication if you use it, is
+ * appdata. This one makes the use of the type data a bit easier as it
+ * appends the name of the application.
+ * So while you had to ::locate("data", "appname/filename") so you can
+ * also write ::locate("appdata", "filename") if your KApplication instance
+ * is called "appname" (as set via KApplication's constructor or KAboutData, if
+ * you use the global KStandardDirs object @ref KGlobal::dirs()).
+ * Please note though that you cannot use the "appdata"
+ * type if you intend to use it in an applet for Kicker because 'appname' would
+ * be "Kicker" instead of the applet's name. Therefore, for applets, you've got
+ * to work around this by using ::locate("data", "appletname/filename").
+ *
+ * @sect KStandardDirs supports the following environment variables:
+ *
+ * @li KDEDIRS: This may set an additional number of directory prefixes to
+ *          search for resources. The directories should be seperated
+ *          by ':'. The directories are searched in the order they are
+ *          specified.
+ * @li KDEDIR:  Used for backwards compatibility. As KDEDIRS but only a single
+ *          directory may be specified. If KDEDIRS is set KDEDIR is
+ *          ignored.
+ * @li KDEHOME: The directory where changes are saved to. This directory is
+ *          used to search for resources first. If KDEHOME is not
+ *          specified it defaults to "$HOME/.kde"
+ * @li KDEROOTHOME: Like KDEHOME, but used for the root user.
+ *          If KDEROOTHOME is not set it defaults to the .kde directory in the
+ *          home directory of root, usually "/root/.kde".
+ *          Note that the setting of $HOME is ignored in this case.
+ *
+ * @see KGlobalSettings
+ */
+class KStandardDirs
+{
+public:
+        /**
+         * KStandardDirs' constructor. It just initializes the caches.
+         **/
+        KStandardDirs( );
+
+        /**
+         * KStandardDirs' destructor.
+         */
+        virtual ~KStandardDirs();
+
+        /**
+         * Adds another search dir to front of the @p fsstnd list.
+         *
+         * @li When compiling kdelibs, the prefix is added to this.
+         * @li KDEDIRS or KDEDIR is taking into account
+         * @li Additional dirs may be loaded from kdeglobals.
+         *
+         * @param dir The directory to append relative paths to.
+         */
+        void addPrefix( const QString& dir );
+
+        /**
+         * Adds another search dir to front of the XDG_CONFIG_XXX list 
+         * of prefixes.
+         * This prefix is only used for resources that start with "xdgconf-"
+         *
+         * @param dir The directory to append relative paths to.
+         */
+        void addXdgConfigPrefix( const QString& dir );
+
+        /**
+         * Adds another search dir to front of the XDG_DATA_XXX list 
+         * of prefixes.
+         * This prefix is only used for resources that start with "xdgdata-"
+         *
+         * @param dir The directory to append relative paths to.
+         */
+        void addXdgDataPrefix( const QString& dir );
+
+        /**
+         * Adds suffixes for types.
+         *
+         * You may add as many as you need, but it is advised that there
+         * is exactly one to make writing definite.
+         * All basic types (@ref kde_default) are added by @ref addKDEDefaults(),
+         * but for those you can add more relative paths as well.
+         *
+         * The later a suffix is added, the higher its priority. Note, that the
+         * suffix should end with / but doesn't have to start with one (as prefixes
+         * should end with one). So adding a suffix for app_pics would look
+         * like KGlobal::dirs()->addResourceType("app_pics", "share/app/pics");
+         *
+         * @param type Specifies a short descriptive string to access
+         * files of this type.
+         * @param relativename Specifies a directory relative to the root
+         * of the KFSSTND.
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise.
+         */
+        bool addResourceType( const char *type,
+                              const QString& relativename );
+
+        /**
+         * Adds absolute path at the end of the search path for
+         * particular types (for example in case of icons where
+         * the user specifies extra paths).
+         *
+         * You shouldn't need this
+         * function in 99% of all cases besides adding user-given
+         * paths.
+         *
+         * @param type Specifies a short descriptive string to access files
+         * of this type.
+         * @param absdir Points to directory where to look for this specific
+         * type. Non-existant directories may be saved but pruned.
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise.
+         */
+        bool addResourceDir( const char *type,
+                             const QString& absdir);
+
+        /**
+         * Tries to find a resource in the following order:
+         * @li All PREFIX/\<relativename> paths (most recent first).
+         * @li All absolute paths (most recent first).
+         *
+         * The filename should be a filename relative to the base dir
+         * for resources. So is a way to get the path to libkdecore.la
+         * to findResource("lib", "libkdecore.la"). KStandardDirs will
+         * then look into the subdir lib of all elements of all prefixes
+         * ($KDEDIRS) for a file libkdecore.la and return the path to
+         * the first one it finds (e.g. /opt/kde/lib/libkdecore.la)
+         *
+         * @param type The type of the wanted resource
+         * @param filename A relative filename of the resource.
+         *
+         * @return A full path to the filename specified in the second
+         *         argument, or QString::null if not found.
+         */
+        QString findResource( const char *type,
+                              const QString& filename ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Checks whether a resource is restricted as part of the KIOSK
+         * framework. When a resource is restricted it means that user-
+         * specific files in the resource are ignored.
+         *
+         * E.g. by restricting the "wallpaper" resource, only system-wide
+         * installed wallpapers will be found by this class. Wallpapers
+         * installed under the $KDEHOME directory will be ignored.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of the resource to check
+         * @param relPath A relative path in the resource.
+         *
+         * @return True if the resource is restricted.
+         * @since 3.1
+         */
+        bool isRestrictedResource( const char *type,
+                              const QString& relPath=QString::null ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns a number that identifies this version of the resource.
+         * When a change is made to the resource this number will change.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of the wanted resource
+         * @param filename A relative filename of the resource.
+         * @param deep If true, all resources are taken into account
+         *        otherwise only the one returned by findResource().
+         *
+         * @return A number identifying the current version of the
+         *          resource.
+         */
+/*US   
+        Q_UINT32 calcResourceHash( const char *type,
+                              const QString& filename, bool deep) const;
+*/
+        /**
+         * Tries to find all directories whose names consist of the
+         * specified type and a relative path. So would
+         * findDirs("apps", "Settings") return
+         * @li /opt/kde/share/applnk/Settings/
+         * @li /home/joe/.kde/share/applnk/Settings/
+         *
+         * Note that it appends / to the end of the directories,
+         * so you can use this right away as directory names.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of the base directory.
+         * @param reldir Relative directory.
+         *
+         * @return A list of matching directories, or an empty
+         *         list if the resource specified is not found.
+         */
+        QStringList findDirs( const char *type,
+                              const QString& reldir ) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Tries to find the directory the file is in.
+         * It works the same as @ref findResource(), but it doesn't
+         * return the filename but the name of the directory.
+         *
+         * This way the application can access a couple of files
+         * that have been installed into the same directory without
+         * having to look for each file.
+         *
+         * findResourceDir("lib", "libkdecore.la") would return the
+         * path of the subdir libkdecore.la is found first in
+         * (e.g. /opt/kde/lib/)
+         *
+         * @param type The type of the wanted resource
+         * @param filename A relative filename of the resource.
+         * @return The directory where the file specified in the second
+         *         argument is located, or QString::null if the type
+         *         of resource specified is unknown or the resource
+         *         cannot be found.
+         */
+        QString findResourceDir( const char *type,
+                                 const QString& filename) const;
+
+
+        /**
+         * Tries to find all resources with the specified type.
+         *
+         * The function will look into all specified directories
+         * and return all filenames in these directories.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of resource to locate directories for.
+         * @param filter Only accept filenames that fit to filter. The filter
+         *        may consist of an optional directory and a @ref QRegExp
+         *        wildcard expression. E.g. "images\*.jpg". Use QString::null
+         *        if you do not want a filter.
+         * @param recursive Specifies if the function should decend
+         *        into subdirectories.
+         * @param uniq If specified,  only return items which have
+         *        unique suffixes - suppressing duplicated filenames.
+         *
+         * @return A list of directories matching the resource specified,
+         *         or an empty list if the resource type is unknown.
+         */
+        QStringList findAllResources( const char *type,
+                                       const QString& filter = QString::null,
+                                       bool recursive = false,
+                                       bool uniq = false) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Tries to find all resources with the specified type.
+         *
+         * The function will look into all specified directories
+         * and return all filenames (full and relative paths) in
+         * these directories.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of resource to locate directories for.
+         * @param filter Only accept filenames that fit to filter. The filter
+         *        may consist of an optional directory and a @ref QRegExp
+         *        wildcard expression. E.g. "images\*.jpg". Use QString::null
+         *        if you do not want a filter.
+         * @param recursive Specifies if the function should decend
+         *        into subdirectories.
+         * @param uniq If specified,  only return items which have
+         *        unique suffixes.
+         * @param list Of relative paths for the given type.
+         * @param relPaths The list to store the relative paths into
+         *        These can be used later to ::locate() the file
+         *
+         * @return A list of directories matching the resource specified,
+         *         or an empty list if the resource type is unknown.
+         */
+        QStringList findAllResources( const char *type,
+                                       const QString& filter,
+                                       bool recursive,
+                                       bool uniq,
+                                       QStringList &relPaths) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Finds the executable in the system path.
+         *
+         * A valid executable must
+         * be a file and have its executable bit set.
+         *
+         * @param appname The name of the executable file for which to search.
+         * @param pathstr The path which will be searched. If this is
+                 *      null (default), the $PATH environment variable will
+                 *      be searched.
+                 * @param ignoreExecBitIf true, an existing file will be returned
+                 *              even if its executable bit is not set.
+         *
+         * @return The path of the executable. If it was not found,
+         *         it will return QString::null.
+         * @see findAllExe()
+         */
+/*US   
+        static QString findExe( const QString& appname,
+                                const QString& pathstr=QString::null,
+                                bool ignoreExecBit=false );
+*/
+
+        /**
+         * Finds all occurences of an executable in the system path.
+         *
+                 * @param listWill be filled with the pathnames of all the
+                 *      executables found. Will be empty if the executable
+                 *      was not found.
+                 * @param appnameThe name of the executable for which to
+                 *              search.
+                 * @param pathstrThe path list which will be searched. If this
+                 *      is 0 (default), the $PATH environment variable will
+                 *      be searched.
+         * @param ignoreExecBit If true, an existing file will be returned
+                 *              even if its executable bit is not set.
+         *
+         * @return The number of executables found, 0 if none were found.
+         *
+                 * @seefindExe()
+         */
+        static int findAllExe( QStringList& list, const QString& appname,
+                               const QString& pathstr=QString::null,
+                               bool ignoreExecBit=false );
+
+        /**
+         * This function adds the defaults that are used by the current
+         * KDE version.
+         *
+         * It's a series of @ref addResourceTypes()
+         * and @ref addPrefix() calls.
+         * You normally wouldn't call this function because it's called
+         * for you from @ref KGlobal.
+         */
+        void addKDEDefaults();
+
+        /**
+         * Reads customized entries out of the given config object and add
+         * them via @ref addResourceDirs().
+         *
+         * @param config The object the entries are read from. This should
+         *        contain global config files
+         * @return true if new config paths have been added
+         * from @p config.
+         **/
+        bool addCustomized(KConfig *config);
+
+        /**
+         * This function is used internally by almost all other function as
+         * it serves and fills the directories cache.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of resource
+         * @return The list of possible directories for the specified @p type.
+         * The function updates the cache if possible.  If the resource
+         * type specified is unknown, it will return an empty list.
+         * Note, that the directories are assured to exist beside the save
+         * location, which may not exist, but is returned anyway.
+         */
+        QStringList resourceDirs(const char *type) const;
+
+        /**
+         * This function will return a list of all the types that KStandardDirs
+         * supports.
+         *
+         * @return All types that KDE supports
+         */
+        QStringList allTypes() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Finds a location to save files into for the given type
+         * in the user's home directory.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of location to return.
+         * @param suffix A subdirectory name.
+         *             Makes it easier for you to create subdirectories.
+         *   You can't pass filenames here, you _have_ to pass
+         *       directory names only and add possible filename in
+         *       that directory yourself. A directory name always has a
+          *       trailing slash ('/').
+         * @param create If set, saveLocation() will create the directories
+         *        needed (including those given by @p suffix).
+         *
+         * @return A path where resources of the specified type should be
+         *         saved, or QString::null if the resource type is unknown.
+         */
+         QString saveLocation(const char *type,
+                              const QString& suffix = QString::null,
+                              bool create = true) const;
+
+        /**
+         * Converts an absolute path to a path relative to a certain
+         * resource.
+         *
+         * If "abs = ::locate(resource, rel)"
+         * then "rel = relativeLocation(resource, abs)" and vice versa.
+         *
+         * @param type The type of resource.
+         *
+         * @param absPath An absolute path to make relative.
+         *
+         * @return A relative path relative to resource @p type that
+         * will find @p absPath. If no such relative path exists, absPath
+         * will be returned unchanged.
+         */
+         QString relativeLocation(const char *type, const QString &absPath);
+
+        /**
+         * Recursively creates still-missing directories in the given path.
+         *
+         * The resulting permissions will depend on the current umask setting.
+         * permission = mode & ~umask.
+         *
+         * @param dir Absolute path of the directory to be made.
+         * @param mode Directory permissions.
+         * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+         */
+        static bool makeDir(const QString& dir, int mode = 0755);
+
+        /**
+         * This returns a default relative path for the standard KDE
+         * resource types. Below is a list of them so you get an idea
+         * of what this is all about.
+         *
+         * @li data - share/apps
+         * @li html - share/doc/HTML
+         * @li icon - share/icon
+         * @li config - share/config
+         * @li pixmap - share/pixmaps
+         * @li apps - share/applnk
+         * @li sound - share/sounds
+         * @li locale - share/locale
+         * @li services - share/services
+         * @li servicetypes - share/servicetypes
+         * @li mime - share/mimelnk
+         * @li wallpaper - share/wallpapers
+         * @li templates - share/templates
+         * @li exe - bin
+         * @li lib - lib
+         *
+         * @returns Static default for the specified resource.  You
+         *          should probably be using locate() or locateLocal()
+         *          instead.
+         * @see locate()
+         * @see locateLocal()
+         */
+        static QString kde_default(const char *type);
+
+        /**
+         * @internal (for use by sycoca only)
+         */
+        QString kfsstnd_prefixes();
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the toplevel directory in which KStandardDirs
+         * will store things. Most likely $HOME/.kde
+         * Don't use this function if you can use locateLocal
+         * @return the toplevel directory
+         */
+        QString localkdedir() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @return $XDG_DATA_HOME
+         * See also http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/basedir/draft/basedir-spec/basedir-spec.html
+         */
+        QString localxdgdatadir() const;
+
+        /**
+         * @return $XDG_CONFIG_HOME
+         * See also http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/basedir/draft/basedir-spec/basedir-spec.html
+         */
+        QString localxdgconfdir() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Checks for existence and accessability.
+         * Faster than creating a QFileInfo first.
+         * @param fullPath the path to check
+         * @return true if the directory exists
+         */
+        static bool exists(const QString &fullPath);
+
+        /**
+         * Expands all symbolic links and resolves references to 
+         * '/./', '/../' and extra  '/' characters in @p dirname
+         * and returns the canonicalized absolute pathname.
+         * The resulting path will have no symbolic link, '/./' 
+         * or '/../' components.
+         * @since 3.1
+         */
+        static QString realPath(const QString &dirname);
+        
+    static void setAppDir( const QString & );
+    static QString appDir();
+        
+ private:
+
+        QStringList prefixes;
+
+        // Directory dictionaries
+        QDict<QStringList> absolutes;
+        QDict<QStringList> relatives;
+
+        mutable QDict<QStringList> dircache;
+        mutable QDict<QString> savelocations;
+
+        // Disallow assignment and copy-construction
+        KStandardDirs( const KStandardDirs& );
+        KStandardDirs& operator= ( const KStandardDirs& );
+
+        bool addedCustoms;
+
+        class KStandardDirsPrivate;
+        KStandardDirsPrivate *d;
+//US    
+    static QString mAppDir;
+
+        void checkConfig() const;
+        void applyDataRestrictions(const QString &) const;
+        //US void createSpecialResource(const char*);
+};
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup locates Locate Functions
+ *  @{
+ * On The Usage Of 'locate' and 'locateLocal'
+ *
+ * Typical KDE applications use resource files in one out of
+ * three ways:
+ *
+ * 1) A resource file is read but is never written. A system
+ *    default is supplied but the user can override this
+ *    default in his local .kde directory:
+ *
+ *    \code
+ *    // Code example
+ *    myFile = locate("appdata", "groups.lst");
+ *    myData =  myReadGroups(myFile); // myFile may be null
+ *    \endcode
+ *
+ * 2) A resource file is read and written. If the user has no
+ *    local version of the file the system default is used.
+ *    The resource file is always written to the users local
+ *    .kde directory.
+ *
+ *    \code
+ *    // Code example
+ *    myFile = locate("appdata", "groups.lst")
+ *    myData =  myReadGroups(myFile);
+ *    ...
+ *    doSomething(myData);
+ *    ...
+ *    myFile = locateLocal("appdata", "groups.lst");
+ *    myWriteGroups(myFile, myData);
+ *    \endcode
+ *
+ * 3) A resource file is read and written. No system default
+ *    is used if the user has no local version of the file.
+ *    The resource file is always written to the users local
+ *    .kde directory.
+ *
+ *    \code
+ *    // Code example
+ *    myFile = locateLocal("appdata", "groups.lst");
+ *    myData =  myReadGroups(myFile);
+ *    ...
+ *    doSomething(myData);
+ *    ...
+ *    myFile = locateLocal("appdata", "groups.lst");
+ *    myWriteGroups(myFile, myData);
+ *    \endcode
+ **/
+
+/*!
+ * \relates KStandardDirs
+ * This function is just for convenience. It simply calls
+ *instance->dirs()->\link KStandardDirs::findResource() findResource\endlink(type, filename).
+ **/
+QString locate( const char *type, const QString& filename /*US , const KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance()*/ );
+
+/*!
+ * \relates KStandardDirs
+ * This function is much like locate. However it returns a
+ * filename suitable for writing to. No check is made if the
+ * specified filename actually exists. Missing directories
+ * are created. If filename is only a directory, without a
+ * specific file, filename must have a trailing slash.
+ *
+ **/
+QString locateLocal( const char *type, const QString& filename /*US , const KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance() */ );
+
+/*!
+ * \relates KStandardDirs
+ * This function is much like locate. No check is made if the
+ * specified filename actually exists. Missing directories
+ * are created if @p createDir is true. If filename is only 
+ * a directory, without a specific file, 
+ * filename must have a trailing slash.
+ *
+ **/
+QString locateLocal( const char *type, const QString& filename, bool createDir /*US , const KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance() */);
+
+/*! @} */
+
+#endif // SSK_KSTDDIRS_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kstringhandler.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kstringhandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b737e97
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kstringhandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Ian Zepp (icszepp@islc.net)
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/* AIX needs strings.h for str*casecmp(), and our config.h loads it on AIX
+   So we don't need to include strings.h explicitly */
+
+//US #include "config.h"
+
+#include "kstringhandler.h"
+/*US
+QString KStringHandler::word( const QString &text , uint pos )
+{
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text , true );
+
+    if ( pos < list.count() )
+        return list[ pos ];
+
+    return "";
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::word( const QString &text , const char *range )
+{
+    // Format in: START:END
+    // Note index starts a 0 (zero)
+    //
+    // 0:        first word to end
+    // 1:3        second to fourth words
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text , true );
+    QString tmp = "";
+    QString r = range;
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return tmp;
+
+    // do stuff here
+    QRegExp reg;
+
+    int at = 0;
+    int pos = 0;
+    int cnt = 0;
+
+    if ( r.find(QRegExp("[0-9]+:[0-9]+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        at  = r.find(":");
+        pos = atoi( r.left(at).ascii() );
+        cnt = atoi( r.remove(0,at+1).ascii() );
+    }
+    else if ( r.find(QRegExp(":+[0-9]+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        at  = r.find(":");
+        pos = 0;
+        cnt = atoi( r.remove(0,at+1).ascii() );
+    }
+    else if ( r.find(QRegExp("[0-9]+:+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        at  = r.find(":");
+        pos = atoi( r.left(at).ascii() );
+        cnt = list.count(); // zero index
+    }
+    else if ( r.find(QRegExp("[0-9]+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        pos = atoi( r.ascii() );
+        cnt = pos;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return tmp; // not found/implemented
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Extract words
+    //
+    int wordsToExtract = cnt-pos+1;
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.at( pos);
+
+    while ( (it != list.end()) && (wordsToExtract-- > 0))
+    {
+       tmp += *it;
+       tmp += " ";
+       it++;
+    }
+
+    return tmp.stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+//
+// Insertion and removal routines
+//
+QString KStringHandler::insword( const QString &text , const QString &word , uint pos )
+{
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return word;
+
+    if ( word.isEmpty() )
+        return text;
+
+    // Split words and add into list
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text, true );
+
+    if ( pos >= list.count() )
+        list.append( word );
+    else
+        list.insert( list.at(pos) , word );
+
+    // Rejoin
+    return list.join( " " );
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::setword( const QString &text , const QString &word , uint pos )
+{
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return word;
+
+    if ( word.isEmpty() )
+        return text;
+
+    // Split words and add into list
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text, true );
+
+    if ( pos >= list.count() )
+        list.append( word );
+    else
+    {
+        list.insert( list.remove( list.at(pos) ) , word );
+    }
+
+    // Rejoin
+    return list.join( " " );
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::remrange( const QString &text , const char *range )
+{
+    // Format in: START:END
+    // Note index starts a 0 (zero)
+    //
+    // 0:        first word to end
+    // 1:3        second to fourth words
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text , true );
+    QString tmp = "";
+    QString r = range;
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return tmp;
+
+    // do stuff here
+    QRegExp reg;
+
+    int at = 0;
+    int pos = 0;
+    int cnt = 0;
+
+    if ( r.find(QRegExp("[0-9]+:[0-9]+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        at  = r.find(':');
+        pos = atoi( r.left(at).ascii() );
+        cnt = atoi( r.remove(0,at+1).ascii() );
+    }
+    else if ( r.find(QRegExp(":+[0-9]+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        at  = r.find(':');
+        pos = 0;
+        cnt = atoi( r.remove(0,at+1).ascii() );
+    }
+    else if ( r.find(QRegExp("[0-9]+:+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        at  = r.find(':');
+        pos = atoi( r.left(at).ascii() );
+        cnt = list.count(); // zero index
+    }
+    else if ( r.find(QRegExp("[0-9]+")) != -1 )
+    {
+        pos = atoi( r.ascii() );
+        cnt = pos;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return text; // not found/implemented
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Remove that range of words
+    //
+    int wordsToDelete = cnt-pos+1;
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.at( pos);
+
+    while ( (it != list.end()) && (wordsToDelete-- > 0))
+       it = list.remove( it );
+
+    return list.join( " " );
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::remword( const QString &text , uint pos )
+{
+    QString tmp = "";
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return tmp;
+
+    // Split words and add into list
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text, true );
+
+    if ( pos < list.count() )
+        list.remove( list.at( pos ) );
+
+    // Rejoin
+    return list.join( " " );
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::remword( const QString &text , const QString &word )
+{
+    QString tmp = "";
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return tmp;
+
+    if ( word.isEmpty() )
+        return text;
+
+    // Split words and add into list
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text, true );
+
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.find(word);
+
+    if (it != list.end())
+       list.remove( it );
+
+    // Rejoin
+    return list.join( " " );
+}
+
+//
+// Capitalization routines
+//
+QString KStringHandler::capwords( const QString &text )
+{
+    QString tmp = "";
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return tmp;
+
+    QStringList list = QStringList::split( " ", text, true );
+
+    return capwords( QStringList::split( " ", text, true )).join( " " );
+}
+
+QStringList KStringHandler::capwords( const QStringList &list )
+{
+    QStringList tmp;
+    QString word;
+
+    if ( list.count() == 0 )
+        return tmp;
+
+    for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it= list.begin();
+          it != list.end();
+          it++)
+    {
+        word = *it;
+        word = word.left(1).upper() + word.remove(0,1);
+
+        tmp.append( word ); // blank list to start with
+    }
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+//
+// Reverse routines
+//
+QString KStringHandler::reverse( const QString &text )
+{
+    QString tmp;
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return tmp;
+
+    QStringList list;
+    list = QStringList::split( " ", text, true );
+    list = reverse( list );
+
+    return list.join( " " );
+}
+
+QStringList KStringHandler::reverse( const QStringList &list )
+{
+    QStringList tmp;
+
+    if ( list.count() == 0 )
+        return tmp;
+
+    for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it= list.begin();
+          it != list.end();
+          it++)
+        tmp.prepend( *it );
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+//
+// Left, Right, Center justification
+//
+QString KStringHandler::ljust( const QString &text , uint width )
+{
+    QString tmp = text;
+    tmp = tmp.stripWhiteSpace(); // remove leading/trailing spaces
+
+    if ( tmp.length() >= width )
+        return tmp;
+
+    for ( uint pos = tmp.length() ; pos < width ; pos++ )
+        tmp.append(" ");
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::rjust( const QString &text , uint width )
+{
+    QString tmp = text;
+    tmp = tmp.stripWhiteSpace(); // remove leading/trailing spaces
+
+    if ( tmp.length() >= width )
+        return tmp;
+
+    for ( uint pos = tmp.length() ; pos < width ; pos++ )
+        tmp.prepend(" ");
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::center( const QString &text , uint width )
+{
+    // Center is slightly different, in that it will add
+    // spaces to the RIGHT side (left-justified) before
+    // it adds a space to the LEFT side.
+
+    QString tmp = text;
+    tmp = tmp.stripWhiteSpace(); // remove leading/trailing spaces
+
+    if ( tmp.length() >= width )
+        return tmp;
+
+    bool left = false; // start at right side.
+
+    for ( uint pos = tmp.length() ; pos < width ; pos++ )
+    {
+        if ( left )
+            tmp.prepend(" ");
+        else
+            tmp.append(" ");
+
+        // Reverse bool
+        left = !left;
+    }
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::lsqueeze( const QString & str, uint maxlen )
+{
+  if (str.length() > maxlen) {
+    int part = maxlen-3;
+    return QString("..." + str.right(part));
+  }
+  else return str;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::csqueeze( const QString & str, uint maxlen )
+{
+  if (str.length() > maxlen && maxlen > 3) {
+    int part = (maxlen-3)/2;
+    return QString(str.left(part) + "..." + str.right(part));
+  }
+  else return str;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::rsqueeze( const QString & str, uint maxlen )
+{
+  if (str.length() > maxlen) {
+    int part = maxlen-3;
+    return QString(str.left(part) + "...");
+  }
+  else return str;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::lEmSqueeze(const QString &name, const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics, uint maxlen)
+{
+  return lPixelSqueeze(name, fontMetrics, fontMetrics.maxWidth() * maxlen);
+}
+
+static inline int emSqueezeLimit(int delta, int min, int max)
+{
+  if (delta < min) return min;
+  if (delta > max) return max;
+  return delta;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::lPixelSqueeze(const QString& name, const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics, uint maxPixels)
+{
+  uint nameWidth = fontMetrics.width(name);
+
+  if (maxPixels < nameWidth)
+  {
+    QString tmp = name;
+    const uint em = fontMetrics.maxWidth();
+    maxPixels -= fontMetrics.width("...");
+
+    while (maxPixels < nameWidth && !tmp.isEmpty())
+    {
+      int delta = (nameWidth - maxPixels) / em;
+      delta = emSqueezeLimit(delta, 1, delta); // no max
+
+      tmp.remove(0, delta);
+      nameWidth = fontMetrics.width(tmp);
+    }
+
+    return ("..." + tmp);
+  }
+
+  return name;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::cEmSqueeze(const QString& name, const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics, uint maxlen)
+{
+  return cPixelSqueeze(name, fontMetrics, fontMetrics.maxWidth() * maxlen);
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::cPixelSqueeze(const QString& name, const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics, uint maxPixels)
+{
+  uint nameWidth = fontMetrics.width(name);
+
+  if (maxPixels < nameWidth)
+  {
+    QString tmp = name;
+    const uint em = fontMetrics.maxWidth();
+    maxPixels -= fontMetrics.width("...");
+
+    while (maxPixels < nameWidth && !tmp.isEmpty())
+    {
+      int length = tmp.length();
+      int delta = (nameWidth - maxPixels) / em;
+      delta = emSqueezeLimit(delta, 1, length) ;
+
+      tmp.remove((length / 2) - (delta / 2), delta);
+      nameWidth = fontMetrics.width(tmp);
+    }
+
+    return tmp.insert((tmp.length() + 1) / 2, "...");
+  }
+
+  return name;
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::rEmSqueeze(const QString& name, const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics, uint maxlen)
+{
+  return rPixelSqueeze(name, fontMetrics, fontMetrics.maxWidth() * maxlen);
+}
+
+QString KStringHandler::rPixelSqueeze(const QString& name, const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics, uint maxPixels)
+{
+  uint nameWidth = fontMetrics.width(name);
+
+  if (maxPixels < nameWidth)
+  {
+    QString tmp = name;
+    const uint em = fontMetrics.maxWidth();
+    maxPixels -= fontMetrics.width("...");
+
+    while (maxPixels < nameWidth && !tmp.isEmpty())
+    {
+      int length = tmp.length();
+      int delta = (nameWidth - maxPixels) / em;
+      delta = emSqueezeLimit(delta, 1, length) ;
+
+      tmp.remove(length - delta, delta);
+      nameWidth = fontMetrics.width(tmp);
+    }
+
+    return (tmp + "...");
+  }
+
+  return name;
+}
+
+///// File name patterns (like *.txt)
+
+bool KStringHandler::matchFileName( const QString& filename, const QString& pattern  )
+{
+   int len = filename.length();
+   int pattern_len = pattern.length();
+
+   if (!pattern_len)
+      return false;
+
+   // Patterns like "Makefile*"
+   if ( pattern[ pattern_len - 1 ] == '*' && len + 1 >= pattern_len ) {
+      const QChar *c1 = pattern.unicode();
+      const QChar *c2 = filename.unicode();
+      int cnt = 1;
+      while ( cnt < pattern_len && *c1++ == *c2++ )
+         ++cnt;
+      return cnt == pattern_len;
+   }
+
+   // Patterns like "*~", "*.extension"
+   if ( pattern[ 0 ] == '*' && len + 1 >= pattern_len )
+   {
+     const QChar *c1 = pattern.unicode() + pattern_len - 1;
+     const QChar *c2 = filename.unicode() + len - 1;
+     int cnt = 1;
+     while ( cnt < pattern_len && *c1-- == *c2-- )
+        ++cnt;
+     return cnt == pattern_len;
+  }
+
+   // Patterns like "Makefile"
+   return ( filename == pattern );
+}
+
+  QStringList
+KStringHandler::perlSplit(const QString & sep, const QString & s, uint max)
+{
+  bool ignoreMax = 0 == max;
+
+  QStringList l;
+
+  int searchStart = 0;
+
+  int tokenStart = s.find(sep, searchStart);
+
+  while (-1 != tokenStart && (ignoreMax || l.count() < max - 1))
+  {
+    if (!s.mid(searchStart, tokenStart - searchStart).isEmpty())
+      l << s.mid(searchStart, tokenStart - searchStart);
+
+    searchStart = tokenStart + sep.length();
+    tokenStart = s.find(sep, searchStart);
+  }
+
+  if (!s.mid(searchStart, s.length() - searchStart).isEmpty())
+    l << s.mid(searchStart, s.length() - searchStart);
+
+  return l;
+}
+
+  QStringList
+KStringHandler::perlSplit(const QChar & sep, const QString & s, uint max)
+{
+  bool ignoreMax = 0 == max;
+
+  QStringList l;
+
+  int searchStart = 0;
+
+  int tokenStart = s.find(sep, searchStart);
+
+  while (-1 != tokenStart && (ignoreMax || l.count() < max - 1))
+  {
+    if (!s.mid(searchStart, tokenStart - searchStart).isEmpty())
+      l << s.mid(searchStart, tokenStart - searchStart);
+
+    searchStart = tokenStart + 1;
+    tokenStart = s.find(sep, searchStart);
+  }
+
+  if (!s.mid(searchStart, s.length() - searchStart).isEmpty())
+    l << s.mid(searchStart, s.length() - searchStart);
+
+  return l;
+}
+
+  QStringList
+KStringHandler::perlSplit(const QRegExp & sep, const QString & s, uint max)
+{
+  bool ignoreMax = 0 == max;
+
+  QStringList l;
+
+  int searchStart = 0;
+  int tokenStart = sep.search(s, searchStart);
+  int len = sep.matchedLength();
+
+  while (-1 != tokenStart && (ignoreMax || l.count() < max - 1))
+  {
+    if (!s.mid(searchStart, tokenStart - searchStart).isEmpty())
+      l << s.mid(searchStart, tokenStart - searchStart);
+
+    searchStart = tokenStart + len;
+    tokenStart = sep.search(s, searchStart);
+    len = sep.matchedLength();
+  }
+
+  if (!s.mid(searchStart, s.length() - searchStart).isEmpty())
+    l << s.mid(searchStart, s.length() - searchStart);
+
+  return l;
+}
+US end */
+
+/*US 
+ QString
+KStringHandler::tagURLs( const QString& text )
+{
+    QRegExp urlEx("(www\\.(?!\\.)|(f|ht)tp(|s)://)[\\d\\w\\./,:_~\\?=&;#@\\-\\+\\%]+[\\d\\w/]");
+
+    QString richText( text );
+    int urlPos = 0, urlLen;
+    while ((urlPos = urlEx.search(richText, urlPos)) >= 0)
+    {
+        urlLen = urlEx.matchedLength();
+        QString href = richText.mid( urlPos, urlLen );
+        // Qt doesn't support (?<=pattern) so we do it here
+        if((urlPos > 0) && richText[urlPos-1].isLetterOrNumber()){
+            urlPos++;
+            continue;
+        }
+        // Don't use QString::arg since %01, %20, etc could be in the string
+        QString anchor = "<a href=\"" + href + "\">" + href + "</a>";
+        richText.replace( urlPos, urlLen, anchor );
+
+
+        urlPos += anchor.length();
+    }
+    return richText;
+}
+*/
+QString KStringHandler::obscure( const QString &str )
+{
+  QString result;
+  for ( uint i = 0; i < str.length(); ++i )
+    result += ( str.at( i ).unicode() < 0x20 ) ? str.at( i ) :
+        QChar( 0x1001F - str.at( i ).unicode() );
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kstringhandler.h b/microkde/kdecore/kstringhandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07b1e2
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kstringhandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Ian Zepp (icszepp@islc.net)
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Rik Hemsley (rikkus) <rik@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KSTRINGHANDLER_H
+#define KSTRINGHANDLER_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>        // for atoi()
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>            // for the word ranges
+#include <qfontmetrics.h>
+
+/**
+ * This class contains utility functions for handling strings.
+ *
+ * This class is @em not a substitute for the @ref QString class. What
+ * I tried to do with this class is provide an easy way to
+ * cut/slice/splice words inside sentences in whatever order desired.
+ * While the main focus of this class are words (ie characters
+ * separated by spaces/tabs), the two core functions here (@ref split()
+ * and @ref join() ) will function given any char to use as a separator.
+ * This will make it easy to redefine what a 'word' means in the
+ * future if needed.
+ *
+ * I freely stole some of the function names from python. I also think
+ * some of these were influenced by mIRC (yes, believe it if you will, I
+ * used to write a LOT of scripts in mIRC).
+ *
+ * The ranges are a fairly powerful way of getting/stripping words from
+ * a string. These ranges function, for the large part, as they would in
+ * python. See the @ref word(const QString&, int) and @ref remword(const QString&, int) functions for more detail.
+ *
+ * This class contains no data members of it own. All strings are cut
+ * on the fly and returned as new qstrings/qstringlists.
+ *
+ * Quick example on how to use:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * KStringHandler kstr;
+ * QString line = "This is a test of the strings";
+ *
+ * cout << "1> " << kstr.word( line , "4:" ) << "\n";
+ * cout << "2> " << kstr.remrange( line , "2:5" ) << "\n";
+ * cout << "2> " << kstr.reverse( line ) << "\n";
+ * cout << "2> " << kstr.center( kstr.word( line , 4 ) , 15 ) << "\n";
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * and so forth.
+ *
+ * @short Class for manipulating words and sentences in strings
+ * @author Ian Zepp <icszepp@islc.net>
+ */
+class KStringHandler
+{
+public:
+    /** Returns the nth word in the string if found
+      * Returns a EMPTY (not null) string otherwise.
+      * Note that the FIRST index is 0.
+      * @param text the string to search for the words
+      * @param pos the position of the word to search
+      * @return the word, or an empty string if not found
+      */
+//US    static QString        word( const QString &text , uint pos );
+
+    /** Returns a range of words from that string.
+      * Ie:
+      * @li "0" returns the very first word
+      * @li "0:" returns the first to the last word
+      * @li "0:3" returns the first to fourth words
+      * @li ":3" returns everything up to the fourth word
+      *
+      * If you grok python, you're set.
+      * @param text the string to search for the words
+      * @param range the words to return (see description)
+      * @return the words, or an empty string if not found
+      */
+//US    static QString        word( const QString &text , const char *range );
+
+    /** Inserts a word into the string, and returns
+      * a new string with the word included. the first
+      * index is zero (0). If there are not @p pos words in the original
+      * string, the new word will be appended to the end.
+      * @param text the original text
+      * @param word the word to insert
+      * @param pos the position (in words) for the new word
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        insword( const QString &text , const QString &word , uint pos );
+
+    /** Replaces a word in the string, and returns
+      * a new string with the word included. the first
+      * index is zero (0). If there are not @p pos words in the original
+      * string, the new word will be appended to the end.
+      * @param text the original text
+      * @param word the word to insert
+      * @param pos the position (in words) for the new word
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        setword( const QString &text , const QString &word , uint pos );
+
+    /** Removes a word or ranges of words from the string,
+      * and returns a new string. The ranges definitions
+      * follow the definitions for the word() function.
+      *
+      * @li "0"        removes the very first word
+      * @li "0:"    removes the first the the last word
+      * @li "0:3"    removes the first to fourth words
+      * @li ":3"    removes everything up to the fourth word
+      * @param text the original text
+      * @param range the words to remove (see description)
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        remrange( const QString &text , const char *range );
+
+
+    /** Removes a word at the given index, and returns a
+      * new string. The first index is zero (0).
+      * @param text the original text
+      * @param pos the position (in words) of thw word to delete
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        remword( const QString &text , uint pos );
+
+    /** Removes a matching word from the string, and returns
+      * a new string. Note that only ONE match is removed.
+      * @param text the original text
+      * @param word the word to remove
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        remword( const QString &text , const QString &word );
+
+    /** Capitalizes each word in the string
+      * "hello there" becomes "Hello There"        (string)
+      * @param text the text to capitalize
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        capwords( const QString &text );
+
+    /** Capitalizes each word in the list
+      * [hello, there] becomes [Hello, There]    (list)
+      * @param list the list to capitalize
+      * @return the resulting list
+      */
+//US    static QStringList    capwords( const QStringList &list );
+
+    /** Reverses the order of the words in a string
+      * "hello there" becomes "there hello"        (string)
+      * @param text the text to reverse
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        reverse( const QString &text );
+
+    /** Reverses the order of the words in a list
+      * [hello, there] becomes [there, hello]    (list)
+      * @param list the list to reverse
+      * @return the resulting list
+      */
+//US    static QStringList    reverse( const QStringList &list );
+
+    /** Left-justifies a string and returns a string at least 'width' characters
+      * wide.
+      * If the string is longer than the @p width, the original
+      * string is returned. It is never truncated.
+      * @param text the text to justify
+      * @param width the desired width of the new string
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        ljust( const QString &text , uint width );
+
+    /** Right-justifies a string and returns a string at least 'width' characters
+      * wide.
+      * If the string is longer than the @p width, the original
+      * string is returned. It is never truncated.
+      * @param text the text to justify
+      * @param width the desired width of the new string
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        rjust( const QString &text , uint width );
+
+    /** Centers a string and returns a string at least 'width' characters
+      * wide.
+      * If the string is longer than the @p width, the original
+      * string is returned. It is never truncated.
+      * @param text the text to justify
+      * @param width the desired width of the new string
+      * @return the resulting string
+      */
+//US    static QString        center( const QString &text , uint width );
+
+    /** Substitute characters at the beginning of a string by "...".
+     * @param str is the string to modify
+     * @param maxlen is the maximum length the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     */
+//US    static QString        lsqueeze( const QString & str, uint maxlen = 40 );
+
+    /** Substitute characters at the beginning of a string by "...". Similar to
+     * method above, except that it truncates based on pixel width rather than
+     * the number of characters
+     * @param name is the string to modify
+     * @param fontMetrics is the font metrics to use to calculate character sizes
+     * @param maxlen is the maximum length in ems the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+//US    static QString lEmSqueeze( const QString & name,
+//US                               const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics,
+//US                               uint maxlen = 30 );
+
+    /** Substitute characters at the beginning of a string by "...". Similar to
+     * method above, except that maxlen is the width in pixels to truncate to
+     * @param name is the string to modify
+     * @param fontMetrics is the font metrics to use to calculate character sizes
+     * @param maxPixels is the maximum pixel length the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+//US    static QString lPixelSqueeze( const QString & name,
+//US                                  const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics,
+//US                                  uint maxPixels );
+
+    /** Substitute characters at the middle of a string by "...".
+     * @param str is the string to modify
+     * @param maxlen is the maximum length the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     */
+//US    static QString        csqueeze( const QString & str, uint maxlen = 40 );
+
+    /** Substitute characters in the middle of a string by "...". Similar to
+     * method above, except that it truncates based on pixel width rather than
+     * the number of characters
+     * @param name is the string to modify
+     * @param fontMetrics is the font metrics to use to calculate character sizes
+     * @param maxlen is the maximum length in ems the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+//US    static QString cEmSqueeze( const QString & name,
+//US                               const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics,
+//US                               uint maxlen = 30 );
+
+    /** Substitute characters in the middle of a string by "...". Similar to
+     * method above, except that maxlen is the width in pixels to truncate to
+     * @param name is the string to modify
+     * @param fontMetrics is the font metrics to use to calculate character sizes
+     * @param maxPixels is the maximum pixel length the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+//US    static QString cPixelSqueeze( const QString & name,
+//US                                  const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics,
+//US                                  uint maxPixels );
+
+    /** Substitute characters at the end of a string by "...".
+     * @param str is the string to modify
+     * @param maxlen is the maximum length the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     */
+    static QString        rsqueeze( const QString & str, uint maxlen = 40 );
+
+    /** Substitute characters at the end of a string by "...". Similar to
+     * method above, except that it truncates based on pixel width rather than
+     * the number of characters
+     * @param name is the string to modify
+     * @param fontMetrics is the font metrics to use to calculate character sizes
+     * @param maxlen is the maximum length in ems the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+//US    static QString rEmSqueeze( const QString & name,
+//US                               const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics,
+//US                               uint maxlen = 30 );
+
+    /** Substitute characters at the end of a string by "...". Similar to
+     * method above, except that maxlen is the width in pixels to truncate to
+     * @param name is the string to modify
+     * @param fontMetrics is the font metrics to use to calculate character sizes
+     * @param maxPixels is the maximum pixel length the modified string will have
+     * If the original string is shorter than "maxlen", it is returned verbatim
+     * @return the modified string
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+//US    static QString rPixelSqueeze( const QString & name,
+//US                                  const QFontMetrics& fontMetrics,
+//US                                  uint maxPixels );
+
+    /**
+     * Match a filename.
+     * @param filename is the real decoded filename (or dirname
+     *        without trailing '/').
+     * @param pattern is a pattern like *.txt, *.tar.gz, Makefile.*, etc.
+     * Patterns with two asterisks like "*.*pk" are not supported.
+     * @return true if the given filename matches the given pattern
+     */
+//US    static bool matchFileName( const QString& filename, const QString& pattern );
+
+    /**
+     * Split a QString into a QStringList in a similar fashion to the static
+     * QStringList function in Qt, except you can specify a maximum number
+     * of tokens. If max is specified (!= 0) then only that number of tokens
+     * will be extracted. The final token will be the remainder of the string.
+     *
+     * Example:
+     * <pre>
+     * perlSplit("__", "some__string__for__you__here", 4)
+     * QStringList contains: "some", "string", "for", "you__here"
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * @param sep is the string to use to delimit s.
+     * @param s is the input string
+     * @param max is the maximum number of extractions to perform, or 0.
+     * @return A QStringList containing tokens extracted from s.
+     */
+//US    static QStringList perlSplit
+//US      (const QString & sep, const QString & s, uint max = 0);
+
+    /**
+     * Split a QString into a QStringList in a similar fashion to the static
+     * QStringList function in Qt, except you can specify a maximum number
+     * of tokens. If max is specified (!= 0) then only that number of tokens
+     * will be extracted. The final token will be the remainder of the string.
+     *
+     * Example:
+     * <pre>
+     * perlSplit(' ', "kparts reaches the parts other parts can't", 3)
+     * QStringList contains: "kparts", "reaches", "the parts other parts can't"
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * @param sep is the character to use to delimit s.
+     * @param s is the input string
+     * @param max is the maximum number of extractions to perform, or 0.
+     * @return A QStringList containing tokens extracted from s.
+     */
+//US    static QStringList perlSplit
+//US      (const QChar & sep, const QString & s, uint max = 0);
+
+    /**
+     * Split a QString into a QStringList in a similar fashion to the static
+     * QStringList function in Qt, except you can specify a maximum number
+     * of tokens. If max is specified (!= 0) then only that number of tokens
+     * will be extracted. The final token will be the remainder of the string.
+     *
+     * Example:
+     * <pre>
+     * perlSplit(QRegExp("[! ]", "Split me up ! I'm bored ! OK ?", 3)
+     * QStringList contains: "Split", "me", "up ! I'm bored, OK ?"
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * @param sep is the regular expression to use to delimit s.
+     * @param s is the input string
+     * @param max is the maximum number of extractions to perform, or 0.
+     * @return A QStringList containing tokens extracted from s.
+     */
+//US    static QStringList perlSplit
+//US      (const QRegExp & sep, const QString & s, uint max = 0);
+
+    /**
+     * This method auto-detects URLs in strings, and adds HTML markup to them
+     * so that richtext or HTML-enabled widgets (such as KActiveLabel)
+     * will display the URL correctly.
+     * @param text the string which may contain URLs
+     * @return the resulting text
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+//US    static QString tagURLs( const QString& text );
+
+    /**
+      Obscure string by using a simple symmetric encryption. Applying the
+      function to a string obscured by this function will result in the original
+      string.
+
+      The function can be used to obscure passwords stored to configuration
+      files. Note that this won't give you any more security than preventing
+      that the password is directly copied and pasted.
+
+      @param str string to be obscured
+      @return obscured string
+      @since 3.2
+    */
+    static QString obscure( const QString &str );
+
+#ifdef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+private:
+#endif
+    /**
+     * @deprecated Use @see matchFileName () instead.
+     */
+/*US    static bool matchFilename( const QString& filename, const QString& pattern )
+    {
+        return matchFileName (filename, pattern);
+    };
+*/
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdemacros.h b/microkde/kdemacros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..698a15a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdemacros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 KDE Team
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KDE_MACROS_H_
+#define _KDE_MACROS_H_
+
+/**
+ * The KDE_NO_EXPORT macro marks the symbol of the given variable 
+ * to be hidden. A hidden symbol is stripped during the linking step, 
+ * so it can't be used from outside the resulting library, which is similiar
+ * to static. However, static limits the visibility to the current 
+ * compilation unit. hidden symbols can still be used in multiple compilation
+ * units.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * int KDE_NO_EXPORT foo;
+ * int KDE_EXPORT bar;
+ * \end
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ - 0 > 3 || (__GNUC__ - 0 == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ - 0 > 2)
+#define KDE_NO_EXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("hidden")))
+#define KDE_EXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("visible")))
+#else
+#define KDE_NO_EXPORT
+#define KDE_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The KDE_PACKED can be used to hint the compiler that a particular
+ * structure or class should not contain unnecessary paddings. 
+ */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define KDE_PACKED __attribute__((__packed__))
+#else
+#define KDE_PACKED
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The KDE_DEPRECATED macro can be used to trigger compile-time warnings
+ * with gcc >= 3.2 when deprecated functions are used.
+ *
+ * For non-inline functions, the macro gets inserted at the very end of the
+ * function declaration, right before the semicolon:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * DeprecatedConstructor() KDE_DEPRECATED;
+ * void deprecatedFunctionA() KDE_DEPRECATED;
+ * int deprecatedFunctionB() const KDE_DEPRECATED;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Functions which are implemented inline are handled differently: for them,
+ * the KDE_DEPRECATED macro is inserted at the front, right before the return
+ * type, but after "static" or "virtual":
+ *
+ * \code
+ * KDE_DEPRECATED void deprecatedInlineFunctionA() { .. }
+ * virtual KDE_DEPRECATED int deprecatedInlineFunctionB() { .. }
+ * static KDE_DEPRECATED bool deprecatedInlineFunctionC() { .. }
+ * \end
+ *
+ * You can also mark whole structs or classes as deprecated, by inserting the
+ * KDE_DEPRECATED macro after the struct/class keyword, but before the
+ * name of the struct/class:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * class KDE_DEPRECATED DeprecatedClass { };
+ * struct KDE_DEPRECATED DeprecatedStruct { };
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note
+ * It does not make much sense to use the KDE_DEPRECATED keyword for a Qt signal
+ * or a slot; this is because signals and slots always get referenced by the
+ * code generated by moc.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Also note that it is not possible to use KDE_DEPRECATED for classes which
+ * use the k_dcop keyword (to indicate a DCOP interface declaration); this is
+ * because the dcopidl program would choke on the unexpected declaration
+ * syntax.
+ */
+#if __GNUC__ - 0 > 3 || (__GNUC__ - 0 == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ - 0 >= 2)
+# define KDE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
+#else
+# define KDE_DEPRECATED
+#endif
+
+#endif // _KDE_MACROS_H_
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kaction.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77d36a5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1215 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+              (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
+              (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger <jowenn@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kaction.h"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <qtooltip.h>
+//US#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+//US#include <kaccel.h>
+//US#include <kaccelbase.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kguiitem.h>
+//US#include <kmainwindow.h>
+//US#include <kmenubar.h>
+//US#include <kpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ktoolbar.h>
+#include <ktoolbarbutton.h>
+
+//US added this includefiles
+#include <qmenubar.h>
+#include <qtoolbar.h>
+#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <qiconset.h>
+
+/**
+* How it works.
+* KActionCollection is an organizing container for KActions.
+* KActionCollection keeps track of the information necessary to handle
+* configuration and shortcuts.
+*
+* Focus Widget pointer:
+* This is the widget which is the focus for action shortcuts.
+* It is set either by passing a QWidget* to the KActionCollection constructor
+* or by calling setWidget() if the widget wasn't known when the object was
+* initially constructed (as in KXMLGUIClient and KParts::PartBase)
+*
+* Shortcuts:
+* An action's shortcut will not not be connected unless a focus widget has
+* been specified in KActionCollection.
+*
+* XML Filename:
+* This is used to save user-modified settings back to the *ui.rc file.
+* It is set by KXMLGUIFactory.
+*/
+
+int KAction::getToolButtonID()
+{
+    static int toolbutton_no = -2;
+    return toolbutton_no--;
+}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+// KAction::KActionPrivate
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class KAction::KActionPrivate : public KGuiItem
+{
+public:
+  KActionPrivate() : KGuiItem()
+  {
+    m_kaccel = 0;
+    m_configurable = true;
+  }
+
+  KAccel *m_kaccel;
+  QValueList<KAccel*> m_kaccelList;
+
+  QString m_groupText;
+  QString m_group;
+
+  KShortcut m_cut;
+  KShortcut m_cutDefault;
+
+  bool m_configurable;
+
+  struct Container
+  {
+    Container() { m_container = 0; m_representative = 0; m_id = 0; }
+    Container( const Container& s ) { m_container = s.m_container;
+                                      m_id = s.m_id; m_representative = s.m_representative; }
+    QWidget* m_container;
+    int m_id;
+    QWidget* m_representative;
+  };
+
+  QValueList<Container> m_containers;
+};
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+// KAction
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+             KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
+: QObject( parent, name )
+{
+        initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
+}
+
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QString& sIconName, const KShortcut& cut,
+        const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+        KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
+: QObject( parent, name )
+{
+        initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
+  d->setIconName( sIconName );
+}
+
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+        const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+        KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
+: QObject( parent, name )
+{
+        initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
+  d->setIconSet( pix );
+}
+KAction::KAction( const KGuiItem& item, const KShortcut& cut,
+        const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+        KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
+: QObject( parent, name )
+{
+  initPrivate( item.text(), cut, receiver, slot );
+  if( item.hasIconSet() )
+    setIcon( item.iconName() );
+    setToolTip( item.toolTip() );
+    setWhatsThis( item.whatsThis() );
+}
+
+// KDE 4: remove
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                  QObject* parent, const char* name )
+ : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    initPrivate( text, cut, 0, 0 );
+}
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver,
+                  const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name )
+ : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
+}
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                  QObject* parent, const char* name )
+ : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    initPrivate( text, cut, 0, 0 );
+    setIconSet( pix );
+}
+
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                  QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    initPrivate( text, cut, 0, 0 );
+    d->setIconName( pix );
+}
+
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                  const char* name )
+ : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
+    setIconSet( pix );
+}
+
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                  const char* name )
+  : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
+  d->setIconName(pix);
+}
+
+KAction::KAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+ : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+
+    initPrivate( QString::null, KShortcut(), 0, 0 );
+}
+// KDE 4: remove end
+
+KAction::~KAction()
+{
+    kdDebug(129) << "KAction::~KAction( this = \"" << name() << "\" )" << endl; // -- ellis
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+     if (d->m_kaccel)
+       unplugAccel();
+#endif
+
+    // If actionCollection hasn't already been destructed,
+    if ( m_parentCollection ) {
+        m_parentCollection->take( this );
+        for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ )
+//US            d->m_kaccelList[i]->remove( name() );
+          qDebug("KAction::KAction~ ...1 has top be fixed");
+    }
+
+    // Do not call unplugAll from here, as tempting as it sounds.
+    // KAction is designed around the idea that you need to plug
+    // _and_ to unplug it "manually". Unplugging leads to an important
+    // slowdown when e.g. closing the window, in which case we simply
+    // want to destroy everything asap, not to remove actions one by one
+    // from the GUI.
+
+    delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+void KAction::initPrivate( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot )
+{
+    d = new KActionPrivate;
+
+    d->m_cutDefault = cut;
+
+//US    m_parentCollection = dynamic_cast<KActionCollection *>( parent() );
+    m_parentCollection = (KActionCollection *)( parent() );
+    kdDebug(129) << "KAction::initPrivate(): this = " << this << " name = \"" << name() << "\" cut = " << cut.toStringInternal() << " m_parentCollection = " << m_parentCollection << endl;
+    if ( m_parentCollection )
+        m_parentCollection->insert( this );
+
+    if ( receiver && slot )
+        connect( this, SIGNAL( activated() ), receiver, slot );
+
+    if( !cut.isNull() && qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) == 0 )
+      kdWarning(129) << "KAction::initPrivate(): trying to assign a shortcut (" << cut.toStringInternal() << ") to an unnamed action." << endl;
+    d->setText( text );
+    initShortcut( cut );
+    
+}
+
+bool KAction::isPlugged() const
+{
+  return (containerCount() > 0) || d->m_kaccel;
+}
+
+bool KAction::isPlugged( const QWidget *container ) const
+{
+  return findContainer( container ) > -1;
+}
+
+bool KAction::isPlugged( const QWidget *container, int id ) const
+{
+  int i = findContainer( container );
+  return ( i > -1 && itemId( i ) == id );
+}
+
+bool KAction::isPlugged( const QWidget *container, const QWidget *_representative ) const
+{
+  int i = findContainer( container );
+  return ( i > -1 && representative( i ) == _representative );
+}
+
+
+/*
+Three actionCollection conditions:
+        1) Scope is known on creation and KAccel object is created (e.g. KMainWindow)
+        2) Scope is unknown and no KAccel object is available (e.g. KXMLGUIClient)
+                a) addClient() will be called on object
+                b) we just want to add the actions to another KXMLGUIClient object
+
+The question is how to do we incorporate #2b into the XMLGUI framework?
+
+
+We have a KCommandHistory object with undo and redo actions in a passed actionCollection
+We have a KoDoc object which holds a KCommandHistory object and the actionCollection
+We have two KoView objects which both point to the same KoDoc object
+Undo and Redo should be available in both KoView objects, and
+        calling the undo->setEnabled() should affect both KoViews
+
+When addClient is called, it needs to be able to find the undo and redo actions
+When it calls plug() on them, they need to be inserted into the KAccel object of the appropriate KoView
+
+In this case, the actionCollection belongs to KoDoc and we need to let it know that its shortcuts
+have the same scope as the KoView actionCollection
+
+KXMLGUIClient::addSubActionCollection
+
+Document:
+        create document actions
+
+View
+        create view actions
+        add document actionCollection as sub-collection
+
+A parentCollection is created
+Scenario 1: parentCollection has a focus widget set (e.g. via KMainWindow)
+        A KAccel object is created in the parentCollection
+        A KAction is created with parent=parentCollection
+        The shortcut is inserted into this actionCollection
+        Scenario 1a: xml isn't used
+                done
+        Scenario 1b: KXMLGUIBuilder::addClient() called
+                setWidget is called -- ignore
+                shortcuts are set
+Scenario 2: parentCollection has no focus widget (e.g., KParts)
+        A KAction is created with parent=parentCollection
+        Scenario 2a: xml isn't used
+                no shortcuts
+        Scenario 2b: KXMLGUIBuilder::addClient() called
+                setWidget is called
+                shortcuts are inserted into current KAccel
+                shortcuts are set in all other KAccels, if the action is present in the other KAccels
+*/
+
+/*
+shortcut may be set:
+        - on construction
+        - on plug
+        - on reading XML
+        - on plugAccel (deprecated)
+
+On Construction: [via initShortcut()]
+        insert into KAccel of m_parentCollection,
+                if kaccel() && isAutoConnectShortcuts() exists
+
+On Plug: [via plug() -> plugShortcut()]
+        insert into KAccel of m_parentCollection, if exists and not already inserted into
+
+On Read XML: [via setShortcut()]
+        set in all current KAccels
+        insert into KAccel of m_parentCollection, if exists and not already inserted into
+*/
+
+KAccel* KAction::kaccelCurrent()
+{
+  if( m_parentCollection && m_parentCollection->builderKAccel() )
+    return m_parentCollection->builderKAccel();
+  else if( m_parentCollection && m_parentCollection->kaccel() )
+    return m_parentCollection->kaccel();
+  else
+    return 0L;
+}
+
+// Only to be called from initPrivate()
+bool KAction::initShortcut( const KShortcut& cut )
+{
+    d->m_cut = cut;
+
+    // Only insert action into KAccel if it has a valid name,
+    if( qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) != 0 &&
+        m_parentCollection &&
+        m_parentCollection->isAutoConnectShortcuts() &&
+        m_parentCollection->kaccel() )
+    {
+        insertKAccel( m_parentCollection->kaccel() );
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+ }
+
+// Only to be called from plug()
+void KAction::plugShortcut()
+{
+  KAccel* kaccel = kaccelCurrent();
+
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugShortcut(): this = " << this << " kaccel() = " << (m_parentCollection ? m_parentCollection->kaccel() : 0) << endl;
+  if( kaccel && qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) != 0 ) {
+    // Check if already plugged into current KAccel object
+    for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
+      if( d->m_kaccelList[i] == kaccel )
+        return;
+    }
+
+    insertKAccel( kaccel );
+  }
+}
+
+bool KAction::setShortcut( const KShortcut& cut )
+{
+ qDebug("KAction::setShortcut~ ...1 has top be fixed");
+/*US
+  bool bChanged = (d->m_cut != cut);
+  d->m_cut = cut;
+
+  KAccel* kaccel = kaccelCurrent();
+  bool bInsertRequired = true;
+  // Apply new shortcut to all existing KAccel objects
+  for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
+    // Check whether shortcut has already been plugged into
+    //  the current kaccel object.
+    if( d->m_kaccelList[i] == kaccel )
+      bInsertRequired = false;
+    if( bChanged )
+      updateKAccelShortcut( d->m_kaccelList[i] );
+  }
+
+  // Only insert action into KAccel if it has a valid name,
+  if( kaccel && bInsertRequired && qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) )
+    insertKAccel( kaccel );
+
+  if( bChanged ) {
+    // KDE 4: remove
+    if ( d->m_kaccel )
+      d->m_kaccel->setShortcut( name(), cut );
+    // KDE 4: remove end
+      int len = containerCount();
+      for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+          updateShortcut( i );
+  }
+*/
+  
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool KAction::updateKAccelShortcut( KAccel* kaccel )
+{
+ qDebug("KAction::updateKAccelShortcut~ ...1 has top be fixed");
+  // Check if action is permitted
+/*US
+  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+    return false;
+
+  bool b = true;
+
+  if ( !kaccel->actions().actionPtr( name() ) ) {
+    if(!d->m_cut.isNull() ) {
+      kdDebug(129) << "Inserting " << name() << ", " << d->text() << ", " << d->plainText() << endl;
+      b = kaccel->insert( name(), d->plainText(), QString::null,
+          d->m_cut,
+          this, SLOT(slotActivated()),
+          isShortcutConfigurable(), isEnabled() );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    b = kaccel->setShortcut( name(), d->m_cut );
+
+  return b;
+*/
+  return true;  
+}
+
+void KAction::insertKAccel( KAccel* kaccel )
+{
+ qDebug("KAction::updateKAccelShortcut~ ...1 has top be fixed");
+/*US
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::insertKAccel( " << kaccel << " ): this = " << this << endl;
+  if ( !kaccel->actions().actionPtr( name() ) ) {
+    if( updateKAccelShortcut( kaccel ) ) {
+      d->m_kaccelList.append( kaccel );
+      connect( kaccel, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()) );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    kdWarning(129) << "KAction::insertKAccel( kaccel = " << kaccel << " ): KAccel object already contains an action name \"" << name() << "\"" << endl; // -- ellis
+*/
+}
+
+void KAction::removeKAccel( KAccel* kaccel )
+{
+ qDebug("KAction::removeKAccel~ ...1 has top be fixed");
+/*US
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::removeKAccel( " << i << " ): this = " << this << endl;
+  for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
+    if( d->m_kaccelList[i] == kaccel ) {
+      kaccel->remove( name() );
+      d->m_kaccelList.remove( d->m_kaccelList.at( i ) );
+      disconnect( kaccel, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()) );
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+*/
+}
+
+// KDE 4: remove
+void KAction::setAccel( int keyQt )
+{
+  setShortcut( KShortcut(keyQt) );
+}
+// KDE 4: remove end
+
+void KAction::updateShortcut( int i )
+{
+  int id = itemId( i );
+
+  QWidget* w = container( i );
+  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) {
+    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w);
+    updateShortcut( menu, id );
+  }
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+//US    static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->setAccel( d->m_cut.keyCodeQt(), id );
+//US    (QMenuBar*)(w)->setAccel( d->m_cut.keyCodeQt(), id );
+ qDebug("KAction::updateShortcut( int i ) ...1 has top be fixed");
+
+}
+
+void KAction::updateShortcut( QPopupMenu* menu, int id )
+{
+/*US
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::updateShortcut(): this = " << this << " d->m_kaccelList.count() = " << d->m_kaccelList.count() << endl;
+  // If the action has a KAccel object,
+  //  show the string representation of its shortcut.
+  if ( d->m_kaccel || d->m_kaccelList.count() ) {
+    QString s = menu->text( id );
+    int i = s.find( '\t' );
+    if ( i >= 0 )
+      s.replace( i+1, s.length()-i, d->m_cut.seq(0).toString() );
+    else
+      s += "\t" + d->m_cut.seq(0).toString();
+
+    menu->changeItem( id, s );
+  }
+  // Otherwise insert the shortcut itself into the popup menu.
+  else {
+    // This is a fall-hack in case the KAction is missing a proper parent collection.
+    //  It should be removed eventually. --ellis
+    menu->setAccel( d->m_cut.keyCodeQt(), id );
+    kdWarning(129) << "KAction::updateShortcut(): name = \"" << name() << "\", cut = " << d->m_cut.toStringInternal() << "; No KAccel, probably missing a parent collection." << endl;
+  }
+*/
+ qDebug("KAction::updateShortcut( QPopupMenu* menu, int id ) ...1 has top be fixed");
+  
+}
+
+const KShortcut& KAction::shortcut() const
+{
+  return d->m_cut;
+}
+
+const KShortcut& KAction::shortcutDefault() const
+{
+  return d->m_cutDefault;
+}
+
+QString KAction::shortcutText() const
+{
+  return d->m_cut.toStringInternal();
+}
+
+void KAction::setShortcutText( const QString& s )
+{
+  setShortcut( KShortcut(s) );
+}
+
+int KAction::accel() const
+{
+ qDebug("KAction::accel() ...1 has top be fixed");
+//US  return d->m_cut.keyCodeQt();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void KAction::setGroup( const QString& grp )
+{
+  d->m_group = grp;
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateGroup( i );
+}
+
+void KAction::updateGroup( int )
+{
+  // DO SOMETHING
+}
+
+QString KAction::group() const
+{
+  return d->m_group;
+}
+
+bool KAction::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return d->isEnabled();
+}
+
+bool KAction::isShortcutConfigurable() const
+{
+  return d->m_configurable;
+}
+
+void KAction::setToolTip( const QString& tt )
+{
+ qDebug("KAction::setToolTip ...1 has top be fixed");
+ d->setToolTip( tt );
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateToolTip( i );
+}
+
+void KAction::updateToolTip( int i )
+{
+ qDebug("KAction::updateToolTip ...1 has top be fixed");
+ QWidget *w = container( i );
+
+  if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+    QToolTip::add( static_cast<KToolBar*>(w)->getWidget( itemId( i ) ), d->toolTip() );
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QToolBar" ) )
+    QToolTip::add( static_cast<KToolBar*>(w)->getWidget( itemId( i ) ), d->toolTip() );
+}
+
+QString KAction::toolTip() const
+{
+  return d->toolTip();
+}
+
+int KAction::plug( QWidget *w, int index )
+{
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plug( " << w << ", " << index << " )" << endl;
+  if (w == 0) {
+        kdWarning(129) << "KAction::plug called with 0 argument\n";
+         return -1;
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  KAccel* kaccel = kaccelCurrent();
+  // If there is a shortcut, but no KAccel available
+  if( !d->m_cut.isNull() && kaccel == 0 ) {
+    kdWarning(129) << "KAction::plug(): has no KAccel object; this = " << this << " name = " << name() << " parentCollection = " << m_parentCollection << endl; // ellis
+//US    kdDebug(129) << kdBacktrace() << endl;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  // Check if action is permitted
+//US  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+//US    return -1;
+
+  plugShortcut();
+
+  if ( w->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  {
+    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( w );
+    int id;
+    // Don't insert shortcut into menu if it's already in a KAccel object.
+    //qDebug("KAction::plug warning: real shortcuts not available yet.  ");
+//US    int keyQt = (d->m_kaccelList.count() || d->m_kaccel) ? 0 : d->m_cut.keyCodeQt();
+    int keyQt = 0;
+    
+    if ( d->hasIcon() )
+    {
+/*US    
+        KInstance *instance;
+        if ( m_parentCollection )
+          instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
+        else
+          instance = KGlobal::instance();
+*/          
+        id = menu->insertItem( d->iconSet( KIcon::Small, 0/*US , instance */), d->text(), this,//dsweet
+                                 SLOT( slotActivated() ), keyQt,
+                                 -1, index );
+    }
+    else
+        id = menu->insertItem( d->text(), this,
+                               SLOT( slotActivated() ),  //dsweet
+                               keyQt, -1, index );
+
+    // If the shortcut is already in a KAccel object, then
+    //  we need to set the menu item's shortcut text.
+/*US    if ( d->m_kaccelList.count() || d->m_kaccel )
+        updateShortcut( menu, id );
+*/
+    // call setItemEnabled only if the item really should be disabled,
+    // because that method is slow and the item is per default enabled
+    if ( !d->isEnabled() )
+        menu->setItemEnabled( id, false );
+
+    if ( !d->whatsThis().isEmpty() )
+        menu->setWhatsThis( id, whatsThisWithIcon() );
+
+    addContainer( menu, id );
+    connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    if ( m_parentCollection )
+      m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( menu, this );
+
+    return d->m_containers.count() - 1;
+  }
+  else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( w );
+
+    int id_ = getToolButtonID();
+/*US    
+    KInstance *instance;
+    if ( m_parentCollection )
+      instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
+    else
+      instance = KGlobal::instance();
+*/
+    if ( icon().isEmpty() && !iconSet().pixmap().isNull() ) // old code using QIconSet directly
+    {
+        bar->insertButton( iconSet().pixmap(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
+                           SLOT( slotActivated() ),
+                           d->isEnabled(), d->plainText(), index );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        QString icon = d->iconName();
+        if ( icon.isEmpty() )
+            icon = "unknown";
+        bar->insertButton( icon, id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
+                           SLOT( slotActivated() ),
+                           d->isEnabled(), d->plainText(), index/*US, instance*/ );
+    }
+    bar->getButton( id_ )->setName( QCString("toolbutton_")+name() );
+    
+//US    if ( !d->whatsThis().isEmpty() )
+//US        QWhatsThis::add( bar->getButton(id_), whatsThisWithIcon() );
+    if ( !d->toolTip().isEmpty() )
+      QToolTip::add( bar->getButton(id_), d->toolTip() );
+
+    addContainer( bar, id_ );
+
+    connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    if ( m_parentCollection )
+      m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( bar, this );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+    
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+void KAction::unplug( QWidget *w )
+{
+  int i = findContainer( w );
+  if ( i == -1 )
+    return;
+  int id = itemId( i );
+
+  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+  {
+    QPopupMenu *menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu *>( w );
+    menu->removeItem( id );
+  }
+  else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( w );
+    bar->removeItemDelayed( id );
+  }
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+  {
+    QMenuBar *bar = static_cast<QMenuBar *>( w );
+    bar->removeItem( id );
+  }
+
+  removeContainer( i );
+  
+  if ( m_parentCollection )
+    m_parentCollection->disconnectHighlight( w, this );
+}
+
+void KAction::plugAccel(KAccel *kacc, bool configurable)
+{
+    qDebug("KAction::plugAccel ...1 has top be fixed");
+/*US
+  kdWarning(129) << "KAction::plugAccel(): call to deprecated action." << endl;
+  kdDebug(129) << kdBacktrace() << endl;
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugAccel( kacc = " << kacc << " ): name \"" << name() << "\"" << endl;
+  if ( d->m_kaccel )
+    unplugAccel();
+
+  // If the parent collection's accel ptr isn't set yet
+  //if ( m_parentCollection && !m_parentCollection->accel() )
+  //  m_parentCollection->setAccel( kacc );
+
+  // We can only plug this action into the given KAccel object
+  //  if it does not already contain an action with the same name.
+  if ( !kacc->actions().actionPtr(name()) )
+  {
+    d->m_kaccel = kacc;
+    d->m_kaccel->insert(name(), d->plainText(), QString::null,
+        KShortcut(d->m_cut),
+        this, SLOT(slotActivated()),
+        configurable, isEnabled());
+    connect(d->m_kaccel, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()));
+    //connect(d->m_kaccel, SIGNAL(keycodeChanged()), this, SLOT(slotKeycodeChanged()));
+  }
+  else
+    kdWarning(129) << "KAction::plugAccel( kacc = " << kacc << " ): KAccel object already contains an action name \"" << name() << "\"" << endl; // -- ellis
+*/
+}
+
+void KAction::unplugAccel()
+{
+    qDebug("KAction::unplugAccel ...1 has top be fixed");
+/*US
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::unplugAccel() " << this << " " << name() << endl;
+  if ( d->m_kaccel )
+  {
+    d->m_kaccel->remove(name());
+    d->m_kaccel = 0;
+  }
+*/  
+}
+
+void KAction::plugMainWindowAccel( QWidget *w )
+{
+    qDebug("KAction::plugMainWindowAccel ...1 has top be fixed");
+/*US
+  // Note: topLevelWidget() stops too early, we can't use it.
+  QWidget * tl = w;
+  QWidget * n;
+  while ( !tl->isDialog() && ( n = tl->parentWidget() ) ) // lookup parent and store
+    tl = n;
+
+  KMainWindow * mw = dynamic_cast<KMainWindow *>(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
+  if (mw)
+    plugAccel( mw->accel() );
+  else
+    kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugMainWindowAccel: Toplevel widget isn't a KMainWindow, can't plug accel. " << tl << endl;
+*/    
+}
+
+void KAction::setEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::setEnabled( " << enable << " ): this = " << this << " d->m_kaccelList.count() = " << d->m_kaccelList.count() << endl;
+  if ( enable == d->isEnabled() )
+    return;
+
+  // KDE 4: remove
+//US  if (d->m_kaccel)
+//US    d->m_kaccel->setEnabled(name(), enable);
+  // KDE 4: remove end
+
+//US  for ( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ )
+//US    d->m_kaccelList[i]->setEnabled( name(), enable );
+
+  d->setEnabled( enable );
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateEnabled( i );
+
+  emit enabled( d->isEnabled() );
+}
+
+void KAction::updateEnabled( int i )
+{
+    QWidget *w = container( i );
+
+    if ( w->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+      static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->setItemEnabled( itemId( i ), d->isEnabled() );
+    else if ( w->inherits("QMenuBar") )
+      static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->setItemEnabled( itemId( i ), d->isEnabled() );
+    else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+    {
+      static_cast<KToolBar*>(w)->setItemEnabled( itemId( i ), d->isEnabled() );
+    }
+}
+
+void KAction::setShortcutConfigurable( bool b )
+{
+    d->m_configurable = b;
+}
+
+void KAction::setText( const QString& text )
+{
+/*US
+  // KDE 4: remove
+  if (d->m_kaccel) {
+    KAccelAction* pAction = d->m_kaccel->actions().actionPtr(name());
+    if (pAction)
+      pAction->setLabel( text );
+  }
+  // KDE 4: remove end
+
+  for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
+    KAccelAction* pAction = d->m_kaccelList[i]->actions().actionPtr(name());
+    if (pAction)
+      pAction->setLabel( text );
+  }
+*/
+  d->setText( text );
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateText( i );
+    
+}
+
+void KAction::updateText( int i )
+{
+  QWidget *w = container( i );
+
+  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) {
+    int id = itemId( i );
+    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( id, d->text() );
+    updateShortcut( static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w), id );
+  }
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+    static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->changeItem( itemId( i ), d->text() );
+  else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    qDebug("KAction::updateText ...3 has top be fixed");
+    QWidget *button = static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->getWidget( itemId( i ) );
+    if ( button->inherits( "KToolBarButton" ) )
+      static_cast<KToolBarButton *>(button)->setText( d->plainText() );
+      
+  }
+}
+
+QString KAction::text() const
+{
+  return d->text();
+}
+
+QString KAction::plainText() const
+{
+  return d->plainText( );
+}
+
+void KAction::setIcon( const QString &icon )
+{
+  d->setIconName( icon );
+
+  // now handle any toolbars
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateIcon( i );
+}
+
+void KAction::updateIcon( int id )
+{
+  QWidget* w = container( id );
+
+  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) {
+    int itemId_ = itemId( id );
+    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( itemId_, d->iconSet( KIcon::Small ), d->text() );
+    updateShortcut( static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w), itemId_ );
+  }
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+    static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->changeItem( itemId( id ), d->iconSet( KIcon::Small ), d->text() );
+  else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+    static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIcon( itemId( id ), d->iconName() );
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    qDebug("KAction::updateIcon has top be fixed");
+//US    static_cast<QToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIcon( itemId( id ), d->iconName() );
+  }
+}
+
+QString KAction::icon() const
+{
+  return d->iconName( );
+}
+
+void KAction::setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset )
+{
+  d->setIconSet( iconset );
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateIconSet( i );
+}
+
+
+void KAction::updateIconSet( int id )
+{
+  QWidget *w = container( id );
+
+  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+  {
+    int itemId_ = itemId( id );
+    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( itemId_, d->iconSet(), d->text() );
+    updateShortcut( static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w), itemId_ );
+  }
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+    static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->changeItem( itemId( id ), d->iconSet(), d->text() );
+  else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    if ( icon().isEmpty() && d->hasIconSet() ) // only if there is no named icon ( scales better )
+      static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIconSet( itemId( id ), d->iconSet() );
+    else
+      static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIconSet( itemId( id ), d->iconSet( KIcon::Small ) );
+  }
+}
+
+QIconSet KAction::iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size ) const
+{
+  return d->iconSet( group, size );
+}
+
+bool KAction::hasIcon() const
+{
+  return d->hasIcon();
+}
+
+
+void KAction::setWhatsThis( const QString& text )
+{
+  d->setWhatsThis(  text );
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateWhatsThis( i );
+}
+
+void KAction::updateWhatsThis( int i )
+{
+  qDebug("KAction::updateWhatsThis ...1 has top be fixed");
+  QPopupMenu* pm = popupMenu( i );
+  if ( pm )
+  {
+    pm->setWhatsThis( itemId( i ), d->whatsThis() );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  KToolBar *tb = toolBar( i );
+  if ( tb )
+  {
+    QWidget *w = tb->getButton( itemId( i ) );
+//US    QWhatsThis::remove( w );
+//US    QWhatsThis::add( w, d->whatsThis() );
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+QString KAction::whatsThis() const
+{
+  return d->whatsThis();
+}
+
+QString KAction::whatsThisWithIcon() const
+{
+    QString text = whatsThis();
+    if (!d->iconName().isEmpty())
+      return QString::fromLatin1("<img source=\"small|%1\"> %2").arg(d->iconName() ).arg(text);
+    return text;
+}
+
+QWidget* KAction::container( int index ) const
+{
+  assert( index < containerCount() );
+  return d->m_containers[ index ].m_container;
+}
+
+KToolBar* KAction::toolBar( int index ) const
+{
+//US  return dynamic_cast<KToolBar *>( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
+  return (KToolBar *)( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
+}
+
+QPopupMenu* KAction::popupMenu( int index ) const
+{
+//US  return dynamic_cast<QPopupMenu *>( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
+    return (QPopupMenu *)( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
+}
+
+QWidget* KAction::representative( int index ) const
+{
+  return d->m_containers[ index ].m_representative;
+}
+
+int KAction::itemId( int index ) const
+{
+  return d->m_containers[ index ].m_id;
+}
+
+int KAction::containerCount() const
+{
+  return d->m_containers.count();
+}
+
+uint KAction::kaccelCount() const
+{
+  return d->m_kaccelList.count();
+}
+
+void KAction::addContainer( QWidget* c, int id )
+{
+  KActionPrivate::Container p;
+  p.m_container = c;
+  p.m_id = id;
+  d->m_containers.append( p );
+}
+
+void KAction::addContainer( QWidget* c, QWidget* w )
+{
+  KActionPrivate::Container p;
+  p.m_container = c;
+  p.m_representative = w;
+  d->m_containers.append( p );
+}
+
+void KAction::activate()
+{
+  slotActivated();
+}
+
+void KAction::slotActivated()
+{
+  emit activated();
+}
+
+void KAction::slotDestroyed()
+{
+  kdDebug(129) << "KAction::slotDestroyed(): this = " << this << ", name = \"" << name() << "\", sender = " << sender() << endl;
+  const QObject* o = sender();
+  
+/*
+
+
+  // KDE 4: remove
+  if ( o == d->m_kaccel )
+  {
+    d->m_kaccel = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+  // KDE 4: remove end
+
+  for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ )
+  {
+    if ( o == d->m_kaccelList[i] )
+    {
+      disconnect( d->m_kaccelList[i], SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()) );
+      d->m_kaccelList.remove( d->m_kaccelList.at( i ) );
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+*/
+  int i;
+  do
+  {
+    i = findContainer( static_cast<const QWidget*>( o ) );
+    if ( i != -1 )
+      removeContainer( i );
+  } while ( i != -1 );
+
+}
+
+int KAction::findContainer( const QWidget* widget ) const
+{
+  int pos = 0;
+  QValueList<KActionPrivate::Container>::ConstIterator it = d->m_containers.begin();
+  while( it != d->m_containers.end() )
+  {
+    if ( (*it).m_representative == widget || (*it).m_container == widget )
+      return pos;
+    ++it;
+    ++pos;
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+void KAction::removeContainer( int index )
+{
+  int i = 0;
+  QValueList<KActionPrivate::Container>::Iterator it = d->m_containers.begin();
+  while( it != d->m_containers.end() )
+  {
+    if ( i == index )
+    {
+      d->m_containers.remove( it );
+      return;
+    }
+    ++it;
+    ++i;
+  }
+}
+
+// FIXME: Remove this (ellis)
+void KAction::slotKeycodeChanged()
+{
+  qDebug("KAction::slotKeycodeChanged() ...44 has top be fixed");
+/*US
+  kdDebug(129) << "KAction::slotKeycodeChanged()" << endl; // -- ellis
+  KAccelAction* pAction = d->m_kaccel->actions().actionPtr(name());
+  if( pAction )
+    setShortcut(pAction->shortcut());
+*/    
+}
+
+KActionCollection *KAction::parentCollection() const
+{
+    return m_parentCollection;
+}
+
+void KAction::unplugAll()
+{
+  while ( containerCount() != 0 )
+    unplug( container( 0 ) );
+}
+
+void KAction::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+/* vim: et sw=2 ts=2
+ */
+
+//US #include "kaction.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kaction.h b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13e2e1e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+              (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
+              (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+//$Id$
+
+#ifndef __kaction_h__
+#define __kaction_h__
+
+
+//US #include <qkeysequence.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <qguardedptr.h>
+#include <kguiitem.h>
+#include <kshortcut.h>
+#include <kstdaction.h>
+//US#include <kicontheme.h>
+
+//US added the following files
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+
+class QMenuBar;
+class QPopupMenu;
+//USclass QComboBox;
+//USclass QPoint;
+class QIconSet;
+class QString;
+class KToolBar;
+
+class KAccel;
+//USclass KAccelActions;
+//USclass KConfig;
+//USclass KConfigBase;
+//USclass KURL;
+//USclass KInstance;
+//USclass KToolBar;
+class KActionCollection;
+//USclass KPopupMenu;
+class KMainWindow;
+
+/**
+ * The KAction class (and derived and super classes) provides a way to
+ * easily encapsulate a "real" user-selected action or event in your
+ * program.
+ *
+ * For instance, a user may want to @p paste the contents of
+ * the clipboard or @p scroll @p down a document or @p quit the
+ * application.  These are all @p actions -- events that the
+ * user causes to happen.  The KAction class allows the developer to
+ * deal with these actions in an easy and intuitive manner.
+ *
+ * Specifically, the KAction class encapsulated the various attributes
+ * to an event/action.  For instance, an action might have an icon
+ * that goes along with it (a clipboard for a "paste" action or
+ * scissors for a "cut" action).  The action might have some text to
+ * describe the action.  It will certainly have a method or function
+ * that actually @p executes the action!  All these attributes
+ * are contained within the KAction object.
+ *
+ * The advantage of dealing with Actions is that you can manipulate
+ * the Action without regard to the GUI representation of it.  For
+ * instance, in the "normal" way of dealing with actions like "cut",
+ * you would manually insert a item for Cut into a menu and a button
+ * into a toolbar.  If you want to disable the cut action for a moment
+ * (maybe nothing is selected), you woud have to hunt down the pointer
+ * to the menu item and the toolbar button and disable both
+ * individually.  Setting the menu item and toolbar item up uses very
+ * similar code - but has to be done twice!
+ *
+ * With the Action concept, you simply "plug" the Action into whatever
+ * GUI element you want.  The KAction class will then take care of
+ * correctly defining the menu item (with icons, accelerators, text,
+ * etc) or toolbar button.. or whatever.  From then on, if you
+ * manipulate the Action at all, the effect will propogate through all
+ * GUI representations of it.  Back to the "cut" example: if you want
+ * to disable the Cut Action, you would simply do
+ * 'cutAction->setEnabled(false)' and the menuitem and button would
+ * instantly be disabled!
+ *
+ * This is the biggest advantage to the Action concept -- there is a
+ * one-to-one relationship between the "real" action and @p all
+ * GUI representations of it.
+ *
+ * KAction emits the activated() signal if the user activated the
+ * corresponding GUI element ( menu item, toolbar button, etc. )
+ *
+ * If you are in the situation of wanting to map the activated()
+ * signal of multiple action objects to one slot, with a special
+ * argument bound to each action, then you might consider using
+ * @ref QSignalMapper . A tiny example:
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * QSignalMapper *desktopNumberMapper = new QSignalMapper( this );
+ * connect( desktopNumberMapper, SIGNAL( mapped( int ) ),
+ *          this, SLOT( moveWindowToDesktop( int ) ) );
+ *
+ * for ( uint i = 0; i < numberOfDesktops; ++i ) {
+ *     KAction *desktopAction = new KAction( i18n( "Move Window to Desktop %i" ).arg( i ), ... );
+ *     connect( desktopAction, SIGNAL( activated() ), desktopNumberMapper, SLOT( map() ) );
+ *     desktopNumberMapper->setMapping( desktopAction, i );
+ * }
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * @sect General Usage:
+ *
+ * The steps to using actions are roughly as follows
+ *
+ * @li Decide which attributes you want to associate with a given
+ *     action (icons, text, keyboard shortcut, etc)
+ * @li Create the action using KAction (or derived or super class).
+ * @li "Plug" the Action into whatever GUI element you want.  Typically,
+ *      this will be a menu or toolbar.
+ *
+ * @sect Detailed Example:
+ *
+ * Here is an example of enabling a "New [document]" action
+ * <PRE>
+ * KAction *newAct = new KAction(i18n("&New"), "filenew",
+ *                               KStdAccel::shortcut(KStdAccel::New),
+ *                               this, SLOT(fileNew()),
+ *                               actionCollection(), "new");
+ * </PRE>
+ * This line creates our action.  It says that wherever this action is
+ * displayed, it will use "&New" as the text, the standard icon, and
+ * the standard shortcut.  It further says that whenever this action
+ * is invoked, it will use the fileNew() slot to execute it.
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * QPopupMenu *file = new QPopupMenu;
+ * newAct->plug(file);
+ * </PRE>
+ * That just inserted the action into the File menu.  The point is, it's not
+ * important in which menu it is: all manipulation of the item is
+ * done through the newAct object.
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * newAct->plug(toolBar());
+ * </PRE>
+ * And this inserted the Action into the main toolbar as a button.
+ *
+ * That's it!
+ *
+ * If you want to disable that action sometime later, you can do so
+ * with
+ * <PRE>
+ * newAct->setEnabled(false)
+ * </PRE>
+ * and both the menuitem in File and the toolbar button will instantly
+ * be disabled.
+ *
+ * Do not delete a KAction object without unplugging it from all its
+ * containers. The simplest way to do that is to use the unplugAll()
+ * as in the following example:
+ * <PRE>
+ * newAct->unplugAll();
+ * delete newAct;
+ * </PRE>
+ * Normally you will not need to do this as KActionCollection manages
+ * everything for you.
+ *
+ * Note: if you are using a "standard" action like "new", "paste",
+ * "quit", or any other action described in the KDE UI Standards,
+ * please use the methods in the @ref KStdAction class rather than
+ * defining your own.
+ *
+ * @sect Usage Within the XML Framework:
+ *
+ * If you are using KAction within the context of the XML menu and
+ * toolbar building framework, then there are a few tiny changes.  The
+ * first is that you must insert your new action into an action
+ * collection.  The action collection (a @ref KActionCollection) is,
+ * logically enough, a central collection of all of the actions
+ * defined in your application.  The XML UI framework code in KXMLGUI
+ * classes needs access to this collection in order to build up the
+ * GUI (it's how the builder code knows which actions are valid and
+ * which aren't).
+ *
+ * Also, if you use the XML builder framework, then you do not ever
+ * have to plug your actions into containers manually.  The framework
+ * does that for you.
+ *
+ * @see KStdAction
+ * @short Class to encapsulate user-driven action or event
+ */
+class KAction : public QObject
+{
+  friend class KActionCollection;
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( int containerCount READ containerCount )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QString plainText READ plainText )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QString text READ text WRITE setText )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QString shortcut READ shortcutText WRITE setShortcutText )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool enabled READ isEnabled WRITE setEnabled )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QString group READ group WRITE setGroup )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QString whatsThis READ whatsThis WRITE setWhatsThis )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QString toolTip READ toolTip WRITE setToolTip )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QString icon READ icon WRITE setIcon )
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs an action with text, potential keyboard
+     * shortcut, and a SLOT to call when this action is invoked by
+     * the user.
+     *
+     * If you do not want or have a keyboard shortcut,
+     * set the @p cut param to 0.
+     *
+     * This is the most common KAction used when you do not have a
+     * corresponding icon (note that it won't appear in the current version
+     * of the "Edit ToolBar" dialog, because an action needs an icon to be
+     * plugged in a toolbar...).
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard shortcut.
+     * @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+             KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
+    /**
+     * Constructs an action with text, icon, potential keyboard
+     * shortcut, and a SLOT to call when this action is invoked by
+     * the user.
+     *
+     * If you do not want or have a keyboard shortcut, set the
+     * @p cut param to 0.
+     *
+     * This is the other common KAction used.  Use it when you
+     * @p do have a corresponding icon.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param pix The icon to display.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard shortcut.
+     * @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+     
+    KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+             KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an action with text, icon, potential keyboard
+     * shortcut, and a SLOT to call when this action is invoked by
+     * the user.  The icon is loaded on demand later based on where it
+     * is plugged in.
+     *
+     * If you do not want or have a keyboard shortcut, set the
+     * @p cut param to 0.
+     *
+     * This is the other common KAction used.  Use it when you
+     * @p do have a corresponding icon.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param pix The icon to display.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard shortcut (shortcut).
+     * @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+             KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
+
+    /**
+     * The same as the above constructor, but with a KGuiItem providing
+     * the text and icon.
+     *
+     * @param item The KGuiItem with the label and (optional) icon.
+     */
+    KAction( const KGuiItem& item, const KShortcut& cut,
+             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+             KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
+        /**
+         * @obsolete
+         */
+        KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+        /**
+         * @obsolete
+         */
+        KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+        /**
+         * @obsolete
+         */
+        KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+        /**
+         * @obsolete
+         */
+        KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+        /**
+         * @obsolete
+         */
+        KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+        /**
+         * @obsolete
+         */
+        KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                const char* name = 0 );
+        /**
+         * @obsolete
+         */
+  KAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Standard destructor
+     */
+    virtual ~KAction();
+
+    /**
+     * "Plug" or insert this action into a given widget.
+     *
+     * This will
+     * typically be a menu or a toolbar.  From this point on, you will
+     * never need to directly manipulate the item in the menu or
+     * toolbar.  You do all enabling/disabling/manipulation directly
+     * with your KAction object.
+     *
+     * @param w The GUI element to display this action
+     */
+    virtual int plug( QWidget *w, int index = -1 );
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated.  Shouldn't be used.  No substitute available.
+     *
+     * "Plug" or insert this action into a given KAccel.
+     *
+     * @param accel The KAccel collection which holds this accel
+     * @param configurable If the shortcut is configurable via
+     * the KAccel configuration dialog (this is somehow deprecated since
+     * there is now a KAction key configuration dialog).
+     */
+    virtual void plugAccel(KAccel *accel, bool configurable = true);
+
+    /**
+     * "Unplug" or remove this action from a given widget.
+     *
+     * This will typically be a menu or a toolbar.  This is rarely
+     * used in "normal" application.  Typically, it would be used if
+     * your application has several views or modes, each with a
+     * completely different menu structure.  If you simply want to
+     * disable an action for a given period, use @ref setEnabled()
+     * instead.
+     *
+     * @param w Remove the action from this GUI element.
+     */
+    virtual void unplug( QWidget *w );
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated.  Complement method to plugAccel().
+     * Disconnect this action from the KAccel.
+     */
+    virtual void unplugAccel();
+
+    /**
+     * returns whether the action is plugged into any container widget or not.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    virtual bool isPlugged() const;
+
+    /**
+     * returns whether the action is plugged into the given container
+     */
+    bool isPlugged( const QWidget *container ) const;
+
+    /**
+     * returns whether the action is plugged into the given container with the given, container specific, id (often
+     * menu or toolbar id ) .
+     */
+    virtual bool isPlugged( const QWidget *container, int id ) const;
+
+    /**
+     * returns whether the action is plugged into the given container with the given, container specific, representative
+     * container widget item.
+     */
+    virtual bool isPlugged( const QWidget *container, const QWidget *_representative ) const;
+
+    QWidget* container( int index ) const;
+    int itemId( int index ) const;
+    QWidget* representative( int index ) const;
+    int containerCount() const;
+    /// @since 3.1
+    uint kaccelCount() const;
+
+    virtual bool hasIcon() const;
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+    bool hasIconSet() const { return hasIcon(); }
+#endif
+    virtual QString plainText() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Get the text associated with this action.
+     */
+    virtual QString text() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Get the keyboard shortcut associated with this action.
+     */
+    virtual const KShortcut& shortcut() const;
+    /**
+     * Get the default shortcut for this action.
+     */
+    virtual const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const;
+
+    // These two methods are for Q_PROPERTY
+    QString shortcutText() const;
+    void setShortcutText( const QString& );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this action is enabled.
+     */
+    virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this action's shortcut is configurable.
+     */
+    virtual bool isShortcutConfigurable() const;
+
+    virtual QString group() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Get the What's this text for the action.
+     */
+    virtual QString whatsThis() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Get the tooltip text for the action.
+     */
+    virtual QString toolTip() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Get the QIconSet from which the icons used to display this action will
+     * be chosen.
+     */
+    virtual QIconSet iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size=0 ) const;
+
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+    QIconSet iconSet() const
+    {
+      return iconSet( KIcon::Small );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    virtual QString icon() const;
+
+    KActionCollection *parentCollection() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @internal
+     * Generate a toolbar button id. Made public for reimplementations.
+     */
+    static int getToolButtonID();
+
+
+    void unplugAll();
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     * Sets the text associated with this action. The text is used for menu
+     * and toolbar labels etc.
+     */
+    virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the keyboard shortcut associated with this action.
+     */
+    virtual bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& );
+
+    virtual void setGroup( const QString& );
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the What's this text for the action. This text will be displayed when
+     * a widget that has been created by plugging this action into a container
+     * is clicked on in What's this mode.
+     *
+     * The What's this text can include QML markup as well as raw text.
+     */
+    virtual void setWhatsThis( const QString& text );
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the tooltip text for the action.
+     * This will be used as a tooltip for a toolbar button, as a
+     * statusbar help-text for a menu item, and it also appears
+     * in the toolbar editor, to describe the action.
+     */
+    virtual void setToolTip( const QString& );
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the QIconSet from which the icons used to display this action will
+     * be chosen.
+     */
+    virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconSet );
+
+    virtual void setIcon( const QString& icon );
+
+    /**
+     * Enables or disables this action. All uses of this action (eg. in menus
+     * or toolbars) will be updated to reflect the state of the action.
+     */
+    virtual void setEnabled(bool enable);
+
+    /**
+     * Indicate whether the user may configure the action's shortcut.
+     */
+    virtual void setShortcutConfigurable( bool );
+
+    /**
+     * Emulate user's interaction programmatically, by activating the action.
+     * The implementation simply emits activated().
+     */
+    virtual void activate();
+
+protected slots:
+    virtual void slotDestroyed();
+    virtual void slotKeycodeChanged();
+    virtual void slotActivated();
+
+protected:
+    KToolBar* toolBar( int index ) const;
+    QPopupMenu* popupMenu( int index ) const;
+    void removeContainer( int index );
+    int findContainer( const QWidget* widget ) const;
+    void plugMainWindowAccel( QWidget *w );
+
+    void addContainer( QWidget* parent, int id );
+    void addContainer( QWidget* parent, QWidget* representative );
+
+    virtual void updateShortcut( int i );
+    virtual void updateShortcut( QPopupMenu* menu, int id );
+    virtual void updateGroup( int id );
+    virtual void updateText(int i );
+    virtual void updateEnabled(int i);
+    virtual void updateIconSet(int i);
+    virtual void updateIcon( int i);
+    virtual void updateToolTip( int id );
+    virtual void updateWhatsThis( int i );
+
+    KActionCollection *m_parentCollection;
+    QString whatsThisWithIcon() const;
+
+signals:
+    void activated();
+    void enabled( bool );
+
+private:
+    void initPrivate( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot );
+    KAccel* kaccelCurrent();
+    bool initShortcut( const KShortcut& );
+    void plugShortcut();
+    bool updateKAccelShortcut( KAccel* kaccel );
+    void insertKAccel( KAccel* );
+    /** @internal To be used exclusively by KActionCollection::removeWidget(). */
+    void removeKAccel( KAccel* );
+
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+public:
+    /**
+     * @deprecated.  Use shortcut().
+     * Get the keyboard accelerator associated with this action.
+     */
+    int accel() const;
+
+    QString statusText() const
+        { return toolTip(); }
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated.  Use setShortcut().
+     * Sets the keyboard accelerator associated with this action.
+     */
+    void setAccel( int key );
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated. Use setToolTip instead (they do the same thing now).
+     */
+    void setStatusText( const QString &text )
+         { setToolTip( text ); }
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated. for backwards compatibility.
+     */
+    int menuId( int i ) { return itemId( i ); }
+#endif // !KDE_NO_COMPAT
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KActionPrivate;
+    KActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#include <kactioncollection.h>
+#include <kactionclasses.h>
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82e6c8b
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2058 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+              (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
+              (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger <jowenn@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kactionclasses.h"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <qfontdatabase.h>
+#include <qobjectlist.h>
+//US#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+//US#include <kaccel.h>
+//US#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+//US#include <kfontcombo.h>
+//US#include <kmainwindow.h>
+//US#include <kmenubar.h>
+//US#include <kpopupmenu.h>
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <ktoolbar.h>
+#include <ktoolbarbutton.h>
+#include <kurl.h>
+
+//US added the following includefiles
+#include <kconfigbase.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <qmenubar.h>
+#include <qmainwindow.h>
+#include <qtoolbar.h>
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include <qmainwindow.h>
+
+
+static QFontDatabase *fontDataBase = 0;
+
+static void cleanupFontDatabase()
+{
+    delete fontDataBase;
+    fontDataBase = 0;
+}
+
+static void get_fonts( QStringList &lst )
+{
+    if ( !fontDataBase ) {
+        fontDataBase = new QFontDatabase();
+        qAddPostRoutine( cleanupFontDatabase );
+    }
+    lst.clear();
+    QStringList families = fontDataBase->families();
+    for ( QStringList::Iterator it = families.begin(); it != families.end(); ++it )
+    {
+        QString family = *it;
+        if ( family. contains('-') ) // remove foundry
+            family = family.right( family.length() - family.find('-' ) - 1);
+        if ( !lst.contains( family ) )
+            lst.append( family );
+    }
+    lst.sort();
+}
+
+static QValueList<int> get_standard_font_sizes()
+{
+    if ( !fontDataBase ) {
+        fontDataBase = new QFontDatabase();
+        qAddPostRoutine( cleanupFontDatabase );
+    }
+    return fontDataBase->standardSizes();
+}
+
+class KToggleAction::KToggleActionPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KToggleActionPrivate()
+  {
+    m_checked = false;
+  }
+
+  bool m_checked;
+  QString m_exclusiveGroup;
+};
+
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                              QObject* parent,
+                              const char* name )
+    : KAction( text, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                              const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                              QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              QObject* parent, const char* name )
+ : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              const QObject* receiver,
+                              const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                              const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              const QObject* receiver,
+                              const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                              const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : KAction( parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KToggleAction::~KToggleAction()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+int KToggleAction::plug( QWidget* widget, int index )
+{
+  if ( !widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") && !widget->inherits("KToolBar") )
+  {
+    kdWarning() << "Can not plug KToggleAction in " << widget->className() << endl;
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+/*US
+  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+    return -1;
+*/
+
+  int _index = KAction::plug( widget, index );
+  if ( _index == -1 )
+    return _index;
+
+  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  {
+    int id = itemId( _index );
+    
+    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(widget)->setItemChecked( id, d->m_checked );
+  } else if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
+
+    KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( widget );
+
+    bar->setToggle( itemId( _index ), true );
+    bar->setButton( itemId( _index ), isChecked() );
+  }
+
+  return _index;
+}
+
+void KToggleAction::setChecked( bool c )
+{
+  if ( c == d->m_checked )
+    return;
+  //kdDebug(129) << "KToggleAction::setChecked(" << c << ") " << this << " " << name() << endl;
+
+  d->m_checked = c;
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateChecked( i );
+
+  if ( c && parent() && !exclusiveGroup().isEmpty() ) {
+    const QObjectList *list = parent()->children();
+    if ( list ) {
+      QObjectListIt it( *list );
+      for( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
+        if ( it.current()->inherits( "KToggleAction" ) && it.current() != this &&
+            static_cast<KToggleAction*>(it.current())->exclusiveGroup() == exclusiveGroup() ) {
+          KToggleAction *a = static_cast<KToggleAction*>(it.current());
+          if( a->isChecked() ) {
+            a->setChecked( false );
+            emit a->toggled( false );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KToggleAction::updateChecked( int id )
+{
+  QWidget *w = container( id );
+
+  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->setItemChecked( itemId( id ), d->m_checked );
+  else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+    static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->setItemChecked( itemId( id ), d->m_checked );
+  else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getButton( itemId( id ) );
+    if ( r && r->inherits( "KToolBarButton" ) )
+      static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->setButton( itemId( id ), d->m_checked );
+  }
+}
+
+void KToggleAction::slotActivated()
+{
+  setChecked( !isChecked() );
+  emit activated();
+  emit toggled( isChecked() );
+}
+
+bool KToggleAction::isChecked() const
+{
+  return d->m_checked;
+}
+
+void KToggleAction::setExclusiveGroup( const QString& name )
+{
+  d->m_exclusiveGroup = name;
+}
+
+QString KToggleAction::exclusiveGroup() const
+{
+  return d->m_exclusiveGroup;
+}
+
+
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                            QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: KToggleAction( text, cut, parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                            const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                            QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: KToggleAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                            const KShortcut& cut,
+                            QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                            const KShortcut& cut,
+                            QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                            const KShortcut& cut,
+                            const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                            QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                            const KShortcut& cut,
+                            const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                            QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+: KToggleAction( parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+void KRadioAction::slotActivated()
+{
+  if ( isChecked() )
+  {
+    const QObject *senderObj = sender();
+
+    if ( !senderObj || !senderObj->inherits( "KToolBarButton" ) )
+      return;
+
+    qDebug("KRadioAction::slotActivated has to be fixed");
+    const_cast<KToolBarButton *>( static_cast<const KToolBarButton *>( senderObj ) )->on( true );
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+  KToggleAction::slotActivated();
+}
+
+class KSelectAction::KSelectActionPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KSelectActionPrivate()
+  {
+    m_edit = false;
+    m_menuAccelsEnabled = true;
+    m_menu = 0;
+    m_current = -1;
+    m_comboWidth = -1;
+  }
+  bool m_edit;
+  bool m_menuAccelsEnabled;
+  QPopupMenu *m_menu;
+  int m_current;
+  int m_comboWidth;
+  QStringList m_list;
+
+  QString makeMenuText( const QString &_text )
+  {
+      if ( m_menuAccelsEnabled )
+        return _text;
+      QString text = _text;
+      uint i = 0;
+      while ( i < text.length() ) {
+          if ( text.at( i ) == '&' ) {
+              text.insert( i, '&' );
+              i += 2;
+          }
+          else
+              ++i;
+      }
+      return text;
+  }
+};
+
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                              QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                              const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                              QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              const QObject* receiver,
+                              const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                              const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                              const KShortcut& cut,
+                              const QObject* receiver,
+                              const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                              const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KSelectAction::~KSelectAction()
+{
+  assert(d);
+  delete d->m_menu;
+  delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::setCurrentItem( int id )
+{
+    if ( id >= (int)d->m_list.count() ) {
+        ASSERT(id < (int)d->m_list.count());
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( d->m_menu )
+    {
+        if ( d->m_current >= 0 )
+            d->m_menu->setItemChecked( d->m_current, false );
+        if ( id >= 0 )
+        {
+        //US qDebug("KSelectAction::setCurrentItem %i", id);
+            d->m_menu->setItemChecked( id, true );
+        }
+    }
+
+    d->m_current = id;
+
+    int len = containerCount();
+
+    for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+        updateCurrentItem( i );
+
+    //    emit KAction::activated();
+    //    emit activated( currentItem() );
+    //    emit activated( currentText() );
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::setComboWidth( int width )
+{
+  if ( width < 0 )
+    return;
+
+  d->m_comboWidth=width;
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateComboWidth( i );
+
+}
+QPopupMenu* KSelectAction::popupMenu() const
+{
+        kdDebug(129) << "KSelectAction::popupMenu()" << endl; // remove -- ellis
+  if ( !d->m_menu )
+  {
+//US    d->m_menu = new KPopupMenu(0L, "KSelectAction::popupMenu()");
+    d->m_menu = new QPopupMenu(0L, "QSelectAction::popupMenu()");
+    setupMenu();
+    if ( d->m_current >= 0 )
+      d->m_menu->setItemChecked( d->m_current, true );
+  }
+
+  return d->m_menu;
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::setupMenu() const
+{
+    if ( !d->m_menu )
+        return;
+    d->m_menu->clear();
+
+    QStringList::ConstIterator it = d->m_list.begin();
+    for( uint id = 0; it != d->m_list.end(); ++it, ++id ) {
+        QString text = *it;
+        if ( !text.isEmpty() )
+            d->m_menu->insertItem( d->makeMenuText( text ), this, SLOT( slotActivated( int ) ), 0, id );
+        else
+            d->m_menu->insertSeparator();
+    }
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::changeItem( int index, const QString& text )
+{
+  if ( index < 0 || index >= (int)d->m_list.count() )
+  {
+    kdWarning() << "KSelectAction::changeItem Index out of scope" << endl;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  d->m_list[ index ] = text;
+
+  if ( d->m_menu )
+    d->m_menu->changeItem( index, d->makeMenuText( text ) );
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    changeItem( i, index, text );
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::changeItem( int id, int index, const QString& text)
+{
+  if ( index < 0 )
+        return;
+  
+  QWidget* w = container( id );
+  if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+     QWidget* r = (static_cast<KToolBar*>( w ))->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
+     if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) )
+     {
+        QComboBox *b = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
+        b->changeItem(text, index );
+     }
+  }
+  
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::setItems( const QStringList &lst )
+{
+        kdDebug(129) << "KAction::setItems()" << endl; // remove -- ellis
+  d->m_list = lst;
+  d->m_current = -1;
+
+  setupMenu();
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateItems( i );
+
+  // Disable if empty and not editable
+  setEnabled ( lst.count() > 0 || d->m_edit );
+}
+
+QStringList KSelectAction::items() const
+{
+  return d->m_list;
+}
+
+QString KSelectAction::currentText() const
+{
+  if ( currentItem() < 0 )
+    return QString::null;
+
+  return d->m_list[ currentItem() ];
+}
+
+int KSelectAction::currentItem() const
+{
+  return d->m_current;
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::updateCurrentItem( int id )
+{
+  if ( d->m_current < 0 )
+        return;
+
+  QWidget* w = container( id );
+  if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
+    QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
+    if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
+      QComboBox *b = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
+      b->setCurrentItem( d->m_current );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+int KSelectAction::comboWidth() const
+{
+  return d->m_comboWidth;
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::updateComboWidth( int id )
+{
+  QWidget* w = container( id );
+  if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
+    QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
+    if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
+      QComboBox *cb = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
+      cb->setMinimumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
+      cb->setMaximumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::updateItems( int id )
+{
+        kdDebug(129) << "KAction::updateItems( " << id << ", lst )" << endl; // remove -- ellis
+  
+  QWidget* w = container( id );
+  if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
+
+    QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
+    if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
+      QComboBox *cb = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
+      cb->clear();
+      QStringList lst = comboItems();
+      QStringList::ConstIterator it = lst.begin();
+      for( ; it != lst.end(); ++it )
+        cb->insertItem( *it );
+      // Ok, this currently doesn't work due to a bug in QComboBox
+      // (the sizehint is cached for ever and never recalculated)
+      // Bug reported (against Qt 2.3.1).
+      cb->setMinimumWidth( cb->sizeHint().width() );
+    }
+  }
+   
+}
+
+int KSelectAction::plug( QWidget *widget, int index )
+{
+//US  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+//US    return -1;
+  
+  kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plug( " << widget << ", " << index << " )" << endl; // remove -- ellis
+  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  {
+    // Create the PopupMenu and store it in m_menu
+    (void)popupMenu();
+
+    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( widget );
+    int id;
+    
+    if ( hasIconSet() )
+      id = menu->insertItem( iconSet(), text(), d->m_menu, -1, index );
+    else
+      id = menu->insertItem( text(), d->m_menu, -1, index );
+      
+    if ( !isEnabled() )
+        menu->setItemEnabled( id, false );
+
+    QString wth = whatsThis();
+    if ( !wth.isEmpty() )
+        menu->setWhatsThis( id, wth );
+    
+    addContainer( menu, id );
+    connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+  else if ( widget->inherits("KToolBar") )
+  {
+
+    KToolBar* bar = static_cast<KToolBar*>( widget );
+    int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
+    bar->insertCombo( comboItems(), id_, isEditable(),
+                      SIGNAL( activated( const QString & ) ), this,
+                      SLOT( slotActivated( const QString & ) ), isEnabled(),
+                      toolTip(), -1, index );
+
+    KComboBox *cb = bar->getCombo( id_ );
+    if ( cb )
+    {
+         cb->setMaximumHeight( 34 );
+      if (!isEditable()) cb->setFocusPolicy(QWidget::NoFocus);
+      cb->setMinimumWidth( cb->sizeHint().width() );
+      if ( d->m_comboWidth > 0 )
+      {
+        cb->setMinimumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
+        cb->setMaximumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
+      }
+      cb->setInsertionPolicy( QComboBox::NoInsertion );
+//US      QWhatsThis::add( cb, whatsThis() );
+    }
+
+    addContainer( bar, id_ );
+
+    connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    updateCurrentItem( containerCount() - 1 );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+    
+  }
+  kdWarning() << "Can not plug KAction in " << widget->className() << endl;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+QStringList KSelectAction::comboItems() const
+{
+    //qDebug("KSelectAction::comboItems has to be fixed");
+  if( d->m_menuAccelsEnabled ) 
+  {
+    QStringList lst;
+    QStringList::ConstIterator it = d->m_list.begin();
+    for( ; it != d->m_list.end(); ++it )
+    {
+      QString item = *it;
+      int i = item.find( '&' );
+      if ( i > -1 )
+        item = item.remove( i, 1 );
+      lst.append( item );
+    }
+    return lst;
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    return d->m_list;
+  }
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::clear()
+{
+  if ( d->m_menu )
+    d->m_menu->clear();
+
+  int len = containerCount();
+  for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+    updateClear( i );
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::updateClear( int id )
+{
+
+  QWidget* w = container( id );
+  if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
+    QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
+    if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
+      QComboBox *b = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
+      b->clear();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::slotActivated( int id )
+{
+  if ( d->m_current == id )
+    return;
+
+  setCurrentItem( id );
+  // Delay this. Especially useful when the slot connected to activated() will re-create
+  // the menu, e.g. in the recent files action. This prevents a crash.
+
+  QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT( slotActivated() ) );
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::slotActivated( const QString &text )
+{
+  if ( isEditable() )
+  {
+    QStringList lst = items();
+    if(lst.contains(text)==0)
+    {
+      lst.append( text );
+      setItems( lst );
+    }
+  }
+
+  int i = items().findIndex( text );
+  if ( i > -1 )
+      setCurrentItem( i );
+  else
+      setCurrentItem( comboItems().findIndex( text ) );
+  // Delay this. Especially useful when the slot connected to activated() will re-create
+  // the menu, e.g. in the recent files action. This prevents a crash.
+  
+  QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT( slotActivated() ) );
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::slotActivated()
+{
+  KAction::slotActivated();
+  kdDebug(129) << "KSelectAction::slotActivated currentItem=" << currentItem() << " currentText=" << currentText() << endl;
+  emit activated( currentItem() );
+  emit activated( currentText() );
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::setEditable( bool edit )
+{
+  d->m_edit = edit;
+}
+
+bool KSelectAction::isEditable() const
+{
+  return d->m_edit;
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::setRemoveAmpersandsInCombo( bool b )
+{
+  setMenuAccelsEnabled( b );
+}
+
+bool KSelectAction::removeAmpersandsInCombo() const
+{
+  return menuAccelsEnabled( );
+}
+
+void KSelectAction::setMenuAccelsEnabled( bool b )
+{
+  d->m_menuAccelsEnabled = b;
+}
+
+bool KSelectAction::menuAccelsEnabled() const
+{
+  return d->m_menuAccelsEnabled;
+}
+
+class KListAction::KListActionPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KListActionPrivate()
+  {
+    m_current = 0;
+  }
+  int m_current;
+};
+
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KListActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                          const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KListActionPrivate;
+  if ( receiver )
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), receiver, slot );
+}
+
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KListActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KListActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
+                          const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                          const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KListActionPrivate;
+  if ( receiver )
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), receiver, slot );
+}
+
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
+                          const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                          const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KListActionPrivate;
+  if ( receiver )
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), receiver, slot );
+}
+
+KListAction::KListAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KListActionPrivate;
+}
+
+KListAction::~KListAction()
+{
+  delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+void KListAction::setCurrentItem( int index )
+{
+  KSelectAction::setCurrentItem( index );
+  d->m_current = index;
+
+  //  emit KAction::activated();
+  //  emit activated( currentItem() );
+  // emit activated( currentText() );
+}
+
+QString KListAction::currentText() const
+{
+  if ( currentItem() < 0 )
+      return QString::null;
+
+  return items()[ currentItem() ];
+}
+
+int KListAction::currentItem() const
+{
+  return d->m_current;
+}
+
+class KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesActionPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KRecentFilesActionPrivate()
+  {
+    m_maxItems = 0;
+  }
+  uint m_maxItems;
+};
+
+KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
+                                        const KShortcut& cut,
+                                        QObject* parent, const char* name,
+                                        uint maxItems )
+  : KListAction( text, cut, parent, name)
+{
+  d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+  init();
+}
+
+KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
+                                        const KShortcut& cut,
+                                        const QObject* receiver,
+                                        const char* slot,
+                                        QObject* parent, const char* name,
+                                        uint maxItems )
+  : KListAction( text, cut, parent, name)
+{
+  d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+  init();
+
+  if ( receiver )
+    connect( this,     SIGNAL(urlSelected(const KURL&)),
+             receiver, slot );
+}
+
+KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
+                                        const QIconSet& pix,
+                                        const KShortcut& cut,
+                                        QObject* parent, const char* name,
+                                        uint maxItems )
+  : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
+{
+  d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+  init();
+}
+
+KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
+                                        const QString& pix,
+                                        const KShortcut& cut,
+                                        QObject* parent, const char* name,
+                                        uint maxItems )
+  : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
+{
+  d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+  init();
+}
+
+KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
+                                        const QIconSet& pix,
+                                        const KShortcut& cut,
+                                        const QObject* receiver,
+                                        const char* slot,
+                                        QObject* parent, const char* name,
+                                        uint maxItems )
+  : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
+{
+  d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+  init();
+
+  if ( receiver )
+    connect( this,     SIGNAL(urlSelected(const KURL&)),
+             receiver, slot );
+}
+
+KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
+                                        const QString& pix,
+                                        const KShortcut& cut,
+                                        const QObject* receiver,
+                                        const char* slot,
+                                        QObject* parent, const char* name,
+                                        uint maxItems )
+  : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
+{
+  d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+  init();
+
+  if ( receiver )
+    connect( this,     SIGNAL(urlSelected(const KURL&)),
+             receiver, slot );
+}
+
+KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( QObject* parent, const char* name,
+                                        uint maxItems )
+  : KListAction( parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+  init();
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::init()
+{
+  connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( const QString& ) ),
+           this, SLOT( itemSelected( const QString& ) ) );
+
+  setMenuAccelsEnabled( false );
+}
+
+KRecentFilesAction::~KRecentFilesAction()
+{
+  delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+uint KRecentFilesAction::maxItems() const
+{
+    return d->m_maxItems;
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::setMaxItems( uint maxItems )
+{
+    QStringList lst = items();
+    uint oldCount   = lst.count();
+
+    // set new maxItems
+    d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
+
+    // remove all items that are too much
+    while( lst.count() > maxItems )
+    {
+        // remove last item
+        lst.remove( lst.last() );
+    }
+
+    // set new list if changed
+    if( lst.count() != oldCount )
+        setItems( lst );
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::addURL( const KURL& url )
+{
+    QString     file = url.prettyURL();
+    QStringList lst = items();
+
+    // remove file if already in list
+    lst.remove( file );
+
+    // remove las item if already maxitems in list
+    if( lst.count() == d->m_maxItems )
+    {
+        // remove last item
+        lst.remove( lst.last() );
+    }
+
+    // add file to list
+    lst.prepend( file );
+    setItems( lst );
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::removeURL( const KURL& url )
+{
+    QStringList lst = items();
+    QString     file = url.prettyURL();
+
+    // remove url
+    if( lst.count() > 0 )
+    {
+        lst.remove( file );
+        setItems( lst );
+    }
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::clearURLList()
+{
+    clear();
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::loadEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname)
+{
+    QString     key;
+    QString     value;
+    QString     oldGroup;
+    QStringList lst;
+
+    oldGroup = config->group();
+
+    if (groupname.isEmpty())
+      groupname = "RecentFiles";
+    config->setGroup( groupname );
+
+    // read file list
+    for( unsigned int i = 1 ; i <= d->m_maxItems ; i++ )
+    {
+        key = QString( "File%1" ).arg( i );
+        value = config->readEntry( key, QString::null );
+
+        if (!value.isNull())
+            lst.append( value );
+    }
+
+    // set file
+    setItems( lst );
+
+    config->setGroup( oldGroup );
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::saveEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname )
+{
+    QString     key;
+    QString     value;
+    QStringList lst = items();
+
+    if (groupname.isEmpty())
+      groupname = "RecentFiles";
+
+    config->deleteGroup( groupname);
+          
+    KConfigGroupSaver( config, groupname );
+    
+    // write file list
+    for( unsigned int i = 1 ; i <= lst.count() ; i++ )
+    {
+        key = QString( "File%1" ).arg( i );
+        value = lst[ i - 1 ];
+        config->writeEntry( key, value );
+    }
+}
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::itemSelected( const QString& text )
+{
+    emit urlSelected( KURL( text ) );
+}
+
+class KFontAction::KFontActionPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KFontActionPrivate()
+  {
+  }
+  QStringList m_fonts;
+};
+
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text,
+                          const KShortcut& cut, QObject* parent,
+                          const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KFontActionPrivate;
+    get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
+    KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
+    setEditable( true );
+}
+
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                          const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : KSelectAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KFontActionPrivate;
+    get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
+    KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
+    setEditable( true );
+}
+
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KFontActionPrivate;
+    get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
+    KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
+    setEditable( true );
+}
+
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KFontActionPrivate;
+    get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
+    KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
+    setEditable( true );
+}
+
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                          const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KFontActionPrivate;
+    get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
+    KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
+    setEditable( true );
+}
+
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                          const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+    : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KFontActionPrivate;
+    get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
+    KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
+    setEditable( true );
+}
+
+
+KFontAction::KFontAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KFontActionPrivate;
+    get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
+    KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
+    setEditable( true );
+}
+
+KFontAction::~KFontAction()
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Maintenance note: Keep in sync with KFontCombo::setCurrentFont()
+ */
+void KFontAction::setFont( const QString &family )
+{
+    QString lowerName = family.lower();
+    int i = 0;
+    for ( QStringList::Iterator it = d->m_fonts.begin(); it != d->m_fonts.end(); ++it, ++i )
+    {
+       if ((*it).lower() == lowerName)
+       {
+          setCurrentItem(i);
+          return;
+       }
+    }
+    i = lowerName.find(" [");
+    if (i>-1)
+    {
+       lowerName = lowerName.left(i);
+       i = 0;
+       for ( QStringList::Iterator it = d->m_fonts.begin(); it != d->m_fonts.end(); ++it, ++i )
+       {
+          if ((*it).lower() == lowerName)
+          {
+             setCurrentItem(i);
+             return;
+          }
+       }
+    }
+
+    lowerName += " [";
+    i = 0;
+    for ( QStringList::Iterator it = d->m_fonts.begin(); it != d->m_fonts.end(); ++it, ++i )
+    {
+       if ((*it).lower().startsWith(lowerName))
+       {
+          setCurrentItem(i);
+          return;
+       }
+    }
+    kdDebug(129) << "Font not found " << family.lower() << endl;
+}
+
+int KFontAction::plug( QWidget *w, int index )
+{
+  qDebug("KFontAction::plug ha to be fixed");
+/*US
+  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+    return -1;
+  if ( w->inherits("KToolBar") )
+  {
+    KToolBar* bar = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w );
+    int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
+    KFontCombo *cb = new KFontCombo( items(), bar );
+    connect( cb, SIGNAL( activated( const QString & ) ),
+             SLOT( slotActivated( const QString & ) ) );
+    cb->setEnabled( isEnabled() );
+    bar->insertWidget( id_, comboWidth(), cb, index );
+    cb->setMinimumWidth( cb->sizeHint().width() );
+
+    addContainer( bar, id_ );
+
+    connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    updateCurrentItem( containerCount() - 1 );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+  else return KSelectAction::plug( w, index );
+*/  
+  return 3;
+}
+
+class KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeActionPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KFontSizeActionPrivate()
+  {
+  }
+};
+
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text,
+                                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                                  QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text,
+                                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                                  QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                                  QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                                  QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+                                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                                  const QObject* receiver,
+                                  const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                                  const char* name )
+    : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
+                                  const KShortcut& cut,
+                                  const QObject* receiver,
+                                  const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                                  const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KSelectAction( parent, name )
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KFontSizeAction::~KFontSizeAction()
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = 0;
+}
+
+void KFontSizeAction::init()
+{
+    d = new KFontSizeActionPrivate;
+
+    setEditable( true );
+    QValueList<int> sizes = get_standard_font_sizes();
+    QStringList lst;
+    for ( QValueList<int>::Iterator it = sizes.begin(); it != sizes.end(); ++it )
+        lst.append( QString::number( *it ) );
+
+    setItems( lst );
+}
+
+void KFontSizeAction::setFontSize( int size )
+{
+    if ( size == fontSize() ) {
+        setCurrentItem( items().findIndex( QString::number( size ) ) );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( size < 1 ) {
+        kdWarning() << "KFontSizeAction: Size " << size << " is out of range" << endl;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    int index = items().findIndex( QString::number( size ) );
+    if ( index == -1 ) {
+        // Insert at the correct position in the list (to keep sorting)
+        QValueList<int> lst;
+        // Convert to list of ints
+        QStringList itemsList = items();
+        for (QStringList::Iterator it = itemsList.begin() ; it != itemsList.end() ; ++it)
+            lst.append( (*it).toInt() );
+        // New size
+        lst.append( size );
+        // Sort the list
+qDebug("KFontSizeAction::setFontSize heapsort not found.");
+//US has to be fixed
+//US        qHeapSort( lst );
+        // Convert back to string list
+        QStringList strLst;
+        for (QValueList<int>::Iterator it = lst.begin() ; it != lst.end() ; ++it)
+            strLst.append( QString::number(*it) );
+        KSelectAction::setItems( strLst );
+        // Find new current item
+        index = lst.findIndex( size );
+        setCurrentItem( index );
+    }
+    else
+        setCurrentItem( index );
+
+
+    //emit KAction::activated();
+    //emit activated( index );
+    //emit activated( QString::number( size ) );
+    //emit fontSizeChanged( size );
+}
+
+int KFontSizeAction::fontSize() const
+{
+  return currentText().toInt();
+}
+
+void KFontSizeAction::slotActivated( int index )
+{
+  KSelectAction::slotActivated( index );
+
+  emit fontSizeChanged( items()[ index ].toInt() );
+}
+
+void KFontSizeAction::slotActivated( const QString& size )
+{
+  setFontSize( size.toInt() ); // insert sorted first
+  KSelectAction::slotActivated( size );
+  emit fontSizeChanged( size.toInt() );
+}
+
+class KActionMenu::KActionMenuPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KActionMenuPrivate()
+  {
+//US    m_popup = new KPopupMenu(0L,"KActionMenu::KActionMenuPrivate");
+    m_popup = new QPopupMenu(0L,"KActionMenu::KActionMenuPrivate");
+    m_delayed = true;
+    m_stickyMenu = true;
+  }
+  ~KActionMenuPrivate()
+  {
+    delete m_popup; m_popup = 0;
+  }
+  
+//US  KPopupMenu *m_popup;
+  QPopupMenu *m_popup;
+  bool m_delayed;
+  bool m_stickyMenu;
+};
+
+KActionMenu::KActionMenu( QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
+  setShortcutConfigurable( false );
+}
+
+KActionMenu::KActionMenu( const QString& text, QObject* parent,
+                          const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, 0, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
+  setShortcutConfigurable( false );
+}
+
+KActionMenu::KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QIconSet& icon,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, icon, 0, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
+  setShortcutConfigurable( false );
+}
+
+KActionMenu::KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QString& icon,
+                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, icon, 0, parent, name )
+{
+  d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
+  setShortcutConfigurable( false );
+}
+
+KActionMenu::~KActionMenu()
+{
+    unplugAll();
+    kdDebug(129) << "KActionMenu::~KActionMenu()" << endl; // ellis
+    delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+void KActionMenu::popup( const QPoint& global )
+{
+  popupMenu()->popup( global );
+}
+
+
+//US KPopupMenu* KActionMenu::popupMenu() const
+QPopupMenu* KActionMenu::popupMenu() const
+{
+  return d->m_popup;
+}
+
+void KActionMenu::insert( KAction* cmd, int index )
+{
+  if ( cmd )
+    cmd->plug( d->m_popup, index );
+}
+
+void KActionMenu::remove( KAction* cmd )
+{
+  if ( cmd )
+    cmd->unplug( d->m_popup );
+}
+
+bool KActionMenu::delayed() const {
+    return d->m_delayed;
+}
+
+void KActionMenu::setDelayed(bool _delayed) {
+    d->m_delayed = _delayed;
+}
+
+bool KActionMenu::stickyMenu() const {
+    return d->m_stickyMenu;
+}
+
+void KActionMenu::setStickyMenu(bool sticky) {
+    d->m_stickyMenu = sticky;
+}
+
+int KActionMenu::plug( QWidget* widget, int index )
+{
+/*US  
+  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+    return -1;
+*/    
+  kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plug( " << widget << ", " << index << " )" << endl; // remove -- ellis
+  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  {
+    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( widget );
+    int id;
+    if ( hasIconSet() )
+      id = menu->insertItem( iconSet(), text(), d->m_popup, -1, index );
+    else
+      id = menu->insertItem( text(), d->m_popup, -1, index );
+
+    if ( !isEnabled() )
+      menu->setItemEnabled( id, false );
+
+    addContainer( menu, id );
+    connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    if ( m_parentCollection )
+      m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( menu, this );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+  else if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( widget );
+
+    int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
+
+    if ( icon().isEmpty() && !iconSet().isNull() )
+      bar->insertButton( iconSet().pixmap(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
+                         SLOT( slotActivated() ), isEnabled(), plainText(),
+                         index );
+    else
+    {
+    /*US
+      KInstance *instance;
+
+      if ( m_parentCollection )
+        instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
+      else
+        instance = KGlobal::instance();
+*/
+      bar->insertButton( icon(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
+                         SLOT( slotActivated() ), isEnabled(), plainText(),
+                         index/*US, instance */);
+    }
+
+    addContainer( bar, id_ );
+/*US
+    if (!whatsThis().isEmpty())
+      QWhatsThis::add( bar->getButton(id_), whatsThis() );
+*/
+    connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    if (delayed()) {
+        bar->setDelayedPopup( id_, popupMenu(), stickyMenu() );
+    } else {
+        bar->getButton(id_)->setPopup(popupMenu(), stickyMenu() );
+    }
+
+    if ( m_parentCollection )
+      m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( bar, this );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+  else if ( widget->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+  {
+    QMenuBar *bar = static_cast<QMenuBar *>( widget );
+
+    int id;
+
+    id = bar->insertItem( text(), popupMenu(), -1, index );
+
+    if ( !isEnabled() )
+        bar->setItemEnabled( id, false );
+
+    addContainer( bar, id );
+    connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+////////
+
+KToolBarPopupAction::KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text,
+                                          const QString& icon,
+                                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                                          QObject* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, icon, cut, parent, name )
+{
+  m_popup = 0;
+  m_delayed = true;
+  m_stickyMenu = true;
+}
+
+KToolBarPopupAction::KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text,
+                                          const QString& icon,
+                                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                                          const QObject* receiver,
+                                          const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                                          const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, icon, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  m_popup = 0;
+  m_delayed = true;
+  m_stickyMenu = true;
+}
+
+KToolBarPopupAction::KToolBarPopupAction( const KGuiItem& item,
+                                          const KShortcut& cut,
+                                          const QObject* receiver,
+                                          const char* slot, KActionCollection* parent,
+                                          const char* name )
+  : KAction( item, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+{
+  m_popup = 0;
+  m_delayed = true;
+  m_stickyMenu = true;
+}
+
+
+KToolBarPopupAction::~KToolBarPopupAction()
+{
+  if ( m_popup )
+    delete m_popup;
+}
+
+bool KToolBarPopupAction::delayed() const {
+    return m_delayed;
+}
+
+void KToolBarPopupAction::setDelayed(bool delayed) {
+    m_delayed = delayed;
+}
+
+bool KToolBarPopupAction::stickyMenu() const {
+    return m_stickyMenu;
+}
+
+void KToolBarPopupAction::setStickyMenu(bool sticky) {
+    m_stickyMenu = sticky;
+}
+
+int KToolBarPopupAction::plug( QWidget *widget, int index )
+{
+/*US
+  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+    return -1;
+*/    
+  // This is very related to KActionMenu::plug.
+  // In fact this class could be an interesting base class for KActionMenu
+  if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    KToolBar *bar = (KToolBar *)widget;
+
+    int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
+/*US
+    KInstance * instance;
+    if ( m_parentCollection )
+        instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
+    else
+        instance = KGlobal::instance();
+*/
+    bar->insertButton( icon(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
+                       SLOT( slotActivated() ), isEnabled(), plainText(),
+                       index/*US, instance*/ );
+
+    addContainer( bar, id_ );
+
+    connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    if (delayed()) {
+        bar->setDelayedPopup( id_, popupMenu(), stickyMenu() );
+    } else {
+        bar->getButton(id_)->setPopup(popupMenu(), stickyMenu());
+    }
+/*US    
+    if ( !whatsThis().isEmpty() )
+        QWhatsThis::add( bar->getButton( id_ ), whatsThisWithIcon() );
+*/        
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+
+
+  return KAction::plug( widget, index );
+}
+
+//US KPopupMenu *KToolBarPopupAction::popupMenu() const
+QPopupMenu *KToolBarPopupAction::popupMenu() const
+{
+    if ( !m_popup ) {
+        KToolBarPopupAction *that = const_cast<KToolBarPopupAction*>(this);
+//US        that->m_popup = new KPopupMenu;
+        that->m_popup = new QPopupMenu;
+    }
+    return m_popup;
+}
+
+////////
+
+KToggleToolBarAction::KToggleToolBarAction( const char* toolBarName,
+         const QString& text, KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
+  : KToggleAction( text, KShortcut(), parent, name )
+  , m_toolBarName( toolBarName )
+  , m_toolBar( 0L )
+{
+}
+
+KToggleToolBarAction::KToggleToolBarAction( KToolBar *toolBar, const QString &text,
+                                            KActionCollection *parent, const char *name )
+  : KToggleAction( text, KShortcut(), parent, name )
+  , m_toolBarName( 0 )
+  , m_toolBar( toolBar )
+{
+}
+
+KToggleToolBarAction::~KToggleToolBarAction()
+{
+}
+
+int KToggleToolBarAction::plug( QWidget* w, int index )
+{
+  qDebug("KToggleToolBarAction::plug has to be fixed");
+/*US
+  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+      return -1;
+
+  if ( !m_toolBar ) {
+    // Note: topLevelWidget() stops too early, we can't use it.
+    QWidget * tl = w;
+    QWidget * n;
+    while ( !tl->isDialog() && ( n = tl->parentWidget() ) ) // lookup parent and store
+      tl = n;
+
+//US    KMainWindow * mw = dynamic_cast<KMainWindow *>(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
+    QMainWindow * mw = 0;
+    if ( tl->inherits("QMainWindow") )
+      mw = (QMainWindow *)(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
+
+    if ( mw )
+        m_toolBar = mw->toolBar( m_toolBarName );
+  }
+
+  if( m_toolBar ) {
+    setChecked( m_toolBar->isVisible() );
+    connect( m_toolBar, SIGNAL(visibilityChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(setChecked(bool)) );
+    // Also emit toggled when the toolbar's visibility changes (see comment in header)
+    connect( m_toolBar, SIGNAL(visibilityChanged(bool)), this, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)) );
+  } else {
+    setEnabled( false );
+  }
+*/
+  return KToggleAction::plug( w, index );
+}
+
+void KToggleToolBarAction::setChecked( bool c )
+{
+  if( m_toolBar && c != m_toolBar->isVisible() ) {
+    if( c ) {
+      m_toolBar->show();
+    } else {
+      m_toolBar->hide();
+    }
+  qDebug("KToggleToolBarAction::setChecked has to be fixed");
+/*US
+    QMainWindow* mw = m_toolBar->mainWindow();
+    if ( mw && mw->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
+      static_cast<KMainWindow *>( mw )->setSettingsDirty();
+*/      
+  }
+  KToggleAction::setChecked( c );
+  
+}
+
+////////
+
+KWidgetAction::KWidgetAction( QWidget* widget,
+    const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+    KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
+  : KAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
+  , m_widget( widget )
+  , m_autoSized( false )
+{
+}
+
+KWidgetAction::~KWidgetAction()
+{
+}
+
+void KWidgetAction::setAutoSized( bool autoSized )
+{
+  if( m_autoSized == autoSized )
+    return;
+
+  m_autoSized = autoSized;
+
+  if( !m_widget || !isPlugged() )
+    return;
+
+  KToolBar* toolBar = (KToolBar*)m_widget->parent();
+  int i = findContainer( toolBar );
+  if ( i == -1 )
+    return;
+  int id = itemId( i );
+
+  toolBar->setItemAutoSized( id, m_autoSized );
+  
+}
+
+int KWidgetAction::plug( QWidget* w, int index )
+{
+/*US
+  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
+      return -1;
+*/
+  if ( !w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
+    kdError() << "KWidgetAction::plug: KWidgetAction must be plugged into KToolBar." << endl;
+    return -1;
+  }
+  if ( !m_widget ) {
+    kdError() << "KWidgetAction::plug: Widget was deleted or null!" << endl;
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  KToolBar* toolBar = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w );
+
+  int id = KAction::getToolButtonID();
+
+  m_widget->reparent( toolBar, QPoint() );
+  toolBar->insertWidget( id, 0, m_widget, index );
+  toolBar->setItemAutoSized( id, m_autoSized );
+
+//US  QWhatsThis::add( m_widget, whatsThis() );
+  addContainer( toolBar, id );
+
+  connect( toolBar, SIGNAL( toolbarDestroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotToolbarDestroyed() ) );
+  connect( toolBar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+  return containerCount() - 1;
+}
+
+void KWidgetAction::unplug( QWidget *w )
+{
+  if( !m_widget || !isPlugged() )
+    return;
+
+  KToolBar* toolBar = (KToolBar*)m_widget->parent();
+  if ( toolBar == w )
+  {
+      disconnect( toolBar, SIGNAL( toolbarDestroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotToolbarDestroyed() ) );
+      m_widget->reparent( 0L, QPoint(), false ); // false = showit
+  }
+  KAction::unplug( w );
+}
+
+void KWidgetAction::slotToolbarDestroyed()
+{
+  //Q_ASSERT( m_widget ); // When exiting the app the widget could be destroyed before the toolbar.
+
+  ASSERT( isPlugged() );
+  if( !m_widget || !isPlugged() )
+    return;
+
+  // Don't let a toolbar being destroyed, delete my widget.
+  m_widget->reparent( 0L, QPoint(), false /*showIt*/ );
+}
+
+////////
+
+KActionSeparator::KActionSeparator( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+  : KAction( parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+KActionSeparator::~KActionSeparator()
+{
+}
+
+int KActionSeparator::plug( QWidget *widget, int index )
+{
+  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  {
+    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( widget );
+
+    int id = menu->insertSeparator( index );
+
+    addContainer( menu, id );
+    connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+  else if ( widget->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
+  {
+    QMenuBar *menuBar = static_cast<QMenuBar *>( widget );
+
+    int id = menuBar->insertSeparator( index );
+
+    addContainer( menuBar, id );
+
+    connect( menuBar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+  else if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+  {
+    KToolBar *toolBar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( widget );
+
+    int id = toolBar->insertSeparator( index );
+//        toolBar->addSeparator();
+
+    addContainer( toolBar, id );
+
+    connect( toolBar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    return containerCount() - 1;
+  }
+  
+  return -1;
+}
+
+void KToggleAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KRadioAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KToggleAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KSelectAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KListAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KSelectAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KRecentFilesAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KListAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KFontAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KSelectAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KFontSizeAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KSelectAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KActionMenu::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KToolBarPopupAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KToggleToolBarAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KToggleAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KWidgetAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KActionSeparator::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+/* vim: et sw=2 ts=2
+ */
+
+/*US 
+#include "kactionclasses.moc"
+*/
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.h b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6e7a0f
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1223 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+              (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
+              (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+//$Id$
+
+#ifndef __kactionclasses_h__
+#define __kactionclasses_h__
+
+#include <kaction.h>
+
+//US#include <qkeysequence.h>
+//US#include <qobject.h>
+//US#include <qvaluelist.h>
+//US#include <qguardedptr.h>
+//US#include <kguiitem.h>
+#include <kshortcut.h>
+//US#include <kstdaction.h>
+//US#include <kicontheme.h>
+
+class QMenuBar;
+class QPopupMenu;
+//USclass QComboBox;
+//USclass QPoint;
+//USclass QIconSet;
+//USclass QString;
+//USclass KToolBar;
+
+//USclass KAccel;
+//USclass KAccelActions;
+class KConfig;
+//USclass KConfigBase;
+class KURL;
+//USclass KInstance;
+
+
+//US class KToolBar needs to be replaced
+class KToolBar;
+class KActionCollection;
+
+//US class KPopupMenu needs to be replaced
+//US class KPopupMenu;
+//USclass KMainWindow;
+
+/**
+ *  Checkbox like action.
+ *
+ *  This action provides two states: checked or not.
+ *
+ *  @short Checkbox like action.
+ */
+class KToggleAction : public KAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool checked READ isChecked WRITE setChecked )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString exclusiveGroup READ exclusiveGroup WRITE setExclusiveGroup )
+public:
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a toggle action with text and potential keyboard
+     * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
+     * know what you are doing.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+             QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                   QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                   QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToggleAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor
+     */
+    virtual ~KToggleAction();
+
+    /**
+     *  "Plug" or insert this action into a given widget.
+     *
+     *  This will typically be a menu or a toolbar.  From this point
+     *  on, you will never need to directly manipulate the item in the
+     *  menu or toolbar.  You do all enabling/disabling/manipulation
+     *  directly with your KToggleAction object.
+     *
+     *  @param widget The GUI element to display this action.
+     *  @param index  The index of the item.
+     */
+    virtual int plug( QWidget* widget, int index = -1 );
+
+    /**
+     *  Returns the actual state of the action.
+     */
+    bool isChecked() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return which "exclusive group" this action is part of.
+     * @see setExclusiveGroup
+     */
+    QString exclusiveGroup() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Defines which "exclusive group" this action is part of.
+     * In a given exclusive group, only one toggle action can be checked
+     * at a any moment. Checking an action unchecks the other actions
+     * of the group.
+     */
+    virtual void setExclusiveGroup( const QString& name );
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     *  Sets the state of the action.
+     */
+    virtual void setChecked( bool );
+
+protected slots:
+    virtual void slotActivated();
+
+protected:
+    virtual void updateChecked( int id );
+
+signals:
+    void toggled( bool );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KToggleActionPrivate;
+    KToggleActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * An action that operates like a radio button. At any given time
+ * only a single action from the group will be active.
+ */
+class KRadioAction : public KToggleAction
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs a radio action with text and potential keyboard
+     * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
+     * know what you are doing.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                  QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                  QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                  QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KRadioAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void slotActivated();
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KRadioActionPrivate;
+    KRadioActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ *  Action for selecting one of several items.
+ *
+ *  This action shows up a submenu with a list of items.
+ *  One of them can be checked. If the user clicks on an item
+ *  this item will automatically be checked,
+ *  the formerly checked item becomes unchecked.
+ *  There can be only one item checked at a time.
+ *
+ *  @short Action for selecting one of several items
+ */
+class KSelectAction : public KAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( int currentItem READ currentItem WRITE setCurrentItem )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QStringList items READ items WRITE setItems )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool editable READ isEditable WRITE setEditable )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int comboWidth READ comboWidth WRITE setComboWidth )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString currentText READ currentText )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool menuAccelsEnabled READ menuAccelsEnabled WRITE setMenuAccelsEnabled )
+public:
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a select action with text and potential keyboard
+     * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
+     * know what you are doing.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+             QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                   QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                   QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KSelectAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor
+     */
+    virtual ~KSelectAction();
+
+    /**
+     *  "Plug" or insert this action into a given widget.
+     *
+     *  This will typically be a menu or a toolbar.
+     *  From this point on, you will never need to directly
+     *  manipulate the item in the menu or toolbar.
+     *  You do all enabling/disabling/manipulation directly with your KSelectAction object.
+     *
+     *  @param widget The GUI element to display this action.
+     *  @param index  The index of the item.
+     */
+    virtual int plug( QWidget* widget, int index = -1 );
+
+    /**
+     * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
+     * @return true if the combo editable.
+     */
+    virtual bool isEditable() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the items that can be selected with this action.
+     * Use setItems to set them.
+     */
+    virtual QStringList items() const;
+
+    virtual void changeItem( int index, const QString& text );
+
+    virtual QString currentText() const;
+
+    virtual int currentItem() const;
+
+    /**
+     * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
+     * This returns the maximum width set by setComboWidth
+     */
+    virtual int comboWidth() const;
+
+    QPopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Deprecated. See @ref setMenuAccelsEnabled .
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setRemoveAmpersandsInCombo( bool b );
+    /// @since 3.1
+    bool removeAmpersandsInCombo() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether any occurence of the ampersand character ( &amp; ) in items
+     * should be interpreted as keyboard accelerator for items displayed in a
+     * menu or not.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setMenuAccelsEnabled( bool b );
+    /// @since 3.1
+    bool menuAccelsEnabled() const;
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     *  Sets the currently checked item.
+     *
+     *  @param index Index of the item (remember the first item is zero).
+     */
+    virtual void setCurrentItem( int index );
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the items to be displayed in this action
+     * You need to call this.
+     */
+    virtual void setItems( const QStringList &lst );
+
+    /**
+     * Clears up all the items in this action
+     */
+    virtual void clear();
+
+    /**
+     * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
+     * This makes the combo editable or read-only.
+     */
+    virtual void setEditable( bool );
+
+    /**
+     * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
+     * This gives a _maximum_ size to the combobox.
+     * The minimum size is automatically given by the contents (the items).
+     */
+    virtual void setComboWidth( int width );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void changeItem( int id, int index, const QString& text );
+
+    /**
+     * Depending on the menuAccelsEnabled property this method will return the
+     * actions items in a way for inclusion in a combobox with the ampersand
+     * character removed from all items or not.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    QStringList comboItems() const;
+
+protected slots:
+    virtual void slotActivated( int id );
+    virtual void slotActivated( const QString &text );
+    virtual void slotActivated();
+
+signals:
+    void activated( int index );
+    void activated( const QString& text );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void updateCurrentItem( int id );
+
+    virtual void updateComboWidth( int id );
+
+    virtual void updateItems( int id );
+
+    virtual void updateClear( int id );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    void setupMenu() const;
+    class KSelectActionPrivate;
+    KSelectActionPrivate *d;
+
+};
+
+/// Remove this class in KDE-4.0. It doesn't add _anything_ to KSelectAction
+/**
+ * @deprecated Use KSelectAction instead.
+ */
+class KListAction : public KSelectAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs a list action with text and potential keyboard
+     * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
+     * know what you are doing.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0,
+                  const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
+                  const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                      QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                      QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                          const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                  const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+     *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+     *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                 const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                 const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     *  @param parent This action's parent.
+     *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KListAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor
+     */
+    virtual ~KListAction();
+
+
+    virtual QString currentText() const;
+    virtual int currentItem() const;
+
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     *  Sets the currently checked item.
+     *
+     *  @param index Index of the item (remember the first item is zero).
+     */
+    virtual void setCurrentItem( int index );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KListActionPrivate;
+    KListActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ *  This class is an action to handle a recent files submenu.
+ *  The best way to create the action is to use KStdAction::openRecent.
+ *  Then you simply need to call @ref loadEntries on startup, @ref saveEntries
+ *  on shutdown, @ref addURL when your application loads/saves a file.
+ *
+ *  @author Michael Koch
+ *  @short Recent files action
+ */
+class KRecentFilesAction : public KListAction  // TODO public KSelectAction
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( uint maxItems READ maxItems WRITE setMaxItems )
+public:
+  /**
+   *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+   *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+   *  @param parent This action's parent.
+   *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+   *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
+   */
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
+                      uint maxItems = 10 );
+
+  /**
+   *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+   *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+   *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+   *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke when a URL is selected.
+   *  Its signature is of the form slotURLSelected( const KURL & ).
+   *  @param parent This action's parent.
+   *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+   *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
+   */
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                      const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
+                      uint maxItems = 10 );
+
+  /**
+   *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+   *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+   *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+   *  @param parent This action's parent.
+   *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+   *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
+   */
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
+                      uint maxItems = 10 );
+
+  /**
+   *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+   *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+   *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+   *  @param parent This action's parent.
+   *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+   *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
+   */
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
+                      uint maxItems = 10 );
+
+  /**
+   *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+   *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
+   *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+   *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+   *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke when a URL is selected.
+   *  Its signature is of the form slotURLSelected( const KURL & ).
+   *  @param parent This action's parent.
+   *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+   *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
+   */
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                      const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
+                      uint maxItems = 10 );
+
+  /**
+   *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
+   *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
+   *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+   *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
+   *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke when a URL is selected.
+   *  Its signature is of the form slotURLSelected( const KURL & ).
+   *  @param parent This action's parent.
+   *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+   *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
+   */
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                      const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
+                      uint maxItems = 10 );
+
+  /**
+   *  @param parent This action's parent.
+   *  @param name An internal name for this action.
+   *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
+   */
+  KRecentFilesAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+                      uint maxItems = 10 );
+
+  /**
+   *  Destructor.
+   */
+  virtual ~KRecentFilesAction();
+
+  /**
+   *  Returns the maximum of items in the recent files list.
+   */
+  uint maxItems() const;
+
+public slots:
+  /**
+   *  Sets the maximum of items in the recent files list.
+   *  The default for this value is 10 set in the constructor.
+   *
+   *  If this value is lesser than the number of items currently
+   *  in the recent files list the last items are deleted until
+   *  the number of items are equal to the new maximum.
+   */
+  void setMaxItems( uint maxItems );
+
+  /**
+   *  Loads the recent files entries from a given KConfig object.
+   *  You can provide the name of the group used to load the entries.
+   *  If the groupname is empty, entries are load from a group called 'RecentFiles'
+   *
+   *  This method does not effect the active group of KConfig.
+   */
+  void loadEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname=QString::null );
+
+  /**
+   *  Saves the current recent files entries to a given KConfig object.
+   *  You can provide the name of the group used to load the entries.
+   *  If the groupname is empty, entries are saved to a group called 'RecentFiles'
+   *
+   *  This method does not effect the active group of KConfig.
+   */
+  void saveEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname=QString::null );
+
+public slots:
+  /**
+   *  Add URL to recent files list.
+   *
+   *  @param url The URL of the file
+   */
+  void addURL( const KURL& url );
+
+  /**
+   *  Remove an URL from the recent files list.
+   *
+   *  @param url The URL of the file
+   */
+  void removeURL( const KURL& url );
+
+  /**
+   *  Removes all entries from the recent files list.
+   */
+  void clearURLList();
+
+signals:
+
+  /**
+   *  This signal gets emited when the user selects an URL.
+   *
+   *  @param url The URL thats the user selected.
+   */
+  void urlSelected( const KURL& url );
+
+protected slots:
+  /**
+   *
+   */
+  void itemSelected( const QString& string );
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  void init();
+
+  class KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
+  KRecentFilesActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+class KFontAction : public KSelectAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString font READ font WRITE setFont )
+public:
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0,
+                 const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
+                 const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                 const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                 QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                 QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                 const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                 const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                 const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
+                 const char* name = 0 );
+
+    KFontAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    ~KFontAction();
+
+    QString font() const {
+        return currentText();
+    }
+
+    int plug( QWidget*, int index = -1 );
+
+public slots:
+    void setFont( const QString &family );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KFontActionPrivate;
+    KFontActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+class KFontSizeAction : public KSelectAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( int fontSize READ fontSize WRITE setFontSize )
+public:
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0,
+                     const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
+                     const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                     const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                     QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+                     const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                     QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
+    KFontSizeAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    virtual ~KFontSizeAction();
+
+    virtual int fontSize() const;
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void setFontSize( int size );
+
+protected slots:
+    virtual void slotActivated( int );
+    virtual void slotActivated( const QString& );
+    virtual void slotActivated() { KAction::slotActivated(); }
+
+signals:
+    void fontSizeChanged( int );
+
+private:
+    void init();
+
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KFontSizeActionPrivate;
+    KFontSizeActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * A KActionMenu is an action that holds a sub-menu of other actions.
+ * insert() and remove() allow to insert and remove actions into this action-menu.
+ * Plugged in a popupmenu, it will create a submenu.
+ * Plugged in a toolbar, it will create a button with a popup menu.
+ *
+ * This is the action used by the XMLGUI since it holds other actions.
+ * If you want a submenu for selecting one tool among many (without icons), see KSelectAction.
+ * See also setDelayed about the main action.
+ */
+class KActionMenu : public KAction
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool delayed READ delayed WRITE setDelayed )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool stickyMenu READ stickyMenu WRITE setStickyMenu )
+
+public:
+    KActionMenu( const QString& text, QObject* parent = 0,
+                 const char* name = 0 );
+    KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QIconSet& icon,
+                 QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QString& icon,
+                 QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    KActionMenu( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    virtual ~KActionMenu();
+
+    virtual void insert( KAction*, int index = -1 );
+    virtual void remove( KAction* );
+
+//US    KPopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
+    QPopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
+    void popup( const QPoint& global );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this action creates a delayed popup menu
+     * when plugged in a KToolbar.
+     */
+    bool delayed() const;
+    /**
+     * If set to true, this action will create a delayed popup menu
+     * when plugged in a KToolbar. Otherwise it creates a normal popup.
+     * Default: delayed
+     *
+     * Remember that if the "main" action (the toolbar button itself)
+     * cannot be clicked, then you should call setDelayed(false).
+     *
+     * On the opposite, if the main action can be clicked, it can only happen
+     * in a toolbar: in a menu, the parent of a submenu can't be activated.
+     * To get a "normal" menu item when plugged a menu (and no submenu)
+     * use KToolBarPopupAction.
+     */
+    void setDelayed(bool _delayed);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this action creates a sticky popup menu.
+     * See @ref setStickyMenu.
+     */
+    bool stickyMenu() const;
+    /**
+     * If set to true, this action will create a sticky popup menu
+     * when plugged in a KToolbar.
+     * "Sticky", means it's visible until a selection is made or the mouse is
+     * clicked elsewhere. This feature allows you to make a selection without
+     * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection.
+     * Default: sticky.
+     */
+    void setStickyMenu(bool sticky);
+
+    virtual int plug( QWidget* widget, int index = -1 );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KActionMenuPrivate;
+    KActionMenuPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * This action is a normal action everywhere, except in a toolbar
+ * where it also has a popupmenu (optionnally delayed). This action is designed
+ * for history actions (back/forward, undo/redo) and for any other action
+ * that has more detail in a toolbar than in a menu (e.g. tool chooser
+ * with "Other" leading to a dialog...).
+ */
+class KToolBarPopupAction : public KAction
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool delayed READ delayed WRITE setDelayed )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool stickyMenu READ stickyMenu WRITE setStickyMenu )
+
+public:
+    //Not all constructors - because we need an icon, since this action only makes
+    // sense when being plugged at least in a toolbar.
+    /**
+     * Create a KToolBarPopupAction, with a text, an icon, an optionnal accelerator,
+     * parent and name.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param icon The icon to display.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text, const QString& icon, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+                         QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Create a KToolBarPopupAction, with a text, an icon, an accelerator,
+     * a slot connected to the action, parent and name.
+     *
+     * If you do not want or have a keyboard accelerator, set the
+     * @p cut param to 0.
+     *
+     * @param text The text that will be displayed.
+     * @param icon The icon to display.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     * @param receiver The SLOT's owner.
+     * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+    KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text, const QString& icon, const KShortcut& cut,
+                         const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                         QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Create a KToolBarPopupAction, with a KGuiItem, an accelerator,
+     * a slot connected to the action, parent and name. The text and the
+     * icon are taken from the KGuiItem.
+     *
+     * If you do not want or have a keyboard accelerator, set the
+     * @p cut param to 0.
+     *
+     * @param item The text and icon that will be displayed.
+     * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
+     * @param receiver The SLOT's owner.
+     * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
+     * @param parent This action's parent.
+     * @param name An internal name for this action.
+     */
+     
+    KToolBarPopupAction( const KGuiItem& item, const KShortcut& cut,
+                         const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                         KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
+    
+    virtual ~KToolBarPopupAction();
+
+    virtual int plug( QWidget *widget, int index = -1 );
+
+    /**
+     * The popup menu that is shown when clicking (some time) on the toolbar
+     * button. You may want to plug items into it on creation, or connect to
+     * aboutToShow for a more dynamic menu.
+     */
+//US    KPopupMenu *popupMenu() const;
+    QPopupMenu *popupMenu() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this action creates a delayed popup menu
+     * when plugged in a KToolbar.
+     */
+    bool delayed() const;
+    /**
+     * If set to true, this action will create a delayed popup menu
+     * when plugged in a KToolbar. Otherwise it creates a normal popup.
+     * Default: delayed.
+     */
+    void setDelayed(bool delayed);
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this action creates a sticky popup menu.
+     * See @ref setStickyMenu.
+     */
+    bool stickyMenu() const;
+    /**
+     * If set to true, this action will create a sticky popup menu
+     * when plugged in a KToolbar.
+     * "Sticky", means it's visible until a selection is made or the mouse is
+     * clicked elsewhere. This feature allows you to make a selection without
+     * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection.
+     * Only available if delayed() is true.
+     * Default: sticky.
+     */
+    void setStickyMenu(bool sticky);
+
+private:
+//US    KPopupMenu *m_popup;
+    QPopupMenu *m_popup;
+    bool m_delayed:1;
+    bool m_stickyMenu:1;
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KToolBarPopupActionPrivate;
+    KToolBarPopupActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * An action that takes care of everything associated with
+ * showing or hiding a toolbar by a menu action. It will
+ * show or hide the toolbar with the given name when
+ * activated, and check or uncheck itself if the toolbar
+ * is manually shown or hidden.
+ *
+ * If you need to perfom some additional action when the
+ * toolbar is shown or hidden, connect to the toggled(bool)
+ * signal. It will be emitted after the toolbar's
+ * visibility has changed, whenever it changes.
+ * @since 3.1
+ */
+class KToggleToolBarAction : public KToggleAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * Create a KToggleToolbarAction that manages the toolbar
+     * named toolBarName. This can be either the name of a
+     * toolbar in an xml ui file, or a toolbar programmatically
+     * created with that name.
+     */
+    KToggleToolBarAction( const char* toolBarName, const QString& text,
+                          KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
+    KToggleToolBarAction( KToolBar *toolBar, const QString &text,
+                          KActionCollection *parent, const char *name );
+    virtual ~KToggleToolBarAction();
+
+    virtual int plug( QWidget*, int index = -1 );
+
+    KToolBar *toolBar() {
+      return m_toolBar;
+    }
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void setChecked( bool );
+
+private:
+    QCString               m_toolBarName;
+    QGuardedPtr<KToolBar>  m_toolBar;
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KToggleToolBarActionPrivate;
+    KToggleToolBarActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * An action that automatically embeds a widget into a
+ * toolbar.
+ */
+class KWidgetAction : public KAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    /**
+     * Create an action that will embed widget into a toolbar
+     * when plugged. This action may only be plugged into
+     * a toolbar.
+     */
+    KWidgetAction( QWidget* widget, const QString& text,
+                   const KShortcut& cut,
+                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
+                   KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
+    virtual ~KWidgetAction();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the widget associated with this action.
+     */
+    QWidget* widget() { return m_widget; }
+
+    void setAutoSized( bool );
+
+    /**
+     * Plug the action. The widget passed to the constructor
+     * will be reparented to w, which must inherit KToolBar.
+     */
+    virtual int plug( QWidget* w, int index = -1 );
+    /**
+     * Unplug the action. Ensures that the action is not
+     * destroyed. It will be hidden and reparented to 0L instead.
+     */
+    virtual void unplug( QWidget *w );
+protected slots:
+    void slotToolbarDestroyed();
+private:
+    QGuardedPtr<QWidget> m_widget;
+    bool                 m_autoSized;
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KWidgetActionPrivate;
+    KWidgetActionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+class KActionSeparator : public KAction
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    KActionSeparator( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+    virtual ~KActionSeparator();
+
+    virtual int plug( QWidget*, int index = -1 );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KActionSeparatorPrivate;
+    KActionSeparatorPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b819e76
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+              (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
+              (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger <jowenn@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kactioncollection.h"
+//US#include "kactionshortcutlist.h"
+
+#include <qptrdict.h>
+//US#include <qvariant.h>
+
+//US#include <kaccel.h>
+//US#include <kaccelbase.h>
+//US#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+//US#include <kxmlguifactory.h>
+
+//US I included the following files
+#include <qasciidict.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include "kaction.h"
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+class KActionCollection::KActionCollectionPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KActionCollectionPrivate()
+  {
+//US    m_instance = 0;
+    //m_bOneKAccelOnly = false;
+    //m_iWidgetCurrent = 0;
+    m_bAutoConnectShortcuts = true;
+    m_widget = 0;
+    m_kaccel = m_builderKAccel = 0;
+    m_dctHighlightContainers.setAutoDelete( true );
+    m_highlight = false;
+    m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
+    m_statusCleared = true;
+  }
+
+//US  KInstance *m_instance;
+//US  QString m_sXMLFile;
+  bool m_bAutoConnectShortcuts;
+  //bool m_bOneKAccelOnly;
+  //int m_iWidgetCurrent;
+  //QValueList<QWidget*> m_widgetList;
+  //QValueList<KAccel*> m_kaccelList;
+  QValueList<KActionCollection*> m_docList;
+  QWidget *m_widget;
+  KAccel *m_kaccel;
+  KAccel *m_builderKAccel;
+
+  QAsciiDict<KAction> m_actionDict;
+  QPtrDict< QPtrList<KAction> > m_dctHighlightContainers;
+  bool m_highlight;
+  KAction *m_currentHighlightAction;
+  bool m_statusCleared;
+};
+
+KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QWidget *parent, const char *name /*US,
+                                      KInstance *instance */)
+  : QObject( (QObject*)parent, name )
+{
+  kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( " << parent << ", " << name << " ): this = " << this << endl; // ellis
+  d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
+  if( parent )
+    setWidget( parent );
+  //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = (d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0);
+//US  setInstance( instance );
+}
+
+
+KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QWidget *watch, QObject* parent, const char *name /*US,
+                                      KInstance *instance */)
+  : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+  kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( " << watch << ", " << parent << ", " << name << " ): this = " << this << endl; //ellis
+  d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
+  if( watch )
+    setWidget( watch );
+  //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = (d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0);
+//US  setInstance( instance );
+}
+
+// KDE 4: remove
+KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QObject *parent, const char *name /*US,
+                                      KInstance *instance */)
+  : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+  kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QObject *parent, const char *name, KInstance *instance )" << endl; //ellis
+//US  kdBacktrace not available
+//US  kdDebug(129) << kdBacktrace() << endl;
+  d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
+//US  QWidget* w = dynamic_cast<QWidget*>( parent );
+  QWidget* w = (QWidget*)( parent );
+  if( w )
+    setWidget( w );
+  //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = (d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0);
+//US  setInstance( instance );
+}
+
+KActionCollection::KActionCollection( const KActionCollection &copy )
+    : QObject()
+{
+  kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( const KActionCollection & ): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
+  d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
+  *this = copy;
+}
+// KDE 4: remove end
+
+KActionCollection::~KActionCollection()
+{
+  kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::~KActionCollection(): this = " << this << endl;
+  for ( QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict ); it.current(); ++it ) {
+    KAction* pAction = it.current();
+    if ( pAction->m_parentCollection == this )
+      pAction->m_parentCollection = 0L;
+  }
+
+//US  delete d->m_kaccel;
+//US  delete d->m_builderKAccel;
+  delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::setWidget( QWidget* w )
+{
+  //if ( d->m_actionDict.count() > 0 ) {
+  //  kdError(129) << "KActionCollection::setWidget(): must be called before any actions are added to collection!" << endl;
+  //  kdDebug(129) << kdBacktrace() << endl;
+  //}
+  //else
+  if ( !d->m_widget ) {
+    d->m_widget = w;
+  qDebug("KActionCollection::setWidget: warning: KAccel is never used in microkde");
+//US    d->m_kaccel = new KAccel( w, this, "KActionCollection-KAccel" );
+  }
+  else if ( d->m_widget != w )
+    kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::setWidget(): tried to change widget from " << d->m_widget << " to " << w << endl;
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::setAutoConnectShortcuts( bool b )
+{
+  d->m_bAutoConnectShortcuts = b;
+}
+
+bool KActionCollection::isAutoConnectShortcuts()
+{
+  return d->m_bAutoConnectShortcuts;
+}
+
+bool KActionCollection::addDocCollection( KActionCollection* pDoc )
+{
+        d->m_docList.append( pDoc );
+        return true;
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::beginXMLPlug( QWidget *widget )
+{
+  qDebug("KActionCollection::beginXMLPlug has to be fixed");
+/*US
+  kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::beginXMLPlug( buildWidget = " << widget << " ): this = " <<  this << " d->m_builderKAccel = " << d->m_builderKAccel << endl;
+
+        if( widget && !d->m_builderKAccel ) {
+            d->m_builderKAccel = new KAccel( widget, this, "KActionCollection-BuilderKAccel" );
+        }
+*/  
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::endXMLPlug()
+{
+        kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::endXMLPlug(): this = " <<  this << endl;
+        //s_kaccelXML = 0;
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::prepareXMLUnplug()
+{
+  qDebug("KActionCollection::prepareXMLUnplug has to be fixed");
+/*US
+        kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::prepareXMLUnplug(): this = " <<  this << endl;
+        unplugShortcuts( d->m_kaccel );
+
+        if( d->m_builderKAccel ) {
+                unplugShortcuts( d->m_builderKAccel );
+                delete d->m_builderKAccel;
+                d->m_builderKAccel = 0;
+        }
+*/  
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::unplugShortcuts( KAccel* kaccel )
+{
+  qDebug("KActionCollection::unplugShortcuts has to be fixed");
+/*US
+  for ( QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict ); it.current(); ++it ) {
+    KAction* pAction = it.current();
+    pAction->removeKAccel( kaccel );
+  }
+
+  for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_docList.count(); i++ )
+    d->m_docList[i]->unplugShortcuts( kaccel );
+*/
+    
+}
+
+/*void KActionCollection::addWidget( QWidget* w )
+{
+  if( !d->m_bOneKAccelOnly ) {
+    kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::addWidget( " << w << " ): this = " << this << endl;
+    for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_widgetList.count(); i++ ) {
+      if( d->m_widgetList[i] == w ) {
+        d->m_iWidgetCurrent = i;
+        return;
+      }
+  }
+    d->m_iWidgetCurrent = d->m_widgetList.count();
+    d->m_widgetList.append( w );
+    d->m_kaccelList.append( new KAccel( w, this, "KActionCollection-KAccel" ) );
+  }
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::removeWidget( QWidget* w )
+{
+  if( !d->m_bOneKAccelOnly ) {
+    kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::removeWidget( " << w << " ): this = " << this << endl;
+    for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_widgetList.count(); i++ ) {
+      if( d->m_widgetList[i] == w ) {
+        // Remove KAccel object from children.
+        KAccel* pKAccel = d->m_kaccelList[i];
+        for ( QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict ); it.current(); ++it ) {
+          KAction* pAction = it.current();
+          if ( pAction->m_parentCollection == this ) {
+            pAction->removeKAccel( pKAccel );
+          }
+        }
+        delete pKAccel;
+
+        d->m_widgetList.remove( d->m_widgetList.at( i ) );
+        d->m_kaccelList.remove( d->m_kaccelList.at( i ) );
+
+        if( d->m_iWidgetCurrent == (int)i )
+          d->m_iWidgetCurrent = -1;
+        else if( d->m_iWidgetCurrent > (int)i )
+          d->m_iWidgetCurrent--;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::removeWidget( " << w << " ): widget not in list." << endl;
+  }
+}
+
+bool KActionCollection::ownsKAccel() const
+{
+  return d->m_bOneKAccelOnly;
+}
+
+uint KActionCollection::widgetCount() const
+{
+  return d->m_widgetList.count();
+}
+
+const KAccel* KActionCollection::widgetKAccel( uint i ) const
+{
+  return d->m_kaccelList[i];
+}*/
+
+//US we are using no accelerators so far. So just setup an empty implementation.
+KAccel* KActionCollection::kaccel()
+{
+  //if( d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0 )
+  //  return d->m_kaccelList[d->m_iWidgetCurrent];
+  //else
+  //  return 0;
+//US  return d->m_kaccel;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+//US we are using no accelerators so far. So just setup an empty implementation.
+const KAccel* KActionCollection::kaccel() const
+{
+  //if( d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0 )
+  //  return d->m_kaccelList[d->m_iWidgetCurrent];
+  //else
+  //  return 0;
+  //USreturn d->m_kaccel;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*void KActionCollection::findMainWindow( QWidget *w )
+{
+  // Note: topLevelWidget() stops too early, we can't use it.
+  QWidget * tl = w;
+  while ( tl->parentWidget() ) // lookup parent and store
+    tl = tl->parentWidget();
+
+  KMainWindow * mw = dynamic_cast<KMainWindow *>(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
+  if (mw)
+    d->m_mainwindow = mw;
+  else
+    kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugMainWindowAccel: Toplevel widget isn't a KMainWindow, can't plug accel. " << tl << endl;
+}*/
+
+void KActionCollection::_insert( KAction* action )
+{
+  char unnamed_name[100];
+  const char *name = action->name();
+  if( qstrcmp( name, "unnamed" ) == 0 )
+  {
+     sprintf(unnamed_name, "unnamed-%p", (void *)action);
+     name = unnamed_name;
+  }
+  KAction *a = d->m_actionDict[ name ];
+  if ( a == action )
+      return;
+
+  d->m_actionDict.insert( name, action );
+
+  emit inserted( action );
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::_remove( KAction* action )
+{
+  delete _take( action );
+}
+
+KAction* KActionCollection::_take( KAction* action )
+{
+  char unnamed_name[100];
+  const char *name = action->name();
+  if( qstrcmp( name, "unnamed" ) == 0 )
+  {
+     sprintf(unnamed_name, "unnamed-%p", (void *) action);
+     name = unnamed_name;
+  }
+
+  KAction *a = d->m_actionDict.take( name );
+  if ( !a || a != action )
+      return 0;
+
+  emit removed( action );
+  return a;
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::_clear()
+{
+  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  while ( it.current() )
+    _remove( it.current() );
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::insert( KAction* action )   { _insert( action ); }
+void KActionCollection::remove( KAction* action )   { _remove( action ); }
+KAction* KActionCollection::take( KAction* action ) { return _take( action ); }
+void KActionCollection::clear()                     { _clear(); }
+KAccel* KActionCollection::accel()                  { return kaccel(); }
+const KAccel* KActionCollection::accel() const      { return kaccel(); }
+KAccel* KActionCollection::builderKAccel() const    { return d->m_builderKAccel; }
+
+KAction* KActionCollection::action( const char* name, const char* classname ) const
+{
+  KAction* pAction = 0;
+
+  if ( !classname && name )
+    pAction = d->m_actionDict[ name ];
+
+  else {
+    QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+    for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+    {
+      if ( ( !name || strcmp( it.current()->name(), name ) == 0 ) &&
+          ( !classname || strcmp( it.current()->className(), classname ) == 0 ) ) {
+        pAction = it.current();
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pAction ) {
+    for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_docList.count() && !pAction; i++ )
+      pAction = d->m_docList[i]->action( name, classname );
+  }
+
+  return pAction;
+}
+
+KAction* KActionCollection::action( int index ) const
+{
+  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  it += index;
+  return it.current();
+//  return d->m_actions.at( index );
+}
+/*US
+bool KActionCollection::readShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup, KConfigBase* pConfig )
+{
+  return KActionShortcutList(this).readSettings( sConfigGroup, pConfig );
+}
+
+bool KActionCollection::writeShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup, KConfigBase* pConfig ) const
+{
+  return KActionShortcutList((KActionCollection*)this).writeSettings( sConfigGroup, pConfig );
+}
+*/
+uint KActionCollection::count() const
+{
+  return d->m_actionDict.count();
+}
+
+QStringList KActionCollection::groups() const
+{
+  QStringList lst;
+
+  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+    if ( !it.current()->group().isEmpty() && !lst.contains( it.current()->group() ) )
+      lst.append( it.current()->group() );
+
+  return lst;
+}
+
+KActionPtrList KActionCollection::actions( const QString& group ) const
+{
+  KActionPtrList lst;
+
+  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+    if ( it.current()->group() == group )
+      lst.append( it.current() );
+    else if ( it.current()->group().isEmpty() && group.isEmpty() )
+      lst.append( it.current() );
+
+  return lst;
+}
+
+KActionPtrList KActionCollection::actions() const
+{
+  KActionPtrList lst;
+
+  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+    lst.append( it.current() );
+
+  return lst;
+}
+
+/*US we have no instance object. Use KGlobal instead
+void KActionCollection::setInstance( KInstance *instance )
+{
+  if ( instance )
+    d->m_instance = instance;
+qDebug("KActionCollection::setInstance has to be fixed");
+  else
+    d->m_instance = KGlobal::instance();
+}
+
+KInstance *KActionCollection::instance() const
+{
+  return d->m_instance;
+}
+*/
+
+/*US we have no XML facility in microkde
+void KActionCollection::setXMLFile( const QString& sXMLFile )
+{
+  d->m_sXMLFile = sXMLFile;
+}
+
+const QString& KActionCollection::xmlFile() const
+{
+  return d->m_sXMLFile;
+}
+*/
+
+void KActionCollection::setHighlightingEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+  d->m_highlight = enable;
+}
+
+bool KActionCollection::highlightingEnabled() const
+{
+  return d->m_highlight;
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::connectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action )
+{
+  if ( !d->m_highlight )
+    return;
+
+  QPtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ container ];
+
+  if ( !actionList )
+  {
+    actionList = new QPtrList<KAction>;
+
+    if ( container->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+    {
+      connect( container, SIGNAL( highlighted( int ) ),
+               this, SLOT( slotMenuItemHighlighted( int ) ) );
+      connect( container, SIGNAL( aboutToHide() ),
+               this, SLOT( slotMenuAboutToHide() ) );
+    }
+//US    else if ( container->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+    else if ( container->inherits( "QToolBar" ) )
+    {
+      connect( container, SIGNAL( highlighted( int, bool ) ),
+               this, SLOT( slotToolBarButtonHighlighted( int, bool ) ) );
+    }
+
+    connect( container, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+             this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
+
+    d->m_dctHighlightContainers.insert( container, actionList );
+  }
+
+  actionList->append( action );
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::disconnectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action )
+{
+  if ( !d->m_highlight )
+    return;
+
+  QPtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ container ];
+
+  if ( !actionList )
+    return;
+
+  actionList->removeRef( action );
+
+  if ( actionList->count() == 0 )
+    d->m_dctHighlightContainers.remove( container );
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::slotMenuItemHighlighted( int id )
+{
+  if ( !d->m_highlight )
+    return;
+
+  if ( d->m_currentHighlightAction )
+    emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction, false );
+
+  QWidget *container = static_cast<QWidget *>( const_cast<QObject *>( sender() ) );
+
+  d->m_currentHighlightAction = findAction( container, id );
+
+  if ( !d->m_currentHighlightAction )
+  {
+      if ( !d->m_statusCleared )
+          emit clearStatusText();
+      d->m_statusCleared = true;
+      return;
+  }
+
+  d->m_statusCleared = false;
+  emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction );
+  emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction, true );
+  emit actionStatusText( d->m_currentHighlightAction->toolTip() );
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::slotMenuAboutToHide()
+{
+    if ( d->m_currentHighlightAction )
+        emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction, false );
+    d->m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
+
+    if ( !d->m_statusCleared )
+        emit clearStatusText();
+    d->m_statusCleared = true;
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::slotToolBarButtonHighlighted( int id, bool highlight )
+{
+  if ( !d->m_highlight )
+    return;
+
+  QWidget *container = static_cast<QWidget *>( const_cast<QObject *>( sender() ) );
+
+  KAction *action = findAction( container, id );
+
+  if ( !action )
+  {
+      d->m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
+      // use tooltip groups for toolbar status text stuff instead (Simon)
+//      emit clearStatusText();
+      return;
+  }
+
+  emit actionHighlighted( action, highlight );
+
+  if ( highlight )
+    d->m_currentHighlightAction = action;
+  else
+  {
+    d->m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
+//    emit clearStatusText();
+  }
+}
+
+void KActionCollection::slotDestroyed()
+{
+    d->m_dctHighlightContainers.remove( reinterpret_cast<void *>( const_cast<QObject *>(sender()) ) );
+}
+
+KAction *KActionCollection::findAction( QWidget *container, int id )
+{
+  QPtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ reinterpret_cast<void *>( container ) ];
+
+  if ( !actionList )
+    return 0;
+
+  QPtrListIterator<KAction> it( *actionList );
+  for (; it.current(); ++it )
+    if ( it.current()->isPlugged( container, id ) )
+      return it.current();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// KDE 4: remove
+KActionCollection KActionCollection::operator+(const KActionCollection &c ) const
+{
+  kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::operator+(): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
+  KActionCollection ret( *this );
+
+  QValueList<KAction *> actions = c.actions();
+  QValueList<KAction *>::ConstIterator it = actions.begin();
+  QValueList<KAction *>::ConstIterator end = actions.end();
+  for (; it != end; ++it )
+    ret.insert( *it );
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+KActionCollection &KActionCollection::operator=( const KActionCollection &copy )
+{
+  kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::operator=(): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
+  //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = copy.d->m_bOneKAccelOnly;
+  //d->m_iWidgetCurrent = copy.d->m_iWidgetCurrent;
+  //d->m_widgetList = copy.d->m_widgetList;
+  //d->m_kaccelList = copy.d->m_kaccelList;
+  d->m_widget = copy.d->m_widget;
+  d->m_kaccel = copy.d->m_kaccel;
+  d->m_actionDict = copy.d->m_actionDict;
+//US  setInstance( copy.instance() );
+  return *this;
+}
+
+KActionCollection &KActionCollection::operator+=( const KActionCollection &c )
+{
+  kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::operator+=(): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
+  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it(c.d->m_actionDict);
+  for ( ; it.current(); ++it )
+    insert( it.current() );
+
+  return *this;
+}
+// KDE 4: remove end
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+// KActionShortcutList
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*US
+KActionShortcutList::KActionShortcutList( KActionCollection* pColl )
+: m_actions( *pColl )
+        { }
+KActionShortcutList::~KActionShortcutList()
+        { }
+uint KActionShortcutList::count() const
+        { return m_actions.count(); }
+QString KActionShortcutList::name( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions.action(i)->name(); }
+QString KActionShortcutList::label( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions.action(i)->text(); }
+QString KActionShortcutList::whatsThis( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions.action(i)->whatsThis(); }
+const KShortcut& KActionShortcutList::shortcut( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions.action(i)->shortcut(); }
+const KShortcut& KActionShortcutList::shortcutDefault( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions.action(i)->shortcutDefault(); }
+bool KActionShortcutList::isConfigurable( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions.action(i)->isShortcutConfigurable(); }
+bool KActionShortcutList::setShortcut( uint i, const KShortcut& cut )
+        { return m_actions.action(i)->setShortcut( cut ); }
+const KInstance* KActionShortcutList::instance() const
+        { return m_actions.instance(); }
+QVariant KActionShortcutList::getOther( Other, uint ) const
+        { return QVariant(); }
+bool KActionShortcutList::setOther( Other, uint, QVariant )
+        { return false; }
+
+bool KActionShortcutList::save() const
+{
+        kdDebug(129) << "KActionShortcutList::save(): xmlFile = " << m_actions.xmlFile() << endl;
+
+        if( m_actions.xmlFile().isEmpty() )
+                return writeSettings();
+
+        QString tagActionProp = QString::fromLatin1("ActionProperties");
+        QString tagAction     = QString::fromLatin1("Action");
+        QString attrName      = QString::fromLatin1("name");
+        QString attrShortcut  = QString::fromLatin1("shortcut");
+        QString attrAccel     = QString::fromLatin1("accel"); // Depricated attribute
+
+        // Read XML file
+        QString sXml( KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile( m_actions.xmlFile(), false, instance() ) );
+        QDomDocument doc;
+        doc.setContent( sXml );
+
+        // Process XML data
+
+        // first, lets see if we have existing properties
+        QDomElement elem;
+        QDomElement it = doc.documentElement();
+        // KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( it ); <-- What was this for? --ellis
+        it = it.firstChild().toElement();
+        for( ; !it.isNull(); it = it.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
+                if( it.tagName() == tagActionProp ) {
+                        elem = it;
+                        break;
+                }
+        }
+
+        // if there was none, create one
+        if( elem.isNull() ) {
+                elem = doc.createElement( tagActionProp );
+                doc.documentElement().appendChild( elem );
+        }
+
+        // now, iterate through our actions
+        uint nSize = count();
+        for( uint i = 0; i < nSize; i++ ) {
+                const QString& sName = name(i);
+
+                bool bSameAsDefault = (shortcut(i) == shortcutDefault(i));
+                //kdDebug(129) << "name = " << sName << " shortcut = " << shortcut(i).toStringInternal() << " def = " << shortcutDefault(i).toStringInternal() << endl;
+
+                // now see if this element already exists
+                QDomElement act_elem;
+                for( it = elem.firstChild().toElement(); !it.isNull(); it = it.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
+                        if( it.attribute( attrName ) == sName ) {
+                                act_elem = it;
+                                break;
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // nope, create a new one
+                if( act_elem.isNull() ) {
+                        if( bSameAsDefault )
+                                continue;
+                        //kdDebug(129) << "\tnode doesn't exist." << endl;
+                        act_elem = doc.createElement( tagAction );
+                        act_elem.setAttribute( attrName, sName );
+                }
+
+                act_elem.removeAttribute( attrAccel );
+                if( bSameAsDefault ) {
+                        act_elem.removeAttribute( attrShortcut );
+                        //kdDebug(129) << "act_elem.attributes().count() = " << act_elem.attributes().count() << endl;
+                        if( act_elem.attributes().count() == 1 )
+                                elem.removeChild( act_elem );
+                } else {
+                        act_elem.setAttribute( attrShortcut, shortcut(i).toStringInternal() );
+                        elem.appendChild( act_elem );
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Write back to XML file
+        return KXMLGUIFactory::saveConfigFile( doc, m_actions.xmlFile(), instance() );
+}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+// KActionPtrShortcutList
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+KActionPtrShortcutList::KActionPtrShortcutList( KActionPtrList& list )
+: m_actions( list )
+        { }
+KActionPtrShortcutList::~KActionPtrShortcutList()
+        { }
+uint KActionPtrShortcutList::count() const
+        { return m_actions.count(); }
+QString KActionPtrShortcutList::name( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions[i]->name(); }
+QString KActionPtrShortcutList::label( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions[i]->text(); }
+QString KActionPtrShortcutList::whatsThis( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions[i]->whatsThis(); }
+const KShortcut& KActionPtrShortcutList::shortcut( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions[i]->shortcut(); }
+const KShortcut& KActionPtrShortcutList::shortcutDefault( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions[i]->shortcutDefault(); }
+bool KActionPtrShortcutList::isConfigurable( uint i ) const
+        { return m_actions[i]->isShortcutConfigurable(); }
+bool KActionPtrShortcutList::setShortcut( uint i, const KShortcut& cut )
+        { return m_actions[i]->setShortcut( cut ); }
+QVariant KActionPtrShortcutList::getOther( Other, uint ) const
+        { return QVariant(); }
+bool KActionPtrShortcutList::setOther( Other, uint, QVariant )
+        { return false; }
+bool KActionPtrShortcutList::save() const
+        { return false; }
+
+void KActionShortcutList::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KShortcutList::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KActionPtrShortcutList::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KShortcutList::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+*/
+
+void KActionCollection::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+/* vim: et sw=2 ts=2
+ */
+
+/*US
+#include "kactioncollection.moc"
+*/
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.h b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9466d0
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.h
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+              (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+              (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
+              (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
+              (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+//$Id$
+
+#ifndef __kactioncollection_h__
+#define __kactioncollection_h__
+
+#include <kaction.h>
+
+//US #include <qkeysequence.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
+//US#include <qvaluelist.h>
+//US#include <qguardedptr.h>
+//US #include <kguiitem.h>
+//US#include <kshortcut.h>
+//US#include <kstdaction.h>
+//US#include <kicontheme.h>
+
+//USclass QMenuBar;
+//USclass QPopupMenu;
+//USclass QComboBox;
+//USclass QPoint;
+//USclass QIconSet;
+//USclass QString;
+//USclass KToolBar;
+
+//USclass KAccel;
+//USclass KAccelActions;
+//USclass KConfig;
+//USclass KConfigBase;
+//USclass KURL;
+//USclass KInstance;
+//USclass KToolBar;
+//USclass KActionCollection;
+//USclass KPopupMenu;
+//USclass KMainWindow;
+
+//US added inclidefiles
+class QWidget;
+
+
+typedef QValueList<KAction *> KActionPtrList;
+
+/**
+ * A managed set of KAction objects.
+ */
+class KActionCollection : public QObject
+{
+  friend class KAction;
+  friend class KXMLGUIClient;
+
+  Q_OBJECT
+public:
+  KActionCollection( QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0/*US , KInstance *instance = 0 */);
+  /**
+   * Use this constructor if you want the collection's actions to restrict
+   * their accelerator keys to @p watch rather than the @p parent.  If
+   * you don't require shortcuts, you can pass a null to the @p watch parameter.
+   */
+  KActionCollection( QWidget *watch, QObject* parent, const char *name = 0/*US, KInstance *instance = 0 */);
+  KActionCollection( const KActionCollection &copy );
+  virtual ~KActionCollection();
+
+  /**
+   * This sets the widget to which the keyboard shortcuts should be attached.
+   * You only need to call this if a null pointer was passed in the constructor.
+   */
+  virtual void setWidget( QWidget *widget );
+
+  /**
+   * This indicates whether new actions which are created in this collection
+   * should have their keyboard shortcuts automatically connected on
+   * construction.  Set to 'false' if you will be loading XML-based settings.
+   * This is automatically done by KParts.  The default is 'true'.
+   * @see isAutoConnectShortcuts()
+   */
+  void setAutoConnectShortcuts( bool );
+
+  /**
+   * This indicates whether new actions which are created in this collection
+   * have their keyboard shortcuts automatically connected on
+   * construction.
+   * @see setAutoConnectShortcuts()
+   */
+  bool isAutoConnectShortcuts();
+
+  /**
+   * This sets the default shortcut scope for new actions created in this
+   * collection.  The default is ScopeUnspecified.  Ideally the default
+   * would have been ScopeWidget, but that would cause some backwards
+   * compatibility problems.
+   */
+  //void setDefaultScope( KAction::Scope );
+
+  /**
+   * Doc/View model.  This lets you add the action collection of a document
+   * to a view's action collection.
+   */
+  bool addDocCollection( KActionCollection* pDoc );
+
+  /** Returns the number of widgets which this collection is associated with. */
+  //uint widgetCount() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the collection has its own KAccel object.  This will be
+   * the case if it was constructed with a valid widget ptr or if setWidget()
+   * was called.
+   */
+  //bool ownsKAccel() const;
+
+  /** @deprecated  Deprecated because of ambiguous name.  Use kaccel() */
+  virtual KAccel* accel();
+  /** @deprecated  Deprecated because of ambiguous name.  Use kaccel() */
+  virtual const KAccel* accel() const;
+
+  /** Returns the KAccel object of the most recently set widget. */
+  KAccel* kaccel();
+  /** Returns the KAccel object of the most recently set widget. Const version for convenience. */
+  const KAccel* kaccel() const;
+
+  /** @internal, for KAction::kaccelCurrent() */
+  KAccel* builderKAccel() const;
+  /** Returns the KAccel object associated with widget #. */
+  //KAccel* widgetKAccel( uint i );
+  //const KAccel* widgetKAccel( uint i ) const;
+
+  /** Returns the number of actions in the collection */
+  virtual uint count() const;
+  bool isEmpty() const { return count() == 0; }
+  /**
+   * Return the KAction* at position "index" in the action collection.
+   * @see count()
+   */
+  virtual KAction* action( int index ) const;
+  /**
+   * Find an action (optionally, of a given subclass of KAction) in the action collection.
+   * @param name Name of the KAction.
+   * @param classname Name of the KAction subclass.
+   * @return A pointer to the first KAction in the collection which matches the parameters or
+   * null if nothing matches.
+   */
+  virtual KAction* action( const char* name, const char* classname = 0 ) const;
+
+  /** Returns a list of all the groups of all the KActions in this action collection.
+   * @see KAction::group()
+   * @see KAction::setGroup()
+   */
+  virtual QStringList groups() const;
+  /**
+   * Returns the list of actions in a particular managed by this action collection.
+   * @param group The name of the group.
+   */
+  virtual KActionPtrList actions( const QString& group ) const;
+  /** Returns the list of actions managed by this action collection. */
+  virtual KActionPtrList actions() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Used for reading shortcut configuration from a non-XML rc file.
+   */
+//US  bool readShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup = QString::null, KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+  /**
+   * Used for writing shortcut configuration to a non-XML rc file.
+   */
+//US  bool writeShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup = QString::null, KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
+
+//US  void setInstance( KInstance *instance );
+  /** The instance with which this class is associated. */
+//US  KInstance *instance() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Use this to tell the KActionCollection what rc file its configuration
+   * is stored in.
+   */
+  void setXMLFile( const QString& );
+  /** The rc file in which the current configuration is stored. */
+  const QString& xmlFile() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Enable highlighting notification for specific KActions.
+   * @see connectHighlight()
+   * @see disconnectHighlight()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   * @see highlightingEnabled()
+   */
+  void setHighlightingEnabled( bool enable );
+  /**
+   * Return whether highlighting notifications are enabled.
+   * @see connectHighlight()
+   * @see disconnectHighlight()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   */
+  bool highlightingEnabled() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Call this function if you want to receive a signal whenever a KAction is highlighted in a menu or a toolbar.
+   * @param container A container in which the KAction is plugged (must inherit QPopupMenu or KToolBar)
+   * @param action The action you are interested in
+   * @see disconnectHighlight()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
+   * @see highlightingEnabled()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   */
+  void connectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action );
+  /**
+   * Disconnect highlight notifications for a particular pair of contianer and action.
+   * @param container A container in which the KAction is plugged (must inherit QPopupMenu or KToolBar)
+   * @param action The action you are interested in
+   * @see connectHighlight()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
+   * @see highlightingEnabled()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   */
+  void disconnectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action );
+
+signals:
+  void inserted( KAction* );
+  void removed( KAction* );
+
+  /** Emitted when "action" is highlighted.
+   * @see connectHighlight()
+   * @see disconnectHighlight()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
+   * @see highlightingEnabled()
+   */
+  void actionHighlighted( KAction *action );
+  /** Emitted when "action" is highlighed or loses highlighting.
+   * @see connectHighlight()
+   * @see disconnectHighlight()
+   * @see actionHighlighted()
+   * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
+   * @see highlightingEnabled()
+   */
+  void actionHighlighted( KAction *action, bool highlight );
+
+  void actionStatusText( const QString &text );
+  void clearStatusText();
+
+private:
+  /**
+   * @internal Only to be called by KXMLGUIFactory::addClient().
+   * When actions are being connected, KAction needs to know what
+   * widget it should connect widget-scope actions to, and what
+   * main window it should connect
+   */
+  void beginXMLPlug( QWidget *widget );
+  void endXMLPlug();
+  /** @internal.  Only to be called by KXMLGUIFactory::removeClient() */
+  void prepareXMLUnplug();
+  void unplugShortcuts( KAccel* kaccel );
+
+  void _clear();
+  void _insert( KAction* );
+  void _remove( KAction* );
+  KAction* _take( KAction* );
+
+private slots:
+   void slotMenuItemHighlighted( int id );
+   void slotToolBarButtonHighlighted( int id, bool highlight );
+   void slotMenuAboutToHide();
+   void slotDestroyed();
+
+private:
+   KAction *findAction( QWidget *container, int id );
+
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+public:
+  KActionCollection( QObject *parent, const char *name = 0 /*US, KInstance *instance = 0 */);
+
+  void insert( KAction* );
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated Removes an action from the collection and deletes it.
+   * @param action The KAction to remove.
+   */
+  void remove( KAction* action );
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated Removes an action from the collection.
+   * @return NULL if not found else returns action.
+   * @param action the KAction to remove.
+   */
+  KAction* take( KAction* action );
+
+  KActionCollection operator+ ( const KActionCollection& ) const;
+  KActionCollection& operator= ( const KActionCollection& );
+  KActionCollection& operator+= ( const KActionCollection& );
+
+public slots:
+  /**
+   * Clears the entire actionCollection, deleting all actions.
+   * @see #remove
+   */
+  void clear();
+#endif // !KDE_NO_COMPAT
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KActionCollectionPrivate;
+    KActionCollectionPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16206e8
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Mario Weilguni (mweilguni@sime.com)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * KButtonBox class
+ *
+ * A container widget for buttons. Uses Qt layout control to place the
+ * buttons, can handle both vertical and horizontal button placement.
+*
+ * HISTORY
+ *
+ * 03/08/2000 Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@kde.org>
+ * Removed all those long outdated Motif stuff
+ * Improved and clarified some if conditions (easier to understand)
+ *
+ * 11/13/98 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+ * Now in Qt 1.4x motif default buttons have no extra width/height anymore.
+ * So the KButtonBox doesn't add this width/height to default buttons anymore
+ * which makes the buttons look better.
+ *
+ * 01/17/98  Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
+ * Fixed a bug in sizeHint()
+ * Improved the handling of Motif default buttons
+ *
+ * 01/09/98  Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
+ * The last button was to far right away from the right/bottom border.
+ * Fixed this. Removed old code. Buttons get now a minimum width.
+ * Programmer may now override minimum width and height of a button.
+ *
+ */
+
+//US #include "kbuttonbox.moc"
+
+#include <kbuttonbox.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#define minButtonWidth 50
+
+class KButtonBox::Item {
+public:
+  QPushButton *button;
+  bool noexpand;
+  unsigned short stretch;
+  unsigned short actual_size;
+};
+
+template class QPtrList<KButtonBox::Item>;
+
+class KButtonBoxPrivate {
+public:
+  unsigned short border;
+  unsigned short autoborder;
+  unsigned short orientation;
+  bool activated;
+  QPtrList<KButtonBox::Item> buttons;
+};
+
+KButtonBox::KButtonBox(QWidget *parent, Orientation _orientation,
+                       int border, int autoborder)
+  :  QWidget(parent)
+{
+  data = new KButtonBoxPrivate;
+  assert(data != 0);
+
+  data->orientation = _orientation;
+  data->border = border;
+  data->autoborder = autoborder < 0 ? border : autoborder;
+  data->buttons.setAutoDelete(TRUE);
+}
+
+KButtonBox::~KButtonBox() {
+  delete data;
+}
+
+QPushButton *KButtonBox::addButton(const QString& text, bool noexpand) {
+  Item *item = new Item;
+
+  item->button = new QPushButton(text, this);
+  item->noexpand  = noexpand;
+  data->buttons.append(item);
+  item->button->adjustSize();
+
+  return item->button;
+}
+
+  QPushButton *
+KButtonBox::addButton(
+  const QString & text,
+  QObject *       receiver,
+  const char *    slot,
+  bool            noexpand
+)
+{
+  QPushButton * pb = addButton(text, noexpand);
+
+  if ((0 != receiver) && (0 != slot))
+    QObject::connect(pb, SIGNAL(clicked()), receiver, slot);
+
+  return pb;
+}
+
+
+void KButtonBox::addStretch(int scale) {
+  if(scale > 0) {
+    Item *item = new Item;
+    item->button = 0;
+    item->noexpand  = FALSE;
+    item->stretch = scale;
+    data->buttons.append(item);
+  }
+}
+
+void KButtonBox::layout() {
+  // resize all buttons
+  QSize bs = bestButtonSize();
+
+  for(unsigned int i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
+    Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
+    QPushButton *b = item->button;
+    if(b != 0) {
+      if(item->noexpand)
+        b->setFixedSize(buttonSizeHint(b));
+      else
+        b->setFixedSize(bs);
+    }
+  }
+
+  setMinimumSize(sizeHint());
+}
+
+void KButtonBox::placeButtons() {
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  if(data->orientation == Horizontal) {
+    // calculate free size and stretches
+    int fs = width() - 2 * data->border;
+    int stretch = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
+      Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
+      if(item->button != 0) {
+        fs -= item->button->width();
+
+        // Last button?
+        if(i != data->buttons.count() - 1)
+          fs -= data->autoborder;
+      } else
+        stretch +=item->stretch;
+    }
+
+    // distribute buttons
+    int x_pos = data->border;
+    for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
+      Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
+      if(item->button != 0) {
+        QPushButton *b = item->button;
+        b->move(x_pos, (height() - b->height()) / 2);
+
+        x_pos += b->width() + data->autoborder;
+      } else
+        x_pos += (int)((((double)fs) * item->stretch) / stretch);
+    }
+  } else { // VERTICAL
+    // calcualte free size and stretches
+    int fs = height() - 2 * data->border;
+    int stretch = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
+      Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
+      if(item->button != 0)
+        fs -= item->button->height() + data->autoborder;
+      else
+        stretch +=item->stretch;
+    }
+
+    // distribute buttons
+    int y_pos = data->border;
+    for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
+      Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
+      if(item->button != 0) {
+        QPushButton *b = item->button;
+        b->move((width() - b->width()) / 2, y_pos);
+
+        y_pos += b->height() + data->autoborder;
+      } else
+        y_pos += (int)((((double)fs) * item->stretch) / stretch);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KButtonBox::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *) {
+  placeButtons();
+}
+
+QSize KButtonBox::bestButtonSize() const {
+  QSize s(0, 0);
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  // calculate optimal size
+  for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
+    KButtonBox *that = (KButtonBox*)this; // to remove the const ;(
+    Item *item = that->data->buttons.at(i);
+    QPushButton *b = item->button;
+
+    if(b != 0 && !item->noexpand) {
+      QSize bs = buttonSizeHint(b);
+
+      if(bs.width() > s.width())
+        s.setWidth(bs.width());
+      if(bs.height() > s.height())
+        s.setHeight(bs.height());
+    }
+  }
+
+  return s;
+}
+
+QSize KButtonBox::sizeHint() const {
+  unsigned int i, dw;
+
+  if(data->buttons.count() == 0)
+    return QSize(0, 0);
+  else {
+    dw = 2 * data->border;
+
+    QSize bs = bestButtonSize();
+    for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
+      KButtonBox *that = (KButtonBox*)this;
+      Item *item = that->data->buttons.at(i);
+      QPushButton *b = item->button;
+      if(b != 0) {
+        QSize s;
+        if(item->noexpand)
+          s = that->buttonSizeHint(b);
+        else
+          s = bs;
+
+        if(data->orientation == Horizontal)
+          dw += s.width();
+        else
+          dw += s.height();
+
+        if( i != data->buttons.count() - 1 )
+          dw += data->autoborder;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(data->orientation == Horizontal)
+        return QSize(dw, bs.height() + 2 * data->border);
+    else
+        return QSize(bs.width() + 2 * data->border, dw);
+  }
+}
+
+QSizePolicy KButtonBox::sizePolicy() const
+{
+    return data->orientation == Horizontal?
+        QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Fixed ) :
+        QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Minimum );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the best size for a button. If a button is less than
+ * minButtonWidth pixels wide, return minButtonWidth pixels
+ * as minimum width
+ */
+QSize KButtonBox::buttonSizeHint(QPushButton *b) const {
+  QSize s = b->sizeHint();
+  QSize ms = b->minimumSize();
+  if(s.width() < minButtonWidth)
+    s.setWidth(minButtonWidth);
+
+  // allows the programmer to override the settings
+  if(ms.width() > s.width())
+    s.setWidth(ms.width());
+  if(ms.height() > s.height())
+    s.setHeight(ms.height());
+
+  return s;
+}
+
+void KButtonBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.h b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1104366
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Mario Weilguni (mweilguni@sime.com)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __KBUTTONBOX__H__
+#define __KBUTTONBOX__H__
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+class QPushButton;
+
+class KButtonBoxPrivate;
+/**
+ * Container widget for buttons. 
+ * 
+ * This class uses Qt layout control to place the buttons; can handle
+ * both vertical and horizontal button placement.  The default border
+ * is now @p 0 (making it easier to deal with layouts). The space
+ * between buttons is now more Motif compliant.
+ *
+ * @author Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
+ * @version $Id$
+ **/
+
+class KButtonBox : public QWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  /**
+    * Create an empty container for buttons.
+    *
+    * If @p _orientation is @p Vertical, the buttons inserted with 
+    * @ref addButton() are laid out from top to bottom, otherwise they 
+    * are laid out from left to right.
+    */
+  KButtonBox(QWidget *parent, Orientation _orientation = Horizontal,
+             int border = 0, int _autoborder = 6);
+
+  /**
+    * Free private data field
+    */
+  ~KButtonBox();
+
+  /**
+    * @return The minimum size needed to fit all buttons.
+    *
+    * This size is
+    * calculated by the width/height of all buttons plus border/autoborder.
+    */
+  virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
+  /**
+   * @reimplemented
+   */
+  virtual QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
+  /**
+   * @reimplemented
+   */
+  virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
+
+  /**
+    * Add a new @ref QPushButton.  
+    *
+    * @param noexpand If @p noexpand is @p false, the width
+    * of the button is adjusted to fit the other buttons (the maximum
+    * of all buttons is taken). If @p noexpand is @p true, the width of this
+    * button will be set to the minimum width needed for the given text).
+    *
+    * @return A pointer to the new button.
+    */
+  QPushButton *addButton(const QString& text, bool noexpand = FALSE);
+
+  /**
+    * Add a new @ref QPushButton.  
+    *
+    * @param receiver An object to connect to.
+    * @param slot A Qt slot to connect the 'clicked()' signal to.
+    * @param noexpand If @p noexpand is @p false, the width
+    * of the button is adjusted to fit the other buttons (the maximum
+    * of all buttons is taken). If @p noexpand @p true, the width of this
+    * button will be set to the minimum width needed for the given text).
+    *
+    * @return A pointer to the new button.
+    */
+  QPushButton *addButton(const QString& text, QObject * receiver, const char * slot, bool noexpand = FALSE);
+
+  /**
+    * Add a stretch to the buttonbox. 
+    *
+    * Can be used to separate buttons.  That is, if you add the
+    * buttons OK and Cancel, add a stretch, and then add the button Help,
+    * the buttons OK and Cancel will be left-aligned (or top-aligned
+    * for vertical) whereas Help will be right-aligned (or
+    * bottom-aligned for vertical).
+    *
+    * @see QBoxLayout
+    */
+  void addStretch(int scale = 1);
+
+  /**
+    * This function must be called @em once after all buttons have been
+    * inserted.
+    *
+    * It will start layout control.
+    */
+  void layout();
+
+public: // as PrivateData needs Item, it has to be exported
+  class Item;
+protected:
+  /**
+    * @return the best size for a button. Checks all buttons and takes
+    * the maximum width/height.
+    */
+  QSize bestButtonSize() const;
+  void  placeButtons();
+  QSize buttonSizeHint(QPushButton *) const;
+  
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  KButtonBoxPrivate *data;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kcmodule.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kcmodule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..915cd0f
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kcmodule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+   This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+   Copyright (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+*/
+
+#include "kcmodule.h"
+//US#include <kinstance.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+class KCModulePrivate
+{
+public:
+//US        KInstance *_instance;
+        QString _rootOnlyMsg;
+        bool _useRootOnlyMsg;
+        bool _hasOwnInstance;
+};
+
+KCModule::KCModule(QWidget *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &)
+        : QWidget(parent, name), _btn(Help|Default|Apply)
+{
+    kdDebug() << "KCModule " << name << endl;
+    d = new KCModulePrivate;
+    d->_useRootOnlyMsg = true;
+/*US    
+    d->_instance = new KInstance(name);
+        if (name && strlen(name)) {
+                d->_instance = new KInstance(name);
+                KGlobal::locale()->insertCatalogue(name);
+        } else
+                d->_instance = new KInstance("kcmunnamed");
+*/    
+    d->_hasOwnInstance = true;
+//US    KGlobal::setActiveInstance(this->instance());
+}
+
+/*US
+KCModule::KCModule(KInstance *instance, QWidget *parent, const QStringList & )
+    : QWidget(parent, instance ? instance->instanceName().data() : 0), _btn(Help|Default|Apply)
+{
+    kdDebug() << "KCModule instance " << (instance ? instance->instanceName().data() : "none") << endl;
+    d = new KCModulePrivate;
+    d->_useRootOnlyMsg = true;
+    d->_instance = instance;
+    KGlobal::locale()->insertCatalogue(instance->instanceName());
+    d->_hasOwnInstance = false;
+    KGlobal::setActiveInstance(this->instance());
+}
+*/
+KCModule::~KCModule()
+{
+/*US
+    if (d->_hasOwnInstance)
+       delete d->_instance;
+*/       
+        delete d;
+}
+
+void KCModule::setRootOnlyMsg(const QString& msg)
+{
+        d->_rootOnlyMsg = msg;
+}
+
+QString KCModule::rootOnlyMsg() const
+{
+        return d->_rootOnlyMsg;
+}
+
+void KCModule::setUseRootOnlyMsg(bool on)
+{
+        d->_useRootOnlyMsg = on;
+}
+
+bool KCModule::useRootOnlyMsg() const
+{
+        return d->_useRootOnlyMsg;
+}
+/*US
+KInstance *KCModule::instance() const
+{
+    return d->_instance;
+}
+*/
+void KCModule::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "kcmodule.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kcmodule.h b/microkde/kdeui/kcmodule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90a87c9
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kcmodule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*
+   This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+   Copyright (c) 1999 Matthias Hoelzer-Kluepfel <hoelzer@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+*/
+#ifndef __KCMODULE_H__
+#define __KCMODULE_H__
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+//USclass KAboutData;
+class KCModulePrivate;
+//US class KInstance;
+
+/**
+ * The base class for control center modules.
+ *
+ * Starting from KDE 2.0, control center modules are realized as shared
+ * libraries that are loaded into the control center at runtime.
+ *
+ * The module in principle is a simple widget displaying the
+ * item to be changed. The module has a very small interface.
+ *
+ * All the necessary glue logic and the GUI bells and whistles
+ * are provided by the control center and must not concern
+ * the module author.
+ *
+ * To write a config module, you have to create a library
+ * that contains at one factory function like this:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * #include <kgenericfactory.h>
+ *
+ * typedef KGenericFactory<YourKCModule, QWidget> YourKCModuleFactory;
+ * K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( yourLibName, YourKCModuleFactory("name_of_the_po_file") );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The parameter "name_of_the_po_file" has to correspond with the messages target
+ * that you created in your Makefile.am.
+ *
+ * See kdebase/kcontrol/HOWTO for more detailed documentation.
+ *
+ * @author Matthias Hoelzer-Kluepfel <hoelzer@kde.org>
+ */
+
+class KCModule : public QWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * An enumeration type for the buttons used by this module.
+   * You should only use Help, Default and Apply. The rest is obsolete.
+   *
+   * @see KCModule::buttons @see KCModule::setButtons
+   */
+  enum Button {Help=1, Default=2, Apply=16,
+               Reset=4, /* obsolete, do not use! */
+               Cancel=8, /* obsolete, do not use! */
+               Ok=32, /* obsolete, do not use! */
+                 SysDefault=64 /* obsolete, do not use! */ };
+
+  /*
+   * Base class for all KControlModules.
+   * Make sure you have a QStringList argument in your
+   * implementation.
+   */
+  KCModule(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, const QStringList &args=QStringList() );
+
+//US  KCModule(KInstance *instance, QWidget *parent=0, const QStringList &args=QStringList() );
+
+  /*
+   * Destroys the module.
+   */
+  ~KCModule();
+
+  /**
+   * Load the configuration data into the module.
+   *
+   * The load method sets the user interface elements of the
+   * module to reflect the current settings stored in the
+   * configuration files.
+   *
+   * This method is invoked whenever the module should read its configuration
+   * (most of the times from a config file) and update the user interface.
+   * This happens when the user clicks the "Reset" button in the control
+   * center, to undo all of his changes and restore the currently valid
+   * settings. NOTE that this is not called after the modules is loaded,
+   * so you probably want to call this method in the constructor.
+   */
+  virtual void load() {};
+
+  /**
+   * Save the configuration data.
+   *
+   * The save method stores the config information as shown
+   * in the user interface in the config files.
+   *
+   * If necessary, this method also updates the running system,
+   * e.g. by restarting applications.
+   *
+   * save is called when the user clicks "Apply" or "Ok".
+   */
+  virtual void save() {};
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the configuration to sensible default values.
+   *
+   * This method is called when the user clicks the "Default"
+   * button. It should set the display to useful values.
+   */
+  virtual void defaults() {};
+
+  /**
+   * Set the configuration to system default values.
+   *
+   * This method is called when the user clicks the "System-Default"
+   * button. It should set the display to the system default values.
+   *
+   * NOTE: The default behaviour is to call defaults().
+   */
+  virtual void sysdefaults() { defaults(); };
+
+  /**
+   * Return a quick-help text.
+   *
+   * This method is called when the module is docked.
+   * The quick-help text should contain a short description of the module and
+   * links to the module's help files. You can use QML formating tags in the text.
+   *
+   * NOTE: Please make sure the quick help text gets translated (use i18n()).
+   */
+  virtual QString quickHelp() const { return QString::null; };
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a the KAboutData for this module
+   * This is generally only called for the KBugReport.
+   * Override and have it return a pointer to a constant
+   */
+//US  virtual const KAboutData *aboutData() const { return 0; }
+
+  /**
+   * Indicate which buttons will be used.
+   *
+   * The return value is a value or'ed together from
+   * the Button enumeration type.
+   *
+   * @see KCModule::setButtons
+   */
+  int buttons() const { return _btn; };
+
+  /**
+   * Get the RootOnly message for this module.
+   *
+   * When the module must be run as root, or acts differently
+   * for root and a normal user, it is sometimes useful to
+   * customize the message that appears at the top of the module
+   * when used as a normal user. This function returns this
+   * customized message. If none has been set, a default message
+   * will be used.
+   *
+   * @see KCModule::setRootOnlyMsg
+   */
+  QString rootOnlyMsg() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Tell if KControl should show a RootOnly message when run as
+   * a normal user.
+   *
+   * In some cases, the module don't want a RootOnly message to
+   * appear (for example if it has already one). This function
+   * tells KControl if a RootOnly message should be shown
+   *
+   * @see KCModule::setUseRootOnlyMsg
+   */
+  bool useRootOnlyMsg() const;
+
+
+//US  KInstance *instance() const;
+
+signals:
+
+  /**
+   * Indicate that the state of the modules contents has changed.
+   *
+   * This signal is emitted whenever the state of the configuration
+   * shown in the module changes. It allows the control center to
+   * keep track of unsaved changes.
+   *
+   */
+  void changed(bool state);
+
+  /**
+   * Indicate that the module's quickhelp has changed.
+   *
+   * Emit this signal whenever the module's quickhelp changes.
+   * Modules implemented as tabbed dialogs might want to implement
+   * per-tab quickhelp for example.
+   *
+   */
+  void quickHelpChanged();
+
+protected:
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the buttons to display.
+   *
+   * Help: shows a "Help" button.
+   * Default: shows a "Use Defaults" button
+   * Apply: in kcontrol this will show an "Apply" and "Reset" button
+   *        in kcmshell this will show an "Ok", "Apply" and "Cancel" button
+   *
+   * If Apply is not specified, kcmshell will show a "Close" button.
+   *
+   * @see KCModule::buttons
+   */
+  void setButtons(int btn) { _btn = btn; };
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the RootOnly message.
+   *
+   * This message will be shown at the top of the module of the
+   * corresponding desktop file contains the line X-KDE-RootOnly=true.
+   * If no message is set, a default one will be used.
+   *
+   * @see KCModule::rootOnlyMessage
+   */
+  void setRootOnlyMsg(const QString& msg);
+
+  /**
+   * Change wether or not the RootOnly message should be shown.
+   *
+   * Following the value of @p on, the RootOnly message will be
+   * shown or not.
+   *
+   * @see KCModule::useRootOnlyMsg
+   */
+  void setUseRootOnlyMsg(bool on);
+
+private:
+
+  int _btn;
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  KCModulePrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..828c5e6
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 2001 Holger Freyther (freyher@yahoo.com)
+                  based on ideas from Martijn and Simon
+                  many thanks to Simon
+                  
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+//US #include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "kguiitem.h"
+
+class KGuiItem::KGuiItemPrivate
+{
+public:
+    KGuiItemPrivate()
+    {
+        m_enabled = true;
+        m_hasIcon = false;
+    }
+    
+    KGuiItemPrivate( const KGuiItemPrivate &rhs )
+    {
+        (*this ) = rhs;
+    }
+    
+    KGuiItemPrivate &operator=( const KGuiItemPrivate &rhs )
+    {
+        m_text = rhs.m_text;
+        m_iconSet = rhs.m_iconSet;
+        m_iconName = rhs.m_iconName;
+        m_toolTip = rhs.m_toolTip;
+        m_whatsThis = rhs.m_whatsThis;
+        m_statusText = rhs.m_statusText;
+        m_enabled = rhs.m_enabled;
+        m_hasIcon = rhs.m_hasIcon;
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    QString m_text;
+    QString m_toolTip;
+    QString m_whatsThis;
+    QString m_statusText;
+    QString m_iconName;
+    QIconSet m_iconSet;
+    bool m_hasIcon : 1;
+    bool m_enabled : 1;
+};
+
+
+KGuiItem::KGuiItem() {
+    d = new KGuiItemPrivate;
+}
+
+KGuiItem::KGuiItem( const QString &text,    const QString &iconName,
+                    const QString &toolTip, const QString &whatsThis )
+{
+    d = new KGuiItemPrivate;
+    d->m_text = text;
+    d->m_toolTip =  toolTip;
+    d->m_whatsThis = whatsThis;
+    setIconName( iconName );
+}
+
+KGuiItem::KGuiItem( const QString &text,    const QIconSet &iconSet,
+                    const QString &toolTip, const QString &whatsThis )
+{
+    d = new KGuiItemPrivate;
+    d->m_text = text;
+    d->m_toolTip =  toolTip;
+    d->m_whatsThis = whatsThis;
+    setIconSet( iconSet );
+}
+
+KGuiItem::KGuiItem( const KGuiItem &rhs )
+    : d( 0 )
+{
+    (*this) = rhs;
+}
+
+KGuiItem &KGuiItem::operator=( const KGuiItem &rhs ) {
+    if ( d == rhs.d )
+        return *this;
+
+    assert( rhs.d );
+
+    delete d;
+    d = new KGuiItemPrivate( *rhs.d );
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+KGuiItem::~KGuiItem() {
+    delete d;
+}
+
+QString KGuiItem::text() const {
+    return d->m_text;
+}
+QString KGuiItem::plainText() const {
+  QString stripped( d->m_text );
+  stripped.replace( QRegExp( "&(?!&)" ), QString::null );
+
+  return stripped;
+}
+
+QIconSet KGuiItem::iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size /*US, KInstance* instance */ ) const
+{
+    if( d->m_hasIcon )
+    {
+        if( !d->m_iconName.isEmpty())
+        {
+// some caching here would(?) come handy
+//US            return instance->iconLoader()->loadIconSet( d->m_iconName, group, size );
+          return KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIconSet( d->m_iconName);
+// here is a little problem that with delayed icon loading
+// we can't check if the icon really exists ... so what ...
+//            if( set.isNull() )
+//            {
+//                d->m_hasIcon = false;
+//                return QIconSet();
+//            }
+//            return set;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            return d->m_iconSet;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        return QIconSet();
+}
+
+QString KGuiItem::iconName() const
+{
+    return d->m_iconName;
+}
+
+QString KGuiItem::toolTip() const {
+    return d->m_toolTip;
+}
+QString KGuiItem::whatsThis() const {
+    return d->m_whatsThis;
+}
+
+bool KGuiItem::isEnabled() const
+{
+    return d->m_enabled;
+}
+
+bool KGuiItem::hasIcon() const
+{
+    return d->m_hasIcon;
+}
+
+void KGuiItem::setText( const QString &text ) {
+    d->m_text=text;
+}
+
+void KGuiItem::setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset )
+{
+    d->m_iconSet = iconset;
+    d->m_iconName = QString::null;
+    d->m_hasIcon = !iconset.isNull();
+}
+
+void KGuiItem::setIconName( const QString &iconName )
+{
+    d->m_iconName = iconName;
+    d->m_iconSet = QIconSet();
+    d->m_hasIcon = !iconName.isEmpty();
+}
+
+void KGuiItem::setToolTip( const QString &toolTip) {
+    d->m_toolTip = toolTip;
+}
+void KGuiItem::setWhatsThis( const QString &whatsThis ) {
+    d->m_whatsThis = whatsThis;
+}
+void KGuiItem::setEnabled( bool enabled ){
+    d->m_enabled = enabled;
+}
+
+/* vim: et sw=4
+ */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.h b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0079bb4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 2001 Holger Freyther (freyher@yahoo.com)
+                  based on ideas from Martijn and Simon
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+    Many thanks to Simon tronical Hausmann
+*/
+
+#ifndef __kguiitem_h__
+#define __kguiitem_h__
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+//US#include <kicontheme.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+//US added the following files
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+
+class KGuiItem
+{
+public:
+    KGuiItem();
+
+    KGuiItem( const QString &text, 
+              const QString &iconName  = QString::null,
+              const QString &toolTip   = QString::null, 
+              const QString &whatsThis = QString::null );
+
+    KGuiItem( const QString &text, const QIconSet &iconSet, 
+              const QString &toolTip   = QString::null, 
+              const QString &whatsThis = QString::null );
+
+    KGuiItem( const KGuiItem &rhs );
+    KGuiItem &operator=( const KGuiItem &rhs );
+
+    ~KGuiItem();
+
+    QString text() const;
+    QString plainText() const;
+    QIconSet iconSet( KIcon::Group, int size = 0/*US , KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance()*/) const;
+
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+    QIconSet iconSet() const { return iconSet( KIcon::Small); }
+#endif
+
+    QString iconName() const;
+    QString toolTip() const;
+    QString whatsThis() const;
+    bool isEnabled() const;
+    bool hasIcon() const;
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+    bool hasIconSet() const { return hasIcon(); }
+#endif
+
+    void setText( const QString &text );
+    void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+    void setIconName( const QString &iconName );
+    void setToolTip( const QString &tooltip );
+    void setWhatsThis( const QString &whatsThis );
+    void setEnabled( bool enable );
+
+private:
+    class KGuiItemPrivate;
+    KGuiItemPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/* vim: et sw=4
+ */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d25854
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1176 @@
+/*  This file is part of the KDE Libraries
+ *  Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Espen Sand (espensa@online.no)
+ *  Copyright (C) 2003 Ravikiran Rajagopal (ravi@kde.org)
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ */
+
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qbitmap.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qwidgetstack.h>
+#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <qvbox.h>
+#include <qgrid.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qobjectlist.h>
+
+/*US 
+#include <qbitmap.h>
+#include <qgrid.h>
+#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <qheader.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qsplitter.h>
+#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <qvbox.h>
+#include <qwidgetstack.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qstyle.h>
+
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kglobalsettings.h>
+#include <kseparator.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include "kjanuswidget.h"
+#include <klistview.h>
+
+*/
+
+#include <kseparator.h>
+#include <kdialog.h> // Access to some static members
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+
+#include "kjanuswidget.h"
+
+class KJanusWidget::IconListItem : public QListBoxItem
+{
+  public:
+    IconListItem( QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
+                   const QString &text );
+    virtual int height( const QListBox *lb ) const;
+    virtual int width( const QListBox *lb ) const;
+    int expandMinimumWidth( int width );
+
+  protected:
+    const QPixmap &defaultPixmap();
+    void paint( QPainter *painter );
+
+  private:
+    QPixmap mPixmap;
+    int mMinimumWidth;
+};
+
+class KJanusWidget::KJanusWidgetPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KJanusWidgetPrivate() : mNextPageIndex(0) { }
+
+  int mNextPageIndex; // The next page index.
+
+  // Dictionary for multipage modes.
+  QMap<int,QWidget*> mIntToPage;
+  // Reverse dictionary. Used because showPage() may be performance critical.
+  QMap<QWidget*,int> mPageToInt;
+  // Dictionary of title string associated with page.
+  QMap<int, QString> mIntToTitle;
+};
+
+template class QPtrList<QListViewItem>;
+
+
+KJanusWidget::KJanusWidget( QWidget *parent, const char *name, int face )
+  : QWidget( parent, name ),
+    mValid(false), mPageList(0),
+    mTitleList(0), mFace(face), mTitleLabel(0), mActivePageWidget(0),
+    mShowIconsInTreeList(false), d(0)
+{
+  QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+  if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    d = new KJanusWidgetPrivate;
+
+    QFrame *page = 0;
+    if( mFace == TreeList )
+    {
+    //US
+    qDebug("KJanusWidget::KJanusWidget TreeList not implemented yet");
+/*US    
+      QSplitter *splitter = new QSplitter( this );
+      topLayout->addWidget( splitter, 10 );
+      mTreeListResizeMode = QSplitter::KeepSize;
+
+      mTreeList = new KListView( splitter );
+      mTreeList->addColumn( QString::null );
+      mTreeList->header()->hide();
+      mTreeList->setRootIsDecorated(true);
+      mTreeList->setSorting( -1 );
+      connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), SLOT(slotShowPage()) );
+      connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem *)), SLOT(slotItemClicked(QListViewItem *)));
+
+      //
+      // Page area. Title at top with a separator below and a pagestack using
+      // all available space at bottom.
+      //
+      QFrame *p = new QFrame( splitter );
+
+      QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout( p, 0, 0 );
+      hbox->addSpacing( KDialog::marginHint() );
+
+      page = new QFrame( p );
+      hbox->addWidget( page, 10 );
+*/      
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout( topLayout );
+      mIconList = new IconListBox( this );
+
+      QFont listFont( mIconList->font() );
+      listFont.setBold( true );
+      mIconList->setFont( listFont );
+
+      mIconList->verticalScrollBar()->installEventFilter( this );
+      hbox->addWidget( mIconList );
+      connect( mIconList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), SLOT(slotShowPage()));
+      hbox->addSpacing( KDialog::marginHint() );
+      page = new QFrame( this );
+      hbox->addWidget( page, 10 );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Rest of page area. Title at top with a separator below and a
+    // pagestack using all available space at bottom.
+    //
+
+    QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout( page, 0, KDialog::spacingHint() );
+
+    mTitleLabel = new QLabel( QString::fromLatin1("Empty page"), page, "KJanusWidgetTitleLabel" );
+    vbox->addWidget( mTitleLabel );
+
+    QFont titleFont( mTitleLabel->font() );
+    titleFont.setBold( true );
+    mTitleLabel->setFont( titleFont );
+
+    mTitleSep = new KSeparator( page );
+    mTitleSep->setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine|QFrame::Plain );
+    vbox->addWidget( mTitleSep );
+
+    mPageStack = new QWidgetStack( page );
+    connect(mPageStack, SIGNAL(aboutToShow(QWidget *)),
+            SIGNAL(aboutToShowPage(QWidget *)));
+    vbox->addWidget( mPageStack, 10 );
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Tabbed )
+  {
+    d = new KJanusWidgetPrivate;
+
+    mTabControl = new QTabWidget( this );
+    mTabControl->setMargin (KDialog::marginHint());
+    topLayout->addWidget( mTabControl, 10 );
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Swallow )
+  {
+    mSwallowPage = new QWidget( this );
+    topLayout->addWidget( mSwallowPage, 10 );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mFace = Plain;
+    mPlainPage = new QFrame( this );
+    topLayout->addWidget( mPlainPage, 10 );
+  }
+/*US
+  if ( kapp )
+    connect(kapp,SIGNAL(kdisplayFontChanged()),SLOT(slotFontChanged()));
+*/    
+  mValid = true;
+  setSwallowedWidget(0); // Set default size if 'mFace' is Swallow.
+}
+
+
+KJanusWidget::~KJanusWidget()
+{
+
+/*US the destroyed signal caused a segmentation fault while closing the dialog and destructing
+  all pages. Why not just remove all pages in the destructor??
+*/
+// LR we have all subwidgets with parent-child relation
+// LR we do not need to delete here anything by the private class
+/*
+  if( mFace == Tabbed )
+  {
+      QMap<QWidget*,int>::Iterator it;
+      for (it = d->mPageToInt.begin(); it != d->mPageToInt.end(); ++it) {
+        QObject*page = (QObject*)it.key();
+        pageGone(page);        
+      }
+  }
+  else
+      qDebug("KJanusWidget::~KJanusWidget so far ");
+*/
+//US end  
+  
+  delete d;
+  
+  
+}
+
+
+bool KJanusWidget::isValid() const
+{
+  return( mValid );
+}
+
+
+QFrame *KJanusWidget::plainPage()
+{
+  return( mPlainPage );
+}
+
+
+int KJanusWidget::face() const
+{
+  return( mFace );
+}
+
+QWidget *KJanusWidget::FindParent()
+{
+  if( mFace == Tabbed ) {
+    return mTabControl;
+  }
+  else {
+    return this;
+  }
+}
+
+QFrame *KJanusWidget::addPage( const QStringList &items, const QString &header,
+                               const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  if( mValid == false )
+  {
+    kdDebug() << "addPage: Invalid object" << endl;
+    return( 0 );
+  }
+
+  QFrame *page = new QFrame( FindParent(), "page" );
+  addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
+
+  return page;
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::pageGone( QObject *obj )
+{
+//  QObject* obj = (QObject*)sender();
+  removePage( static_cast<QWidget*>( obj ) );
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::slotReopen( QListViewItem * item )
+{
+  if( item )
+    item->setOpen( true );
+}
+
+QFrame *KJanusWidget::addPage( const QString &itemName, const QString &header,
+                               const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  QStringList items;
+  items << itemName;
+  return addPage(items, header, pixmap);
+}
+
+
+
+QVBox *KJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+                                  const QString &header,
+                                  const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  if( mValid == false )
+  {
+      qDebug("addPage: Invalid object ");
+    
+    return( 0 );
+  }
+
+  QVBox *page = new QVBox(FindParent() , "vbox_page" );
+  page->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHintSmall() );
+  addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
+
+  return page;
+}
+
+QVBox *KJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
+                                  const QString &header,
+                                  const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  QStringList items;
+  items << itemName;
+  return addVBoxPage(items, header, pixmap);
+}
+
+QHBox *KJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+                                  const QString &header,
+                                  const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  if( mValid == false ) {
+    kdDebug() << "addPage: Invalid object" << endl;
+    return( 0 );
+  }
+
+  QHBox *page = new QHBox(FindParent(), "hbox_page");
+  page->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );
+  addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
+
+  return page;
+}
+
+QHBox *KJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
+                                  const QString &header,
+                                  const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  QStringList items;
+  items << itemName;
+  return addHBoxPage(items, header, pixmap);
+}
+
+QGrid *KJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+                                  const QStringList &items,
+                                  const QString &header,
+                                  const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  if( mValid == false )
+  {
+    kdDebug() << "addPage: Invalid object" << endl;
+    return( 0 );
+  }
+
+  QGrid *page = new QGrid( n, dir, FindParent(), "page" );
+  page->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );
+  addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
+
+  return page;
+}
+
+
+QGrid *KJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+                                  const QString &itemName,
+                                  const QString &header,
+                                  const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  QStringList items;
+  items << itemName;
+  return addGridPage(n, dir, items, header, pixmap);
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::InsertTreeListItem(const QStringList &items, const QPixmap &pixmap, QFrame *page)
+{
+  bool isTop = true;
+  QListViewItem *curTop = 0, *child, *last, *newChild;
+  unsigned int index = 1;
+  QStringList curPath;
+
+  for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it, index++ ) {
+    QString name = (*it);
+    bool isPath = ( index != items.count() );
+
+    // Find the first child.
+    if (isTop) {
+      child = mTreeList->firstChild();
+    }
+    else {
+      child = curTop->firstChild();
+    }
+
+    // Now search for a child with the current Name, and if it we doesn't
+    // find it, then remember the location of the last child.
+    for (last = 0; child && child->text(0) != name ; last = child, child = child->nextSibling());
+
+    if (last == 0 && child == 0) {
+      // This node didn't have any children at all, lets just insert the
+      // new child.
+      if (isTop)
+        newChild = new QListViewItem(mTreeList, name);
+      else
+        newChild = new QListViewItem(curTop, name);
+
+    }
+    else if (child != 0) {
+      // we found the given name in this child.
+      if (!isPath) {
+        kdDebug() << "The element inserted was already in the TreeList box!" << endl;
+        return;
+      }
+      else {
+        // Ok we found the folder
+        newChild  = child;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      // the node had some children, but we didn't find the given name
+      if (isTop)
+        newChild = new QListViewItem(mTreeList, last, name);
+      else
+        newChild = new QListViewItem(curTop, last, name);
+    }
+
+    // Now make the element expandable if it is a path component, and make
+    // ready for next loop
+    if (isPath) {
+      newChild->setExpandable(true);
+      curTop = newChild;
+      isTop = false;
+      curPath << name;
+
+      QString key = curPath.join("_/_");
+      if (mFolderIconMap.contains(key)) {
+        QPixmap p = mFolderIconMap[key];
+        newChild->setPixmap(0,p);
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      if (mShowIconsInTreeList) {
+        newChild->setPixmap(0, pixmap);
+      }
+      mTreeListToPageStack.insert(newChild, page);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::addPageWidget( QFrame *page, const QStringList &items,
+                                  const QString &header,const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+/*US the following signal causes a segmentation fault while closing the dialog. 
+  Why not just remove all pages in the destructor??
+*/  
+//US  connect(page, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(pageGone(QObject*)));
+// we have the SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*) only in Qt3
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    // connect(page, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(pageGone(QObject*)));
+#endif
+  if( mFace == Tabbed )
+  {
+    mTabControl->addTab (page, items.last());
+    d->mIntToPage[d->mNextPageIndex] = static_cast<QWidget*>(page);
+    d->mPageToInt[static_cast<QWidget*>(page)] = d->mNextPageIndex;
+    d->mNextPageIndex++;
+  }
+  else if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    d->mIntToPage[d->mNextPageIndex] = static_cast<QWidget*>(page);
+    d->mPageToInt[static_cast<QWidget*>(page)] = d->mNextPageIndex;
+    mPageStack->addWidget( page, 0 );
+
+    if (items.count() == 0) {
+      kdDebug() << "Invalid QStringList, with zero items" << endl;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if( mFace == TreeList )
+    {
+      InsertTreeListItem(items, pixmap, page);
+    }
+    else // mFace == IconList
+    {
+      QString itemName = items.last();
+      IconListItem *item = new IconListItem( mIconList, pixmap, itemName );
+      mIconListToPageStack.insert(item, page);
+      mIconList->invalidateHeight();
+      mIconList->invalidateWidth();
+
+      if (mIconList->isVisible())
+        mIconList->updateWidth();
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Make sure the title label is sufficiently wide
+    //
+    QString lastName = items.last();
+    const QString &title = (!header.isNull() ? header : lastName);
+    QRect r = mTitleLabel->fontMetrics().boundingRect( title );
+    if( mTitleLabel->minimumWidth() < r.width() )
+    {
+      mTitleLabel->setMinimumWidth( r.width() );
+    }
+    d->mIntToTitle[d->mNextPageIndex] = title;
+    if( d->mIntToTitle.count() == 1 )
+    {
+      showPage(0);
+    }
+    d->mNextPageIndex++;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    kdDebug() << "KJanusWidget::addPageWidget: can only add a page in Tabbed, TreeList or IconList modes" << endl;
+  }
+
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::setFolderIcon(const QStringList &path, const QPixmap &pixmap)
+{
+  QString key = path.join("_/_");
+  mFolderIconMap.insert(key,pixmap);
+}
+
+
+
+bool KJanusWidget::setSwallowedWidget( QWidget *widget )
+{
+  if( mFace != Swallow || mValid == false )
+  {
+    return( false );
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Remove current layout and make a new.
+  //
+  if( mSwallowPage->layout() != 0 )
+  {
+    delete mSwallowPage->layout();
+  }
+  QGridLayout *gbox = new QGridLayout( mSwallowPage, 1, 1, 0 );
+
+  //
+  // Hide old children
+  //
+  QObjectList *l = (QObjectList*)mSwallowPage->children(); // silence please
+  for( uint i=0; i < l->count(); i++ )
+  {
+    QObject *o = l->at(i);
+    if( o->isWidgetType() )
+    {
+      ((QWidget*)o)->hide();
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Add new child or make default size
+  //
+  if( widget == 0 )
+  {
+    gbox->addRowSpacing(0,100);
+    gbox->addColSpacing(0,100);
+    mSwallowPage->setMinimumSize(100,100);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if( widget->parent() != mSwallowPage )
+    {
+      widget->reparent( mSwallowPage, 0, QPoint(0,0) );
+    }
+    gbox->addWidget(widget, 0, 0 );
+    gbox->activate();
+    mSwallowPage->setMinimumSize( widget->minimumSize() );
+  }
+
+  return( true );
+}
+
+bool KJanusWidget::slotShowPage()
+{
+  if( mValid == false )
+  {
+    return( false );
+  }
+
+  if( mFace == TreeList )
+  {
+    QListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
+    if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
+
+    QWidget *stackItem = mTreeListToPageStack[node];
+    // Make sure to call through the virtual function showPage(int)
+    return showPage(d->mPageToInt[stackItem]);
+  }
+  else if( mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    QListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
+    if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
+    QWidget *stackItem = mIconListToPageStack[node];
+    // Make sure to call through the virtual function showPage(int)
+    return showPage(d->mPageToInt[stackItem]);
+  }
+
+  return( false );
+}
+
+
+bool KJanusWidget::showPage( int index )
+{
+  if( d == 0 || mValid == false )
+  {
+    return( false );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return showPage(d->mIntToPage[index]);
+  }
+}
+
+
+bool KJanusWidget::showPage( QWidget *w )
+{
+  if( w == 0 || mValid == false )
+  {
+    return( false );
+  }
+
+  if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    mPageStack->raiseWidget( w );
+    mActivePageWidget = w;
+
+    int index = d->mPageToInt[w];
+    mTitleLabel->setText( d->mIntToTitle[index] );
+    if( mFace == TreeList )
+    {
+      QMap<QListViewItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
+      for (it = mTreeListToPageStack.begin(); it != mTreeListToPageStack.end(); ++it){
+        QListViewItem *key = it.key();
+        QWidget *val = it.data();
+        if (val == w) {
+          mTreeList->setSelected(key, true );
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      QMap<QListBoxItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
+      for (it = mIconListToPageStack.begin(); it != mIconListToPageStack.end(); ++it){
+        QListBoxItem *key = it.key();
+        QWidget *val = it.data();
+        if (val == w) {
+          mIconList->setSelected( key, true );
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Tabbed )
+  {
+    mTabControl->showPage(w);
+    mActivePageWidget = w;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return( false );
+  }
+
+  return( true );
+}
+
+
+int KJanusWidget::activePageIndex() const
+{
+  if( mFace == TreeList) {
+    QListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
+    if( node == 0 ) { return -1; }
+    QWidget *stackItem = mTreeListToPageStack[node];
+    return d->mPageToInt[stackItem];
+  }
+  else if (mFace == IconList) {
+    QListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
+    if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
+    QWidget *stackItem = mIconListToPageStack[node];
+    return d->mPageToInt[stackItem];
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Tabbed ) {
+    QWidget *widget = mTabControl->currentPage();
+    return( widget == 0 ? -1 : d->mPageToInt[widget] );
+  }
+  else {
+    return( -1 );
+  }
+}
+
+
+int KJanusWidget::pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const
+{
+  if( widget == 0 )
+  {
+    return( -1 );
+  }
+  else if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    return( d->mPageToInt[widget] );
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Tabbed )
+  {
+    //
+    // The user gets the real page widget with addVBoxPage(), addHBoxPage()
+    // and addGridPage() but not with addPage() which returns a child of
+    // the toplevel page. addPage() returns a QFrame so I check for that.
+    //
+    if( widget->isA("QFrame") )
+    {
+      return( d->mPageToInt[widget->parentWidget()] );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return( d->mPageToInt[widget] );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return( -1 );
+  }
+}
+/*US not yet implemented
+void KJanusWidget::slotFontChanged()
+{
+  if( mTitleLabel != 0 )
+  {
+    mTitleLabel->setFont( KGlobalSettings::generalFont() );
+    QFont titleFont( mTitleLabel->font() );
+    titleFont.setBold( true );
+    mTitleLabel->setFont( titleFont );
+  }
+
+  if( mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    QFont listFont( mIconList->font() );
+    listFont.setBold( true );
+    mIconList->setFont( listFont );
+    mIconList->invalidateHeight();
+    mIconList->invalidateWidth();
+  }
+}
+*/
+
+// makes the treelist behave like the list of kcontrol
+void KJanusWidget::slotItemClicked(QListViewItem *it)
+{
+  if(it && (it->childCount()>0))
+    it->setOpen(!it->isOpen());
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::setFocus()
+{
+  if( mValid == false ) { return; }
+  if( mFace == TreeList )
+  {
+    mTreeList->setFocus();
+  }
+  if( mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    mIconList->setFocus();
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Tabbed )
+  {
+    mTabControl->setFocus();
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Swallow )
+  {
+    mSwallowPage->setFocus();
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Plain )
+  {
+    mPlainPage->setFocus();
+  }
+}
+
+
+QSize KJanusWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+  if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    QSize s1( KDialog::spacingHint(), KDialog::spacingHint()*2 );
+    QSize s2(0,0);
+    QSize s3(0,0);
+    QSize s4( mPageStack->sizeHint() );
+
+    if( mFace == TreeList )
+    {
+/*US    
+      s1.rwidth() += style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth );
+      s2 = mTreeList->minimumSize();
+*/      
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mIconList->updateMinimumHeight();
+      mIconList->updateWidth();
+      s2 = mIconList->minimumSize();
+    }
+
+    if( mTitleLabel->isVisible() == true )
+    {
+      s3 += mTitleLabel->sizeHint();
+      s3.rheight() += mTitleSep->minimumSize().height();
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Select the tallest item. It has only effect in IconList mode
+    //
+    int h1 = s1.rheight() + s3.rheight() + s4.height();
+    int h2 = QMAX( h1, s2.rheight() );
+
+    return( QSize( s1.width()+s2.width()+QMAX(s3.width(),s4.width()), h2 ) );
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Tabbed )
+  {
+    return( mTabControl->sizeHint() );
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Swallow )
+  {
+    return( mSwallowPage->minimumSize() );
+  }
+  else if( mFace == Plain )
+  {
+    return( mPlainPage->sizeHint() );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return( QSize( 100, 100 ) ); // Should never happen though.
+  }
+
+}
+
+
+QSize KJanusWidget::sizeHint() const
+{
+  return( minimumSizeHint() );
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::setTreeListAutoResize( bool state )
+{
+  if( mFace == TreeList )
+  {
+/*US  
+    mTreeListResizeMode = state == false ?
+      QSplitter::KeepSize : QSplitter::Stretch;
+    QSplitter *splitter = (QSplitter*)(mTreeList->parentWidget());
+    splitter->setResizeMode( mTreeList, mTreeListResizeMode );
+*/    
+  }
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::setIconListAllVisible( bool state )
+{
+  if( mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    mIconList->setShowAll( state );
+  }
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::setShowIconsInTreeList( bool state )
+{
+  mShowIconsInTreeList = state;
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::setRootIsDecorated( bool state )
+{
+  if( mFace == TreeList ) {
+    mTreeList->setRootIsDecorated(state);
+  }
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::unfoldTreeList( bool persist )
+{
+  if( mFace == TreeList )
+  {
+    if( persist )
+      connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed( QListViewItem * ) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+    else
+      disconnect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed( QListViewItem * ) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+
+    for( QListViewItem * item = mTreeList->firstChild(); item; item = item->itemBelow() )
+      item->setOpen( true );
+  }
+}
+
+void KJanusWidget::showEvent( QShowEvent * )
+{
+  if( mFace == TreeList )
+  {
+/*US  
+    QSplitter *splitter = (QSplitter*)(mTreeList->parentWidget());
+    splitter->setResizeMode( mTreeList, mTreeListResizeMode );
+*/    
+  }
+}
+
+
+//
+// 2000-13-02 Espen Sand
+// It should be obvious that this eventfilter must only be
+// be installed on the vertical scrollbar of the mIconList.
+//
+bool KJanusWidget::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
+{
+  if( e->type() == QEvent::Show )
+  {
+    IconListItem *item = (IconListItem*)mIconList->item(0);
+    if( item != 0 )
+    {
+      int lw = item->width( mIconList );
+      int sw = mIconList->verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width();
+      mIconList->setFixedWidth( lw+sw+mIconList->frameWidth()*2 );
+    }
+  }
+  else if( e->type() == QEvent::Hide )
+  {
+    IconListItem *item = (IconListItem*)mIconList->item(0);
+    if( item != 0 )
+    {
+      int lw = item->width( mIconList );
+      mIconList->setFixedWidth( lw+mIconList->frameWidth()*2 );
+    }
+  }
+  return QWidget::eventFilter( o, e );
+}
+
+
+
+//
+// Code for the icon list box
+//
+
+
+KJanusWidget::IconListBox::IconListBox( QWidget *parent, const char *name,
+                                        WFlags f )
+  :KListBox( parent, name, f ), mShowAll(false), mHeightValid(false),
+   mWidthValid(false)
+{
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::updateMinimumHeight()
+{
+  if( mShowAll == true && mHeightValid == false )
+  {
+    int h = frameWidth()*2;
+    for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
+    {
+      h += i->height( this );
+    }
+    setMinimumHeight( h );
+    mHeightValid = true;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::updateWidth()
+{
+  if( mWidthValid == false )
+  {
+    int maxWidth = 10;
+    for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
+    {
+      int w = ((IconListItem *)i)->width(this);
+      maxWidth = QMAX( w, maxWidth );
+    }
+
+    for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
+    {
+      ((IconListItem *)i)->expandMinimumWidth( maxWidth );
+    }
+
+    if( verticalScrollBar()->isVisible() )
+    {
+      maxWidth += verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width();
+    }
+
+    setFixedWidth( maxWidth + frameWidth()*2 );
+    mWidthValid = true;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::invalidateHeight()
+{
+  mHeightValid = false;
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::invalidateWidth()
+{
+  mWidthValid = false;
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::setShowAll( bool showAll )
+{
+  mShowAll = showAll;
+  mHeightValid = false;
+}
+
+
+
+KJanusWidget::IconListItem::IconListItem( QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
+                                          const QString &text )
+  : QListBoxItem( listbox )
+{
+  mPixmap = pixmap;
+  if( mPixmap.isNull() == true )
+  {
+    mPixmap = defaultPixmap();
+  }
+  setText( text );
+  mMinimumWidth = 0;
+}
+
+
+int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::expandMinimumWidth( int width )
+{
+  mMinimumWidth = QMAX( mMinimumWidth, width );
+  return( mMinimumWidth );
+}
+
+
+const QPixmap &KJanusWidget::IconListItem::defaultPixmap()
+{
+  static QPixmap *pix=0;
+  if( pix == 0 )
+  {
+    pix = new QPixmap( 32, 32 );
+    QPainter p( pix );
+    p.eraseRect( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
+    p.setPen( Qt::red );
+    p.drawRect ( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
+    p.end();
+
+    QBitmap mask( pix->width(), pix->height(), true);
+    mask.fill( Qt::black );
+    p.begin( &mask );
+    p.setPen( Qt::white );
+    p.drawRect ( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
+    p.end();
+
+    pix->setMask( mask );
+  }
+  return( *pix );
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::IconListItem::paint( QPainter *painter )
+{
+  QFontMetrics fm = painter->fontMetrics();
+  //int wt = fm.boundingRect(text()).width();
+  int wp = mPixmap.width();
+  int ht = fm.lineSpacing();
+  int hp = mPixmap.height();
+
+  painter->drawPixmap( (mMinimumWidth-wp)/2, 5, mPixmap );
+  if( text().isEmpty() == false )
+  {
+    painter->drawText( 0, hp+7, mMinimumWidth, ht, Qt::AlignCenter, text() );
+  }
+}
+
+int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::height( const QListBox *lb ) const
+{
+  if( text().isEmpty() == true )
+  {
+    return( mPixmap.height() );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return( mPixmap.height() + lb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing()+10 );
+  }
+}
+
+
+int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::width( const QListBox *lb ) const
+{
+  int wt = lb->fontMetrics().boundingRect(text()).width()+10;
+  int wp = mPixmap.width() + 10;
+  int w  = QMAX( wt, wp );
+  return( QMAX( w, mMinimumWidth ) );
+}
+
+
+void KJanusWidget::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+// TODO: In TreeList, if the last child of a node is removed, and there is no corrsponding widget for that node, allow the caller to
+// delete the node.
+void KJanusWidget::removePage( QWidget *page )
+{
+//US  qDebug("KJanusWidget::removePage 1 %lu , %lu, %lu", d, page, &(d->mPageToInt));
+  if (!d || !(d->mPageToInt.contains(page))) 
+  {
+    return;
+  }
+    
+  int index = d->mPageToInt[page];
+  
+  if ( mFace == TreeList )
+  {
+    QMap<QListViewItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
+    for( i = mTreeListToPageStack.begin(); i != mTreeListToPageStack.end(); ++i )
+      if (i.data()==page)
+      {
+        delete i.key();
+        mPageStack->removeWidget(page);
+        mTreeListToPageStack.remove(i);
+        d->mIntToTitle.remove(index);
+        d->mPageToInt.remove(page);
+        d->mIntToPage.remove(index);
+        break;
+      }
+  }
+  else if ( mFace == IconList )
+  {
+    QMap<QListBoxItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
+    for( i = mIconListToPageStack.begin(); i != mIconListToPageStack.end(); ++i )
+      if (i.data()==page)
+      {
+        delete i.key();
+        mPageStack->removeWidget(page);
+        mIconListToPageStack.remove(i);
+        d->mIntToTitle.remove(index);
+        d->mPageToInt.remove(page);
+        d->mIntToPage.remove(index);
+        break;
+      }
+  }
+  else // Tabbed
+  {
+    mTabControl->removePage(page);
+    d->mPageToInt.remove(page);
+    d->mIntToPage.remove(index);
+  }
+}
+
+QString KJanusWidget::pageTitle(int index) const
+{
+  if (!d || !d->mIntToTitle.contains(index))
+    return QString::null;
+  else
+    return d->mIntToTitle[index];
+}
+
+QWidget *KJanusWidget::pageWidget(int index) const
+{
+  if (!d || !d->mIntToPage.contains(index))
+    return 0;
+  else
+    return d->mIntToPage[index];
+}
+
+//US #include "kjanuswidget.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.h b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d3f23d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,565 @@
+/*  This file is part of the KDE Libraries
+ *  Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Espen Sand (espen@kde.org)
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KJANUS_WIDGET_H_
+#define _KJANUS_WIDGET_H_
+
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qgrid.h>
+#include <klistbox.h>
+
+/*US
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qsplitter.h>
+
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+
+*/
+
+class KSeparator;
+class KListView;
+class QWidgetStack;
+class QLabel;
+class QTabWidget;
+class QListViewItem;
+class QVBox;
+class QHBox;
+
+/**
+ * Provides a number of ready to use layouts (faces). It is used
+ * as an internal widget in @ref KDialogBase, but can also used as a
+ * widget of its own.
+ *
+ * It provides TreeList, IconList, Tabbed, Plain and Swallow layouts.
+ *
+ * The TreeList face provides a list in the left area and pages in the
+ * right. The area are separated by a movable splitter. The style is somewhat
+ * similar to the layout in the Control Center. A page is raised by
+ * selecting the corresponding tree list item.
+ *
+ * The IconList face provides an icon list in the left area and pages in the
+ * right. For each entry the Icon is on top with the text below. The style
+ * is somewhat similar to the layout of the Eudora configuation dialog box.
+ * A page is raised by selecting the corresponding icon list item. The
+ * preferred icon size is 32x32 pixels.
+ *
+ * The Tabbed face is a common tabbed widget. The procedure for creating a
+ * page is similar for creating a TreeList. This has the advantage that if
+ * your widget contain too many pages it is trivial to convert it into a
+ * TreeList. Just change the face in the KJanusWidget constructor to
+ * KJanusWidget::TreeList and you have a tree list layout instead.
+ *
+ * The Plain face provides an empty widget (QFrame) where you can place your
+ * widgets. The KJanusWidget makes no assumptions regarding the contents so
+ * you are free to add whatever you want.
+ *
+ * The Swallow face is provided in order to simplify the usage of existing
+ * widgets and to allow changing the visible widget. You specify the widget
+ * to be displayed by @ref #setSwallowedWidget(). Your widget will be
+ * reparented inside the widget. You can specify a Null (0) widget. A empty
+ * space is then displayed.
+ *
+ * For all modes it is important that you specify the @ref QWidget::minimumSize()
+ * on the page, plain widget or the swallowed widget. If you use a QLayout
+ * on the page, plain widget or the swallowed widget this will be taken care
+ * of automatically. The size is used when the KJanusWidget determines its
+ * own minimum size. You get the minimum size by using the
+ * @ref #minimumSizeHint() or @ref #sizeHint() methods.
+ *
+ * Pages that have been added in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed mode can be
+ * removed by simply deleting the page. However, it would be preferable to use
+ * the QObject::deleteLater() function on the page as the main event loop
+ * may have optimized UI update events of the page by scheduling them for later.
+ *
+ * @short Easy to use widget with many layouts
+ * @author Espen Sand (espen@kde.org)
+ */
+class KJanusWidget : public QWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+  private:
+    class IconListBox : public KListBox
+    {
+      public:
+        IconListBox( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, WFlags f=0 );
+        void updateMinimumHeight();
+        void updateWidth();
+        void invalidateHeight();
+        void invalidateWidth();
+        void setShowAll( bool showAll );
+
+      private:
+        bool mShowAll;
+        bool mHeightValid;
+        bool mWidthValid;
+    };
+
+  public:
+    enum Face
+    {
+      TreeList = 0,
+      Tabbed,
+      Plain,
+      Swallow,
+      IconList
+    };
+
+  public:
+
+    /**
+     * Constructor where you specify the face.
+     *
+     * @param parent Parent of the widget.
+     * @param name Widget name.
+     * @param int face The kind of dialog, Use TreeList, Tabbed, Plain or
+     * Swallow.
+     */
+    KJanusWidget( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, int face=Plain );
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor.
+     */
+    ~KJanusWidget();
+
+    /**
+     * Raises the page which was added by @ref addPage().
+     *
+     * @param index The index of the page you want to raise.
+     */
+    virtual bool showPage( int index );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the index of the page that are currently displayed.
+     *
+     * @return The index or -1 if the face is not Tabbed, TreeList or
+     *         IconList.
+     */
+    virtual int  activePageIndex() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Use this to verify
+     * that no memory allocation failed.
+     *
+     * @return true if the widget was properly created.
+     */
+    virtual bool isValid() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the face type.
+     *
+     * @return The face type.
+     */
+    virtual int face() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the minimum size that must be made available for the widget
+     * so that UIs can be displayed properly
+     *
+     * @return The minimum size.
+     */
+    virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the recommended size for the widget in order to be displayed
+     * properly.
+     *
+     * @return The recommended size.
+     */
+    virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the empty widget that is available in Plain mode.
+     *
+     * @return The widget or 0 if the face in not Plain.
+     */
+    virtual QFrame *plainPage();
+
+    /**
+     * Add a new page when the class is used in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed
+     * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
+     * as children to this widget. In most cases you must create a layout
+     * manager and associate it with this widget as well.
+         *
+         * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+         * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     *
+     * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
+     * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
+     *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
+     *        will be used instead.
+     * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
+     *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
+     *
+     * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
+     *         Tabbed.
+     */
+    virtual QFrame *addPage(const QString &item,const QString &header=QString::null,
+                    const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * This is like addPage just above, with the difference that the first
+     * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
+     * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
+     * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
+     * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
+     * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
+     * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
+            * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+         * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     *
+         * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+         * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     **/
+     virtual QFrame *addPage(const QStringList &items, const QString &header=QString::null,
+                    const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * Add a new page when the class is used in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed
+     * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
+     * as children to this widget. The returned widget is a @ref QVBox
+     * so it contains a QVBoxLayout layout that lines up the child widgets
+     * are vertically.
+     *
+         * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+         * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     *
+     * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
+     * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
+     *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
+     *        will be used instead.
+     * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
+     *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
+     *
+     * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
+     *         Tabbed.  */
+    virtual QVBox *addVBoxPage( const QString &item,
+                        const QString &header=QString::null,
+                        const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * This is like addVBoxPage just above, with the difference that the first
+     * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
+     * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
+     * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
+     * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
+     * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
+     * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
+     *
+     * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+     * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     **/
+    virtual QVBox *addVBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+                        const QString &header=QString::null,
+                        const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * Add a new page when the class is used in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed
+     * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
+     * as children to this widget. The returned widget is a @ref QHBox
+     * so it contains a QHBoxLayout layout that lines up the child widgets
+     * are horizontally.
+     *
+     * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+     * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     *
+     * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
+     * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
+     *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
+     *        will be used instead.
+     * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
+     *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
+     *
+     * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
+     *         Tabbed.
+     */
+    virtual QHBox *addHBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
+                        const QString &header=QString::null,
+                        const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * This is like addHBoxPage just above, with the difference that the first
+     * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
+     * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
+     * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
+     * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
+     * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
+     * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
+     *
+     * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+     * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     **/
+    virtual QHBox *addHBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+                        const QString &header=QString::null,
+                        const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * Add a new page when the class is used in either TreeList or Tabbed
+     * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
+     * as children to this widget. The returned widget is a @ref QGrid
+     * so it contains a QGridLayout layout that places up the child widgets
+     * in a grid.
+     *
+     * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+     * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     *
+     * @param n Specifies the number of columns if 'dir' is QGrid::Horizontal
+     *          or the number of rows if 'dir' is QGrid::Vertical.
+     * @param dir Can be QGrid::Horizontal or QGrid::Vertical.
+     * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
+     * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
+     *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
+     *        will be used instead.
+     * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
+     *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
+     *
+     * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
+     *         Tabbed.
+     */
+//US changed Orientation into Direction for compatibility
+    virtual QGrid *addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+                        const QString &itemName,
+                        const QString &header=QString::null,
+                        const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * This is like addGridPage just above, with the difference that the first
+     * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
+     * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
+     * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
+     * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
+     * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
+     * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
+     *
+     * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
+     * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
+     **/
+//US changed Orientation into Direction for compatibility
+    virtual QGrid *addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+                        const QStringList &items,
+                        const QString &header=QString::null,
+                        const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
+
+    /**
+     * @short Removes a page created with @ref addPage, @ref addVBoxPage,
+     * @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage. If the page has already
+     * been deleted or has already been removed, nothing happens. The widget
+     * itself is not deleted.
+     *
+     * @param page The widget returned by @ref addPage , @ref addVBoxPage ,
+     *        @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage .
+     */
+    void removePage( QWidget *page );
+
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the index of a page created with @ref addPage ,
+     * @ref addVBoxPage , @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage .
+     * You can can compare this index with the value returned from
+     * @ref activePageIndex if you need to do some page specific actions
+     * in your code.
+     *
+     * The returned index will never change so you can safely use this
+     * function once and save the value.
+     *
+     * @param widget The widget returned by @ref addPage , @ref addVBoxPage ,
+     *        @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage .
+     *
+     * @return The index or -1 if the face is not Tabbed, TreeList or
+     *         IconList
+     */
+    virtual int pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const;
+
+    /**
+     * Defines the widget to be swallowed.
+     *
+     * This method can be used several
+     * times. Only the latest defined widget will be shown.
+     *
+     * @param widget The widget to be swallowed. If 0, then an empty rectangle
+     * is displayed.
+     */
+    virtual bool setSwallowedWidget( QWidget *widget );
+
+    /**
+     * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
+     *
+     * Defines how the tree list is resized when the widget is resized
+     * horizontally. By default the tree list keeps its width when the
+     * widget becomes wider.
+     *
+     * @param state The resize mode. If false (default) the TreeList keeps
+     *              its current width when the widget becomes wider.
+     */
+    virtual void setTreeListAutoResize( bool state );
+
+    /**
+     * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
+     *
+     * This tells the widgets whether the icons given in the @ref addPage,
+     * @ref addVBoxPage, @ref addHBoxPage, or @ref addGridPage methods should
+     * be shown in the TreeList.
+     *
+     * Note: This method must be called before calling any of the methods
+     * which add icons to the page.
+     *
+     * @param state If true the icons are shown.
+     **/
+    virtual void setShowIconsInTreeList(bool state);
+
+    /**
+     * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
+     *
+     * This tells the widgets whether the root should be decorated.
+     * For details see @ref QListView::setRootIsDecorated
+     *
+     * @param state Root will be decorated if true.
+     **/
+    virtual void setRootIsDecorated( bool state );
+
+    /**
+     * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
+     *
+     * This tells the TreeList to unfold the whole tree so that all entries
+     * are visible.
+     *
+     * If the list is empty when you call this method newly created entries
+     * will not automatically be opened. If the @p persist flag is set opened
+     * entries cannot be closed again, though.
+     *
+     * @param persist If true the tree always stays unfolded.
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    /*virtual*/ void unfoldTreeList( bool persist = false ); //### KDE4 BIC add virtual
+
+    /**
+     * This function has only effect in IconList mode.
+     *
+     * Defines how the icon list widget is displayed. By default it is
+     * the widgets in the pages that decide the minimum height
+     * of the toplevel widget. A vertical scrollbar can be used in
+     * the icon list area.
+     *
+     * @param state The visibility mode. If true, the minimum height is
+     *        adjusted so that every icon in the list is visible at the
+     *        same time. The vertical scrollbar will never be visible.
+     */
+    virtual void setIconListAllVisible( bool state );
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the icon used in TreeList Mode for the given path.
+     * @param path The path for which this icon should be shown.
+     * @param pixmap The icon used.
+     **/
+    virtual void setFolderIcon(const QStringList &path, const QPixmap &pixmap);
+    /**
+     * Returns the title string associated with a page index in TreeList or IconList mode.
+     * @param index The index of the page or null if there is no such page.
+     * @see @ref #pageIndex()
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    /*virtual*/ QString pageTitle(int index) const;
+    /**
+     * Returns the page widget associated with a page index or null if there is
+     * no such page.
+     * @param index The index of the page.
+     * @see @ref #pageIndex()
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    /*virtual*/ QWidget *pageWidget(int index) const;
+
+  signals:
+    void aboutToShowPage(QWidget *page);
+
+  public slots:
+    /**
+     * Give the keyboard input focus to the widget.
+     */
+    virtual void setFocus();
+
+  protected:
+    /**
+     * Reimplemented to handle the splitter width when the the face
+     * is TreeList
+     */
+    virtual void showEvent( QShowEvent * );
+
+    /**
+     * This function is used internally when in IconList mode. If you
+     * reimplement this class a make your own event filter, make sure to
+     * call this function from your filter.
+     *
+     * @param o Object that has received an event.
+     * @param e The event.
+     */
+    virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e );
+
+  private slots:
+    bool slotShowPage();
+//US not yet implemented    void slotFontChanged();
+    void slotItemClicked(QListViewItem *it);
+    void pageGone( QObject *obj); // signal from the added page's "destroyed" signal
+    void slotReopen(QListViewItem *item);
+
+  protected:
+    bool showPage( QWidget *w );
+    void addPageWidget( QFrame *page, const QStringList &items,
+                        const QString &header, const QPixmap &pixmap );
+    void InsertTreeListItem(const QStringList &items, const QPixmap &pixmap, QFrame *page);
+    QWidget *FindParent();
+
+  private:
+    bool mValid;
+
+    // Obsolete members. Remove in KDE 4.
+    QPtrList<QWidget> *mPageList;
+    QStringList *mTitleList;
+
+    int          mFace;
+    KListView    *mTreeList;
+    IconListBox  *mIconList;
+    QWidgetStack *mPageStack;
+    QLabel       *mTitleLabel;
+    QTabWidget   *mTabControl;
+    QFrame       *mPlainPage;
+    QWidget      *mSwallowPage;
+    QWidget      *mActivePageWidget;
+    KSeparator   *mTitleSep;
+//US    QSplitter::ResizeMode mTreeListResizeMode;
+    bool         mShowIconsInTreeList;
+    QMap<QListViewItem *, QWidget *> mTreeListToPageStack;
+    QMap<QListBoxItem *, QWidget *> mIconListToPageStack;
+    QMap<QString, QPixmap> mFolderIconMap;
+    QMap<QString, QStringList> mChildrenNames;
+    QMap<QString, QWidget *> mChildPages;
+
+  public:
+    class IconListItem;
+  protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+  private:
+    class KJanusWidgetPrivate;
+    KJanusWidgetPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c65b892
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+#include <kglobalsettings.h>
+//US#include <kcursor.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+//US#include <kipc.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "klistbox.h"
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+#define Q_WS_QWS
+#endif
+KListBox::KListBox( QWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags f )
+    : QListBox( parent, name, f )
+{
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( onViewport() ),
+             this, SLOT( slotOnViewport() ) );
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( onItem( QListBoxItem * ) ),
+             this, SLOT( slotOnItem( QListBoxItem * ) ) );
+
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *, 
+        const QPoint & ) ),
+              this, SLOT( slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
+        const QPoint & ) ) );
+/*US    
+
+    slotSettingsChanged(KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE);
+    if (kapp)
+    {
+        connect( kapp, SIGNAL( settingsChanged(int) ), SLOT( slotSettingsChanged(int) ) );
+        kapp->addKipcEventMask( KIPC::SettingsChanged );
+    }
+*/
+    m_pCurrentItem = 0L;
+//US set single to true
+    m_bUseSingle = true;
+    m_pAutoSelect = new QTimer( this );
+    connect( m_pAutoSelect, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+      this, SLOT( slotAutoSelect() ) );
+}
+
+void KListBox::slotOnItem( QListBoxItem *item )
+{
+/*US
+    if ( item && m_bChangeCursorOverItem && m_bUseSingle )
+        viewport()->setCursor( KCursor().handCursor() );
+*/
+    if ( item && (m_autoSelectDelay > -1) && m_bUseSingle ) {
+      m_pAutoSelect->start( m_autoSelectDelay, true );
+      m_pCurrentItem = item;
+    }
+}
+
+void KListBox::slotOnViewport()
+{
+/*US    
+    if ( m_bChangeCursorOverItem )
+        viewport()->unsetCursor();
+*/
+    m_pAutoSelect->stop();
+    m_pCurrentItem = 0L;
+}
+
+
+/*US
+void KListBox::slotSettingsChanged(int category)
+{
+    if (category != KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE)
+        return;
+    
+    m_bUseSingle = KGlobalSettings::singleClick();
+    m_bUseSingle = true;
+
+    disconnect( this, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
+                                                  const QPoint & ) ),
+                this, SLOT( slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
+                                                    const QPoint & ) ) );
+//         disconnect( this, SIGNAL( doubleClicked( QListBoxItem *, 
+        //                                       const QPoint & ) ),
+        //          this, SLOT( slotExecute( QListBoxItem *, 
+        //                                   const QPoint & ) ) );
+
+    if( m_bUseSingle )
+    {
+      connect( this, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *, 
+                                                 const QPoint & ) ),
+               this, SLOT( slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
+                                                   const QPoint & ) ) );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+//         connect( this, SIGNAL( doubleClicked( QListBoxItem *, 
+        //                                    const QPoint & ) ),
+//                  this, SLOT( slotExecute( QListBoxItem *, 
+        //                                const QPoint & ) ) );
+    }
+
+    m_bChangeCursorOverItem = KGlobalSettings::changeCursorOverIcon();
+    m_autoSelectDelay = KGlobalSettings::autoSelectDelay();
+
+    if( !m_bUseSingle || !m_bChangeCursorOverItem )
+        viewport()->unsetCursor();
+        
+}
+*/
+void KListBox::slotAutoSelect()
+{
+  // check that the item still exists
+  if( index( m_pCurrentItem ) == -1 )
+    return;
+
+  //Give this widget the keyboard focus.
+  if( !hasFocus() )
+    setFocus();
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11 //FIXME
+  Window root;
+  Window child;
+  int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+  uint keybstate;
+  XQueryPointer( qt_xdisplay(), qt_xrootwin(), &root, &child,
+                 &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &keybstate );
+#endif
+
+  QListBoxItem* previousItem = item( currentItem() ); 
+  setCurrentItem( m_pCurrentItem );
+
+  if( m_pCurrentItem ) {
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
+    //Shift pressed?
+    if( (keybstate & ShiftMask) ) {
+#endif
+      bool block = signalsBlocked();
+      blockSignals( true );
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
+      //No Ctrl? Then clear before!
+      if( !(keybstate & ControlMask) )  
+        clearSelection(); 
+#endif
+
+//US in my QT version it is called isSelected() So what is right?
+//US      bool select = !m_pCurrentItem->isSelected();
+      bool select = !m_pCurrentItem->selected();
+      bool update = viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled();
+      viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( false );
+
+      bool down = index( previousItem ) < index( m_pCurrentItem );
+      QListBoxItem* it = down ? previousItem : m_pCurrentItem;
+      for (;it ; it = it->next() ) {
+        if ( down && it == m_pCurrentItem ) {
+          setSelected( m_pCurrentItem, select );
+          break;
+        }
+        if ( !down && it == previousItem ) {
+          setSelected( previousItem, select );
+          break;
+        }
+        setSelected( it, select );
+      }
+      
+      blockSignals( block );
+      viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( update );
+      triggerUpdate( false );
+
+      emit selectionChanged();
+
+      if( selectionMode() == QListBox::Single )
+        emit selectionChanged( m_pCurrentItem );
+    }
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
+    else if( (keybstate & ControlMask) )
+      setSelected( m_pCurrentItem, !m_pCurrentItem->isSelected() );
+#endif
+    else {
+      bool block = signalsBlocked();
+      blockSignals( true );
+
+//US in my QT version it is called isSelected() So what is right?
+//US      if( !m_pCurrentItem->isSelected() )
+      if( !m_pCurrentItem->selected() )
+        clearSelection(); 
+
+      blockSignals( block );
+
+      setSelected( m_pCurrentItem, true );
+    }
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
+  }
+  else
+    kdDebug() << "Thats not supposed to happen!!!!" << endl;
+#endif
+}
+
+void KListBox::emitExecute( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos )
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11 //FIXME
+  Window root;
+  Window child;
+  int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+  uint keybstate;
+  XQueryPointer( qt_xdisplay(), qt_xrootwin(), &root, &child,
+                 &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &keybstate );
+#endif
+    
+  m_pAutoSelect->stop();
+  
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
+  //Dont emit executed if in SC mode and Shift or Ctrl are pressed
+  if( !( m_bUseSingle && ((keybstate & ShiftMask) || (keybstate & ControlMask)) ) ) {
+#endif
+    emit executed( item );
+    emit executed( item, pos );
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+//
+// 2000-16-01 Espen Sand
+// This widget is used in dialogs. It should ignore
+// F1 (and combinations) and Escape since these are used
+// to start help or close the dialog. This functionality
+// should be done in QListView but it is not (at least now)
+//
+void KListBox::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
+{
+  if( e->key() == Key_Escape )
+  {
+    e->ignore();
+  }
+  else if( e->key() == Key_F1 )
+  {
+    e->ignore();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    QListBox::keyPressEvent(e);
+  }
+}
+
+void KListBox::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe )
+{
+  m_pAutoSelect->stop();
+
+  QListBox::focusOutEvent( fe );
+}
+
+void KListBox::leaveEvent( QEvent *e ) 
+{
+  m_pAutoSelect->stop();
+
+  QListBox::leaveEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KListBox::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+  if( (selectionMode() == Extended) && (e->state() & ShiftButton) && !(e->state() & ControlButton) ) {
+    bool block = signalsBlocked();
+    blockSignals( true );
+
+    clearSelection();
+
+    blockSignals( block );
+  }
+
+  QListBox::contentsMousePressEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KListBox::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )
+{
+  QListBox::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( e );
+
+  QListBoxItem* item = itemAt( e->pos() );
+
+  if( item ) {
+    emit doubleClicked( item, e->globalPos() );
+
+    if( (e->button() == LeftButton) && !m_bUseSingle )
+      emitExecute( item, e->globalPos() );
+  }
+}
+
+void KListBox::slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos )
+{
+  if( (btn == LeftButton) && item )
+    emitExecute( item, pos );
+}
+
+void KListBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "klistbox.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.h b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8023780
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KLISTBOX_H
+#define KLISTBOX_H
+
+#include <qlistbox.h>
+
+/**
+ * Extends the functionality of @ref QListBox to honor the system
+ * wide settings for Single Click/Double Click mode, Auto Selection and
+ * Change Cursor over Link.
+ *
+ * There is a new signal @ref executed(). It gets connected to either
+ * @ref QListBox::clicked() or @ref QListBox::doubleClicked()
+ * depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click settings. It is
+ * strongly recomended that you use this signal instead of the above
+ * mentioned. This way you don't need to care about the current
+ * settings.  If you want to get informed when the user selects
+ * something connect to the @ref QListBox::selectionChanged() signal.
+ * 
+ * @short A variant of @ref QListBox that honors KDE's system-wide settings.
+ **/
+class KListBox : public QListBox
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  KListBox( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, WFlags f = 0 );
+
+signals:
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted whenever the user executes an listbox item. 
+   *
+   * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click 
+   * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
+   * @param item is the pointer to the executed listbox item. 
+   *
+   * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListBoxItem objects in slots 
+   * connected to this signal.
+   */
+  void executed( QListBoxItem *item );
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted whenever the user executes an listbox item. 
+   *
+   * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click 
+   * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
+   * @param item is the pointer to the executed listbox item. 
+   * @param pos is the position where the user has clicked
+   *
+   * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListBoxItem objects in slots 
+   * connected to this signal.
+   */
+  void executed( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+
+  /**
+   * This signal gets emitted whenever the user double clicks into the 
+   * listbox. 
+   *
+   * @param item The pointer to the clicked listbox item. 
+   * @param pos The position where the user has clicked.
+   *
+   * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListBoxItem objects in slots
+   * connected to this signal.  
+   *
+   * This signal is more or less here for the sake of completeness.
+   * You should normally not need to use this. In most cases it's better
+   * to use @ref executed() instead.
+   */
+  void doubleClicked( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+
+protected slots:
+  void slotOnItem( QListBoxItem *item );
+  void slotOnViewport();
+
+//US  void slotSettingsChanged(int);
+
+  /**
+   * Auto selection happend.
+   */
+  void slotAutoSelect();
+
+protected:
+  void emitExecute( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+
+  /**
+   * @reimplemented
+   */
+  virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e);
+  /**
+   * @reimplemented
+   */
+  virtual void focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe );
+  /**
+   * @reimplemented
+   */
+  virtual void leaveEvent( QEvent *e );
+  /**
+   * @reimplemented
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
+  /**
+   * @reimplemented
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent *e );
+
+  bool m_bUseSingle;
+//US  bool m_bChangeCursorOverItem;
+
+  QListBoxItem* m_pCurrentItem;
+
+  QTimer* m_pAutoSelect;
+  int m_autoSelectDelay;
+
+private slots:
+  void slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  class KListBoxPrivate;
+  KListBoxPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistview.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b53a88a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2191 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Charles Samuels <charles@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Peter Putzer
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <qdragobject.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qheader.h>
+#include <qcursor.h>
+#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <qstyle.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+
+#include <kglobalsettings.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kconfigbase.h>
+//US #include <kcursor.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+//US #include <kipc.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+#define Q_WS_QWS
+#endif
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+#define private public
+#include <qlistview.h>
+#undef private
+#endif
+#include "klistview.h"
+//US #include "klistviewlineedit.h"
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
+#endif
+
+// /*US
+class KListView::Tooltip : public QToolTip
+{
+public:
+  Tooltip (KListView* parent, QToolTipGroup* group = 0L);
+  virtual ~Tooltip () {}
+
+protected:
+    // */
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented from QToolTip for internal reasons.
+   */
+    // /*US   
+  virtual void maybeTip (const QPoint&);
+
+private:
+  KListView* mParent;
+};
+
+KListView::Tooltip::Tooltip (KListView* parent, QToolTipGroup* group)
+  : QToolTip (parent, group),
+        mParent (parent)
+{
+}
+
+void KListView::Tooltip::maybeTip (const QPoint&)
+{
+  // FIXME
+}
+// */
+
+class KListView::KListViewPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KListViewPrivate (KListView* listview)
+    : pCurrentItem (0L),
+      autoSelectDelay(1),
+//US      dragDelay (KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay()),
+      
+      dragDelay (10),
+//US      editor (new KListViewLineEdit (listview)),
+      cursorInExecuteArea(false), 
+      bUseSingle(false),
+      bChangeCursorOverItem(false),
+      itemsMovable (true),
+      selectedBySimpleMove(false),
+      selectedUsingMouse(false),
+      showContextMenusOnPress(true),
+      itemsRenameable (false),
+      validDrag (false),
+      dragEnabled (false),
+      autoOpen (true),
+      dropVisualizer (true),
+      dropHighlighter (false),
+      createChildren (true),
+      pressedOnSelected (false),
+      wasShiftEvent (false),
+      fullWidth (false),
+      sortAscending(true),
+            tabRename(true),
+      sortColumn(0),
+      selectionDirection(0),
+      tooltipColumn (0),
+      selectionMode (Single),
+//US      contextMenuKey (KGlobalSettings::contextMenuKey()),
+//US      showContextMenusOnPress (KGlobalSettings::showContextMenusOnPress()),
+      mDropVisualizerWidth (4)
+  {
+      renameable += 0;
+//US      connect(editor, SIGNAL(done(QListViewItem*,int)), listview, SLOT(doneEditing(QListViewItem*,int)));
+  }
+
+  ~KListViewPrivate ()
+  {
+//US    delete editor;
+  }
+
+  QListViewItem* pCurrentItem;
+
+  QTimer autoSelect;
+  int autoSelectDelay;
+
+  QTimer dragExpand;
+  QListViewItem* dragOverItem;
+  QPoint dragOverPoint;
+  
+  QPoint startDragPos;
+  int dragDelay;
+
+//US  KListViewLineEdit *editor;
+  QValueList<int> renameable;
+
+  bool cursorInExecuteArea:1;
+  bool bUseSingle:1;
+  bool bChangeCursorOverItem:1;
+  bool itemsMovable:1;
+  bool selectedBySimpleMove : 1;
+  bool selectedUsingMouse:1;
+  bool itemsRenameable:1;
+  bool validDrag:1;
+  bool dragEnabled:1;
+  bool autoOpen:1;
+  bool dropVisualizer:1;
+  bool dropHighlighter:1;
+  bool createChildren:1;
+  bool pressedOnSelected:1;
+  bool wasShiftEvent:1;
+  bool fullWidth:1;
+  bool sortAscending:1;
+  bool tabRename:1;
+
+  int sortColumn;
+
+  //+1 means downwards (y increases, -1 means upwards, 0 means not selected), aleXXX
+  int selectionDirection;
+  int tooltipColumn;
+
+  SelectionModeExt selectionMode;
+  int contextMenuKey;
+  bool showContextMenusOnPress;
+
+  QRect mOldDropVisualizer;
+  int mDropVisualizerWidth;
+  QRect mOldDropHighlighter;
+  QListViewItem *afterItemDrop;
+  QListViewItem *parentItemDrop;
+
+  QColor alternateBackground;
+};
+
+/*US
+KListViewLineEdit::KListViewLineEdit(KListView *parent)
+        : KLineEdit(parent->viewport()), item(0), col(0), p(parent)
+{
+        setFrame( false );
+        hide();
+        connect( parent, SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ), SLOT( slotSelectionChanged() ));
+}
+
+KListViewLineEdit::~KListViewLineEdit()
+{
+}
+
+void KListViewLineEdit::load(QListViewItem *i, int c)
+{
+        item=i;
+        col=c;
+
+        QRect rect(p->itemRect(i));
+        setText(item->text(c));
+
+        int fieldX = rect.x() - 1;
+        int fieldW = p->columnWidth(col) + 2;
+
+        int pos = p->header()->mapToIndex(col);
+        for ( int index = 0; index < pos; index++ )
+            fieldX += p->columnWidth( p->header()->mapToSection( index ));
+
+        if ( col == 0 ) {
+            int d = i->depth() + (p->rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0);
+            d *= p->treeStepSize();
+            fieldX += d;
+            fieldW -= d;
+        }
+
+        if ( i->pixmap( col ) ) {// add width of pixmap
+            int d = i->pixmap( col )->width();
+            fieldX += d;
+            fieldW -= d;
+        }
+
+        setGeometry(fieldX, rect.y() - 1, fieldW, rect.height() + 2);
+        show();
+        setFocus();
+}
+*/
+        /*Helper functions to for
+         *tabOrderedRename functionality.
+ */
+
+static int nextCol (KListView *pl, QListViewItem *pi, int start, int dir)
+{
+        if (pi)
+        {
+                        //Find the next renameable column in the current row
+                for (; ((dir == +1) ? (start < pl->columns()) : (start >= 0)); start += dir)
+                        if (pl->isRenameable(start))
+                                return start;
+        }
+
+        return -1;
+}
+
+static QListViewItem *prevItem (QListViewItem *pi)
+{
+        QListViewItem *pa = pi->itemAbove();
+
+                /*Does what the QListViewItem::previousSibling()
+                 *of my dreams would do.
+         */
+        if (pa && pa->parent() == pi->parent())
+                return pa;
+
+        return NULL;
+}
+
+static QListViewItem *lastQChild (QListViewItem *pi)
+{
+        if (pi)
+        {
+                        /*Since there's no QListViewItem::lastChild().
+                         *This finds the last sibling for the given
+                         *item.
+                 */
+                for (QListViewItem *pt = pi->nextSibling(); pt; pt = pt->nextSibling())
+                        pi = pt;
+        }
+
+        return pi;
+}
+/*US
+void KListViewLineEdit::selectNextCell (QListViewItem *pitem, int column, bool forward)
+{
+        const int ncols = p->columns();
+        const int dir = forward ? +1 : -1;
+        const int restart = forward ? 0 : (ncols - 1);
+        QListViewItem *top = (pitem && pitem->parent())
+                ? pitem->parent()->firstChild()
+                : p->firstChild();
+        QListViewItem *pi = pitem;
+
+                terminate();            //Save current changes
+
+        do
+        {
+*/  
+                        /*Check the rest of the current row for an editable column,
+                         *if that fails, check the entire next/previous row. The
+                         *last case goes back to the first item in the current branch
+                         *or the last item in the current branch depending on the
+                         *direction.
+                 */
+/*US     
+                if ((column = nextCol(p, pi, column + dir, dir)) != -1 ||
+                        (column = nextCol(p, (pi = (forward ? pi->nextSibling() : prevItem(pi))), restart, dir)) != -1 ||
+                        (column = nextCol(p, (pi = (forward ? top : lastQChild(pitem))), restart, dir)) != -1)
+                {
+                        if (pi)
+                        {
+                                        p->setCurrentItem(pi);          //Calls terminate
+                                p->rename(pi, column);
+*/
+                                        /*Some listviews may override rename() to
+                                         *prevent certain items from being renamed,
+                                         *if this is done, [m_]item will be NULL
+                                         *after the rename() call... try again.
+                                 */
+/*US         
+                                if (!item)
+                                        continue;
+
+                                break;
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        while (pi && !item);
+}
+*/
+
+/*US
+#ifdef KeyPress
+#undef KeyPress
+#endif
+
+bool KListViewLineEdit::event (QEvent *pe)
+{
+        if (pe->type() == QEvent::KeyPress)
+        {
+                QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *) pe;
+
+            if ((k->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab || k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) &&
+                        p->tabOrderedRenaming() && p->itemsRenameable() &&
+                        !(k->state() & ControlButton || k->state() & AltButton))
+                {
+                        selectNextCell(item, col,
+                                (k->key() == Key_Tab && !(k->state() & ShiftButton)));
+                        return true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return KLineEdit::event(pe);
+}
+
+void KListViewLineEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
+{
+        if(e->key() == Qt::Key_Return || e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter )
+                terminate(true);
+        else if(e->key() == Qt::Key_Escape)
+                terminate(false);
+        else if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Down || e->key() == Qt::Key_Up)
+        {
+                terminate(true);
+                KLineEdit::keyPressEvent(e);
+        }
+        else
+                KLineEdit::keyPressEvent(e);
+}
+
+void KListViewLineEdit::terminate()
+{
+    terminate(true);
+}
+
+void KListViewLineEdit::terminate(bool commit)
+{
+    if ( item )
+    {
+        //kdDebug() << "KListViewLineEdit::terminate " << commit << endl;
+        if (commit)
+            item->setText(col, text());
+        int c=col;
+        QListViewItem *i=item;
+        col=0;
+        item=0;
+        hide(); // will call focusOutEvent, that's why we set item=0 before
+        emit done(i,c);
+    }
+}
+
+void KListViewLineEdit::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *ev)
+{
+    QFocusEvent * focusEv = static_cast<QFocusEvent*>(ev);
+    // Don't let a RMB close the editor
+    if (focusEv->reason() != QFocusEvent::Popup && focusEv->reason() != QFocusEvent::ActiveWindow)
+        terminate(true);
+}
+
+void KListViewLineEdit::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *e )
+{
+    KLineEdit::paintEvent( e );
+
+    if ( !frame() ) {
+        QPainter p( this );
+        p.setClipRegion( e->region() );
+        p.drawRect( rect() );
+    }
+}
+
+// selection changed -> terminate. As our "item" can be already deleted,
+// we can't call terminate(false), because that would emit done() with
+// a dangling pointer to "item".
+void KListViewLineEdit::slotSelectionChanged()
+{
+    item = 0;
+    col = 0;
+    hide();
+}
+*/
+
+KListView::KListView( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : QListView( parent, name ),
+        d (new KListViewPrivate (this))
+{
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( viewport(), QPEApplication::RightOnHold );
+#endif
+//US  setDragAutoScroll(true);
+
+  connect( this, SIGNAL( onViewport() ),
+                   this, SLOT( slotOnViewport() ) );
+  connect( this, SIGNAL( onItem( QListViewItem * ) ),
+                   this, SLOT( slotOnItem( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+
+  connect (this, SIGNAL(contentsMoving(int,int)),
+                   this, SLOT(cleanDropVisualizer()));
+  connect (this, SIGNAL(contentsMoving(int,int)),
+                   this, SLOT(cleanItemHighlighter()));
+
+/*US
+  slotSettingsChanged(KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE);
+  
+  if (kapp)
+  {
+    connect( kapp, SIGNAL( settingsChanged(int) ), SLOT( slotSettingsChanged(int) ) );
+    kapp->addKipcEventMask( KIPC::SettingsChanged );
+  }
+*/
+  slotSettingsChanged(1); //US do this to initialize the connections 
+
+
+  connect(&d->autoSelect, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+                  this, SLOT( slotAutoSelect() ) );
+  connect(&d->dragExpand, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+                  this, SLOT( slotDragExpand() ) );
+
+  // context menu handling
+  if (d->showContextMenusOnPress)
+        {
+          connect (this, SIGNAL (rightButtonPressed (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
+                           this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+        }
+  else
+        {
+          connect (this, SIGNAL (rightButtonClicked (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
+                           this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+        }
+
+  connect (this, SIGNAL (menuShortCutPressed (KListView*, QListViewItem*)),
+                   this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem*)));
+  
+ 
+  //qDebug("KListView::KListView make alternate color configurable");  
+//US  d->alternateBackground = KGlobalSettings::alternateBackgroundColor();
+  d->alternateBackground = QColor(240, 240, 240);
+}
+
+
+
+KListView::~KListView()
+{
+  delete d;
+}
+
+bool KListView::isExecuteArea( const QPoint& point )
+{
+  if ( itemAt( point ) )
+    return isExecuteArea( point.x() );
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool KListView::isExecuteArea( int x )
+{
+  if( allColumnsShowFocus() )
+    return true;
+  else {
+    int offset = 0;
+    int width = columnWidth( 0 );
+    int pos = header()->mapToIndex( 0 );
+
+    for ( int index = 0; index < pos; index++ )
+      offset += columnWidth( header()->mapToSection( index ) );
+
+    x += contentsX(); // in case of a horizontal scrollbar
+    return ( x > offset && x < ( offset + width ) );
+  }
+}
+
+void KListView::slotOnItem( QListViewItem *item )
+{
+  QPoint vp = viewport()->mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() );
+  if ( item && isExecuteArea( vp.x() ) && (d->autoSelectDelay > -1) && d->bUseSingle ) {
+    d->autoSelect.start( d->autoSelectDelay, true );
+    d->pCurrentItem = item;
+  }
+}
+
+void KListView::slotOnViewport()
+{
+  if ( d->bChangeCursorOverItem )
+    viewport()->unsetCursor();
+
+  d->autoSelect.stop();
+  d->pCurrentItem = 0L;
+}
+
+void KListView::slotSettingsChanged(int category)
+{
+qDebug("KListView::slotSettingsChanged has to be verified");
+/*US
+
+  switch (category)
+  {
+  case KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE:
+    d->dragDelay =  KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay();
+    d->bUseSingle = KGlobalSettings::singleClick();
+
+    disconnect(this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
+               this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
+
+    if( d->bUseSingle )
+      connect (this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
+               this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
+
+    d->bChangeCursorOverItem = KGlobalSettings::changeCursorOverIcon();
+    d->autoSelectDelay = KGlobalSettings::autoSelectDelay();
+
+    if( !d->bUseSingle || !d->bChangeCursorOverItem )
+       viewport()->unsetCursor();
+
+    break;
+
+  case KApplication::SETTINGS_POPUPMENU:
+    d->contextMenuKey = KGlobalSettings::contextMenuKey ();
+    d->showContextMenusOnPress = KGlobalSettings::showContextMenusOnPress ();
+
+    if (d->showContextMenusOnPress)
+    {
+      disconnect (0L, 0L, this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+
+      connect(this, SIGNAL (rightButtonPressed (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
+              this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      disconnect (0L, 0L, this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+
+      connect(this, SIGNAL (rightButtonClicked (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
+              this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+    }
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+*/  
+    
+    if( d->bUseSingle )
+      connect (this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
+               this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
+
+}
+
+void KListView::slotAutoSelect()
+{
+  // check that the item still exists
+  if( itemIndex( d->pCurrentItem ) == -1 )
+    return;
+
+  if (!isActiveWindow())
+        {
+          d->autoSelect.stop();
+          return;
+        }
+
+  //Give this widget the keyboard focus.
+  if( !hasFocus() )
+    setFocus();
+
+  QListViewItem* previousItem = currentItem();
+  setCurrentItem( d->pCurrentItem );
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+  // FIXME(E): Implement for Qt Embedded
+  if( d->pCurrentItem ) {
+    //Shift pressed?
+    if( (keybstate & ShiftMask) ) {
+      bool block = signalsBlocked();
+      blockSignals( true );
+
+      //No Ctrl? Then clear before!
+      if( !(keybstate & ControlMask) )
+                clearSelection();
+
+      bool select = !d->pCurrentItem->isSelected();
+      bool update = viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled();
+      viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( false );
+
+      bool down = previousItem->itemPos() < d->pCurrentItem->itemPos();
+      QListViewItemIterator lit( down ? previousItem : d->pCurrentItem );
+      for ( ; lit.current(); ++lit ) {
+                if ( down && lit.current() == d->pCurrentItem ) {
+                  d->pCurrentItem->setSelected( select );
+                  break;
+                }
+                if ( !down && lit.current() == previousItem ) {
+                  previousItem->setSelected( select );
+                  break;
+                }
+                lit.current()->setSelected( select );
+      }
+
+      blockSignals( block );
+      viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( update );
+      triggerUpdate();
+
+      emit selectionChanged();
+
+      if( selectionMode() == QListView::Single )
+                emit selectionChanged( d->pCurrentItem );
+    }
+    else if( (keybstate & ControlMask) )
+      setSelected( d->pCurrentItem, !d->pCurrentItem->isSelected() );
+    else {
+      bool block = signalsBlocked();
+      blockSignals( true );
+
+      if( !d->pCurrentItem->isSelected() )
+                clearSelection();
+
+      blockSignals( block );
+
+      setSelected( d->pCurrentItem, true );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    kdDebug() << "KListView::slotAutoSelect: Thats not supposed to happen!!!!" << endl;
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+void KListView::slotHeaderChanged()
+{
+  if (d->fullWidth && columns())
+  {
+    int w = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i < columns() - 1; ++i) w += columnWidth(i);
+    setColumnWidth( columns() - 1, viewport()->width() - w - 1 );
+  }
+}
+
+void KListView::emitExecute( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c )
+{
+    if( isExecuteArea( viewport()->mapFromGlobal(pos) ) ) {
+
+        // Double click mode ?
+        if ( !d->bUseSingle )
+        {
+            emit executed( item );
+            emit executed( item, pos, c );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+#if 0
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+            // FIXME(E): Implement for Qt Embedded
+            Window root;
+            Window child;
+            int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+            uint keybstate;
+            XQueryPointer( qt_xdisplay(), qt_xrootwin(), &root, &child,
+                           &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &keybstate );
+
+            d->autoSelect.stop();
+
+            //Dont emit executed if in SC mode and Shift or Ctrl are pressed
+            if( !( ((keybstate & ShiftMask) || (keybstate & ControlMask)) ) ) {
+                emit executed( item );
+                emit executed( item, pos, c );
+            }
+#endif
+#endif
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void KListView::focusInEvent( QFocusEvent *fe )
+{
+ //   kdDebug()<<"KListView::focusInEvent()"<<endl;
+  QListView::focusInEvent( fe );
+  if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+      && (d->selectionMode == FileManager)
+      && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::Popup)
+      && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::ActiveWindow)
+      && (currentItem()!=0))
+  {
+      currentItem()->setSelected(true);
+      currentItem()->repaint();
+      emit selectionChanged();
+  };
+}
+
+void KListView::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe )
+{
+  cleanDropVisualizer();
+  cleanItemHighlighter();
+
+  d->autoSelect.stop();
+
+  if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+      && (d->selectionMode == FileManager)
+      && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::Popup)
+      && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::ActiveWindow)
+      && (currentItem()!=0)
+/*US      && (!d->editor->isVisible()) */
+    )
+  {
+      currentItem()->setSelected(false);
+      currentItem()->repaint();
+      emit selectionChanged();
+  };
+
+  QListView::focusOutEvent( fe );
+}
+
+void KListView::leaveEvent( QEvent *e )
+{
+  d->autoSelect.stop();
+
+  QListView::leaveEvent( e );
+}
+
+bool KListView::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+  if (e->type() == QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange) {
+qDebug("KListView::event make alternate color configurable");  
+//US  d->alternateBackground=KGlobalSettings::alternateBackgroundColor();
+  d->alternateBackground = QColor(240, 240, 240);
+  }
+
+  return QListView::event(e);
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+  if( (selectionModeExt() == Extended) && (e->state() & ShiftButton) && !(e->state() & ControlButton) )
+  {
+    bool block = signalsBlocked();
+    blockSignals( true );
+
+    clearSelection();
+
+    blockSignals( block );
+  }
+  else if ((selectionModeExt()==FileManager) && (d->selectedBySimpleMove))
+  {
+     d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+     d->selectedUsingMouse=true;
+     if (currentItem()!=0)
+     {
+        currentItem()->setSelected(false);
+        currentItem()->repaint();
+//        emit selectionChanged();
+     };
+  };
+
+  QPoint p( contentsToViewport( e->pos() ) );
+  QListViewItem *at = itemAt (p);
+
+  // true if the root decoration of the item "at" was clicked (i.e. the +/- sign)
+  bool rootDecoClicked = at
+           && ( p.x() <= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) +
+                treeStepSize() * ( at->depth() + ( rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin() )
+           && ( p.x() >= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) );
+
+  if (e->button() == LeftButton && !rootDecoClicked)
+  {
+    //Start a drag
+    d->startDragPos = e->pos();
+
+    if (at)
+    {
+      d->validDrag = true;
+      d->pressedOnSelected = at->isSelected();
+    }
+  }
+
+  QListView::contentsMousePressEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    if (!dragEnabled() || d->startDragPos.isNull() || !d->validDrag) {
+      QListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent (e);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  QPoint vp = contentsToViewport(e->pos());
+  QListViewItem *item = itemAt( vp );
+
+  //do we process cursor changes at all?
+  if ( item && d->bChangeCursorOverItem && d->bUseSingle )
+    {
+      //Cursor moved on a new item or in/out the execute area
+      if( (item != d->pCurrentItem) ||
+          (isExecuteArea(vp) != d->cursorInExecuteArea) )
+        {
+          d->cursorInExecuteArea = isExecuteArea(vp);
+qDebug("KListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent drag&drop not supported yet");  
+/*US
+          if( d->cursorInExecuteArea ) //cursor moved in execute area
+            viewport()->setCursor( KCursor::handCursor() );
+          else //cursor moved out of execute area
+            viewport()->unsetCursor();
+*/            
+        }
+    }
+
+  bool dragOn = dragEnabled();
+  QPoint newPos = e->pos();
+  if (dragOn && d->validDrag &&
+      (newPos.x() > d->startDragPos.x()+d->dragDelay ||
+       newPos.x() < d->startDragPos.x()-d->dragDelay ||
+       newPos.y() > d->startDragPos.y()+d->dragDelay ||
+       newPos.y() < d->startDragPos.y()-d->dragDelay))
+    //(d->startDragPos - e->pos()).manhattanLength() > QApplication::startDragDistance())
+    {
+      QListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( 0 );
+      startDrag();
+      d->startDragPos = QPoint();
+      d->validDrag = false;
+    }
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+  if (e->button() == LeftButton)
+  {
+    // If the row was already selected, maybe we want to start an in-place editing
+    if ( d->pressedOnSelected && itemsRenameable() )
+    {
+      QPoint p( contentsToViewport( e->pos() ) );
+      QListViewItem *at = itemAt (p);
+      if ( at )
+      {
+        // true if the root decoration of the item "at" was clicked (i.e. the +/- sign)
+        bool rootDecoClicked =
+                  ( p.x() <= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) +
+                    treeStepSize() * ( at->depth() + ( rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin() )
+               && ( p.x() >= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) );
+
+        if (!rootDecoClicked)
+        {
+          int col = header()->mapToLogical( header()->cellAt( p.x() ) );
+          if ( d->renameable.contains(col) )
+            rename(at, col);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    d->pressedOnSelected = false;
+    d->validDrag = false;
+    d->startDragPos = QPoint();
+  }
+  QListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+  // We don't want to call the parent method because it does setOpen,
+  // whereas we don't do it in single click mode... (David)
+  //QListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( e );
+
+  QPoint vp = contentsToViewport(e->pos());
+  QListViewItem *item = itemAt( vp );
+  emit QListView::doubleClicked( item ); // we do it now
+
+  int col = item ? header()->mapToLogical( header()->cellAt( vp.x() ) ) : -1;
+
+  if( item ) {
+    emit doubleClicked( item, e->globalPos(), col );
+
+    if( (e->button() == LeftButton) && !d->bUseSingle )
+      emitExecute( item, e->globalPos(), col );
+  }
+}
+
+void KListView::slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c )
+{
+  if( (btn == LeftButton) && item )
+    emitExecute(item, pos, c);
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsDropEvent(QDropEvent* e)
+{
+qDebug("KListView::contentsDropEvent drag&drop not supported yet");  
+/*US
+  cleanDropVisualizer();
+  cleanItemHighlighter();
+  d->dragExpand.stop();
+
+  if (acceptDrag (e))
+  {
+    e->acceptAction();
+    QListViewItem *afterme;
+    QListViewItem *parent;
+    findDrop(e->pos(), parent, afterme);
+
+    if (e->source() == viewport() && itemsMovable())
+        movableDropEvent(parent, afterme);
+    else
+    {
+    
+        emit dropped(e, afterme);
+        emit dropped(this, e, afterme);
+        emit dropped(e, parent, afterme);
+        emit dropped(this, e, parent, afterme);
+        
+    }
+  }
+*/
+  
+}
+
+void KListView::movableDropEvent (QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* afterme)
+{
+  QPtrList<QListViewItem> items, afterFirsts, afterNows;
+  QListViewItem *current=currentItem();
+  bool hasMoved=false;
+  for (QListViewItem *i = firstChild(), *iNext=0; i != 0; i = iNext)
+  {
+    iNext=i->itemBelow();
+    if (!i->isSelected())
+      continue;
+
+    // don't drop an item after itself, or else
+    // it moves to the top of the list
+    if (i==afterme)
+      continue;
+
+    i->setSelected(false);
+
+    QListViewItem *afterFirst = i->itemAbove();
+
+        if (!hasMoved)
+        {
+                emit aboutToMove();
+                hasMoved=true;
+        }
+
+    moveItem(i, parent, afterme);
+
+    // ###### This should include the new parent !!! -> KDE 3.0
+    // If you need this right now, have a look at keditbookmarks.
+    emit moved(i, afterFirst, afterme);
+
+    items.append (i);
+    afterFirsts.append (afterFirst);
+    afterNows.append (afterme);
+
+    afterme = i;
+  }
+  clearSelection();
+  for (QListViewItem *i=items.first(); i != 0; i=items.next() )
+    i->setSelected(true);
+  if (current)
+    setCurrentItem(current);
+
+  emit moved(items,afterFirsts,afterNows);
+
+  if (firstChild())
+    emit moved();
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsDragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event)
+{
+qDebug("KListView::contentsDropEvent drag&drop not supported yet");  
+/*US  
+  if (acceptDrag(event))
+  {
+    event->acceptAction();
+    //Clean up the view
+
+    findDrop(event->pos(), d->parentItemDrop, d->afterItemDrop);
+    QPoint vp = contentsToViewport( event->pos() ); 
+    QListViewItem *item = isExecuteArea( vp ) ? itemAt( vp ) : 0L;
+    
+    if ( item != d->dragOverItem )
+    {
+      d->dragExpand.stop();
+      d->dragOverItem = item;
+      d->dragOverPoint = vp;
+      if ( d->dragOverItem && d->dragOverItem->isExpandable() && !d->dragOverItem->isOpen() )
+        d->dragExpand.start( QApplication::startDragTime(), true );
+    }
+    if (dropVisualizer())
+    {
+      QRect tmpRect = drawDropVisualizer(0, d->parentItemDrop, d->afterItemDrop);
+      if (tmpRect != d->mOldDropVisualizer)
+      {
+        cleanDropVisualizer();
+        d->mOldDropVisualizer=tmpRect;
+        viewport()->repaint(tmpRect);
+      }
+    }
+    if (dropHighlighter())
+    {
+      QRect tmpRect = drawItemHighlighter(0, d->afterItemDrop);
+      if (tmpRect != d->mOldDropHighlighter)
+      {
+        cleanItemHighlighter();
+        d->mOldDropHighlighter=tmpRect;
+        viewport()->repaint(tmpRect);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+      event->ignore();
+*/      
+}
+
+void KListView::slotDragExpand()
+{
+  if ( itemAt( d->dragOverPoint ) == d->dragOverItem )
+    d->dragOverItem->setOpen( true );
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsDragLeaveEvent (QDragLeaveEvent*)
+{
+  d->dragExpand.stop();
+  cleanDropVisualizer();
+  cleanItemHighlighter();
+}
+
+void KListView::cleanDropVisualizer()
+{
+  if (d->mOldDropVisualizer.isValid())
+  {
+    QRect rect=d->mOldDropVisualizer;
+    d->mOldDropVisualizer = QRect();
+    viewport()->repaint(rect, true);
+  }
+}
+
+int KListView::depthToPixels( int depth )
+{
+    return treeStepSize() * ( depth + (rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin();
+}
+
+void KListView::findDrop(const QPoint &pos, QListViewItem *&parent, QListViewItem *&after)
+{
+  QPoint p (contentsToViewport(pos));
+
+  // Get the position to put it in
+  QListViewItem *atpos = itemAt(p);
+
+  QListViewItem *above;
+  if (!atpos) // put it at the end
+    above = lastItem();
+  else
+  {
+    // Get the closest item before us ('atpos' or the one above, if any)
+      if (p.y() - itemRect(atpos).topLeft().y() < (atpos->height()/2))
+          above = atpos->itemAbove();
+      else
+          above = atpos;
+  }
+
+  if (above)
+  {
+      // Now, we know we want to go after "above". But as a child or as a sibling ?
+      // We have to ask the "above" item if it accepts children.
+      if (above->isExpandable())
+      {
+          // The mouse is sufficiently on the right ? - doesn't matter if 'above' has visible children
+          if (p.x() >= depthToPixels( above->depth() + 1 ) ||
+              (above->isOpen() && above->childCount() > 0) )
+          {
+              parent = above;
+              after = 0L;
+              return;
+          }
+      }
+
+      // Ok, there's one more level of complexity. We may want to become a new
+      // sibling, but of an upper-level group, rather than the "above" item
+      QListViewItem * betterAbove = above->parent();
+      QListViewItem * last = above;
+      while ( betterAbove )
+      {
+          // We are allowed to become a sibling of "betterAbove" only if we are
+          // after its last child
+          if ( last->nextSibling() == 0 )
+          {
+              if (p.x() < depthToPixels ( betterAbove->depth() + 1 ))
+                  above = betterAbove; // store this one, but don't stop yet, there may be a better one
+              else
+                  break; // not enough on the left, so stop
+              last = betterAbove;
+              betterAbove = betterAbove->parent(); // up one level
+          } else
+              break; // we're among the child of betterAbove, not after the last one
+      }
+  }
+  // set as sibling
+  after = above;
+  parent = after ? after->parent() : 0L ;
+}
+
+QListViewItem* KListView::lastChild () const
+{
+  QListViewItem* lastchild = firstChild();
+
+  if (lastchild)
+        for (; lastchild->nextSibling(); lastchild = lastchild->nextSibling());
+
+  return lastchild;
+}
+
+QListViewItem *KListView::lastItem() const
+{
+  QListViewItem* last = lastChild();
+
+  for (QListViewItemIterator it (last); it.current(); ++it)
+    last = it.current();
+
+  return last;
+}
+
+KLineEdit *KListView::renameLineEdit() const
+{
+//US  return d->editor;
+qDebug("KListView::renameLineEdit returns 0. Might crash");  
+return 0;
+}
+
+void KListView::startDrag()
+{
+qDebug("KListView::startDrag drag&drop not supported yet.");  
+/*US
+  QDragObject *drag = dragObject();
+
+  if (!drag)
+        return;
+
+  if (drag->drag() && drag->target() != viewport())
+    emit moved();
+*/    
+}
+
+QDragObject *KListView::dragObject()
+{
+  if (!currentItem())
+        return 0;
+
+  return new QStoredDrag("application/x-qlistviewitem", viewport());
+}
+
+void KListView::setItemsMovable(bool b)
+{
+  d->itemsMovable=b;
+}
+
+bool KListView::itemsMovable() const
+{
+  return d->itemsMovable;
+}
+
+void KListView::setItemsRenameable(bool b)
+{
+  d->itemsRenameable=b;
+}
+
+bool KListView::itemsRenameable() const
+{
+  return d->itemsRenameable;
+}
+
+
+void KListView::setDragEnabled(bool b)
+{
+  d->dragEnabled=b;
+}
+
+bool KListView::dragEnabled() const
+{
+  return d->dragEnabled;
+}
+
+void KListView::setAutoOpen(bool b)
+{
+  d->autoOpen=b;
+}
+
+bool KListView::autoOpen() const
+{
+  return d->autoOpen;
+}
+
+bool KListView::dropVisualizer() const
+{
+  return d->dropVisualizer;
+}
+
+void KListView::setDropVisualizer(bool b)
+{
+  d->dropVisualizer=b;
+}
+
+QPtrList<QListViewItem> KListView::selectedItems() const
+{
+  QPtrList<QListViewItem> list;
+  for (QListViewItem *i=firstChild(); i!=0; i=i->itemBelow())
+        if (i->isSelected()) list.append(i);
+  return list;
+}
+
+
+void KListView::moveItem(QListViewItem *item, QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after)
+{
+  // sanity check - don't move a item into it's own child structure
+  QListViewItem *i = parent;
+  while(i)
+    {
+      if(i == item)
+        return;
+      i = i->parent();
+    }
+
+  // Basically reimplementing the QListViewItem(QListViewItem*, QListViewItem*) constructor
+  // in here, without ever deleting the item.
+  if (item->parent())
+        item->parent()->takeItem(item);
+  else
+        takeItem(item);
+
+  if (parent)
+        parent->insertItem(item);
+  else
+        insertItem(item);
+
+  if (after) 
+    ;//item->moveToJustAfter(after);
+}
+
+void KListView::contentsDragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event)
+{
+qDebug("KListView::contentsDragEnterEvent drag&drop not supported yet.");  
+/*US
+  if (acceptDrag (event))
+    event->accept();
+*/    
+}
+
+void KListView::setDropVisualizerWidth (int w)
+{
+  d->mDropVisualizerWidth = w > 0 ? w : 1;
+}
+
+QRect KListView::drawDropVisualizer(QPainter *p, QListViewItem *parent,
+                                    QListViewItem *after)
+{
+    QRect insertmarker;
+
+    if (!after && !parent)
+        insertmarker = QRect (0, 0, viewport()->width(), d->mDropVisualizerWidth/2);
+    else
+    {
+        int level = 0;
+        if (after)
+        {
+            QListViewItem* it = 0L;
+            if (after->isOpen())
+            {
+                // Look for the last child (recursively)
+                it = after->firstChild();
+                if (it)
+                    while (it->nextSibling() || it->firstChild())
+                        if ( it->nextSibling() )
+                            it = it->nextSibling();
+                        else
+                            it = it->firstChild();
+            }
+
+            insertmarker = itemRect (it ? it : after);
+            level = after->depth();
+        }
+        else if (parent)
+        {
+            insertmarker = itemRect (parent);
+            level = parent->depth() + 1;
+        }
+        insertmarker.setLeft( treeStepSize() * ( level + (rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin() );
+        insertmarker.setRight (viewport()->width());
+        insertmarker.setTop (insertmarker.bottom() - d->mDropVisualizerWidth/2 + 1);
+        insertmarker.setBottom (insertmarker.bottom() + d->mDropVisualizerWidth/2);
+    }
+
+    // This is not used anymore, at least by KListView itself (see viewportPaintEvent)
+    // Remove for KDE 3.0.
+    if (p)
+        p->fillRect(insertmarker, Dense4Pattern);
+
+    return insertmarker;
+}
+
+QRect KListView::drawItemHighlighter(QPainter *painter, QListViewItem *item)
+{
+  QRect r;
+
+  if (item)
+  {
+    r = itemRect(item);
+    r.setLeft(r.left()+(item->depth()+1)*treeStepSize());
+    if (painter) {
+//US      style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_FocusRect, painter, r, colorGroup(),
+//US                            QStyle::Style_FocusAtBorder, colorGroup().highlight());
+      const QColor* pHighl = &(colorGroup().highlight());
+      //LR     style().drawFocusRect(painter, r, colorGroup(), pHighl, true);
+                                
+qDebug("KListView::drawItemHighlighter has to be verified");  
+    
+    }
+                            
+  }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+void KListView::cleanItemHighlighter ()
+{
+  if (d->mOldDropHighlighter.isValid())
+  {
+    QRect rect=d->mOldDropHighlighter;
+    d->mOldDropHighlighter = QRect();
+    viewport()->repaint(rect, true);
+  }
+}
+
+void KListView::rename(QListViewItem *item, int c)
+{
+  if (d->renameable.contains(c))
+  {
+    ensureItemVisible(item);
+//US    d->editor->load(item,c);
+qDebug("KListView::rename has to be verified");  
+
+  }
+}
+
+bool KListView::isRenameable (int col) const
+{
+  return d->renameable.contains(col);
+}
+
+void KListView::setRenameable (int col, bool yesno)
+{
+  if (col>=header()->count()) return;
+
+  d->renameable.remove(col);
+  if (yesno && d->renameable.find(col)==d->renameable.end())
+    d->renameable+=col;
+  else if (!yesno && d->renameable.find(col)!=d->renameable.end())
+    d->renameable.remove(col);
+}
+
+void KListView::doneEditing(QListViewItem *item, int row)
+{
+  emit itemRenamed(item, item->text(row), row);
+  emit itemRenamed(item);
+}
+
+bool KListView::acceptDrag(QDropEvent* e) const
+{
+qDebug("KListView::acceptDrag drag&drop not supported yet");  
+//US  return acceptDrops() && itemsMovable() && (e->source()==viewport());
+return false;
+}
+
+void KListView::setCreateChildren(bool b)
+{
+        d->createChildren=b;
+}
+
+bool KListView::createChildren() const
+{
+        return d->createChildren;
+}
+
+
+int KListView::tooltipColumn() const
+{
+        return d->tooltipColumn;
+}
+
+void KListView::setTooltipColumn(int column)
+{
+        d->tooltipColumn=column;
+}
+
+void KListView::setDropHighlighter(bool b)
+{
+        d->dropHighlighter=b;
+}
+
+bool KListView::dropHighlighter() const
+{
+        return d->dropHighlighter;
+}
+
+bool KListView::showTooltip(QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &, int column) const
+{
+        return ((tooltip(item, column).length()>0) && (column==tooltipColumn()));
+}
+
+QString KListView::tooltip(QListViewItem *item, int column) const
+{
+        return item->text(column);
+}
+
+void KListView::setTabOrderedRenaming(bool b)
+{
+        d->tabRename = b;
+}
+
+bool KListView::tabOrderedRenaming() const
+{
+        return d->tabRename;
+}
+
+void KListView::keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent* e)
+{
+  //don't we need a contextMenuModifier too ? (aleXXX)
+  if (e->key() == d->contextMenuKey)
+        {
+          emit menuShortCutPressed (this, currentItem());
+          return;
+        }
+  if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Delete || e->key() == Qt::Key_Backspace)
+        {
+          emit signalDelete ( );
+          return;
+        }
+
+  if (d->selectionMode != FileManager)
+        QListView::keyPressEvent (e);
+  else
+        fileManagerKeyPressEvent (e);
+}
+
+void KListView::activateAutomaticSelection()
+{
+   d->selectedBySimpleMove=true;
+   d->selectedUsingMouse=false;
+   if (currentItem()!=0)
+   {
+      selectAll(false);
+      currentItem()->setSelected(true);
+      currentItem()->repaint();
+      emit selectionChanged();
+   };
+}
+
+void KListView::deactivateAutomaticSelection()
+{
+   d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+}
+
+bool KListView::automaticSelection() const
+{
+   return d->selectedBySimpleMove;
+}
+
+void KListView::fileManagerKeyPressEvent (QKeyEvent* e)
+{
+   //don't care whether it's on the keypad or not
+    int e_state=(e->state() & ~Keypad);
+
+    int oldSelectionDirection(d->selectionDirection);
+
+    if ((e->key()!=Key_Shift) && (e->key()!=Key_Control)
+        && (e->key()!=Key_Meta) && (e->key()!=Key_Alt))
+    {
+       if ((e_state==ShiftButton) && (!d->wasShiftEvent) && (!d->selectedBySimpleMove))
+          selectAll(FALSE);
+       d->selectionDirection=0;
+       d->wasShiftEvent = (e_state == ShiftButton);
+    };
+
+    //d->wasShiftEvent = (e_state == ShiftButton);
+
+
+    QListViewItem* item = currentItem();
+    if (item==0) return;
+
+    QListViewItem* repaintItem1 = item;
+    QListViewItem* repaintItem2 = 0L;
+    QListViewItem* visItem = 0L;
+
+    QListViewItem* nextItem = 0L;
+    int items = 0;
+
+    bool shiftOrCtrl((e_state==ControlButton) || (e_state==ShiftButton));
+    int selectedItems(0);
+    for (QListViewItem *tmpItem=firstChild(); tmpItem!=0; tmpItem=tmpItem->nextSibling())
+       if (tmpItem->isSelected()) selectedItems++;
+
+    if (((selectedItems==0) || ((selectedItems==1) && (d->selectedUsingMouse)))
+        && (e_state==NoButton)
+        && ((e->key()==Key_Down)
+        || (e->key()==Key_Up)
+        || (e->key()==Key_Next)
+        || (e->key()==Key_Prior)
+        || (e->key()==Key_Home)
+        || (e->key()==Key_End)))
+    {
+       d->selectedBySimpleMove=true;
+       d->selectedUsingMouse=false;
+    }
+    else if (selectedItems>1)
+       d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+
+    bool emitSelectionChanged(false);
+
+    switch (e->key())
+    {
+    case Key_Escape:
+       selectAll(FALSE);
+       emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Space:
+       //toggle selection of current item
+       if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+          d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+       item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
+       emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Insert:
+       //toggle selection of current item and move to the next item
+       if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+       {
+          d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+          if (!item->isSelected()) item->setSelected(TRUE);
+       }
+       else
+       {
+          item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
+       };
+
+       nextItem=item->itemBelow();
+
+       if (nextItem!=0)
+       {
+          repaintItem2=nextItem;
+          visItem=nextItem;
+          setCurrentItem(nextItem);
+       };
+       d->selectionDirection=1;
+       emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Down:
+       nextItem=item->itemBelow();
+       //toggle selection of current item and move to the next item
+       if (shiftOrCtrl)
+       {
+          d->selectionDirection=1;
+          if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+             d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+          else
+          {
+             if (oldSelectionDirection!=-1)
+             {
+                item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
+                emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+             };
+          };
+       }
+       else if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove) && (nextItem!=0))
+       {
+          item->setSelected(false);
+          emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       };
+
+       if (nextItem!=0)
+       {
+          if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+             nextItem->setSelected(true);
+          repaintItem2=nextItem;
+          visItem=nextItem;
+          setCurrentItem(nextItem);
+       };
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Up:
+       nextItem=item->itemAbove();
+       d->selectionDirection=-1;
+       //move to the prev. item and toggle selection of this one
+       // => No, can't select the last item, with this. For symmetry, let's
+       // toggle selection and THEN move up, just like we do in down (David)
+       if (shiftOrCtrl)
+       {
+          if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+             d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+          else
+          {
+             if (oldSelectionDirection!=1)
+             {
+                item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
+                emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+             };
+          }
+       }
+       else if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove) && (nextItem!=0))
+       {
+          item->setSelected(false);
+          emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       };
+
+       if (nextItem!=0)
+       {
+          if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+             nextItem->setSelected(true);
+          repaintItem2=nextItem;
+          visItem=nextItem;
+          setCurrentItem(nextItem);
+       };
+       break;
+
+    case Key_End:
+       //move to the last item and toggle selection of all items inbetween
+       nextItem=item;
+       if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+          item->setSelected(false);
+       if (shiftOrCtrl)
+          d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+
+       while(nextItem!=0)
+       {
+          if (shiftOrCtrl)
+             nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
+          if (nextItem->itemBelow()==0)
+          {
+             if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+                nextItem->setSelected(true);
+             repaintItem2=nextItem;
+             visItem=nextItem;
+             setCurrentItem(nextItem);
+          }
+          nextItem=nextItem->itemBelow();
+       }
+       emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Home:
+       // move to the first item and toggle selection of all items inbetween
+       nextItem = firstChild();
+       visItem = nextItem;
+       repaintItem2 = visItem;
+       if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+          item->setSelected(false);
+       if (shiftOrCtrl)
+       {
+          d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+       
+          while ( nextItem != item )
+          {
+             nextItem->setSelected( !nextItem->isSelected() );
+             nextItem = nextItem->itemBelow();
+          }
+          item->setSelected( !item->isSelected() );
+       }
+       setCurrentItem( firstChild() );
+       emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Next:
+       items=visibleHeight()/item->height();
+       nextItem=item;
+       if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+          item->setSelected(false);
+       if (shiftOrCtrl)
+       {
+          d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+          d->selectionDirection=1;
+       };
+
+       for (int i=0; i<items; i++)
+       {
+          if (shiftOrCtrl)
+             nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
+          //the end
+          if ((i==items-1) || (nextItem->itemBelow()==0))
+
+          {
+             if (shiftOrCtrl)
+                nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
+             if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+                nextItem->setSelected(true);
+             ensureItemVisible(nextItem);
+             setCurrentItem(nextItem);
+             update();
+             if ((shiftOrCtrl) || (d->selectedBySimpleMove))
+             {
+                emit selectionChanged();
+             }
+             return;
+          }
+          nextItem=nextItem->itemBelow();
+       }
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Prior:
+       items=visibleHeight()/item->height();
+       nextItem=item;
+       if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+          item->setSelected(false);
+       if (shiftOrCtrl)
+       {
+          d->selectionDirection=-1;
+          d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
+       };
+
+       for (int i=0; i<items; i++)
+       {
+          if ((nextItem!=item) &&(shiftOrCtrl))
+             nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
+          //the end
+          if ((i==items-1) || (nextItem->itemAbove()==0))
+
+          {
+             if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
+                nextItem->setSelected(true);
+             ensureItemVisible(nextItem);
+             setCurrentItem(nextItem);
+             update();
+             if ((shiftOrCtrl) || (d->selectedBySimpleMove))
+             {
+                emit selectionChanged();
+             }
+             return;
+          }
+          nextItem=nextItem->itemAbove();
+       }
+       break;
+
+    case Key_Minus:
+       if ( item->isOpen() )
+          setOpen( item, FALSE );
+       break;
+    case Key_Plus:
+       if (  !item->isOpen() && (item->isExpandable() || item->childCount()) )
+          setOpen( item, TRUE );
+       break;
+    default:
+       bool realKey = ((e->key()!=Key_Shift) && (e->key()!=Key_Control)
+                        && (e->key()!=Key_Meta) && (e->key()!=Key_Alt));
+
+       bool selectCurrentItem = (d->selectedBySimpleMove) && (item->isSelected());
+       if (realKey && selectCurrentItem)
+          item->setSelected(false);
+       //this is mainly for the "goto filename beginning with pressed char" feature (aleXXX)
+       QListView::SelectionMode oldSelectionMode = selectionMode();
+       setSelectionMode (QListView::Multi);
+       QListView::keyPressEvent (e);
+       setSelectionMode (oldSelectionMode);
+       if (realKey && selectCurrentItem)
+       {
+          currentItem()->setSelected(true);
+          emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
+       }
+       repaintItem2=currentItem();
+       if (realKey)
+          visItem=currentItem();
+       break;
+    }
+
+    if (visItem)
+       ensureItemVisible(visItem);
+
+    QRect ir;
+    if (repaintItem1)
+       ir = ir.unite( itemRect(repaintItem1) );
+    if (repaintItem2)
+       ir = ir.unite( itemRect(repaintItem2) );
+
+    if ( !ir.isEmpty() )
+    {                 // rectangle to be repainted
+       if ( ir.x() < 0 )
+          ir.moveBy( -ir.x(), 0 );
+       viewport()->repaint( ir, FALSE );
+    }
+    /*if (repaintItem1)
+       repaintItem1->repaint();
+    if (repaintItem2)
+       repaintItem2->repaint();*/
+    update();
+    if (emitSelectionChanged)
+       emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+void KListView::setSelectionModeExt (SelectionModeExt mode)
+{
+    d->selectionMode = mode;
+
+    switch (mode)
+    {
+    case Single:
+    case Multi:
+    case Extended:
+    case NoSelection:
+        setSelectionMode (static_cast<QListView::SelectionMode>(static_cast<int>(mode)));
+        break;
+
+    case FileManager:
+        setSelectionMode (QListView::Extended);
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        kdWarning () << "Warning: illegal selection mode " << int(mode) << " set!" << endl;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+KListView::SelectionModeExt KListView::selectionModeExt () const
+{
+  return d->selectionMode;
+}
+
+int KListView::itemIndex( const QListViewItem *item ) const
+{
+    if ( !item )
+        return -1;
+
+    if ( item == firstChild() )
+        return 0;
+    else {
+        QListViewItemIterator it(firstChild());
+        uint j = 0;
+        for (; it.current() && it.current() != item; ++it, ++j );
+
+        if( !it.current() )
+          return -1;
+
+        return j;
+    }
+}
+
+QListViewItem* KListView::itemAtIndex(int index)
+{
+   if (index<0)
+      return 0;
+
+   int j(0);
+   for (QListViewItemIterator it=firstChild(); it.current(); it++)
+   {
+      if (j==index)
+         return it.current();
+      j++;
+   };
+   return 0;
+}
+
+
+void KListView::emitContextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem* i)
+{
+  QPoint p;
+    qDebug("KListView::emitContextMenu ");
+
+  if (i)
+        p = viewport()->mapToGlobal(itemRect(i).center());
+  else
+        p = mapToGlobal(rect().center());
+
+  emit contextMenu (this, i, p);
+}
+
+void KListView::emitContextMenu (QListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p, int)
+{
+    qDebug("KListView::emitContextMenu ");
+  emit contextMenu (this, i, p);
+}
+
+void KListView::setAcceptDrops (bool val)
+{
+  QListView::setAcceptDrops (val);
+  viewport()->setAcceptDrops (val);
+}
+
+int KListView::dropVisualizerWidth () const
+{
+        return d->mDropVisualizerWidth;
+}
+
+
+void KListView::viewportPaintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
+{
+  QListView::viewportPaintEvent(e);
+
+  if (d->mOldDropVisualizer.isValid() && e->rect().intersects(d->mOldDropVisualizer))
+    {
+      QPainter painter(viewport());
+
+      // This is where we actually draw the drop-visualizer
+      painter.fillRect(d->mOldDropVisualizer, Dense4Pattern);
+    }
+  if (d->mOldDropHighlighter.isValid() && e->rect().intersects(d->mOldDropHighlighter))
+    {
+      QPainter painter(viewport());
+
+qDebug("KListView::viewportPaintEvent has to be verified");  
+      
+      // This is where we actually draw the drop-highlighter
+//US      style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_FocusRect, &painter, d->mOldDropHighlighter, colorGroup(),
+//US                            QStyle::Style_FocusAtBorder);
+                            
+//LR style().drawFocusRect(&painter, d->mOldDropHighlighter, colorGroup(), (const QColor*)0, true);
+                                
+                            
+    }
+}
+
+void KListView::setFullWidth()
+{
+  setFullWidth(true);
+}
+
+void KListView::setFullWidth(bool fullWidth)
+{
+  d->fullWidth = fullWidth;
+//US  header()->setStretchEnabled(fullWidth, columns()-1);
+}
+
+bool KListView::fullWidth() const
+{
+  return d->fullWidth;
+}
+
+int KListView::addColumn(const QString& label, int width)
+{
+  int result = QListView::addColumn(label, width);
+  if (d->fullWidth) {
+//US    header()->setStretchEnabled(false, columns()-2);
+//US    header()->setStretchEnabled(true, columns()-1);
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+int KListView::addColumn(const QIconSet& iconset, const QString& label, int width)
+{
+  int result = QListView::addColumn(iconset, label, width);
+  if (d->fullWidth) {
+//US    header()->setStretchEnabled(false, columns()-2);
+//US    header()->setStretchEnabled(true, columns()-1);
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+void KListView::removeColumn(int index)
+{
+  QListView::removeColumn(index);
+//US  if (d->fullWidth && index == columns()) header()->setStretchEnabled(true, columns()-1);
+}
+
+void KListView::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
+{
+  QListView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
+}
+
+const QColor &KListView::alternateBackground() const
+{
+  return d->alternateBackground;
+}
+
+void KListView::setAlternateBackground(const QColor &c)
+{
+  d->alternateBackground = c;
+  repaint();
+}
+
+void KListView::saveLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group) const
+{
+  KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, group);
+  QStringList widths, order;
+  for (int i = 0; i < columns(); ++i)
+  {
+    widths << QString::number(columnWidth(i));
+    order << QString::number(header()->mapToIndex(i));
+  }
+  config->writeEntry("ColumnWidths", widths);
+  config->writeEntry("ColumnOrder", order);
+  config->writeEntry("SortColumn", d->sortColumn);
+  config->writeEntry("SortAscending", d->sortAscending);
+}
+
+void KListView::restoreLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group)
+{
+  KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, group);
+  QStringList cols = config->readListEntry("ColumnWidths");
+  int i = 0;
+  for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = cols.begin(); it != cols.end(); ++it)
+    setColumnWidth(i++, (*it).toInt());
+
+  cols = config->readListEntry("ColumnOrder");
+  i = 0;
+  for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = cols.begin(); it != cols.end(); ++it)
+    header()->moveSection(i++, (*it).toInt());
+
+/*US I changed the following code, because hasKey is not available.
+!!! check if my version is correct
+  if (config->hasKey("SortColumn"))
+    setSorting(config->readNumEntry("SortColumn"), config->readBoolEntry("SortAscending", true));
+*/
+  QStringList langLst = config->readListEntry( "SortColumn" );
+  if (!langLst.isEmpty())
+    setSorting(config->readNumEntry("SortColumn"), config->readBoolEntry("SortAscending", true));
+}
+
+void KListView::setSorting(int column, bool ascending)
+{
+  d->sortColumn = column;
+  d->sortAscending = ascending;
+  QListView::setSorting(column, ascending);
+}
+
+int KListView::columnSorted(void) const
+{
+  return d->sortColumn;
+}
+
+bool KListView::ascendingSort(void) const
+{
+  return d->sortAscending;
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent)
+  : QListViewItem(parent)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent)
+  : QListViewItem(parent)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after)
+  : QListViewItem(parent, after)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after)
+  : QListViewItem(parent, after)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent,
+    QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
+    QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
+  : QListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent,
+    QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
+    QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
+  : QListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+    QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
+    QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
+  : QListViewItem(parent, after, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+    QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
+    QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
+  : QListViewItem(parent, after, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+{
+  init();
+}
+
+KListViewItem::~KListViewItem()
+{
+}
+
+void KListViewItem::init()
+{
+  m_known = false;
+}
+
+const QColor &KListViewItem::backgroundColor()
+{
+  if (isAlternate())
+    return static_cast< KListView* >(listView())->alternateBackground();
+  return listView()->viewport()->colorGroup().base();
+}
+
+bool KListViewItem::isAlternate()
+{
+  KListView *lv = static_cast<KListView *>(listView());
+  if (lv && lv->alternateBackground().isValid())
+  {
+    KListViewItem *above = 0;
+//US    above = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(itemAbove());
+    above = (KListViewItem *)(itemAbove());
+    m_known = above ? above->m_known : true;
+    if (m_known)
+    {
+       m_odd = above ? !above->m_odd : false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       KListViewItem *item;
+       bool previous = true;
+       if (parent())
+       {
+//US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(parent());
+          item = (KListViewItem *)(parent());
+          if (item)
+             previous = item->m_odd;
+//US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(parent()->firstChild());
+          item = (KListViewItem *)(parent()->firstChild());
+       }
+       else
+       {
+//US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(lv->firstChild());
+          item = (KListViewItem *)(lv->firstChild());
+       }
+
+       while(item)
+       {
+          item->m_odd = previous = !previous;
+          item->m_known = true;
+//US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(item->nextSibling());
+          item = (KListViewItem *)(item->nextSibling());
+       }
+    }
+    return m_odd;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+void KListViewItem::paintCell(QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg, int column, int width, int alignment)
+{
+  QColorGroup _cg = cg;
+  const QPixmap *pm = listView()->viewport()->backgroundPixmap();
+  if (pm && !pm->isNull())
+  {
+        _cg.setBrush(QColorGroup::Base, QBrush(backgroundColor(), *pm));
+        QPoint o = p->brushOrigin();
+        p->setBrushOrigin( o.x()-listView()->contentsX(), o.y()-listView()->contentsY() );
+  }
+  else if (isAlternate()) {
+//US       if (listView()->viewport()->backgroundMode()==Qt::FixedColor)
+       if (listView()->viewport()->backgroundMode()==QWidget::PaletteBackground)
+            _cg.setColor(QColorGroup::Background, static_cast< KListView* >(listView())->alternateBackground());
+       else
+        _cg.setColor(QColorGroup::Base, static_cast< KListView* >(listView())->alternateBackground());
+  }
+  QListViewItem::paintCell(p, _cg, column, width, alignment);
+}
+
+void KListView::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "klistview.moc"
+//US #include "klistviewlineedit.moc"
+
+// vim: ts=2 sw=2 et
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistview.h b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7d9f85
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1033 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Charles Samuels <charles@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Peter Putzer <putzer@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KLISTVIEW_H
+#define KLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include <qlistview.h>
+
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+
+//US 
+class QDropEvent;
+class QDragLeaveEvent;
+class QDragMoveEvent;
+class QDragEnterEvent;
+
+class QDragObject;
+class KConfig;
+class KLineEdit;
+/**
+ * This Widget extends the functionality of QListView to honor the system
+ * wide settings for Single Click/Double Click mode, AutoSelection and
+ * ChangeCursorOverLink (TM).
+ *
+ * There is a new signal executed(). It gets connected to either
+ * @ref QListView::clicked() or  @ref QListView::doubleClicked() depending on the KDE
+ * wide Single Click/Double Click settings. It is strongly recommended that
+ * you use this signal instead of the above mentioned. This way you dont
+ * need to care about the current settings.
+ * If you want to get informed when the user selects something connect to the
+ * QListView::selectionChanged() signal.
+ *
+ * Drag-and-Drop is supported with the signal @ref #dropped(), just @ref #setAcceptDrops(true)
+ * and connect it to a suitable slot.
+ * To see where you are dropping, @ref setDropVisualizer(true).
+ * And also you'll need @ref acceptDrag(QDropEvent*)
+ *
+ * KListView is drag-enabled, too: to benefit from that you've got derive from it.
+ * Reimplement @ref dragObject() and (possibly) @ref startDrag(),
+ * and @ref setDragEnabled(true).
+ *
+ * @version $Id$
+ */
+class KListView : public QListView
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_ENUMS( SelectionModeExt )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool fullWidth READ fullWidth WRITE setFullWidth )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool itemsMovable READ itemsMovable WRITE setItemsMovable )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool itemsRenameable READ itemsRenameable WRITE setItemsRenameable )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool dragEnabled READ dragEnabled  WRITE  setDragEnabled )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool autoOpen READ autoOpen WRITE setAutoOpen )
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool dropVisualizer READ dropVisualizer WRITE setDropVisualizer )
+//US  Q_PROPERTY( int tooltipColumn READ tooltipColumn WRITE  setTooltipColumn )
+  Q_PROPERTY( int dropVisualizerWidth READ dropVisualizerWidth WRITE  setDropVisualizerWidth )
+  Q_PROPERTY( QColor alternateBackground READ alternateBackground WRITE  setAlternateBackground )
+  
+  Q_OVERRIDE( SelectionModeExt selectionMode READ selectionModeExt WRITE setSelectionModeExt )
+
+public:
+  /**
+   * Possible selection modes.
+   *
+   * The first four correspond directly to QListView::SelectionMode, while
+   * the FileManager selection mode is defined as follows:
+   *   @li home: move to the first
+   *   @li end: move to the last
+   *   @li PgUp/PgDn: move one page up/down
+   *   @li up/down: move one item up/down
+   *   @li insert: toggle selection of current and move to the next
+   *   @li space: toggle selection of the current
+   *   @li CTRL+up: move to the previous item and toggle selection of this one
+   *   @li CTRL+down: toggle selection of the current item and move to the next
+   *   @li CTRL+end: toggle selection from (including) the current
+   *   item to (including) the last item
+   *   @li CTRL+home: toggle selection from (including) the current
+   *   item to the (including) the first item
+   *   @li CTRL+PgDn: toggle selection from (including) the current
+   *   item to (excluding) the item one page down
+   *   @li CTRL+PgUp: toggle selection from (excluding) the current
+   *   item to (including) the item one page up
+   *
+   *    The combinations work the same with SHIFT instead of CTRL, except
+   *    that if you start selecting something using SHIFT everything selected
+   *    before will be deselected first.
+   *
+   *    Additionally the current item is always selected automatically when
+   *    navigating using the keyboard, except other items were selected explicitely.
+   *
+   *   This way e.g. SHIFT+up/PgUp then SHIFT+down/PgDn leaves no item selected
+   */
+  enum SelectionModeExt {
+        Single = QListView::Single,
+        Multi = QListView::Multi,
+        Extended = QListView::Extended,
+        NoSelection = QListView::NoSelection,
+        FileManager
+  };
+  void repaintContents( bool erase = true )
+        {
+            QScrollView::repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
+                                          visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), erase );
+        };
+  /**
+   * Constructor.
+   *
+   * The parameters @p parent and @p name are handled by
+   * @ref QListView, as usual.
+   */
+  KListView (QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Destructor.
+   */
+  virtual ~KListView();
+
+ /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void setAcceptDrops (bool);
+
+  /**
+   * This function determines whether the given coordinates are within the
+   * execute area. The execute area is the part of a @ref QListViewItem where mouse
+   * clicks or double clicks respectively generate a @ref #executed() signal.
+   * Depending on @ref QListView::allColumnsShowFocus() this is either the
+   * whole item or only the first column.
+   * @return true if point is inside execute area of an item, false in all
+   * other cases including the case that it is over the viewport.
+   */
+  virtual bool isExecuteArea( const QPoint& point );
+
+  /**
+   * Same thing, but from an x coordinate only. This only checks if x is in
+   * the first column (if all columns don't show focus), without testing if
+   * the y coordinate is over an item or not.
+   */
+  bool isExecuteArea( int x );
+
+  /**
+   * @return a list containing the currently selected items.
+   */
+  QPtrList<QListViewItem> selectedItems() const; // ### BIC: KDE 4: use an implicitly shared class! (QValueList?)
+
+  /**
+   * Arbitrarily move @p item to @p parent, positioned immediately after item @p after.
+   */
+  void moveItem(QListViewItem *item, QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after);
+
+  /**
+   * @return the last item (not child!) of this listview.
+   *
+   * @see lastChild()
+   */
+  QListViewItem *lastItem() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the last child of this listview.
+   *
+   * @see lastItem()
+   */
+  QListViewItem* lastChild () const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the lineedit used for inline renaming.
+   * Use that to setup a @ref KCompletion or @ref QValidator for the lineedit
+   *
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  KLineEdit* renameLineEdit() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @returns if it is legal to move items in the list view.  True by default.
+   * 
+   * @see #setDragEnabled()
+   * @see #setItemsMovable()
+   */
+  bool itemsMovable() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return whether inplace-renaming has been enabled.  False by default.
+   *
+   * @see #setItemsRenameable()
+   */
+  bool itemsRenameable() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return whether dragging is enabled.  False by default.
+   *
+   * @see #setDragEnabled()
+   */
+  bool dragEnabled() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return true if AutoOpen is enabled (not implemented currently).
+   *
+   * @see #setAutoOpen()
+   */
+  bool autoOpen() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return true if @p column is renamable.
+   *
+   * @see #setRenameable()
+   */
+  bool isRenameable (int column) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return true if drawing of the drop-visualizer has been enabled.  True by default.
+   *
+   * @see #setDropVisualizer()
+   */
+  bool dropVisualizer() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the column for which tooltips are displayed (or -1 if none set).
+   *
+   * @see #setTooltipColumn()
+   */
+  int tooltipColumn() const;
+
+  /**
+   * For future expansions.
+   *
+   * Do not use.
+   * @deprecated
+   */
+  bool createChildren() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return true if drawing of the drop-highlighter has been enabled.  False by default.
+   *
+   * @see #setDropHighlighter()
+   */
+  bool dropHighlighter() const;
+
+  /**
+   * The dropVisualizerWidth defaults to 4.
+   *
+   * @see #setDropVisualizerWidth()
+   * @return the current width of the drop-visualizer.
+   */
+  int dropVisualizerWidth () const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the "extended" selection mode of this listview.
+   *
+   * @see SelectionModeExt
+   * @see setSelectionModeExt
+   */
+  SelectionModeExt selectionModeExt () const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the index of @p item within the item tree or -1 if
+   * @p item doesn't exist in this list view. This function takes
+   * all items into account not only the visible ones.
+   */
+  int itemIndex( const QListViewItem *item ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the item of @p index within the item tree or 0 if
+   * @p index doesn't exist in this list view. This function takes
+   * all items into account not only the visible ones.
+   */
+  QListViewItem* itemAtIndex(int index);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * @see #setFullWidth()
+   */
+  void setFullWidth();
+  
+  /**
+   * Let the last column fit exactly all the available width.
+   *
+   * @see #fullWidth()
+   */
+  void setFullWidth(bool fullWidth);
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns whether the last column is set to fit the available width.
+   *
+   * @see #setFullWidth()
+   */
+  bool fullWidth() const;
+  
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for full width support
+   *
+   * @see #removeColumn()
+   */
+  virtual int addColumn(const QString& label, int width = -1);
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for full width support
+   */
+  virtual int addColumn(const QIconSet& iconset, const QString& label, int width = -1);
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for full width support
+   *
+   * @see #addColumn()
+   */
+  virtual void removeColumn(int index);
+
+  /**
+   * sets the alternate background background color.
+   * This only has an effect if the items are KListViewItems
+   *
+   * @param c the color to use for every other item. Set to an invalid
+   *        colour to disable alternate colours.
+   *
+   * @see #alternateBackground()
+   **/
+  void setAlternateBackground(const QColor &c);
+  /**
+   * @return the alternate background color
+   *
+   * @see #setAlternateBackground()
+   */
+  const QColor &alternateBackground() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Saves the list view's layout (column widtsh, column order, sort column)
+   * to a KConfig group
+   *
+   * @param config the @ref KConfig object to write to
+   * @param group the config group to use
+   */
+  void saveLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group) const;
+  /**
+   * Reads the list view's layout from a KConfig group as stored with
+   * @ref #saveLayout
+   *
+   * @param config the @ref KConfig object to read from
+   * @param group the config group to use
+   */
+  void restoreLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group);
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented to remember the current sort column and order.
+   * @param column is the column to be sorted, or -1 to sort in order of
+   * insertion
+   * @param whether to sort ascending (or descending)
+   */
+  virtual void setSorting(int column, bool ascending = true);
+
+  /**
+   * @return the currently sorted column, or -1 if none is sorted
+   */
+  int columnSorted(void) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return whether the current sort is ascending (or descending)
+   */
+  bool ascendingSort(void) const;
+
+signals:
+
+  /**
+   * This signal is emitted whenever the user executes an listview item.
+   * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click
+   * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
+   * @param item is the pointer to the executed listview item.
+   *
+   * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListViewItem objects in slots
+   * connected to this signal.
+   */
+  void executed( QListViewItem *item );
+
+  /**
+   * This signal is emitted whenever the user executes an listview item.
+   * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click
+   * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
+   * @param item is the pointer to the executed listview item.
+   * @param pos is the position where the user has clicked
+   * @param c is the column into which the user clicked.
+   *
+   * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListViewItem objects in slots
+   * connected to this signal.
+   */
+  void executed( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+
+  /**
+   * This signal gets emitted whenever the user double clicks into the
+   * listview.
+   * @param item is the pointer to the clicked listview item.
+   * @param pos is the position where the user has clicked, and
+   * @param c is the column into which the user clicked.
+   *
+   * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListViewItem objects in slots
+   * connected to this signal.
+   *
+   * This signal is more or less here for the sake of completeness.
+   * You should normally not need to use this. In most cases its better
+   * to use @ref #executed() instead.
+   */
+  void doubleClicked( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+
+  /**
+   * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
+   * dropped onto the listview.
+   *
+   * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
+   * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
+   * the drop was above all items)
+   *
+   * @see #acceptDrop()
+   */
+  void dropped (QDropEvent * e, QListViewItem *after);
+
+  /**
+   * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
+   * dropped onto the listview.
+   *
+   * This is an overloaded version of the above (provided to simplify
+   * processing drops outside of the class).
+   *
+   * @param list is the listview
+   * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
+   * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
+   * the drop was above all items
+   */
+  void dropped (KListView* list, QDropEvent* e, QListViewItem* after);
+
+  /**
+   * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
+   * dropped onto the listview.
+   *
+   * This function also provides a parent, in the event that your listview
+   * is a tree
+   * @param list is the listview
+   * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
+   * @param parent the item that is to be the parent of the new item
+   * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
+   * the drop was above all items
+   */
+  void dropped (KListView* list, QDropEvent* e, QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* after);
+
+  /**
+   * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
+   * dropped onto the listview.
+   *
+   * This function also provides a parent, in the event that your listview
+   * is a tree
+   * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
+   * @param parent the item that is to be the parent of the new item
+   * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
+   * the drop was above all items
+   */
+  void dropped (QDropEvent* e, QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* after);
+
+  /**
+   * This signal is emitted when ever the user moves an item in the list via
+   * DnD.
+   * If more than one item is moved at the same time, this signal is only emitted
+   * once.
+   */
+  void moved();
+
+  /**
+   * Connect to this signal if you want to do some preprocessing before
+   * a move is made, for example, to disable sorting
+   *
+   * This is sent only once per each groups of moves.  That is, for each
+   * drop that is a move this will be emitted once, before KListView calls
+   * @see moveItem()
+   */
+  void aboutToMove();
+
+  /**
+   * This signal is emitted when ever the user moves an item in the list via
+   * DnD.
+   * If more than one item is moved at the same time, @p afterFirst and
+   * @p afterNow will reflect what was true before the move.
+   * This differs from @ref moved(), so be careful. All the items will have been
+   * moved before @ref moved() is emitted, which is not true in this method. // FIXME
+   * @param item the item that was moved
+   * @param afterFirst the item that parameter item was in before the move, in the list
+   * @param afterNow the item it's currently after.
+   */
+  void moved (QListViewItem *item, QListViewItem *afterFirst, QListViewItem *afterNow);
+
+
+  /**
+   * This signal is emitted after all the items have been moved. It reports info for
+   * each and every item moved, in order.  The first element in @p items associates
+   * with the first of afterFirst and afterNow.
+   */
+  void moved(QPtrList<QListViewItem> &items, QPtrList<QListViewItem> &afterFirst, QPtrList<QListViewItem> &afterNow);
+
+  /**
+   * This signal gets emitted when an item is renamed via in-place renaming.
+   *
+   * @param item is the renamed item.
+   * @param str is the new value of column @p col.
+   * @param col is the renamed column.
+   */
+  void itemRenamed(QListViewItem* item, const QString &str, int col);
+
+  /**
+   * Same as above, but without the extra information.
+   */
+  void itemRenamed(QListViewItem* item);
+  void signalDelete();
+
+  /**
+   * This signal is emitted when the shortcut key for popup-menus is pressed.
+   *
+   * Normally you should not use this, just connect a slot to signal
+   * @ref contextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&) to correctly
+   * handle showing context menus regardless of settings.
+   *
+   * @param list is this listview.
+   * @param item is the @ref currentItem() at the time the key was pressed. May be 0L.
+   */
+  void menuShortCutPressed (KListView* list, QListViewItem* item);
+
+  /**
+   * This signal is emitted whenever a context-menu should be shown for item @p i.
+   * It automatically adjusts for all settings involved (Menu key, showMenuOnPress/Click).
+   *
+   * @param l is this listview.
+   * @param i is the item for which the menu should be shown. May be 0L.
+   * @param p is the point at which the menu should be shown.
+   */
+  void contextMenu (KListView* l, QListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p);
+
+public slots:
+  /**
+   * Rename column @p c of @p item.
+   */
+  virtual void rename(QListViewItem *item, int c);
+
+  /**
+   * By default, if you called setItemsRenameable(true),
+   * only the first column is renameable.
+   * Use this function to enable the feature on other columns.
+   *
+   * If you want more intelligent (dynamic) selection,
+   * you'll have to derive from KListView,
+   * and override @ref rename() and call only call it
+   * if you want the item to be renamed.
+   */
+  void setRenameable (int column, bool yesno=true);
+
+  /**
+   * Set whether items in the list view can be moved.
+   * It is enabled by default.
+   *
+   * @see itemsMovable()
+   */
+  virtual void setItemsMovable(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * Enables inplace-renaming of items.
+   * It is disabled by default.
+   *
+   * @see itemsRenameable()
+   * @see setRenameable()
+   */
+  virtual void setItemsRenameable(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * Enable/Disable the dragging of items.
+   * It is disabled by default.
+   */
+  virtual void setDragEnabled(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * Enable/Disable AutoOpen (not implemented currently).
+   */
+  virtual void setAutoOpen(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * Enable/Disable the drawing of a drop-visualizer
+   * (a bar that shows where a dropped item would be inserted).
+   * It is enabled by default, if dragging is enabled
+   */
+  virtual void setDropVisualizer(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the width of the (default) drop-visualizer.
+   * If you don't call this method, the width is set to 4.
+   */
+  void setDropVisualizerWidth (int w);
+
+  /**
+   * Set which column should be used for automatic tooltips.
+   *
+   * @param column is the column for which tooltips will be shown.
+   * Set -1 to disable this feature.
+   */
+  virtual void setTooltipColumn(int column);
+
+  /**
+   * Enable/Disable the drawing of a drop-highlighter
+   * (a rectangle around the item under the mouse cursor).
+   * It is disabled by default.
+   */
+  virtual void setDropHighlighter(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * For future expansions.
+   *
+   * Do not use.
+   * @deprecated
+   */
+  virtual void setCreateChildren(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the selection mode.
+   *
+   * A different name was chosen to avoid API-clashes with @ref QListView::setSelectionMode().
+   */
+  void setSelectionModeExt (SelectionModeExt mode);
+
+  /**
+   * Enable/disable tabbing between editable cells
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void setTabOrderedRenaming(bool b);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns whether tab ordered renaming is enabled
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  bool tabOrderedRenaming() const;
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   * Determine whether a drop on position @p p would count as
+   * being above or below the QRect @p rect.
+   *
+   * @param rect is the rectangle we examine.
+   * @param p is the point located in the rectangle, p is assumed to be in
+   * viewport coordinates.
+   */
+  inline bool below (const QRect& rect, const QPoint& p)
+  {
+        return (p.y() > (rect.top() + (rect.bottom() - rect.top())/2));
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * An overloaded version of below(const QRect&, const QPoint&).
+   *
+   * It differs from the above only in what arguments it takes.
+   *
+   * @param i the item whose rect() is passed to the above function.
+   * @param p is translated from contents coordinates to viewport coordinates
+   * before being passed to the above function.
+   */
+  inline bool below (QListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p)
+  {
+        return below (itemRect(i), contentsToViewport(p));
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented to reload the alternate background in palette changes.
+   * @internal
+   */
+  virtual bool event( QEvent * );
+
+  /**
+   * Emit signal @ref #executed.
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void emitExecute( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+   virtual void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* fe);
+
+   /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe );
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void leaveEvent( QEvent *e );
+
+  /**
+   * @return the tooltip for @p column of @p item.
+   */
+  virtual QString tooltip(QListViewItem* item, int column) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return whether the tooltip for @p column of @p item shall be shown at point @p pos.
+   */
+  virtual bool showTooltip(QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int column) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+   virtual void contentsDragMoveEvent (QDragMoveEvent *event);
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent *e );
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsDragLeaveEvent (QDragLeaveEvent *event);
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMouseReleaseEvent (QMouseEvent*);
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsDropEvent (QDropEvent*);
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsDragEnterEvent (QDragEnterEvent *);
+
+  /**
+   * @return a dragobject encoding the current selection.
+   *
+   * @see setDragEnabled()
+   */
+  virtual QDragObject *dragObject();
+
+  /**
+   * @return true if the @p event provides some acceptable
+   * format.
+   * A common mistake is to forget the "const" in your reimplementation
+   */
+  virtual bool acceptDrag (QDropEvent* event) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Paint the drag line. If painter is null, don't try to :)
+   *
+   * If after == 0 then the marker should be drawn at the top.
+   *
+   * @return the rectangle that you painted to.
+   */
+  virtual QRect drawDropVisualizer (QPainter *p, QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after);
+
+  /**
+   * Paint the drag rectangle. If painter is null, don't try to :)
+   *
+   *
+   * @return the rectangle that you painted to.
+   */
+  virtual QRect drawItemHighlighter(QPainter *painter, QListViewItem *item);
+
+  /**
+   * This method calls @ref dragObject() and starts the drag.
+   *
+   * Reimplement it to do fancy stuff like setting a pixmap or
+   * using a non-default DragMode
+   */
+  virtual void startDrag();
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent*);
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
+   * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
+   * some features may not work correctly.
+   *
+   * The API is unaffected.
+   */
+  virtual void viewportPaintEvent(QPaintEvent*);
+
+  /**
+   * In FileManager selection mode: explicitely activate the mode
+   * in which the current item is automatically selected.
+   */
+  void activateAutomaticSelection();
+  /**
+   * In FileManager selection mode: explicitely deactivate the mode
+   * in which the current item is automatically selected.
+   */
+  void deactivateAutomaticSelection();
+  /**
+   * In FileManager selection mode: return whether it is currently in the mode
+   * where the current item is selected automatically.
+   * Returns false if items were selected explicitely, e.g. using the mouse.
+   */
+  bool automaticSelection() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Reimplemented for setFullWidth()
+   */
+  virtual void viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e);
+
+protected slots:
+  /**
+   * Update internal settings whenever the global ones change.
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void slotSettingsChanged(int);
+
+  void slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+  void doneEditing(QListViewItem *item, int row);
+
+  /**
+   * Repaint the rect where I was drawing the drop line.
+   */
+  void cleanDropVisualizer();
+
+  /**
+   * Repaint the rect where I was drawing the drop rectangle.
+   */
+  void cleanItemHighlighter();
+
+  /**
+   * Emit the @ref contextMenu signal. This slot is for mouse actions.
+   */
+  void emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int);
+
+  /**
+   * Emit the @ref #contextMenu signal. This slot is for key presses.
+   */
+  void emitContextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem*);
+
+  /**
+   * Accessory slot for AutoSelect
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void slotOnItem( QListViewItem *item );
+
+  /**
+   * Accessory slot for AutoSelect/ChangeCursorOverItem
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void slotOnViewport();
+
+  /**
+   * Process AutoSelection.
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void slotAutoSelect();
+
+  void slotDragExpand(); 
+
+  /**
+   * Reacts to header changes in full width mode
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void slotHeaderChanged();
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   * Handle dropEvent when itemsMovable() is set to true.
+   */
+  virtual void movableDropEvent (QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* afterme);
+
+  /**
+   * Where is the nearest QListViewItem that I'm going to drop?
+   *
+   * FIXME KDE 4.0: Make this method const so it can be called from an
+   * acceptDrag method without ugly casts
+   */
+  virtual void findDrop(const QPoint &pos, QListViewItem *&parent, QListViewItem *&after);
+
+  /**
+   * A special keyPressEvent (for FileManager selection mode).
+   */
+  void fileManagerKeyPressEvent (QKeyEvent*);
+
+  /**
+   * Convert the depth of an item into its indentation in pixels
+   */
+  int depthToPixels( int depth );
+
+private:
+  class Tooltip;
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  class KListViewPrivate;
+  KListViewPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A listview item with support for alternate background colours. It is
+ * a drop-in replacement for @ref QListViewItem
+ *
+ * @short listview item with alternate background colour support
+ */
+class KListViewItem : public QListViewItem
+{
+public:
+  /**
+   * constructors. The semantics remain as in @ref QListViewItem.
+   * Although they accept a @ref QListViewItem as parent, please
+   * don't mix KListViewItem (or subclasses) with QListViewItem
+   * (or subclasses).
+   */
+  KListViewItem(QListView *parent);
+  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent);
+  KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after);
+  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after);
+
+  KListViewItem(QListView *parent,
+    QString, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
+
+  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent,
+    QString, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
+
+  KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+    QString, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
+
+  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+    QString, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
+    QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
+
+  virtual ~KListViewItem();
+
+  /**
+   * retuns true if this item is to be drawn with the alternate background
+   */
+  bool isAlternate();
+  /**
+   * returns the background colour for this item
+   */
+  const QColor &backgroundColor();
+
+  virtual void paintCell(QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg,
+    int column, int width, int alignment);
+
+private:
+  void init();
+
+private:
+  uint m_odd : 1;
+  uint m_known : 1;
+  uint m_unused : 30;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: ts=2 sw=2 et
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2a4d0
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,994 @@
+ /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+     Copyright
+     (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer (reggie@kde.org)
+     (C) 1997 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
+     (C) 1997-2000 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
+     (C) 1997-2000 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
+     (C) 1999 Chris Schlaeger (cs@kde.org)
+     (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger (jowenn@kde.org)
+
+     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+     Library General Public License for more details.
+
+     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ */
+#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qmenubar.h>
+#include <qstatusbar.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+ 
+#include "kdebug.h"
+#include "kmainwindow.h"
+#include "kglobalsettings.h"
+#include "kactioncollection.h"
+
+class KMainWindowPrivate {
+public:
+//US    bool showHelpMenu:1;
+
+    bool autoSaveSettings:1;
+    bool settingsDirty:1;
+    bool autoSaveWindowSize:1;
+    bool care_about_geometry:1;
+    QString autoSaveGroup;
+//US    KAccel * kaccel;
+//US    KMainWindowInterface *m_interface;
+    KDEPrivate::ToolBarHandler *toolBarHandler;
+    QTimer* settingsTimer;
+    KToggleAction *showStatusBarAction;
+    QRect defaultWindowSize;
+};
+
+static bool no_query_exit = false;
+
+KMainWindow::KMainWindow( QWidget* parent, const char *name, WFlags f )
+    : QMainWindow( parent, name, f )/*US, KXMLGUIBuilder( this ), helpMenu2( 0 ), factory_( 0 )*/
+{
+    mQToolBar = 0;
+    initKMainWindow(name);
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::parseGeometry(bool parsewidth)
+{
+//US the following code is not getting used in the embedded version !! So disable it for now   
+/*US    
+    
+    assert ( !kapp->geometryArgument().isNull() );
+    assert ( d->care_about_geometry );
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+    // FIXME: (E) Implement something similar for Qt Embedded (or decide we don't need it)
+    int x, y;
+    int w, h;
+    int m = XParseGeometry( kapp->geometryArgument().latin1(), &x, &y, (unsigned int*)&w, (unsigned int*)&h);
+    if (parsewidth) {
+        QSize minSize = minimumSize();
+        QSize maxSize = maximumSize();
+        if ( (m & WidthValue) == 0 )
+            w = width();
+        if ( (m & HeightValue) == 0 )
+            h = height();
+         w = QMIN(w,maxSize.width());
+         h = QMIN(h,maxSize.height());
+         w = QMAX(w,minSize.width());
+         h = QMAX(h,minSize.height());
+         resize(w, h);
+    } else {
+        if ( parsewidth && (m & XValue) == 0 )
+            x = geometry().x();
+        if ( parsewidth && (m & YValue) == 0 )
+            y = geometry().y();
+        if ( (m & XNegative) )
+            x = KApplication::desktop()->width()  + x - w;
+        if ( (m & YNegative) )
+            y = KApplication::desktop()->height() + y - h;
+        move(x, y);
+    }
+#endif
+*/    
+}
+
+KMainWindow::~KMainWindow()
+{
+    delete d->settingsTimer;
+    QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
+    delete mb;
+//US    delete d->m_interface;
+    
+    delete d;
+//US    memberList->remove( this );
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::initKMainWindow(const char *name)
+{
+    setDockMenuEnabled( FALSE );
+//US     mHelpMenu = 0;
+    
+//US    kapp->setTopWidget( this );
+    actionCollection()->setWidget( this );
+//US    connect(kapp, SIGNAL(shutDown()), this, SLOT(shuttingDown()));
+//US    if( !memberList )
+//US        memberList = new QPtrList<KMainWindow>;
+/*US    
+
+    if ( !ksm )
+        ksm = ksmd.setObject(new KMWSessionManaged());
+    // set a unique object name. Required by session management.
+    QCString objname;
+    QCString s;
+    int unusedNumber;
+    if ( !name )
+        { // no name given
+        objname = kapp->instanceName() + "-mainwindow#";
+        s = objname + '1'; // start adding number immediately
+        unusedNumber = 1;
+        }
+    else if( name[ strlen( name ) - 1 ] == '#' )
+        { // trailing # - always add a number
+        objname = name;
+        s = objname + '1'; // start adding number immediately
+        unusedNumber = 1;
+        }
+    else
+        {
+        objname = name;
+        s = objname;
+        unusedNumber = 0; // add numbers only when needed
+        }
+    for(;;) {
+        QWidgetList* list = kapp->topLevelWidgets();
+        QWidgetListIt it( *list );
+        bool found = false;
+        for( QWidget* w = it.current();
+             w != NULL;
+             ++it, w = it.current())
+            if( w != this && w->name() == s )
+                {
+                found = true;
+                break;
+                }
+        delete list;
+        if( !found )
+            break;
+        s.setNum( ++unusedNumber );
+        s = objname + s;
+    }
+    setName( s );
+    memberList->append( this );
+*/
+    
+    d = new KMainWindowPrivate;
+//US    d->showHelpMenu = true;
+    d->settingsDirty = false;
+    d->autoSaveSettings = false;
+    d->autoSaveWindowSize = true; // for compatibility
+//US    d->kaccel = actionCollection()->kaccel();
+    d->toolBarHandler = 0;
+    d->settingsTimer = 0;
+    d->showStatusBarAction = NULL;
+/*US    
+    if ((d->care_about_geometry == beeing_first)) {
+        beeing_first = false;
+        if ( kapp->geometryArgument().isNull() ) // if there is no geometry, it doesn't mater
+            d->care_about_geometry = false;
+        else
+            parseGeometry(false);
+    }
+*/    
+    d->care_about_geometry = false;
+
+//US    setCaption( kapp->caption() );
+    // attach dcop interface
+//US    d->m_interface = new KMainWindowInterface(this);
+
+//US    if (!kapp->authorize("movable_toolbars"))
+//US        setDockWindowsMovable(false);
+}
+
+KAction *KMainWindow::toolBarMenuAction()
+{
+  if ( !d->toolBarHandler )
+    return 0;
+
+  return d->toolBarHandler->toolBarMenuAction();
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::canBeRestored( int number )
+{
+/*US we do not have and want to save sessioninformation. Use info from the default 
+application config.
+*/
+//US    if ( !kapp->isRestored() )
+//US        return FALSE;
+//US    KConfig *config = kapp->sessionConfig();
+    KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+    if ( !config )
+        return FALSE;
+    config->setGroup( QString::fromLatin1("Number") );
+    int n = config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("NumberOfWindows") , 1 );
+    return number >= 1 && number <= n;
+
+}
+
+const QString KMainWindow::classNameOfToplevel( int number )
+{
+/*US we do not have and want to save sessioninformation. Use info from the default 
+application config.
+*/
+//US    if ( !kapp->isRestored() )
+//US        return QString::null;
+//US    KConfig *config = kapp->sessionConfig();
+    KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+    if ( !config )
+        return QString::null;
+    QString s;
+    s.setNum( number );
+    s.prepend( QString::fromLatin1("WindowProperties") );
+    config->setGroup( s );
+    if ( !config->hasKey( QString::fromLatin1("ClassName") ) )
+        return QString::null;
+    else
+        return config->readEntry( QString::fromLatin1("ClassName") );
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::restore( int number, bool show )
+{
+/*US we do not have and want to save sessioninformation. Use info from the default 
+application config.
+*/
+    if ( !canBeRestored( number ) )
+        return FALSE;
+//US    KConfig *config = kapp->sessionConfig();
+    KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+
+    if ( readPropertiesInternal( config, number ) ){
+        if ( show )
+            KMainWindow::show();
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+    
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::setCaption( const QString &caption )
+{
+//US    setPlainCaption( kapp->makeStdCaption(caption) );
+    setPlainCaption( caption );
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::setCaption( const QString &caption, bool modified )
+{
+//US    setPlainCaption( kapp->makeStdCaption(caption, true, modified) );
+    setPlainCaption( caption + "modified:" );
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::setPlainCaption( const QString &caption )
+{
+    QMainWindow::setCaption( caption );
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+//US the following is disabled for the embedded version
+//US    NETWinInfo info( qt_xdisplay(), winId(), qt_xrootwin(), 0 );
+//US    info.setName( caption.utf8().data() );
+#endif
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate)
+{
+  stateChanged(newstate, KXMLGUIClient::StateNoReverse);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get rid of this for KDE 4.0
+ */
+void KMainWindow::slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate,
+                                   KXMLGUIClient::ReverseStateChange reverse)
+{
+  stateChanged(newstate, reverse);
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::closeEvent ( QCloseEvent *e )
+{
+    // Save settings if auto-save is enabled, and settings have changed
+    if (d->settingsDirty && d->autoSaveSettings)
+        saveAutoSaveSettings();
+
+    if (queryClose()) {
+        e->accept();
+
+        int not_withdrawn = 0;
+/*US        
+        QPtrListIterator<KMainWindow> it(*KMainWindow::memberList);
+        for (it.toFirst(); it.current(); ++it){
+            if ( !it.current()->isHidden() && it.current()->isTopLevel() && it.current() != this )
+                not_withdrawn++;
+        }
+*/
+        if ( !no_query_exit && not_withdrawn <= 0 ) { // last window close accepted?
+/*US            
+            if ( queryExit() && !kapp->sessionSaving()) {            // Yes, Quit app?
+                // don't call queryExit() twice
+                disconnect(kapp, SIGNAL(shutDown()), this, SLOT(shuttingDown()));
+                kapp->deref();             // ...and quit aplication.
+            }  else {
+                // cancel closing, it's stupid to end up with no windows at all....
+                e->ignore();
+            }
+*/
+//US we have no sessionmanagement. Simply close app.
+            if ( queryExit() ) {            // Yes, Quit app?
+            qDebug("KMainWindow::closeEvent: Exit application ???");
+                // don't call queryExit() twice
+//US                disconnect(kapp, SIGNAL(shutDown()), this, SLOT(shuttingDown()));
+            } 
+            
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::queryExit()
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::queryClose()
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::saveGlobalProperties( KConfig*  )
+{
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::readGlobalProperties( KConfig*  )
+{
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::savePropertiesInternal( KConfig *config, int number )
+{
+    bool oldASWS = d->autoSaveWindowSize;
+    d->autoSaveWindowSize = true; // make saveMainWindowSettings save the window size
+
+    QString s;
+    s.setNum(number);
+    s.prepend(QString::fromLatin1("WindowProperties"));
+    config->setGroup(s);
+
+    // store objectName, className, Width and Height  for later restoring
+    // (Only useful for session management)
+    config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("ObjectName"), name());
+    config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("ClassName"), className());
+
+    saveMainWindowSettings(config); // Menubar, statusbar and Toolbar settings.
+
+    s.setNum(number);
+    config->setGroup(s);
+    saveProperties(config);
+
+    d->autoSaveWindowSize = oldASWS;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::setStandardToolBarMenuEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+  if ( enable )
+  {
+    if ( d->toolBarHandler )
+      return;
+
+  d->toolBarHandler = new KDEPrivate::ToolBarHandler( this );
+
+/*US  if ( factory() )
+    factory()->addClient( d->toolBarHandler );
+*/    
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ( !d->toolBarHandler )
+      return;
+/*US
+    if ( factory() )
+      factory()->removeClient( d->toolBarHandler );
+*/
+    delete d->toolBarHandler;
+    d->toolBarHandler = 0;
+  }
+  
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::isStandardToolBarMenuEnabled() const
+{
+    return ( d->toolBarHandler != 0 );
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::createStandardStatusBarAction(){
+  if(!d->showStatusBarAction){
+    d->showStatusBarAction = KStdAction::showStatusbar(this, SLOT(setSettingsDirty()), actionCollection());
+    connect(d->showStatusBarAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), statusBar(), SLOT(setShown(bool)));
+    if(internalStatusBar())
+      d->showStatusBarAction->setChecked(!internalStatusBar()->isHidden());
+  }
+}
+
+QToolBar *KMainWindow::tBar(  )
+{
+    if  ( ! mQToolBar )
+      mQToolBar =   new QToolBar( this );
+    return mQToolBar;
+}
+
+KToolBar *KMainWindow::toolBar( const char * name )
+{
+   
+    if (!name)
+       name = "mainToolBar";
+    KToolBar *tb = (KToolBar*)child( name, "KToolBar" );
+    if ( tb )
+        return tb;
+    bool honor_mode = (name == "mainToolBar");
+
+/*US
+    if ( builderClient() )
+        return new KToolBar(this, name, honor_mode); // XMLGUI constructor
+    else
+*/    
+      return new KToolBar(this, Top, false, name, honor_mode ); // non-XMLGUI
+}
+
+QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> KMainWindow::toolBarIterator()
+{
+    toolbarList.clear();
+    QPtrList<QToolBar> lst;
+    for ( int i = (int)QMainWindow::Unmanaged; i <= (int)Minimized; ++i ) {
+        lst = toolBars( (ToolBarDock)i );
+        for ( QToolBar *tb = lst.first(); tb; tb = lst.next() ) {
+            if ( !tb->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
+                continue;
+            toolbarList.append( (KToolBar*)tb );
+        }
+    }
+    return QPtrListIterator<KToolBar>( toolbarList );
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::setAutoSaveSettings( const QString & groupName, bool saveWindowSize )
+{
+    d->autoSaveSettings = true;
+    d->autoSaveGroup = groupName;
+    d->autoSaveWindowSize = saveWindowSize;
+    // Get notified when the user moves a toolbar around
+//US    connect( this, SIGNAL( dockWindowPositionChanged( QDockWindow * ) ),
+//US             this, SLOT( setSettingsDirty() ) );
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( toolBarPositionChanged(QToolBar *) ),
+             this, SLOT( setSettingsDirty() ) );
+
+             
+    // Get default values
+//US    int scnum = QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(parentWidget());
+//US    QRect desk = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(scnum);
+    QRect desk = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(0);
+    
+    d->defaultWindowSize = QRect(desk.width(), width(), desk.height(), height());
+    // Now read the previously saved settings
+    applyMainWindowSettings( KGlobal::config(), groupName );
+}
+
+
+void KMainWindow::resetAutoSaveSettings()
+{
+    d->autoSaveSettings = false;
+    if ( d->settingsTimer )
+        d->settingsTimer->stop();
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::autoSaveSettings() const
+{
+    return d->autoSaveSettings;
+}
+
+QString KMainWindow::autoSaveGroup() const
+{
+    return d->autoSaveGroup;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::saveAutoSaveSettings()
+{
+    ASSERT( d->autoSaveSettings );
+    //kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::saveAutoSaveSettings -> saving settings" << endl;
+    saveMainWindowSettings( KGlobal::config(), d->autoSaveGroup );
+    KGlobal::config()->sync();
+    d->settingsDirty = false;
+    if ( d->settingsTimer )
+        d->settingsTimer->stop();
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::createGUI( const QString &xmlfile, bool _conserveMemory )
+{
+    // disabling the updates prevents unnecessary redraws
+    setUpdatesEnabled( false );
+
+    // just in case we are rebuilding, let's remove our old client
+//US    guiFactory()->removeClient( this );
+
+    // make sure to have an empty GUI
+    QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
+    if ( mb )
+        mb->clear();
+
+    (void)toolBarIterator(); // make sure toolbarList is most-up-to-date
+    toolbarList.setAutoDelete( true );
+    toolbarList.clear();
+    toolbarList.setAutoDelete( false );
+/*US
+    // don't build a help menu unless the user ask for it
+    if (d->showHelpMenu) {
+        // we always want a help menu
+        if (helpMenu2 == 0)
+            helpMenu2 = new KHelpMenu(this, instance()->aboutData(), true,
+                                      actionCollection());
+    }
+
+    // we always want to load in our global standards file
+    setXMLFile( locate( "config", "ui/ui_standards.rc", instance() ) );
+
+    // now, merge in our local xml file.  if this is null, then that
+    // means that we will be only using the global file
+    if ( !xmlfile.isNull() ) {
+        setXMLFile( xmlfile, true );
+    } else {
+        QString auto_file(instance()->instanceName() + "ui.rc");
+        setXMLFile( auto_file, true );
+    }
+
+    // make sure we don't have any state saved already
+    setXMLGUIBuildDocument( QDomDocument() );
+
+    // do the actual GUI building
+    guiFactory()->addClient( this );
+
+    // try and get back *some* of our memory
+    if ( _conserveMemory )
+    {
+      // before freeing the memory allocated by the DOM document we also
+      // free all memory allocated internally in the KXMLGUIFactory for
+      // the menubar and the toolbars . This however implies that we
+      // have to take care of deleting those widgets ourselves. For
+      // destruction this is no problem, but when rebuilding we have
+      // to take care of that (and we want to rebuild the GUI when
+      // using stuff like the toolbar editor ).
+      // In addition we have to take care of not removing containers
+      // like popupmenus, defined in the XML document.
+      // this code should probably go into a separate method in KMainWindow.
+      // there's just one problem: I'm bad in finding names ;-) , so
+      // I skipped this ;-)
+
+      QDomDocument doc = domDocument();
+
+      QDomElement e = doc.documentElement().firstChild().toElement();
+      for (; !e.isNull(); e = e.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
+          if ( e.tagName().lower() == "toolbar" )
+              factory_->resetContainer( e.attribute( "name" ) );
+          else if ( e.tagName().lower() == "menubar" )
+              factory_->resetContainer( e.tagName(), true );
+      }
+
+      conserveMemory();
+    }
+*/
+    setUpdatesEnabled( true );
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::saveMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup)
+{
+    kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::saveMainWindowSettings " << configGroup << endl;
+//US    QStrList entryList;
+    QStringList entryList;
+    QString oldGroup;
+
+    if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
+    {
+       oldGroup = config->group();
+       config->setGroup(configGroup);
+    }
+
+    // Called by session management - or if we want to save the window size anyway
+    if ( d->autoSaveWindowSize )
+        saveWindowSize( config );
+
+    QStatusBar* sb = internalStatusBar();
+    if (sb) {
+        entryList.clear();
+        if ( sb->isHidden() )
+            entryList.append("Disabled");
+        else
+            entryList.append("Enabled");
+
+        if(sb->isHidden())
+        //US  config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"), entryList, ';');
+          config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"), entryList);
+        else
+          config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"));
+    }
+
+    QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
+    if (mb) {
+        entryList.clear();
+        if ( mb->isHidden() )
+            entryList.append("Disabled");
+        else
+            entryList.append("Enabled");
+
+        // By default we don't hide.
+        if(mb->isHidden())
+        //US  config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"), entryList, ';');
+          config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"), entryList);
+        else
+          config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"));
+    }
+
+    int n = 1; // Toolbar counter. toolbars are counted from 1,
+    KToolBar *toolbar = 0;
+    QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() );
+    while ( ( toolbar = it.current() ) ) {
+        ++it;
+        QString group;
+        if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
+        {
+           // Give a number to the toolbar, but prefer a name if there is one,
+           // because there's no real guarantee on the ordering of toolbars
+           group = (!::qstrcmp(toolbar->name(), "unnamed") ? QString::number(n) : QString(" ")+toolbar->name());
+           group.prepend(" Toolbar");
+           group.prepend(configGroup);
+        }
+        toolbar->saveSettings(config, group);
+        n++;
+    }
+    if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
+       config->setGroup(oldGroup);
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::readPropertiesInternal( KConfig *config, int number )
+{
+    if ( number == 1 )
+        readGlobalProperties( config );
+
+    // in order they are in toolbar list
+    QString s;
+    s.setNum(number);
+    s.prepend(QString::fromLatin1("WindowProperties"));
+
+    config->setGroup(s);
+
+    // restore the object name (window role)
+    if ( config->hasKey(QString::fromLatin1("ObjectName" )) )
+        setName( config->readEntry(QString::fromLatin1("ObjectName")).latin1()); // latin1 is right here
+
+    applyMainWindowSettings(config); // Menubar, statusbar and toolbar settings.
+
+    s.setNum(number);
+    config->setGroup(s);
+    readProperties(config);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::applyMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup)
+{
+    kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::applyMainWindowSettings" << endl;
+    QString entry;
+//US    QStrList entryList;
+    QStringList entryList;
+    int i = 0; // Number of entries in list
+
+    if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
+       config->setGroup(configGroup);
+
+    restoreWindowSize(config);
+
+    QStatusBar* sb = internalStatusBar();
+    if (sb) {
+        entryList.clear();
+//US        i = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"), entryList, ';');
+        entryList = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"));
+        entry = entryList.first();
+        if (entry == QString::fromLatin1("Disabled"))
+           sb->hide();
+        else
+           sb->show();
+        if(d->showStatusBarAction)
+           d->showStatusBarAction->setChecked(!sb->isHidden());
+    }
+
+    QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
+    if (mb) {
+        entryList.clear();
+//US        i = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"), entryList, ';');
+        entryList = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"));
+        entry = entryList.first();
+        if (entry==QString::fromLatin1("Disabled"))
+        {
+            mb->hide(); 
+        } else
+        {
+            mb->show();
+        }
+    }
+
+        int n = 1; // Toolbar counter. toolbars are counted from 1,
+        KToolBar *toolbar;
+        QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() ); // must use own iterator
+
+        for ( ; it.current(); ++it) {
+            toolbar= it.current();
+            QString group;
+            if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
+            {
+               // Give a number to the toolbar, but prefer a name if there is one,
+               // because there's no real guarantee on the ordering of toolbars
+               group = (!::qstrcmp(toolbar->name(), "unnamed") ? QString::number(n) : QString(" ")+toolbar->name());
+               group.prepend(" Toolbar");
+               group.prepend(configGroup);
+            }
+            toolbar->applySettings(config, group);
+            n++;
+        }
+
+    finalizeGUI( true );
+    }
+
+void KMainWindow::finalizeGUI( bool force )
+{
+    //kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::finalizeGUI force=" << force << endl;
+    // The whole reason for this is that moveToolBar relies on the indexes
+    // of the other toolbars, so in theory it should be called only once per
+    // toolbar, but in increasing order of indexes.
+    // Since we can't do that immediately, we move them, and _then_
+    // we call positionYourself again for each of them, but this time
+    // the toolbariterator should give them in the proper order.
+    // Both the XMLGUI and applySettings call this, hence "force" for the latter.
+    QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() );
+    for ( ; it.current() ; ++ it )
+            it.current()->positionYourself( force );
+
+    d->settingsDirty = false;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::saveWindowSize( KConfig * config ) const
+{
+/*US  
+  int scnum = QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(parentWidget());
+  QRect desk = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(scnum);
+*/
+  QRect desk = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(0);
+  
+  QRect size( desk.width(), width(), desk.height(), height() );
+  if(size != d->defaultWindowSize){
+    config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Width %1").arg(desk.width()), width() );
+    config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Height %1").arg(desk.height()), height() );
+  }
+  else{
+    config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Width %1").arg(desk.width()));
+    config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Height %1").arg(desk.height()));
+  }
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::restoreWindowSize( KConfig * config )
+{
+    if (d->care_about_geometry) {
+        parseGeometry(true);
+    } else {
+        // restore the size
+/*US        int scnum = QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(parentWidget());
+        QRect desk = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(scnum);
+*/        
+        QRect desk = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(0);
+        
+        QSize size( config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Width %1").arg(desk.width()), 0 ),
+                    config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Height %1").arg(desk.height()), 0 ) );
+        if (size.isEmpty()) {
+            // try the KDE 2.0 way
+            size = QSize( config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Width"), 0 ),
+                          config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Height"), 0 ) );
+            if (!size.isEmpty()) {
+                // make sure the other resolutions don't get old settings
+                config->writeEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Width"), 0 );
+                config->writeEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Height"), 0 );
+            }
+        }
+        if ( !size.isEmpty() )
+            resize( size );
+    }
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::initialGeometrySet() const
+{
+    return d->care_about_geometry;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::ignoreInitialGeometry()
+{
+    d->care_about_geometry = false;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::setSettingsDirty()
+{
+    //kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::setSettingsDirty" << endl;
+    d->settingsDirty = true;
+    if ( d->autoSaveSettings )
+    {
+        // Use a timer to save "immediately" user-wise, but not too immediately
+        // (to compress calls and save only once, in case of multiple changes)
+        if ( !d->settingsTimer )
+        {
+           d->settingsTimer = new QTimer( this );
+           connect( d->settingsTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), SLOT( saveAutoSaveSettings() ) );
+        }
+        d->settingsTimer->start( 500, true );
+    }
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::settingsDirty() const
+{
+    return d->settingsDirty;
+}
+
+QString KMainWindow::settingsGroup() const
+{
+    return d->autoSaveGroup;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * )
+{
+    if ( d->autoSaveWindowSize )
+        setSettingsDirty();
+}
+
+bool KMainWindow::hasMenuBar()
+{
+        return (internalMenuBar());
+}
+
+//US KMenuBar *KMainWindow::menuBar()
+QMenuBar *KMainWindow::menuBar()
+{
+//US    KMenuBar * mb = internalMenuBar();
+    QMenuBar * mb = internalMenuBar();
+    if ( !mb ) {
+//US        mb = new KMenuBar( this );
+        mb = new QMenuBar( this );
+        // trigger a re-layout and trigger a call to the private
+        // setMenuBar method.
+        QMainWindow::menuBar();
+    }
+    return mb;
+}
+
+//US KStatusBar *KMainWindow::statusBar()
+QStatusBar *KMainWindow::statusBar()
+{
+//US    KStatusBar * sb = internalStatusBar();
+    QStatusBar * sb = internalStatusBar();
+    if ( !sb ) {
+//US        sb = new KStatusBar( this );
+        sb = new QStatusBar( this );
+        // trigger a re-layout and trigger a call to the private
+        // setStatusBar method.
+        QMainWindow::statusBar();
+    }
+    return sb;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::shuttingDown()
+{
+    // Needed for Qt <= 3.0.3 at least to prevent reentrancy
+    // when queryExit() shows a dialog. Check before removing!
+    static bool reentrancy_protection = false;
+    if (!reentrancy_protection)
+    {
+       reentrancy_protection = true;
+       // call the virtual queryExit
+       queryExit();
+       reentrancy_protection = false;
+    }
+
+}
+
+//US KMenuBar *KMainWindow::internalMenuBar()
+QMenuBar *KMainWindow::internalMenuBar()
+{
+//US    QObjectList *l = queryList( "KMenuBar", 0, false, false );
+    QObjectList *l = queryList( "QMenuBar", 0, false, false );
+    if ( !l || !l->first() ) {
+        delete l;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+//US    KMenuBar *m = (KMenuBar*)l->first();
+    QMenuBar *m = (QMenuBar*)l->first();
+    delete l;
+    return m;
+}
+
+//US KStatusBar *KMainWindow::internalStatusBar()
+QStatusBar *KMainWindow::internalStatusBar()
+{
+//US    QObjectList *l = queryList( "KStatusBar", 0, false, false );
+    QObjectList *l = queryList( "QStatusBar", 0, false, false );
+    if ( !l || !l->first() ) {
+        delete l;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+//US    KStatusBar *s = (KStatusBar*)l->first();
+    QStatusBar *s = (QStatusBar*)l->first();
+    delete l;
+    return s;
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::childEvent( QChildEvent* e)
+{
+    QMainWindow::childEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KMainWindow::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+{
+    // do nothing
+}
+
+QSize KMainWindow::sizeForCentralWidgetSize(QSize size)
+{
+    KToolBar *tb = (KToolBar*)child( "mainToolBar", "KToolBar" );
+    if (tb && !tb->isHidden()) {
+        switch( tb->barPos() )
+        {
+          case KToolBar::Top:
+          case KToolBar::Bottom:
+            size += QSize(0, tb->sizeHint().height());
+            break;
+
+          case KToolBar::Left:
+          case KToolBar::Right:
+            size += QSize(toolBar()->sizeHint().width(), 0);
+            break;
+
+          case KToolBar::Flat:
+//US            size += QSize(0, 3+kapp->style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_DockWindowHandleExtent ));
+            size += QSize(0, tb->sizeHint().height());
+            break;
+
+          default:
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+//US    KMenuBar *mb = menuBar();
+    QMenuBar *mb = menuBar();
+    if (!mb->isHidden()) {
+        size += QSize(0,mb->heightForWidth(size.width()));
+/*US        if (style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar, this))
+           size += QSize( 0, dockWindowsMovable() ? 1 : 2);
+*/           
+           size += QSize( 0, 2);
+    }
+    QStatusBar *sb = internalStatusBar();
+    if( sb && !sb->isHidden() )
+       size += QSize(0, sb->sizeHint().height());
+
+    return size;
+}
+
+// why do we support old gcc versions? using KXMLGUIBuilder::finalizeGUI;
+void KMainWindow::finalizeGUI( KXMLGUIClient *client )
+{ /*US KXMLGUIBuilder::finalizeGUI( client );*/ }
+
+void KMainWindow::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ /*US KXMLGUIBuilder::virtual_hook( id, data );*/
+  KXMLGUIClient::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.h b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e76e732
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,776 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+    $Id$
+
+*/
+
+
+
+#ifndef KMAINWINDOW_H
+#define KMAINWINDOW_H
+
+/*US
+#include "kxmlguifactory.h"
+#include "kxmlguiclient.h"
+#include "kxmlguibuilder.h"
+#include <qmetaobject.h>
+
+class KPopupMenu;
+class KXMLGUIFactory;
+class KConfig;
+class KHelpMenu;
+class KStatusBar;
+class QStatusBar;
+class KMenuBar;
+class KMWSessionManaged;
+class KAccel;
+class KToolBarMenuAction;
+*/
+
+class QMenuBar;
+class QStatusBar;
+class KMainWindowPrivate;
+class KAction;
+
+#include <ktoolbar.h>
+#include <ktoolbarhandler.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+#include <qmainwindow.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+
+class KActionCollection;
+
+class KMainWindow : public QMainWindow, virtual public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+private:
+//US create private defaultconstructor
+    KMainWindow() {;};
+  
+public:
+public:
+    /**
+     * Construct a main window.
+     *
+     * @param parent The widget parent. This is usually 0 but it may also be the window
+     * group leader. In that case, the KMainWindow becomes sort of a
+     * secondary window.
+     *
+     * @param name The object name. For session management and window management to work
+     * properly, all main windows in the application should have a
+     * different name. When passing 0 (the default), KMainWindow will create
+     * a unique name, but it's recommended to explicitly pass a window name that will
+     * also describe the type of the window. If there can be several windows of the same
+     * type, append '#' (hash) to the name, and KMainWindow will append numbers to make
+     * the names unique. For example, for a mail client which has one main window showing
+     * the mails and folders, and which can also have one or more windows for composing
+     * mails, the name for the folders window should be e.g. "mainwindow" and
+     * for the composer windows "composer#".
+     *
+     * @param f Specify the widget flags. The default is
+     * WType_TopLevel and WDestructiveClose.  TopLevel indicates that a
+     * main window is a toplevel window, regardless of whether it has a
+     * parent or not. DestructiveClose indicates that a main window is
+     * automatically destroyed when its window is closed. Pass 0 if
+     * you do not want this behavior.
+     *
+     * KMainWindows must be created on the heap with 'new', like:
+     *  <pre> KMainWindow *kmw = new KMainWindow (...</pre>
+     **/
+    KMainWindow( QWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel | WDestructiveClose );
+
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor.
+     *
+     * Will also destroy the toolbars, and menubar if
+     * needed.
+     */
+    virtual ~KMainWindow();
+
+    /**
+     * Retrieve the standard help menu.
+     *
+     * It contains entires for the
+     * help system (activated by F1), an optional "What's This?" entry
+     * (activated by Shift F1), an application specific dialog box,
+     * and an "About KDE" dialog box.
+     *
+     * Example (adding a standard help menu to your application):
+     * <pre>
+     * KPopupMenu *help = helpMenu( <myTextString> );
+     * menuBar()->insertItem( i18n("&Help"), help );
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * @param aboutAppText The string that is used in the application
+     *        specific dialog box. If you leave this string empty the
+     *        information in the global @ref KAboutData of the
+     *        application will be used to make a standard dialog box.
+     *
+     * @param showWhatsThis Set this to false if you do not want to include
+     *        the "What's This" menu entry.
+     *
+     * @return A standard help menu.
+     */
+//US    KPopupMenu* helpMenu( const QString &aboutAppText = QString::null,
+//US    bool showWhatsThis = TRUE );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the help menu. Creates a standard help menu if none exists yet.
+     *
+     * It contains entries for the
+     * help system (activated by F1), an optional "What's This?" entry
+     * (activated by Shift F1), an application specific dialog box,
+     * and an "About KDE" dialog box. You must create the application
+     * specific dialog box yourself. When the "About application"
+     * menu entry is activated, a signal will trigger the
+     * @ref showAboutApplication slot. See @ref showAboutApplication for more
+     * information.
+     *
+     * Example (adding a help menu to your application):
+     * <pre>
+     * menuBar()->insertItem( i18n("&Help"), customHelpMenu() );
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * @param showWhatsThis Set this to @p false if you do not want to include
+     *        the "What's This" menu entry.
+     *
+     * @return A standard help menu.
+     */
+//US    KPopupMenu* customHelpMenu( bool showWhatsThis = TRUE );
+
+    /**
+     * @sect Session Management
+     *
+     * Try to restore the toplevel widget as defined by the number (1..X).
+     *
+     * If the session did not contain so high a number, the configuration
+     * is not changed and @p false returned.
+     *
+     * That means clients could simply do the following:
+     * <pre>
+     * if (kapp->isRestored()){
+     *   int n = 1;
+     *   while (KMainWindow::canBeRestored(n)){
+     *     (new childMW)->restore(n);
+     *     n++;
+     *   }
+     * } else {
+     * // create default application as usual
+     * }
+     * </pre>
+     * Note that @ref QWidget::show() is called implicitly in restore.
+     *
+     * With this you can easily restore all toplevel windows of your
+     * application.
+     *
+     * If your application uses different kinds of toplevel
+     * windows, then you can use @ref KMainWindow::classNameOfToplevel(n)
+     * to determine the exact type before calling the childMW
+     * constructor in the example from above.
+     *
+     * If your client has only one kind of toplevel widgets (which
+     * should be pretty usual) then you should use the RESTORE-macro
+     * for backwards compatibility with 3.1 and 3.0 branches:
+     *
+     * <pre>
+     * if (kapp->isRestored())
+     *   RESTORE(childMW)
+     * else {
+     * // create default application as usual
+     * }
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * The macro expands to the term above but is easier to use and
+     * less code to write.
+     *
+     * For new code or if you have more than one kind of toplevel
+     * widget (each derived from @ref KMainWindow, of course), you can
+     * use the templated @ref kRestoreMainWindows global functions:
+     *
+     * <pre>
+     * if (kapp->isRestored())
+     *   kRestoreMainWindows< childMW1, childMW2, childMW3 >();
+     * else {
+     * // create default application as usual
+     * }
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * Currently, these functions are provided for up to three
+     * template arguments. If you need more, tell us. To help you in
+     * deciding whether or not you can use @ref kRestoreMainWindows, a
+     * define KDE_RESTORE_MAIN_WINDOWS_NUM_TEMPLATE_ARGS is provided.
+     *
+     * @see restore()
+     * @see classNameOfToplevel()
+     *
+     **/
+    static bool canBeRestored( int number );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the @ref className() of the @p number of the toplevel window which
+     * should be restored.
+     *
+     *  This is only useful if your application uses
+     * different kinds of toplevel windows.
+     */
+    static const QString classNameOfToplevel( int number );
+
+    /**
+     * Restore the session specified by @p number.
+     *
+     * Returns @p false if this
+     * fails, otherwise returns @p true and shows the window.
+     * You should call @ref canBeRestored() first.
+     * If @p show is true (default), this widget will be shown automatically.
+     */
+    bool restore( int number, bool show = TRUE );
+
+//US    virtual KXMLGUIFactory *guiFactory();
+
+    /**
+     * Create a GUI given a local XML file.
+     *
+     * If @p xmlfile is NULL,
+     * then it will try to construct a local XML filename like
+     * appnameui.rc where 'appname' is your app's name.  If that file
+     * does not exist, then the XML UI code will only use the global
+     * (standard) XML file for the layout purposes.
+     *
+     * Note that when passing true for the conserveMemory argument subsequent
+     * calls to guiFactory()->addClient/removeClient may not work as expected.
+     * Also retrieving references to containers like popup menus or toolbars using
+     * the container method will not work.
+     *
+     * @param xmlfile The local xmlfile (relative or absolute)
+     * @param _conserveMemory Specify whether createGUI() should call
+     *     @ref KXMLGuiClient::conserveMemory() to free all memory
+     *     allocated by the @ref QDomDocument and by the KXMLGUIFactory.
+     */
+    void createGUI( const QString &xmlfile = QString::null, bool _conserveMemory = TRUE );
+
+    /**
+     * Enables the build of a standard help menu when calling createGUI().
+     *
+     * The default behavior is to build one, you must call this function
+     * to disable it
+     */
+    void setHelpMenuEnabled(bool showHelpMenu = true);
+
+    /**
+     * Return @p true when the help menu is enabled
+     */
+    bool isHelpMenuEnabled();
+
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true, if there is a menubar
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+     bool hasMenuBar();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a pointer to the menu bar.
+     *
+     * If there is no menu bar yet one will be created.
+     **/
+//US    KMenuBar *menuBar();
+    QMenuBar *menuBar();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a pointer to the status bar.
+     *
+     *  If there is no
+     * status bar yet one will be created.
+     */
+//US    KStatusBar *statusBar();
+    QStatusBar *statusBar();
+
+    /**
+     * List of members of KMainWindow class.
+     */
+//US    static QPtrList<KMainWindow>* memberList;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a pointer to the toolbar with the specified name.
+     * This refers to toolbars created dynamically from the XML UI
+     * framework.  If the toolbar does not exist one will be created.
+     *
+     * @param name The internal name of the toolbar. If no name is
+     *             specified "mainToolBar" is assumed.
+     *
+     * @return A pointer to the toolbar
+     **/
+    KToolBar *toolBar( const char *name=0 );
+    // method for getting rid of KDE-Crap
+    QToolBar *tBar( );
+
+    /**
+     * @return An iterator over the list of all toolbars for this window.
+     */
+    QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIterator();
+
+    /**
+     * @return A KAccel instance bound to this mainwindow. Used automatically
+     * by KAction to make keybindings work in all cases.
+     */
+    KAccel *accel();
+
+    void setFrameBorderWidth( int ) {}
+
+    /**
+     * Call this to enable "auto-save" of toolbar/menubar/statusbar settings
+     * (and optionally window size).
+     * If the *bars were moved around/shown/hidden when the window is closed,
+     * saveMainWindowSettings( KGlobal::config(), groupName ) will be called.
+     *
+     * @param groupName a name that identifies this "type of window".
+     * You can have several types of window in the same application.
+     *
+     * @param saveWindowSize set it to true to include the window size
+     * when saving.
+     *
+     * Typically, you will call setAutoSaveSettings() in your
+     * KMainWindow-inherited class constructor, and it will take care
+     * of restoring and saving automatically. Make sure you call this
+     * _after all_ your *bars have been created.
+     */
+    void setAutoSaveSettings( const QString & groupName = QString::fromLatin1("MainWindow"),
+                              bool saveWindowSize = true );
+
+    /**
+     * Disable the auto-save-settings feature.
+     * You don't normally need to call this, ever.
+     */
+    void resetAutoSaveSettings();
+
+    /**
+     * @return the current autosave setting, i.e. true if setAutoSaveSettings() was called,
+     * false by default or if resetAutoSaveSettings() was called.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    bool autoSaveSettings() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the group used for setting-autosaving.
+     * Only meaningful if setAutoSaveSettings() was called.
+     * This can be useful for forcing a save or an apply, e.g. before and after
+     * using KEditToolbar.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    QString autoSaveGroup() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Read settings for statusbar, menubar and toolbar from their respective
+     * groups in the config file and apply them.
+     *
+     * @param config Config file to read the settings from.
+     * @param groupName Group name to use. If not specified, the last used
+     * group name is used.
+     */
+    void applyMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &groupName = QString::null);
+
+    /**
+     * Save settings for statusbar, menubar and toolbar to their respective
+     * groups in the config file @p config.
+     *
+     * @param config Config file to save the settings to.
+     * @param groupName Group name to use. If not specified, the last used
+     * group name is used
+     */
+    void saveMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &groupName = QString::null);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether KMainWindow should provide a menu that allows showing/hiding
+     * the available toolbars ( using @ref KToggleToolBarAction ) . In case there
+     * is only one toolbar configured a simple 'Show <toolbar name here>' menu item
+     * is shown.
+     *
+     * The menu / menu item is implemented using xmlgui. It will be inserted in your
+     * menu structure in the 'Settings' menu.
+     *
+     * If your application uses a non-standard xmlgui resource file then you can
+     * specify the exact position of the menu / menu item by adding a
+     * &lt;Merge name="StandardToolBarMenuHandler" /&gt;
+     * line to the settings menu section of your resource file ( usually appname.rc ).
+     *
+     * Note that you should enable this feature before calling createGUI() ( or similar ) .
+     * You enable/disable it anytime if you pass false to the conserveMemory argument of createGUI.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setStandardToolBarMenuEnabled( bool enable );
+    /// @since 3.1
+    bool isStandardToolBarMenuEnabled() const;
+
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether KMainWindow should provide a menu that allows showing/hiding
+     * of the statusbar ( using @ref KToggleStatusBarAction ).
+     *
+     * The menu / menu item is implemented using xmlgui. It will be inserted
+     * in your menu structure in the 'Settings' menu.
+     *
+     * Note that you should enable this feature before calling createGUI()
+     * ( or similar ).
+     *
+     * If an application maintains the action on its own (i.e. never calls
+     * this function) a connection needs to be made to let KMainWindow
+     * know when that status (hidden/shown) of the statusbar has changed.
+     * For example:
+     * connect(action, SIGNAL(activated()),
+     *         kmainwindow, SLOT(setSettingsDirty()));
+     * Otherwise the status (hidden/show) of the statusbar might not be saved
+     * by KMainWindow.
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    void createStandardStatusBarAction();
+
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a pointer to the mainwindows action responsible for the toolbars menu
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    KAction *toolBarMenuAction();
+
+    // why do we support old gcc versions? using KXMLGUIBuilder::finalizeGUI;
+    /// @since 3.1
+    virtual void finalizeGUI( KXMLGUIClient *client );
+
+    /**
+     * @internal
+     */
+    void finalizeGUI( bool force );
+
+    /**
+     * @return true if a -geometry argument was given on the command line,
+     * and this is the first window created (the one on which this option applies)
+     */
+    bool initialGeometrySet() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @internal
+     * Used from Konqueror when reusing the main window.
+     */
+    void ignoreInitialGeometry();
+
+    /**
+     * @return the size the mainwindow should have so that the central
+     * widget will be of @p size.
+     */
+    QSize sizeForCentralWidgetSize(QSize size);
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     * Makes a KDE compliant caption.
+     *
+     * @param caption Your caption. @em Do @em not include the application name
+     * in this string. It will be added automatically according to the KDE
+     * standard.
+     */
+    virtual void setCaption( const QString &caption );
+    /**
+     * Makes a KDE compliant caption.
+     *
+     * @param caption Your caption. @em Do @em not include the application name
+     * in this string. It will be added automatically according to the KDE
+     * standard.
+     * @param modified Specify whether the document is modified. This displays
+     * an additional sign in the title bar, usually "**".
+     */
+    virtual void setCaption( const QString &caption, bool modified );
+
+    /**
+     * Make a plain caption without any modifications.
+     *
+     * @param caption Your caption. This is the string that will be
+     * displayed in the window title.
+     */
+    virtual void setPlainCaption( const QString &caption );
+
+    /**
+     * Open the help page for the application.
+     *
+     *  The application name is
+     * used as a key to determine what to display and the system will attempt
+     * to open <appName>/index.html.
+     *
+     * This method is intended for use by a help button in the toolbar or
+     * components outside the regular help menu. Use @ref helpMenu() when you
+     * want to provide access to the help system from the help menu.
+     *
+     * Example (adding a help button to the first toolbar):
+     *
+     * <pre>
+     * KIconLoader &loader = *KGlobal::iconLoader();
+     * QPixmap pixmap = loader.loadIcon( "help" );
+     * toolBar(0)->insertButton( pixmap, 0, SIGNAL(clicked()),
+     *   this, SLOT(appHelpActivated()), true, i18n("Help") );
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     */
+//US    void appHelpActivated( void );
+
+    /**
+     * Apply a state change
+     *
+     * Enable and disable actions as defined in the XML rc file
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    virtual void slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate);
+
+    /**
+     * Apply a state change
+     *
+     * Enable and disable actions as defined in the XML rc file,
+     * can "reverse" the state (disable the actions which should be
+     * enabled, and vice-versa) if specified.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate,
+                          KXMLGUIClient::ReverseStateChange); // KDE 4.0: remove this
+
+
+    /**
+     * Apply a state change
+     *
+     * Enable and disable actions as defined in the XML rc file,
+     * can "reverse" the state (disable the actions which should be
+     * enabled, and vice-versa) if specified.
+     */
+//     void slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate,
+//                           bool reverse); // KDE 4.0: enable this
+
+    /**
+     * Tell the main window that it should save its settings when being closed.
+     * This is part of the auto-save-settings feature.
+     * For everything related to toolbars this happens automatically,
+     * but you have to call setSettingsDirty() in the slot that toggles
+     * the visibility of the statusbar.
+     */
+    void setSettingsDirty();
+
+protected:
+    void paintEvent( QPaintEvent* e );
+    void childEvent( QChildEvent* e);
+    void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent* e);
+    /**
+     * Reimplemented to call the queryClose() and queryExit() handlers.
+     *
+     * We recommend that you reimplement the handlers rather than @ref closeEvent().
+     * If you do it anyway, ensure to call the base implementation to keep
+     * @ref queryExit() running.
+     */
+    virtual void closeEvent ( QCloseEvent *);
+
+    // KDE4 This seems to be flawed to me. Either the app has only one
+    // mainwindow, so queryClose() is enough, or if it can have more of them,
+    // then the windows should take care of themselves, and queryExit()
+    // would be useful only for the annoying 'really quit' dialog, which
+    // also doesn't make sense in apps with multiple mainwindows.
+    // And saving configuration in something called queryExit()? IMHO
+    // one can e.g. use KApplication::shutDown(), which if nothing else
+    // has at least better fitting name.
+    // See also KApplication::sessionSaving().
+    // This stuff should get changed somehow, so that it at least doesn't
+    // mess with session management.
+    /**
+       Called before the very last window is closed, either by the
+       user or indirectly by the session manager.
+
+       It is not recommended to do any user interaction in this
+       function other than indicating severe errors. Better ask the
+       user on @ref queryClose() (see below).
+
+       A typical usage of @ref queryExit() is to write configuration data back.
+       Note that the application may continue to run after @ref queryExit()
+       (the user may have cancelled a shutdown), so you should not do any cleanups
+       here. The purpose of @ref queryExit() is purely to prepare the application
+       (with possible user interaction) so it can safely be closed later (without
+       user interaction).
+
+       If you need to do serious things on exit (like shutting a
+       dial-up connection down), connect to the signal
+       @ref KApplication::shutDown().
+
+       Default implementation returns @p true. Returning @p false will
+       cancel the exiting. In the latter case, the last window will
+       remain visible. If KApplication::sessionSaving() is true, refusing
+       the exit will also cancel KDE logout.
+
+       @see queryClose()
+       @see KApplication::sessionSaving()
+     */
+    virtual bool queryExit();
+
+    /**
+       Called before the window is closed, either by the user or indirectly by
+       the session manager.
+
+       The purpose of this function is to prepare the window in a way that it is
+       safe to close it, i.e. without the user losing some data.
+
+       Default implementation returns true. Returning @p false will cancel
+       the closing, and, if KApplication::sessionSaving() is true, it will also
+       cancel KDE logout.
+
+       Reimplement this function to prevent the user from losing data.
+       Example:
+       <pre>
+
+           switch ( KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel( this,
+                                   i18n("Save changes to document foo?")) ) {
+           case KMessageBox::Yes :
+             // save document here. If saving fails, return FALSE;
+             return TRUE;
+           case KMessageBox::No :
+             return TRUE;
+           default: // cancel
+             return FALSE;
+
+    </pre>
+
+   @see queryExit()
+   @see KApplication::sessionSaving()
+
+    */
+    virtual bool queryClose();
+    /**
+     * Save your instance-specific properties. The function is
+     * invoked when the session manager requests your application
+     * to save its state.
+     *
+     * You @em must @em not change the group of the @p kconfig object, since
+     * KMainWindow uses one group for each window.  Please
+     * reimplement these function in childclasses.
+     *
+     * Note: No user interaction is allowed
+     * in this function!
+     *
+     */
+    virtual void saveProperties( KConfig* ) {}
+
+   /**
+    * Read your instance-specific properties.
+    */
+    virtual void readProperties( KConfig* ) {}
+
+   /**
+     * Save your application-wide properties. The function is
+     * invoked when the session manager requests your application
+     * to save its state.
+     *
+     * This function is similar to @ref saveProperties() but is only called for
+     * the very first main window, regardless how many main window are open.
+
+     * Override it if you need to save other data about your documents on
+     * session end. sessionConfig is a config to which that data should be
+     * saved. Normally, you don't need this function. But if you want to save
+     * data about your documents that are not in opened windows you might need
+     * it.
+     *
+     * Default implementation does nothing.
+     */
+    virtual void saveGlobalProperties( KConfig* sessionConfig );
+
+    /**
+     * The counterpart of @ref saveGlobalProperties().
+     *
+     * Read the application-specific properties in again.
+     */
+    virtual void readGlobalProperties( KConfig* sessionConfig );
+    void savePropertiesInternal( KConfig*, int );
+    bool readPropertiesInternal( KConfig*, int );
+
+    /**
+     * For inherited classes
+     */
+    bool settingsDirty() const;
+    /**
+     * For inherited classes
+     */
+    QString settingsGroup() const;
+    /**
+     * For inherited classes
+     * Note that the group must be set before calling
+     */
+    void saveWindowSize( KConfig * config ) const;
+    /**
+     * For inherited classes
+     * Note that the group must be set before calling, and that
+     * a -geometry on the command line has priority.
+     */
+    void restoreWindowSize( KConfig * config );
+
+    /// parse the geometry from the geometry command line argument
+    void parseGeometry(bool parsewidth);
+
+protected slots:
+
+   /**
+    * This slot does nothing.
+    *
+    * It must be reimplemented if you want
+    * to use a custom About Application dialog box. This slot is
+    * connected to the About Application entry in the menu returned
+    * by @ref customHelpMenu.
+    *
+    * Example:
+    * <pre>
+    *
+    * void MyMainLevel::setupInterface()
+    * {
+    *   ..
+    *   menuBar()->insertItem( i18n("&Help"), customHelpMenu() );
+    *   ..
+    * }
+    *
+    * void MyMainLevel::showAboutApplication()
+    * {
+    *   <activate your custom dialog>
+    * }
+    * </pre>
+    */
+//US    virtual void showAboutApplication();
+
+private slots:
+   /**
+    * Called when the app is shutting down.
+    */
+    void shuttingDown();
+
+    void saveAutoSaveSettings();
+            
+private:
+    QToolBar * mQToolBar;
+//US    KMenuBar *internalMenuBar();
+    QMenuBar *internalMenuBar();
+//US    KStatusBar *internalStatusBar();
+    QStatusBar *internalStatusBar();
+    
+    KMainWindowPrivate *d;
+    void initKMainWindow(const char *name);
+
+    QPtrList<KToolBar> toolbarList;
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+    
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..335d6f4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1095 @@
+// -*- c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+/*
+ * knuminput.cpp
+ *
+ * Initial implementation:
+ *     Copyright (c) 1997 Patrick Dowler <dowler@morgul.fsh.uvic.ca>
+ * Rewritten and maintained by:
+ *     Copyright (c) 2000 Dirk A. Mueller <mueller@kde.org>
+ * KDoubleSpinBox:
+ *     Copyright (c) 2002 Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
+ *
+ *  Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
+ *  http://www.troll.no/
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ */
+
+//US #include <config.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qlineedit.h>
+#include <qsize.h>
+#include <qslider.h>
+#include <qspinbox.h>
+#include <qstyle.h>
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "knumvalidator.h"
+#include "knuminput.h"
+
+static inline int calcDiffByTen( int x, int y ) {
+    // calculate ( x - y ) / 10 without overflowing ints:
+    return ( x / 10 ) - ( y / 10 )  +  ( x % 10 - y % 10 ) / 10;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+KNumInput::KNumInput(QWidget* parent, const char* name)
+    : QWidget(parent, name)
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+KNumInput::KNumInput(KNumInput* below, QWidget* parent, const char* name)
+    : QWidget(parent, name)
+{
+    init();
+
+    if(below) {
+        m_next = below->m_next;
+        m_prev = below;
+        below->m_next = this;
+        if(m_next)
+            m_next->m_prev = this;
+    }
+}
+
+void KNumInput::init()
+{
+    m_prev = m_next = 0;
+    m_colw1 = m_colw2 = 0;
+
+    m_label = 0;
+    m_slider = 0;
+    m_alignment = 0;
+}
+
+KNumInput::~KNumInput()
+{
+    if(m_prev)
+        m_prev->m_next = m_next;
+
+    if(m_next)
+        m_next->m_prev = m_prev;
+}
+
+void KNumInput::setLabel(const QString & label, int a)
+{
+    if(label.isEmpty()) {
+        delete m_label;
+        m_label = 0;
+        m_alignment = 0;
+    }
+    else {
+        if (m_label) m_label->setText(label);
+        else m_label = new QLabel(label, this, "KNumInput::QLabel");
+        m_label->setAlignment((a & (~(AlignTop|AlignBottom|AlignVCenter)))
+                              | AlignVCenter);
+        // if no vertical alignment set, use Top alignment
+        if(!(a & (AlignTop|AlignBottom|AlignVCenter)))
+           a |= AlignTop;
+        m_alignment = a;
+    }
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+QString KNumInput::label() const
+{
+    if (m_label) return m_label->text();
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+void KNumInput::layout(bool deep)
+{
+    int w1 = m_colw1;
+    int w2 = m_colw2;
+
+    // label sizeHint
+    m_sizeLabel = (m_label ? m_label->sizeHint() : QSize(0,0));
+
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignVCenter))
+        m_colw1 = m_sizeLabel.width() + 4;
+    else
+        m_colw1 = 0;
+
+    // slider sizeHint
+    m_sizeSlider = (m_slider ? m_slider->sizeHint() : QSize(0, 0));
+
+    doLayout();
+
+    if(!deep) {
+        m_colw1 = w1;
+        m_colw2 = w2;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    KNumInput* p = this;
+    while(p) {
+        p->doLayout();
+        w1 = QMAX(w1, p->m_colw1);
+        w2 = QMAX(w2, p->m_colw2);
+        p = p->m_prev;
+    }
+
+    p = m_next;
+    while(p) {
+        p->doLayout();
+        w1 = QMAX(w1, p->m_colw1);
+        w2 = QMAX(w2, p->m_colw2);
+        p = p->m_next;
+    }
+
+    p = this;
+    while(p) {
+        p->m_colw1 = w1;
+        p->m_colw2 = w2;
+        p = p->m_prev;
+    }
+
+    p = m_next;
+    while(p) {
+        p->m_colw1 = w1;
+        p->m_colw2 = w2;
+        p = p->m_next;
+    }
+
+//    kdDebug() << "w1 " << w1 << " w2 " << w2 << endl;
+}
+
+QSizePolicy KNumInput::sizePolicy() const
+{
+    return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+}
+
+QSize KNumInput::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return minimumSizeHint();
+}
+
+void KNumInput::setSteps(int minor, int major)
+{
+    if(m_slider)
+        m_slider->setSteps( minor, major );
+}
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+KIntSpinBox::KIntSpinBox(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
+    : QSpinBox(0, 99, 1, parent, name)
+{
+    editor()->setAlignment(AlignRight);
+    val_base = 10;
+    setValue(0);
+}
+
+KIntSpinBox::~KIntSpinBox()
+{
+}
+
+KIntSpinBox::KIntSpinBox(int lower, int upper, int step, int value, int base,
+                         QWidget* parent, const char* name)
+    : QSpinBox(lower, upper, step, parent, name)
+{
+    editor()->setAlignment(AlignRight);
+    val_base = base;
+    setValue(value);
+}
+
+void KIntSpinBox::setBase(int base)
+{
+    val_base = base;
+}
+
+
+int KIntSpinBox::base() const
+{
+    return val_base;
+}
+
+QString KIntSpinBox::mapValueToText(int v)
+{
+    return QString::number(v, val_base);
+}
+
+int KIntSpinBox::mapTextToValue(bool* ok)
+{
+    return cleanText().toInt(ok, val_base);
+}
+
+void KIntSpinBox::setEditFocus(bool mark)
+{
+    editor()->setFocus();
+    if(mark)
+        editor()->selectAll();
+}
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class KIntNumInput::KIntNumInputPrivate {
+public:
+    int referencePoint;
+    short blockRelative;
+    KIntNumInputPrivate( int r )
+        : referencePoint( r ),
+          blockRelative( 0 ) {}
+};
+
+
+KIntNumInput::KIntNumInput(KNumInput* below, int val, QWidget* parent,
+                           int _base, const char* name)
+    : KNumInput(below, parent, name)
+{
+    init(val, _base);
+}
+
+KIntNumInput::KIntNumInput(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
+    : KNumInput(parent, name)
+{
+    init(0, 10);
+}
+
+KIntNumInput::KIntNumInput(int val, QWidget *parent, int _base, const char *name)
+    : KNumInput(parent, name)
+{
+    init(val, _base);
+
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::init(int val, int _base)
+{
+    d = new KIntNumInputPrivate( val );
+    m_spin = new KIntSpinBox(INT_MIN, INT_MAX, 1, val, _base, this, "KIntNumInput::KIntSpinBox");
+    m_spin->setValidator(new KIntValidator(this, _base, "KNumInput::KIntValidtr"));
+    connect(m_spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), SLOT(spinValueChanged(int)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+            SLOT(slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(int)));
+
+    setFocusProxy(m_spin);
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setReferencePoint( int ref ) {
+    // clip to valid range:
+    ref = kMin( maxValue(), kMax( minValue(),  ref ) );
+    d->referencePoint = ref;
+}
+
+int KIntNumInput::referencePoint() const {
+    return d->referencePoint;
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::spinValueChanged(int val)
+{
+    if(m_slider)
+        m_slider->setValue(val);
+
+    emit valueChanged(val);
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::slotEmitRelativeValueChanged( int value ) {
+    if ( d->blockRelative || !d->referencePoint ) return;
+    emit relativeValueChanged( double( value ) / double( d->referencePoint ) );
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setRange(int lower, int upper, int step, bool slider)
+{
+    upper = kMax(upper, lower);
+    lower = kMin(upper, lower);
+    m_spin->setMinValue(lower);
+    m_spin->setMaxValue(upper);
+    m_spin->setLineStep(step);
+
+    step = m_spin->lineStep(); // maybe QRangeControl didn't like out lineStep?
+
+    if(slider) {
+        if (m_slider)
+            m_slider->setRange(lower, upper);
+        else {
+            m_slider = new QSlider(lower, upper, step, m_spin->value(),
+                                   QSlider::Horizontal, this);
+            m_slider->setTickmarks(QSlider::Below);
+            connect(m_slider, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+                    m_spin, SLOT(setValue(int)));
+        }
+
+        // calculate (upper-lower)/10 without overflowing int's:
+        int major = calcDiffByTen( upper, lower );
+        if ( major==0 ) major = step; // #### workaround Qt bug in 2.1-beta4
+
+        m_slider->setSteps(step, major);
+        m_slider->setTickInterval(major);
+    }
+    else {
+        delete m_slider;
+        m_slider = 0;
+    }
+
+    // check that reference point is still inside valid range:
+    setReferencePoint( referencePoint() );
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setMinValue(int min)
+{
+    setRange(min, m_spin->maxValue(), m_spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
+}
+
+int KIntNumInput::minValue() const
+{
+    return m_spin->minValue();
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setMaxValue(int max)
+{
+    setRange(m_spin->minValue(), max, m_spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
+}
+
+int KIntNumInput::maxValue() const
+{
+    return m_spin->maxValue();
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setSuffix(const QString &suffix)
+{
+    m_spin->setSuffix(suffix);
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+QString KIntNumInput::suffix() const
+{
+    return m_spin->suffix();
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setPrefix(const QString &prefix)
+{
+    m_spin->setPrefix(prefix);
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+QString KIntNumInput::prefix() const
+{
+    return m_spin->prefix();
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setEditFocus(bool mark)
+{
+    m_spin->setEditFocus(mark);
+}
+
+QSize KIntNumInput::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+    constPolish();
+
+    int w;
+    int h;
+
+    h = 2 + QMAX(m_sizeSpin.height(), m_sizeSlider.height());
+
+    // if in extra row, then count it here
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & (AlignBottom|AlignTop)))
+        h += 4 + m_sizeLabel.height();
+    else
+        // label is in the same row as the other widgets
+        h = QMAX(h, m_sizeLabel.height() + 2);
+
+    w = m_slider ? m_slider->sizeHint().width() + 8 : 0;
+    w += m_colw1 + m_colw2;
+
+    if(m_alignment & (AlignTop|AlignBottom))
+        w = QMAX(w, m_sizeLabel.width() + 4);
+
+    return QSize(w, h);
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::doLayout()
+{
+    m_sizeSpin = m_spin->sizeHint();
+    m_colw2 = m_sizeSpin.width();
+
+    if (m_label)
+        m_label->setBuddy(m_spin);
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
+{
+    int w = m_colw1;
+    int h = 0;
+
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignTop)) {
+        m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, e->size().width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
+        h += m_sizeLabel.height() + 4;
+    }
+
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignVCenter))
+        m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, w, m_sizeSpin.height());
+
+    m_spin->setGeometry(w, h, m_slider ? m_colw2 : QMAX(m_colw2, e->size().width() - w), m_sizeSpin.height());
+    w += m_colw2 + 8;
+
+    if(m_slider)
+        m_slider->setGeometry(w, h, e->size().width() - w, m_sizeSpin.height());
+
+    h += m_sizeSpin.height() + 2;
+
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignBottom))
+        m_label->setGeometry(0, h, m_sizeLabel.width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
+}
+
+KIntNumInput::~KIntNumInput()
+{
+        delete d;
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setValue(int val)
+{
+    m_spin->setValue(val);
+    // slider value is changed by spinValueChanged
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setRelativeValue( double r ) {
+    if ( !d->referencePoint ) return;
+    ++d->blockRelative;
+    setValue( int( d->referencePoint * r + 0.5 ) );
+    --d->blockRelative;
+}
+
+double KIntNumInput::relativeValue() const {
+    if ( !d->referencePoint ) return 0;
+    return double( value() ) / double ( d->referencePoint );
+}
+
+int  KIntNumInput::value() const
+{
+    return m_spin->value();
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setSpecialValueText(const QString& text)
+{
+    m_spin->setSpecialValueText(text);
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+QString KIntNumInput::specialValueText() const
+{
+    return m_spin->specialValueText();
+}
+
+void KIntNumInput::setLabel(const QString & label, int a)
+{
+    KNumInput::setLabel(label, a);
+
+    if(m_label)
+        m_label->setBuddy(m_spin);
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInputPrivate {
+public:
+    KDoubleNumInputPrivate( double r )
+        : spin( 0 ),
+          referencePoint( r ),
+          blockRelative ( 0 ) {}
+    KDoubleSpinBox * spin;
+    double referencePoint;
+    short blockRelative;
+};
+
+KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
+    : KNumInput(parent, name)
+{
+    init(0.0, 0.0, 9999.0, 0.01, 2);
+}
+
+KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(double lower, double upper, double value,
+                                 double step, int precision, QWidget* parent,
+                                 const char *name)
+    : KNumInput(parent, name)
+{
+    init(value, lower, upper, step, precision);
+}
+
+KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput *below,
+                                 double lower, double upper, double value,
+                                 double step, int precision, QWidget* parent,
+                                 const char *name)
+    : KNumInput(below, parent, name)
+{
+    init(value, lower, upper, step, precision);
+}
+
+KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(double value, QWidget *parent, const char *name)
+    : KNumInput(parent, name)
+{
+    init(value, kMin(0.0, value), kMax(0.0, value), 0.01, 2 );
+}
+
+KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput* below, double value, QWidget* parent,
+                                 const char* name)
+    : KNumInput(below, parent, name)
+{
+    init( value, kMin(0.0, value), kMax(0.0, value), 0.01, 2 );
+}
+
+KDoubleNumInput::~KDoubleNumInput()
+{
+        delete d;
+}
+
+// ### remove when BIC changes are allowed again:
+
+bool KDoubleNumInput::eventFilter( QObject * o, QEvent * e ) {
+    return KNumInput::eventFilter( o, e );
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::resetEditBox() {
+
+}
+
+// ### end stuff to remove when BIC changes are allowed again
+
+
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::init(double value, double lower, double upper,
+                           double step, int precision )
+{
+    // ### init no longer used members:
+    edit = 0;
+    m_range = true;
+    m_value = 0.0;
+    m_precision = 2;
+    // ### end
+
+    d = new KDoubleNumInputPrivate( value );
+
+    d->spin = new KDoubleSpinBox( lower, upper, step, value, precision,
+                                  this, "KDoubleNumInput::d->spin" );
+    setFocusProxy(d->spin);
+    connect( d->spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(double)),
+             this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(double)) );
+    connect( this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(double)),
+             this, SLOT(slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(double)) );
+
+    updateLegacyMembers();
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::updateLegacyMembers() {
+    // ### update legacy members that are either not private or for
+    // which an inlined getter exists:
+    m_lower = minValue();
+    m_upper = maxValue();
+    m_step = d->spin->lineStep();
+    m_specialvalue = specialValueText();
+}
+
+
+double KDoubleNumInput::mapSliderToSpin( int val ) const
+{
+    // map [slidemin,slidemax] to [spinmin,spinmax]
+    double spinmin = d->spin->minValue();
+    double spinmax = d->spin->maxValue();
+    double slidemin = m_slider->minValue(); // cast int to double to avoid
+    double slidemax = m_slider->maxValue(); // overflow in rel denominator
+    double rel = ( double(val) - slidemin ) / ( slidemax - slidemin );
+    return spinmin + rel * ( spinmax - spinmin );
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::sliderMoved(int val)
+{
+    d->spin->setValue( mapSliderToSpin( val ) );
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::slotEmitRelativeValueChanged( double value )
+{
+    if ( !d->referencePoint ) return;
+    emit relativeValueChanged( value / d->referencePoint );
+}
+
+QSize KDoubleNumInput::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+    constPolish();
+
+    int w;
+    int h;
+
+    h = 2 + QMAX(m_sizeEdit.height(), m_sizeSlider.height());
+
+    // if in extra row, then count it here
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & (AlignBottom|AlignTop)))
+        h += 4 + m_sizeLabel.height();
+    else
+        // label is in the same row as the other widgets
+        h = QMAX(h, m_sizeLabel.height() + 2);
+
+    w = m_slider ? m_slider->sizeHint().width() + 8 : 0;
+    w += m_colw1 + m_colw2;
+
+    if(m_alignment & (AlignTop|AlignBottom))
+        w = QMAX(w, m_sizeLabel.width() + 4);
+
+    return QSize(w, h);
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
+{
+    int w = m_colw1;
+    int h = 0;
+
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignTop)) {
+        m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, e->size().width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
+        h += m_sizeLabel.height() + 4;
+    }
+
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignVCenter))
+        m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, w, m_sizeEdit.height());
+
+    d->spin->setGeometry(w, h, m_slider ? m_colw2
+                                          : e->size().width() - w, m_sizeEdit.height());
+    w += m_colw2 + 8;
+
+    if(m_slider)
+        m_slider->setGeometry(w, h, e->size().width() - w, m_sizeEdit.height());
+
+    h += m_sizeEdit.height() + 2;
+
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignBottom))
+        m_label->setGeometry(0, h, m_sizeLabel.width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::doLayout()
+{
+    m_sizeEdit = d->spin->sizeHint();
+    m_colw2 = m_sizeEdit.width();
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setValue(double val)
+{
+    d->spin->setValue( val );
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setRelativeValue( double r )
+{
+    if ( !d->referencePoint ) return;
+    ++d->blockRelative;
+    setValue( r * d->referencePoint );
+    --d->blockRelative;
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setReferencePoint( double ref )
+{
+    // clip to valid range:
+    ref = kMin( maxValue(), kMax( minValue(), ref ) );
+    d->referencePoint = ref;
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setRange(double lower, double upper, double step,
+                                                           bool slider)
+{
+    if( m_slider ) {
+        // don't update the slider to avoid an endless recursion
+        QSpinBox * spin = d->spin;
+        disconnect(spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+                m_slider, SLOT(setValue(int)) );
+    }
+    d->spin->setRange( lower, upper, step, d->spin->precision() );
+
+    if(slider) {
+        // upcast to base type to get the min/maxValue in int form:
+        QSpinBox * spin = d->spin;
+        int slmax = spin->maxValue();
+        int slmin = spin->minValue();
+        int slvalue = spin->value();
+        int slstep = spin->lineStep();
+        if (m_slider) {
+            m_slider->setRange(slmin, slmax);
+            m_slider->setLineStep(slstep);
+            m_slider->setValue(slvalue);
+        } else {
+            m_slider = new QSlider(slmin, slmax, slstep, slvalue,
+                                   QSlider::Horizontal, this);
+            m_slider->setTickmarks(QSlider::Below);
+            // feedback line: when one moves, the other moves, too:
+            connect(m_slider, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+                    SLOT(sliderMoved(int)) );
+        }
+        connect(spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+                        m_slider, SLOT(setValue(int)) );
+        // calculate ( slmax - slmin ) / 10 without overflowing ints:
+        int major = calcDiffByTen( slmax, slmin );
+        if ( !major ) major = slstep; // ### needed?
+        m_slider->setTickInterval(major);
+    } else {
+        delete m_slider;
+        m_slider = 0;
+    }
+
+    setReferencePoint( referencePoint() );
+
+    layout(true);
+    updateLegacyMembers();
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setMinValue(double min)
+{
+    setRange(min, maxValue(), d->spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
+}
+
+double KDoubleNumInput::minValue() const
+{
+    return d->spin->minValue();
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setMaxValue(double max)
+{
+    setRange(minValue(), max, d->spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
+}
+
+double KDoubleNumInput::maxValue() const
+{
+    return d->spin->maxValue();
+}
+
+double  KDoubleNumInput::value() const
+{
+    return d->spin->value();
+}
+
+double KDoubleNumInput::relativeValue() const
+{
+    if ( !d->referencePoint ) return 0;
+    return value() / d->referencePoint;
+}
+
+double KDoubleNumInput::referencePoint() const
+{
+    return d->referencePoint;
+}
+
+QString KDoubleNumInput::suffix() const
+{
+    return d->spin->suffix();
+}
+
+QString KDoubleNumInput::prefix() const
+{
+    return d->spin->prefix();
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setSuffix(const QString &suffix)
+{
+    d->spin->setSuffix( suffix );
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setPrefix(const QString &prefix)
+{
+    d->spin->setPrefix( prefix );
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setPrecision(int precision)
+{
+    d->spin->setPrecision( precision );
+
+    layout(true);
+}
+
+int KDoubleNumInput::precision() const
+{
+    return d->spin->precision();
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setSpecialValueText(const QString& text)
+{
+    d->spin->setSpecialValueText( text );
+
+    layout(true);
+    updateLegacyMembers();
+}
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::setLabel(const QString & label, int a)
+{
+    KNumInput::setLabel(label, a);
+
+    if(m_label)
+        m_label->setBuddy(d->spin);
+
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// We use a kind of fixed-point arithmetic to represent the range of
+// doubles [mLower,mUpper] in steps of 10^(-mPrecision). Thus, the
+// following relations hold:
+//
+// 1. factor = 10^mPrecision
+// 2. basicStep = 1/factor = 10^(-mPrecision);
+// 3. lowerInt = lower * factor;
+// 4. upperInt = upper * factor;
+// 5. lower = lowerInt * basicStep;
+// 6. upper = upperInt * basicStep;
+class KDoubleSpinBox::Private {
+public:
+  Private( int precision=1 )
+    : mPrecision( precision ),
+      mValidator( 0 )
+  {
+  }
+
+  int factor() const {
+    int f = 1;
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < mPrecision ; ++i ) f *= 10;
+    return f;
+  }
+
+  double basicStep() const {
+    return 1.0/double(factor());
+  }
+
+  int mapToInt( double value, bool * ok ) const {
+    assert( ok );
+    const double f = factor();
+    if ( value > double(INT_MAX) / f ) {
+      kdWarning() << "KDoubleSpinBox: can't represent value " << value
+                  << "in terms of fixed-point numbers with precision "
+                  << mPrecision << endl;
+      *ok = false;
+      return INT_MAX;
+    } else if ( value < double(INT_MIN) / f ) {
+      kdWarning() << "KDoubleSpinBox: can't represent value " << value
+                  << "in terms of fixed-point numbers with precision "
+                  << mPrecision << endl;
+      *ok = false;
+      return INT_MIN;
+    } else {
+      *ok = true;
+      return int( value * f + ( value < 0 ? -0.5 : 0.5 ) );
+    }
+  }
+
+  double mapToDouble( int value ) const {
+    return double(value) * basicStep();
+  }
+
+  int mPrecision;
+  KDoubleValidator * mValidator;
+};
+
+KDoubleSpinBox::KDoubleSpinBox( QWidget * parent, const char * name )
+  : QSpinBox( parent, name )
+{
+  editor()->setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
+  d = new Private();
+  updateValidator();
+}
+
+KDoubleSpinBox::KDoubleSpinBox( double lower, double upper, double step,
+                                double value, int precision,
+                                QWidget * parent, const char * name )
+  : QSpinBox( parent, name )
+{
+  editor()->setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
+  d = new Private();
+  setRange( lower, upper, step, precision );
+  setValue( value );
+  connect( this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), SLOT(slotValueChanged(int)) );
+}
+
+KDoubleSpinBox::~KDoubleSpinBox() {
+  delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+bool KDoubleSpinBox::acceptLocalizedNumbers() const {
+  if ( !d->mValidator ) return true; // we'll set one that does;
+                                     // can't do it now, since we're const
+  return d->mValidator->acceptLocalizedNumbers();
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( bool accept ) {
+  if ( !d->mValidator ) updateValidator();
+  d->mValidator->setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( accept );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setRange( double lower, double upper, double step,
+                               int precision ) {
+  lower = kMin(upper, lower);
+  upper = kMax(upper, lower);
+  setPrecision( precision, true ); // disable bounds checking, since
+  setMinValue( lower );            // it's done in set{Min,Max}Value
+  setMaxValue( upper );            // anyway and we want lower, upper
+  setLineStep( step );             // and step to have the right precision
+}
+
+int KDoubleSpinBox::precision() const {
+  return d->mPrecision;
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setPrecision( int precision ) {
+    setPrecision( precision, false );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setPrecision( int precision, bool force ) {
+  if ( precision < 1 ) return;
+  if ( !force ) {
+    int maxPrec = maxPrecision();
+    if ( precision > maxPrec )
+      precision = maxPrec;
+  }
+  d->mPrecision = precision;
+  updateValidator();
+}
+
+int KDoubleSpinBox::maxPrecision() const {
+    // INT_MAX must be > maxAbsValue * 10^precision
+    // ==> 10^precision < INT_MAX / maxAbsValue
+    // ==> precision < log10 ( INT_MAX / maxAbsValue )
+    // ==> maxPrecision = floor( log10 ( INT_MAX / maxAbsValue ) );
+    double maxAbsValue = kMax( fabs(minValue()), fabs(maxValue()) );
+    if ( maxAbsValue == 0 ) return 6; // return arbitrary value to avoid dbz...
+
+    return int( floor( log10( double(INT_MAX) / maxAbsValue ) ) );
+}
+
+double KDoubleSpinBox::value() const {
+  return d->mapToDouble( base::value() );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setValue( double value ) {
+    if ( value == this->value() ) return;
+    if ( value < minValue() )
+        base::setValue( base::minValue() );
+    else if ( value > maxValue() )
+        base::setValue( base::maxValue() );
+    else {
+        bool ok = false;
+        base::setValue( d->mapToInt( value, &ok ) );
+        assert( ok );
+    }
+}
+
+double KDoubleSpinBox::minValue() const {
+  return d->mapToDouble( base::minValue() );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setMinValue( double value ) {
+  bool ok = false;
+  int min = d->mapToInt( value, &ok );
+  if ( !ok ) return;
+  base::setMinValue( min );
+  updateValidator();
+}
+
+
+double KDoubleSpinBox::maxValue() const {
+  return d->mapToDouble( base::maxValue() );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setMaxValue( double value ) {
+  bool ok = false;
+  int max = d->mapToInt( value, &ok );
+  if ( !ok ) return;
+  base::setMaxValue( max );
+  updateValidator();
+}
+
+double KDoubleSpinBox::lineStep() const {
+  return d->mapToDouble( base::lineStep() );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setLineStep( double step ) {
+  bool ok = false;
+  if ( step > maxValue() - minValue() )
+    base::setLineStep( 1 );
+  else
+    base::setLineStep( kMax( d->mapToInt( step, &ok ), 1 ) );
+}
+
+QString KDoubleSpinBox::mapValueToText( int value ) {
+  if ( acceptLocalizedNumbers() )
+    return KGlobal::locale()
+      ->formatNumber( d->mapToDouble( value ), d->mPrecision );
+  else
+    return QString().setNum( d->mapToDouble( value ), 'f', d->mPrecision );
+}
+
+int KDoubleSpinBox::mapTextToValue( bool * ok ) {
+  double value;
+  if ( acceptLocalizedNumbers() )
+    value = KGlobal::locale()->readNumber( cleanText(), ok );
+  else
+    value = cleanText().toDouble( ok );
+  if ( !*ok ) return 0;
+  if ( value > maxValue() )
+    value = maxValue();
+  else if ( value < minValue() )
+    value = minValue();
+  return d->mapToInt( value, ok );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::setValidator( const QValidator * ) {
+  // silently discard the new validator. We don't want another one ;-)
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::slotValueChanged( int value ) {
+  emit valueChanged( d->mapToDouble( value ) );
+}
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::updateValidator() {
+  if ( !d->mValidator ) {
+    d->mValidator =  new KDoubleValidator( minValue(), maxValue(), precision(),
+                                           this, "d->mValidator" );
+    base::setValidator( d->mValidator );
+  } else
+    d->mValidator->setRange( minValue(), maxValue(), precision() );
+}
+
+void KNumInput::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+void KIntNumInput::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KNumInput::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KDoubleNumInput::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
+{ KNumInput::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
+
+void KIntSpinBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+void KDoubleSpinBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "knuminput.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.h b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..123fefa
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
+/*
+ * knuminput.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 1997 Patrick Dowler <dowler@morgul.fsh.uvic.ca>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2000 Dirk A. Mueller <mueller@kde.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2002 Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
+ *
+ *  Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
+ *  http://www.troll.no/
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef K_NUMINPUT_H
+#define K_NUMINPUT_H
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qspinbox.h>
+
+class QLabel;
+class QSlider;
+class QLineEdit;
+class QLayout;
+class QValidator;
+
+class KIntSpinBox;
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+/**
+ * You need to inherit from this class if you want to implement K*NumInput
+ * for a different variable type
+ *
+ */
+class KNumInput : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString label READ label WRITE setLabel )
+public:
+    /**
+     * Default constructor
+     *
+     */
+    KNumInput(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * @param below A pointer to another KNumInput.
+     *
+     */
+    KNumInput(KNumInput* below, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+    ~KNumInput();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the text and alignment of the main description label.
+     *
+     * @param label The text of the label.
+     *              Use QString::null to remove an existing one.
+     *
+     * @param a one of @p AlignLeft, @p AlignHCenter, YAlignRight and
+     *          @p AlignTop, @p AlignVCenter, @p AlignBottom.
+     *          default is @p AlignLeft | @p AlignTop.
+     *
+     * The vertical alignment flags have special meaning with this
+     * widget:
+     *
+     *     @li @p AlignTop     The label is placed above the edit/slider
+     *     @li @p AlignVCenter The label is placed left beside the edit
+     *     @li @p AlignBottom  The label is placed below the edit/slider
+     *
+     */
+    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = AlignLeft | AlignTop);
+
+    /**
+     * @return the text of the label.
+     */
+    QString label() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return if the num input has a slider.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    bool showSlider() const { return m_slider; }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the spacing of tickmarks for the slider.
+     *
+     * @param minor Minor tickmark separation.
+     * @param major Major tickmark separation.
+     */
+    void setSteps(int minor, int major);
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies that this widget may stretch horizontally, but is
+     * fixed vertically (like @ref QSpinBox itself).
+     */
+    QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a size which fits the contents of the control.
+     *
+     * @return the preferred size necessary to show the control
+     */
+    virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
+
+protected:
+    /**
+     * Call this function whenever you change something in the geometry
+     * of your KNumInput child.
+     *
+     */
+    void layout(bool deep);
+
+    /**
+     * You need to overwrite this method and implement your layout
+     * calculations there.
+     *
+     * See KIntNumInput::doLayout and KDoubleNumInput::doLayout implementation
+     * for details.
+     *
+     */
+    virtual void doLayout() = 0;
+
+    KNumInput* m_prev, *m_next;
+    int m_colw1, m_colw2;
+
+    QLabel*  m_label;
+    QSlider* m_slider;
+    QSize    m_sizeSlider, m_sizeLabel;
+
+    int      m_alignment;
+
+private:
+    void init();
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KNumInputPrivate;
+    KNumInputPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+/**
+ * KIntNumInput combines a @ref QSpinBox and optionally a @ref QSlider
+ * with a label to make an easy to use control for setting some integer
+ * parameter. This is especially nice for configuration dialogs,
+ * which can have many such combinated controls.
+ *
+ * The slider is created only when the user specifies a range
+ * for the control using the setRange function with the slider
+ * parameter set to "true".
+ *
+ * A special feature of KIntNumInput, designed specifically for
+ * the situation when there are several KIntNumInputs in a column,
+ * is that you can specify what portion of the control is taken by the
+ * QSpinBox (the remaining portion is used by the slider). This makes
+ * it very simple to have all the sliders in a column be the same size.
+ *
+ * It uses @ref KIntValidator validator class. KIntNumInput enforces the
+ * value to be in the given range, and can display it in any base
+ * between 2 and 36.
+ *
+ * @short An input widget for integer numbers, consisting of a spinbox and a slider.
+ * @version $Id$
+ */
+
+class KIntNumInput : public KNumInput
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( int value READ value WRITE setValue )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int referencePoint READ referencePoint WRITE setReferencePoint )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString suffix READ suffix WRITE setSuffix )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString prefix READ prefix WRITE setPrefix )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString specialValueText READ specialValueText WRITE setSpecialValueText )
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs an input control for integer values
+     * with base 10 and initial value 0.
+     */
+    KIntNumInput(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    /**
+     * Constructor
+     * It constructs a QSpinBox that allows the input of integer numbers
+     * in the range of -INT_MAX to +INT_MAX. To set a descriptive label,
+     * use setLabel(). To enforce the value being in a range and optionally to
+     * attach a slider to it, use setRange().
+     *
+     * @param value  initial value for the control
+     * @param base   numeric base used for display
+     * @param parent parent QWidget
+     * @param name   internal name for this widget
+     */
+    KIntNumInput(int value, QWidget* parent=0, int base = 10, const char *name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * Constructor
+     *
+     * the difference to the one above is the "below" parameter. It tells
+     * this instance that it is visually put below some other KNumInput widget.
+     * Note that these two KNumInput's need not to have the same parent widget
+     * or be in the same layout group.
+     * The effect is that it'll adjust it's layout in correspondence
+     * with the layout of the other KNumInput's (you can build an arbitary long
+     * chain).
+     *
+     * @param below  append KIntNumInput to the KNumInput chain
+     * @param value  initial value for the control
+     * @param base   numeric base used for display
+     * @param parent parent QWidget
+     * @param name   internal name for this widget
+     */
+    KIntNumInput(KNumInput* below, int value, QWidget* parent=0, int base = 10, const char *name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor
+     *
+     *
+     */
+    virtual ~KIntNumInput();
+
+    /**
+     * @return the current value.
+     */
+    int value() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the curent value in units of the @ref referencePoint.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    double relativeValue() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the current reference point
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    int referencePoint() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the suffix displayed behind the value.
+     * @see #setSuffix()
+     */
+    QString suffix() const;
+    /**
+     * @return the prefix displayed in front of the value.
+     * @see #setPrefix()
+     */
+    QString prefix() const;
+    /**
+     * @return the string displayed for a special value.
+     * @see #setSpecialValueText()
+     */
+    QString specialValueText() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @param min  minimum value
+     * @param max  maximum value
+     * @param step step size for the QSlider
+     */
+    void setRange(int min, int max, int step=1, bool slider=true);
+    /**
+     * Sets the minimum value.
+     */
+    void setMinValue(int min);
+    /**
+     * @return the minimum value.
+     */
+    int minValue() const;
+    /**
+     * Sets the maximum value.
+     */
+    void setMaxValue(int max);
+    /**
+     * @return the maximum value.
+     */
+    int maxValue() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the special value text. If set, the SpinBox will display
+     * this text instead of the numeric value whenever the current
+     * value is equal to minVal(). Typically this is used for indicating
+     * that the choice has a special (default) meaning.
+     */
+    void setSpecialValueText(const QString& text);
+
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = AlignLeft | AlignTop);
+
+    /**
+     * This method returns the minimum size necessary to display the
+     * control. The minimum size is enough to show all the labels
+     * in the current font (font change may invalidate the return value).
+     *
+     * @return the minimum size necessary to show the control
+     */
+    virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     * Sets the value of the control.
+     */
+    void setValue(int);
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the value in units of the @ref referencePoint
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setRelativeValue(double);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the reference point for @ref relativeValue.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setReferencePoint(int);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the suffix to @p suffix.
+     * Use QString::null to disable this feature.
+     * Formatting has to be provided (e.g. a space separator between the
+     * prepended @p value and the suffix's text has to be provided
+     * as the first character in the suffix).
+     *
+     * @see QSpinBox::setSuffix(), #setPrefix()
+     */
+    void setSuffix(const QString &suffix);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the prefix to @p prefix.
+     * Use QString::null to disable this feature.
+     * Formatting has to be provided (see above).
+     *
+     * @see QSpinBox::setPrefix(), #setSuffix()
+     */
+    void setPrefix(const QString &prefix);
+
+    /**
+     * sets focus to the edit widget and marks all text in if mark == true
+     *
+     */
+    void setEditFocus( bool mark = true );
+
+signals:
+    /**
+     * Emitted every time the value changes (by calling @ref setValue() or
+     * by user interaction).
+     */
+    void valueChanged(int);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted whenever @ref #valueChanged is. Contains the change
+     * relative to the @ref referencePoint.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void relativeValueChanged(double);
+
+private slots:
+    void spinValueChanged(int);
+    void slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(int); 
+
+protected:
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    virtual void doLayout();
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    void resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * );
+
+    KIntSpinBox* m_spin;
+    QSize        m_sizeSpin;
+
+private:
+    void init(int value, int _base);
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KIntNumInputPrivate;
+    KIntNumInputPrivate *d;
+};
+
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+class KDoubleLine;
+
+/**
+ * KDoubleNumInput combines a @ref QSpinBox and optionally a @ref QSlider
+ * with a label to make an easy to use control for setting some float
+ * parameter. This is especially nice for configuration dialogs,
+ * which can have many such combinated controls.
+ *
+ * The slider is created only when the user specifies a range
+ * for the control using the setRange function with the slider
+ * parameter set to "true".
+ *
+ * A special feature of KDoubleNumInput, designed specifically for
+ * the situation when there are several instances in a column,
+ * is that you can specify what portion of the control is taken by the
+ * QSpinBox (the remaining portion is used by the slider). This makes
+ * it very simple to have all the sliders in a column be the same size.
+ *
+ * It uses the @ref KDoubleValidator validator class. KDoubleNumInput
+ * enforces the value to be in the given range, but see the class
+ * documentation of @ref KDoubleSpinBox for the tricky
+ * interrelationship of precision and values. All of what is said
+ * there applies here, too.
+ *
+ * @see KIntNumInput, KDoubleSpinBox
+ * @short An input control for real numbers, consisting of a spinbox and a slider.
+ */
+
+class KDoubleNumInput : public KNumInput
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( double value READ value WRITE setValue )
+    Q_PROPERTY( double minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
+    Q_PROPERTY( double maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString suffix READ suffix WRITE setSuffix )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString prefix READ prefix WRITE setPrefix )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString specialValueText READ specialValueText WRITE setSpecialValueText )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int precision READ precision WRITE setPrecision )
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs an input control for double values
+     * with initial value 0.00.
+     */
+    KDoubleNumInput(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated (value is rounded to a multiple of 1/100)
+     * Constructor
+     *
+     * @param value  initial value for the control
+     * @param parent parent QWidget
+     * @param name   internal name for this widget
+     */
+    KDoubleNumInput(double value, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * Constructor
+     *
+     * @param lower lower boundary value
+     * @param upper upper boundary value
+     * @param value  initial value for the control
+     * @param step   step size to use for up/down arrow clicks
+     * @param precision number of digits after the decimal point
+     * @param parent parent QWidget
+     * @param name   internal name for this widget
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    KDoubleNumInput(double lower, double upper, double value, double step=0.01,
+                    int precision=2, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * destructor
+     */
+    virtual ~KDoubleNumInput();
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated (rounds @p value to a mulitple of 1/100)
+     * Constructor
+     *
+     * puts it below other KNumInput
+     *
+     * @param  below
+     * @param  value  initial value for the control
+     * @param  parent parent QWidget
+     * @param  name   internal name for this widget
+     **/
+    KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput* below, double value, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * Constructor
+     *
+     * puts it below other KNumInput
+     *
+     * @param lower lower boundary value
+     * @param upper upper boundary value
+     * @param value  initial value for the control
+     * @param step   step size to use for up/down arrow clicks
+     * @param precision number of digits after the decimal point
+     * @param parent parent QWidget
+     * @param name   internal name for this widget
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput* below,
+                    double lower, double upper, double value, double step=0.02,
+                    int precision=2, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+
+    /**
+     * @return the current value.
+     */
+    double value() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the suffix.
+     * @see #setSuffix()
+     */
+    QString suffix() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the prefix.
+     * @see #setPrefix()
+     */
+    QString prefix() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the precision.
+     * @see #setPrecision()
+     */
+    int precision() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the string displayed for a special value.
+     * @see #setSpecialValueText()
+     */
+    QString specialValueText() const { return m_specialvalue; }
+
+     /**
+     * @param min  minimum value
+     * @param max  maximum value
+     * @param step step size for the QSlider
+     */
+    void setRange(double min, double max, double step=1, bool slider=true);
+    /**
+     * Sets the minimum value.
+     */
+    void setMinValue(double min);
+    /**
+     * @return the minimum value.
+     */
+    double minValue() const;
+    /**
+     * Sets the maximum value.
+     */
+    void setMaxValue(double max);
+    /**
+     * @return the maximum value.
+     */
+    double maxValue() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the number of digits to use.
+     */
+    void setPrecision(int precision);
+
+    /**
+     * @return the reference point for @ref #relativeValue calculation
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    double referencePoint() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return the current value in units of @ref #referencePoint.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    double relativeValue() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the special value text. If set, the spin box will display
+     * this text instead of the numeric value whenever the current
+     * value is equal to @ref #minVal(). Typically this is used for indicating
+     * that the choice has a special (default) meaning.
+     */
+    void setSpecialValueText(const QString& text);
+
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = AlignLeft | AlignTop);
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    virtual bool eventFilter(QObject*, QEvent*);
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     * Sets the value of the control.
+     */
+    void setValue(double);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the value in units of @ref #referencePoint.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setRelativeValue(double);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the reference Point to @p ref. It @p ref == 0, emitting of
+     * @ref #relativeValueChanged is blocked and @ref #relativeValue
+     * just returns 0.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setReferencePoint(double ref);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the suffix to be displayed to @p suffix. Use QString::null to disable
+     * this feature. Note that the suffix is attached to the value without any
+     * spacing. So if you prefer to display a space separator, set suffix
+     * to something like " cm".
+     * @see #setSuffix()
+     */
+    void setSuffix(const QString &suffix);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the prefix to be displayed to @p prefix. Use QString::null to disable
+     * this feature. Note that the prefix is attached to the value without any
+     * spacing.
+     * @see #setPrefix()
+     */
+    void setPrefix(const QString &prefix);
+
+signals:
+    /**
+     * Emitted every time the value changes (by calling @ref setValue() or
+     * by user interaction).
+     */
+    void valueChanged(double);
+    /**
+     * This is an overloaded member function, provided for
+     * convenience. It essentially behaves like the above function.
+     *
+     * Contains the value in units of @ref #referencePoint.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void relativeValueChanged(double);
+
+private slots:
+    void sliderMoved(int);
+    void slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(double);
+
+protected:
+
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    virtual void doLayout();
+    /**
+     * @reimplemented
+     */
+    void resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * );
+    virtual void resetEditBox();
+
+    // ### no longer used, remove when BIC allowed
+    KDoubleLine*   edit;
+
+    bool     m_range;
+    double   m_lower, m_upper, m_step;
+    // ### end no longer used
+
+    QSize    m_sizeEdit;
+
+    friend class KDoubleLine;
+private:
+    void init(double value, double lower, double upper,
+              double step, int precision);
+    double mapSliderToSpin(int) const;
+    void updateLegacyMembers();
+    // ### no longer used, remove when BIC allowed:
+    QString  m_specialvalue, m_prefix, m_suffix;
+    double   m_value;
+    short    m_precision;
+    // ### end remove when BIC allowed
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KDoubleNumInputPrivate;
+    KDoubleNumInputPrivate *d;
+};
+
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+/**
+ *  A @ref QSpinBox with support for arbitrary base numbers
+ *  (e.g. hexadecimal).
+ *
+ *  The class provides an easy interface to use other
+ *  numeric systems than the decimal.
+ *
+ *  @short A @ref QSpinBox with support for arbitrary base numbers.
+ */
+class KIntSpinBox : public QSpinBox
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( int base READ base WRITE setBase )
+
+public:
+
+    /**
+     *  Constructor.
+     *
+     *  Constructs a widget with an integer inputline with a little scrollbar
+     *  and a slider, with minimal value 0, maximal value 99, step 1, base 10
+     *  and initial value 0.
+     */
+    KIntSpinBox( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+
+    /**
+     *  Constructor.
+     *
+     *  Constructs a widget with an integer inputline with a little scrollbar
+     *  and a slider.
+     *
+     *  @param lower  The lowest valid value.
+     *  @param upper  The greatest valid value.
+     *  @param step   The step size of the scrollbar.
+     *  @param value  The actual value.
+     *  @param base   The base of the used number system.
+     *  @param parent The parent of the widget.
+     *  @param name   The Name of the widget.
+     */
+    KIntSpinBox(int lower, int upper, int step, int value, int base = 10,
+                QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
+
+    /**
+     *  Destructor.
+     */
+    virtual ~KIntSpinBox();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the base in which the numbers in the spin box are represented.
+     */
+    void setBase(int base);
+    /**
+     * @return the base in which numbers in the spin box are represented.
+     */
+    int base() const;
+    /**
+     * sets focus and optionally marks all text
+     *
+     */
+    void setEditFocus(bool mark);
+
+protected:
+
+    /**
+     *  Overloaded the method in QSpinBox
+     *  to make use of the base given in the constructor.
+     */
+    virtual QString mapValueToText(int);
+
+    /**
+     *  Overloaded the method in QSpinBox
+     *  to make use of the base given in the constructor.
+     */
+    virtual int mapTextToValue(bool*);
+
+private:
+    int val_base;
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KIntSpinBoxPrivate;
+    KIntSpinBoxPrivate *d;
+};
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+   This class provides a spin box for fractional numbers.
+
+   @sect Parameters
+
+   There are a number of interdependent parameters whose relation to
+   each other you need to understand in order to make successful use
+   of the spin box.
+
+   @li precision: The number of decimals after the decimal point.
+   @li maxValue/minValue: upper and lower bound of the valid range
+   @li lineStep: the size of the step that is taken when the user hits
+                 the up or down buttons
+
+   Since we work with fixed-point numbers internally, the maximum
+   precision is a function of the valid range and vice versa. More
+   precisely, the following relations hold:
+   <pre>
+   max( abs(minValue()), abs(maxValue() ) <= INT_MAX/10^precision
+   maxPrecision = floor( log10( INT_MAX/max(abs(minValue()),abs(maxValue())) ) )
+   </pre>
+
+   Since the value, bounds and step are rounded to the current
+   precision, you may experience that the order of setting above
+   parameters matters. E.g. the following are @em not equivalent (try
+   it!):
+
+   <pre>
+   // sets precision,
+   // then min/max value (rounded to precison and clipped to obtainable range if needed)
+   // then value and lineStep
+   KDoubleSpinBox * spin = new KDoubleSpinBox( 0, 9.999, 0.001, 4.321, 3, this );
+
+   // sets minValue to 0; maxValue to 10.00(!); value to 4.32(!) and only then
+   // increases the precision - too late, since e.g. value has already been rounded...
+   KDpubleSpinBox * spin = new KDoubleSpinBox( this );
+   spin->setMinValue( 0 );
+   spin->setMaxValue( 9.999 );
+   spin->setValue( 4.321 );
+   spin->setPrecision( 3 );
+   </pre>
+
+   @short A spin box for fractional numbers.
+   @author Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
+   @version $Id$
+   @since 3.1
+**/
+
+class KDoubleSpinBox : public QSpinBox {
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool acceptLocalizedNumbers READ acceptLocalizedNumbers WRITE setAcceptLocalizedNumbers )
+  Q_OVERRIDE( double maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
+  Q_OVERRIDE( double minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
+  Q_OVERRIDE( double lineStep READ lineStep WRITE setLineStep )
+  Q_OVERRIDE( double value READ value WRITE setValue )
+  Q_PROPERTY( int precision READ precision WRITE setPrecision )
+
+public:
+  /** Constructs a @ref KDoubleSpinBox with parent @p parent and
+      default values for range and value (whatever @ref QRangeControl
+      uses) and precision (2). */
+  KDoubleSpinBox( QWidget * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+  /** Constructs a @ref KDoubleSpinBox with parent @p parent, range
+      [@p lower,@p upper], @ref lineStep @p step, @ref precision @p
+      precision and initial value @p value. */
+  KDoubleSpinBox( double lower, double upper, double step, double value,
+                  int precision=2, QWidget * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+
+  virtual ~KDoubleSpinBox();
+
+  /** @return whether the spinbox uses localized numbers */
+  bool acceptLocalizedNumbers() const;
+  /** Sets whether to use and accept localized numbers as returned by
+      @ref KLocale::formatNumber() */
+  virtual void setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( bool accept );
+
+  /** Sets a new range for the spin box values. Note that @p lower, @p
+      upper and @p step are rounded to @p precision decimal points
+      first. */
+  void setRange( double lower, double upper, double step=0.01, int precision=2 );
+
+  /** @return the current number of decimal points displayed. */
+  int precision() const;
+  /** Equivalent to @ref setPrecsion( @p precison, @p false ); Needed
+      since Qt's moc doesn't ignore trailing parameters with default
+      args when searching for a property setter method. */
+  void setPrecision( int precision );
+  /** Sets the number of decimal points to use. Note that there is a
+      tradeoff between the precision used and the available range of
+      values. See the class docs for more.
+      @param precision the new number of decimal points to use
+
+      @param force disables checking of bound violations that can
+             arise if you increase the precision so much that the
+             minimum and maximum values can't be represented
+             anymore. Disabling is useful if you don't want to keep
+             the current min and max values anyway. This is what
+             e.g. @ref setRange() does.
+  **/
+  virtual void setPrecision( int precision, bool force );
+
+  /** @return the current value */
+  double value() const;
+  /** @return the current lower bound */
+  double minValue() const;
+  /** Sets the lower bound of the range to @p value, subject to the
+      contraints that @p value is first rounded to the current
+      precision and then clipped to the maximum representable
+      interval.
+      @see maxValue, minValue, setMaxValue, setRange
+  */
+  void setMinValue( double value );
+  /** @return the current upper bound */
+  double maxValue() const;
+  /** Sets the upper bound of the range to @p value, subject to the
+      contraints that @p value is first rounded to the current
+      precision and then clipped to the maximum representable
+      interval.
+      @see minValue, maxValue, setMinValue, setRange
+  */
+  void setMaxValue( double value );
+
+  /** @return the current step size */
+  double lineStep() const;
+  /** Sets the step size for clicking the up/down buttons to @p step,
+      subject to the constraints that @p step is first rounded to the
+      current precision and then clipped to the meaningful interval
+      [1, @p maxValue - @p minValue]. */
+  void setLineStep( double step );
+
+  /** Overridden to ignore any setValidator() calls. */
+  void setValidator( const QValidator * );
+
+signals:
+  /** Emitted whenever @ref QSpinBox::valueChanged( int ) is emitted. */
+  void valueChanged( double value );
+
+public slots:
+  /** Sets the current value to @p value, cubject to the constraints
+      that @p value is frist rounded to the current precision and then
+      clipped to the interval [@p minvalue(),@p maxValue()]. */
+  virtual void setValue( double value );
+
+protected:
+  virtual QString mapValueToText(int);
+  virtual int mapTextToValue(bool*);
+
+protected slots:
+  void slotValueChanged( int value );
+
+protected:
+ virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  typedef QSpinBox base; 
+  void updateValidator();
+  int maxPrecision() const;
+
+  class Private;
+  Private * d;
+};
+
+#endif // K_NUMINPUT_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/knumvalidator.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/knumvalidator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78a8471
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/knumvalidator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/**********************************************************************
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** KIntValidator, KFloatValidator:
+**   Copyright (C) 1999 Glen Parker <glenebob@nwlink.com>
+** KDoubleValidator:
+**   Copyright (c) 2002 Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
+**
+** This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+** modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+** License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+** version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+**
+** This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+** Library General Public License for more details.
+**
+** You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+** License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+** Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "knumvalidator.h"
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//  Implementation of KIntValidator
+//
+
+KIntValidator::KIntValidator ( QWidget * parent, int base, const char * name )
+  : QValidator(parent, name)
+{
+  _base = base;
+  if (_base < 2) _base = 2;
+  if (_base > 36) _base = 36;
+
+  _min = _max = 0;
+}
+
+KIntValidator::KIntValidator ( int bottom, int top, QWidget * parent, int base, const char * name )
+  : QValidator(parent, name)
+{
+  _base = base;
+  if (_base > 36) _base = 36;
+
+  _min = bottom;
+  _max = top;
+}
+
+KIntValidator::~KIntValidator ()
+{}
+
+QValidator::State KIntValidator::validate ( QString &str, int & ) const
+{
+  bool ok;
+  int  val = 0;
+  QString newStr;
+
+  newStr = str.stripWhiteSpace();
+  if (_base > 10)
+    newStr = newStr.upper();
+
+  if (newStr == QString::fromLatin1("-")) // a special case
+    if ((_min || _max) && _min >= 0)
+      ok = false;
+    else
+      return QValidator::Acceptable;
+  else if (newStr.length())
+    val = newStr.toInt(&ok, _base);
+  else {
+    val = 0;
+    ok = true;
+  }
+
+  if (! ok)
+    return QValidator::Invalid;
+
+  if ((! _min && ! _max) || (val >= _min && val <= _max))
+    return QValidator::Acceptable;
+
+  if (_max && _min >= 0 && val < 0)
+    return QValidator::Invalid;
+
+  return QValidator::Valid;
+}
+
+void KIntValidator::fixup ( QString &str ) const
+{
+  int                dummy;
+  int                val;
+  QValidator::State  state;
+
+  state = validate(str, dummy);
+
+  if (state == QValidator::Invalid || state == QValidator::Acceptable)
+    return;
+
+  if (! _min && ! _max)
+    return;
+
+  val = str.toInt(0, _base);
+
+  if (val < _min) val = _min;
+  if (val > _max) val = _max;
+
+  str.setNum(val, _base);
+}
+
+void KIntValidator::setRange ( int bottom, int top )
+{
+  _min = bottom;
+  _max = top;
+
+        if (_max < _min)
+                _max = _min;
+}
+
+void KIntValidator::setBase ( int base )
+{
+  _base = base;
+  if (_base < 2) _base = 2;
+}
+
+int KIntValidator::bottom () const
+{
+  return _min;
+}
+
+int KIntValidator::top () const
+{
+  return _max;
+}
+
+int KIntValidator::base () const
+{
+  return _base;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//  Implementation of KFloatValidator
+//
+
+class KFloatValidatorPrivate
+{
+public:
+    KFloatValidatorPrivate()
+    {
+    }
+    ~KFloatValidatorPrivate()
+    {
+    }
+    bool acceptLocalizedNumbers;
+};
+
+
+KFloatValidator::KFloatValidator ( QWidget * parent, const char * name )
+  : QValidator(parent, name)
+{
+    d = new KFloatValidatorPrivate;
+    d->acceptLocalizedNumbers=false;
+    _min = _max = 0;
+}
+
+KFloatValidator::KFloatValidator ( double bottom, double top, QWidget * parent, const char * name )
+  : QValidator(parent, name)
+{
+    d = new KFloatValidatorPrivate;
+    d->acceptLocalizedNumbers=false;
+    _min = bottom;
+    _max = top;
+}
+
+KFloatValidator::KFloatValidator ( double bottom, double top, bool localeAware, QWidget * parent, const char * name )
+  : QValidator(parent, name)
+{
+    d = new KFloatValidatorPrivate;
+    d->acceptLocalizedNumbers = localeAware;
+    _min = bottom;
+    _max = top;
+}
+
+KFloatValidator::~KFloatValidator ()
+{
+     delete d;
+}
+
+void KFloatValidator::setAcceptLocalizedNumbers(bool _b)
+{
+    d->acceptLocalizedNumbers=_b;
+}
+
+bool KFloatValidator::acceptLocalizedNumbers() const
+{
+    return d->acceptLocalizedNumbers;
+}
+
+QValidator::State KFloatValidator::validate ( QString &str, int & ) const
+{
+  bool    ok;
+  double  val = 0;
+  QString newStr;
+  newStr = str.stripWhiteSpace();
+
+  if (newStr == QString::fromLatin1("-")) // a special case
+    if ((_min || _max) && _min >= 0)
+      ok = false;
+    else
+      return QValidator::Acceptable;
+  else if (newStr == QString::fromLatin1(".") || (d->acceptLocalizedNumbers && newStr==KGlobal::locale()->decimalSymbol())) // another special case
+    return QValidator::Acceptable;
+  else if (newStr.length())
+  {
+    val = newStr.toDouble(&ok);
+    if(!ok && d->acceptLocalizedNumbers)
+       val= KGlobal::locale()->readNumber(newStr,&ok);
+  }
+  else {
+    val = 0;
+    ok = true;
+  }
+
+  if (! ok)
+    return QValidator::Invalid;
+
+  if (( !_min && !_max) || (val >= _min && val <= _max))
+    return QValidator::Acceptable;
+
+  if (_max && _min >= 0 && val < 0)
+    return QValidator::Invalid;
+
+  if ( (_min || _max) && (val < _min || val > _max))
+    return QValidator::Invalid;
+
+  return QValidator::Valid;
+}
+
+void KFloatValidator::fixup ( QString &str ) const
+{
+  int                dummy;
+  double             val;
+  QValidator::State  state;
+
+  state = validate(str, dummy);
+
+  if (state == QValidator::Invalid || state == QValidator::Acceptable)
+    return;
+
+  if (! _min && ! _max)
+    return;
+
+  val = str.toDouble();
+
+  if (val < _min) val = _min;
+  if (val > _max) val = _max;
+
+  str.setNum(val);
+}
+
+void KFloatValidator::setRange ( double bottom, double top )
+{
+  _min = bottom;
+  _max = top;
+
+        if (_max < _min)
+                _max = _min;
+}
+
+double KFloatValidator::bottom () const
+{
+  return _min;
+}
+
+double KFloatValidator::top () const
+{
+  return _max;
+}
+
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//  Implementation of KDoubleValidator
+//
+
+class KDoubleValidator::Private {
+public:
+  Private( bool accept=true ) : acceptLocalizedNumbers( accept ) {}
+
+  bool acceptLocalizedNumbers;
+};
+
+KDoubleValidator::KDoubleValidator( QObject * parent, const char * name )
+  : QDoubleValidator( (QWidget*)parent, name ), d( 0 )
+{
+  d = new Private();
+}
+
+KDoubleValidator::KDoubleValidator( double bottom, double top, int decimals,
+                                    QObject * parent, const char * name )
+  : QDoubleValidator( bottom, top, decimals, (QWidget*)parent, name ), d( 0 )
+{
+  d = new Private();
+}
+
+KDoubleValidator::~KDoubleValidator()
+{
+        delete d;
+}
+
+bool KDoubleValidator::acceptLocalizedNumbers() const {
+  return d->acceptLocalizedNumbers;
+}
+
+void KDoubleValidator::setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( bool accept ) {
+  d->acceptLocalizedNumbers = accept;
+}
+
+QValidator::State KDoubleValidator::validate( QString & input, int & p ) const {
+  QString s = input;
+  if ( acceptLocalizedNumbers() ) {
+    KLocale * l = KGlobal::locale();
+    // ok, we have to re-format the number to have:
+    // 1. decimalSymbol == '.'
+    // 2. negativeSign  == '-'
+    // 3. positiveSign  == <empty>
+    // 4. thousandsSeparator() == <empty> (we don't check that there
+    //    are exactly three decimals between each separator):
+    QString d = l->decimalSymbol(),
+            n = l->negativeSign(),
+            p = l->positiveSign(),
+            t = l->thousandsSeparator();
+    // first, delete p's and t's:
+    if ( !p.isEmpty() )
+      for ( int idx = s.find( p ) ; idx >= 0 ; idx = s.find( p, idx ) )
+        s.remove( idx, p.length() );
+
+
+    if ( !t.isEmpty() )
+      for ( int idx = s.find( t ) ; idx >= 0 ; idx = s.find( t, idx ) )
+        s.remove( idx, t.length() );
+
+    // then, replace the d's and n's
+    if ( ( !n.isEmpty() && n.find('.') != -1 ) ||
+         ( !d.isEmpty() && d.find('-') != -1 ) ) {
+      // make sure we don't replace something twice:
+      kdWarning() << "KDoubleValidator: decimal symbol contains '-' or "
+                     "negative sign contains '.' -> improve algorithm" << endl;
+      return Invalid;
+    }
+
+    if ( !d.isEmpty() && d != "." )
+      for ( int idx = s.find( d ) ; idx >= 0 ; idx = s.find( d, idx + 1 ) )
+        s.replace( idx, d.length(), ".");
+
+    if ( !n.isEmpty() && n != "-" )
+      for ( int idx = s.find( n ) ; idx >= 0 ; idx = s.find( n, idx + 1 ) )
+        s.replace( idx, n.length(), "-" );
+  }
+
+  return base::validate( s, p );
+}
+
+//US #include "knumvalidator.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/knumvalidator.h b/microkde/kdeui/knumvalidator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f0a937
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/knumvalidator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/**********************************************************************
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999 Glen Parker <glenebob@nwlink.com>
+** Copyright (C) 2002 Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
+**
+** This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+** modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+** License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+** version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+**
+** This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+** Library General Public License for more details.
+**
+** You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+** License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+** Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __KNUMVALIDATOR_H
+#define __KNUMVALIDATOR_H
+
+#include <qvalidator.h>
+
+class QWidget;
+class QString;
+
+/**
+ *  @ref QValidator for integers.
+
+  This can be used by @ref QLineEdit or subclass to provide validated
+  text entry.  Can be provided with a base value (default is 10), to allow
+  the proper entry of hexadecimal, octal, or any other base numeric data.
+
+  @author Glen Parker <glenebob@nwlink.com>
+  @version 0.0.1
+*/
+class KIntValidator : public QValidator {
+
+  public:
+    /**
+      Constuctor.  Also sets the base value.
+    */
+    KIntValidator ( QWidget * parent, int base = 10, const char * name = 0 );
+    /**
+     * Constructor.  Also sets the minimum, maximum, and numeric base values.
+     */
+    KIntValidator ( int bottom, int top, QWidget * parent, int base = 10, const char * name = 0 );
+    /**
+     * Destructs the validator.
+     */
+    virtual ~KIntValidator ();
+    /**
+     * Validates the text, and return the result.  Does not modify the parameters.
+     */
+    virtual State validate ( QString &, int & ) const;
+    /**
+     * Fixes the text if possible, providing a valid string.  The parameter may be modified.
+     */
+    virtual void fixup ( QString & ) const;
+    /**
+     * Sets the minimum and maximum values allowed.
+     */
+    virtual void setRange ( int bottom, int top );
+    /**
+     * Sets the numeric base value.
+     */
+    virtual void setBase ( int base );
+    /**
+     * Returns the current minimum value allowed.
+     */
+    virtual int bottom () const;
+    /**
+     * Returns the current maximum value allowed.
+     */
+    virtual int top () const;
+    /**
+     * Returns the current numeric base.
+     */
+    virtual int base () const;
+
+  private:
+    int _base;
+    int _min;
+    int _max;
+
+};
+
+class KFloatValidatorPrivate;
+
+/**
+  @obsolete Use @ref KDoubleValidator
+
+  @ref QValidator for floating point entry.
+  Extends the QValidator class to properly validate double numeric data.
+  This can be used by @ref QLineEdit or subclass to provide validated
+  text entry.
+
+  @author Glen Parker <glenebob@nwlink.com>
+  @version 0.0.1
+*/
+class KFloatValidator : public QValidator {
+
+  public:
+    /**
+     * Constructor.
+     */
+    KFloatValidator ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 );
+    /**
+     * Constructor.  Also sets the minimum and maximum values.
+     */
+    KFloatValidator ( double bottom, double top, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 );
+    /**
+     * Constructor.  Sets the validator to be locale aware if @p localeAware is true.
+     */
+    KFloatValidator ( double bottom, double top, bool localeAware, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 );
+    /**
+     * Destructs the validator.
+     */
+    virtual ~KFloatValidator ();
+    /**
+     * Validates the text, and return the result. Does not modify the parameters.
+     */
+    virtual State validate ( QString &, int & ) const;
+    /**
+     * Fixes the text if possible, providing a valid string. The parameter may be modified.
+     */
+    virtual void fixup ( QString & ) const;
+    /**
+     * Sets the minimum and maximum value allowed.
+     */
+    virtual void setRange ( double bottom, double top );
+    /**
+     * Returns the current minimum value allowed.
+     */
+    virtual double bottom () const;
+    /**
+     * Returns the current maximum value allowed.
+     */
+    virtual double top () const;
+    /**
+     * Sets the validator to be locale aware if @p is true. In this case, the
+     * character KLocale::decimalSymbol() from the global locale is recognized
+     * as decimal separator.
+     */
+    void setAcceptLocalizedNumbers(bool b);
+    /**
+     * Returns true if the validator is locale aware.
+     * @see setAcceptLocalizedNumbers().
+     */
+    bool acceptLocalizedNumbers() const;
+
+ private:
+    double _min;
+    double _max;
+
+    KFloatValidatorPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+   KDoubleValidator extends @ref QDoubleValidator to be
+   locale-aware. That means that - subject to not being disabled -
+   @ref KLocale::decimalPoint(), @ref KLocale::thousandsSeparator()
+   and @ref KLocale::positiveSign() and @ref KLocale::negativeSign()
+   are respected.
+
+   @short A locale-aware @ref QDoubleValidator
+   @author Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
+   @version $Id$
+   @see KIntValidator
+   @since 3.1
+**/
+
+class KDoubleValidator : public QDoubleValidator {
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( bool acceptLocalizedNumbers READ acceptLocalizedNumbers WRITE setAcceptLocalizedNumbers )
+public:
+  /** Constuct a locale-aware KDoubleValidator with default range
+      (whatever @ref QDoubleValidator uses for that) and parent @p
+      parent */
+  KDoubleValidator( QObject * parent, const char * name=0 );
+  /** Constuct a locale-aware KDoubleValidator for range [@p bottom,@p
+      top] and a precision of @p decimals decimals after the decimal
+      point.  */
+  KDoubleValidator( double bottom, double top, int decimals,
+                    QObject * parent, const char * name=0 );
+  /** Destructs the validator.
+   */
+  virtual ~KDoubleValidator();
+
+  /** Overloaded for internal reasons. The API is not affected. */
+  virtual QValidator::State validate( QString & input, int & pos ) const;
+
+  /** @return whether localized numbers are accepted (default: true) */
+  bool acceptLocalizedNumbers() const;
+  /** Sets whether to accept localized numbers (default: true) */
+  void setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( bool accept );
+
+private:
+  typedef QDoubleValidator base;
+  class Private;
+  Private * d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d028420
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ *   Copyright (C) 1997  Michael Roth <mroth@wirlweb.de>
+ *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ *   (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *   GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <qstyle.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+//US #include <kapplication.h>
+
+//US #include "kseparator.moc"
+
+#include "kseparator.h"
+
+KSeparator::KSeparator(QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags f)
+   : QFrame(parent, name, f)
+{
+   setLineWidth(1);
+   setMidLineWidth(0);
+   setOrientation( HLine );
+}
+
+
+
+KSeparator::KSeparator(int orientation, QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags f)
+   : QFrame(parent, name, f)
+{
+   setLineWidth(1);
+   setMidLineWidth(0);
+   setOrientation( orientation );
+}
+
+
+
+void KSeparator::setOrientation(int orientation)
+{
+   switch(orientation)
+   {
+      case Vertical:
+      case VLine:
+         setFrameStyle( QFrame::VLine | QFrame::Sunken );
+         setMinimumSize(2, 0);
+         break;
+      
+      default:
+         kdWarning() << "KSeparator::setOrientation(): invalid orientation, using default orientation HLine" << endl;
+         
+      case Horizontal:
+      case HLine:
+         setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine | QFrame::Sunken );
+         setMinimumSize(0, 2);
+         break;
+   }
+}
+
+
+
+int KSeparator::orientation() const
+{
+   if ( frameStyle() & VLine )
+      return VLine;
+   
+   if ( frameStyle() & HLine )
+      return HLine;
+   
+   return 0;
+}
+
+void KSeparator::drawFrame(QPainter *p)
+{
+           QPointp1, p2;
+           QRectr     = frameRect();
+   const QColorGroup & g = colorGroup();
+
+   if ( frameStyle() & HLine ) {
+      p1 = QPoint( r.x(), r.height()/2 );
+      p2 = QPoint( r.x()+r.width(), p1.y() );
+   }
+   else {
+      p1 = QPoint( r.x()+r.width()/2, 0 );
+      p2 = QPoint( p1.x(), r.height() );
+   }
+
+/*US
+   QStyleOption opt( lineWidth(), midLineWidth() );
+   style().drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Separator, p, QRect( p1, p2 ), g,
+                          QStyle::Style_Sunken, opt );
+*/
+//LRstyle().drawSeparator( p, p1.x(), p1.y(), p2.x(), p2.y(), g, true, lineWidth(), midLineWidth());
+
+}
+
+
+QSize KSeparator::sizeHint() const
+{
+   if ( frameStyle() & VLine )
+      return QSize(2, 0);
+   
+   if ( frameStyle() & HLine )
+      return QSize(0, 2);
+   
+   return QSize(-1, -1);
+}
+
+void KSeparator::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.h b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d2712a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ *   Copyright (C) 1997  Michael Roth <mroth@wirlweb.de>
+ *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ *   (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *   GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __KSEPARATOR_H__
+#define __KSEPARATOR_H__
+
+#include <qframe.h>
+
+/**
+ * Standard horizontal or vertical separator.
+ *
+ * @author Michael Roth <mroth@wirlweb.de>
+ * @version $Id$
+*/
+class KSeparator : public QFrame
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  Q_PROPERTY( int orientation READ orientation WRITE setOrientation )
+ public:
+  /**
+   * Constructor.
+   **/
+  KSeparator(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);
+  /**
+   * Constructor.
+   *
+   * @param orientation Set the orientation of the separator.
+   * Possible values are HLine or Horizontal and VLine or Vertical.
+   **/
+  KSeparator(int orientation, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, 
+             WFlags f=0);
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns the orientation of the separator.
+   *
+   * Possible values are VLine and HLine.
+   **/
+  int orientation() const;
+  
+  /**
+   * Set the orientation of the separator to @p orient
+   *
+   * Possible values are VLine and HLine.
+   */
+  void setOrientation(int orient);
+  
+  /**
+   * The recommended height (width) for a horizontal (vertical) separator.
+   **/
+  virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
+
+protected:
+  virtual void drawFrame( QPainter * );
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  class KSeparatorPrivate* d;
+};
+
+
+#endif // __KSEPARATOR_H__
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37fa29a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "ksqueezedtextlabel.h"
+#include <qtooltip.h>
+
+KSqueezedTextLabel::KSqueezedTextLabel( const QString &text , QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+ : QLabel ( parent, name ) {
+  setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed ));
+  fullText = text;
+  squeezeTextToLabel();
+}
+
+KSqueezedTextLabel::KSqueezedTextLabel( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+ : QLabel ( parent, name ) {
+  setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed ));
+}
+
+void KSqueezedTextLabel::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * ) {
+  squeezeTextToLabel();
+}
+
+QSize KSqueezedTextLabel::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+  QSize sh = QLabel::minimumSizeHint();
+  sh.setWidth(-1);
+  return sh;
+}
+
+void KSqueezedTextLabel::setText( const QString &text ) {
+  fullText = text;
+  squeezeTextToLabel();
+}
+
+void KSqueezedTextLabel::squeezeTextToLabel() {
+  QFontMetrics fm(fontMetrics());
+  int labelWidth = size().width();
+  int textWidth = fm.width(fullText);
+  if (textWidth > labelWidth) {
+    // start with the dots only
+    QString squeezedText = "...";
+    int squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
+
+    // estimate how many letters we can add to the dots on both sides
+    int letters = fullText.length() * (labelWidth - squeezedWidth) / textWidth / 2;
+    if (labelWidth < squeezedWidth) letters=1;
+    squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
+    squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
+
+    if (squeezedWidth < labelWidth) {
+        // we estimated too short
+        // add letters while text < label
+        do {
+                letters++;
+                squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
+                squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
+        } while (squeezedWidth < labelWidth);
+        letters--;
+        squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
+    } else if (squeezedWidth > labelWidth) {
+        // we estimated too long
+        // remove letters while text > label
+        do {
+            letters--;
+            squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
+            squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
+        } while (letters && squeezedWidth > labelWidth);
+    }
+
+    if (letters < 5) {
+            // too few letters added -> we give up squeezing
+            QLabel::setText(fullText);
+    } else {
+        QLabel::setText(squeezedText);
+    }
+
+//US    QToolTip::remove( this );
+//US    QToolTip::add( this, fullText );
+
+  } else {
+    QLabel::setText(fullText);
+
+//US    QToolTip::remove( this );
+//US    QToolTip::hide();
+
+  };
+}
+
+void KSqueezedTextLabel::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "ksqueezedtextlabel.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1634adc
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KSQUEEZEDTEXTLABEL_H
+#define KSQUEEZEDTEXTLABEL_H
+
+#include <qlabel.h>
+
+/**
+ * A label class that squeezes its text into the label
+ *
+ * If the text is too long to fit into the label it is divided into
+ * remaining left and right parts which are separated by three dots.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * http://www.kde.org/documentation/index.html could be squeezed to
+ * http://www.kde...ion/index.html
+
+ * @short A replacement for QLabel that squeezes its text
+ * @author Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>
+ * @version $Id$
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * @ref QLabel
+ */
+class KSqueezedTextLabel : public QLabel {
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  /**
+   * Default constructor.
+   */
+  KSqueezedTextLabel( QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0 );
+  KSqueezedTextLabel( const QString &text, QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+  virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+
+public slots:
+  void setText( const QString & );
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   * used when widget is resized
+   */
+  void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * );
+  /**
+   * does the dirty work
+   */
+  void squeezeTextToLabel();
+  QString fullText;
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  class KSqueezedTextLabelPrivate;
+  KSqueezedTextLabelPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif // KSQUEEZEDTEXTLABEL_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfd7b54
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kstdaction.h"
+
+#include <qtoolbutton.h>
+#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+
+//US #include <kaboutdata.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+//US #include <kstdaccel.h>
+//US #include <kmainwindow.h>
+
+namespace KStdAction
+{
+
+struct KStdActionInfo
+{
+        StdAction id;
+        /*USKStdAccel::StdAccel idAccel;*/
+        const char* psName;
+        const char* psLabel;
+        const char* psWhatsThis;
+        const char* psIconName;
+};
+
+const KStdActionInfo g_rgActionInfo[] =
+{
+        { New,           /*USKStdAccel::New,*/ "file_new", I18N_NOOP("&New"), 0, "filenew" },
+        { Open,          /*USKStdAccel::Open,*/ "file_open", I18N_NOOP("&Open..."), 0, "fileopen" },
+        { OpenRecent,    /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_open_recent", I18N_NOOP("Open &Recent"), 0, 0 },
+        { Save,          /*USKStdAccel::Save,*/ "file_save", I18N_NOOP("&Save"), 0, "filesave" },
+        { SaveAs,        /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_save_as", I18N_NOOP("Save &As..."), 0, "filesaveas" },
+        { Revert,        /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_revert", I18N_NOOP("Re&vert"), 0, "revert" },
+        { Close,         /*USKStdAccel::Close,*/ "file_close", I18N_NOOP("&Close"), 0, "fileclose" },
+        { Print,         /*USKStdAccel::Print,*/ "file_print", I18N_NOOP("&Print..."), 0, "fileprint" },
+        { PrintPreview,  /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_print_preview", I18N_NOOP("Print Previe&w..."), 0, "filequickprint" },
+        { Mail,          /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_mail", I18N_NOOP("&Mail..."), 0, "mail_send" },
+        { Quit,          /*USKStdAccel::Quit,*/ "file_quit", I18N_NOOP("&Exit"), 0, "exit" },
+
+        { Undo,          /*USKStdAccel::Undo,*/ "edit_undo", I18N_NOOP("&Undo"), 0, "undo" },
+        { Redo,          /*USKStdAccel::Redo,*/ "edit_redo", I18N_NOOP("Re&do"), 0, "redo" },
+        { Cut,           /*USKStdAccel::Cut,*/ "edit_cut", I18N_NOOP("Cu&t"), 0, "editcut" },
+        { Copy,          /*USKStdAccel::Copy,*/ "edit_copy", I18N_NOOP("&Copy"), 0, "editcopy" },
+        { Paste,         /*USKStdAccel::Paste,*/ "edit_paste", I18N_NOOP("&Paste"), 0, "editpaste" },
+        { SelectAll,     /*USKStdAccel::SelectAll,*/ "edit_select_all", I18N_NOOP("Select &All"), 0, 0 },
+        { Deselect,      /*USKStdAccel::Deselect,*/ "edit_deselect", I18N_NOOP("Dese&lect"), 0, 0 },
+        { Find,          /*USKStdAccel::Find,*/ "edit_find", I18N_NOOP("&Find..."), 0, "find" },
+        { FindNext,      /*USKStdAccel::FindNext,*/ "edit_find_next", I18N_NOOP("Find &Next"), 0, "next" },
+        // FIXME: rename edit_find_last to edit_find_prev for KDE 4
+        { FindPrev,      /*USKStdAccel::FindPrev,*/ "edit_find_last", I18N_NOOP("Find Pre&vious"), 0, "previous" },
+        { Replace,       /*USKStdAccel::Replace,*/ "edit_replace", I18N_NOOP("&Replace..."), 0, 0 },
+
+        { ActualSize,    /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_actual_size", I18N_NOOP("&Actual Size"), 0, 0 },
+        { FitToPage,     /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_fit_to_page", I18N_NOOP("&Fit to Page"), 0, 0 },
+        { FitToWidth,    /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_fit_to_width", I18N_NOOP("Fit to Page &Width"), 0, 0 },
+        { FitToHeight,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_fit_to_height", I18N_NOOP("Fit to Page &Height"), 0, 0 },
+        { ZoomIn,        /*USKStdAccel::ZoomIn,*/ "view_zoom_in", I18N_NOOP("Zoom &In"), 0, "viewmag+" },
+        { ZoomOut,       /*USKStdAccel::ZoomOut,*/ "view_zoom_out", I18N_NOOP("Zoom &Out"), 0, "viewmag-" },
+        { Zoom,          /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_zoom", I18N_NOOP("&Zoom..."), 0, "viewmag" },
+        { Redisplay,     /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_redisplay", I18N_NOOP("&Redisplay"), 0, "reload" },
+
+        { Up,            /*USKStdAccel::Up,*/ "go_up", I18N_NOOP("&Up"), 0, "up" },
+        // The following three have special i18n() needs for sLabel
+        { Back,          /*USKStdAccel::Back,*/ "go_back", 0, 0, "back" },
+        { Forward,       /*USKStdAccel::Forward,*/ "go_forward", 0, 0, "forward" },
+        { Home,          /*USKStdAccel::Home,*/ "go_home", 0, 0, "gohome" },
+        { Prior,         /*USKStdAccel::Prior,*/ "go_previous", I18N_NOOP("&Previous Page"), 0, "previous" },
+        { Next,          /*USKStdAccel::Next,*/ "go_next", I18N_NOOP("&Next Page"), 0, "next" },
+        { Goto,          /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "go_goto", I18N_NOOP("&Go To..."), 0, 0 },
+        { GotoPage,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "go_goto_page", I18N_NOOP("&Go to Page..."), 0, "goto" },
+        { GotoLine,      /*USKStdAccel::GotoLine,*/ "go_goto_line", I18N_NOOP("&Go to Line..."), 0, 0 },
+        { FirstPage,     /*USKStdAccel::Home,*/ "go_first", I18N_NOOP("&First Page"), 0, "top" },
+        { LastPage,      /*USKStdAccel::End,*/ "go_last", I18N_NOOP("&Last Page"), 0, "bottom" },
+
+        { AddBookmark,   /*USKStdAccel::AddBookmark,*/ "bookmark_add", I18N_NOOP("&Add Bookmark"), 0, "bookmark_add" },
+        { EditBookmarks, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "bookmark_edit", I18N_NOOP("&Edit Bookmarks"), 0, "bookmark" },
+
+        { Spelling,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "tools_spelling", I18N_NOOP("&Spelling..."), 0, "spellcheck" },
+
+        { ShowMenubar,   /*USKStdAccel::ShowMenubar,*/ "options_show_menubar", I18N_NOOP("Show &Menubar"), 0, "showmenu" },
+        { ShowToolbar,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_show_toolbar", I18N_NOOP("Show &Toolbar"), 0, 0 },
+        { ShowStatusbar, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_show_statusbar", I18N_NOOP("Show St&atusbar"), 0, 0 },
+        { SaveOptions,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_save_options", I18N_NOOP("&Save Settings"), 0, 0 },
+        { KeyBindings,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure_keybinding", I18N_NOOP("Configure S&hortcuts..."), 0,"configure_shortcuts" },
+        { Preferences,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure", I18N_NOOP("&Configure %1..."), 0, "configure" },
+        { ConfigureToolbars, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure_toolbars", I18N_NOOP("Configure Tool&bars..."), 0,"configure_toolbars" },
+        { ConfigureNotifications, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure_notifications", I18N_NOOP("Configure &Notifications..."), 0, "knotify" },
+
+        { Help,          /*USKStdAccel::Help,*/ "help", 0, 0, "help" },
+        { HelpContents,  /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_contents", I18N_NOOP("%1 &Handbook"), 0, "contents" },
+        { WhatsThis,     /*USKStdAccel::WhatsThis,*/ "help_whats_this", I18N_NOOP("What's &This?"), 0, "contexthelp" },
+        { TipofDay,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_show_tip", I18N_NOOP("Tip of the &Day"), 0, "idea" },
+        { ReportBug,     /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_report_bug", I18N_NOOP("&Report Bug..."), 0, 0 },
+        { AboutApp,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_about_app", I18N_NOOP("&About %1"), 0, 0 },
+        { AboutKDE,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_about_kde", I18N_NOOP("About &KDE"), 0,"about_kde" },
+        { ActionNone, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+static const KStdActionInfo* infoPtr( StdAction id )
+{
+        for( uint i = 0; g_rgActionInfo[i].id != ActionNone; i++ ) {
+                if( g_rgActionInfo[i].id == id )
+                        return &g_rgActionInfo[i];
+        }
+        return 0;
+}
+
+QStringList stdNames()
+{
+    QStringList result;
+
+    for( uint i = 0; g_rgActionInfo[i].id != ActionNone; i++ )
+        if (g_rgActionInfo[i].psLabel)
+            result.append(i18n(g_rgActionInfo[i].psLabel));
+    return result;
+}
+
+KAction* create( StdAction id, const char *name, const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent )
+{
+        KAction* pAction = 0;
+        const KStdActionInfo* pInfo = infoPtr( id );
+        kdDebug(125) << "KStdAction::create( " << id << "=" << (pInfo ? pInfo->psName : (const char*)0) << ", " << parent << ", " << name << " )" << endl; // ellis
+        if( pInfo ) {
+                QString sLabel, iconName = pInfo->psIconName;
+                switch( id ) {
+                 case Back: sLabel = i18n("go back", "&Back"); 
+        //US            if (QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+        //US                iconName = "forward";
+                        break; 
+
+                 case Forward: sLabel = i18n("go forward", "&Forward"); 
+        //US            if (QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+        //US                iconName = "back";
+                        break;  
+                
+                 case Home: sLabel = i18n("beginning (of line)", "&Home"); break;
+                 case Help: sLabel = i18n("show help", "&Help"); break;
+        //US     case AboutApp: iconName = kapp->miniIconName();
+                 case Preferences:
+                 case HelpContents:
+                        {
+        //US            const KAboutData *aboutData = KGlobal::instance()->aboutData();
+        //US            QString appName = (aboutData) ? aboutData->programName() : QString::fromLatin1(qApp->name());
+                        QString appName = QString::fromLatin1(KGlobal::getAppName());
+                        sLabel = i18n(pInfo->psLabel).arg(appName);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                 default: sLabel = i18n(pInfo->psLabel);
+                }
+                
+        /*US    if (QApplication::reverseLayout()){
+                        if (id == Prior) iconName = "next";
+                        if (id == Next ) iconName = "previous";
+                }
+        */                      
+        //US    KShortcut cut = KStdAccel::shortcut(pInfo->idAccel);
+                KShortcut cut;
+                switch( id ) {
+                 case OpenRecent:
+                        pAction = new KRecentFilesAction( sLabel, cut,
+                                        recvr, slot,
+                                        parent, (name) ? name : pInfo->psName );
+                        break;
+                 case ShowMenubar:
+                 case ShowToolbar:
+                 case ShowStatusbar:
+                        KToggleAction *ret;
+                        ret = new KToggleAction( sLabel, pInfo->psIconName, cut,
+                                        recvr, slot,
+                                        parent, (name) ? name : pInfo->psName );
+                        ret->setChecked( true );
+                        pAction = ret;
+                        break;
+                 default:
+                        pAction = new KAction( sLabel, iconName, cut,
+                                        recvr, slot,
+                                        parent, (name) ? name : pInfo->psName );
+                        break;
+                }
+        }
+        return pAction;
+}
+
+const char* name( StdAction id )
+{
+        const KStdActionInfo* pInfo = infoPtr( id );
+        return (pInfo) ? pInfo->psName : 0;
+}
+
+KAction *openNew( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( New, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *open( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Open, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KRecentFilesAction *openRecent( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return (KRecentFilesAction*) KStdAction::create( OpenRecent, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *save( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Save, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *saveAs( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( SaveAs, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *revert( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Revert, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *print( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Print, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *printPreview( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( PrintPreview, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *close( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Close, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *mail( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Mail, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *quit( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Quit, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *undo( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Undo, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *redo( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Redo, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *cut( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Cut, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *copy( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Copy, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *paste( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Paste, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *selectAll( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( SelectAll, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *deselect( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Deselect, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *find( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Find, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *findNext( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( FindNext, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *findPrev( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( FindPrev, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *replace( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Replace, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *actualSize( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( ActualSize, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *fitToPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( FitToPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *fitToWidth( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( FitToWidth, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *fitToHeight( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( FitToHeight, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *zoomIn( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( ZoomIn, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *zoomOut( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( ZoomOut, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *zoom( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Zoom, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *redisplay( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Redisplay, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *up( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Up, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *back( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Back, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *forward( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Forward, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *home( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Home, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *prior( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Prior, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *next( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Next, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *goTo( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Goto, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *gotoPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( GotoPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *gotoLine( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( GotoLine, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *firstPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( FirstPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *lastPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( LastPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *addBookmark( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( AddBookmark, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *editBookmarks( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( EditBookmarks, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *spelling( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Spelling, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+
+KToggleAction *showMenubar( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
+{
+    KToggleAction *ret;
+    ret = new KToggleAction(i18n("Show &Menubar"), "showmenu", /*US KStdAccel::shortcut(KStdAccel::ShowMenubar)*/0, recvr, slot,
+                            parent, _name ? _name : name(ShowMenubar));
+    ret->setChecked(true);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+KToggleAction *showToolbar( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
+{
+    KToggleAction *ret;
+    ret = new KToggleAction(i18n("Show &Toolbar"), 0, recvr, slot, parent,
+                            _name ? _name : name(ShowToolbar));
+    ret->setChecked(true);
+    return ret;
+
+}
+
+KToggleToolBarAction *showToolbar( const char* toolBarName, KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
+{
+    KToggleToolBarAction *ret;
+    ret = new KToggleToolBarAction(toolBarName, i18n("Show &Toolbar"), parent,
+                            _name ? _name : name(ShowToolbar));
+    return ret;
+}
+
+KToggleAction *showStatusbar( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                         KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
+{
+    KToggleAction *ret;
+    ret = new KToggleAction(i18n("Show St&atusbar"), 0, recvr, slot, parent,
+                            _name ? _name : name(ShowStatusbar));
+    ret->setChecked(true);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+KAction *saveOptions( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( SaveOptions, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *keyBindings( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( KeyBindings, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *preferences( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Preferences, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *configureToolbars( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( ConfigureToolbars, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *configureNotifications( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( ConfigureNotifications, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *help( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( Help, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *helpContents( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( HelpContents, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *whatsThis( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( WhatsThis, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *tipOfDay( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( TipofDay, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *reportBug( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( ReportBug, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *aboutApp( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( AboutApp, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+KAction *aboutKDE( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
+        { return KStdAction::create( AboutKDE, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.h b/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc712b3
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef KSTDACTION_H
+#define KSTDACTION_H
+
+class QObject;
+class KAction;
+class KActionCollection;
+class KRecentFilesAction;
+class KToggleAction;
+class KToggleToolBarAction;
+
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+/**
+ * Convenience methods to access all standard KDE actions.
+ *
+ * These actions should be used instead of hardcoding menubar and
+ * toolbar items.  Using these actions helps your application easily
+ * conform to the KDE UI Style Guide
+ * @see http://developer.kde.org/documentation/standards/kde/style/basics/index.html .
+ *
+ * All of the documentation for @ref KAction holds for KStdAction
+ * also.  When in doubt on how things work, check the @ref KAction
+ * documention first.
+ *
+ * @sect Simple Example:
+ *
+ * In general, using standard actions should be a drop in replacement
+ * for regular actions.  For example, if you previously had:
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * KAction *newAct = new KAction(i18n("&New"), QIconSet(BarIcon("filenew")),
+ *                               KStdAccel::key(KStdAccel::New), this,
+ *                               SLOT(fileNew()), actionCollection());
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * You could drop that and replace it with:
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * KAction *newAct = KStdAction::openNew(this, SLOT(fileNew()),
+ *                                       actionCollection());
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * @sect Non-standard Usages
+ *
+ * It is possible to use the standard actions in various
+ * non-recommended ways.  Say, for instance, you wanted to have a
+ * standard action (with the associated correct text and icon and
+ * accelerator, etc) but you didn't want it to go in the standard
+ * place (this is not recommended, by the way).  One way to do this is
+ * to simply not use the XML UI framework and plug it into wherever
+ * you want.  If you do want to use the XML UI framework (good!), then
+ * it is still possible.
+ *
+ * Basically, the XML building code matches names in the XML code with
+ * the internal names of the actions.  You can find out the internal
+ * names of each of the standard actions by using the @ref stdName
+ * action like so: @ref KStdAction::stdName(KStdAction::Cut) would return
+ * 'edit_cut'.  The XML building code will match 'edit_cut' to the
+ * attribute in the global XML file and place your action there.
+ *
+ * However, you can change the internal name.  In this example, just
+ * do something like:
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * (void)KStdAction::cut(this, SLOT(editCut()), actionCollection(), "my_cut");
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * Now, in your local XML resource file (e.g., yourappui.rc), simply
+ * put 'my_cut' where you want it to go.
+ *
+ * Another non-standard usage concerns getting a pointer to an
+ * existing action if, say, you want to enable or disable the action.
+ * You could do it the recommended way and just grab a pointer when
+ * you instantiate it as in the the 'openNew' example above... or you
+ * could do it the hard way:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * KAction *cut = actionCollection()->action(KStdAction::stdName(KStdAction::Cut));
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Another non-standard usage concerns instantiating the action in the
+ * first place.  Usually, you would use the member functions as
+ * shown above (e.g., KStdAction::cut(this, SLOT, parent)).  You
+ * may, however, do this using the enums provided.  This author can't
+ * think of a reason why you would want to, but, hey, if you do,
+ * here's how:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * (void)KStdAction::action(KStdAction::New, this, SLOT(fileNew()), actionCollection());
+ * (void)KStdAction::action(KStdAction::Cut, this, SLOT(editCut()), actionCollection());
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * @author Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+ */
+namespace KStdAction
+{
+        /**
+         * The standard menubar and toolbar actions.
+         */
+        enum StdAction {
+                ActionNone,
+
+                // File Menu
+                New, Open, OpenRecent, Save, SaveAs, Revert, Close,
+                Print, PrintPreview, Mail, Quit,
+
+                // Edit Menu
+                Undo, Redo, Cut, Copy, Paste, SelectAll, Deselect, Find, FindNext, FindPrev,
+                Replace,
+
+                // View Menu
+                ActualSize, FitToPage, FitToWidth, FitToHeight, ZoomIn, ZoomOut,
+                Zoom, Redisplay,
+
+                // Go Menu
+                Up, Back, Forward, Home, Prior, Next, Goto, GotoPage, GotoLine,
+                FirstPage, LastPage,
+
+                // Bookmarks Menu
+                AddBookmark, EditBookmarks,
+
+                // Tools Menu
+                Spelling,
+
+                // Settings Menu
+                ShowMenubar, ShowToolbar, ShowStatusbar, SaveOptions, KeyBindings,
+                Preferences, ConfigureToolbars,
+
+                // Help Menu
+                Help, HelpContents, WhatsThis, ReportBug, AboutApp, AboutKDE, 
+                TipofDay, ///< @since 3.1
+
+                // Another settings menu item
+                ConfigureNotifications
+        };
+
+        /**
+         * Creates an action corresponding to the
+         * @ref KStdAction::StdAction enum.
+         */
+        KAction* create( StdAction id, const char *name,
+                const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent );
+
+        inline KAction* create( StdAction id,
+                const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent )
+                { return KStdAction::create( id, 0, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+
+        /**
+        * @obsolete. Creates an action corresponding to the
+        * @ref KStdAction::StdAction enum.
+        */
+        inline KAction *action(StdAction act_enum,
+                const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection *parent, const char *name = 0L )
+                { return KStdAction::create( act_enum, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
+
+        /**
+         * This will return the internal name of a given standard action.
+         */
+        const char* name( StdAction id );
+
+        /// @obsolete. Use #name
+        inline const char* stdName(StdAction act_enum) { return name( act_enum ); }
+
+       /**
+         * Returns a list of all standard names. Used by @ref KAccelManager
+         * to give those heigher weight.
+         * @since 3.1
+        */
+        QStringList stdNames();
+
+        /**
+         * Create a new document or window.
+         */
+        KAction *openNew(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+         * Open an existing file.
+         */
+        KAction *open(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+         * Open a recently used document.
+         * @param slot The SLOT to invoke when a URL is selected.
+         * Its signature is of the form slotURLSelected( const KURL & ).
+         */
+        KRecentFilesAction *openRecent(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+         * Save the current document.
+         */
+        KAction *save(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Save the current document under a different name.
+        */
+        KAction *saveAs(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Revert the current document to the last saved version
+        * (essentially will undo all changes).
+        */
+        KAction *revert(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Close the current document.
+        */
+        KAction *close(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Print the current document.
+        */
+        KAction *print(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Show a print preview of the current document.
+        */
+        KAction *printPreview(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Mail this document.
+        */
+        KAction *mail(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Quit the program.
+        */
+        KAction *quit(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Undo the last operation.
+        */
+        KAction *undo(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Redo the last operation.
+        */
+        KAction *redo(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Cut selected area and store it in the clipboard.
+        */
+        KAction *cut(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Copy the selected area into the clipboard.
+        */
+        KAction *copy(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Paste the contents of clipboard at the current mouse or cursor
+        * position.
+        */
+        KAction *paste(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Select all elements in the current document.
+        */
+        KAction *selectAll(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Deselect any selected elements in the current document.
+        */
+        KAction *deselect(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Initiate a 'find' request in the current document.
+        */
+        KAction *find(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Find the next instance of a stored 'find'.
+        */
+        KAction *findNext(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Find a previous instance of a stored 'find'.
+        */
+        KAction *findPrev(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Find and replace matches.
+        */
+        KAction *replace(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * View the document at its actual size.
+        */
+        KAction *actualSize(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Fit the document view to the size of the current window.
+        */
+        KAction *fitToPage(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Fit the document view to the width of the current window.
+        */
+        KAction *fitToWidth(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Fit the document view to the height of the current window.
+        */
+        KAction *fitToHeight(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Zoom in.
+        */
+        KAction *zoomIn(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Zoom out.
+        */
+        KAction *zoomOut(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Popup a zoom dialog.
+        */
+        KAction *zoom(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Redisplay or redraw the document.
+        */
+        KAction *redisplay(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Move up (web style menu).
+        */
+        KAction *up(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Move back (web style menu).
+        */
+        KAction *back(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Move forward (web style menu).
+        */
+        KAction *forward(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Go to the "Home" position or document.
+        */
+        KAction *home(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Scroll up one page.
+        */
+        KAction *prior(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Scroll down one page.
+        */
+        KAction *next(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Go to somewhere in general.
+        */
+        KAction *goTo(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+
+        /**
+        * Go to a specific page (dialog).
+        */
+        KAction *gotoPage(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Go to a specific line (dialog).
+        */
+        KAction *gotoLine(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Jump to the first page.
+        */
+        KAction *firstPage(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Jump to the last page.
+        */
+        KAction *lastPage(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Add the current page to the bookmarks tree.
+        */
+        KAction *addBookmark(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Edit the application bookmarks.
+        */
+        KAction *editBookmarks(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Pop up the spell checker.
+        */
+        KAction *spelling(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+
+        /**
+        * Show/Hide the menubar.
+        */
+        KToggleAction *showMenubar(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * @obsolete. toolbar actions are created automatically now in the 
+        * Settings menu. Don't use this anymore.
+        * See: @ref KMainWindow::createStandardStatusBarAction()
+        * Show/Hide the primary toolbar.
+        * @since 3.1
+        */
+        KToggleAction *showToolbar(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+        /**
+        * @obsolete. toolbar actions are created automatically now in the
+        * Settings menu. Don't use this anymore.
+        * See: @ref KMainWindow::setStandardToolBarMenuEnabled(bool);
+        * Show/Hide the primary toolbar.
+        */
+        KToggleToolBarAction *showToolbar(const char* toolBarName,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Show/Hide the statusbar.
+        */
+        KToggleAction *showStatusbar(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Display the save options dialog.
+        */
+        KAction *saveOptions(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Display the configure key bindings dialog.
+        */
+        KAction *keyBindings(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Display the preferences/options dialog.
+        */
+        KAction *preferences(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * The Customize Toolbar dialog.
+        */
+        KAction *configureToolbars(const QObject *recvr,
+                                        const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent,
+                                        const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * The Configure Notifications dialo
+        * @since 3.1
+        */
+        KAction *configureNotifications(const QObject *recvr,
+                                        const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection *parent,
+                                        const char *name = 0);
+
+        /**
+        * Display the help.
+        */
+        KAction *help(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Display the help contents.
+        */
+        KAction *helpContents(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                        KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Trigger the What's This cursor.
+        */
+        KAction *whatsThis(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Display "Tip of the Day"
+        * @since 3.1
+        */
+        KAction *tipOfDay(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Open up the Report Bug dialog.
+        */
+        KAction *reportBug(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Display the application's About box.
+        */
+        KAction *aboutApp(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+
+        /**
+        * Display the About KDE dialog.
+        */
+        KAction *aboutKDE(const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
+                                KActionCollection* parent, const char *name = 0 );
+}
+
+#endif // KSTDACTION_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92cb8d2
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2260 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright
+    (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer (reggie@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
+    (C) 1999 Chris Schlaeger (cs@kde.org)
+    (C) 1999 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifdef KDE_USE_FINAL
+#undef Always
+#include <qdockwindow.h>
+#endif
+
+
+
+#include "ktoolbar.h"
+#include "kmainwindow.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <qdrawutil.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qrect.h>
+#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qstyle.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+//US #include <config.h>
+
+#include "klineedit.h"
+#include "kseparator.h"
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kstdaction.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+//US #include <kpopupmenu.h>
+//US #include <kanimwidget.h>
+//US #include <kipc.h>
+//US #include <kwin.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+
+#include "ktoolbarbutton.h"
+
+//US 
+#include "kconfigbase.h"
+
+#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <qmainwindow.h>
+
+enum {
+    CONTEXT_TOP = 0,
+    CONTEXT_LEFT = 1,
+    CONTEXT_RIGHT = 2,
+    CONTEXT_BOTTOM = 3,
+    CONTEXT_FLOAT = 4,
+    CONTEXT_FLAT = 5,
+    CONTEXT_ICONS = 6,
+    CONTEXT_TEXT = 7,
+    CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT = 8,
+    CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER = 9,
+    CONTEXT_ICONSIZES = 50 // starting point for the icon size list, put everything else before
+};
+
+class KToolBarPrivate
+{
+public:
+    KToolBarPrivate() {
+        m_iconSize     = 0;
+        m_iconText     = KToolBar::IconOnly;
+        m_highlight    = true;
+        m_transparent  = true;
+        m_honorStyle   = false;
+
+        m_enableContext  = true;
+
+        m_xmlguiClient   = 0;
+        m_configurePlugged = false;
+
+//US        oldPos = Qt::DockUnmanaged;
+        oldPos = QMainWindow::Unmanaged;
+
+        modified = m_isHorizontal = positioned = FALSE;
+
+        HiddenDefault = false;
+        IconSizeDefault = 0;
+        IconTextDefault = "IconOnly";
+        IndexDefault = -1;
+        NewLineDefault = false;
+        OffsetDefault = -1;
+        PositionDefault = "Top";
+        idleButtons.setAutoDelete(true);
+    }
+
+    int m_iconSize;
+    KToolBar::IconText m_iconText;
+    bool m_highlight : 1;
+    bool m_transparent : 1;
+    bool m_honorStyle : 1;
+    bool m_isHorizontal : 1;
+    bool m_enableContext : 1;
+    bool m_configurePlugged : 1;
+    bool modified : 1;
+    bool positioned : 1;
+
+    QWidget *m_parent;
+
+    QMainWindow::ToolBarDock oldPos;
+
+    KXMLGUIClient *m_xmlguiClient;
+
+    struct ToolBarInfo
+    {
+//US        ToolBarInfo() : index( 0 ), offset( -1 ), newline( FALSE ), dock( Qt::DockTop ) {}
+        ToolBarInfo() : index( 0 ), offset( -1 ), newline( FALSE ), dock( QMainWindow::Top ) {}
+//US        ToolBarInfo( Qt::Dock d, int i, bool n, int o ) : index( i ), offset( o ), newline( n ), dock( d ) {}
+        ToolBarInfo( QMainWindow::ToolBarDock d, int i, bool n, int o ) : index( i ), offset( o ), newline( n ), dock( d ) {}
+        int index, offset;
+        bool newline;
+//US        Qt::Dock dock;
+        QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock;
+    };
+
+    ToolBarInfo toolBarInfo;
+    QValueList<int> iconSizes;
+    QTimer repaintTimer;
+
+  // Default Values.
+  bool HiddenDefault;
+  int IconSizeDefault;
+  QString IconTextDefault;
+  int IndexDefault;
+  bool NewLineDefault;
+  int OffsetDefault;
+  QString PositionDefault;
+
+   QPtrList<QWidget> idleButtons;
+};
+
+KToolBarSeparator::KToolBarSeparator(Orientation o , bool l, QToolBar *parent,
+                                     const char* name )
+    :QFrame( parent, name ), line( l )
+{
+    connect( parent, SIGNAL(orientationChanged(Orientation)),
+             this, SLOT(setOrientation(Orientation)) );
+    setOrientation( o );
+    setBackgroundMode( parent->backgroundMode() );
+    setBackgroundOrigin( ParentOrigin );
+}
+
+void KToolBarSeparator::setOrientation( Orientation o )
+{
+    orient = o;
+    if ( line ) {
+        if ( orientation() == Vertical )
+            setFrameStyle( HLine + Sunken );
+        else
+            setFrameStyle( VLine + Sunken );
+    } else {
+            setFrameStyle( NoFrame );
+    }
+}
+
+void KToolBarSeparator::styleChange( QStyle& )
+{
+    setOrientation( orient );
+}
+
+QSize KToolBarSeparator::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return orientation() == Vertical ? QSize( 0, 6 ) : QSize( 6, 0 );
+}
+
+QSizePolicy KToolBarSeparator::sizePolicy() const
+{
+    return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum );
+}
+
+KToolBar::KToolBar( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    : QToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
+      parent && parent->inherits( "QMainWindow" ) ? static_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent) : 0,
+      parent, FALSE,
+      name ? name : "mainToolBar")
+#else
+  : QPEToolBar( parent && parent->inherits( "QMainWindow" ) ? static_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent) : 0,
+                QString::fromLatin1( name ))
+
+
+#endif
+{
+    init( readConfig, honorStyle );
+}
+
+KToolBar::KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock, bool newLine, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    : QToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
+      parentWindow, dock, newLine,
+      name ? name : "mainToolBar")
+#else
+  : QPEToolBar( parentWindow,QString::fromLatin1( name ))
+
+
+#endif
+
+{
+    init( readConfig, honorStyle );
+}
+
+KToolBar::KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QWidget *dock, bool newLine, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    : QToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
+      parentWindow, dock, newLine,
+      name ? name : "mainToolBar")
+#else
+  : QPEToolBar( parentWindow,QString::fromLatin1( name ))
+
+
+#endif
+
+{
+    init( readConfig, honorStyle );
+}
+
+KToolBar::~KToolBar()
+{
+    inshutdownprocess = true;
+     emit toolbarDestroyed();
+     delete d;
+}
+
+void KToolBar::init( bool readConfig, bool honorStyle )
+{
+    inshutdownprocess = false;
+    d = new KToolBarPrivate;
+    setFullSize( TRUE );
+    d->m_honorStyle = honorStyle;
+    context = 0;
+    layoutTimer = new QTimer( this );
+    connect( layoutTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+             this, SLOT( rebuildLayout() ) );
+    connect( &(d->repaintTimer), SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+             this, SLOT( slotRepaint() ) );
+/*US
+    if ( kapp ) { // may be null when started inside designer
+        connect(kapp, SIGNAL(toolbarAppearanceChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotAppearanceChanged()));
+        // request notification of changes in icon style
+        kapp->addKipcEventMask(KIPC::IconChanged);
+        connect(kapp, SIGNAL(iconChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotIconChanged(int)));
+    }
+*/
+    // finally, read in our configurable settings
+    if ( readConfig )
+        slotReadConfig();
+
+    if ( mainWindow() )
+        connect( mainWindow(), SIGNAL( toolBarPositionChanged( QToolBar * ) ),
+                 this, SLOT( toolBarPosChanged( QToolBar * ) ) );
+
+    // Hack to make sure we recalculate our size when we dock.
+//US    connect( this, SIGNAL(placeChanged(QDockWindow::Place)), SLOT(rebuildLayout()) );
+}
+
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, bool enabled,
+                            const QString& text, int index/*US, KInstance *_instance*/ )
+{
+    KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( icon, id, this, 0, text/*US, _instance*/ );
+
+    insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
+    button->setEnabled( enabled );
+    doConnections( button );
+    return index;
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, const char *signal,
+                            const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                            bool enabled, const QString& text, int index/*US, KInstance *_instance*/ )
+{
+    KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( icon, id, this, 0, text/*US, _instance*/);
+    insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
+    button->setEnabled( enabled );
+    connect( button, signal, receiver, slot );
+    doConnections( button );
+    return index;
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, bool enabled,
+                            const QString& text, int index )
+{
+    KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( pixmap, id, this, 0, text);
+    insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
+    button->setEnabled( enabled );
+    doConnections( button );
+    return index;
+}
+#if 0
+ bar->insertButton( icon, id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
+                           SLOT( slotActivated() ),
+                           d->isEnabled(), d->plainText(), index/*US, instance*/ );
+#endif
+
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, const char *signal,
+                            const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                            bool enabled, const QString& text,
+                            int index )
+{
+    KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( pixmap, id, this, 0, text);
+    insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
+    button->setEnabled( enabled );
+    connect( button, signal, receiver, slot );
+    doConnections( button );
+    return index;
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+                            bool enabled, const QString &text, int index )
+{
+    KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( icon, id, this, 0, text );
+    insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
+    button->setEnabled( enabled );
+    button->setPopup( popup );
+    doConnections( button );
+    return index;
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+                            bool enabled, const QString &text, int index )
+{
+    KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( pixmap, id, this, 0, text );
+    insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
+    button->setEnabled( enabled );
+    button->setPopup( popup );
+    doConnections( button );
+    return index;
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::insertLined (const QString& text, int id,
+                            const char *signal,
+                            const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                            bool enabled ,
+                            const QString& toolTipText,
+                            int size, int index )
+{
+    KLineEdit *lined = new KLineEdit ( this, 0 );
+    if ( !toolTipText.isEmpty() )
+        QToolTip::add( lined, toolTipText );
+    if ( size > 0 )
+        lined->setMinimumWidth( size );
+    insertWidgetInternal( lined, index, id );
+    connect( lined, signal, receiver, slot );
+    lined->setText(text);
+    lined->setEnabled( enabled );
+    return index;
+}
+
+int KToolBar::insertCombo (const QStringList &list, int id, bool writable,
+                            const char *signal, const QObject *receiver,
+                            const char *slot, bool enabled,
+                            const QString& tooltiptext,
+                            int size, int index,
+                            QComboBox::Policy policy )
+{
+//US    KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( writable, this );
+    KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( this );
+    combo->setEditable(writable);
+    
+    insertWidgetInternal( combo, index, id );
+    combo->insertStringList (list);
+    combo->setInsertionPolicy(policy);
+    combo->setEnabled( enabled );
+    if ( !tooltiptext.isEmpty() )
+        QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
+    if ( size > 0 )
+        combo->setMinimumWidth( size );
+    if (!tooltiptext.isNull())
+        QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
+
+    if ( signal && receiver && slot )
+        connect ( combo, signal, receiver, slot );
+    return index;
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::insertCombo (const QString& text, int id, bool writable,
+                            const char *signal, QObject *receiver,
+                            const char *slot, bool enabled,
+                            const QString& tooltiptext,
+                            int size, int index,
+                            QComboBox::Policy policy )
+{
+//US    KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( writable, this );
+    KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( this );
+    combo->setEditable(writable);
+    
+    insertWidgetInternal( combo, index, id );
+    combo->insertItem (text);
+    combo->setInsertionPolicy(policy);
+    combo->setEnabled( enabled );
+    if ( !tooltiptext.isEmpty() )
+        QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
+    if ( size > 0 )
+        combo->setMinimumWidth( size );
+    if (!tooltiptext.isNull())
+        QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
+    connect (combo, signal, receiver, slot);
+    return index;
+}
+
+int KToolBar::insertSeparator(int index, int id)
+{
+    QWidget *w = new KToolBarSeparator( orientation(), FALSE, this, "tool bar separator" );
+    insertWidgetInternal( w, index, id );
+    return index;
+}
+
+int KToolBar::insertLineSeparator(int index, int id)
+{
+    QWidget *w = new KToolBarSeparator( orientation(), TRUE, this, "tool bar separator" );
+    insertWidgetInternal( w, index, id );
+    return index;
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::insertWidget(int id, int /*width*/, QWidget *widget, int index)
+{
+    // removeWidgetInternal( widget ); // in case we already have it ?
+    insertWidgetInternal( widget, index, id );
+    return index;
+}
+/*US
+int KToolBar::insertAnimatedWidget(int id, QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                                    const QString& icons, int index )
+{
+    KAnimWidget *anim = new KAnimWidget( icons, d->m_iconSize, this );
+    insertWidgetInternal( anim, index, id );
+
+    if ( receiver )
+        connect( anim, SIGNAL(clicked()), receiver, slot);
+
+    return index;
+}
+
+KAnimWidget *KToolBar::animatedWidget( int id )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return 0;
+    if ( (*it) && (*it)->inherits( "KAnimWidget" ) )
+        return (KAnimWidget*)(*it);
+    QObjectList *l = queryList( "KAnimWidget" );
+    if ( !l || !l->first() ) {
+        delete l;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    for ( QObject *o = l->first(); o; o = l->next() ) {
+        if ( o->inherits( "KAnimWidget" ) )
+        {
+            delete l;
+            return (KAnimWidget*)o;
+        }
+    }
+
+    delete l;
+    return 0;
+}
+*/
+
+void KToolBar::addConnection (int id, const char *signal,
+                               const QObject *receiver, const char *slot)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+    if ( (*it) )
+        connect( (*it), signal, receiver, slot );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::setItemEnabled( int id, bool enabled )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+    if ( (*it) )
+        (*it)->setEnabled( enabled );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setButtonPixmap( int id, const QPixmap& _pixmap )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->setPixmap( _pixmap );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setButtonIcon( int id, const QString& _icon )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->setIcon( _icon );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::setButtonIconSet( int id, const QIconSet& iconset )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->setIconSet( iconset );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setDelayedPopup (int id , QPopupMenu *_popup, bool toggle )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->setDelayedPopup( _popup, toggle );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setAutoRepeat (int id, bool flag)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->setAutoRepeat( flag );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setToggle (int id, bool flag )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->setToggle( flag );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::toggleButton (int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->toggle();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setButton (int id, bool flag)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if ( button )
+        button->on( flag );
+}
+
+
+bool KToolBar::isButtonOn (int id) const
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::ConstIterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return false;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    return button ? button->isOn() : false;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setLinedText (int id, const QString& text)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    QLineEdit * lineEdit = dynamic_cast<QLineEdit *>( *it );
+    QLineEdit * lineEdit = (QLineEdit *)( *it );
+    if ( lineEdit )
+        lineEdit->setText( text );
+}
+
+
+QString KToolBar::getLinedText (int id) const
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::ConstIterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return QString::null;
+//US    QLineEdit * lineEdit = dynamic_cast<QLineEdit *>( *it );
+    QLineEdit * lineEdit = (QLineEdit *)( *it );
+    return lineEdit ? lineEdit->text() : QString::null;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::insertComboItem (int id, const QString& text, int index)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
+    QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
+    if (comboBox)
+        comboBox->insertItem( text, index );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::insertComboList (int id, const QStringList &list, int index)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
+    QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
+    if (comboBox)
+        comboBox->insertStringList( list, index );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::removeComboItem (int id, int index)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
+    QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
+    if (comboBox)
+        comboBox->removeItem( index );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setCurrentComboItem (int id, int index)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
+    QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
+    if (comboBox)
+        comboBox->setCurrentItem( index );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::changeComboItem  (int id, const QString& text, int index)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
+    QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
+    if (comboBox)
+        comboBox->changeItem( text, index );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::clearCombo (int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
+    QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
+    if (comboBox)
+        comboBox->clear();
+}
+
+
+QString KToolBar::getComboItem (int id, int index) const
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::ConstIterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return QString::null;
+//US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
+    QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
+    return comboBox ? comboBox->text( index ) : QString::null;
+}
+
+
+KComboBox * KToolBar::getCombo(int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return 0;
+//US    return dynamic_cast<KComboBox *>( *it );
+    return (KComboBox *)( *it );
+}
+
+
+KLineEdit * KToolBar::getLined (int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return 0;
+//US    return dynamic_cast<KLineEdit *>( *it );
+    return (KLineEdit *)( *it );
+}
+
+
+KToolBarButton * KToolBar::getButton (int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return 0;
+//US    return dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    return (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::alignItemRight (int id, bool right )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+    if ( rightAligned && !right && (*it) == rightAligned )
+        rightAligned = 0;
+    if ( (*it) && right )
+        rightAligned = (*it);
+}
+
+
+QWidget *KToolBar::getWidget (int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    return ( it == id2widget.end() ) ? 0 : (*it);
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setItemAutoSized (int id, bool yes )
+{
+    QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
+    if ( w && yes )
+        setStretchableWidget( w );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::clear ()
+{
+    QToolBar::clear();
+    widget2id.clear();
+    id2widget.clear();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::removeItem(int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+    {
+        kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::removeItem item " << id << " not found" << endl;
+        return;
+    }
+    QWidget * w = (*it);
+    id2widget.remove( id );
+    widget2id.remove( w );
+    widgets.removeRef( w );
+    delete w;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::removeItemDelayed(int id)
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+    {
+        kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::removeItem item " << id << " not found" << endl;
+        return;
+    }
+    QWidget * w = (*it);
+    id2widget.remove( id );
+    widget2id.remove( w );
+    widgets.removeRef( w );
+
+    w->blockSignals(true);
+    d->idleButtons.append(w);
+    layoutTimer->start( 50, TRUE );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::hideItem (int id)
+{
+    QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
+    if ( w )
+        w->hide();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::showItem (int id)
+{
+    QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
+    if ( w )
+        w->show();
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::itemIndex (int id)
+{
+    QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
+    return w ? widgets.findRef(w) : -1;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setFullSize(bool flag )
+{
+    setHorizontalStretchable( flag );
+    setVerticalStretchable( flag );
+}
+
+
+bool KToolBar::fullSize() const
+{
+    return isHorizontalStretchable() || isVerticalStretchable();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::enableMoving(bool flag )
+{
+//US    setMovingEnabled(flag);
+  this->mainWindow()->setToolBarsMovable(flag);    
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setBarPos (BarPosition bpos)
+{
+    if ( !mainWindow() )
+        return;
+//US    mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, (Dock)bpos );
+    mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, (QMainWindow::ToolBarDock)bpos );
+}
+
+
+KToolBar::BarPosition KToolBar::barPos()
+{
+    if ( !(QMainWindow*)mainWindow() )
+        return KToolBar::Top;
+//US    Dock dock;
+    QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock;
+    int dm1, dm2;
+    bool dm3;
+    ((QMainWindow*)mainWindow())->getLocation( (QToolBar*)this, dock, dm1, dm3, dm2 );
+//US    if ( dock == DockUnmanaged ) {
+    if ( dock == QMainWindow::Unmanaged ) {
+        return (KToolBar::BarPosition)Top;
+    }
+    return (BarPosition)dock;
+}
+
+
+bool KToolBar::enable(BarStatus stat)
+{
+    bool mystat = isVisible();
+
+    if ( (stat == Toggle && mystat) || stat == Hide )
+        hide();
+    else
+        show();
+
+    return isVisible() == mystat;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setMaxHeight ( int h )
+{
+    setMaximumHeight( h );
+}
+
+int KToolBar::maxHeight()
+{
+    return maximumHeight();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setMaxWidth (int dw)
+{
+    setMaximumWidth( dw );
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::maxWidth()
+{
+    return maximumWidth();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setTitle (const QString& _title)
+{
+    setLabel( _title );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::enableFloating (bool )
+{
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setIconText(IconText it)
+{
+    setIconText( it, true );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setIconText(IconText icontext, bool update)
+{
+    bool doUpdate=false;
+
+    if (icontext != d->m_iconText) {
+        d->m_iconText = icontext;
+        doUpdate=true;
+    }
+
+    if (update == false)
+        return;
+
+    if (doUpdate)
+        emit modechange(); // tell buttons what happened
+
+    // ugly hack to force a QMainWindow::triggerLayout( TRUE )
+    if ( mainWindow() ) {
+        QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+        mw->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
+        mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
+        mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
+        mw->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
+    }
+}
+
+
+KToolBar::IconText KToolBar::iconText() const
+{
+    return d->m_iconText;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setIconSize(int size)
+{
+    setIconSize( size, true );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::setIconSize(int size, bool update)
+{
+    bool doUpdate=false;
+
+    if ( size != d->m_iconSize ) {
+            d->m_iconSize = size;
+            doUpdate=true;
+    }
+
+    if (update == false)
+        return;
+
+    if (doUpdate)
+        emit modechange(); // tell buttons what happened
+
+    // ugly hack to force a QMainWindow::triggerLayout( TRUE )
+    if ( mainWindow() ) {
+        QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+        mw->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
+        mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
+        mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
+        mw->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
+    }
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::iconSize() const
+{
+/*US
+    if ( !d->m_iconSize ) // default value?
+    {
+         if (!::qstrcmp(QObject::name(), "mainToolBar"))
+             return KGlobal::iconLoader()->currentSize(KIcon::MainToolbar);
+         else
+             return KGlobal::iconLoader()->currentSize(KIcon::Toolbar);
+    }
+    return d->m_iconSize;
+*/
+    int ret = 18;
+    if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() > 320 && QApplication::desktop()->width() < 650  )
+        ret = 30;
+   return ret;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setEnableContextMenu(bool enable )
+{
+    d->m_enableContext = enable;
+}
+
+
+bool KToolBar::contextMenuEnabled() const
+{
+    return d->m_enableContext;
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setItemNoStyle(int id, bool no_style )
+{
+    Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
+    if ( it == id2widget.end() )
+        return;
+//US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
+    KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
+    if (button)
+        button->setNoStyle( no_style );
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::setFlat (bool flag)
+{
+    if ( !mainWindow() )
+        return;
+    if ( flag )
+//US        mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, DockMinimized );
+        mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Minimized );
+    else
+//US        mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, DockTop );
+        mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Top );
+    // And remember to save the new look later
+/*US    
+    if ( mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
+        static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mainWindow())->setSettingsDirty();
+*/        
+}
+
+
+int KToolBar::count() const
+{
+    return id2widget.count();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::saveState()
+{
+/*US
+    // first, try to save to the xml file
+    if ( d->m_xmlguiClient && !d->m_xmlguiClient->xmlFile().isEmpty() ) {
+        // go down one level to get to the right tags
+        QDomElement elem = d->m_xmlguiClient->domDocument().documentElement().toElement();
+        elem = elem.firstChild().toElement();
+        QString barname(!::qstrcmp(name(), "unnamed") ? "mainToolBar" : name());
+        QDomElement current;
+        // now try to find our toolbar
+        d->modified = false;
+        for( ; !elem.isNull(); elem = elem.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
+            current = elem;
+
+            if ( current.tagName().lower() != "toolbar" )
+                continue;
+
+            QString curname(current.attribute( "name" ));
+
+            if ( curname == barname ) {
+                saveState( current );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        // if we didn't make changes, then just return
+        if ( !d->modified )
+            return;
+
+        // now we load in the (non-merged) local file
+        QString local_xml(KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile(d->m_xmlguiClient->xmlFile(), true, d->m_xmlguiClient->instance()));
+        QDomDocument local;
+        local.setContent(local_xml);
+
+        // make sure we don't append if this toolbar already exists locally
+        bool just_append = true;
+        elem = local.documentElement().toElement();
+        KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( elem );
+        elem = elem.firstChild().toElement();
+        for( ; !elem.isNull(); elem = elem.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
+            if ( elem.tagName().lower() != "toolbar" )
+                continue;
+
+            QString curname(elem.attribute( "name" ));
+
+            if ( curname == barname ) {
+                just_append = false;
+                local.documentElement().replaceChild( current, elem );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (just_append)
+            local.documentElement().appendChild( current );
+
+        KXMLGUIFactory::saveConfigFile(local, d->m_xmlguiClient->localXMLFile(), d->m_xmlguiClient->instance() );
+
+        return;
+    }
+*/
+    // if that didn't work, we save to the config file
+    KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+    saveSettings(config, QString::null);
+    config->sync();
+}
+
+QString KToolBar::settingsGroup()
+{
+    QString configGroup;
+    if (!::qstrcmp(name(), "unnamed") || !::qstrcmp(name(), "mainToolBar"))
+        configGroup = "Toolbar style";
+    else
+        configGroup = QString(name()) + " Toolbar style";
+    if ( this->mainWindow() )
+    {
+        configGroup.prepend(" ");
+        configGroup.prepend( this->mainWindow()->name() );
+    }
+    return configGroup;
+}
+
+void KToolBar::saveSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup)
+{
+    QString configGroup = _configGroup;
+    if (configGroup.isEmpty())
+        configGroup = settingsGroup();
+    //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::saveSettings group=" << _configGroup << " -> " << configGroup << endl;
+
+    QString position, icontext;
+    int index;
+    getAttributes( position, icontext, index );
+
+    //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::saveSettings " << name() << " newLine=" << newLine << endl;
+
+    KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, configGroup);
+
+    if ( position != d->PositionDefault )
+      config->writeEntry("Position", position);
+    else
+      config->deleteEntry("Position");
+
+    if ( icontext != d->IconTextDefault )
+      config->writeEntry("IconText", icontext);
+    else
+      config->deleteEntry("IconText");
+
+    if ( iconSize() != d->IconSizeDefault )
+      config->writeEntry("IconSize", iconSize());
+    else
+      config->deleteEntry("IconSize");
+
+    if ( isHidden() != d->HiddenDefault )
+      config->writeEntry("Hidden", isHidden());
+    else
+      config->deleteEntry("Hidden");
+
+    if ( index != d->IndexDefault )
+      config->writeEntry( "Index", index );
+    else
+      config->deleteEntry("Index");
+//US the older version of KDE (used on the Zaurus) has no Offset property
+/*    if ( offset() != d->OffsetDefault )
+      config->writeEntry( "Offset", offset() );
+    else
+*/    
+      config->deleteEntry("Offset");
+    
+//US the older version of KDE (used on the Zaurus) has no NewLine property
+/*    
+    if ( newLine() != d->NewLineDefault )
+      config->writeEntry( "NewLine", newLine() );
+    else
+*/    
+      config->deleteEntry("NewLine");
+}
+
+void KToolBar::setXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *client )
+{
+    d->m_xmlguiClient = client;
+}
+
+void KToolBar::setText( const QString & txt )
+{
+//US    setLabel( txt + " ( " + kapp->caption() + " ) " );
+    setLabel( txt + " ( " + KGlobal::getAppName() + " ) " );
+}
+
+
+QString KToolBar::text() const
+{
+    return label();
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::doConnections( KToolBarButton *button )
+{
+    connect(button, SIGNAL(clicked(int)), this, SIGNAL( clicked( int ) ) );
+    connect(button, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(int)), this, SIGNAL( doubleClicked( int ) ) );
+    connect(button, SIGNAL(released(int)), this, SIGNAL( released( int ) ) );
+    connect(button, SIGNAL(pressed(int)), this, SIGNAL( pressed( int ) ) );
+    connect(button, SIGNAL(toggled(int)), this, SIGNAL( toggled( int ) ) );
+    connect(button, SIGNAL(highlighted(int, bool)), this, SIGNAL( highlighted( int, bool ) ) );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent *m )
+{
+    if ( !mainWindow() )
+        return;
+    QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+    if ( mw->toolBarsMovable() && d->m_enableContext ) {
+        if ( m->button() == RightButton ) {
+            int i = contextMenu()->exec( m->globalPos(), 0 );
+            switch ( i ) {
+            case -1:
+                return; // popup cancelled
+            case CONTEXT_LEFT:
+//US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockLeft );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Left );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_RIGHT:
+//US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockRight );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Right );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_TOP:
+//US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockTop );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Top );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_BOTTOM:
+//US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockBottom );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Bottom );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_FLOAT:
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_FLAT:
+//US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockMinimized );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Minimized );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_ICONS:
+                setIconText( IconOnly );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT:
+                setIconText( IconTextRight );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_TEXT:
+                setIconText( TextOnly );
+                break;
+            case CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER:
+                setIconText( IconTextBottom );
+                break;
+            default:
+                if ( i >= CONTEXT_ICONSIZES )
+                    setIconSize( i - CONTEXT_ICONSIZES );
+                else
+                    return; // assume this was an action handled elsewhere, no need for setSettingsDirty()
+            }
+/*US            
+            if ( mw->inherits("KMainWindow") )
+                static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mw)->setSettingsDirty();
+*/                
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+void KToolBar::rebuildLayout()
+{
+ 
+    for(QWidget *w=d->idleButtons.first(); w; w=d->idleButtons.next())
+       w->blockSignals(false);
+    d->idleButtons.clear();
+
+    layoutTimer->stop();
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+    QBoxLayout *l = boxLayout();
+    l->setMargin( 1 );
+    // clear the old layout
+    QLayoutIterator it = l->iterator();
+    
+    while ( it.current() ) {
+        it.deleteCurrent();
+    }
+        for ( QWidget *w = widgets.first(); w; w = widgets.next() ) {
+        if ( w == rightAligned ) {
+            continue;
+        }
+        if ( w->inherits( "KToolBarSeparator" ) &&
+             !( (KToolBarSeparator*)w )->showLine() ) {
+            l->addSpacing( 6 );
+            w->hide();
+            continue;
+        }
+        if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+            continue;
+        l->addWidget( w );
+        w->show();
+    }
+    if ( rightAligned ) {
+        l->addStretch();
+        l->addWidget( rightAligned );
+        rightAligned->show();
+    }
+
+    if ( fullSize() ) {
+        // This code sucks. It makes the last combo in a toolbar VERY big (e.g. zoom combo in kword).
+        //if ( !stretchableWidget && widgets.last() &&
+        //     !widgets.last()->inherits( "QButton" ) && !widgets.last()->inherits( "KAnimWidget" ) )
+        //    setStretchableWidget( widgets.last() );
+        if ( !rightAligned )
+            l->addStretch();
+        if ( stretchableWidget )
+            l->setStretchFactor( stretchableWidget, 10 );
+    }
+    l->invalidate();
+    QApplication::postEvent( this, new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint ) );
+    //#endif //DESKTOP_VERSION
+}
+
+void KToolBar::childEvent( QChildEvent *e )
+{
+
+    if ( e->child()->isWidgetType() ) {
+        QWidget * w = (QWidget*)e->child();
+        if ( e->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted ) {
+            if ( !e->child()->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) &&
+                 ::qstrcmp( "qt_dockwidget_internal", e->child()->name() ) != 0 ) {
+
+                // prevent items that have been explicitly inserted by insert*() from
+                // being inserted again
+                if ( !widget2id.contains( w ) )
+                {
+                    int dummy = -1;
+                    insertWidgetInternal( w, dummy, -1 );
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            removeWidgetInternal( w );
+        }
+        if ( isVisibleTo( 0 ) )
+        {
+            QBoxLayout *l = boxLayout();
+            // QLayout *l = layout();
+
+            // clear the old layout so that we don't get unnecassery layout
+            // changes till we have rebuild the thing
+            QLayoutIterator it = l->iterator();
+            while ( it.current() ) {
+               it.deleteCurrent();
+            }
+            layoutTimer->start( 50, TRUE );
+        }
+    }
+    QToolBar::childEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::insertWidgetInternal( QWidget *w, int &index, int id )
+{
+    // we can't have it in widgets, or something is really wrong
+    //widgets.removeRef( w );
+
+    connect( w, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+             this, SLOT( widgetDestroyed() ) );
+    if ( index == -1 || index > (int)widgets.count() ) {
+        widgets.append( w );
+        index = (int)widgets.count();
+    }
+    else
+        widgets.insert( index, w );
+    if ( id == -1 )
+        id = id2widget.count();
+    id2widget.insert( id, w );
+    widget2id.insert( w, id );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::showEvent( QShowEvent *e )
+{
+    QToolBar::showEvent( e );
+    rebuildLayout();
+}
+
+void KToolBar::setStretchableWidget( QWidget *w )
+{
+    QToolBar::setStretchableWidget( w );
+    stretchableWidget = w;
+}
+
+QSizePolicy KToolBar::sizePolicy() const
+{
+    if ( orientation() == Horizontal )
+        return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+    else
+        return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Expanding );
+}
+
+QSize KToolBar::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return QToolBar::sizeHint();
+#if 0
+    QWidget::polish();
+    static int iii = 0;
+    ++iii;
+    qDebug("++++++++ KToolBar::sizeHint() %d ", iii );
+    int margin = static_cast<QWidget*>(ncThis)->layout()->margin();
+    switch( barPos() )
+    {
+     case KToolBar::Top:
+     case KToolBar::Bottom:
+       for ( QWidget *w = widgets.first(); w; w =widgets.next() )
+       {
+          if ( w->inherits( "KToolBarSeparator" ) &&
+             !( static_cast<KToolBarSeparator*>(w)->showLine() ) )
+          {
+             minSize += QSize(6, 0);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+             QSize sh = w->sizeHint();
+             if (!sh.isValid())
+                sh = w->minimumSize();
+             minSize = minSize.expandedTo(QSize(0, sh.height()));
+             minSize += QSize(sh.width()+1, 0);
+          }
+       }
+/*US       
+       minSize += QSize(QApplication::style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_DockWindowHandleExtent ), 0);
+*/       
+       minSize += QSize(margin*2, margin*2);
+       break;
+
+     case KToolBar::Left:
+     case KToolBar::Right:
+       for ( QWidget *w = widgets.first(); w; w = widgets.next() )
+       {
+          if ( w->inherits( "KToolBarSeparator" ) &&
+             !( static_cast<KToolBarSeparator*>(w)->showLine() ) )
+          {
+             minSize += QSize(0, 6);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+             QSize sh = w->sizeHint();
+             if (!sh.isValid())
+                sh = w->minimumSize();
+             minSize = minSize.expandedTo(QSize(sh.width(), 0));
+             minSize += QSize(0, sh.height()+1);
+          }
+       }
+/*US       
+       minSize += QSize(0, QApplication::style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_DockWindowHandleExtent ));
+*/       
+       minSize += QSize(margin*2, margin*2);
+       break;
+
+     default:
+       minSize = QToolBar::sizeHint();
+       break;
+    }
+    return minSize;
+#endif
+}
+
+QSize KToolBar::minimumSize() const
+{
+    return minimumSizeHint();
+}
+
+QSize KToolBar::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+    return sizeHint();
+}
+
+bool KToolBar::highlight() const
+{
+    return d->m_highlight;
+}
+
+void KToolBar::hide()
+{
+    QToolBar::hide();
+}
+
+void KToolBar::show()
+{
+    QToolBar::show();
+}
+
+void KToolBar::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e )
+{
+    bool b = isUpdatesEnabled();
+    setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
+    QToolBar::resizeEvent( e );
+    if (b)
+       d->repaintTimer.start( 100, true );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::slotIconChanged(int group)
+{
+    if ((group != KIcon::Toolbar) && (group != KIcon::MainToolbar))
+        return;
+    if ((group == KIcon::MainToolbar) != !::qstrcmp(name(), "mainToolBar"))
+        return;
+
+    emit modechange();
+    if (isVisible())
+        updateGeometry();
+}
+
+void KToolBar::slotReadConfig()
+{
+    //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::slotReadConfig" << endl;
+    // Read appearance settings (hmm, we used to do both here,
+    // but a well behaved application will call applyMainWindowSettings
+    // anyway, right ?)
+    applyAppearanceSettings(KGlobal::config(), QString::null );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::slotAppearanceChanged()
+{
+    // Read appearance settings from global file.
+    applyAppearanceSettings(KGlobal::config(), QString::null, true /* lose local settings */ );
+    // And remember to save the new look later
+/*US    
+    if ( mainWindow() && mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
+        static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mainWindow())->setSettingsDirty();
+*/        
+}
+
+//static
+bool KToolBar::highlightSetting()
+{
+    QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
+    KConfigGroupSaver saver(KGlobal::config(), grpToolbar);
+    return KGlobal::config()->readBoolEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Highlighting"),true);
+}
+
+//static
+bool KToolBar::transparentSetting()
+{
+    QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
+    KConfigGroupSaver saver(KGlobal::config(), grpToolbar);
+    return KGlobal::config()->readBoolEntry(QString::fromLatin1("TransparentMoving"),true);
+}
+
+//static
+KToolBar::IconText KToolBar::iconTextSetting()
+{
+    QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
+    KConfigGroupSaver saver(KGlobal::config(), grpToolbar);
+    QString icontext = KGlobal::config()->readEntry(QString::fromLatin1("IconText"),QString::fromLatin1("IconOnly"));
+    if ( icontext == "IconTextRight" )
+        return IconTextRight;
+    else if ( icontext == "IconTextBottom" )
+        return IconTextBottom;
+    else if ( icontext == "TextOnly" )
+        return TextOnly;
+    else
+        return IconOnly;
+}
+
+void KToolBar::applyAppearanceSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup, bool forceGlobal)
+{
+    QString configGroup = _configGroup.isEmpty() ? settingsGroup() : _configGroup;
+    //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applyAppearanceSettings: configGroup=" << configGroup << endl;
+    // We have application-specific settings in the XML file,
+    // and nothing in the application's config file
+    // -> don't apply the global defaults, the XML ones are preferred
+    // See applySettings for a full explanation
+/*US :we do not support xml files    
+    if ( d->m_xmlguiClient && !d->m_xmlguiClient->xmlFile().isEmpty() &&
+           !config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
+    {
+        //kdDebug(220) << "skipping global defaults, using XML ones instead" << endl;
+        return;
+    }
+*/
+    if ( !config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
+    {
+        //kdDebug(220) << "skipping global defaults, using XML ones instead" << endl;
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    KConfig *gconfig = KGlobal::config();
+/*US
+    static const QString &attrIconText  = KGlobal::staticQString("IconText");
+    static const QString &attrHighlight = KGlobal::staticQString("Highlighting");
+    static const QString &attrTrans     = KGlobal::staticQString("TransparentMoving");
+    static const QString &attrSize      = KGlobal::staticQString("IconSize");
+*/
+    // we actually do this in two steps.
+    // First, we read in the global styles [Toolbar style] (from the KControl module).
+    // Then, if the toolbar is NOT 'mainToolBar', we will also try to read in [barname Toolbar style]
+    bool highlight;
+    int transparent;
+    QString icontext;
+    int iconsize = 0;
+
+    // this is the first iteration
+    QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
+    { // start block for KConfigGroupSaver
+        KConfigGroupSaver saver(gconfig, grpToolbar);
+
+        // first, get the generic settings
+//US        highlight   = gconfig->readBoolEntry(attrHighlight, true);
+        highlight   = gconfig->readBoolEntry("Highlighting", true);
+//US        transparent = gconfig->readBoolEntry(attrTrans, true);
+        transparent = gconfig->readBoolEntry("TransparentMoving", true);
+
+        // we read in the IconText property *only* if we intend on actually
+        // honoring it
+        if (d->m_honorStyle)
+//US            d->IconTextDefault = gconfig->readEntry(attrIconText, d->IconTextDefault);
+            d->IconTextDefault = gconfig->readEntry("IconText", d->IconTextDefault);
+        else
+            d->IconTextDefault = "IconOnly";
+
+        // Use the default icon size for toolbar icons.
+//US        d->IconSizeDefault = gconfig->readNumEntry(attrSize, d->IconSizeDefault);
+        d->IconSizeDefault = gconfig->readNumEntry("IconSize", d->IconSizeDefault);
+
+        if ( !forceGlobal && config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
+        {
+            config->setGroup(configGroup);
+
+            // first, get the generic settings
+//US            highlight   = config->readBoolEntry(attrHighlight, highlight);
+            highlight   = config->readBoolEntry("Highlighting", highlight);
+//US            transparent = config->readBoolEntry(attrTrans, transparent);
+            transparent = config->readBoolEntry("TransparentMoving", transparent);
+            // now we always read in the IconText property
+//US            icontext = config->readEntry(attrIconText, d->IconTextDefault);
+            icontext = config->readEntry("IconText", d->IconTextDefault);
+
+            // now get the size
+//US            iconsize = config->readNumEntry(attrSize, d->IconSizeDefault);
+            iconsize = config->readNumEntry("IconSize", d->IconSizeDefault);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            iconsize = d->IconSizeDefault;
+            icontext = d->IconTextDefault;
+        }
+
+        // revert back to the old group
+    } // end block for KConfigGroupSaver
+
+    bool doUpdate = false;
+
+    IconText icon_text;
+    if ( icontext == "IconTextRight" )
+        icon_text = IconTextRight;
+    else if ( icontext == "IconTextBottom" )
+        icon_text = IconTextBottom;
+    else if ( icontext == "TextOnly" )
+        icon_text = TextOnly;
+    else
+        icon_text = IconOnly;
+
+    // check if the icon/text has changed
+    if (icon_text != d->m_iconText) {
+        //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applyAppearanceSettings setIconText " << icon_text << endl;
+        setIconText(icon_text, false);
+        doUpdate = true;
+    }
+
+    // ...and check if the icon size has changed
+    if (iconsize != d->m_iconSize) {
+        setIconSize(iconsize, false);
+        doUpdate = true;
+    }
+
+    QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+
+    // ...and if we should highlight
+    if ( highlight != d->m_highlight ) {
+        d->m_highlight = highlight;
+        doUpdate = true;
+    }
+
+    // ...and if we should move transparently
+    if ( mw && transparent != (!mw->opaqueMoving()) ) {
+        mw->setOpaqueMoving( !transparent );
+    }
+
+    if (doUpdate)
+        emit modechange(); // tell buttons what happened
+    if (isVisible ())
+        updateGeometry();
+}
+
+void KToolBar::applySettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup)
+{
+    //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings group=" << _configGroup << endl;
+
+    QString configGroup = _configGroup.isEmpty() ? settingsGroup() : _configGroup;
+
+    /*
+      Let's explain this a bit more in details.
+      The order in which we apply settings is :
+       Global config / <appnamerc> user settings                        if no XMLGUI is used
+       Global config / App-XML attributes / <appnamerc> user settings   if XMLGUI is used
+
+      So in the first case, we simply read everything from KConfig as below,
+      but in the second case we don't do anything here if there is no app-specific config,
+      and the XMLGUI uses the static methods of this class to get the global defaults.
+
+      Global config doesn't include position (index, offset, newline and hidden/shown).
+    */
+
+    // First the appearance stuff - the one which has a global config
+    applyAppearanceSettings( config, _configGroup );
+
+    // ...and now the position stuff
+    if ( config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
+    {
+        KConfigGroupSaver cgs(config, configGroup);
+/*US
+        static const QString &attrPosition  = KGlobal::staticQString("Position");
+        static const QString &attrIndex  = KGlobal::staticQString("Index");
+        static const QString &attrOffset  = KGlobal::staticQString("Offset");
+        static const QString &attrNewLine  = KGlobal::staticQString("NewLine");
+        static const QString &attrHidden  = KGlobal::staticQString("Hidden");
+        
+        QString position = config->readEntry(attrPosition, d->PositionDefault);
+        int index = config->readNumEntry(attrIndex, d->IndexDefault);
+        int offset = config->readNumEntry(attrOffset, d->OffsetDefault);
+        bool newLine = config->readBoolEntry(attrNewLine, d->NewLineDefault);
+        bool hidden = config->readBoolEntry(attrHidden, d->HiddenDefault);
+*/
+
+        QString position = config->readEntry("Position", d->PositionDefault);
+        int index = config->readNumEntry("Index", d->IndexDefault);
+        int offset = config->readNumEntry("Offset", d->OffsetDefault);
+        bool newLine = config->readBoolEntry("NewLine", d->NewLineDefault);
+        bool hidden = config->readBoolEntry("Hidden", d->HiddenDefault);
+
+/*US        Dock pos(DockTop);
+        if ( position == "Top" )
+            pos = DockTop;
+        else if ( position == "Bottom" )
+            pos = DockBottom;
+        else if ( position == "Left" )
+            pos = DockLeft;
+        else if ( position == "Right" )
+            pos = DockRight;
+        else if ( position == "Floating" )
+            pos = DockTornOff;
+        else if ( position == "Flat" )
+            pos = DockMinimized;
+*/
+        QMainWindow::ToolBarDock pos(QMainWindow::Top);
+        if ( position == "Top" )
+            pos = QMainWindow::Top;
+        else if ( position == "Bottom" )
+            pos = QMainWindow::Bottom;
+        else if ( position == "Left" )
+            pos = QMainWindow::Left;
+        else if ( position == "Right" )
+            pos = QMainWindow::Right;
+        else if ( position == "Floating" )
+            pos = QMainWindow::TornOff;
+        else if ( position == "Flat" )
+            pos = QMainWindow::Minimized;
+            
+        //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings hidden=" << hidden << endl;
+        if (hidden)
+            hide();
+        else
+            show();
+
+        if ( mainWindow() )
+        {
+            QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+
+            //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings updating ToolbarInfo" << endl;
+            d->toolBarInfo = KToolBarPrivate::ToolBarInfo( pos, index, newLine, offset );
+
+            // moveDockWindow calls QDockArea which does a reparent() on us with
+            // showIt = true, so we loose our visibility status
+            bool doHide = isHidden();
+
+//US            mw->moveDockWindow( this, pos, newLine, index, offset );
+            mw->moveToolBar( this, pos, newLine, index, offset );
+      
+            //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings " << name() << " moveDockWindow with pos=" << pos << " newLine=" << newLine << " idx=" << index << " offs=" << offset << endl;
+            if ( doHide )
+                hide();
+        }
+        if (isVisible ())
+            updateGeometry();
+    }
+}
+
+bool KToolBar::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( (e->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint) && isUpdatesEnabled() )
+       d->repaintTimer.start( 100, true );
+
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted )
+    {
+       // By pass QToolBar::event,
+       // it will show() the inserted child and we don't want to
+       // do that until we have rebuild the layout.
+       childEvent((QChildEvent *)e);
+       return true;
+    }
+
+    return QToolBar::event( e );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::slotRepaint()
+{
+    setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
+    // Send a resizeEvent to update the "toolbar extension arrow"
+    // (The button you get when your toolbar-items don't fit in
+    // the available space)
+    QResizeEvent ev(size(), size());
+    resizeEvent(&ev);
+    //#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::LayoutHint );
+    //#endif //DESKTOP_VERSION   
+    setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
+    repaint( TRUE );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::toolBarPosChanged( QToolBar *tb )
+{
+    if ( tb != this )
+        return;
+//US    if ( d->oldPos == DockMinimized )
+    if ( d->oldPos == QMainWindow::Minimized )
+        rebuildLayout();
+    d->oldPos = (QMainWindow::ToolBarDock)barPos();
+/*US    
+    if ( mainWindow() && mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
+        static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mainWindow())->setSettingsDirty();
+*/        
+}
+
+/*US
+void KToolBar::loadState( const QDomElement &element )
+{
+    //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::loadState " << this << endl;
+    if ( !mainWindow() )
+        return;
+
+    {
+        QCString text = element.namedItem( "text" ).toElement().text().utf8();
+        if ( text.isEmpty() )
+            text = element.namedItem( "Text" ).toElement().text().utf8();
+        if ( !text.isEmpty() )
+            setText( i18n( text ) );
+    }
+
+    {
+        QCString attrFullWidth = element.attribute( "fullWidth" ).lower().latin1();
+        if ( !attrFullWidth.isEmpty() )
+            setFullSize( attrFullWidth == "true" );
+    }
+
+    Dock dock = DockTop;
+    {
+        QCString attrPosition = element.attribute( "position" ).lower().latin1();
+        //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::loadState attrPosition=" << attrPosition << endl;
+        if ( !attrPosition.isEmpty() ) {
+            if ( attrPosition == "top" )
+                dock = DockTop;
+            else if ( attrPosition == "left" )
+                dock = DockLeft;
+            else if ( attrPosition == "right" )
+                dock = DockRight;
+            else if ( attrPosition == "bottom" )
+                dock = DockBottom;
+            else if ( attrPosition == "floating" )
+                dock = DockTornOff;
+            else if ( attrPosition == "flat" )
+                dock = DockMinimized;
+        }
+    }
+
+    {
+        QCString attrIconText = element.attribute( "iconText" ).lower().latin1();
+        if ( !attrIconText.isEmpty() ) {
+            //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::loadState attrIconText=" << attrIconText << endl;
+            if ( attrIconText == "icontextright" )
+                setIconText( KToolBar::IconTextRight );
+            else if ( attrIconText == "textonly" )
+                setIconText( KToolBar::TextOnly );
+            else if ( attrIconText == "icontextbottom" )
+                setIconText( KToolBar::IconTextBottom );
+            else if ( attrIconText == "icononly" )
+                setIconText( KToolBar::IconOnly );
+        } else
+            // Use global setting
+            setIconText( iconTextSetting() );
+    }
+
+    {
+        QString attrIconSize = element.attribute( "iconSize" ).lower();
+        if ( !attrIconSize.isEmpty() )
+            d->IconSizeDefault = attrIconSize.toInt();
+        setIconSize( d->IconSizeDefault );
+    }
+
+    {
+        QString attrIndex = element.attribute( "index" ).lower();
+        if ( !attrIndex.isEmpty() )
+            d->IndexDefault = attrIndex.toInt();
+    }
+
+    {
+        QString attrOffset = element.attribute( "offset" ).lower();
+        if ( !attrOffset.isEmpty() )
+            d->OffsetDefault = attrOffset.toInt();
+    }
+
+    {
+        QString attrNewLine = element.attribute( "newline" ).lower();
+        if ( !attrNewLine.isEmpty() )
+            d->NewLineDefault = attrNewLine == "true";
+    }
+
+    {
+        QString attrHidden = element.attribute( "hidden" ).lower();
+        if ( !attrHidden.isEmpty() )
+            d->HiddenDefault  = attrHidden  == "true";
+    }
+
+    d->toolBarInfo = KToolBarPrivate::ToolBarInfo( dock, d->IndexDefault, d->NewLineDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
+    mainWindow()->addDockWindow( this, dock, d->NewLineDefault );
+//US    mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, dock, d->NewLineDefault, d->IndexDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
+    mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, dock, d->NewLineDefault, d->IndexDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
+
+    // Apply the highlight button setting
+    d->m_highlight = highlightSetting();
+
+    // Apply transparent-toolbar-moving setting (ok, this is global to the mainwindow,
+    // but we do it only if there are toolbars...)
+    if ( transparentSetting() != !mainWindow()->opaqueMoving() )
+        mainWindow()->setOpaqueMoving( !transparentSetting() );
+
+    if ( d->HiddenDefault )
+        hide();
+    else
+        show();
+
+    getAttributes( d->PositionDefault, d->IconTextDefault, d->IndexDefault );
+}
+*/
+
+void KToolBar::getAttributes( QString &position, QString &icontext, int &index )
+{
+    // get all of the stuff to save
+    switch ( barPos() ) {
+    case KToolBar::Flat:
+        position = "Flat";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::Bottom:
+        position = "Bottom";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::Left:
+        position = "Left";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::Right:
+        position = "Right";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::Floating:
+        position = "Floating";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::Top:
+    default:
+        position = "Top";
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( mainWindow() ) {
+        QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock;
+        bool newLine;
+        int offset;
+        mainWindow()->getLocation( this, dock, index, newLine, offset );
+    }
+
+    switch (d->m_iconText) {
+    case KToolBar::IconTextRight:
+        icontext = "IconTextRight";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::IconTextBottom:
+        icontext = "IconTextBottom";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::TextOnly:
+        icontext = "TextOnly";
+        break;
+    case KToolBar::IconOnly:
+    default:
+        icontext = "IconOnly";
+        break;
+    }
+}
+/*US
+void KToolBar::saveState( QDomElement &current )
+{
+    QString position, icontext;
+    int index = -1;
+    getAttributes( position, icontext, index );
+
+    current.setAttribute( "noMerge", "1" );
+    current.setAttribute( "position", position );
+    current.setAttribute( "iconText", icontext );
+    current.setAttribute( "index", index );
+    current.setAttribute( "offset", offset() );
+    current.setAttribute( "newline", newLine() );
+    if ( isHidden() )
+        current.setAttribute( "hidden", "true" );
+    d->modified = true;
+}
+*/
+
+void KToolBar::positionYourself( bool force )
+{
+    if (force)
+        d->positioned = false;
+
+    if ( d->positioned || !mainWindow() )
+    {
+        //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::positionYourself d->positioned=true  ALREADY DONE" << endl;
+        return;
+    }
+    // we can't test for ForceHide after moveDockWindow because QDockArea
+    // does a reparent() with showIt == true
+    bool doHide = isHidden();
+    //kdDebug(220) << "positionYourself " << name() << " dock=" << d->toolBarInfo.dock << " newLine=" << d->toolBarInfo.newline << " offset=" << d->toolBarInfo.offset << endl;
+/*US    mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, d->toolBarInfo.dock,
+                               d->toolBarInfo.newline,
+                               d->toolBarInfo.index,
+                               d->toolBarInfo.offset );
+*/                               
+    mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, d->toolBarInfo.dock, d->NewLineDefault, d->IndexDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
+                               
+    if ( doHide )
+        hide();
+    // This method can only have an effect once - unless force is set
+    d->positioned = TRUE;
+}
+
+//US KPopupMenu *KToolBar::contextMenu()
+QPopupMenu *KToolBar::contextMenu()
+{
+  if ( context )
+    return context;
+
+  // Construct our context popup menu. Name it qt_dockwidget_internal so it
+  // won't be deleted by QToolBar::clear().
+//US  context = new KPopupMenu( this, "qt_dockwidget_internal" );
+  context = new QPopupMenu( this, "qt_dockwidget_internal" );
+//US  context->insertTitle(i18n("Toolbar Menu"));
+
+//US  KPopupMenu *orient = new KPopupMenu( context, "orient" );
+  QPopupMenu *orient = new QPopupMenu( context, "orient" );
+  orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Top"),  CONTEXT_TOP );
+  orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Left"), CONTEXT_LEFT );
+  orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Right"), CONTEXT_RIGHT );
+  orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Bottom"), CONTEXT_BOTTOM );
+  orient->insertSeparator(-1);
+  //orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Floating"), CONTEXT_FLOAT );
+  orient->insertItem( i18n("min toolbar", "Flat"), CONTEXT_FLAT );
+
+//US  KPopupMenu *mode = new KPopupMenu( context, "mode" );
+  QPopupMenu *mode = new QPopupMenu( context, "mode" );
+  mode->insertItem( i18n("Icons Only"), CONTEXT_ICONS );
+  mode->insertItem( i18n("Text Only"), CONTEXT_TEXT );
+  mode->insertItem( i18n("Text Alongside Icons"), CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT );
+  mode->insertItem( i18n("Text Under Icons"), CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER );
+
+//US  KPopupMenu *size = new KPopupMenu( context, "size" );
+  QPopupMenu *size = new QPopupMenu( context, "size" );
+  size->insertItem( i18n("Default"), CONTEXT_ICONSIZES );
+  // Query the current theme for available sizes
+  QValueList<int> avSizes;
+/*US  
+  KIconTheme *theme = KGlobal::instance()->iconLoader()->theme();
+  if (!::qstrcmp(QObject::name(), "mainToolBar"))
+      avSizes = theme->querySizes( KIcon::MainToolbar);
+  else
+      avSizes = theme->querySizes( KIcon::Toolbar);
+*/
+  avSizes << 16;
+  avSizes << 32;
+  
+  d->iconSizes = avSizes;
+
+  QValueList<int>::Iterator it;
+  for (it=avSizes.begin(); it!=avSizes.end(); it++) {
+      QString text;
+      if ( *it < 19 )
+          text = i18n("Small (%1x%2)").arg(*it).arg(*it);
+      else if (*it < 25)
+          text = i18n("Medium (%1x%2)").arg(*it).arg(*it);
+      else
+          text = i18n("Large (%1x%2)").arg(*it).arg(*it);
+      //we use the size as an id, with an offset
+      size->insertItem( text, CONTEXT_ICONSIZES + *it );
+  }
+
+  context->insertItem( i18n("Orientation"), orient );
+  orient->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TOP, true);
+  context->insertItem( i18n("Text Position"), mode );
+  context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_ICONS, true);
+  context->insertItem( i18n("Icon Size"), size );
+
+/*US  
+  if (mainWindow()->inherits("KMainWindow"))
+  {
+      if ( (static_cast<KMainWindow*>(mainWindow())->toolBarMenuAction()) &&
+                (static_cast<KMainWindow*>(mainWindow())->hasMenuBar()) )
+
+      (static_cast<KMainWindow*>(mainWindow()))->toolBarMenuAction()->plug(context);
+  }
+*/
+
+  connect( context, SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ), this, SLOT( slotContextAboutToShow() ) );
+  return context;
+}
+
+void KToolBar::slotContextAboutToShow()
+{
+  if (!d->m_configurePlugged)
+  {
+    // try to find "configure toolbars" action
+
+    KXMLGUIClient *xmlGuiClient = d->m_xmlguiClient;
+    if ( !xmlGuiClient && mainWindow() && mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
+      xmlGuiClient = (KXMLGUIClient *)mainWindow();
+    if ( xmlGuiClient )
+    {
+        KAction *configureAction = xmlGuiClient->actionCollection()->action(KStdAction::stdName(KStdAction::ConfigureToolbars));
+        if ( configureAction )
+        {
+          configureAction->plug(context);
+          d->m_configurePlugged = true;
+        }
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(int i = CONTEXT_ICONS; i <= CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER; ++i)
+    context->setItemChecked(i, false);
+
+  switch( d->m_iconText )
+  {
+        case IconOnly:
+        default:
+            context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_ICONS, true);
+            break;
+        case IconTextRight:
+            context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT, true);
+            break;
+        case TextOnly:
+            context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TEXT, true);
+            break;
+        case IconTextBottom:
+            context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER, true);
+            break;
+  }
+
+  QValueList<int>::ConstIterator iIt = d->iconSizes.begin();
+  QValueList<int>::ConstIterator iEnd = d->iconSizes.end();
+  for (; iIt != iEnd; ++iIt )
+      context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_ICONSIZES + *iIt, false );
+
+  context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_ICONSIZES, false );
+
+  context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_ICONSIZES + d->m_iconSize, true );
+
+  for ( int i = CONTEXT_TOP; i <= CONTEXT_FLAT; ++i )
+      context->setItemChecked( i, false );
+
+  switch ( barPos() )
+  {
+  case KToolBar::Flat:
+      context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_FLAT, true );
+      break;
+  case KToolBar::Bottom:
+      context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_BOTTOM, true );
+      break;
+  case KToolBar::Left:
+      context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_LEFT, true );
+      break;
+  case KToolBar::Right:
+      context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_RIGHT, true );
+      break;
+  case KToolBar::Floating:
+      context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_FLOAT, true );
+      break;
+  case KToolBar::Top:
+      context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_TOP, true );
+      break;
+  default: break;
+  }
+}
+
+void KToolBar::widgetDestroyed()
+{
+    removeWidgetInternal( (QWidget*)sender() );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::removeWidgetInternal( QWidget * w )
+{ 
+    if ( inshutdownprocess )
+        return;
+    widgets.removeRef( w );
+    QMap< QWidget*, int >::Iterator it = widget2id.find( w );
+    if ( it == widget2id.end() )
+        return;
+    id2widget.remove( *it );
+    widget2id.remove( it );
+}
+
+void KToolBar::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "ktoolbar.moc"
+
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.h b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c061b5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1107 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer (reggie@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
+    (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
+    (C) 1999, 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+    */
+
+#ifndef KTOOLBAR_H
+#define KTOOLBAR_H
+
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#define private public
+#include <qtoolbar.h>
+#undef private
+#include <qpe/qpetoolbar.h>
+#else
+#include <qtoolbar.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#include <qmainwindow.h>
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <qguardedptr.h>
+#include <qframe.h>
+#include <qiconset.h>
+
+class QDomElement;
+class QSize;
+class QPixmap;
+class QPopupMenu;
+class QStringList;
+class QDomDocument;
+class QTimer;
+
+class KLineEdit;
+class KToolBar;
+class KToolBarButton;
+class KToolBoxManager;
+//US class KAnimWidget;
+//US class KPopupMenu;
+//US class KInstance;
+class KComboBox;
+class KXMLGUIClient;
+
+class KToolBarPrivate;
+
+class KToolBarSeparator : public QFrame
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    KToolBarSeparator( Orientation, bool l, QToolBar *parent, const char* name=0 );
+
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
+    QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
+    bool showLine() const { return line; }
+public slots:
+   void setOrientation( Orientation );
+protected:
+    void styleChange( QStyle& );
+private:
+    Orientation orient;
+    bool line;
+};
+
+
+ /**
+  * A KDE-style toolbar.
+  *
+  * KToolBar can be dragged around in and between different docks.
+  *
+  * A KToolBar can contain all sorts of widgets.
+  *
+  * KToolBar can be used as a standalone widget, but @ref KMainWindow
+  * provides easy factories and management of one or more toolbars.
+  * Once you have a KToolBar object, you can insert items into it with the
+  * insert... methods, or remove them with the @ref removeItem() method. This
+  * can be done at any time; the toolbar will be automatically updated.
+  * There are also many methods to set per-child properties like alignment
+  * and toggle behaviour.
+  *
+  * KToolBar uses a global config group to load toolbar settings on
+  * construction. It will reread this config group on a
+  * @ref KApplication::appearanceChanged() signal.
+  *
+  * @short Floatable toolbar with auto resize.
+  * @version $Id$
+  * @author Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>, Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>, Sven Radej <radej@kde.org>.
+  */
+
+// strange things are happening ... so I have to use strange define methods ...
+// porting KToolBar back to Qt2 really needs some strange hacks
+
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#define QToolBar QPEToolBar
+#endif
+
+ class KToolBar : public QToolBar
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+
+    Q_ENUMS( IconText BarPosition )
+     
+    Q_PROPERTY( IconText iconText READ iconText WRITE setIconText )
+    Q_PROPERTY( BarPosition barPos READ barPos WRITE setBarPos )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool fullSize READ fullSize WRITE setFullSize )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int iconSize READ iconSize WRITE setIconSize )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString text READ text WRITE setText )
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#undef QToolBar
+#endif    
+public:
+    enum IconText{IconOnly = 0, IconTextRight, TextOnly, IconTextBottom};
+    /**
+     * The state of the status bar.
+     * @deprecated
+     **/
+    enum BarStatus{Toggle, Show, Hide};
+    /**
+   * Possible bar positions.
+   **/
+    enum BarPosition{ Unmanaged, Floating, Top, Bottom, Right, Left, Flat};
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor.
+   * This constructor is used by the XML-GUI. If you use it, you need
+   * to call QMainWindow::addToolBar to specify the position of the toolbar.
+   * So it's simpler to use the other constructor.
+   *
+   * The toolbar will read in various global config settings for
+   * things like icon size and text position, etc.  However, some of
+   * the settings will be honored only if @ref #_honor_mode is set to
+   * true.  All other toolbars will be IconOnly and use Medium icons.
+   *
+   * @param parent      The standard toolbar parent (usually a
+   *                    @ref KMainWindow)
+   * @param name        The standard internal name
+   * @param honor_style If true, then global settings for IconSize and IconText will be honored
+   * @param readConfig  whether to apply the configuration (global and application-specific)
+   */
+    KToolBar( QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0, bool honor_style = FALSE, bool readConfig = TRUE );
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor for non-XML-GUI applications.
+   *
+   * The toolbar will read in various global config settings for
+   * things like icon size and text position, etc.  However, some of
+   * the settings will be honored only if @ref #_honor_mode is set to
+   * true.  All other toolbars will be IconOnly and use Medium icons.
+   *
+   * @param parentWindow The window that should be the parent of this toolbar
+   * @param dock        The position of the toolbar. Usually QMainWindow::Top.
+   * @param newLine     If true, start a new line in the dock for this toolbar.
+   * @param name        The standard internal name
+   * @param honor_style If true, then global settings for IconSize and IconText will be honored
+   * @param readConfig  whether to apply the configuration (global and application-specific)
+   */
+    KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock /*= QMainWindow::Top*/, bool newLine = false,
+              const char *name = 0, bool honor_style = FALSE, bool readConfig = TRUE );
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor for non-XML-GUI applications.
+   *
+   * The toolbar will read in various global config settings for
+   * things like icon size and text position, etc.  However, some of
+   * the settings will be honored only if @ref #_honor_mode is set to
+   * true.  All other toolbars will be IconOnly and use Medium icons.
+   *
+   * @param parentWindow The window that should be the parent of this toolbar
+   * @param dock        Another widget than the mainwindow to dock toolbar to.
+   * @param newLine     If true, start a new line in the dock for this toolbar.
+   * @param name        The standard internal name
+   * @param honor_style If true, then global settings for IconSize and IconText will be honored
+   * @param readConfig  whether to apply the configuration (global and application-specific)
+   */
+    KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QWidget *dock, bool newLine = false,
+              const char *name = 0, bool honor_style = FALSE, bool readConfig = TRUE );
+
+    virtual ~KToolBar();
+
+  /**
+   * Insert a button (a @ref KToolBarButton) with a pixmap.  The
+   * pixmap is loaded by the button itself based on the global icon
+   * settings.
+   *
+   * You should connect to one or more signals in KToolBar:
+   * @ref clicked() , @ref pressed() , @ref released() , or
+   * @ref highlighted()  and if the button is a toggle button
+   * (@ref setToggle() ) @ref toggled() .  Those signals have @p id
+   * of a button that caused the signal.  If you want to bind a popup
+   * to button, see @ref setButton().
+   *
+   * @param icon    The name of the icon to use as the active pixmap
+   * @param id      The id of this button
+   * @param enabled Enable or disable the button at startup
+   * @param text    The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
+   * @param index The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
+   *
+   * @return The item index.
+   */
+    int insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, bool enabled = true,
+                     const QString& text = QString::null, int index=-1/*US ,
+                     KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()*/);
+
+    /**
+   * This is the same as above, but with specified signals and
+   * slots to which this button will be connected.
+   *
+   * You can add more signals with @ref addConnection().
+   *
+   * @param icon     The name of the icon to use as the active pixmap
+   * @param id       The id of this button
+   * @param signal   The signal to connect to
+   * @param receiver The slot's parent
+   * @param enabled  Enable or disable the button at startup
+   * @param text     The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
+   * @param index    The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
+   *
+   * @return The item index.
+   */
+    int insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, const char *signal,
+                     const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                     bool enabled = true, const QString& text = QString::null,
+                     int index=-1/*US, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()*/ );
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a button (a @ref KToolBarButton) with the specified
+   * pixmap.  This pixmap will be used as the "active" one and the
+   * disabled and default ones will be autogenerated.
+   *
+   * It is recommended that you use the insertButton function that
+   * allows you to specify the icon name rather then the pixmap
+   * itself.  Specifying the icon name is much more flexible.
+   *
+   * You should connect to one or more signals in KToolBar:
+   * @ref clicked() , @ref pressed() , @ref released() , or
+   * @ref highlighted()  and if the button is a toggle button
+   * (@ref setToggle() ) @ref toggled() .  Those signals have @p id
+   * of a button that caused the signal.  If you want to bind a popup
+   * to button, see @ref setButton().
+   *
+   * @param pixmap  The active pixmap
+   * @param id      The id of this button
+   * @param enabled Enable or disable the button at startup
+   * @param text    The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
+   * @param index The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
+   *
+   * @return The item index.
+   */
+    int insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, bool enabled = true,
+                     const QString& text = QString::null, int index=-1 );
+
+  /**
+   * This is the same as above, but with specified signals and
+   * slots to which this button will be connected.
+   *
+   * You can add more signals with @ref addConnection().
+   *
+   * @param icon     The name of the icon to use as the active pixmap
+   * @param id       The id of this button
+   * @param signal   The signal to connect to
+   * @param receiver The slot's parent
+   * @param enabled  Enable or disable the button at startup
+   * @param text     The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
+   * @param index    The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
+   *
+   * @return The item index.
+   */
+    int insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, const char *signal,
+                     const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                     bool enabled = true, const QString& text = QString::null,
+                     int index=-1 );
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a button with popupmenu.
+   *
+   * Button will have small
+   * triangle. You have to connect to popup's signals. The
+   * signals @ref KButton::pressed(), @ref KButton::released(),
+   * @ref KButton::clicked() or @ref KButton::doubleClicked() are @p not
+   * emmited by
+   * this button (see @ref setDelayedPopup() for that).
+   * You can add custom popups which inherit @ref QPopupMenu to get popups
+   * with tables, drawings etc. Just don't fiddle with events there.
+   */
+    int insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+                     bool enabled, const QString&_text, int index=-1);
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a button with popupmenu.
+   *
+   * Button will have small
+   * triangle. You have to connect to popup's signals. The
+   * signals @ref KButton::pressed(), @ref KButton::released(),
+   * @ref KButton::clicked() or @ref KButton::doubleClicked() are @p not
+   * emmited by
+   * this button (see @ref setDelayedPopup() for that).
+   * You can add custom popups which inherit @ref QPopupMenu to get popups
+   * with tables, drawings etc. Just don't fiddle with events there.
+   */
+    int insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+                     bool enabled, const QString&_text, int index=-1);
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a @ref KLineEdit. You have to specify signals and slots to
+   * which KLineEdit will be connected. KLineEdit has all slots QLineEdit
+   * has, plus signals @ref KLineEdit::completion and @ref KLineEdit::textRotation
+   * KLineEdit can be set to autoresize itself to full free width
+   * in toolbar, that is to last right aligned item. For that,
+   * toolbar must be set to full width (which it is by default).
+   * @see setFullWidth()
+   * @see setItemAutoSized()
+   * @see KLineEdit
+   * @return Item index.
+   */
+    int insertLined (const QString& text, int id,
+                     const char *signal,
+                     const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                     bool enabled = true,
+                     const QString& toolTipText = QString::null,
+                     int size = 70, int index =-1);
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a @ref KComboBox with list.
+   *
+   * Can be writable, but cannot contain
+   * pixmaps. By default inserting policy is AtBottom, i.e. typed items
+   * are placed at the bottom of the list. Can be autosized. If the size
+   * argument is specified as -1, the width of the combobox is automatically
+   * computed.
+   *
+   * @see setFullWidth()
+   * @see setItemAutoSized()
+   * @see KComboBox
+   * @return Item index.
+   */
+    int insertCombo (const QStringList &list, int id, bool writable,
+                     const char *signal, const QObject *receiver,
+                     const char *slot, bool enabled=true,
+                     const QString& tooltiptext=QString::null,
+                     int size=70, int index=-1,
+                     QComboBox::Policy policy = QComboBox::AtBottom);
+
+  /**
+   * Insert a @ref KComboBox with text.
+   *
+   *  The rest is the same as above.
+   * @see setItemAutoSized()
+   *
+   * @see KComboBox
+   * @return Item index.
+   */
+    int insertCombo (const QString& text, int id, bool writable,
+                     const char *signal, QObject *recevier,
+                     const char *slot, bool enabled=true,
+                     const QString& tooltiptext=QString::null,
+                     int size=70, int index=-1,
+                     QComboBox::Policy policy = QComboBox::AtBottom);
+
+    /**
+     * Inserts a separator into the toolbar with the given id.
+     * Returns the separator's index
+     */
+    int insertSeparator( int index = -1, int id = -1 );
+
+    /**
+     * Inserts a line separator into the toolbar with the given id.
+     * Returns the separator's index
+     */
+    int insertLineSeparator( int index = -1, int id = -1 );
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a user-defined widget.  The widget @p must have this
+   * toolbar as its parent.
+   *
+   * Widget must have a QWidget for base class.  Widget can be
+   * autosized to full width. If you forget about it, you can get a
+   * pointer to this widget with @ref getWidget().
+   * @see setItemAutoSized()
+   * @return Item index.
+   */
+    int insertWidget(int id, int width, QWidget *_widget, int index=-1);
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts an animated widget.  A @ref KAnimWidget will be created
+   * internally using the icon name you provide.
+   * This will emit a signal (clicked()) whenever the
+   * animation widget is clicked.
+   *
+   * @see animatedWidget()
+   *
+   * @param id       The id for this toolbar item
+   * @param receiver The parent of your slot
+   * @param slot     The slot to receive the clicked() signal
+   * @param icons    The name of the animation icon group to use
+   * @param index    The item index
+   *
+   * @return The item index
+   */
+/*US    
+    int insertAnimatedWidget(int id, QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
+                             const QString& icons, int index = -1);
+*/
+    /**
+   * This will return a pointer to the given animated widget, if it
+   * exists.
+   *
+   * @see insertAnimatedWidget
+   *
+   * @param id The id for the widget you want to get a pointer to
+   *
+   * @return A pointer to the current animated widget or 0L
+   */
+//US    KAnimWidget *animatedWidget( int id );
+
+  /**
+   * Adds connections to items.
+   *
+   * It is important that you
+   * know the @p id of particular item. Nothing happens if you forget @p id.
+   */
+    void addConnection (int id, const char *signal,
+                        const QObject *receiver, const char *slot);
+  /**
+   * Enables/disables item.
+   */
+    void setItemEnabled( int id, bool enabled );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the icon for a button.
+   *
+   * Can be used while button is visible.
+   */
+    void setButtonIcon( int id, const QString& _icon );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets button pixmap.
+   *
+   * Can be used while button is visible.
+   */
+    void setButtonPixmap( int id, const QPixmap& _pixmap );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a button icon from a QIconSet.
+   *
+   * Can be used while button is visible.
+   */
+    void setButtonIconSet( int id, const QIconSet& iconset );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a delayed popup for a button.
+   *
+   * Delayed popup is what you see in
+   * Netscape Navigator's Previous and Next buttons: If you click them you
+   * go back
+   * or forth. If you press them long enough, you get a history-menu.
+   * This is exactly what we do here.
+   *
+   * You will insert normal a button with connection (or use signals from
+   * toolbar):
+   * <pre>
+   * bar->insertButton(icon, id, SIGNAL(clicked ()), this,
+   *                   SLOT (slotClick()), true, "click or wait for popup");
+   * </pre> And then add a delayed popup:
+   * <pre>
+   * bar->setDelayedPopup (id, historyPopup); </pre>
+   *
+   * Don't add delayed popups to buttons which have normal popups.
+   *
+   * You may add popups which are derived from @ref QPopupMenu. You may
+   * add popups that are already in the menu bar or are submenus of
+   * other popups.
+   */
+    void setDelayedPopup (int id , QPopupMenu *_popup, bool toggle = false);
+
+  /**
+   * Turns a button into an autorepeat button.
+   *
+   * Toggle buttons, buttons with menus, or
+   * buttons with delayed menus cannot be made into autorepeat buttons.
+   * Moreover, you can and will receive
+   * only the signal clicked(), but not pressed() or released().
+   * When the user presses this button, you will receive the signal clicked(),
+   * and if the button is still pressed after some time,
+   * you will receive more clicked() signals separated by regular
+   * intervals.  Since this uses @ref QButton::setAutoRepeat() ,
+   * I can't quantify 'some'.
+   */
+    void setAutoRepeat (int id, bool flag=true);
+
+
+  /**
+   * Turns button into a toggle button if @p flag is true.
+   */
+    void setToggle (int id, bool flag = true);
+
+  /**
+   * Toggles a togglebutton.
+   *
+   * If the button is a toggle button  (see @ref setToggle())
+   * the button state will be toggled. This will also cause the toolbar to
+   * emit the signal @ref KButton::toggled() with parameter @p id. You must connect to
+   * this signal, or use @ref addConnection() to connect directly to the
+   * button signal @ref KButton::toggled().
+   */
+    void toggleButton (int id);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a toggle button state.
+   *
+   * If the button is a toggle button (see @ref setToggle())
+   * this will set its state flag. This will also emit the signal
+   * @ref KButton::toggled().
+   *
+   * @see setToggle()
+   */
+    void setButton (int id, bool flag);
+
+  /**
+   * @return @p true if button is on, @p false if button is off or if the
+   * button is not a toggle button.
+   * @see setToggle()
+   */
+    bool isButtonOn (int id) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the text of a line editor.
+   *
+   * Cursor is set at end of text.
+   */
+    void setLinedText (int id, const QString& text);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a line editor text.
+   */
+    QString getLinedText (int id) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts @p text in combobox @p id at position @p index.
+   */
+    void insertComboItem (int id, const QString& text, int index);
+
+    /**
+   * Inserts @p list in combobox @p id at position @p index.
+   */
+    void insertComboList (int id, const QStringList &list, int index);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes item @p index from combobox @p id.
+   */
+    void removeComboItem (int id, int index);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets item @p index to be current item in combobox @p id.
+   */
+    void setCurrentComboItem (int id, int index);
+
+  /**
+   * Changes item @p index in combobox @p id to text.
+   *
+   * @p index = -1 refers current item (one displayed in the button).
+   */
+    void changeComboItem  (int id, const QString& text, int index=-1);
+
+  /**
+   * Clears the combobox @p id.
+   *
+   * Does not delete it or hide it.
+   */
+    void clearCombo (int id);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns text of item @p index from combobox @p id.
+   *
+   * @p index = -1 refers to current item.
+   */
+
+    QString getComboItem (int id, int index=-1) const;
+
+    /**
+   * Returns a pointer to the combobox.
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * <pre>
+   * KComboBox *combo = toolbar->getCombo(combo_id);
+   * </pre>
+   * That way you can get access to other public methods
+   * that @ref KComboBox provides.
+   */
+    KComboBox * getCombo(int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Returns a pointer to KToolBarLined.
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * <pre>
+   * KLineEdit * lined = toolbar->getKToolBarLined(lined_id);
+   * </pre>
+   * That way you can get access to other public methods
+   * that @ref KLineEdit provides. @ref KLineEdit is the same thing
+   * as @ref QLineEdit plus completion signals.
+   */
+    KLineEdit * getLined (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Returns a pointer to KToolBarButton.
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * <pre>
+   * KToolBarButton * button = toolbar->getButton(button_id);
+   * </pre>
+   * That way you can get access to other public methods
+   * that @ref KToolBarButton provides.
+   *
+   *  Using this method is not recommended.
+   */
+    KToolBarButton * getButton (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Align item to the right.
+   *
+   * This works only if toolbar is set to full width.
+   * @see setFullWidth()
+   */
+    void alignItemRight (int id, bool right = true);
+
+    /**
+   * Returns a pointer to an inserted widget.
+   *
+   * Wrong ids are not tested.
+   * You can do with this whatever you want,
+   * except change its height (hardcoded). If you change its width
+   * you will probably have to call QToolBar::updateRects(true)
+   * @see QWidget
+   * @see updateRects()
+   * 
+   * KDE4: make this const!
+   */
+    QWidget *getWidget (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Set item autosized.
+   *
+   * This works only if the toolbar is set to full width.
+   * Only @p one item can be autosized, and it has to be
+   * the last left-aligned item. Items that come after this must be right
+   * aligned. Items that can be right aligned are Lineds, Frames, Widgets and
+   * Combos. An autosized item will resize itself whenever the toolbar geometry
+   * changes to the last right-aligned item (or to end of toolbar if there
+   * are no right-aligned items.)
+   * @see setFullWidth()
+   * @see alignItemRight()
+   */
+    void setItemAutoSized (int id, bool yes = true);
+
+    /**
+   * Remove all items.
+   *
+   * The toolbar is redrawn after it.
+   */
+    void clear ();
+
+    /**
+   * Remove item @p id.
+   *
+   * Item is deleted. Toolbar is redrawn after it.
+   */
+    void removeItem (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Remove item @p id.
+   *
+   * Item is deleted when toolbar is redrawn.
+   */
+    void removeItemDelayed (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Hide item.
+   */
+    void hideItem (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Show item.
+   */
+    void showItem (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Returns the index of the given item.
+   *
+   * KDE4: make this const!
+   */
+    int itemIndex (int id);
+
+    /**
+   * Set toolbar to full parent size (default).
+   *
+   *  In full size mode the bar
+   * extends over the parent's full width or height. If the mode is disabled
+   * the toolbar tries to take as much space as it needs without wrapping, but
+   * it does not exceed the parent box. You can force a certain width or
+   * height with @ref setMaxWidth() or @ref setMaxHeight().
+   *
+   * If you want to use right-aligned items or auto-sized items you must use
+   * full size mode.
+   */
+    void setFullSize(bool flag = true);
+
+    /**
+   * @return @p true if the full-size mode is enabled. Otherwise
+   * it returns @false.
+   */
+    bool fullSize() const;
+
+    /**
+   * @deprecated use setMovingEnabled(bool) instead.
+   * Enable or disable moving of toolbar.
+   */
+    void enableMoving(bool flag = true);
+
+    /**
+   * Set position of toolbar.
+   * @see BarPosition()
+   */
+    void setBarPos (BarPosition bpos);
+
+    /**
+   * Returns position of toolbar.
+   */
+    BarPosition barPos();
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Show, hide, or toggle toolbar.
+   *
+   * This method is provided for compatibility only,
+   * please use show() and/or hide() instead.
+   * @see BarStatus
+   */
+    bool enable(BarStatus stat);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Use setMaximumHeight() instead.
+   */
+    void setMaxHeight (int h);  // Set max height for vertical toolbars
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Use maximumHeight() instead.
+   * Returns the value that was set with @ref setMaxHeight().
+   */
+    int maxHeight();
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Use setMaximumWidth() instead.
+   * Set maximal width of horizontal (top or bottom) toolbar.
+   */
+    void setMaxWidth (int dw);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Use maximumWidth() instead.
+   * Returns the value that was set with @ref setMaxWidth().
+   */
+    int maxWidth();
+
+  /**
+   * Set title for toolbar when it floats.
+   *
+   * Titles are however not (yet)
+   * visible. You can't change toolbar's title while it's floating.
+   */
+    void setTitle (const QString& _title);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Use enableMoving() instead.
+   */
+    void enableFloating (bool arrrrrrgh);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the kind of painting for buttons.
+   *
+   * Choose from:
+   * @li IconOnly (only icons),
+   * @li IconTextRight (icon and text, text is left from icons),
+   * @li TextOnly (only text),
+   * @li IconTextBottom (icons and text, text is under icons).
+   * @see IconText
+   *
+   */
+    void setIconText(IconText it);
+   // Note: don't merge with the next one, it breaks Qt properties
+
+  /**
+   * Similar to @ref setIconText(IconText it) but allows you to
+   * disable or enable updating.  If @p update is false, then the
+   * buttons will not be updated.  This is useful only if you know
+   * that you will be forcing an update later.
+   */
+    void setIconText(IconText it, bool update);
+
+  /**
+   * @return The current text style for buttons.
+   */
+    IconText iconText() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Set the icon size to load. Usually you should not call
+   * this, the icon size is taken care of by KIconLoader
+   * and globally configured.
+   * By default, the toolbar will load icons of size 32 for main
+   * toolbars and 22 for other toolbars
+   * @see KIconLoader.
+   *
+   * @param size The size to use
+   */
+    void setIconSize(int size);
+    // Note: don't merge with the next one, it breaks Qt properties
+
+  /**
+   * Same as @ref setIconText(int size) but allows you
+   * to disable the toolbar update.
+   *
+   * @param size   The size to use
+   * @param update If true, then the toolbar will be updated after
+   *               this
+   */
+    void setIconSize(int size, bool update);
+
+  /**
+   * @return The current icon size for buttons.
+   */
+    int iconSize() const;
+
+  /**
+   * This allows you to enable or disable the context menu.
+   *
+   * @param enable If false, then the context menu will be disabled
+   */
+    void setEnableContextMenu(bool enable = true);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns whether or not the context menu is disabled
+   *
+   * @return The context menu state
+   */
+    bool contextMenuEnabled() const;
+
+  /**
+   * This will inform a toolbar button to ignore certain style
+   * changes.  Specifically, it will ignore IconText (always IconOnly)
+   * and will not allow image effects to apply.
+   *
+   * @param id The button to exclude from styles
+   * @param no_style If true, then it is excluded (default: true).
+   */
+    void setItemNoStyle(int id, bool no_style = true);
+
+    void setFlat (bool flag);
+
+  /**
+   * @return the number of items in the toolbar
+   */
+    int count() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Instruct the toolbar to save it's current state to either the app
+   * config file or to the XML-GUI resource file (whichever has
+   * precedence).
+   */
+    void saveState();
+
+  /**
+   * Save the toolbar settings to group @p configGroup in @p config.
+   */
+    void saveSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup);
+
+  /**
+   * Read the toolbar settings from group @p configGroup in @p config
+   * and apply them.
+   */
+    void applySettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup);
+
+  /**
+   * Tell the toolbar what XML-GUI resource file it should use to save
+   * it's state.  The state of the toolbar (position, size, etc) is
+   * saved in KConfig files if the application does not use XML-GUI..
+   * but if the app does, then it's saved the XML file.  This function
+   * allows this to happen.
+   *
+   * @param xmlfile The XML-GUI resource file to write to
+   * @param xml     The DOM document for the XML-GUI building
+   */
+  //  void setXML(const QString& xmlfile, const QDomDocument& xml);
+  /* @internal */
+  void setXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *client );
+
+  /**
+   * Assign a (translated) text to this toolbar. This is used
+   * for the tooltip on the handle, and when listing the toolbars.
+   */
+    void setText( const QString & txt );
+
+  /**
+   * @return the toolbar's text.
+   */
+    QString text() const;
+
+    void setStretchableWidget( QWidget *w );
+    QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
+    bool highlight() const;
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+    QSize minimumSize() const;
+
+    void hide();
+    void show();
+
+    void updateRects( bool = FALSE ) {}
+
+//US    void loadState( const QDomElement &e );
+//US    void saveState( QDomElement &e );
+
+    /**
+     * @internal
+     */
+    void positionYourself( bool force = false);
+
+signals:
+    /**
+     * Emitted when button @p id is clicked.
+     */
+    void clicked(int id);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when button @p id is double-clicked.
+     *
+     * Note: you will always
+     * recive two @ref clicked() , @ref pressed() and @ref released() signals.
+     * There is no way to avoid it - at least no easy way.
+     * If you need to resolve this all you can do is set up timers
+     * which wait for @ref QApplication::doubleClickInterval() to expire.
+     * If in that time you don't get this signal, you may belive that
+     * button was only clicked and not double-clicked.
+     * And please note that butons with popup menus do not emit this signal,
+     * but those with delayed popup do.
+     */
+    void doubleClicked (int id);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when button @p id is pressed.
+     */
+    void pressed(int);
+
+    /**
+     * Emits when button @p id is released.
+     */
+    void released(int);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when a toggle button changes state.
+     *
+     * Emitted also if you change state
+     * with @ref setButton() or @ref toggleButton()
+     * If you make a button normal again, with
+     * setToggle(false), this signal won't
+     * be emitted.
+     */
+    void toggled(int);
+
+    /**
+     * This signal is emitted when item id gets highlighted/unhighlighted
+     * (i.e when mouse enters/exits).
+     *
+     * Note that this signal is emitted from
+     * all buttons (normal, disabled and toggle) even when there is no visible
+     * change in buttons (i.e., buttons do not raise when mouse enters).
+     * The parameter @p isHighlighted is @p true when mouse enters and @p false when
+     * mouse exits.
+     */
+    void highlighted(int id, bool isHighlighted);
+
+    /**
+     * This signal is emitted when item id gets highlighted/unhighlighted
+     * (i.e when mouse enters/exits).
+     *
+     * Note that this signal is emitted from
+     * all buttons (normal, disabled and toggle) even when there is no visible
+     * change in buttons (i.e., buttons do not raise when mouse enters).
+     */
+    void highlighted(int id );
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when toolbar changes position, or when
+     * an item is removed from toolbar.
+     *
+     * If you subclass @ref KMainWindow and reimplement
+     * @ref KMainWindow::resizeEvent() be sure to connect to
+     * this signal. Note: You can connect this signal to a slot that
+     * doesn't take parameter.
+     */
+    void moved( BarPosition );
+
+    /**
+     * @internal
+     * This signal is emitted when toolbar detects changing of
+     * following parameters:
+     * highlighting, button-size, button-mode. This signal is
+     * internal, aimed to buttons.
+     */
+    void modechange ();
+
+    /**
+     * This signal is emitted when the toolbar is getting deleted,
+     * and before ~KToolbar finishes (so it's still time to remove
+     * widgets from the toolbar).
+     * Used by KWidgetAction.
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    void toolbarDestroyed();
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * @return global setting for "Highlight buttons under mouse"
+     */
+    static bool highlightSetting();
+
+    /**
+     * @return global setting for "Toolbars transparent when moving"
+     */
+    static bool transparentSetting();
+
+    /**
+     * @return global setting for "Icon Text"
+     */
+    static IconText iconTextSetting();
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void setIconText( const QString &txt )
+    { QToolBar::setIconText( txt ); }
+
+protected:
+    void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    void childEvent( QChildEvent *e );
+    void showEvent( QShowEvent *e );
+    void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e );
+    bool event( QEvent *e );
+    void applyAppearanceSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup, bool forceGlobal = false);
+    QString settingsGroup();
+
+private slots:
+    void rebuildLayout();
+    void slotReadConfig ();
+    void slotAppearanceChanged();
+    void slotIconChanged(int);
+    void slotRepaint();
+    void toolBarPosChanged( QToolBar *tb );
+    void slotContextAboutToShow();
+    void widgetDestroyed();
+
+private:
+    void init( bool readConfig = true, bool honorStyle = false );
+    void doConnections( KToolBarButton *button );
+    void insertWidgetInternal( QWidget *w, int &index, int id );
+    void removeWidgetInternal( QWidget *w );
+    void getAttributes( QString &position, QString &icontext, int &index );
+//US    KPopupMenu *contextMenu();
+    QPopupMenu *contextMenu();
+
+    QMap<QWidget*, int > widget2id;
+    typedef QMap<int, QWidget* > Id2WidgetMap;
+    Id2WidgetMap id2widget;
+//US    KPopupMenu *context;
+    QPopupMenu *context;
+    QPtrList<QWidget> widgets;
+    QTimer *layoutTimer;
+    QGuardedPtr<QWidget> stretchableWidget, rightAligned;
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    KToolBarPrivate *d;
+    bool inshutdownprocess;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d5d0e5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
+              (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
+              (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
+              (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
+              (C) 1999 Chris Schlaeger (cs@kde.org)
+              (C) 1999 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+//US #include <config.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ktoolbarbutton.h"
+#include "ktoolbar.h"
+
+#include <qstyle.h>
+#include <qimage.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qdrawutil.h>
+#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <qbitmap.h>
+#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <qcursor.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kglobalsettings.h>
+//US #include <kiconeffect.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+
+// needed to get our instance
+#include <kmainwindow.h>
+
+template class QIntDict<KToolBarButton>;
+
+class KToolBarButtonPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KToolBarButtonPrivate()
+  {
+    m_noStyle     = false;
+    m_isSeparator = false;
+    m_isRadio     = false;
+    m_highlight   = false;
+    m_isRaised    = false;
+    m_isActive    = false;
+
+    m_iconName    = QString::null;
+    m_iconText    = KToolBar::IconOnly;
+    m_iconSize    = 0;
+
+//US    m_instance = KGlobal::instance();
+  }
+  ~KToolBarButtonPrivate()
+  {
+  }
+
+  int     m_id;
+  bool    m_noStyle: 1;
+  bool    m_isSeparator: 1;
+  bool    m_isRadio: 1;
+  bool    m_highlight: 1;
+  bool    m_isRaised: 1;
+  bool    m_isActive: 1;
+
+  QString m_iconName;
+
+  KToolBar *m_parent;
+  KToolBar::IconText m_iconText;
+  int m_iconSize;
+  QSize size;
+  
+  QPoint m_mousePressPos;
+
+//US  KInstance  *m_instance;
+};
+
+// This will construct a separator
+KToolBarButton::KToolBarButton( QWidget *_parent, const char *_name )
+  : QToolButton( _parent , _name)
+{
+  d = new KToolBarButtonPrivate;
+
+  resize(6,6);
+  hide();
+  d->m_isSeparator = true;
+}
+
+KToolBarButton::KToolBarButton( const QString& _icon, int _id,
+                                QWidget *_parent, const char *_name,
+                                const QString &_txt/*US, KInstance *_instance*/ )
+    : QToolButton( _parent, _name ), d( 0 )
+{
+  d = new KToolBarButtonPrivate;
+
+  d->m_id     = _id;
+  d->m_parent = (KToolBar*)_parent;
+  QToolButton::setTextLabel(_txt);
+//US  d->m_instance = _instance;
+
+  setFocusPolicy( NoFocus );
+
+  // connect all of our slots and start trapping events
+  connect(d->m_parent, SIGNAL( modechange() ),
+          this,         SLOT( modeChange() ));
+
+  connect(this, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+          this, SLOT( slotClicked() ) );
+  connect(this, SIGNAL( pressed() ),
+          this, SLOT( slotPressed() ) );
+  connect(this, SIGNAL( released() ),
+          this, SLOT( slotReleased() ) );
+  installEventFilter(this);
+
+  d->m_iconName = _icon;
+
+  // do our initial setup
+  modeChange();
+}
+
+KToolBarButton::KToolBarButton( const QPixmap& pixmap, int _id,
+                                QWidget *_parent, const char *name,
+                                const QString& txt)
+    : QToolButton( _parent, name ), d( 0 )
+{
+  d = new KToolBarButtonPrivate;
+
+  d->m_id       = _id;
+  d->m_parent   = (KToolBar *) _parent;
+  QToolButton::setTextLabel(txt);
+
+  setFocusPolicy( NoFocus );
+
+  // connect all of our slots and start trapping events
+  connect(d->m_parent, SIGNAL( modechange()),
+          this,        SLOT(modeChange()));
+
+  connect(this, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+          this, SLOT( slotClicked() ));
+  connect(this, SIGNAL( pressed() ),
+          this, SLOT( slotPressed() ));
+  connect(this, SIGNAL( released() ),
+          this, SLOT( slotReleased() ));
+  installEventFilter(this);
+
+  // set our pixmap and do our initial setup
+  setIconSet( QIconSet( pixmap ));
+  modeChange();
+}
+
+KToolBarButton::~KToolBarButton()
+{
+  delete d; d = 0;
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::modeChange()
+{
+  QSize mysize;
+
+  // grab a few global variables for use in this function and others
+  d->m_highlight = d->m_parent->highlight();
+  d->m_iconText  = d->m_parent->iconText();
+
+  d->m_iconSize = d->m_parent->iconSize();
+  if (!d->m_iconName.isNull())
+    setIcon(d->m_iconName);
+
+  // we'll start with the size of our pixmap
+  int pix_width  = d->m_iconSize;
+
+  if ( d->m_iconSize == 0 ) {
+      if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
+/*US      
+          pix_width = IconSize( KIcon::MainToolbar );
+      else
+          pix_width = IconSize( KIcon::Toolbar );
+*/
+//qDebug("KToolBarButton::modeChange make iconsize configurable");          
+      pix_width = 16;
+  }
+  int pix_height = pix_width;
+
+  int text_height = 0;
+  int text_width = 0;
+
+  QToolTip::remove(this);
+  if (d->m_iconText != KToolBar::IconOnly)
+  {
+    // okay, we have to deal with fonts.  let's get our information now
+/*US    
+    QFont tmp_font = KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont();
+
+    // now parse out our font sizes from our chosen font
+    QFontMetrics fm(tmp_font);
+
+    text_height = fm.lineSpacing();
+    text_width  = fm.width(textLabel());
+*/    
+//qDebug("KToolBarButton::modeChange make textsize configurable");          
+
+    // none of the other modes want tooltips
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    QToolTip::add(this, textLabel());
+  }
+
+  switch (d->m_iconText)
+  {
+  case KToolBar::IconOnly:
+    mysize = QSize(pix_width, pix_height);
+    break;
+
+  case KToolBar::IconTextRight:
+    mysize = QSize(pix_width + text_width + 4, pix_height);
+    break;
+
+  case KToolBar::TextOnly:
+    mysize = QSize(text_width + 4, text_height);
+    break;
+
+  case KToolBar::IconTextBottom:
+    mysize = QSize((text_width + 4 > pix_width) ? text_width + 4 : pix_width, pix_height + text_height);
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+/*US
+  mysize = style().sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_ToolButton, this, mysize).
+               expandedTo(QApplication::globalStrut());
+*/
+  // make sure that this isn't taller then it is wide
+  if (mysize.height() > mysize.width())
+    mysize.setWidth(mysize.height());
+
+  d->size = mysize;
+  setFixedSize(mysize);
+  updateGeometry();
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setTextLabel( const QString& text, bool tipToo)
+{
+  if (text.isNull())
+    return;
+
+  QString txt(text);
+  if (txt.right(3) == QString::fromLatin1("..."))
+    txt.truncate(txt.length() - 3);
+
+  QToolButton::setTextLabel(txt, tipToo);
+  update();
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setText( const QString& text)
+{
+  setTextLabel(text, true);
+  modeChange();
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setIcon( const QString &icon )
+{
+  d->m_iconName = icon;
+  d->m_iconSize = d->m_parent->iconSize();
+  // QObject::name() return "const char *" instead of QString.
+  if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
+/*US    QToolButton::setIconSet( d->m_instance->iconLoader()->loadIconSet(
+        d->m_iconName, KIcon::MainToolbar, d->m_iconSize ));
+*/
+    QToolButton::setIconSet( KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIconSet(d->m_iconName ));
+  else
+/*US    QToolButton::setIconSet(d->m_instance->iconLoader()->loadIconSet(
+        d->m_iconName, KIcon::Toolbar, d->m_iconSize ));
+*/        
+    QToolButton::setIconSet(KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIconSet(d->m_iconName));
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset )
+{
+  QToolButton::setIconSet( iconset );
+}
+
+// remove?
+void KToolBarButton::setPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  if( pixmap.isNull()) // called by QToolButton
+  {
+    QToolButton::setPixmap( pixmap );
+    return;
+  }
+  QIconSet set = iconSet();
+  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Active );
+  QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setDefaultPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  QIconSet set = iconSet();
+  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Normal );
+  QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setDisabledPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+  QIconSet set = iconSet();
+  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Disabled );
+  QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setDefaultIcon( const QString& icon )
+{
+  QIconSet set = iconSet();
+  QPixmap pm;
+  if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
+    pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::MainToolbar,
+        d->m_iconSize );
+  else
+    pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::Toolbar,
+        d->m_iconSize );
+  set.setPixmap( pm, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Normal );
+  QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setDisabledIcon( const QString& icon )
+{
+  QIconSet set = iconSet();
+  QPixmap pm;
+  if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
+    pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/ KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::MainToolbar,
+        d->m_iconSize );
+  else
+    pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/ KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::Toolbar,
+        d->m_iconSize );
+  set.setPixmap( pm, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Disabled );
+  QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
+}
+
+QPopupMenu *KToolBarButton::popup()
+{
+  // obsolete
+  // KDE4: remove me
+  return QToolButton::popup();
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool)
+{
+  QToolButton::setPopup(p);
+  QToolButton::setPopupDelay(1);
+}
+
+
+void KToolBarButton::setDelayedPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool)
+{
+  QToolButton::setPopup(p);
+//US  QToolButton::setPopupDelay(QApplication::startDragTime());
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::leaveEvent(QEvent *)
+{
+  if( d->m_isRaised || d->m_isActive )
+  {
+    d->m_isRaised = false;
+    d->m_isActive = false;
+    repaint(false);
+  }
+
+  emit highlighted(d->m_id, false);
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::enterEvent(QEvent *)
+{
+  if (d->m_highlight)
+  {
+    if (isEnabled())
+    {
+      d->m_isActive = true;
+      if (!isToggleButton())
+        d->m_isRaised = true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      d->m_isRaised = false;
+      d->m_isActive = false;
+    }
+
+    repaint(false);
+  }
+  emit highlighted(d->m_id, true);
+}
+
+bool KToolBarButton::eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *ev)
+{
+  if ((KToolBarButton *)o == this)
+  {
+
+    // Popup the menu when the left mousebutton is pressed and the mouse
+    // is moved by a small distance.
+    if (QToolButton::popup())
+    {
+      if (ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress)
+      {
+        QMouseEvent* mev = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(ev);
+        d->m_mousePressPos = mev->pos();
+      }
+      else if (ev->type() == QEvent::MouseMove)
+      {
+        QMouseEvent* mev = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(ev);
+        if ((mev->pos() - d->m_mousePressPos).manhattanLength()
+//US              > KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay())
+                  > 5 )
+        {
+//US          openPopup();
+          return true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ((ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress ||
+         ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease ||
+         ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick) && d->m_isRadio && isOn())
+      return true;
+
+    // From Kai-Uwe Sattler <kus@iti.CS.Uni-Magdeburg.De>
+    if (ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick)
+    {
+      emit doubleClicked(d->m_id);
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return QToolButton::eventFilter(o, ev);
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::drawButton( QPainter *_painter )
+{
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+  QStyle::SFlags flags   = QStyle::Style_Default;
+  QStyle::SCFlags active = QStyle::SC_None;
+
+  if (isDown()) {
+    flags  |= QStyle::Style_Down;
+    active |= QStyle::SC_ToolButton;
+  }
+          if (isEnabled()) flags |= QStyle::Style_Enabled;
+          if (isOn())   flags |= QStyle::Style_On;
+          if (isEnabled() && d->m_isRaised)flags |= QStyle::Style_Raised;
+          if (hasFocus())flags |= QStyle::Style_HasFocus;
+
+  // Draw a styled toolbutton
+  style().drawComplexControl(QStyle::CC_ToolButton, _painter, this, rect(),
+        colorGroup(), flags, QStyle::SC_ToolButton, active, QStyleOption());
+
+#else
+  style().drawToolButton(_painter, rect().x(), rect().y(), rect().width(), rect().height(), colorGroup());
+#endif
+  int dx, dy;
+  QFont tmp_font(KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont());
+  QFontMetrics fm(tmp_font);
+  QRect textRect;
+  int textFlags = 0;
+
+  if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::IconOnly) // icon only
+  {
+/*US  
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
+                    QIconSet::Disabled,
+        isOn() ? QIconSet::On : QIconSet::Off );
+*/        
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
+                    QIconSet::Disabled);
+    
+    if( !pixmap.isNull())
+    {
+      dx = ( width() - pixmap.width() ) / 2;
+      dy = ( height() - pixmap.height() ) / 2;
+      if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
+      {
+        ++dx;
+        ++dy;
+      }
+      _painter->drawPixmap( dx, dy, pixmap );
+    }
+  }
+  else if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::IconTextRight) // icon and text (if any)
+  {
+/*US    
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
+                    QIconSet::Disabled,
+        isOn() ? QIconSet::On : QIconSet::Off );
+*/        
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
+                    QIconSet::Disabled);
+    
+    if( !pixmap.isNull())
+    {
+      dx = 4;
+      dy = ( height() - pixmap.height() ) / 2;
+      if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
+      {
+        ++dx;
+        ++dy;
+      }
+      _painter->drawPixmap( dx, dy, pixmap );
+    }
+
+    if (!textLabel().isNull())
+    {
+      textFlags = AlignVCenter|AlignLeft;
+      if (!pixmap.isNull())
+        dx = 4 + pixmap.width() + 2;
+      else
+        dx = 4;
+      dy = 0;
+      if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
+      {
+        ++dx;
+        ++dy;
+      }
+      textRect = QRect(dx, dy, width()-dx, height());
+    }
+  }
+  else if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::TextOnly)
+  {
+    if (!textLabel().isNull())
+    {
+      textFlags = AlignVCenter|AlignLeft;
+      dx = (width() - fm.width(textLabel())) / 2;
+      dy = (height() - fm.lineSpacing()) / 2;
+      if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
+      {
+        ++dx;
+        ++dy;
+      }
+      textRect = QRect( dx, dy, fm.width(textLabel()), fm.lineSpacing() );
+    }
+  }
+  else if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::IconTextBottom)
+  {
+/*US    
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
+                    QIconSet::Disabled,
+        isOn() ? QIconSet::On : QIconSet::Off );
+*/    
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
+                    QIconSet::Disabled);
+    
+    if( !pixmap.isNull())
+    {
+      dx = (width() - pixmap.width()) / 2;
+      dy = (height() - fm.lineSpacing() - pixmap.height()) / 2;
+      if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
+      {
+        ++dx;
+        ++dy;
+      }
+      _painter->drawPixmap( dx, dy, pixmap );
+    }
+
+    if (!textLabel().isNull())
+    {
+      textFlags = AlignBottom|AlignHCenter;
+      dx = (width() - fm.width(textLabel())) / 2;
+      dy = height() - fm.lineSpacing() - 4;
+
+      if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
+      {
+        ++dx;
+        ++dy;
+      }
+      textRect = QRect( dx, dy, fm.width(textLabel()), fm.lineSpacing() );
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Draw the text at the position given by textRect, and using textFlags
+  if (!textLabel().isNull() && !textRect.isNull())
+  {
+      _painter->setFont(KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont());
+      if (!isEnabled())
+        _painter->setPen(palette().disabled().dark());
+      else if(d->m_isRaised)
+        _painter->setPen(KGlobalSettings::toolBarHighlightColor());
+      else
+        _painter->setPen( colorGroup().buttonText() );
+      _painter->drawText(textRect, textFlags, textLabel());
+  }
+
+  if (QToolButton::popup())
+  {
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    QStyle::SFlags arrowFlags = QStyle::Style_Default;
+
+            if (isDown())arrowFlags |= QStyle::Style_Down;
+            if (isEnabled()) arrowFlags |= QStyle::Style_Enabled;
+
+      style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_ArrowDown, _painter,
+          QRect(width()-7, height()-7, 7, 7), colorGroup(),
+          arrowFlags, QStyleOption() );
+#else  
+      style().drawArrow(_painter, Qt::DownArrow, isDown(),
+          width()-7, height()-7, 7, 7, colorGroup(), isEnabled() );
+#endif
+          
+  }
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::paletteChange(const QPalette &)
+{
+  if(!d->m_isSeparator)
+  {
+    modeChange();
+    repaint(false); // no need to delete it first therefore only false
+  }
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::showMenu()
+{
+  // obsolete
+  // KDE4: remove me
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::slotDelayTimeout()
+{
+  // obsolete
+  // KDE4: remove me
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::slotClicked()
+{
+  emit clicked( d->m_id );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::slotPressed()
+{
+  emit pressed( d->m_id );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::slotReleased()
+{
+  emit released( d->m_id );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::slotToggled()
+{
+  emit toggled( d->m_id );
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setNoStyle(bool no_style)
+{
+    d->m_noStyle = no_style;
+
+    modeChange();
+    d->m_iconText = KToolBar::IconTextRight;
+    repaint(false);
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setRadio (bool f)
+{
+    if ( d )
+        d->m_isRadio = f;
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::on(bool flag)
+{
+  if(isToggleButton() == true)
+    setOn(flag);
+  else
+  {
+    setDown(flag);
+    leaveEvent((QEvent *) 0);
+  }
+  repaint();
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::toggle()
+{
+  setOn(!isOn());
+  repaint();
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::setToggle(bool flag)
+{
+  setToggleButton(flag);
+  if (flag == true)
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(slotToggled()));
+  else
+    disconnect(this, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(slotToggled()));
+}
+
+QSize KToolBarButton::sizeHint() const
+{
+   return d->size;
+}
+
+QSize KToolBarButton::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+   return d->size;
+}
+
+QSize KToolBarButton::minimumSize() const
+{
+   return d->size;
+}
+
+bool KToolBarButton::isRaised() const
+{
+    return d->m_isRaised;
+}
+
+bool KToolBarButton::isActive() const
+{
+    return d->m_isActive;
+}
+
+int KToolBarButton::iconTextMode() const
+{
+    return static_cast<int>( d->m_iconText );
+}
+
+int KToolBarButton::id() const
+{
+    return d->m_id;
+}
+
+// KToolBarButtonList
+KToolBarButtonList::KToolBarButtonList()
+{
+   setAutoDelete(false);
+}
+
+void KToolBarButton::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+//US #include "ktoolbarbutton.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aaa13c
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
+              (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
+              (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
+              (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
+              (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+// $Id$
+#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H
+#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H
+
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qtoolbutton.h>
+#include <qintdict.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+class KToolBar;
+class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
+//USclass KInstance;
+class QEvent;
+class QPopupMenu;
+class QPainter;
+
+/**
+ * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
+ * KToolBar methods instead.
+ * @internal
+ */
+class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  /**
+   * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself.
+   * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the
+   * correct size.
+   *
+   * @param icon   Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative)
+   * @param id     Id of this button
+   * @param parent This button's parent
+   * @param name   This button's internal name
+   * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
+   */
+  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null/*US,
+                 KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()*/);
+
+  /**
+   * Construct a button with an existing pixmap.  It is not
+   * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code
+   * will almost always get it "right".
+   *
+   * @param icon   Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative)
+   * @param id     Id of this button
+   * @param parent This button's parent
+   * @param name   This button's internal name
+   * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
+   */
+  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+
+  /**
+   * Construct a separator button
+   *
+   * @param parent This button's parent
+   * @param name   This button's internal name
+   */
+  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+
+  /**
+   * Standard destructor
+   */
+  ~KToolBarButton();
+  QSize sizeHint() const;
+  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  QSize minimumSize() const;
+
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Set the pixmap directly for this button.  This pixmap should be
+   * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed
+   * based on this one.  However, don't use this function unless you
+   * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon.
+   *
+   * @param pixmap The active pixmap
+   */
+  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather
+   * then generating it using effects.
+   *
+   * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
+   */
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then
+   * generating it using effects.
+   *
+   * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
+   */
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+#endif
+
+  /**
+   * Set the text for this button.  The text will be either used as a
+   * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon
+   *
+   * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
+   */
+  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
+   * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet
+   *
+   * @param icon The name of the icon
+   */
+  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+
+  /// @since 3.1
+  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+
+  /**
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
+   * that set icons or pixmaps.
+   * @param iconset  The iconset to use
+   */
+  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+
+#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Set the active icon for this button.  The pixmap itself is loaded
+   * internally based on the icon size...  .. the disabled and default
+   * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is
+   * true.  This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap
+   *
+   * @param icon     The name of the active icon
+   * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
+   *                 generated from this one
+   */
+  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather
+   * then generating it using effects.
+   *
+   * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
+   */
+  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then
+   * generating it using effects.
+   *
+   * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
+   */
+  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+#endif
+
+  /**
+   * Turn this button on or off
+   *
+   * @param flag true or false
+   */
+  void on(bool flag = true);
+
+  /**
+   * Toggle this button
+   */
+  void toggle();
+
+  /**
+   * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle
+   * aspects of it.  This does not toggle the button itself.
+   * Use @ref toggle() for that.
+   *
+   * @param toggle true or false
+   */
+  void setToggle(bool toggle = true);
+
+  /**
+   * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
+   */
+  QPopupMenu *popup();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the button's id.
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  int id() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
+   * you press the button.  Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that
+   * behavior. 
+   *
+   * @param p The new popup menu
+   */
+  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+
+  /**
+   * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
+   *
+   * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button.
+   * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and
+   * held down for about half a second.
+   *
+   * @param p the new popup menu
+   */
+  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+
+  /**
+   * Turn this button into a radio button
+   *
+   * @param f true or false
+   */
+  void setRadio(bool f = true);
+
+  /**
+   * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles
+   * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc.  You can use this function to
+   * explicitely turn this off, if you like.
+   *
+   * @param no_style Will disable styles if true
+   */
+  void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true);
+
+signals:
+  void clicked(int);
+  void doubleClicked(int);
+  void pressed(int);
+  void released(int);
+  void toggled(int);
+  void highlighted(int, bool);
+
+public slots:
+  /**
+   * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has
+   * potentially changed.  This includes such events as text changing,
+   * orientation changing, etc.
+   */
+   void modeChange();
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+
+protected:
+  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void showMenu();
+
+  /// @since 3.1
+  bool isRaised() const;
+  /// @since 3.1
+  bool isActive() const;
+  /// @since 3.1
+  int iconTextMode() const;
+
+protected slots:
+  void slotClicked();
+  void slotPressed();
+  void slotReleased();
+  void slotToggled();
+  void slotDelayTimeout();
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  KToolBarButtonPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects.
+* @internal
+* @version $Id$
+*/
+class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+{
+public:
+   KToolBarButtonList();
+   ~KToolBarButtonList() {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b97233
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "ktoolbarhandler.h"
+
+#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <ktoolbar.h>
+#include <kmainwindow.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+namespace
+{
+    const char *actionListName = "show_menu_and_toolbar_actionlist";
+
+    const char *guiDescription = ""
+        "<!DOCTYPE kpartgui><kpartgui name=\"StandardToolBarMenuHandler\">"
+        "<MenuBar>"
+        "    <Menu name=\"settings\">"
+        "        <ActionList name=\"%1\" />"
+        "    </Menu>"
+        "</MenuBar>"
+        "</kpartgui>";
+
+    const char *resourceFileName = "barhandler.rc";
+
+    class BarActionBuilder
+    {
+    public:
+        BarActionBuilder( KActionCollection *actionCollection, KMainWindow *mainWindow, QPtrList<KToolBar> &oldToolBarList )
+            : m_actionCollection( actionCollection ), m_mainWindow( mainWindow ), m_needsRebuild( false )
+        {
+/*US        
+            QPtrList<QDockWindow> dockWindows = m_mainWindow->dockWindows();
+            QPtrListIterator<QDockWindow> dockWindowIt( dockWindows );
+            for ( ; dockWindowIt.current(); ++dockWindowIt ) {
+
+//US                KToolBar *toolBar = dynamic_cast<KToolBar *>( dockWindowIt.current() );
+                KToolBar *toolBar = (KToolBar *)( dockWindowIt.current() );
+                if ( !toolBar )
+                    continue;
+
+                if ( oldToolBarList.findRef( toolBar ) == -1 )
+                    m_needsRebuild = true;
+
+                m_toolBars.append( toolBar );
+            }
+*/
+            if ( !m_needsRebuild )
+                m_needsRebuild = ( oldToolBarList.count() != m_toolBars.count() );
+                
+        }
+
+        bool needsRebuild() const { return m_needsRebuild; }
+
+        QPtrList<KAction> create()
+        {
+            if ( !m_needsRebuild )
+                return QPtrList<KAction>();
+
+            QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIt( m_toolBars );
+            for ( ; toolBarIt.current(); ++toolBarIt ) 
+                handleToolBar( toolBarIt.current() );
+
+            QPtrList<KAction> actions;
+
+            if ( m_toolBarActions.count() == 0 )
+                return actions;
+
+            if ( m_toolBarActions.count() == 1 ) {
+                m_toolBarActions.getFirst()->setText( i18n( "Show Toolbar" ) );
+                return m_toolBarActions;
+            }
+
+            KActionMenu *menuAction = new KActionMenu( i18n( "Toolbars" ), m_actionCollection, "toolbars_submenu_action" );
+
+            QPtrListIterator<KAction> actionIt( m_toolBarActions );
+            for ( ; actionIt.current(); ++actionIt )
+                menuAction->insert( actionIt.current() );
+
+            actions.append( menuAction );
+            return actions;
+        }
+
+        const QPtrList<KToolBar> &toolBars() const { return m_toolBars; }
+
+    private:
+        void handleToolBar( KToolBar *toolBar )
+        {
+            KAction *action = new KToggleToolBarAction( toolBar,
+                                                        i18n( "Show %1" ).arg( toolBar->label() ),
+                                                        m_actionCollection, 
+                                                        toolBar->name() );
+
+            m_toolBarActions.append( action );
+        }
+
+        KActionCollection *m_actionCollection;
+        KMainWindow *m_mainWindow;
+
+        QPtrList<KToolBar> m_toolBars; 
+        QPtrList<KAction> m_toolBarActions;
+
+        bool m_needsRebuild : 1;
+    };
+}
+
+using namespace KDEPrivate;
+
+ToolBarHandler::ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, const char *name )
+   : QObject( mainWindow, name ), KXMLGUIClient( mainWindow )
+{
+    init( mainWindow );
+}
+
+ToolBarHandler::ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, QObject *parent, const char *name ) 
+    : QObject( parent, name ), KXMLGUIClient( mainWindow )  
+{ 
+    init( mainWindow ); 
+}
+
+ToolBarHandler::~ToolBarHandler()
+{
+    m_actions.setAutoDelete( true );
+    m_actions.clear();
+}
+
+KAction *ToolBarHandler::toolBarMenuAction()
+{
+    assert( m_actions.count() == 1 );
+    return m_actions.getFirst();
+}
+
+void ToolBarHandler::setupActions()
+{
+//US    if ( !factory() || !m_mainWindow )
+    if ( !m_mainWindow )
+        return;
+
+    BarActionBuilder builder( actionCollection(), m_mainWindow, m_toolBars );
+
+    if ( !builder.needsRebuild() ) 
+        return;
+
+    unplugActionList( actionListName );
+
+    m_actions.setAutoDelete( true );
+    
+    m_actions.clear();
+    m_actions.setAutoDelete( false );
+
+    m_actions = builder.create();
+
+    /*
+    for (  QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIt( m_toolBars );
+           toolBarIt.current(); ++toolBarIt )
+        toolBarIt.current()->disconnect( this );
+        */
+
+    m_toolBars = builder.toolBars();
+
+    /*
+    for (  QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIt( m_toolBars );
+           toolBarIt.current(); ++toolBarIt )
+        connect( toolBarIt.current(), SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+                 this, SLOT( setupActions() ) );
+                 */
+
+//US    if (kapp && kapp->authorizeKAction("options_show_toolbar"))
+        plugActionList( actionListName, m_actions );
+
+    connectToActionContainers();
+}
+
+/*US
+void ToolBarHandler::clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient *client )
+{
+    if ( client == this )
+        setupActions();
+}
+*/
+
+void ToolBarHandler::init( KMainWindow *mainWindow )
+{
+    d = 0;
+    m_mainWindow = mainWindow;
+    
+/*US
+    connect( m_mainWindow->guiFactory(), SIGNAL( clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient * ) ),
+             this, SLOT( clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient * ) ) );
+*/
+    /* re-use an existing resource file if it exists. can happen if the user launches the
+     * toolbar editor */
+    /*
+    setXMLFile( resourceFileName );
+    */
+/*US
+    if ( domDocument().documentElement().isNull() ) {
+
+        QString completeDescription = QString::fromLatin1( guiDescription )
+            .arg( actionListName );
+
+        setXML( completeDescription, false*/ /*merge*/ /*);
+    }
+*/    
+}
+
+void ToolBarHandler::connectToActionContainers()
+{
+    QPtrListIterator<KAction> actionIt( m_actions );
+    for ( ; actionIt.current(); ++actionIt ) 
+        connectToActionContainer( actionIt.current() );
+}
+
+void ToolBarHandler::connectToActionContainer( KAction *action )
+{
+    uint containerCount = action->containerCount();
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < containerCount; ++i )
+        connectToActionContainer( action->container( i ) );
+}
+
+void ToolBarHandler::connectToActionContainer( QWidget *container )
+{
+//US    QPopupMenu *popupMenu = dynamic_cast<QPopupMenu *>( container );
+    QPopupMenu *popupMenu = (QPopupMenu *)( container );
+    if ( !popupMenu )
+        return;
+
+    connect( popupMenu, SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ),
+             this, SLOT( setupActions() ) );
+}
+
+//US #include "ktoolbarhandler.moc"
+
+/* vim: et sw=4 ts=4
+ */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1340ae
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KBARHANDLER_H
+#define KBARHANDLER_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qguardedptr.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+
+class KMainWindow;
+class KToolBar;
+
+namespace KDEPrivate
+{
+
+/// @since 3.1
+class ToolBarHandler : public QObject, public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, const char *name = 0 );
+    ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, QObject *parent, const char *name = 0 );
+    virtual ~ToolBarHandler();
+
+    KAction *toolBarMenuAction();
+    
+public slots:
+    void setupActions();
+
+private slots:
+//US    void clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient *client );
+
+private:
+    void init( KMainWindow *mainWindow );
+    void connectToActionContainers();
+    void connectToActionContainer( KAction *action );
+    void connectToActionContainer( QWidget *container );
+
+    struct Data;
+    Data *d;
+
+    QGuardedPtr<KMainWindow> m_mainWindow;
+    QPtrList<KAction> m_actions;
+    QPtrList<KToolBar> m_toolBars;
+};
+
+} // namespace KDEPrivate
+
+#endif // KBARHANDLER_H
+
+/* vim: et sw=4 ts=4
+ */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..073e30b
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,958 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kxmlguiclient.h"
+
+/*US
+#include "kxmlguifactory.h"
+#include "kxmlguibuilder.h"
+*/
+
+/*US
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qdom.h>
+#include <qtextstream.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+*/
+
+//US #include <kinstance.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+class KXMLGUIClientPrivate
+{
+public:
+  KXMLGUIClientPrivate()
+  {
+//US    m_instance = KGlobal::instance();
+//US    m_factory = 0L;
+    m_parent = 0L;
+//US    m_builder = 0L;
+    m_actionCollection = 0;
+  }
+  ~KXMLGUIClientPrivate()
+  {
+  }
+
+//US  KInstance *m_instance;
+
+//US  QDomDocument m_doc;
+  KActionCollection *m_actionCollection;
+//US  QDomDocument m_buildDocument;
+//US  KXMLGUIFactory *m_factory;
+  KXMLGUIClient *m_parent;
+  //QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> m_supers;
+  QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> m_children;
+//US  KXMLGUIBuilder *m_builder;
+//US  QString m_xmlFile;
+//US  QString m_localXMLFile;
+};
+
+KXMLGUIClient::KXMLGUIClient()
+{
+  d = new KXMLGUIClientPrivate;
+}
+
+KXMLGUIClient::KXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *parent )
+{
+  d = new KXMLGUIClientPrivate;
+  parent->insertChildClient( this );
+}
+
+KXMLGUIClient::~KXMLGUIClient()
+{
+  if ( d->m_parent )
+    d->m_parent->removeChildClient( this );
+
+  QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> it( d->m_children );
+  for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
+      assert( it.current()->d->m_parent == this );
+      it.current()->d->m_parent = 0;
+  }
+
+  delete d->m_actionCollection;
+  delete d;
+}
+
+KAction *KXMLGUIClient::action( const char *name ) const
+{
+  KAction* act = actionCollection()->action( name );
+  if ( !act ) {
+    QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
+    for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt ) {
+      act = childIt.current()->actionCollection()->action( name );
+      if ( act )
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return act;
+}
+
+KActionCollection *KXMLGUIClient::actionCollection() const
+{
+  if ( !d->m_actionCollection )
+    d->m_actionCollection = new KActionCollection( 0, 0,
+      "KXMLGUILClient-KActionCollection" );
+  return d->m_actionCollection;
+}
+
+/*US
+KAction *KXMLGUIClient::action( const QDomElement &element ) const
+{
+  static const QString &attrName = KGlobal::staticQString( "name" );
+  return actionCollection()->action( element.attribute( attrName ).latin1() );
+}
+
+KInstance *KXMLGUIClient::instance() const
+{
+  return d->m_instance;
+}
+
+QDomDocument KXMLGUIClient::domDocument() const
+{
+  return d->m_doc;
+}
+
+QString KXMLGUIClient::xmlFile() const
+{
+  return d->m_xmlFile;
+}
+
+QString KXMLGUIClient::localXMLFile() const
+{
+  if ( !d->m_localXMLFile.isEmpty() )
+    return d->m_localXMLFile;
+
+  if ( d->m_xmlFile[0] == '/' )
+      return QString::null; // can't save anything here
+
+  return locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( instance()->instanceName() + '/' ) + d->m_xmlFile );
+}
+
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::reloadXML()
+{
+    QString file( xmlFile() );
+    if ( !file.isEmpty() )
+        setXMLFile( file );
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::setInstance( KInstance *instance )
+{
+  d->m_instance = instance;
+  actionCollection()->setInstance( instance );
+  if ( d->m_builder )
+    d->m_builder->setBuilderClient( this );
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::setXMLFile( const QString& _file, bool merge, bool setXMLDoc )
+{
+  // store our xml file name
+  if ( !_file.isNull() ) {
+    d->m_xmlFile = _file;
+    actionCollection()->setXMLFile( _file );
+  }
+
+  if ( !setXMLDoc )
+    return;
+
+  QString file = _file;
+  if ( file[0] != '/' )
+  {
+    QString doc;
+
+    QString filter = QString::fromLatin1( instance()->instanceName() + '/' ) + _file;
+
+    QStringList allFiles = instance()->dirs()->findAllResources( "data", filter ) + instance()->dirs()->findAllResources( "data", _file );
+
+    file = findMostRecentXMLFile( allFiles, doc );
+
+    if ( file.isEmpty() )
+    {
+      // this might or might not be an error.  for the time being,
+      // let's treat this as if it isn't a problem and the user just
+      // wants the global standards file
+      setXML( QString::null, true );
+      return;
+    }
+    else if ( !doc.isEmpty() )
+    {
+      setXML( doc, merge );
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  QString xml = KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile( file );
+  setXML( xml, merge );
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::setLocalXMLFile( const QString &file )
+{
+    d->m_localXMLFile = file;
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::setXML( const QString &document, bool merge )
+{
+  QDomDocument doc;
+  doc.setContent( document );
+  setDOMDocument( doc, merge );
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::setDOMDocument( const QDomDocument &document, bool merge )
+{
+  if ( merge )
+  {
+    QDomElement base = d->m_doc.documentElement();
+
+    QDomElement e = document.documentElement();
+    KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( e );
+
+    // merge our original (global) xml with our new one
+    mergeXML(base, e, actionCollection());
+
+    // reassign our pointer as mergeXML might have done something
+    // strange to it
+    base = d->m_doc.documentElement();
+
+    // we want some sort of failsafe.. just in case
+    if ( base.isNull() )
+      d->m_doc = document;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    d->m_doc = document;
+    KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( d->m_doc );
+  }
+
+  setXMLGUIBuildDocument( QDomDocument() );
+}
+*/
+
+/*US
+bool KXMLGUIClient::mergeXML( QDomElement &base, const QDomElement &additive, KActionCollection *actionCollection )
+{
+  static const QString &tagAction = KGlobal::staticQString( "Action" );
+  static const QString &tagMerge = KGlobal::staticQString( "Merge" );
+  static const QString &tagSeparator = KGlobal::staticQString( "Separator" );
+  static const QString &attrName = KGlobal::staticQString( "name" );
+  static const QString &attrAppend = KGlobal::staticQString( "append" );
+  static const QString &attrWeakSeparator = KGlobal::staticQString( "weakSeparator" );
+  static const QString &tagMergeLocal = KGlobal::staticQString( "MergeLocal" );
+  static const QString &tagText = KGlobal::staticQString( "text" );
+  static const QString &attrAlreadyVisited = KGlobal::staticQString( "alreadyVisited" );
+  static const QString &attrNoMerge = KGlobal::staticQString( "noMerge" );
+  static const QString &attrOne = KGlobal::staticQString( "1" );
+
+  // there is a possibility that we don't want to merge in the
+  // additive.. rather, we might want to *replace* the base with the
+  // additive.  this can be for any container.. either at a file wide
+  // level or a simple container level.  we look for the 'noMerge'
+  // tag, in any event and just replace the old with the new
+  if ( additive.attribute(attrNoMerge) == attrOne ) // ### use toInt() instead? (Simon)
+  {
+    base.parentNode().replaceChild(additive, base);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  QString tag;
+
+  QDomElement e = base.firstChild().toElement();
+  // iterate over all elements in the container (of the global DOM tree)
+  while ( !e.isNull() )
+  {
+    tag = e.tagName();
+
+    // if there's an action tag in the global tree and the action is
+    // not implemented, then we remove the element
+    if ( tag == tagAction )
+    {
+      QCString name =  e.attribute( attrName ).utf8(); // WABA
+      if ( !actionCollection->action( name ) ||
+           (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name)))
+      {
+        // remove this child as we aren't using it
+        QDomElement oldChild = e;
+        e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+        base.removeChild( oldChild );
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // if there's a separator defined in the global tree, then add an
+    // attribute, specifying that this is a "weak" separator
+    else if ( tag == tagSeparator )
+    {
+      e.setAttribute( attrWeakSeparator, (uint)1 );
+
+      // okay, hack time. if the last item was a weak separator OR
+      // this is the first item in a container, then we nuke the
+      // current one
+      QDomElement prev = e.previousSibling().toElement();
+      if ( prev.isNull() ||
+         ( prev.tagName() == tagSeparator && !prev.attribute( attrWeakSeparator ).isNull() ) ||
+         ( prev.tagName() == tagText ) )
+      {
+        // the previous element was a weak separator or didn't exist
+        QDomElement oldChild = e;
+        e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+        base.removeChild( oldChild );
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // the MergeLocal tag lets us specify where non-standard elements
+    // of the local tree shall be merged in.  After inserting the
+    // elements we delete this element
+    else if ( tag == tagMergeLocal )
+    {
+      QDomElement currElement = e;
+
+      // switch our iterator "e" to the next sibling, so that we don't
+      // process the local tree's inserted items!
+      e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+
+      QDomElement it = additive.firstChild().toElement();
+      while ( !it.isNull() )
+      {
+        QDomElement newChild = it;
+
+        it = it.nextSibling().toElement();
+
+        if ( newChild.tagName() == tagText )
+          continue;
+
+        if ( newChild.attribute( attrAlreadyVisited ) == attrOne )
+          continue;
+
+        QString itAppend( newChild.attribute( attrAppend ) );
+        QString elemName( currElement.attribute( attrName ) );
+
+        if ( ( itAppend.isNull() && elemName.isEmpty() ) ||
+             ( itAppend == elemName ) )
+        {
+          // first, see if this new element matches a standard one in
+          // the global file.  if it does, then we skip it as it will
+          // be merged in, later
+          QDomElement matchingElement = findMatchingElement( newChild, base );
+          if ( matchingElement.isNull() || newChild.tagName() == tagSeparator )
+            base.insertBefore( newChild, currElement );
+        }
+      }
+
+      base.removeChild( currElement );
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // in this last case we check for a separator tag and, if not, we
+    // can be sure that its a container --> proceed with child nodes
+    // recursively and delete the just proceeded container item in
+    // case its empty (if the recursive call returns true)
+    else if ( tag != tagMerge )
+    {
+      // handle the text tag
+      if ( tag == tagText )
+      {
+        e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      QDomElement matchingElement = findMatchingElement( e, additive );
+
+      QDomElement currElement = e;
+      e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+
+      if ( !matchingElement.isNull() )
+      {
+        matchingElement.setAttribute( attrAlreadyVisited, (uint)1 );
+
+        if ( mergeXML( currElement, matchingElement, actionCollection ) )
+        {
+          base.removeChild( currElement );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        // Merge attributes
+        QDomNamedNodeMap attribs = matchingElement.attributes();
+        for(uint i = 0; i < attribs.count(); i++)
+        {
+          QDomNode node = attribs.item(i);
+          currElement.setAttribute(node.nodeName(), node.nodeValue());
+        }
+
+        continue;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // this is an important case here! We reach this point if the
+        // "local" tree does not contain a container definition for
+        // this container. However we have to call mergeXML recursively
+        // and make it check if there are actions implemented for this
+        // container. *If* none, then we can remove this container now
+        if ( mergeXML( currElement, QDomElement(), actionCollection ) )
+          base.removeChild( currElement );
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    //I think this can be removed ;-)
+    e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+  }
+
+  //here we append all child elements which were not inserted
+  //previously via the LocalMerge tag
+  e = additive.firstChild().toElement();
+  while ( !e.isNull() )
+  {
+    QDomElement matchingElement = findMatchingElement( e, base );
+
+    if ( matchingElement.isNull() )
+    {
+      QDomElement newChild = e;
+      e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+      base.appendChild( newChild );
+    }
+    else
+      e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
+  }
+
+  // do one quick check to make sure that the last element was not
+  // a weak separator
+  QDomElement last = base.lastChild().toElement();
+  if ( (last.tagName() == tagSeparator) && (!last.attribute( attrWeakSeparator ).isNull()) )
+  {
+    base.removeChild( base.lastChild() );
+  }
+
+  // now we check if we are empty (in which case we return "true", to
+  // indicate the caller that it can delete "us" (the base element
+  // argument of "this" call)
+  bool deleteMe = true;
+  e = base.firstChild().toElement();
+  for ( ; !e.isNull(); e = e.nextSibling().toElement() )
+  {
+    tag = e.tagName();
+
+    if ( tag == tagAction )
+    {
+      // if base contains an implemented action, then we must not get
+      // deleted (note that the actionCollection contains both,
+      // "global" and "local" actions
+      if ( actionCollection->action( e.attribute( attrName ).utf8() ) )
+      {
+        deleteMe = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( tag == tagSeparator )
+    {
+      // if we have a separator which has *not* the weak attribute
+      // set, then it must be owned by the "local" tree in which case
+      // we must not get deleted either
+      QString weakAttr = e.attribute( attrWeakSeparator );
+      if ( weakAttr.isEmpty() || weakAttr.toInt() != 1 )
+      {
+        deleteMe = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // in case of a merge tag we have unlimited lives, too ;-)
+    else if ( tag == tagMerge )
+    {
+//      deleteMe = false;
+//      break;
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    // a text tag is NOT enough to spare this container
+    else if ( tag == tagText )
+    {
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // what's left are non-empty containers! *don't* delete us in this
+    // case (at this position we can be *sure* that the container is
+    // *not* empty, as the recursive call for it was in the first loop
+    // which deleted the element in case the call returned "true"
+    else
+    {
+      deleteMe = false;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return deleteMe;
+}
+
+QDomElement KXMLGUIClient::findMatchingElement( const QDomElement &base, const QDomElement &additive )
+{
+  static const QString &tagAction = KGlobal::staticQString( "Action" );
+  static const QString &tagMergeLocal = KGlobal::staticQString( "MergeLocal" );
+  static const QString &attrName = KGlobal::staticQString( "name" );
+
+  QDomElement e = additive.firstChild().toElement();
+  for ( ; !e.isNull(); e = e.nextSibling().toElement() )
+  {
+    // skip all action and merge tags as we will never use them
+    if ( ( e.tagName() == tagAction ) || ( e.tagName() == tagMergeLocal ) )
+    {
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // now see if our tags are equivalent
+    if ( ( e.tagName() == base.tagName() ) &&
+         ( e.attribute( attrName ) == base.attribute( attrName ) ) )
+    {
+        return e;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // nope, return a (now) null element
+  return e;
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::conserveMemory()
+{
+  d->m_doc = QDomDocument();
+  d->m_buildDocument = QDomDocument();
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::setXMLGUIBuildDocument( const QDomDocument &doc )
+{
+  d->m_buildDocument = doc;
+}
+
+QDomDocument KXMLGUIClient::xmlguiBuildDocument() const
+{
+  return d->m_buildDocument;
+}
+*/
+
+/*US
+void KXMLGUIClient::setFactory( KXMLGUIFactory *factory )
+{
+  d->m_factory = factory;
+}
+
+KXMLGUIFactory *KXMLGUIClient::factory() const
+{
+  return d->m_factory;
+}
+*/
+KXMLGUIClient *KXMLGUIClient::parentClient() const
+{
+  return d->m_parent;
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::insertChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child )
+{
+  if (  child->d->m_parent )
+    child->d->m_parent->removeChildClient( child );
+   d->m_children.append( child );
+   child->d->m_parent = this;
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::removeChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child )
+{
+  assert( d->m_children.containsRef( child ) );
+  d->m_children.removeRef( child );
+  child->d->m_parent = 0;
+}
+
+/*bool KXMLGUIClient::addSuperClient( KXMLGUIClient *super )
+{
+  if ( d->m_supers.contains( super ) )
+    return false;
+  d->m_supers.append( super );
+  return true;
+}*/
+
+const QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> *KXMLGUIClient::childClients()
+{
+  return &d->m_children;
+}
+/*US
+void KXMLGUIClient::setClientBuilder( KXMLGUIBuilder *builder )
+{
+  d->m_builder = builder;
+  if ( builder )
+    builder->setBuilderInstance( instance() );
+}
+
+KXMLGUIBuilder *KXMLGUIClient::clientBuilder() const
+{
+  return d->m_builder;
+}
+*/
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::plugActionList( const QString &name, const QPtrList<KAction> &actionList )
+{
+/*US  
+  if ( !d->m_factory )
+    return;
+
+  d->m_factory->plugActionList( this, name, actionList );
+*/  
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::unplugActionList( const QString &name )
+{
+/*US
+  if ( !d->m_factory )
+    return;
+
+  d->m_factory->unplugActionList( this, name );
+*/  
+}
+
+/*US
+QString KXMLGUIClient::findMostRecentXMLFile( const QStringList &files, QString &doc )
+{
+
+  QValueList<DocStruct> allDocuments;
+
+  QStringList::ConstIterator it = files.begin();
+  QStringList::ConstIterator end = files.end();
+  for (; it != end; ++it )
+  {
+    //kdDebug() << "KXMLGUIClient::findMostRecentXMLFile " << *it << endl;
+    QString data = KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile( *it );
+    DocStruct d;
+    d.file = *it;
+    d.data = data;
+    allDocuments.append( d );
+  }
+
+  QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator best = allDocuments.end();
+  uint bestVersion = 0;
+
+  QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator docIt = allDocuments.begin();
+  QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator docEnd = allDocuments.end();
+  for (; docIt != docEnd; ++docIt )
+  {
+    QString versionStr = findVersionNumber( (*docIt).data );
+    if ( versionStr.isEmpty() )
+      continue;
+
+    bool ok = false;
+    uint version = versionStr.toUInt( &ok );
+    if ( !ok )
+      continue;
+    //kdDebug() << "FOUND VERSION " << version << endl;
+
+    if ( version > bestVersion )
+    {
+      best = docIt;
+      //kdDebug() << "best version is now " << version << endl;
+      bestVersion = version;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( best != docEnd )
+  {
+    if ( best != allDocuments.begin() )
+    {
+      QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator local = allDocuments.begin();
+
+      // load the local document and extract the action properties
+      QDomDocument document;
+      document.setContent( (*local).data );
+
+      ActionPropertiesMap properties = extractActionProperties( document );
+
+      // in case the document has a ActionProperties section
+      // we must not delete it but copy over the global doc
+      // to the local and insert the ActionProperties section
+      if ( !properties.isEmpty() )
+      {
+          // now load the global one with the higher version number
+          // into memory
+          document.setContent( (*best).data );
+          // and store the properties in there
+          storeActionProperties( document, properties );
+
+          (*local).data = document.toString();
+          // make sure we pick up the new local doc, when we return later
+          best = local;
+
+          // write out the new version of the local document
+          QFile f( (*local).file );
+          if ( f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) )
+          {
+            QCString utf8data = (*local).data.utf8();
+            f.writeBlock( utf8data.data(), utf8data.length() );
+            f.close();
+          }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        QString f = (*local).file;
+        QString backup = f + QString::fromLatin1( ".backup" );
+        QDir dir;
+        dir.rename( f, backup );
+      }
+    }
+    doc = (*best).data;
+    return (*best).file;
+  }
+  else if ( files.count() > 0 )
+  {
+    //kdDebug() << "returning first one..." << endl;
+    doc = (*allDocuments.begin()).data;
+    return (*allDocuments.begin()).file;
+  }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+
+
+QString KXMLGUIClient::findVersionNumber( const QString &xml )
+{
+  enum { ST_START, ST_AFTER_OPEN, ST_AFTER_GUI,
+               ST_EXPECT_VERSION, ST_VERSION_NUM} state = ST_START;
+  for (unsigned int pos = 0; pos < xml.length(); pos++)
+  {
+    switch (state)
+    {
+      case ST_START:
+        if (xml[pos] == '<')
+          state = ST_AFTER_OPEN;
+        break;
+      case ST_AFTER_OPEN:
+      {
+        //Jump to gui..
+        int guipos = xml.find("gui", pos, false);
+        if (guipos == -1)
+          return QString::null; //Reject
+
+        pos = guipos + 2; //Position at i, so we're moved ahead to the next character by the ++;
+        state = ST_AFTER_GUI;
+        break;
+      }       
+      case ST_AFTER_GUI:
+        state = ST_EXPECT_VERSION;
+        break;
+      case ST_EXPECT_VERSION:
+      {
+        int verpos =  xml.find("version=\"", pos, false );
+        if (verpos == -1)
+          return QString::null; //Reject
+
+        pos = verpos +  8; //v = 0, e = +1, r = +2, s = +3 , i = +4, o = +5, n = +6, = = +7, " = + 8
+        state = ST_VERSION_NUM;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ST_VERSION_NUM:
+      {
+        unsigned int endpos;
+        for (endpos = pos; endpos <  xml.length(); endpos++)
+        {
+          if (xml[endpos].unicode() >= '0' && xml[endpos].unicode() <= '9')
+            continue; //Number..
+          if (xml[endpos].unicode() == '"') //End of parameter
+            break;
+          else //This shouldn't be here..
+          {
+            endpos = xml.length();
+          }                  
+        }
+
+        if (endpos != pos && endpos < xml.length() )
+        {
+          QString matchCandidate = xml.mid(pos, endpos - pos); //Don't include " ".
+          return matchCandidate;
+        }
+
+        state = ST_EXPECT_VERSION; //Try to match a well-formed version..            
+        break;
+      } //case..
+    } //switch
+  } //for
+ 
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+KXMLGUIClient::ActionPropertiesMap KXMLGUIClient::extractActionProperties( const QDomDocument &doc )
+{
+  ActionPropertiesMap properties;
+
+  QDomElement actionPropElement = doc.documentElement().namedItem( "ActionProperties" ).toElement();
+
+  if ( actionPropElement.isNull() )
+    return properties;
+
+  QDomNode n = actionPropElement.firstChild();
+  for (; !n.isNull(); n = n.nextSibling() )
+  {
+    QDomElement e = n.toElement();
+    if ( e.isNull() )
+      continue;
+
+    if ( e.tagName().lower() != "action" )
+      continue;
+
+    QString actionName = e.attribute( "name" );
+
+    if ( actionName.isEmpty() )
+      continue;
+
+    QMap<QString, QMap<QString, QString> >::Iterator propIt = properties.find( actionName );
+    if ( propIt == properties.end() )
+      propIt = properties.insert( actionName, QMap<QString, QString>() );
+
+    QDomNamedNodeMap attributes = e.attributes();
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < attributes.length(); ++i )
+    {
+      QDomAttr attr = attributes.item( i ).toAttr();
+
+      if ( attr.isNull() )
+        continue;
+
+      QString name = attr.name();
+
+      if ( name == "name" || name.isEmpty() )
+        continue;
+
+      (*propIt)[ name ] = attr.value();
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  return properties;
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::storeActionProperties( QDomDocument &doc, const ActionPropertiesMap &properties )
+{
+  QDomElement actionPropElement = doc.documentElement().namedItem( "ActionProperties" ).toElement();
+
+  if ( actionPropElement.isNull() )
+  {
+    actionPropElement = doc.createElement( "ActionProperties" );
+    doc.documentElement().appendChild( actionPropElement );
+  }
+
+  while ( !actionPropElement.firstChild().isNull() )
+    actionPropElement.removeChild( actionPropElement.firstChild() );
+
+  ActionPropertiesMap::ConstIterator it = properties.begin();
+  ActionPropertiesMap::ConstIterator end = properties.end();
+  for (; it != end; ++it )
+  {
+    QDomElement action = doc.createElement( "Action" );
+    action.setAttribute( "name", it.key() );
+    actionPropElement.appendChild( action );
+
+    QMap<QString, QString> attributes = (*it);
+    QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator attrIt = attributes.begin();
+    QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator attrEnd = attributes.end();
+    for (; attrIt != attrEnd; ++attrIt )
+      action.setAttribute( attrIt.key(), attrIt.data() );
+  }
+}
+*/
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionEnabled(const QString& state,
+                                          const QString& action)
+{
+  StateChange stateChange = getActionsToChangeForState(state);
+
+  stateChange.actionsToEnable.append( action );
+  //kdDebug() << "KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionEnabled( " << state << ", " << action << ")" << endl;
+
+  m_actionsStateMap.replace( state, stateChange );
+}
+
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionDisabled(const QString& state,
+                                           const QString& action)
+{
+  StateChange stateChange = getActionsToChangeForState(state);
+
+  stateChange.actionsToDisable.append( action );
+  //kdDebug() << "KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionDisabled( " << state << ", " << action << ")" << endl;
+
+  m_actionsStateMap.replace( state, stateChange );
+}
+
+
+KXMLGUIClient::StateChange KXMLGUIClient::getActionsToChangeForState(const QString& state)
+{
+  return m_actionsStateMap[state];
+}
+
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::stateChanged(const QString &newstate, KXMLGUIClient::ReverseStateChange reverse)
+{
+  StateChange stateChange = getActionsToChangeForState(newstate);
+
+  bool setTrue = (reverse == StateNoReverse);
+  bool setFalse = !setTrue;
+
+  // Enable actions which need to be enabled...
+  //
+  for ( QStringList::Iterator it = stateChange.actionsToEnable.begin();
+        it != stateChange.actionsToEnable.end(); ++it ) {
+
+    KAction *action = actionCollection()->action((*it).latin1());
+    if (action) action->setEnabled(setTrue);
+  }
+
+  // and disable actions which need to be disabled...
+  //
+  for ( QStringList::Iterator it = stateChange.actionsToDisable.begin();
+        it != stateChange.actionsToDisable.end(); ++it ) {
+
+    KAction *action = actionCollection()->action((*it).latin1());
+    if (action) action->setEnabled(setFalse);
+  }
+
+}
+/*US
+void KXMLGUIClient::beginXMLPlug( QWidget *w )
+{
+  actionCollection()->beginXMLPlug( w );
+  QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
+  for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt )
+    childIt.current()->actionCollection()->beginXMLPlug( w );
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::endXMLPlug()
+{
+  actionCollection()->endXMLPlug();
+  QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
+  for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt )
+    childIt.current()->actionCollection()->endXMLPlug();
+}
+
+void KXMLGUIClient::prepareXMLUnplug( QWidget * )
+{
+  actionCollection()->prepareXMLUnplug();
+  QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
+  for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt )
+    childIt.current()->actionCollection()->prepareXMLUnplug();
+}
+*/
+void KXMLGUIClient::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd74c8e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef _KXMLGUICLIENT_H
+#define _KXMLGUICLIENT_H
+
+
+//US #include <qdom.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+class QWidget;
+class KAction;
+class KActionCollection;
+class KInstance;
+
+class KXMLGUIClientPrivate;
+class KXMLGUIFactory;
+class KXMLGUIBuilder;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * A KXMLGUIClient can be used with @ref KXMLGUIFactory to create a
+ * GUI from actions and an XML document, and can be dynamically merged
+ * with other KXMLGUIClients.
+ */
+class KXMLGUIClient
+{
+    friend class KEditToolbarWidget; // for setXMLFile(3 args)
+public:
+  /**
+   * Constructs a KXMLGUIClient which can be used with a
+   * @ref KXMLGUIFactory to create a GUI from actions and an XML document, and
+   * which can be dynamically merged with other KXMLGUIClients.
+   */
+  KXMLGUIClient();
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a KXMLGUIClient which can be used with a @ref KXMLGUIFactory
+   * to create a GUI from actions and an XML document,
+   * and which can be dynamically merged with other KXMLGUIClients.
+   *
+   * This constructor takes an additional @p parent argument, which makes
+   * the client a child client of the parent.
+   *
+   * Child clients are automatically added to the GUI if the parent is added.
+   *
+   */
+  KXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *parent );
+
+  /**
+   * Destructs the KXMLGUIClient.
+   */
+  virtual ~KXMLGUIClient();
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves an action of the client by name.  If not found, it looks in its child clients.
+   * This method is provided for convenience, as it uses @ref #actionCollection()
+   * to get the action object.
+   */
+  KAction* action( const char* name ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves an action for a given @ref QDomElement. The default
+   * implementation uses the "name" attribute to query the action
+   * object via the other action() method.
+   */
+//US  virtual KAction *action( const QDomElement &element ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves the entire action collection for the GUI client
+   */
+  virtual KActionCollection* actionCollection() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return The instance (@ref KInstance) for this part.
+   */
+//US  virtual KInstance *instance() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return The parsed XML in a @ref QDomDocument, set by @ref
+   * setXMLFile() or @ref setXML().
+   * This document describes the layout of the GUI.
+   */
+//US  virtual QDomDocument domDocument() const;
+
+  /**
+   * This will return the name of the XML file as set by @ref #setXMLFile().
+   * If @ref #setXML() is used directly, then this will return NULL.
+   *
+   * The filename that this returns is obvious for components as each
+   * component has exactly one XML file.  In non-components, however,
+   * there are usually two: the global file and the local file.  This
+   * function doesn't really care about that, though.  It will always
+   * return the last XML file set.  This, in almost all cases, will
+   * be the local XML file.
+   *
+   * @return The name of the XML file or QString::null
+   */
+//US  virtual QString xmlFile() const;
+
+//US  virtual QString localXMLFile() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+//US  void setXMLGUIBuildDocument( const QDomDocument &doc );
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+//US  QDomDocument xmlguiBuildDocument() const;
+
+  /**
+   * This method is called by the @ref KXMLGUIFactory as soon as the client
+   * is added to the KXMLGUIFactory's GUI.
+   */
+//US  void setFactory( KXMLGUIFactory *factory );
+  /**
+   * Retrieves a pointer to the @ref KXMLGUIFactory this client is
+   * associated with (will return 0L if the client's GUI has not been built
+   * by a KXMLGUIFactory.
+   */
+//US  KXMLGUIFactory *factory() const;
+
+  /**
+   * KXMLGUIClients can form a simple child/parent object tree. This
+   * method returns a pointer to the parent client or 0L if it has no
+   * parent client assigned.
+   */
+  KXMLGUIClient *parentClient() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Use this method to make a client a child client of another client.
+   * Usually you don't need to call this method, as it is called
+   * automatically when using the second constructor, which takes a
+   * arent argument.
+   */
+  void insertChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child );
+
+  /**
+   * Removes the given @p child from the client's children list.
+   */
+  void removeChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child );
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves a list of all child clients.
+   */
+  const QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> *childClients();
+
+  /**
+   * A client can have an own @ref KXMLGUIBuilder.
+   * Use this method to assign your builder instance to the client (so that the
+   * @ref KXMLGUIFactory can use it when building the client's GUI)
+   *
+   * Client specific guibuilders are useful if you want to create
+   * custom container widgets for your GUI.
+   */
+//US  void setClientBuilder( KXMLGUIBuilder *builder );
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves the client's GUI builder or 0L if no client specific
+   * builder has been assigned via @ref #setClientBuilder()
+   */
+//US  KXMLGUIBuilder *clientBuilder() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Forces this client to re-read its XML resource file.  This is
+   * intended to be used when you know that the resource file has
+   * changed and you will soon be rebuilding the GUI.  It has no
+   * useful effect with non-KParts GUIs, so don't bother using it
+   * unless your app is component based.
+   */
+//US  void reloadXML();
+
+  /**
+   * ActionLists are a way for XMLGUI to support dynamic lists of
+   * actions.  E.g. if you are writing a file manager, and there is a
+   * menu file whose contents depend on the mimetype of the file that
+   * is selected, then you can achieve this using ActionLists. It
+   * works as follows:
+   * In your xxxui.rc file ( the one that you set in @ref setXMLFile()
+   * ), you put an <ActionList name="xxx"> tag.  E.g.
+   * \verbatim
+   * <kpartgui name="xxx_part" version="1">
+   * <MenuBar>
+   *   <Menu name="file">
+   *     ...  <!-- some useful actions-->
+   *     <ActionList name="xxx_file_actionlist" />
+   *     ...  <!-- even more useful actions-->
+   *   </Menu>
+   *   ...
+   * </MenuBar>
+   * </kpartgui>
+   * \endverbatim
+   *
+   * This tag will get expanded to a list of actions.  In the example
+   * above ( a file manager with a dynamic file menu ), you would call
+   * \code
+   * QPtrList<KAction> file_actions;
+   * for( ... )
+   *   if( ... )
+   *     file_actions.append( cool_action );
+   * unplugActionList( "xxx_file_actionlist" );
+   * plugActionList( "xxx_file_actionlist", file_actions );
+   * \endcode
+   * every time a file is selected, unselected or ...
+   *
+   * \note You should not call createGUI() after calling this
+   *       function.  In fact, that would remove the newly added
+   *       actionlists again...
+   * \note Forgetting to call unplugActionList() before
+   *       plugActionList() would leave the previous actions in the
+   *       menu too..
+   */
+  void plugActionList( const QString &name, const QPtrList<KAction> &actionList );
+
+  /**
+   * The complement of \ref plugActionList() ...
+   */
+  void unplugActionList( const QString &name );
+
+//US  static QString findMostRecentXMLFile( const QStringList &files, QString &doc );
+
+  void addStateActionEnabled(const QString& state, const QString& action);
+
+  void addStateActionDisabled(const QString& state, const QString& action);
+
+  enum ReverseStateChange { StateNoReverse, StateReverse };
+  struct StateChange
+  {
+    QStringList actionsToEnable;
+    QStringList actionsToDisable;
+  };
+
+  StateChange getActionsToChangeForState(const QString& state);
+
+  /// @since 3.1
+//US  void beginXMLPlug( QWidget * );
+  /// @since 3.1
+//US  void endXMLPlug();
+  /// @since 3.1
+//US  void prepareXMLUnplug( QWidget * );
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   * Returns true if client was added to super client list.
+   * Returns false if client was already in list.
+   */
+  //bool addSuperClient( KXMLGUIClient * );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the instance (@ref KInstance) for this part.
+   *
+   * Call this first in the inherited class constructor.
+   * (At least before @ref setXMLFile().)
+   */
+//US  virtual void setInstance( KInstance *instance );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the name of the rc file containing the XML for the part.
+   *
+   * Call this in the Part-inherited class constructor.
+   *
+   * @param file Either an absolute path for the file, or simply the
+   *             filename, which will then be assumed to be installed
+   *             in the "data" resource, under a directory named like
+   *             the instance.
+   * @param setXML Specify whether to call setXML. Default is true.
+   *               and the DOM document at once.
+   **/
+//US  virtual void setXMLFile( const QString& file, bool merge = false, bool setXMLDoc = true );
+
+//US  virtual void setLocalXMLFile( const QString &file );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the XML for the part.
+   *
+   * Call this in the Part-inherited class constructor if you
+   *  don't call @ref setXMLFile().
+   **/
+//US  virtual void setXML( const QString &document, bool merge = false );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the Document for the part, describing the layout of the GUI.
+   *
+   * Call this in the Part-inherited class constructor if you don't call
+   * @ref setXMLFile or @ref setXML .
+   */
+//US  virtual void setDOMDocument( const QDomDocument &document, bool merge = false );
+
+  /**
+   * This function will attempt to give up some memory after the GUI
+   * is built.  It should never be used in apps where the GUI may be
+   * rebuilt at some later time (components, for instance).
+   */
+//US  virtual void conserveMemory();
+
+  /**
+   * Actions can collectively be assigned a "State". To accomplish this
+   * the respective actions are tagged as <enable> or <disable> in
+   * a <State> </State> group of the XMLfile. During program execution the
+   * programmer can call stateChanged() to set actions to a defined state.
+   *
+   * @param newstate Name of a State in the XMLfile.
+   * @param reverse If the flag reverse is set to StateReverse, the State is reversed.
+   * (actions to be enabled will be disabled and action to be disabled will be enabled)
+   * Default is reverse=false.
+   */
+   virtual void stateChanged(const QString &newstate, ReverseStateChange reverse = StateNoReverse);
+
+   // Use this one for KDE 4.0
+   //virtual void stateChanged(const QString &newstate, bool reverse = false);
+
+private:
+/*US  
+  struct DocStruct
+  {
+    QString file;
+    QString data;
+  };
+
+  bool mergeXML( QDomElement &base, const QDomElement &additive,
+                 KActionCollection *actionCollection );
+
+  QDomElement findMatchingElement( const QDomElement &base,
+                                   const QDomElement &additive );
+*/
+  typedef QMap<QString, QMap<QString, QString> > ActionPropertiesMap;
+
+//US  static ActionPropertiesMap extractActionProperties( const QDomDocument &doc );
+
+//US  static void storeActionProperties( QDomDocument &doc, const ActionPropertiesMap &properties );
+
+//US  static QString findVersionNumber( const QString &_xml );
+
+  // Actions to enable/disable on a state change
+  QMap<QString,StateChange> m_actionsStateMap;
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  KXMLGUIClientPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdialog.cpp b/microkde/kdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d62cdd
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+
+#include <kdialog.h>
+#include <qapp.h>
+
+    
+KDialog::KDialog( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal ) :
+      QDialog( parent, name, modal ) 
+{
+    ;
+
+}
+
+int KDialog::spacingHint() { return 3; }
+int KDialog::marginHint() { return 3; }
+
+int KDialog::spacingHintSmall() { if (QApplication::desktop()->width() < 700 ) return 1;else return 3; }
+int KDialog::marginHintSmall() { if (QApplication::desktop()->width() < 700 ) return 1;else return 3; }
diff --git a/microkde/kdialog.h b/microkde/kdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..703d268
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KDIALOG_H
+#define MINIKDE_KDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qdialog.h>
+
+class KDialog : public QDialog
+{ 
+    Q_OBJECT
+  public:
+    KDialog( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true );
+
+    static int spacingHint();
+    static int marginHint();
+    static int spacingHintSmall();
+    static int marginHintSmall();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdialogbase.cpp b/microkde/kdialogbase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ea2053
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdialogbase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qframe.h>
+
+
+#include "klocale.h"
+#include "kdebug.h"
+
+#include "kdialogbase.h"
+
+KDialogBase::KDialogBase()
+{
+}
+
+KDialogBase::KDialogBase( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal,
+             const QString &caption,
+             int buttonMask, ButtonCode defaultButton,
+             bool separator, 
+             const QString &user1,
+             const QString &user2,
+             const QString &user3) :
+    KDialog( parent, name, modal )
+{
+  init( caption, buttonMask, user1, user2 );
+  if (findButton( defaultButton ) )
+  (findButton( defaultButton ) )->setFocus();
+
+}
+
+KDialogBase::KDialogBase( int dialogFace, const QString &caption, 
+             int buttonMask, ButtonCode defaultButton, 
+             QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal, 
+             bool separator,
+             const QString &user1,
+             const QString &user2,
+             const QString &user3) :
+    KDialog( parent, name, modal )
+{
+    init( caption, buttonMask, user1, user2 );
+  if (findButton( defaultButton ) )
+  (findButton( defaultButton ) )->setFocus();
+
+}
+
+KDialogBase::~KDialogBase()
+{
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::init( const QString &caption, int buttonMask,
+                        const QString &user1 ,const QString &user2 )
+{
+  mMainWidget = 0;
+  mTabWidget = 0;
+  mPlainPage = 0;
+  mTopLayout = 0;
+  if ( !caption.isEmpty() ) {
+    setCaption( caption );
+  }
+
+  if ( buttonMask & User1 ) {
+    mUser1Button = new QPushButton( user1, this );
+    connect( mUser1Button, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotUser1() ) );
+  } else {
+    mUser1Button = 0;
+  }
+  if ( buttonMask & User2 ) {
+    mUser2Button = new QPushButton( user2, this );
+    connect( mUser2Button, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotUser2() ) );
+  } else {
+    mUser2Button = 0;
+  }
+
+  if ( buttonMask & Ok ) {
+    mOkButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Ok"), this );
+    connect( mOkButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotOk() ) );
+  } else {
+    mOkButton = 0;
+  }
+
+  if ( buttonMask & Apply ) {
+    mApplyButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Apply"), this );
+    connect( mApplyButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotApply() ) );
+  } else {
+    mApplyButton = 0;
+  }
+
+  if ( buttonMask & Cancel ) {
+    mCancelButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Cancel"), this );
+    connect( mCancelButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotCancel() ) );
+  } else {
+    mCancelButton = 0;
+  }
+
+  if ( buttonMask & Close ) {
+    mCloseButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Close"), this );
+    connect( mCloseButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotClose() ) );
+  } else {
+    mCloseButton = 0;
+  } 
+}
+
+QTabWidget *KDialogBase::tabWidget()
+{
+  if ( !mTabWidget ) {
+    mTabWidget = new QTabWidget( this );
+    setMainWidget( mTabWidget );
+  }
+  return mTabWidget;
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::hideButtons()
+{
+    if ( mUser1Button ) mUser1Button->hide() ;
+    if ( mUser2Button ) mUser2Button->hide() ;
+    if ( mOkButton ) mOkButton->hide()  ;
+    if ( mApplyButton )  mApplyButton->hide()  ;
+    if ( mCancelButton ) mCancelButton->hide()  ;
+    if ( mCloseButton ) mCloseButton->hide()  ;
+  
+}
+void KDialogBase::initLayout()
+{
+ 
+  delete mTopLayout;
+  mTopLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+  mTopLayout->setMargin( marginHint() );
+  mTopLayout->setSpacing( spacingHint() );
+  
+  mTopLayout->addWidget( mMainWidget );
+  
+  QBoxLayout *buttonLayout = new QHBoxLayout;
+  mTopLayout->addLayout( buttonLayout );
+  
+  if ( mUser1Button ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mUser1Button );
+  if ( mUser2Button ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mUser2Button );
+  if ( mOkButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mOkButton );
+  if ( mApplyButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mApplyButton );
+  if ( mCancelButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mCancelButton );
+  if ( mCloseButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mCloseButton );
+}
+
+QFrame *KDialogBase::addPage( const QString &name )
+{
+//  kdDebug() << "KDialogBase::addPage(): " << name << endl;
+  QFrame *frame = new QFrame( tabWidget() );
+  tabWidget()->addTab( frame, name );
+  return frame;
+}
+
+QFrame *KDialogBase::addPage( const QString &name, int, const QPixmap & )
+{
+  return addPage( name );
+}
+
+
+void KDialogBase::setMainWidget( QWidget *widget )
+{
+  kdDebug() << "KDialogBase::setMainWidget()" << endl;
+
+  mMainWidget = widget;
+  initLayout();
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::setButtonText( ButtonCode id, const QString &text )
+{
+  QPushButton *button = findButton( id );
+  if ( button ) {
+    button->setText( text );
+  }
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::enableButton( ButtonCode id, bool state )
+{
+  QPushButton *button = findButton( id );
+  if ( button ) {
+    button->setEnabled( state );
+  }
+}
+
+QPushButton *KDialogBase::findButton( ButtonCode id )
+{
+  QPushButton *button = 0;
+  switch ( id ) {
+    case Ok:
+      button = mOkButton;
+      break;
+    case Apply:
+      button = mApplyButton;
+      break;
+    case User1:
+      button = mUser1Button;
+      break;
+    case User2:
+      button = mUser2Button;
+      break;
+    case Cancel:
+      button = mCancelButton;
+      break;
+    case Close:
+      button = mCloseButton;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;      
+  }
+  return button;
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::enableButtonOK( bool state )
+{
+  enableButton( Ok, state );
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::enableButtonApply( bool state )
+{
+  enableButton( Apply, state );
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::showButton( ButtonCode id, bool show )
+{
+  QPushButton *button = findButton( id );
+  if ( button ) {
+    if ( show ) button->show();
+    else button->hide();
+  }
+}
+
+int KDialogBase::pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+bool KDialogBase::showPage( int index )
+{
+    tabWidget()->setCurrentPage( index );return false;
+}
+
+QFrame *KDialogBase::plainPage()
+{
+  if ( !mPlainPage ) {
+    mPlainPage = new QFrame( this );
+    setMainWidget( mPlainPage );
+  }
+  return mPlainPage;
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::slotOk()
+{
+  emit okClicked();
+  accept();
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::slotApply()
+{
+  emit applyClicked();
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::slotCancel()
+{
+  emit cancelClicked();
+  reject();
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::slotClose()
+{
+  emit closeClicked();
+  reject();
+}
+
+void KDialogBase::slotUser1()
+{
+  emit user1Clicked();
+}
+void KDialogBase::slotUser2()
+{
+  emit user2Clicked();
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kdialogbase.h b/microkde/kdialogbase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..199d2fa
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdialogbase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KDIALOGBASE_H
+#define MINIKDE_KDIALOGBASE_H
+
+#include <qframe.h>
+
+#include "kdialog.h"
+
+class QPushButton;
+class QLayout;
+class QTabWidget;
+class QBoxLayout;
+
+class KDialogBase : public KDialog
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  public:
+    enum ButtonCode
+    {
+      Help    = 0x00000001,
+      Default = 0x00000002,
+      Ok      = 0x00000004,
+      Apply   = 0x00000008,
+      Try     = 0x00000010,
+      Cancel  = 0x00000020,
+      Close   = 0x00000040,
+      User1   = 0x00000080,
+      User2   = 0x00000100,
+      User3   = 0x00000200,
+      No      = 0x00000080,
+      Yes     = 0x00000100,
+      Details = 0x00000400,
+      Filler  = 0x40000000,
+      Stretch = 0x80000000
+    };
+
+    enum DialogType
+    {
+      TreeList,
+      Tabbed,
+      Plain, 
+      Swallow,
+      IconList
+    };
+
+    KDialogBase();
+    KDialogBase( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true,
+                 const QString &caption=QString::null,
+                 int buttonMask=Ok|Apply|Cancel, ButtonCode defaultButton=Ok,
+                 bool separator=false, 
+                 const QString &user1=QString::null,
+                 const QString &user2=QString::null,
+                 const QString &user3=QString::null);
+    KDialogBase( int dialogFace, const QString &caption, 
+                 int buttonMask, ButtonCode defaultButton, 
+                 QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true, 
+                 bool separator=false,
+                 const QString &user1=QString::null,
+                 const QString &user2=QString::null,
+                 const QString &user3=QString::null);
+    virtual ~KDialogBase();
+    
+    QFrame *addPage( const QString & );
+    QFrame *addPage( const QString &, int, const QPixmap & );
+
+    void setMainWidget( QWidget *widget );
+
+    void setButtonText( ButtonCode id, const QString &text );
+
+    void enableButton( ButtonCode id, bool state );
+    void enableButtonOK( bool state );
+    void enableButtonApply( bool state );
+
+    void showButton( ButtonCode, bool show );
+
+    int pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const;
+
+    bool showPage( int index );
+    void hideButtons();
+
+    QFrame *plainPage();
+
+  signals:
+    void user1Clicked();
+    void user2Clicked();
+ /**
+     * The Apply button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
+     * @ref slotApply() is not replaced.
+     */
+    void applyClicked();
+
+    /**
+     * The OK button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
+     * @ref slotOk() is not replaced.
+     */
+    void okClicked();
+    
+    /**
+     * The Cancel button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
+     * @ref slotCancel() is not replaced.
+     */
+    void cancelClicked();
+    
+    /**
+     * The Close button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
+     * @ref slotClose() is not replaced.
+     */
+    void closeClicked();
+
+  protected slots:
+    virtual void slotOk();
+    virtual void slotApply();
+    virtual void slotCancel();
+    virtual void slotClose();
+    virtual void slotUser1();
+    virtual void slotUser2();
+
+  protected:
+    QPushButton *findButton( ButtonCode );
+
+  private:
+    QTabWidget *tabWidget();
+    void init( const QString &caption, int buttonMask,
+               const QString &user1=QString::null, const QString &user2=QString::null );
+    void initLayout();
+
+    QWidget *mMainWidget;
+    QTabWidget *mTabWidget;
+    QFrame *mPlainPage;
+    QBoxLayout *mTopLayout;
+    
+    QPushButton *mUser1Button;
+    QPushButton *mUser2Button;
+    QPushButton *mCloseButton;
+    QPushButton *mOkButton;
+    QPushButton *mApplyButton;
+    QPushButton *mCancelButton;    
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdirwatch.h b/microkde/kdirwatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22b4dec
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kdirwatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KDIRWATCH_H
+#define MICROKDE_KDIRWATCH_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+
+class KDirWatch : public QObject
+{
+  public:
+    KDirWatch() {}
+
+    void addDir( const QString & ) {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/keditlistbox.cpp b/microkde/keditlistbox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55b7784
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/keditlistbox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2000 David Faure <faure@kde.org>, Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>
+   2000, 2002 Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kdialog.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <knotifyclient.h>
+
+#include "keditlistbox.h"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+class KEditListBoxPrivate
+{
+public:
+    bool m_checkAtEntering;
+    int buttons;
+};
+
+KEditListBox::KEditListBox(QWidget *parent, const char *name,
+                           bool checkAtEntering, int buttons )
+    :QGroupBox(parent, name )
+{
+    init( checkAtEntering, buttons );
+}
+
+KEditListBox::KEditListBox(const QString& title, QWidget *parent,
+                           const char *name, bool checkAtEntering, int buttons)
+    :QGroupBox(title, parent, name )
+{
+    init( checkAtEntering, buttons );
+}
+
+KEditListBox::KEditListBox(const QString& title, const CustomEditor& custom,
+                           QWidget *parent, const char *name,
+                           bool checkAtEntering, int buttons)
+    :QGroupBox(title, parent, name )
+{
+    m_lineEdit = custom.lineEdit();
+    init( checkAtEntering, buttons, custom.representationWidget() );
+}
+
+KEditListBox::~KEditListBox()
+{
+    delete d;
+    d=0;
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::init( bool checkAtEntering, int buttons,
+                         QWidget *representationWidget )
+{
+    d=new KEditListBoxPrivate;
+    d->m_checkAtEntering=checkAtEntering;
+    d->buttons = buttons;
+
+    int lostButtons = 0;
+    if ( (buttons & Add) == 0 )
+        lostButtons++;
+    if ( (buttons & Remove) == 0 )
+        lostButtons++;
+    if ( (buttons & UpDown) == 0 )
+        lostButtons += 2;
+
+
+    servNewButton = servRemoveButton = servUpButton = servDownButton = 0L;
+    setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding,
+                              QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding));
+
+    QWidget * gb = this;
+    QGridLayout * grid = new QGridLayout(gb, 7 - lostButtons, 2,
+                                         KDialog::marginHint(),
+                                         KDialog::spacingHint());
+    grid->addRowSpacing(0, fontMetrics().lineSpacing());
+    for ( int i = 1; i < 7 - lostButtons; i++ )
+        grid->setRowStretch(i, 1);
+
+    grid->setMargin(15);
+
+    if ( representationWidget )
+        representationWidget->reparent( gb, QPoint(0,0) );
+    else
+        m_lineEdit=new KLineEdit(gb);
+
+    m_listBox = new QListBox(gb);
+
+    QWidget *editingWidget = representationWidget ?
+                             representationWidget : m_lineEdit;
+    grid->addMultiCellWidget(editingWidget,1,1,0,1);
+    grid->addMultiCellWidget(m_listBox, 2, 6 - lostButtons, 0, 0);
+    int row = 2;
+    if ( buttons & Add ) {
+        servNewButton = new QPushButton(i18n("&Add"), gb);
+        servNewButton->setEnabled(false);
+        connect(servNewButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(addItem()));
+
+        grid->addWidget(servNewButton, row++, 1);
+    }
+
+    if ( buttons & Remove ) {
+        servRemoveButton = new QPushButton(i18n("&Remove"), gb);
+        servRemoveButton->setEnabled(false);
+        connect(servRemoveButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(removeItem()));
+
+        grid->addWidget(servRemoveButton, row++, 1);
+    }
+
+    if ( buttons & UpDown ) {
+        servUpButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Move &Up"), gb);
+        servUpButton->setEnabled(false);
+        connect(servUpButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(moveItemUp()));
+
+        servDownButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Move &Down"), gb);
+        servDownButton->setEnabled(false);
+        connect(servDownButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(moveItemDown()));
+
+        grid->addWidget(servUpButton, row++, 1);
+        grid->addWidget(servDownButton, row++, 1);
+    }
+
+    connect(m_lineEdit,SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)),this,SLOT(typedSomething(const QString&)));
+    m_lineEdit->setTrapReturnKey(true);
+    connect(m_lineEdit,SIGNAL(returnPressed()),this,SLOT(addItem()));
+    connect(m_listBox, SIGNAL(highlighted(int)), SLOT(enableMoveButtons(int)));
+
+    // maybe supplied lineedit has some text already
+    typedSomething( m_lineEdit->text() );
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::typedSomething(const QString& text)
+{
+    if(currentItem() >= 0) {
+        if(currentText() != m_lineEdit->text())
+        {
+            // IMHO changeItem() shouldn't do anything with the value
+            // of currentItem() ... like changing it or emitting signals ...
+            // but TT disagree with me on this one (it's been that way since ages ... grrr)
+            bool block = m_listBox->signalsBlocked();
+            m_listBox->blockSignals( true );
+            m_listBox->changeItem(text, currentItem());
+            m_listBox->blockSignals( block );
+            emit changed();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !servNewButton )
+        return;
+
+    if (!d->m_checkAtEntering)
+        servNewButton->setEnabled(!text.isEmpty());
+    else
+    {
+        if (text.isEmpty())
+        {
+            servNewButton->setEnabled(false);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bool enable = (m_listBox->findItem( text ) == 0L);
+            servNewButton->setEnabled( enable );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::moveItemUp()
+{
+    if (!m_listBox->isEnabled())
+    {
+        KNotifyClient::beep();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    unsigned int selIndex = m_listBox->currentItem();
+    if (selIndex == 0)
+    {
+        KNotifyClient::beep();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QListBoxItem *selItem = m_listBox->item(selIndex);
+    m_listBox->takeItem(selItem);
+    m_listBox->insertItem(selItem, selIndex-1);
+    m_listBox->setCurrentItem(selIndex - 1);
+
+    emit changed();
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::moveItemDown()
+{
+    if (!m_listBox->isEnabled())
+    {
+        KNotifyClient::beep();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    unsigned int selIndex = m_listBox->currentItem();
+    if (selIndex == m_listBox->count() - 1)
+    {
+        KNotifyClient::beep();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QListBoxItem *selItem = m_listBox->item(selIndex);
+    m_listBox->takeItem(selItem);
+    m_listBox->insertItem(selItem, selIndex+1);
+    m_listBox->setCurrentItem(selIndex + 1);
+
+    emit changed();
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::addItem()
+{
+    // when m_checkAtEntering is true, the add-button is disabled, but this
+    // slot can still be called through Key_Return/Key_Enter. So we guard
+    // against this.
+    if ( !servNewButton || !servNewButton->isEnabled() )
+        return;
+
+    const QString& currentTextLE=m_lineEdit->text();
+    bool alreadyInList(false);
+    //if we didn't check for dupes at the inserting we have to do it now
+    if (!d->m_checkAtEntering)
+    {
+        // first check current item instead of dumb iterating the entire list
+        if ( m_listBox->currentText() == currentTextLE )
+            alreadyInList = true;
+        else
+        {
+            alreadyInList =(m_listBox->findItem(currentTextLE) != 0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( servNewButton )
+        servNewButton->setEnabled(false);
+
+    bool block = m_lineEdit->signalsBlocked();
+    m_lineEdit->blockSignals(true);
+    m_lineEdit->clear();
+    m_lineEdit->blockSignals(block);
+
+    m_listBox->setSelected(currentItem(), false);
+
+    if (!alreadyInList)
+    {
+        block = m_listBox->signalsBlocked();
+        m_listBox->blockSignals( true );
+        m_listBox->insertItem(currentTextLE);
+        m_listBox->blockSignals( block );
+        emit changed();
+    }
+}
+
+int KEditListBox::currentItem() const 
+{
+    int nr = m_listBox->currentItem();
+    if(nr >= 0 && !m_listBox->item(nr)->selected()) return -1;
+    return nr;
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::removeItem()
+{
+    int selected = m_listBox->currentItem();
+
+    if ( selected >= 0 )
+    {
+        m_listBox->removeItem( selected );
+        if ( count() > 0 )
+            m_listBox->setSelected( QMIN( selected, count() - 1 ), true );
+
+        emit changed();
+    }
+
+    if ( servRemoveButton && m_listBox->currentItem() == -1 )
+        servRemoveButton->setEnabled(false);
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::enableMoveButtons(int index)
+{
+    // Update the lineEdit when we select a different line.
+    if(currentText() != m_lineEdit->text())
+        m_lineEdit->setText(currentText());
+
+    bool moveEnabled = servUpButton && servDownButton;
+
+    if (moveEnabled )
+    {
+        if (m_listBox->count() <= 1)
+        {
+            servUpButton->setEnabled(false);
+            servDownButton->setEnabled(false);
+        }
+        else if ((uint) index == (m_listBox->count() - 1))
+        {
+            servUpButton->setEnabled(true);
+            servDownButton->setEnabled(false);
+        }
+        else if (index == 0)
+        {
+            servUpButton->setEnabled(false);
+            servDownButton->setEnabled(true);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            servUpButton->setEnabled(true);
+            servDownButton->setEnabled(true);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( servRemoveButton )
+        servRemoveButton->setEnabled(true);
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::clear()
+{
+    m_lineEdit->clear();
+    m_listBox->clear();
+    emit changed();
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::insertStringList(const QStringList& list, int index)
+{
+    m_listBox->insertStringList(list,index);
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const QStrList* list, int index)
+{
+    m_listBox->insertStrList(list,index);
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const QStrList& list, int index)
+{
+    m_listBox->insertStrList(list,index);
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const char ** list, int numStrings, int index)
+{
+    m_listBox->insertStrList(list,numStrings,index);
+}
+
+QStringList KEditListBox::items() const
+{
+    QStringList list;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < m_listBox->count(); i++ )
+        list.append( m_listBox->text( i ));
+
+    return list;
+}
+
+void KEditListBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+KEditListBox::CustomEditor::CustomEditor( KComboBox *combo )
+{
+    m_representationWidget = combo;
+    m_lineEdit = static_cast<KLineEdit*>( combo->lineEdit() );
+    assert( m_lineEdit );
+}
+
diff --git a/microkde/keditlistbox.h b/microkde/keditlistbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..130d933
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/keditlistbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 2000 David Faure <faure@kde.org>, Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KEDITLISTBOX_H
+#define KEDITLISTBOX_H
+
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <qlistbox.h>
+
+class KLineEdit;
+class KComboBox;
+class QPushButton;
+
+class KEditListBoxPrivate;
+/**
+ * An editable listbox
+ *
+ * This class provides a editable listbox ;-), this means
+ * a listbox which is accompanied by a line edit to enter new
+ * items into the listbox and pushbuttons to add and remove
+ * items from the listbox and two buttons to move items up and down.
+ */
+class KEditListBox : public QGroupBox
+{
+   Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    /// @since 3.1
+    class CustomEditor
+    {
+    public:
+        CustomEditor()
+            : m_representationWidget( 0L ),
+              m_lineEdit( 0L ) {}
+        CustomEditor( QWidget *repWidget, KLineEdit *edit )
+            : m_representationWidget( repWidget ),
+              m_lineEdit( edit ) {}
+        CustomEditor( KComboBox *combo );
+
+        void setRepresentationWidget( QWidget *repWidget ) {
+            m_representationWidget = repWidget;
+        }
+        void setLineEdit( KLineEdit *edit ) {
+            m_lineEdit = edit;
+        }
+
+        virtual QWidget   *representationWidget() const {
+            return m_representationWidget;
+        }
+        virtual KLineEdit *lineEdit() const {
+            return m_lineEdit;
+        }
+
+    protected:
+        QWidget *m_representationWidget;
+        KLineEdit *m_lineEdit;
+    };
+
+   public:
+
+      /**
+       * Enumeration of the buttons, the listbox offers. Specify them in the
+       * constructor in the buttons parameter.
+       */
+      enum Button { Add = 1, Remove = 2, UpDown = 4, All = Add|Remove|UpDown };
+
+      /**
+       * Create an editable listbox.
+       *
+       * If @p checkAtEntering is true, after every character you type
+       * in the line edit KEditListBox will enable or disable
+       * the Add-button, depending whether the current content of the
+       * line edit is already in the listbox. Maybe this can become a
+       * performance hit with large lists on slow machines.
+       * If @p checkAtEntering is false,
+       * it will be checked if you press the Add-button. It is not
+       * possible to enter items twice into the listbox.
+       */
+      KEditListBox(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,
+                   bool checkAtEntering=false, int buttons = All );
+      /**
+       * Create an editable listbox.
+       *
+       * The same as the other constructor, additionally it takes
+       * @title, which will be the title of the frame around the listbox.
+       */
+      KEditListBox(const QString& title, QWidget *parent = 0,
+                   const char *name = 0, bool checkAtEntering=false,
+                   int buttons = All );
+
+      /**
+       * Another constructor, which allows to use a custom editing widget
+       * instead of the standard KLineEdit widget. E.g. you can use a 
+       * @ref KURLRequester or a @ref KComboBox as input widget. The custom
+       * editor must consist of a lineedit and optionally another widget that
+       * is used as representation. A KComboBox or a KURLRequester have a
+       * KLineEdit as child-widget for example, so the KComboBox is used as
+       * the representation widget.
+       *
+       * @see KURLRequester::customEditor()
+       * @since 3.1
+       */
+      KEditListBox( const QString& title,
+                    const CustomEditor &customEditor,
+                    QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,
+                    bool checkAtEntering = false, int buttons = All );
+
+      virtual ~KEditListBox();
+
+      /**
+       * Return a pointer to the embedded QListBox.
+       */
+      QListBox* listBox() const     { return m_listBox; }
+      /**
+       * Return a pointer to the embedded QLineEdit.
+       */
+      KLineEdit* lineEdit() const     { return m_lineEdit; }
+      /**
+       * Return a pointer to the Add button
+       */
+      QPushButton* addButton() const     { return servNewButton; }
+      /**
+       * Return a pointer to the Remove button
+       */
+      QPushButton* removeButton() const     { return servRemoveButton; }
+      /**
+       * Return a pointer to the Up button
+       */
+      QPushButton* upButton() const     { return servUpButton; }
+      /**
+       * Return a pointer to the Down button
+       */
+      QPushButton* downButton() const     { return servDownButton; }
+
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::count()
+       */
+      int count() const   { return int(m_listBox->count()); }
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::insertStringList()
+       */
+      void insertStringList(const QStringList& list, int index=-1);
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::insertStringList()
+       */
+      void insertStrList(const QStrList* list, int index=-1);
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::insertStrList()
+       */
+      void insertStrList(const QStrList& list, int index=-1);
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::insertStrList()
+       */
+      void insertStrList(const char ** list, int numStrings=-1, int index=-1);
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::insertItem()
+       */
+      void insertItem(const QString& text, int index=-1) {m_listBox->insertItem(text,index);}
+      /**
+       * Clears both the listbox and the line edit.
+       */
+      void clear();
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::text()
+       */
+      QString text(int index) const { return m_listBox->text(index); }
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::currentItem()
+       */
+      int currentItem() const;
+      /**
+       * See @ref QListBox::currentText()
+       */
+      QString currentText() const  { return m_listBox->currentText(); }
+
+      /**
+       * @returns a stringlist of all items in the listbox
+       */
+      QStringList items() const;
+
+   signals:
+      void changed();
+
+   protected slots:
+      //the names should be self-explaining
+      void moveItemUp();
+      void moveItemDown();
+      void addItem();
+      void removeItem();
+      void enableMoveButtons(int index);
+      void typedSomething(const QString& text);
+
+   private:
+      QListBox *m_listBox;
+      QPushButton *servUpButton, *servDownButton;
+      QPushButton *servNewButton, *servRemoveButton;
+      KLineEdit *m_lineEdit;
+
+      //this is called in both ctors, to avoid code duplication
+      void init( bool checkAtEntering, int buttons,
+                 QWidget *representationWidget = 0L );
+
+   protected:
+      virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+   private:
+      //our lovely private d-pointer
+      KEditListBoxPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kemailsettings.cpp b/microkde/kemailsettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a9ad84
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kemailsettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#include "kemailsettings.h"
+
+QString KEMailSettings::getSetting(KEMailSettings::Setting s)
+{
+  return QString::null;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kemailsettings.h b/microkde/kemailsettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf43f17
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kemailsettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KEMAILSETTINGS_H
+#define MINIKDE_KEMAILSETTINGS_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class KEMailSettings
+{
+  public:
+        enum Setting {
+                ClientProgram,
+                ClientTerminal,
+                RealName,
+                EmailAddress,
+                ReplyToAddress,
+                Organization,
+                OutServer,
+                OutServerLogin,
+                OutServerPass,
+                OutServerType,
+                OutServerCommand,
+                OutServerTLS,
+                InServer,
+                InServerLogin,
+                InServerPass,
+                InServerType,
+                InServerMBXType,
+                InServerTLS
+        };
+        QString getSetting(KEMailSettings::Setting s);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kfiledialog.cpp b/microkde/kfiledialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..977499e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kfiledialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#include <kfiledialog.h>
+#include <qdialog.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+//US orig#include <ofileselector.h>
+#include <ofileselector_p.h>
+QString KFileDialog::getSaveFileName( const QString & fn,
+                                             const QString & cap , QWidget * par )
+{
+    QString retfile = "";
+    QDialog dia ( par, "input-dialog", true ); 
+    QVBoxLayout lay( &dia );
+    lay.setMargin(7); 
+    lay.setSpacing(7); 
+    dia.setCaption( cap );
+    QString file = fn;
+    if ( file.isEmpty() )
+        file = QDir::homeDirPath()+"/*";
+    QFileInfo fi ( file );
+    OFileSelector o ( &dia,OFileSelector::FileSelector, OFileSelector::Save, fi.dirPath(true), fi.fileName() );
+    lay.addWidget( &o);
+    // o.setNewVisible( true );
+    // o.setNameVisible( true );
+    dia.showMaximized();
+    int res = dia.exec();
+    if ( res )
+        retfile = o.selectedName();
+    return retfile;
+}
+
+QString KFileDialog::getOpenFileName( const QString & fn,
+                                             const QString & cap, QWidget * par )
+{
+   QString retfile = "";
+    QDialog dia ( par, "input-dialog", true ); 
+    // QLineEdit lab ( &dia ); 
+    QVBoxLayout lay( &dia );
+    lay.setMargin(7); 
+    lay.setSpacing(7);
+    dia.setCaption( cap );
+    QString file = fn;
+    if ( file.isEmpty() )
+        file = QDir::homeDirPath()+"/*";;
+    QFileInfo fi ( file );
+    OFileSelector o ( &dia,OFileSelector::FileSelector, OFileSelector::Open, fi.dirPath(true), fi.fileName() );
+    lay.addWidget( &o);
+    dia.showMaximized();
+    int res = dia.exec();
+    if ( res )
+        retfile = o.selectedName();
+    return retfile;
+}
+
+#else
+
+#include <qfiledialog.h> 
+
+QString KFileDialog::getSaveFileName( const QString & fn,
+                                             const QString & cap , QWidget * par )
+{
+    return QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( fn, QString::null, par, "openfile", cap );
+}
+QString KFileDialog::getOpenFileName( const QString & fn,
+                                             const QString & cap, QWidget * par )
+{
+
+    return QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( fn, QString::null, par, "openfile", cap );
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/microkde/kfiledialog.h b/microkde/kfiledialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0825872
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kfiledialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KFILEDIALOG_H
+#define MICROKDE_KFILEDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+class KFileDialog
+{
+  public:
+  
+    static QString getSaveFileName( const QString &,
+                                    const QString &, QWidget * );
+        
+
+    static QString getOpenFileName( const QString &,
+                                    const QString &, QWidget * );
+   
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kfontdialog.cpp b/microkde/kfontdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..174123c
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kfontdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#include "kfontdialog.h"
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#include "ofontselector.h"
+#else
+#include <qfontdialog.h>
+#endif
+#include <qdialog.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+QFont KFontDialog::getFont( const QFont & f, bool & ok )
+{
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    QDialog d( 0, "fd", true );;
+    OFontSelector s ( true,  &d, "fontsel");
+    QVBoxLayout l ( &d );
+    l.addWidget( &s );
+    s.setSelectedFont (  f );
+    QPushButton b ( "OK",  &d );
+    l.addWidget( &b );
+    qDebug("size %d ", f.bold());
+    QObject::connect( &b, SIGNAL( clicked () ), &d, SLOT ( accept () ) );
+    d.show();
+    ok = false;
+    if ( d.exec () ) {
+        ok = true;
+        return s.selectedFont ( );
+    }
+    return f;
+#else
+    return  QFontDialog::getFont ( &ok, f, 0, "fontdialog" );
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kfontdialog.h b/microkde/kfontdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2ac6ac
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kfontdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KFONTDIALOG_H
+#define MINIKDE_KFONTDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qfont.h>
+#include <qdialog.h>
+
+class KFontDialog
+{
+  public:
+    enum { Accepted };
+    
+    static QFont getFont( const QFont & f, bool & ok);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kglobal.cpp b/microkde/kglobal.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0aba952
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kglobal.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+#include "kglobal.h"
+#include <qkeycode.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+KLocale *KGlobal::mLocale = 0;
+KConfig *KGlobal::mConfig = 0;
+KIconLoader *KGlobal::mIconLoader = 0;
+KStandardDirs *KGlobal::mDirs = 0;
+
+QString KGlobal::mAppName = "godot";
+
+KLocale *KGlobal::locale()
+{
+  if ( !mLocale ) {
+    ASSERT(mAppName);
+  
+    mLocale = new KLocale();//mAppName);
+  }
+  
+  return mLocale;
+}
+
+//US
+void KGlobal::setLocale(KLocale *kg)
+{
+    mLocale = kg;
+}
+
+KConfig *KGlobal::config()
+{
+  if ( !mConfig ) {
+    mConfig = new KConfig( KStandardDirs::appDir() + mAppName + "rc" );
+  }
+  
+  return mConfig;
+}
+    
+KGlobal::Size KGlobal::getDesktopSize()
+{
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+  return KGlobal::Desktop;
+#else
+  if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 )
+    return KGlobal::Small;
+  else
+    return KGlobal::Medium;
+#endif
+}
+
+KGlobal::Orientation KGlobal::getOrientation()
+{
+  if (QApplication::desktop()->width() > QApplication::desktop()->height())
+    return KGlobal::Landscape;
+  else
+    return KGlobal::Portrait;
+}
+
+int KGlobal::getDesktopWidth()
+{
+  return QApplication::desktop()->width();
+}
+
+int KGlobal::getDesktopHeight()
+{
+  return QApplication::desktop()->height();
+}
+
+
+KIconLoader *KGlobal::iconLoader()
+{
+  if ( !mIconLoader ) {
+    mIconLoader = new KIconLoader();
+  }
+  
+  return mIconLoader;
+}
+
+KStandardDirs *KGlobal::dirs()
+{
+  if ( !mDirs ) {
+    mDirs = new KStandardDirs();
+  }
+  
+  return mDirs;
+}
+
+void KGlobal::setAppName( const QString &appName )
+{
+  mAppName = appName;
+}
+
+//US
+QString KGlobal::getAppName()
+{
+  return mAppName;
+}
+QString KGlobal::formatMessage ( QString mess, int maxlen  )
+{  
+    //int maxlen = 80;
+    int start = 0;
+    int end = mess.length();
+    QString retVal = "";
+    int nl, space;
+    while ( (end - start) > maxlen ) {
+        nl = mess.find( "\n", start );
+        if ( nl > 0 &&  nl  < start + maxlen ) {
+            nl += 1;
+            retVal += mess.mid( start, nl - start);
+            start = nl;
+        } else {
+            space = mess.findRev( " ", start + maxlen );
+            if ( space < start ) {
+                retVal += mess.mid( start, maxlen) +"\n";
+                start +=  maxlen ;
+            } else {
+                retVal += mess.mid( start, space - start ) +"\n";
+                start =  space+ 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    retVal += mess.mid( start, end - start );
+    return retVal;
+}
+int  KGlobal::knumkeykonv( int k )
+{
+    int key;
+switch( k ) {
+ case Qt::Key_Q :
+     key = Qt::Key_1;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_W :
+     key = Qt::Key_2;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_E :
+     key = Qt::Key_3;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_R :
+     key = Qt::Key_4;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_T :
+     key = Qt::Key_5;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_Z :
+     key = Qt::Key_6;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_Y :
+     key = Qt::Key_6;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_U :
+     key = Qt::Key_7;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_I :
+     key = Qt::Key_8;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_O :
+     key = Qt::Key_9;
+    break;
+ case Qt::Key_P :
+     key = Qt::Key_0;
+    break;
+   default:
+       key = k;
+    break;
+  } // switch
+ return key;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kglobal.h b/microkde/kglobal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e03bea
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kglobal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KGLOBAL_H
+#define MINIKDE_KGLOBAL_H
+
+#include "klocale.h"
+#include "kconfig.h"
+#include "kiconloader.h"
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <qevent.h>
+class KStandardDirs;
+class KGlobal {
+  public:
+    static KLocale *locale();
+    static KConfig *config();
+    static KIconLoader *iconLoader();
+    static KStandardDirs *dirs();
+    static int knumkeykonv( int );
+
+    static void setAppName( const QString & );
+    static QString formatMessage( QString mess, int maxlen ) ;
+
+//US begin: added the following methods for convenience
+    static QString getAppName();
+    static void setLocale(KLocale *);
+        
+    enum Orientation { Portrait, Landscape };
+    enum Size { Small, Medium, Desktop };
+    
+    static int getDesktopWidth();
+    static int getDesktopHeight();
+    static KGlobal::Size getDesktopSize();
+    static KGlobal::Orientation getOrientation();
+    
+    
+  private:
+    static KLocale *mLocale;
+    static KConfig *mConfig;
+    static KIconLoader *mIconLoader;
+    static KStandardDirs *mDirs;
+
+    static QString mAppName;
+};
+
+
+/** @ref KGlobal
+ * A typesafe function to find the minimum of the two arguments.
+ */
+        #define KMIN(a,b)kMin(a,b)
+/** @ref KGlobal
+ * A typesafe function to find the maximum of the two arguments.
+ */
+        #define KMAX(a,b)kMax(a,b)
+/** @ref KGlobal
+ * A typesafe function to determine the absolute value of the argument.
+ */
+        #define KABS(a)kAbs(a)
+
+
+template<class T>
+inline const T& kMin (const T& a, const T& b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
+
+template<class T>
+inline const T& kMax (const T& a, const T& b) { return b < a ? a : b; }
+
+template<class T>
+inline T kAbs (const T& a) { return a < 0 ? -a : a; }
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kglobalsettings.cpp b/microkde/kglobalsettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fff8fc
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kglobalsettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#include "kglobalsettings.h"
+#include "kconfig.h"
+#include "kglobal.h"
+#include "kconfigbase.h"
+
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+QFont KGlobalSettings::generalFont()
+{
+   int size = 12;
+    if (QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 )
+        size = 10;   
+    return QFont("helvetica",size);
+}
+QFont KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont()
+{
+  return QFont("helevetica",12);
+}
+
+QColor KGlobalSettings::toolBarHighlightColor()
+{
+  return QColor("black");
+}
+
+QRect KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry( QWidget * )
+{
+  return QApplication::desktop()->rect();
+}
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether KDE runs in single (default) or double click
+     * mode.
+     * see http://developer.kde.org/documentation/standards/kde/style/mouse/index.html
+     * @return true if single click mode, or false if double click mode.
+     **/
+bool KGlobalSettings::singleClick()
+{
+    KConfig *c = KGlobal::config();
+    KConfigGroupSaver cgs( c, "KDE" );
+    return c->readBoolEntry("SingleClick", KDE_DEFAULT_SINGLECLICK);
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kglobalsettings.h b/microkde/kglobalsettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7df8012
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kglobalsettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KGLOBALSETTINGS_H
+#define MICROKDE_KGLOBALSETTINGS_H
+
+#include <qfont.h>
+#include <qrect.h>
+
+
+#define KDE_DEFAULT_SINGLECLICK true
+
+
+class KGlobalSettings
+{
+  public:
+    static QFont generalFont();
+    static QFont toolBarFont();
+    
+    static QColor toolBarHighlightColor();
+    static QRect desktopGeometry( QWidget * );
+    
+    /**
+     * Returns whether KDE runs in single (default) or double click
+     * mode.
+     * see http://developer.kde.org/documentation/standards/kde/style/mouse/index.html
+     * @return true if single click mode, or false if double click mode.
+     **/
+    static bool singleClick();
+    
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kiconloader.cpp b/microkde/kiconloader.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4842d71
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kiconloader.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+
+#include "kiconloader.h"
+#include "kglobal.h"
+
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION_OEGEL
+#include <qdir.h>
+QPixmap KIconLoader::loadIcon( const QString& name, KIcon::Group, int,
+                               int, QString *, bool ) const
+{
+    QPixmap pix; 
+    QString file;
+    file = iconPath() + name+".png";
+    pix.load (  file );
+    // qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIcon %s -----------",  file.latin1());
+    return pix;
+}
+QIconSet KIconLoader::loadIconSet( const QString& name) const
+{
+    QPixmap pixmapLoader; 
+    QString file;
+    file = iconPath() + name+".png";
+    pixmapLoader.load( file ); 
+    //qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIconSet: %s ************", file.latin1() );
+    QIconSet is ( pixmapLoader );
+  return is;
+}
+
+QPixmap BarIcon( const QString &name )
+{ 
+    QPixmap pix;
+    pix.load ( KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png" );
+    return pix;
+}
+
+QPixmap DesktopIcon( const QString &name, int )
+{
+    QPixmap pix;
+    pix.load ( KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png" );
+    return pix;
+
+}
+
+QPixmap SmallIcon( const QString &name )
+{ 
+    QPixmap pixmapLoader; 
+    QString file;
+    file =KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png";
+    pixmapLoader.load( file );
+    return pixmapLoader;
+  
+}
+
+QPixmap SmallIconSet( const QString &name )
+{
+    QPixmap pixmapLoader; 
+    QString file;
+    file =KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png";
+    pixmapLoader.load( file ); 
+    return pixmapLoader;
+}
+
+
+#else
+
+#include <qpe/resource.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+QPixmap KIconLoader::loadIcon( const QString& name, KIcon::Group, int,
+                               int, QString *, bool ) const
+{
+  QString px = this->iconPath() + "/" + name;
+  
+  QPixmap p = Resource::loadPixmap( px );
+  QPixmap* pPtr = &p;
+  if (pPtr == 0)
+    qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIcon: %s not found", px.latin1());
+  
+  return p;
+}
+
+QIconSet KIconLoader::loadIconSet( const QString& name) const
+{
+  QString px = this->iconPath() + "/" + name;
+  
+  QIconSet is ;//= Resource::loadIconSet( px );
+  QIconSet* isPtr = 0;//LR&is;
+  if (isPtr == 0)
+    qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIconSet: %s not foun", px.latin1());
+  
+  return is;
+}
+
+QPixmap BarIcon( const QString &name )
+{
+  QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
+  return p;
+}
+
+QPixmap DesktopIcon( const QString &name, int )
+{
+  QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
+  return p;
+}
+
+QPixmap SmallIcon( const QString &name )
+{
+  QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
+  return p;
+}
+
+QPixmap SmallIconSet( const QString &name )
+{
+  QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
+  return p;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+//US    
+QString KIconLoader::setIconPath( const QString &iconpath)
+{
+  QString _old = mIconpath;
+  mIconpath = iconpath;
+
+  return _old;
+}
+QString KIconLoader::iconPath(  const QString & name, int ) const
+{
+  return mIconpath + name + ".png";
+}
+
+QString KIconLoader::iconPath( /*US const QString &, int */) const
+{
+    // LR we set the path at startup
+    // if (KGlobal::getDesktopSize() == KGlobal::Small)
+    //return mIconpath + "/icons16";
+
+  //Fall back to the defaultpath  
+  return mIconpath;
+}
+
diff --git a/microkde/kiconloader.h b/microkde/kiconloader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68fec4e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kiconloader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KICONLOADER_H
+#define MINIKDE_KICONLOADER_H
+
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+//US
+#include <qiconset.h>
+
+class KIcon
+{
+  public:
+    enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, Toolbar, MainToolbar, Small,
+                 Panel, LastGroup, User };
+    enum StdSizes { SizeSmall=16, SizeMedium=32, SizeLarge=48 };
+    enum States { DefaultState, ActiveState, DisabledState, LastState };
+};
+
+class KIconLoader
+{
+  public:
+    KIconLoader()
+      : mIconpath(0) {}
+      
+    KIconLoader( const QString &iconpath )
+      : mIconpath(iconpath) {}
+
+//US    QPixmap loadIcon( const QString &name, int ); 
+
+    QPixmap loadIcon(const QString& name, KIcon::Group group, int size=0,
+                     int state=KIcon::DefaultState, QString *path_store=0,
+                     bool canReturnNull=false) const;
+
+//US    
+    QString setIconPath( const QString &);
+    QString iconPath( /*US const QString &, int */) const;
+    QString iconPath( const QString &, int ) const;
+    QIconSet loadIconSet( const QString &name) const; 
+    
+//US to make this class usable for different applications, we have to add a iconpathvariable
+  private:
+    QString mIconpath;
+};
+
+QPixmap BarIcon(const QString& name);
+
+QPixmap DesktopIcon(const QString& name, int);
+
+QPixmap SmallIcon(const QString& name);
+
+QPixmap SmallIconSet( const QString &name );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kio/job.h b/microkde/kio/job.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21c56b0
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kio/job.h
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KIO_JOB_H
+#define MINIKDE_KIO_JOB_H
+
+namespace KIO {
+
+class Job
+{
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d39308
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001 Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
+
+    library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+
+#else
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <qstring.h>
+//US #include <qtooltip.h>
+
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+
+//US #include <kaccel.h>
+//US #include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kdialog.h>
+#include <kfiledialog.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+//US #include <kurlcompletion.h>
+//US #include <kurldrag.h>
+//US #include <kprotocolinfo.h>
+
+
+#include "kurlrequester.h"
+
+
+class KURLDragPushButton : public QPushButton
+{
+public:
+    KURLDragPushButton( QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 )
+        : QPushButton( parent, name ) {
+        //US    setDragEnabled( true );
+    }
+    ~KURLDragPushButton() {}
+
+    void setURL( const KURL& url ) {
+        m_urls.clear();
+        m_urls.append( url );
+    }
+
+    /* not needed so far
+    void setURLs( const KURL::List& urls ) {
+                m_urls = urls;
+    }
+    const KURL::List& urls() const { return m_urls; }
+    */
+
+protected:
+/*US
+    virtual QDragObject *dragObject() {
+        if ( m_urls.isEmpty() )
+            return 0L;
+
+        QDragObject *drag = KURLDrag::newDrag( m_urls, this, "url drag" );
+        return drag;
+    }
+*/
+private:
+    KURL::List m_urls;
+
+};
+
+
+/*
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+class KURLRequester::KURLRequesterPrivate
+{
+public:
+    KURLRequesterPrivate() {
+        edit = 0L;
+        //UScombo = 0L;
+//US        fileDialogMode = KFile::File | KFile::ExistingOnly | KFile::LocalOnly;
+    }
+
+    void setText( const QString& text ) {
+/*US    
+        if ( combo )
+        {
+            if (combo->editable())
+            {
+               combo->setEditText( text );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+               combo->insertItem( text );
+               combo->setCurrentItem( combo->count()-1 );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+*/  
+        {
+            edit->setText( text );
+        }
+    }
+
+    void connectSignals( QObject *receiver ) {
+        QObject *sender;
+        /*USif ( combo )
+            sender = combo;
+        else
+*/  
+            sender = edit;
+
+        connect( sender, SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString& )),
+                 receiver, SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString& )));
+        connect( sender, SIGNAL( returnPressed() ),
+                 receiver, SIGNAL( returnPressed() ));
+        //USconnect( sender, SIGNAL( returnPressed( const QString& ) ),
+        //US     receiver, SIGNAL( returnPressed( const QString& ) ));
+    }
+/*US
+    void setCompletionObject( KCompletion *comp ) {
+        if ( combo )
+            combo->setCompletionObject( comp );
+        else
+            edit->setCompletionObject( comp );
+    }
+        */
+    /**
+     * replaces ~user or $FOO, if necessary
+     */
+    QString url() {
+        QString txt = /*US combo ? combo->currentText() : */ edit->text();
+/*US        KURLCompletion *comp;
+        if ( combo )
+            comp = dynamic_cast<KURLCompletion*>(combo->completionObject());
+        else
+            comp = dynamic_cast<KURLCompletion*>(edit->completionObject());
+
+        if ( comp )
+            return comp->replacedPath( txt );
+        else
+*/        
+            return txt;
+    }
+
+    KLineEdit *edit;
+//US    KComboBox *combo;
+    int fileDialogMode;
+    QString fileDialogFilter;
+};
+
+
+/*US
+KURLRequester::KURLRequester( QWidget *editWidget, QWidget *parent,
+                              const char *name )
+  : QHBox( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KURLRequesterPrivate;
+
+    // must have this as parent
+    editWidget->reparent( this, 0, QPoint(0,0) );
+//US    d->edit = dynamic_cast<KLineEdit*>( editWidget );
+    d->edit = (KLineEdit*)( editWidget );
+//US    d->combo = dynamic_cast<KComboBox*>( editWidget );
+
+    init();
+}
+*/
+
+KURLRequester::KURLRequester( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : QHBox( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KURLRequesterPrivate;
+    init();
+}
+
+
+KURLRequester::KURLRequester( const QString& url, QWidget *parent,
+                              const char *name )
+  : QHBox( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new KURLRequesterPrivate;
+    init();
+    setURL( url );
+}
+
+
+KURLRequester::~KURLRequester()
+{
+//US    delete myCompletion;
+    delete myFileDialog;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+void KURLRequester::init()
+{
+    myFileDialog    = 0L;
+    myShowLocalProt = false;
+
+    if (/*US !d->combo && */ !d->edit )
+        d->edit = new KLineEdit( this, "KURLRequester::KLineEdit" );
+
+    myButton = new KURLDragPushButton( this, "kfile button");
+    QIconSet iconSet = SmallIconSet("fileopen");
+    QPixmap pixMap = iconSet.pixmap( QIconSet::Small, QIconSet::Normal );
+    myButton->setIconSet( iconSet );
+    myButton->setFixedSize( pixMap.width()+8, pixMap.height()+8 );
+//US    QToolTip::add(myButton, i18n("Open file dialog"));
+
+    connect( myButton, SIGNAL( pressed() ), SLOT( slotUpdateURL() ));
+
+    setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );
+
+    QWidget *widget = /*US d->combo ? (QWidget*) d->combo : */ (QWidget*) d->edit;
+    setFocusProxy( widget );
+
+    d->connectSignals( this );
+    connect( myButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( slotOpenDialog() ));
+/*US
+    myCompletion = new KURLCompletion();
+    d->setCompletionObject( myCompletion );
+
+    KAccel *accel = new KAccel( this );
+    accel->insert( KStdAccel::Open, this, SLOT( slotOpenDialog() ));
+    accel->readSettings();
+*/    
+}
+
+
+void KURLRequester::setURL( const QString& url )
+{
+    bool hasLocalPrefix = (url.startsWith("file:"));
+
+    if ( !myShowLocalProt && hasLocalPrefix )
+        d->setText( url.mid( 5, url.length()-5 ));
+    else
+        d->setText( url );
+}
+
+void KURLRequester::setCaption( const QString& caption )
+{
+        //USfileDialog()->setCaption( caption );
+        //USQWidget::setCaption( caption );
+}
+
+QString KURLRequester::url() const
+{
+    return d->url();
+}
+
+
+void KURLRequester::slotOpenDialog()
+{
+    emit openFileDialog( this );
+
+//US use our special KFIleDialog instead
+    KURL u( url() );
+    //QString fn = u.url();
+    QString fn = d->edit->text();
+    fn =  KFileDialog::getSaveFileName( fn, "Save backup filename", this );
+
+    if ( fn == "" )
+        return;
+   
+          setURL( fn );
+    emit urlSelected( d->url() );
+/*US    
+    KFileDialog *dlg = fileDialog();
+    if ( !d->url().isEmpty() ) {
+        KURL u( url() );
+        // If we won't be able to list it (e.g. http), then don't try :)
+        if ( KProtocolInfo::supportsListing( u.protocol() ) )
+            dlg->setSelection( u.url() );
+    }
+
+    if ( dlg->exec() == QDialog::Accepted )
+    {
+        setURL( dlg->selectedURL().prettyURL() );
+        emit urlSelected( d->url() );
+    }
+*/
+        
+}
+
+void KURLRequester::setMode(unsigned int mode)
+{
+/*US
+    Q_ASSERT( (mode & KFile::Files) == 0 );
+    d->fileDialogMode = mode;
+    if ( (mode & KFile::Directory) && !(mode & KFile::File) )
+        myCompletion->setMode( KURLCompletion::DirCompletion );
+    
+    if (myFileDialog)
+       myFileDialog->setMode( d->fileDialogMode );
+*/
+}
+
+void KURLRequester::setFilter(const QString &filter)
+{
+/*US
+    d->fileDialogFilter = filter;
+    if (myFileDialog)
+       myFileDialog->setFilter( d->fileDialogFilter );
+*/
+}
+
+KFileDialog * KURLRequester::fileDialog() const
+{
+/*US
+    if ( !myFileDialog ) {
+        QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+        myFileDialog = new KFileDialog( QString::null, QString::null, p,
+                                        "file dialog", true );
+        
+        myFileDialog->setMode( d->fileDialogMode );
+        myFileDialog->setFilter( d->fileDialogFilter );
+    }
+
+    return myFileDialog;
+*/    
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+void KURLRequester::setShowLocalProtocol( bool b )
+{
+    if ( myShowLocalProt == b )
+        return;
+
+    myShowLocalProt = b;
+    setURL( url() );
+}
+
+void KURLRequester::clear()
+{
+    d->setText( QString::null );
+}
+
+KLineEdit * KURLRequester::lineEdit() const
+{
+    return d->edit;
+}
+/*US
+KComboBox * KURLRequester::comboBox() const
+{
+    return d->combo;
+}
+*/
+void KURLRequester::slotUpdateURL()
+{
+    // bin compat, myButton is declared as QPushButton
+//US    KURL u( QDir::currentDirPath() + '/', url() );
+    KURL u( url() );
+    (static_cast<KURLDragPushButton *>( myButton))->setURL( u );
+}
+
+QPushButton * KURLRequester::button() const
+{
+    return myButton;
+}
+/*US
+KEditListBox::CustomEditor KURLRequester::customEditor()
+{
+    setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Preferred,
+                               QSizePolicy::Fixed));
+
+    KLineEdit *edit = d->edit;
+    if ( !edit && d->combo )
+        edit = dynamic_cast<KLineEdit*>( d->combo->lineEdit() );
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if ( !edit )
+        kdWarning() << "KURLRequester's lineedit is not a KLineEdit!??\n";
+#endif
+
+    KEditListBox::CustomEditor editor( this, edit );
+    return editor;
+}
+*/
+void KURLRequester::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+/*US
+KURLComboRequester::KURLComboRequester( QWidget *parent,
+                              const char *name )
+  : KURLRequester( new KComboBox(false), parent, name)
+{
+}
+*/
+
+//US #include "kurlrequester.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3253dd5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001 Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
+
+    library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef KURLREQUESTER_H
+#define KURLREQUESTER_H
+
+#include <qhbox.h>
+
+#include <keditlistbox.h>
+//US #include <kfile.h>
+//US #include <kpushbutton.h>
+#include <kurl.h>
+
+//US class KComboBox;
+
+class KFileDialog;
+class KLineEdit;
+//US class KURLCompletion;
+class KURLDragPushButton;
+
+class QPushButton;
+class QString;
+class QTimer;
+
+/**
+ * This class is a widget showing a lineedit and a button, which invokes a
+ * filedialog. File name completion is available in the lineedit.
+ *
+ * The defaults for the filedialog are to ask for one existing local file, i.e.
+ * KFileDialog::setMode( KFile::File | KFile::ExistingOnly | KFile::LocalOnly )
+ * The default filter is "*", i.e. show all files, and the start directory is
+ * the current working directory, or the last directory where a file has been
+ * selected.
+ *
+ * You can change this behavior by using @ref setMode() or @ref setFilter().
+ *
+ * @short A widget to request a filename/url from the user
+ * @author Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
+ */
+class KURLRequester : public QHBox
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString url READ url WRITE setURL )
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs a KURLRequester widget.
+     */
+    KURLRequester( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a KURLRequester widget with the initial URL @p url.
+     */
+    KURLRequester( const QString& url, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Special constructor, which creates a KURLRequester widget with a custom
+     * edit-widget. The edit-widget can be either a KComboBox or a KLineEdit
+     * (or inherited thereof). Note: for geometry management reasons, the
+     * edit-widget is reparented to have the KURLRequester as parent.
+     * @param modal specifies whether the filedialog should be opened as modal
+     * or not.
+     */
+//US    KURLRequester( QWidget *editWidget, QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 );
+    /**
+     * Destructs the KURLRequester.
+     */
+    ~KURLRequester();
+
+    /**
+     * @returns the current url in the lineedit. May be malformed, if the user
+     * entered something weird. ~user or environment variables are substituted
+     * for local files.
+     */
+    QString url() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Enables/disables showing file:/ in the lineedit, when a local file has
+     * been selected in the filedialog or was set via @ref setURL().
+     * Default is false, not showing file:/
+     * @see #showLocalProtocol
+     */
+    void setShowLocalProtocol( bool b );
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the mode of the file dialog.
+     * Note: you can only select one file with the filedialog,
+     * so KFile::Files doesn't make much sense.
+     * @see KFileDialog::setMode()
+     */
+    void setMode( unsigned int m );
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the filter for the file dialog.
+     * @see KFileDialog::setFilter()
+     */
+    void setFilter( const QString& filter );
+
+    /**
+     * @returns whether local files will be prefixed with file:/ in the
+     * lineedit
+     * @see #setShowLocalProtocol
+     */
+    bool showLocalProtocol() const { return myShowLocalProt; }
+
+    /**
+     * @returns a pointer to the filedialog
+     * You can use this to customize the dialog, e.g. to specify a filter.
+     * Never returns 0L.
+     */
+    virtual KFileDialog * fileDialog() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @returns a pointer to the lineedit, either the default one, or the
+     * special one, if you used the special constructor.
+     *
+     * It is provided so that you can e.g. set an own completion object
+     * (e.g. @ref KShellCompletion) into it.
+     */
+    KLineEdit * lineEdit() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @returns a pointer to the combobox, in case you have set one using the
+     * special constructor. Returns 0L otherwise.
+     */
+//US    KComboBox * comboBox() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @returns a pointer to the pushbutton. It is provided so that you can
+     * specify an own pixmap or a text, if you really need to.
+     */
+    QPushButton * button() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @returns the KURLCompletion object used in the lineedit/combobox.
+     */
+//US    KURLCompletion *completionObject() const { return myCompletion; }
+
+    /**
+     * @returns an object, suitable for use with KEditListBox. It allows you
+     * to put this KURLRequester into a KEditListBox.
+     * Basically, do it like this:
+     * <pre>
+     * KURLRequester *req = new KURLRequester( someWidget );
+     * [...]
+     * KEditListBox *editListBox = new KEditListBox( i18n("Some Title"), req->customEditor(), someWidget );
+     * </pre>
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+//US    KEditListBox::CustomEditor customEditor();
+
+public slots:
+    /**
+     * Sets the url in the lineedit to @p url. Depending on the state of
+     * @ref showLocalProtocol(), file:/ on local files will be shown or not.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void setURL( const QString& url );
+
+    /**
+     * @reimp
+     * Sets the caption of the file dialog.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    virtual void setCaption( const QString& caption );
+
+    /**
+     * Clears the lineedit/combobox.
+     */
+    void clear();
+
+signals:
+    // forwards from LineEdit
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the text in the lineedit changes.
+     * The parameter contains the contents of the lineedit.
+     * @since 3.1
+     */
+    void textChanged( const QString& );
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when return or enter was pressed in the lineedit.
+     */
+    void returnPressed();
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when return or enter was pressed in the lineedit.
+     * The parameter contains the contents of the lineedit.
+     */
+    void returnPressed( const QString& );
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted before the filedialog is going to open. Connect
+     * to this signal to "configure" the filedialog, e.g. set the
+     * filefilter, the mode, a preview-widget, etc. It's usually
+     * not necessary to set a URL for the filedialog, as it will
+     * get set properly from the editfield contents.
+     *
+     * If you use multiple KURLRequesters, you can connect all of them
+     * to the same slot and use the given KURLRequester pointer to know
+     * which one is going to open.
+     */
+    void openFileDialog( KURLRequester * );
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the user changed the URL via the file dialog.
+     * The parameter contains the contents of the lineedit.
+     */
+    void urlSelected( const QString& );
+
+protected:
+            void        init();
+
+//US    KURLCompletion *    myCompletion;
+
+
+private:
+    KURLDragPushButton * myButton;
+            bool        myShowLocalProt;
+    mutable KFileDialog * myFileDialog;
+
+
+protected slots:
+    /**
+     * Called when the button is pressed to open the filedialog.
+     * Also called when @ref KStdAccel::Open (default is Ctrl-O) is pressed.
+     */
+    void slotOpenDialog();
+
+private slots:
+    void slotUpdateURL();
+
+protected:
+    virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class KURLRequesterPrivate;
+    KURLRequesterPrivate *d;
+};
+/*US
+class KURLComboRequester : public KURLRequester // For use in Qt Designer
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:    
+*/
+    /**
+     * Constructs a KURLRequester widget with a combobox.
+     */
+/*US     
+    KURLComboRequester( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+};
+*/
+
+#endif // KURLREQUESTER_H
diff --git a/microkde/klineedit.h b/microkde/klineedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65e2f59
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/klineedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KLINEEDIT_H
+#define MINIKDE_KLINEEDIT_H
+
+#include <qlineedit.h>
+
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
+#endif
+
+
+class KLineEdit : public QLineEdit
+{
+  public:
+    KLineEdit( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ) :
+      QLineEdit( parent, name ) {
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( this, QPEApplication::RightOnHold );
+#endif
+}
+      
+    void setTrapReturnKey( bool ) {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/klineeditdlg.h b/microkde/klineeditdlg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68e9252
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/klineeditdlg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KLINEEDITDLG_H
+#define MICROKDE_KLINEEDITDLG_H
+
+#include "kdialogbase.h"
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qdialog.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+
+class KLineEditDlg : public QDialog
+{
+  public:
+    KLineEditDlg( const QString & text, const QString & editText, QWidget *parent ) :
+      QDialog( parent,"lineedit", true ) {
+        QLabel* lab = new QLabel( text, this );
+        mEdit = new KLineEdit( this );
+        QVBoxLayout* vl = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+        vl->setSpacing(5);
+        vl->setMargin(7);
+        vl->addWidget( lab );
+        vl->addWidget( mEdit );
+        mEdit->setText( editText );
+        QPushButton * p = new QPushButton (" OK ", this );
+        vl->addWidget( p );
+        connect( p, SIGNAL ( clicked () ), this , SLOT (accept() ) );
+    }
+
+    QString text() { return mEdit->text(); }
+ private:
+    KLineEdit* mEdit;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kmessagebox.cpp b/microkde/kmessagebox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f06708a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kmessagebox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+#include "kmessagebox.h"
+#include "klocale.h"
+
+#include <qmessagebox.h>
+
+void KMessageBox::sorry( QWidget *parent, 
+         const QString &text,
+         const QString &caption, bool )
+{
+  QString cap = caption;
+
+  if (cap.isEmpty()) {
+    cap = i18n("Sorry");
+  }
+
+  QMessageBox::warning( parent, cap, text );
+}
+
+int KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( QWidget *parent, 
+              const QString &text,
+              const QString &caption,
+              const QString &buttonContinue, 
+              const QString &dontAskAgainName,
+              bool notify )
+{
+  QString cap = caption;
+
+  int result = QMessageBox::warning( parent, cap, text, buttonContinue,
+                                      dontAskAgainName);
+
+  if ( result == 0 ) return KMessageBox::Continue;
+  return KMessageBox::Cancel;
+}
+
+int KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel( QWidget *parent, 
+              const QString &text,
+              const QString &caption,
+              const QString &buttonYes, 
+              const QString &buttonNo )
+{
+  QString cap = caption;
+
+  int result = QMessageBox::warning( parent, cap, text,buttonYes ,buttonNo,
+                                     i18n("Cancel") );
+
+  if ( result == 0 ) return KMessageBox::Yes;
+  else if ( result == 1 ) return KMessageBox::No;
+  return KMessageBox::Cancel;
+}
+
+int KMessageBox::questionYesNo(QWidget *parent, 
+                         const QString &text,
+                         const QString &caption)
+{
+  QString cap = caption;
+
+  int result = QMessageBox::warning( parent, cap, text, i18n("Yes"),
+                                     i18n("No") );
+
+  if ( result == 0 ) return KMessageBox::Yes;
+  else return KMessageBox::No;
+}
+
+void KMessageBox::error( QWidget *parent, 
+         const QString &text, 
+         const QString &caption, bool notify )
+{
+  QString cap = caption;
+
+  if (cap.isEmpty()) {
+    cap = i18n("Error");
+  }
+
+  QMessageBox::critical( parent, cap, text );
+}
+
+void KMessageBox::information( QWidget *parent, 
+                          const QString &text, 
+                          const QString &caption,
+                          const QString &, 
+                          bool )
+{
+  QString cap = caption;
+
+  if (cap.isEmpty()) {
+    cap = i18n("Information");
+  }
+
+  QMessageBox::information( parent, cap, text );
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kmessagebox.h b/microkde/kmessagebox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01d83b1
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kmessagebox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KMESSAGEBOX_H
+#define MINIKDE_KMESSAGEBOX_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "klocale.h"
+class QWidget;
+
+class KMessageBox
+{
+  public:
+    enum { Ok = 1, Cancel = 2, Yes = 3, No = 4, Continue = 5 };
+
+    static void sorry(QWidget *parent, 
+                    const QString &text,
+                    const QString &caption = QString::null, bool notify=true);
+
+    static int warningContinueCancel(QWidget *parent, 
+                         const QString &text,
+                         const QString &caption = i18n("Warning"),
+                         const QString &buttonContinue =i18n("Continue"), 
+                         const QString &dontAskAgainName = i18n("Cancel"),
+                         bool notify=true );
+
+    static int warningYesNoCancel(QWidget *parent, 
+                                  const QString &text,
+                                  const QString &caption = i18n("Warning"),
+                                  const QString &buttonYes = i18n("Yes"), 
+                                  const QString &buttonNo = i18n("No"));
+
+    static int questionYesNo(QWidget *parent, 
+                         const QString &text,
+                         const QString &caption = i18n("Question"));
+
+    static void error(QWidget *parent, 
+                    const QString &text, 
+                    const QString &caption = i18n("Error"), bool notify=true);
+
+    static void information(QWidget *parent, 
+                          const QString &text, 
+                          const QString &caption = i18n("Information"),
+                          const QString &dontShowAgainName = QString::null, 
+                          bool notify=true);
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/knotifyclient.h b/microkde/knotifyclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..118026a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/knotifyclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KNOTIFYCLIENT_H
+#define MINIKDE_KNOTIFYCLIENT_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class KNotifyClient
+{
+  public:
+
+    static void beep() {}
+    static void beep( const QString & ) {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kprinter.h b/microkde/kprinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b99d689
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kprinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KPRINTER_H
+#define MINIKDE_KPRINTER_H
+
+#include <qprinter.h>
+
+#define KPrinter QPrinter
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kprocess.cpp b/microkde/kprocess.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..665d0bd
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kprocess.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#include "kprocess.h"
+
+void KProcess::clearArguments()
+{
+//  mProcess.clearArguments();
+}
+    
+KProcess & KProcess::operator<<( const QString &arg )
+{
+//  mProcess.addArgument( arg );
+
+  return *this;
+}
+    
+bool KProcess::start( KProcess::RunMode )
+{
+//  return mProcess.start();
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kprocess.h b/microkde/kprocess.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dffe96d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kprocess.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KPROCESS_H
+#define MINIKDE_KPROCESS_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+//#include <qpe/qprocess.h>
+
+class KProcess : public QObject
+{
+  public:
+    enum RunMode { DontCare, NotifyOnExit, Block };
+  
+    void clearArguments();
+    
+    KProcess & operator<<( const QString & );
+    
+    bool start( RunMode mode = DontCare );
+
+  private:
+//    QProcess mProcess;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configdialog.cpp b/microkde/kresources/configdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48d9137
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+
+#include <kbuttonbox.h>
+#include <kdialog.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+
+#include "factory.h"
+#include "configwidget.h"
+#include "configdialog.h"
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+ConfigDialog::ConfigDialog( QWidget *parent, const QString& resourceFamily,
+    /*const QString& type,*/ Resource* resource, /*KConfig *config, */const char *name )
+  : KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n( "Resource Configuration" ),
+    Ok|Cancel, Ok, true )/*, mConfig( config )*/, mResource( resource )
+{
+  Factory *factory = Factory::self( resourceFamily );
+
+//US  resize( 250, 240 );
+  resize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth(), 250), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight(), 240));
+
+//US  QFrame *main = makeMainWidget();
+  QFrame *main = plainPage();
+
+  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( main, 0, spacingHint() );
+
+  QGroupBox *generalGroupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal, main );
+  generalGroupBox->layout()->setSpacing( spacingHint() );
+  generalGroupBox->setTitle( i18n( "General Settings" ) );
+
+  new QLabel( i18n( "Name:" ), generalGroupBox );
+
+  mName = new KLineEdit( generalGroupBox );
+
+  mReadOnly = new QCheckBox( i18n( "Read-only" ), generalGroupBox );
+
+  mName->setText( mResource->resourceName() );
+  mReadOnly->setChecked( mResource->readOnly() );
+
+  mainLayout->addWidget( generalGroupBox );
+
+  QGroupBox *resourceGroupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  main );
+  resourceGroupBox->layout()->setSpacing( spacingHint());
+  resourceGroupBox->setTitle( i18n( "%1 Resource Settings" )
+                              .arg( factory->typeName( resource->type() ) ) );
+  mainLayout->addWidget( resourceGroupBox );
+
+  mainLayout->addStretch();
+
+  mConfigWidget = factory->configWidget( resource->type(), resourceGroupBox );
+  if ( mConfigWidget ) {
+    mConfigWidget->setInEditMode( false );
+    mConfigWidget->loadSettings( mResource );
+    mConfigWidget->show();
+    connect( mConfigWidget, SIGNAL( setReadOnly( bool ) ), 
+        SLOT( setReadOnly( bool ) ) );
+  }
+
+  connect( mName, SIGNAL( textChanged(const QString &)), 
+      SLOT( slotNameChanged(const QString &)));
+
+  slotNameChanged( mName->text() );
+  
+//US  setMinimumSize( 400, 250 );
+  setMinimumSize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth(), 400), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight(), 250));
+
+}
+
+void ConfigDialog::setInEditMode( bool value )
+{
+  if ( mConfigWidget )
+    mConfigWidget->setInEditMode( value );
+}
+
+void ConfigDialog::slotNameChanged( const QString &text)
+{
+  enableButtonOK( !text.isEmpty() );
+}
+
+void ConfigDialog::setReadOnly( bool value )
+{
+  mReadOnly->setChecked( value );
+}
+
+void ConfigDialog::accept()
+{
+  if ( mName->text().isEmpty() ) {
+    KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "Please enter a resource name" ) );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  mResource->setResourceName( mName->text() );
+  mResource->setReadOnly( mReadOnly->isChecked() );
+
+  if ( mConfigWidget ) {
+    // First save generic information
+    // Also save setting of specific resource type
+    mConfigWidget->saveSettings( mResource );
+  }
+
+  KDialog::accept();
+}
+
+//US #include "configdialog.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configdialog.h b/microkde/kresources/configdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6acc5d9
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGDIALOG_H
+#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGDIALOG_H
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+class KLineEdit;
+class QCheckBox;
+class KButtonBox;
+
+namespace KRES {
+  class Resource;
+  class ConfigWidget;
+
+class ConfigDialog : public KDialogBase
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  public:
+    // Resource=0: create new resource
+    ConfigDialog( QWidget *parent, const QString& resourceFamily,
+                  Resource* resource, const char *name = 0);
+
+    void setInEditMode( bool value );
+
+  protected slots:
+    void accept();
+    void setReadOnly( bool value );
+    void slotNameChanged( const QString &text);
+
+  private:
+    ConfigWidget *mConfigWidget;
+    Resource* mResource;
+
+    KLineEdit *mName;
+    QCheckBox *mReadOnly;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configpage.cpp b/microkde/kresources/configpage.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f1469d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configpage.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <qinputdialog.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <ksimpleconfig.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kurlrequester.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <kbuttonbox.h>
+//US #include <ktrader.h>
+
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "configdialog.h"
+
+#include "configpage.h"
+
+//US
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+class ConfigViewItem : public QCheckListItem
+{
+  public:
+    ConfigViewItem( QListView *parent, Resource* resource ) :
+      QCheckListItem( parent, resource->resourceName(), CheckBox ),
+      mResource( resource ),
+      mIsStandard( false )
+    {
+      setText( 1, mResource->type() );
+      setOn( mResource->isActive() );
+    }
+
+    void setStandard( bool value )
+    {
+      setText( 2, ( value ? i18n( "Yes" ) : QString::null ) );
+      mIsStandard = value;
+    }
+
+    bool standard() const { return mIsStandard; }
+    bool readOnly() const { return mResource->readOnly(); }
+
+    Resource *resource() { return mResource; }
+
+  private:
+    Resource* mResource;
+
+    bool mIsStandard;
+};
+
+ConfigPage::ConfigPage( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : QWidget( parent, name ),
+    mCurrentManager( 0 ),
+    mCurrentConfig( 0 )
+{
+  setCaption( i18n( "Resource Configuration" ) );
+
+  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+
+  QGroupBox *groupBox = new QGroupBox( i18n( "Resources" ), this );
+  groupBox->setColumnLayout(0, Qt::Vertical );
+  groupBox->layout()->setSpacing( 6 );
+  groupBox->layout()->setMargin( 11 );
+  QGridLayout *groupBoxLayout = new QGridLayout( groupBox->layout(), 2, 2 );
+
+//US  mFamilyCombo = new KComboBox( false, groupBox );
+  mFamilyCombo = new KComboBox( groupBox );
+  groupBoxLayout->addMultiCellWidget( mFamilyCombo, 0, 0, 0, 1 );
+
+  mListView = new KListView( groupBox );
+  mListView->setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+  mListView->addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) );
+  mListView->addColumn( i18n( "Type" ) );
+  mListView->addColumn( i18n( "Standard" ) );
+
+  groupBoxLayout->addWidget( mListView, 1, 0 );
+
+  KButtonBox *buttonBox = new KButtonBox( groupBox, Vertical );
+  mAddButton = buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&Add..." ), this, SLOT(slotAdd()) );
+  mRemoveButton = buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&Remove" ), this, SLOT(slotRemove()) );
+  mRemoveButton->setEnabled( false );
+  mEditButton = buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&Edit..." ), this, SLOT(slotEdit()) );
+  mEditButton->setEnabled( false );
+  mStandardButton = buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&Use as Standard" ), this, SLOT(slotStandard()) );
+  mStandardButton->setEnabled( false );
+  buttonBox->layout();
+
+  groupBoxLayout->addWidget( buttonBox, 1, 1 );
+
+  mainLayout->addWidget( groupBox );
+
+  connect( mFamilyCombo, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ),
+           SLOT( slotFamilyChanged( int ) ) );
+  connect( mListView, SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ),
+           SLOT( slotSelectionChanged() ) );
+  connect( mListView, SIGNAL( clicked( QListViewItem * ) ),
+           SLOT( slotItemClicked( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+
+  mLastItem = 0;
+
+//US  mConfig = new KConfig( "kcmkresourcesrc" );
+  mConfig = new KConfig( locateLocal( "config", "kcmkresourcesrc")   );
+  mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
+
+  load();
+}
+
+ConfigPage::~ConfigPage()
+{
+  QValueList<ResourcePageInfo>::Iterator it;
+  for ( it = mInfoMap.begin(); it != mInfoMap.end(); ++it ) {
+    (*it).mManager->removeListener( this );
+    delete (*it).mManager;
+    delete (*it).mConfig;
+  }
+
+  mConfig->writeEntry( "CurrentFamily", mFamilyCombo->currentItem() );
+  delete mConfig;
+  mConfig = 0;
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::load()
+{
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ConfigPage::load()" << endl;
+
+  mListView->clear();
+
+//US we remove the dynamic pluginloader, and set the one family we need (contact) manually.
+
+//US  KTrader::OfferList plugins = KTrader::self()->query( "KResources/Plugin" );
+//US  KTrader::OfferList::ConstIterator it;
+//US  for ( it = plugins.begin(); it != plugins.end(); ++it ) {
+//US    QVariant tmp = (*it)->property( "X-KDE-ResourceFamily" );
+//US    QString family = tmp.toString();
+    
+    QString family = "contact";
+    if ( !family.isEmpty() ) {
+      if ( !mFamilyMap.contains( family ) ) {
+        mCurrentManager = new Manager<Resource>( family );
+        if ( mCurrentManager ) {
+          mFamilyMap.append( family );
+          mCurrentManager->addListener( this );
+
+          ResourcePageInfo info;
+          info.mManager = mCurrentManager;
+          QString configDir = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation( "config" );
+          //QString configDir = KStandardDirs::appDir() + "/config";
+          if ( family == "contact" && QFile::exists( configDir + "/kabcrc" ) ) {
+            info.mConfig = new KConfig( locateLocal( "config", "kabcrc" ) );
+          } else if ( family == "calendar" && QFile::exists( configDir + "/kcalrc" ) ) {
+            info.mConfig = new KConfig( locateLocal( "config", "kcalrc" ) );
+          } else {
+            QString configFile = locateLocal( "config", QString( "kresources/%1/stdrc" ).arg( family ) );
+            info.mConfig = new KConfig( configFile );
+          }
+          info.mManager->readConfig( info.mConfig );
+
+          mInfoMap.append( info );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+//US  }
+  mCurrentManager = 0;
+
+  mFamilyCombo->insertStringList( mFamilyMap );
+
+  int currentFamily = mConfig->readNumEntry( "CurrentFamily", 0 );
+  mFamilyCombo->setCurrentItem( currentFamily );
+  slotFamilyChanged( currentFamily );
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::save()
+{
+  saveResourceSettings();
+
+  QValueList<ResourcePageInfo>::Iterator it;
+  for ( it = mInfoMap.begin(); it != mInfoMap.end(); ++it )
+    (*it).mManager->writeConfig( (*it).mConfig );
+
+  emit changed( false );
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::defaults()
+{
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged( int pos )
+{
+  if ( pos < 0 || pos >= (int)mFamilyMap.count() )
+    return;
+
+  saveResourceSettings();
+
+  mFamily = mFamilyMap[ pos ];
+
+//US  qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4 family=%s", mFamily.latin1());
+  
+  mCurrentManager = mInfoMap[ pos ].mManager;
+  mCurrentConfig = mInfoMap[ pos ].mConfig;
+
+  if ( !mCurrentManager )
+    kdDebug(5650) << "ERROR: cannot create ResourceManager<Resource>( mFamily )" << endl;
+
+  mListView->clear();
+
+  if ( mCurrentManager->isEmpty() ) {
+//US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.1 mCurrentManager=%ul", mCurrentManager );
+  
+    defaults();
+  }
+  
+  Resource *standardResource = mCurrentManager->standardResource();
+    
+//US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.4 resourcename=%s", standardResource->resourceName().latin1());
+
+  
+  Manager<Resource>::Iterator it;
+  for ( it = mCurrentManager->begin(); it != mCurrentManager->end(); ++it ) {
+    ConfigViewItem *item = new ConfigViewItem( mListView, *it );
+    if ( *it == standardResource )
+      item->setStandard( true );
+  }
+  
+  if ( mListView->childCount() == 0 ) {
+//US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.5 ");
+
+    defaults();
+    emit changed( true );
+    mCurrentManager->writeConfig( mCurrentConfig );
+  } else {
+//US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.6 ");
+    
+    if ( !standardResource ) {
+      KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "There is no standard resource! Please select one." ) );
+    
+//US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.7" );
+    
+    }
+
+    emit changed( false );
+  }
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::slotAdd()
+{
+  if ( !mCurrentManager )
+    return;
+
+  QStringList types = mCurrentManager->resourceTypeNames();
+  QStringList descs = mCurrentManager->resourceTypeDescriptions();
+  bool ok = false;
+  QString desc = QInputDialog::getItem( i18n( "Resource Configuration" ),
+                    i18n( "Please select type of the new resource:" ), descs, 0, 
+                    false, &ok, this );
+  if ( !ok )
+    return;
+
+  QString type = types[ descs.findIndex( desc ) ];
+
+  // Create new resource
+  Resource *resource = mCurrentManager->createResource( type );
+  if ( !resource ) {
+    KMessageBox::error( this, i18n("Unable to create resource of type '%1'.")
+                              .arg( type ) );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  resource->setResourceName( type + "-resource" );
+
+  ConfigDialog dlg( this, mFamily, resource, "KRES::ConfigDialog" );
+
+  if ( dlg.exec() ) {
+    mCurrentManager->add( resource );
+
+    ConfigViewItem *item = new ConfigViewItem( mListView, resource );
+
+    mLastItem = item;
+
+    // if there are only read-only resources we'll set this resource
+    // as standard resource
+    if ( !resource->readOnly() ) {
+      bool onlyReadOnly = true;
+      QListViewItem *it = mListView->firstChild();
+      while ( it != 0 ) {
+        ConfigViewItem *confIt = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( it );
+        if ( !confIt->readOnly() && confIt != item )
+          onlyReadOnly = false;
+
+        it = it->itemBelow();
+      }
+
+      if ( onlyReadOnly )
+        item->setStandard( true );
+    }
+
+    emit changed( true );
+  } else {
+    delete resource;
+    resource = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::slotRemove()
+{
+  if ( !mCurrentManager )
+    return;
+
+  QListViewItem *item = mListView->currentItem();
+  ConfigViewItem *confItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( item );
+
+  if ( !confItem )
+    return;
+
+  if ( confItem->standard() ) {
+    KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot remove your standard resource!\n Please select a new standard resource first." ) );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  mCurrentManager->remove( confItem->resource() );
+
+  if ( item == mLastItem )
+    mLastItem = 0;
+
+  mListView->takeItem( item );
+  delete item;
+
+  emit changed( true );
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::slotEdit()
+{
+  if ( !mCurrentManager )
+    return;
+
+  QListViewItem *item = mListView->currentItem();
+  ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( item );
+  if ( !configItem )
+    return;
+
+  Resource *resource = configItem->resource();
+
+  ConfigDialog dlg( this, mFamily, resource, "KRES::ConfigDialog" );
+
+  if ( dlg.exec() ) {
+    configItem->setText( 0, resource->resourceName() );
+    configItem->setText( 1, resource->type() );
+
+    if ( configItem->standard() && configItem->readOnly() ) {
+      KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot use a read-only resource as standard!" ) );
+      configItem->setStandard( false );
+    }
+
+    mCurrentManager->resourceChanged( resource );
+    emit changed( true );
+  }
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::slotStandard()
+{
+  if ( !mCurrentManager )
+    return;
+
+  ConfigViewItem *item = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( mListView->currentItem() );
+  if ( !item )
+    return;
+
+  if ( item->readOnly() ) {
+    KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot use a read-only resource as standard!" ) );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if ( !item->isOn() ) {
+    KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot use an inactive resource as standard!" ) );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  QListViewItem *it = mListView->firstChild();
+  while ( it != 0 ) {
+    ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( it );
+    if ( configItem->standard() )
+      configItem->setStandard( false );
+    it = it->itemBelow();
+  }
+
+  item->setStandard( true );
+  mCurrentManager->setStandardResource( item->resource() );
+   emit changed( true );
+
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::slotSelectionChanged()
+{
+  bool state = ( mListView->currentItem() != 0 );
+
+  mRemoveButton->setEnabled( state );
+  mEditButton->setEnabled( state );
+  mStandardButton->setEnabled( state );
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::resourceAdded( Resource* resource )
+{
+  qDebug("ConfigPage::resourceAdded  : %s", resource->resourceName().latin1());
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ConfigPage::resourceAdded( " << resource->resourceName() << " )" << endl;
+  ConfigViewItem *item = new ConfigViewItem( mListView, resource );
+
+  // FIXME: this sucks. This should be in the config file,
+  // or application-dependent, in which case it's always Off
+  item->setOn( false );
+
+  mLastItem = item;
+
+  emit changed( true );
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::resourceModified( Resource* resource )
+{
+  qDebug("ConfigPage::resourceModified  : %s", resource->resourceName().latin1());
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ConfigPage::resourceModified( " << resource->resourceName() << " )" << endl;
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::resourceDeleted( Resource* resource )
+{
+  qDebug("ConfigPage::resourceDeleted  : %s", resource->resourceName().latin1());
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ConfigPage::resourceDeleted( " << resource->resourceName() << " )" << endl;
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::slotItemClicked( QListViewItem *item )
+{
+  ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem *>( item );
+  if ( !configItem ) return;
+
+  if ( configItem->standard() && !configItem->isOn() ) {
+    KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot deactivate the standard resource. Choose another standard resource first." ) );
+    configItem->setOn( true );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if ( configItem->isOn() != configItem->resource()->isActive() ) {
+    emit changed( true );
+  }
+}
+
+void ConfigPage::saveResourceSettings()
+{
+  qDebug("ConfigPage::saveResourceSettings() begin");
+
+  if ( mCurrentManager ) {
+    
+    QListViewItem *item = mListView->firstChild();
+    while ( item ) {
+      ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( item );
+
+      // check if standard resource
+      if ( configItem->standard() && !configItem->readOnly() &&
+           configItem->isOn() ) {
+    
+        mCurrentManager->setStandardResource( configItem->resource() );
+      }
+    
+      // check if active or passive resource
+      configItem->resource()->setActive( configItem->isOn() );
+
+      item = item->nextSibling();
+    }
+    mCurrentManager->writeConfig( mCurrentConfig );
+
+    if ( !mCurrentManager->standardResource() )
+      KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "There is no valid standard resource! Please select one which is neither read-only nor inactive." ) );
+  }
+  
+    qDebug("ConfigPage::saveResourceSettings() end");
+  
+}
+
+//US #include "configpage.moc"
+
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configpage.h b/microkde/kresources/configpage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..492ea54
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configpage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGPAGE_H
+#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGPAGE_H
+
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+#include "manager.h"
+
+class KComboBox;
+class KListView;
+
+class QListViewItem;
+class QPushButton;
+
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class ResourcePageInfo
+{
+  public:
+    Manager<Resource> *mManager;
+    KConfig *mConfig;
+};
+
+class Resource;
+
+class ConfigPage : public QWidget, public ManagerListener<Resource>
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+  public:
+    ConfigPage( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    virtual ~ConfigPage();
+
+    void load();
+    void save();
+    virtual void defaults();
+
+  public slots:
+    void slotFamilyChanged( int );
+    void slotAdd();
+    void slotRemove();
+    void slotEdit();
+    void slotStandard();
+    void slotSelectionChanged();
+
+    // From ManagerListener<Resource>
+  public:
+    virtual void resourceAdded( Resource* resource );
+    virtual void resourceModified( Resource* resource );
+    virtual void resourceDeleted( Resource* resource );
+
+  protected slots:
+    void slotItemClicked( QListViewItem * );
+
+  signals:
+    void changed( bool );
+
+  private:
+    void saveResourceSettings();
+
+    Manager<Resource>* mCurrentManager;
+    KConfig* mCurrentConfig;
+    KConfig* mConfig;
+    QString mFamily;
+    QStringList mFamilyMap;
+    QValueList<ResourcePageInfo> mInfoMap;
+
+    KComboBox* mFamilyCombo;
+    KListView* mListView;
+    QPushButton* mAddButton;
+    QPushButton* mRemoveButton;
+    QPushButton* mEditButton;
+    QPushButton* mStandardButton;
+
+    QListViewItem* mLastItem;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configwidget.cpp b/microkde/kresources/configwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c42cbd4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "configwidget.h"
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+ConfigWidget::ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : QWidget( parent, name )
+{
+}
+
+void ConfigWidget::setInEditMode( bool )
+{
+}
+
+void ConfigWidget::loadSettings( Resource * )
+{
+}
+
+void ConfigWidget::saveSettings( Resource * )
+{
+}
+
+//US #include "configwidget.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configwidget.h b/microkde/kresources/configwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04dd696
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H
+#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+#include <kconfig.h>
+
+#include "resource.h"
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+  /**
+    Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
+    interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for
+    example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode.
+   */
+  virtual void setInEditMode( bool value );
+
+public slots:
+  virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource );
+  virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource );
+
+signals:
+  void setReadOnly( bool value );
+
+protected:
+  Resource* mResource;
+};
+
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/factory.cpp b/microkde/kresources/factory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..709cd4a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/factory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <ksimpleconfig.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kstaticdeleter.h>
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#include <plugins/file/resourcefile.h>
+#include <plugins/file/resourcefileconfig.h>
+#include <plugins/dir/resourcedir.h>
+#include <plugins/dir/resourcedirconfig.h>
+//#include <plugins/ldap/resourceldap.h>
+//#include <plugins/ldap/resourceldapconfig.h>
+
+
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "factory.h"
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+QDict<Factory> *Factory::mSelves = 0;
+static KStaticDeleter< QDict<Factory> > staticDeleter;
+
+Factory *Factory::self( const QString& resourceFamily )
+{
+  kdDebug(5650) << "Factory::self()" << endl;
+
+  Factory *factory = 0;
+  if ( !mSelves )
+  {
+    mSelves = staticDeleter.setObject( new QDict<Factory> );
+  }
+
+  factory = mSelves->find( resourceFamily );
+
+  if ( !factory ) {
+    factory = new Factory( resourceFamily );
+    mSelves->insert( resourceFamily, factory );
+  } 
+
+  return factory;
+}
+
+Factory::Factory( const QString& resourceFamily ) :
+  mResourceFamily( resourceFamily )
+{
+//US so far we have three types available for resourceFamily "contact"
+// and that are "file", "dir", "ldap"
+/*US  
+  
+  KTrader::OfferList plugins = KTrader::self()->query( "KResources/Plugin", QString( "[X-KDE-ResourceFamily] == '%1'" )
+                                                .arg( resourceFamily ) );
+  KTrader::OfferList::ConstIterator it;
+  for ( it = plugins.begin(); it != plugins.end(); ++it ) {
+    QVariant type = (*it)->property( "X-KDE-ResourceType" );
+    if ( !type.toString().isEmpty() )
+      mTypeMap.insert( type.toString(), *it );
+  }
+*/  
+
+//US !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+  KRES::PluginFactoryBase* pf = (KRES::PluginFactoryBase*)new KRES::PluginFactory<KABC::ResourceFile,KABC::ResourceFileConfig>();
+  mTypeMap.insert( "file", pf );
+
+  pf = (KRES::PluginFactoryBase*)new KRES::PluginFactory<KABC::ResourceDir,KABC::ResourceDirConfig>();
+  mTypeMap.insert( "dir", pf );
+  /*
+  pf = (KRES::PluginFactoryBase*)new KRES::PluginFactory<KABC::ResourceLDAP,KABC::ResourceLDAPConfig>();
+  mTypeMap.insert( "ldap", pf );
+  */
+}
+
+Factory::~Factory()
+{
+}
+
+QStringList Factory::typeNames() const
+{
+//US method QMap::keys() not available yet. SO collect the data manually
+//US return mTypeMap.keys();
+  
+  QStringList result;
+  
+  QMap<QString, PluginFactoryBase*>::ConstIterator it;
+  for( it = mTypeMap.begin(); it != mTypeMap.end(); ++it ) {
+    result << it.key().latin1();
+//    qDebug("Factory::typeNames() : %s ", it.key().latin1());
+
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+ConfigWidget *Factory::configWidget( const QString& type, QWidget *parent )
+{
+  if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
+    return 0;
+
+/*US load the lib not dynamically. !!  
+  KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
+  KLibFactory *factory = KLibLoader::self()->factory( ptr->library().latin1() );
+  if ( !factory ) {
+    kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::configWidget(): Factory creation failed" << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+*/
+  PluginFactoryBase *factory = mTypeMap[ type ];
+  if ( !factory ) {
+    kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::configWidget(): Factory creation failed" << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  PluginFactoryBase *pluginFactory = static_cast<PluginFactoryBase *>( factory );
+
+  if ( !pluginFactory ) {
+    kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::configWidget(): no plugin factory." << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  ConfigWidget *wdg = pluginFactory->configWidget( parent );
+  if ( !wdg ) {
+//US    kdDebug() << "'" << ptr->library() << "' is not a " + mResourceFamily + " plugin." << endl;
+    kdDebug() << " is not a " + mResourceFamily + " plugin." << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return wdg;
+ 
+}
+
+QString Factory::typeName( const QString &type ) const
+{
+  if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
+    return QString();
+    
+//US  KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
+//US  return ptr->name();
+//US I guess this is correct since we loaded the factory staticly.
+  return type;
+  
+}
+
+QString Factory::typeDescription( const QString &type ) const
+{
+  if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
+    return QString();
+
+//US  KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
+//US  return ptr->comment();
+//US I guess this is correct since we loaded the factory staticly.
+  return type;
+
+}
+
+Resource *Factory::resource( const QString& type, const KConfig *config )
+{
+  kdDebug() << "Factory::resource( " << type << ", config)" << endl;
+
+  if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
+    return 0;
+
+/*US load the lib not dynamicly. !!  
+  KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
+  KLibFactory *factory = KLibLoader::self()->factory( ptr->library().latin1() );
+  if ( !factory ) {
+    kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::resource(): Factory creation failed" << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+*/
+  PluginFactoryBase *factory = mTypeMap[ type ];
+  if ( !factory ) {
+    kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::resource(): Factory creation failed" << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  PluginFactoryBase *pluginFactory = static_cast<PluginFactoryBase *>( factory );
+
+  if ( !pluginFactory ) {
+    kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::resource(): no plugin factory." << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  Resource *resource = pluginFactory->resource( config );
+  if ( !resource ) {  
+//US    kdDebug() << "'" << ptr->library() << "' is not a " + mResourceFamily + " plugin." << endl;
+    kdDebug() << " is not a " + mResourceFamily + " plugin." << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  resource->setType( type );
+  
+  return resource;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/factory.h b/microkde/kresources/factory.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f391bb3
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/factory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_FACTORY_H
+#define KRESOURCES_FACTORY_H
+
+#include <qdict.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include <kconfig.h>
+
+
+#include "resource.h"
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+/**
+ * Class for loading resource plugins.
+ * Do not use this class directly. Use ResourceManager instead
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * KABC::Factory<Calendar> *factory = KABC::Factory<Calendar>::self();
+ *
+ * QStringList list = factory->resources();
+ * QStringList::Iterator it;
+ * for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
+ *   Resource<Calendar> *resource = factory->resource( (*it),
+ *        KABC::StdAddressBook::self(), 0 );
+ *   // do something with resource
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ */
+class Factory
+{
+  public:
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the global resource factory.
+     */
+    static Factory *self( const QString& resourceFamily );
+
+    ~Factory();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the config widget for the given resource type,
+     * or a null pointer if resource type doesn't exist.
+     *
+     * @param type   The type of the resource, returned by @ref resources()
+     * @param resource The resource to be editted. 
+     * @param parent The parent widget
+     */
+    ConfigWidget *configWidget( const QString& type, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a pointer to a resource object or a null pointer
+     * if resource type doesn't exist.
+     *
+     * @param type   The type of the resource, returned by @ref resources()
+     * @param ab     The address book, the resource should belong to
+     * @param config The config object where the resource get it settings from, or 0 if a new resource should be created.
+     */
+    Resource *resource( const QString& type, const KConfig *config );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a list of all available resource types.
+     */
+    QStringList typeNames() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the name for a special type.
+     */
+    QString typeName( const QString &type ) const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the description for a special type.
+     */
+    QString typeDescription( const QString &type ) const;
+
+  protected:
+    Factory( const QString& resourceFamily );
+
+  private:
+    static QDict<Factory> *mSelves;
+
+    QString mResourceFamily;
+//US    QMap<QString, KService::Ptr> mTypeMap;
+    QMap<QString, PluginFactoryBase*> mTypeMap;
+};
+
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.cpp b/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d600a31
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+
+//US #include <kaboutdata.h>
+//US #include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+#include "configpage.h"
+
+#include "kcmkresources.h"
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+//US typedef KGenericFactory<KCMKResources, QWidget> ResourcesFactory;
+//US K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kresources, ResourcesFactory( "kcmkresources" ) );
+
+//US KCMKResources::KCMKResources( QWidget *parent, const char *name, const QStringList& )
+//US  : KCModule( ResourcesFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+KCMKResources::KCMKResources( QWidget *parent, const char *name, const QStringList& )
+  : KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n( "Configure Resources" ),
+    Ok|Cancel, Ok, true )
+{
+  QFrame *main = plainPage();
+
+  QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout( main );
+  mConfigPage = new KRES::ConfigPage( main );
+  layout->addWidget( mConfigPage );
+
+
+  connect( mConfigPage, SIGNAL( changed( bool ) ), SLOT( changed( bool ) ) );
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    showMaximized();
+#endif
+}
+
+void KCMKResources::changed( bool changed)
+{
+  modified = changed;
+}
+
+void KCMKResources::slotOk()
+{
+  if (modified) {
+    mConfigPage->save();
+    modified = false;
+  }
+  
+  KDialogBase::slotOk();
+}
+
+void KCMKResources::load()
+{
+  qDebug("KCMKResources::load" );
+  mConfigPage->load();
+}
+
+void KCMKResources::save()
+{
+  qDebug("KCMKResources::save" );
+  mConfigPage->save();
+}
+
+void KCMKResources::defaults()
+{
+  qDebug("KCMKResources::defaults" );
+  mConfigPage->defaults();
+}
+
+//US #include "kcmkresources.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.h b/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a83bb33
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_KCMKRESOURCES_H
+#define KRESOURCES_KCMKRESOURCES_H
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class ConfigPage;
+
+
+//US class KCMKResources : public KCModule
+class KCMKResources : public KDialogBase
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+  public:
+    KCMKResources( QWidget *parent, const char *name, const QStringList& );
+
+    void load();
+    void save();
+    void defaults();
+        
+  protected slots:
+    virtual void slotOk();
+    void changed( bool );
+    
+  private:
+    KRES::ConfigPage *mConfigPage;
+    bool modified;
+};
+
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/manager.h b/microkde/kresources/manager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5e97fc
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/manager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_MANAGER_H
+#define KRESOURCES_MANAGER_H
+
+#include <qdict.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#include "factory.h"
+#include "managerimpl.h"
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class Resource;
+
+template<class T>
+class ManagerListener
+{
+  public:
+    virtual void resourceAdded( T *resource ) = 0;
+    virtual void resourceModified( T *resource ) = 0;
+    virtual void resourceDeleted( T *resource ) = 0;
+};
+
+// TODO:
+// The resource manager should provide some signals
+// to warn applications that resources have been added,
+// removed or modified.
+//
+// The manager should also keep track of which (or at least 
+// how many) applications hve opened a resource, so that it
+// is only closed if none of them is using it any more
+
+template<class T>
+class Manager : private ManagerImplListener
+{
+  public:
+    class Iterator
+    {
+        friend class Manager;
+      public:
+        Iterator() {};
+        Iterator( const Iterator &it ) { mIt = it.mIt; }
+
+        T *operator*() { return static_cast<T *>( *mIt ); }
+        Iterator &operator++() { mIt++; return *this; }
+        Iterator &operator++(int) { mIt++; return *this; }
+        Iterator &operator--() { mIt--; return *this; }
+        Iterator &operator--(int) { mIt--; return *this; }
+        bool operator==( const Iterator &it ) { return mIt == it.mIt; }
+        bool operator!=( const Iterator &it ) { return mIt != it.mIt; }
+
+      private:       
+        Resource::List::Iterator mIt;
+    };
+
+    Iterator begin()
+    {
+      Iterator it;
+      it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->begin();
+      return it;
+    }
+  
+    Iterator end()
+    {
+      Iterator it;
+      it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->end();
+      return it;
+    }
+
+    class ActiveIterator
+    {
+        friend class Manager;
+      public:
+        ActiveIterator() : mList( 0 ) {};
+        ActiveIterator( const ActiveIterator &it )
+        {
+          mIt = it.mIt;
+          mList = it.mList;
+        }
+
+        T *operator*() { return static_cast<T *>( *mIt ); }
+        ActiveIterator &operator++()
+        {
+          do { mIt++; } while ( checkActive() );
+          return *this;
+        }
+        ActiveIterator &operator++(int)
+        {
+          do { mIt++; } while ( checkActive() );
+          return *this;
+        }
+        ActiveIterator &operator--()
+        {
+          do { mIt--; } while ( checkActive() );
+          return *this;
+        }
+        ActiveIterator &operator--(int)
+        {
+          do { mIt--; } while ( checkActive() );
+          return *this;
+        }
+        bool operator==( const ActiveIterator &it ) { return mIt == it.mIt; }
+        bool operator!=( const ActiveIterator &it ) { return mIt != it.mIt; }
+
+      private:
+        /**
+          Check if iterator needs to be advanced once more.
+        */
+        bool checkActive()
+        {
+          if ( !mList || mIt == mList->end() ) return false;
+          return !(*mIt)->isActive();
+        }
+
+        Resource::List::Iterator mIt;
+        Resource::List *mList;
+    };
+
+    ActiveIterator activeBegin()
+    {
+      ActiveIterator it;
+      it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->begin();
+      it.mList = mImpl->resourceList();
+      if ( it.mIt != mImpl->resourceList()->end() ) {
+        if ( !(*it)->isActive() ) it++;
+      }
+      return it;
+    }
+
+    ActiveIterator activeEnd()
+    {
+      ActiveIterator it;
+      it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->end();
+      it.mList = mImpl->resourceList();
+      return it;
+    }
+
+    bool isEmpty() const { return mImpl->resourceList()->isEmpty(); }
+
+    Manager( const QString &family )
+    {
+      mFactory = Factory::self( family );
+      // The managerimpl will use the same Factory object as the manager
+      // because of the Factory::self() pattern
+      mImpl = new ManagerImpl( family );
+      mImpl->setListener( this );
+      
+      mListeners = new QPtrList<ManagerListener<T> >;
+    }
+
+    virtual ~Manager()
+    { 
+      mImpl->setListener( 0 );
+      delete mListeners;
+      delete mImpl;
+    }
+
+    /**
+      Recreate Resource objects from configuration file. If cfg is 0, read standard
+      configuration file.
+    */
+    void readConfig( KConfig *cfg = 0 )
+    {
+      mImpl->readConfig( cfg );
+    }
+
+    /**
+      Write configuration of Resource objects to configuration file. If cfg is 0, write
+      to standard configuration file.
+    */
+    void writeConfig( KConfig *cfg = 0 )
+    {
+      mImpl->writeConfig( cfg );
+    }
+
+    /**
+      Add resource to manager. This passes ownership of the Resource object
+      to the manager.
+    */
+    void add( Resource *resource )
+    {
+      if ( resource ) mImpl->add( resource );
+    }
+
+    void remove( Resource *resource )
+    {
+      if ( resource ) mImpl->remove( resource );
+    }
+
+    T* standardResource()
+    {
+      return static_cast<T *>( mImpl->standardResource() );
+    }
+
+    void setStandardResource( T *resource )
+    {
+      if ( resource ) mImpl->setStandardResource( resource );
+    }
+
+    void setActive( Resource *resource, bool active )
+    {
+      if ( resource ) mImpl->setActive( resource, active );
+    }
+
+    /**
+      Returns a list of the names of the reources managed by the
+      Manager for this family.
+    */
+    QStringList resourceNames() const
+    {
+      return mImpl->resourceNames();
+    }
+
+    ConfigWidget *configWidget( const QString& type, QWidget *parent = 0 )
+    {
+      return mFactory->resourceConfigWidget( type, parent );
+    }
+
+    /**
+      Creates a new resource of type @param type, with default 
+      settings. The resource is 
+      not added to the manager, the application has to do that.
+      Returns a pointer to a resource object or a null pointer
+      if resource type doesn't exist.
+     
+      @param type   The type of the resource, one of those returned 
+                    by @ref resourceTypeNames()
+    */
+    T *createResource( const QString& type )
+    {
+      return (T *)( mFactory->resource( type, 0 ) );
+    }
+
+    /**
+      Returns a list of the names of all available resource types.
+    */
+    QStringList resourceTypeNames() const
+    {
+      return mFactory->typeNames();
+    }
+
+    QStringList resourceTypeDescriptions() const
+    {
+      QStringList typeDescs;
+      QStringList types = mFactory->typeNames();
+
+      for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = types.begin(); it != types.end(); ++it ) {
+        QString desc = mFactory->typeName( *it );
+        if ( !mFactory->typeDescription( *it ).isEmpty() )
+          desc += " (" + mFactory->typeDescription( *it ) + ")";
+
+        typeDescs.append( desc );
+      }
+
+      return typeDescs;
+    }
+
+    void resourceChanged( T *resource )
+    { 
+      mImpl->resourceChanged( resource ); 
+    }
+
+    void addListener( ManagerListener<T> *listener )
+    {
+      mListeners->append( listener );
+    }
+
+    void removeListener( ManagerListener<T> *listener )
+    {
+      mListeners->remove( listener );
+    }
+
+    virtual void resourceAdded( Resource *res )
+    {
+      kdDebug(5650) << "Manager::resourceAdded " << res->resourceName() << endl;
+      T* resource = (T *)( res );
+      ManagerListener<T> *listener;
+      for ( listener = mListeners->first(); listener; listener = mListeners->next() )
+        listener->resourceAdded( resource );
+    }
+
+    virtual void resourceModified( Resource *res )
+    {
+      kdDebug(5650) << "Manager::resourceModified " << res->resourceName() << endl;
+      T* resource = (T *)( res );
+      ManagerListener<T> *listener;
+      for ( listener = mListeners->first(); listener; listener = mListeners->next() )
+        listener->resourceModified( resource );
+    }
+    
+    virtual void resourceDeleted( Resource *res )
+    {
+      kdDebug(5650) << "Manager::resourceDeleted " << res->resourceName() << endl;
+      T* resource = (T *)( res );
+      ManagerListener<T> *listener;
+      for ( listener = mListeners->first(); listener; listener = mListeners->next() ) {
+        kdDebug(5650) << "Notifying a listener to Manager..." << endl;
+        listener->resourceDeleted( resource );
+      }
+    }
+
+  private:
+    ManagerImpl *mImpl;
+    Factory *mFactory;
+    QPtrList<ManagerListener<T> > *mListeners;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.cpp b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1baa6be
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+    
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "factory.h"
+#include "managerimpl.h"
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+ManagerImpl::ManagerImpl( const QString &family )
+  : mFamily( family ), mConfig( 0 ), mStdConfig( 0 ), mStandard( 0 ),
+    mFactory( 0 )
+
+{
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::ManagerImpl()" << endl;
+  
+  
+}
+
+ManagerImpl::~ManagerImpl()
+{
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::~ManagerImpl()" << endl;
+
+  Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
+  for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
+    delete *it;
+  }
+ 
+  delete mStdConfig;
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::createStandardConfig()
+{
+  if ( !mStdConfig ) {
+    QString file = locateLocal( "data", KGlobal::getAppName() 
+                                + "/kresources/" + mFamily + "rc" );
+    mStdConfig = new KConfig( file );
+  }
+  
+  mConfig = mStdConfig;
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::readConfig( KConfig *cfg )
+{
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::readConfig()" << endl;
+
+  delete mFactory;
+  mFactory = Factory::self( mFamily );
+
+  if ( !cfg ) {
+    createStandardConfig();
+  } else {
+    mConfig = cfg;
+  }
+  
+  mStandard = 0;
+
+  mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
+
+  QStringList keys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
+  keys += mConfig->readListEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys" );
+
+  QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
+
+  for ( QStringList::Iterator it = keys.begin(); it != keys.end(); ++it ) {
+    readResourceConfig( *it, false );
+  }
+  
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::writeConfig( KConfig *cfg )
+{
+//USqDebug("ManagerImpl::writeConfig begin this= %ul cfg=%ul", this, cfg);  
+  
+  
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::writeConfig()" << endl;
+
+  if ( !cfg ) {
+    createStandardConfig();
+  } else {
+    mConfig = cfg;
+  }
+  
+  QStringList activeKeys;
+  QStringList passiveKeys;
+
+  // First write all keys, collect active and passive keys on the way
+  Resource::List::Iterator it;
+  for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
+    writeResourceConfig( *it, false );
+
+    QString key = (*it)->identifier();
+    if( (*it)->isActive() )
+      activeKeys.append( key );
+    else
+      passiveKeys.append( key );
+  }
+
+  // And then the general group
+
+  kdDebug(5650) << "Saving general info" << endl;
+  mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
+  mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
+  mConfig->writeEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys", passiveKeys );
+  if ( mStandard ) 
+    mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", mStandard->identifier() );
+  else
+    mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", "" );
+
+  mConfig->sync();
+  kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::save() finished" << endl;
+  
+//US qDebug("ManagerImpl::writeConfig end this= %ul cfg=%ul", this, cfg);  
+  
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::add( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP )
+{
+qDebug("ManagerImpl::add begin this= %ul resource=%ul", this, resource);  
+  
+  resource->setActive( true );
+
+  if ( mResources.isEmpty() ) {
+    mStandard = resource;
+  }
+
+  mResources.append( resource );
+
+  writeResourceConfig( resource, true );
+
+  qDebug("ManagerImpl::add end this= %ul resource=%ul", this, resource);  
+
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::remove( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP )
+{
+  if ( mStandard == resource ) mStandard = 0;
+  removeResource( resource );
+
+  mResources.remove( resource );
+
+  delete resource;
+
+  kdDebug(5650) << "Finished ManagerImpl::remove()" << endl;
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::setActive( Resource *resource, bool active )
+{
+  if ( resource && resource->isActive() != active ) {
+    resource->setActive( active );
+  }
+}
+
+Resource *ManagerImpl::standardResource() 
+{
+  return mStandard;
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::setStandardResource( Resource *resource ) 
+{
+  mStandard = resource;
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::resourceChanged( Resource *resource )
+{
+  writeResourceConfig( resource, true );
+
+
+//  ManagerIface_stub allManagers( "*", "ManagerIface_" + mFamily.utf8() );
+//  allManagers.dcopResourceModified( resource->identifier() );
+}
+
+// DCOP asynchronous functions
+//US since we work from inside the application, we call the methods directly.
+
+QStringList ManagerImpl::resourceNames()
+{
+  QStringList result;
+
+  Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
+  for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
+    result.append( (*it)->resourceName() );
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+Resource::List *ManagerImpl::resourceList()
+{
+  return &mResources;
+}
+
+QPtrList<Resource> ManagerImpl::resources()
+{
+  QPtrList<Resource> result;
+
+  Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
+  for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
+    result.append( *it );
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+QPtrList<Resource> ManagerImpl::resources( bool active )
+{
+  QPtrList<Resource> result;
+
+  Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
+  for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
+    if ( (*it)->isActive() == active ) {
+      result.append( *it );
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::setListener( ManagerImplListener *listener )
+{
+  mListener = listener;
+}
+
+Resource* ManagerImpl::readResourceConfig( const QString& identifier,
+                                                   bool checkActive )
+{
+  kdDebug() << "ManagerImpl::readResourceConfig() " << identifier << endl;
+  
+//  qDebug("ManagerImpl::readResourceConfig() %s", identifier.latin1());
+
+  mConfig->setGroup( "Resource_" + identifier );
+
+  QString type = mConfig->readEntry( "ResourceType" );
+  QString name = mConfig->readEntry( "ResourceName" );
+  Resource *resource = mFactory->resource( type, mConfig );
+  if ( !resource ) {
+    kdDebug(5650) << "Failed to create resource with id " << identifier << endl;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if ( resource->identifier().isEmpty() )
+    resource->setIdentifier( identifier );
+
+  mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
+
+  QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
+  if ( standardKey == identifier ) {
+    mStandard = resource;
+  }
+
+  if ( checkActive ) {
+    QStringList activeKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
+    resource->setActive( activeKeys.contains( identifier ) );
+  }
+  mResources.append( resource );
+
+  return resource;
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::writeResourceConfig( Resource *resource,
+                                               bool checkActive )
+{
+  QString key = resource->identifier();
+
+  kdDebug(5650) << "Saving resource " << key << endl;
+
+  if ( !mConfig ) createStandardConfig();
+
+  mConfig->setGroup( "Resource_" + key );
+  resource->writeConfig( mConfig );
+
+  mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
+  QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
+
+  if ( resource == mStandard  && standardKey != key )
+    mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", resource->identifier() );
+  else if ( resource != mStandard && standardKey == key )
+    mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", "" );
+  
+  if ( checkActive ) {
+    QStringList activeKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
+    if ( resource->isActive() && !activeKeys.contains( key ) ) {
+      activeKeys.append( resource->identifier() );
+      mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
+    } else if ( !resource->isActive() && activeKeys.contains( key ) ) {
+      activeKeys.remove( key );
+      mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
+    }
+  }
+
+  mConfig->sync();
+}
+
+void ManagerImpl::removeResource( Resource *resource )
+{
+  QString key = resource->identifier();
+
+  if ( !mConfig ) createStandardConfig();
+  
+  mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
+  QStringList activeKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
+  if ( activeKeys.contains( key ) ) {
+    activeKeys.remove( key );
+    mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
+  } else {
+    QStringList passiveKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys" );
+    passiveKeys.remove( key );
+    mConfig->writeEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys", passiveKeys );
+  }
+
+  QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
+  if ( standardKey == key ) {
+    mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", "" );
+  }
+
+  mConfig->deleteGroup( "Resource_" + resource->identifier() );
+
+  mConfig->sync();
+}
+
+Resource* ManagerImpl::getResource( const QString& identifier )
+{
+  Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
+  for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
+    if ( (*it)->identifier() == identifier )
+      return *it;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.h b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a049bcc
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_MANAGERIMPL_H
+#define KRESOURCES_MANAGERIMPL_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+//US
+#include <qobject.h>
+
+#include "resource.h"
+
+
+class KConfig;
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class Resource;
+class Factory;
+
+class ManagerImplListener
+{
+  public:
+    virtual void resourceAdded( Resource *resource ) = 0;
+    virtual void resourceModified( Resource *resource ) = 0;
+    virtual void resourceDeleted( Resource *resource ) = 0;
+};
+
+
+/**
+  @internal
+
+  Do not use this class directly. Use ResourceManager instead
+*/
+class ManagerImpl : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  public:
+    ManagerImpl( const QString &family );
+    ~ManagerImpl();
+
+    void readConfig( KConfig * );
+    void writeConfig( KConfig * );
+
+    void add( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP = true );
+    void remove( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP = true );
+
+    Resource *standardResource();
+    void setStandardResource( Resource *resource );
+
+    void setActive( Resource *resource, bool active );
+
+    Resource::List *resourceList();
+
+    QPtrList<Resource> resources();
+
+    // Get only active or passive resources
+    QPtrList<Resource> resources( bool active );
+
+    QStringList resourceNames();
+
+    void setListener( ManagerImplListener *listener );
+
+  public slots:
+    void resourceChanged( Resource *resource );
+
+  private:
+    // dcop calls
+
+  private:
+    void createStandardConfig();
+    
+    Resource *readResourceConfig( const QString& identifier, bool checkActive );
+    void writeResourceConfig( Resource *resource, bool checkActive );
+    
+    void removeResource( Resource *resource );
+    Resource *getResource( Resource *resource );
+    Resource *getResource( const QString& identifier );
+
+    QString mFamily;
+    KConfig *mConfig;
+    KConfig *mStdConfig;
+    Resource *mStandard;
+    Factory *mFactory;
+    Resource::List mResources;
+    ManagerImplListener *mListener;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/resource.cpp b/microkde/kresources/resource.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..169eaa4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/resource.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2001 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+
+#include "resource.h"
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+class Resource::ResourcePrivate
+{
+  public:
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutex mMutex;
+#endif
+    int mOpenCount;
+    QString mType;
+    QString mIdentifier;
+    bool mReadOnly;
+    QString mName;
+    bool mActive;
+    bool mIsOpen;
+};
+
+Resource::Resource( const KConfig* config )
+  : QObject( 0, "" ), d( new ResourcePrivate )
+{
+  d->mOpenCount = 0;
+  d->mIsOpen = false;
+
+  //US compiler claimed that const discards qualifier
+  KConfig* cfg = (KConfig*)config;  
+  if ( cfg ) {
+    d->mType = cfg->readEntry( "ResourceType" );
+    d->mName = cfg->readEntry( "ResourceName" );
+    d->mReadOnly = cfg->readBoolEntry( "ResourceIsReadOnly", false );
+    d->mActive = cfg->readBoolEntry( "ResourceIsActive", true );
+    d->mIdentifier = cfg->readEntry( "ResourceIdentifier" );
+  } else {
+    d->mType = "type";
+    d->mName = "resource-name";
+    d->mReadOnly = false;
+    d->mActive = true;
+    d->mIdentifier = KApplication::randomString( 10 );
+  }
+}
+
+Resource::~Resource()
+{
+  delete d;
+  d = 0;
+}
+
+void Resource::writeConfig( KConfig* config )
+{
+  kdDebug(5650) << "Resource::writeConfig()" << endl;
+
+  config->writeEntry( "ResourceType", d->mType );
+  config->writeEntry( "ResourceName", d->mName );
+  config->writeEntry( "ResourceIsReadOnly", d->mReadOnly );
+  config->writeEntry( "ResourceIsActive", d->mActive );
+  config->writeEntry( "ResourceIdentifier", d->mIdentifier );
+}
+
+bool Resource::open()
+{
+  d->mIsOpen = true;
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+  QMutexLocker guard( &(d->mMutex) );
+#endif
+  if ( !d->mOpenCount ) {
+    kdDebug(5650) << "Opening resource " << resourceName() << endl;
+    d->mIsOpen = doOpen();
+  }
+  d->mOpenCount++;
+  return d->mIsOpen;
+}
+
+void Resource::close()
+{
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+  QMutexLocker guard( &(d->mMutex) );
+#endif
+  if ( !d->mOpenCount ) {
+    kdDebug(5650) << "ERROR: Resource " << resourceName() << " closed more times than previously opened" << endl;
+    return;
+  }
+  d->mOpenCount--;
+  if ( !d->mOpenCount ) {
+    kdDebug(5650) << "Closing resource " << resourceName() << endl;
+    doClose();
+    d->mIsOpen = false;
+  } else {
+    kdDebug(5650) << "Not yet closing resource " << resourceName() << ", open count = " << d->mOpenCount << endl;
+  }
+}
+
+bool Resource::isOpen() const
+{
+  return d->mIsOpen;
+}
+
+void Resource::setIdentifier( const QString& identifier )
+{
+  d->mIdentifier = identifier;
+}
+
+QString Resource::identifier() const
+{
+  return d->mIdentifier;
+}
+
+void Resource::setType( const QString& type )
+{
+  d->mType = type;
+}
+
+QString Resource::type() const
+{
+  return d->mType;
+}
+
+void Resource::setReadOnly( bool value )
+{
+  d->mReadOnly = value;
+}
+
+bool Resource::readOnly() const
+{
+  return d->mReadOnly;
+}
+
+void Resource::setResourceName( const QString &name )
+{
+  d->mName = name;
+}
+
+QString Resource::resourceName() const
+{
+  return d->mName;
+}
+
+void Resource::setActive( bool value )
+{
+  d->mActive = value;
+}
+
+bool Resource::isActive() const
+{
+  return d->mActive;
+}
+
+void Resource::dump() const
+{
+  kdDebug(5650) << "Resource:" << endl;
+  kdDebug(5650) << "  Name: " << d->mName << endl;
+  kdDebug(5650) << "  Identifier: " << d->mIdentifier << endl;
+  kdDebug(5650) << "  Type: " << d->mType << endl;
+  kdDebug(5650) << "  OpenCount: " << d->mOpenCount << endl;
+  kdDebug(5650) << "  ReadOnly: " << ( d->mReadOnly ? "yes" : "no" ) << endl;
+  kdDebug(5650) << "  Active: " << ( d->mActive ? "yes" : "no" ) << endl;
+  kdDebug(5650) << "  IsOpen: " << ( d->mIsOpen ? "yes" : "no" ) << endl;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/resource.h b/microkde/kresources/resource.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff4f23
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/resource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources
+
+    Copyright (c) 2001 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_RESOURCE_H
+#define KRESOURCES_RESOURCE_H
+
+//US
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+#include <qmutex.h>
+#endif //QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+
+class KConfig;
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class KLibFactory;
+class ConfigWidget;
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ * @libdoc The KDE Resource library
+ *
+ * NOTE: this library is NOT (YET?) PUBLIC. Do not publish this
+ * interface, it is in constant flux.
+ *
+ * The KDE Resource framework can be used to manage resources of
+ * different types, organized in families. The Resource framework
+ * is currently used for addressbook resources in libkabc and for
+ * calendar resources in libkcal.
+ *
+ * When you want to use the framework for a new family, you need to
+ * <ul><li>Define a name for your resource family</li>
+ * <li>subclass Resource and add the fields and method that are needed
+ * in your application</li>
+ * <li>If needed, override the doOpen() and doClose() methods.
+ * <li> Provide a configuration possibility for resources in your
+ * new family. You can use @ref ResourcesConfigPage to easily create a
+ * KControl applet</li>
+ * <li>In your application, you can use @ref ResourceManager to keep track
+ * of the resources in your family, and you can use @ref ResourceSelectDialog
+ * to let the user select a single resource.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * When you want to add a new resource type to an existing resource family,
+ * you need to
+ * <ul><li>Further subclass the family-specific Resource to implement
+ * resource type-specific operation</li>
+ * <li>Subclass ResourceConfigWidget to provide a configuration widget
+ * for your new resource type</li>
+ * <li>Provide a .desktop file so that the new resource type can be found
+ * automatically by the ResourceManager</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *
+<B>resourceexample.h</B>:
+<pre>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kresources/resource.h>
+
+class ResourceExample : public KRES::ResourceExample
+{
+public:
+  ResourceExample( const KConfig * );
+  ~ResourceCalendarExchange();
+  void writeConfig( KConfig *config );
+private:
+  QString mLocation;
+  QString mPassword;
+}
+</pre>
+<B>resourceexample.cpp</B>:
+<pre>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+
+#include "resourceexample.h"
+
+ResourceExample::ResourceExample( const KConfig *config )
+    : Resource( config )
+{
+  if ( config ) {
+    mLocation = config->readEntry( "Location" );
+    mPassword = KStringHandler::obscure( config->readEntry( "Password" ) );
+  } else {
+    mLocation = ""; // Or some sensible default
+    mPassword = "";
+  }
+}
+
+void ResourceExample::writeConfig( KConfig *config )
+{
+  KRES::Resource::writeConfig( config );
+  config->writeEntry( "Location", mLocation );
+  config->writeEntry( "Password", KStringHandler::obscure( mPassword ) );
+}
+
+extern "C"
+{
+  KRES::ResourceExample *config_widget( QWidget *parent ) {
+    return new ResourceExampleConfig( parent, "Configure Example Resource" );
+  }
+
+  KRES::Resource *resource( const KConfig *config ) {
+    return new ResourceExample( config );
+  }
+}
+</pre>
+* <B>resourceexampleconfig.h</B>:
+<pre>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kresources/resourceconfigwidget.h>
+
+#include "resourceexample.h"
+
+class ResourceExampleConfig : public KRES::ResourceConfigWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  ResourceExampleConfig( QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+
+public slots:
+  virtual void loadSettings( KRES::Resource *resource);
+  virtual void saveSettings( KRES::Resource *resource );
+
+private:
+  KLineEdit* mLocationEdit;
+  KLineEdit* mPasswordEdit;
+};
+</pre>
+* <B>resourceexampleconfig.cpp</B>:
+<pre>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qlabel.h"
+#include <kresources/resourceconfigwidget.h>
+#include "resourceexample.h"
+#include "resourceexampleconfig.h"
+
+ResourceExampleConfig::ResourceExampleConfig( QWidget* parent,  const char* name )
+    : KRES::ResourceConfigWidget( parent, name )
+{
+  resize( 245, 115 );
+  QGridLayout *mainLayout = new QGridLayout( this, 2, 2 );
+
+  QLabel *label = new QLabel( i18n( "Location:" ), this );
+  mHostEdit = new KLineEdit( this );
+  mainLayout->addWidget( label, 1, 0 );
+  mainLayout->addWidget( mHostEdit, 1, 1 );
+
+  label = new QLabel( i18n( "Password:" ), this );
+  mPasswordEdit = new KLineEdit( this );
+  mPasswordEdit->setEchoMode( QLineEdit::Password );
+  mainLayout->addWidget( label, 2, 0 );
+  mainLayout->addWidget( mPasswordEdit, 2, 1 );
+}
+
+void ResourceExampleConfig::loadSettings( KRES::Resource *resource )
+{
+  ResourceExample* res = dynamic_cast<ResourceExample *>( resource );
+  if (res) {
+    mHostEdit->setText( res->host() );
+    mPasswordEdit->setText( res->password() );
+  } else
+    kdDebug(5700) << "ERROR: ResourceExampleConfig::loadSettings(): no ResourceExample, cast failed" << endl;
+}
+
+void ResourceExampleConfig::saveSettings( KRES::Resource *resource )
+{
+  ResourceExample* res = dynamic_cast<ResourceExample *>( resource );
+  if (res) {
+    res->setHost(mHostEdit->text());
+    res->setPassword(mPasswordEdit->text());
+  } else
+    kdDebug(5700) << "ERROR: ResourceExampleConfig::saveSettings(): no ResourceExample, cast failed" << endl;
+}
+</pre>
+* <B>resourceexample.desktop</B>:
+<pre>
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+
+[Misc]
+Encoding=UTF-8
+Name=Example Resource
+
+[Plugin]
+Type=exchange
+X-KDE-Library=resourceexample
+</pre>
+* <B>Makefile.am</B>
+<pre>
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = resourceexample.la
+
+resourceexample_la_SOURCES = resourceexample.cpp resourceexampleconfig.cpp
+resourceexample_la_LDFLAGS= $(all_libraries) -module $(KDE_PLUGIN)
+resourceexample_la_LIBADD= -lkderesources
+
+linkdir= $(kde_datadir)/resources/family
+link_DATA= resourceexample.desktop
+</pre>
+ *
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A @ref Resource  is a ...
+ *
+ * A subclass should reimplement at least the constructor and the
+ * @ref writeConfig method.
+ *
+   */
+class Resource : public QObject
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+  public:
+    typedef QValueList<Resource *> List;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructor. Construct resource from config.
+     * @param config Configuration to read persistence information from.
+     *               If config==0, create object using default settings.
+     */
+    Resource( const KConfig* config );
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor.
+     */
+    virtual ~Resource();
+
+    /**
+     * Write configuration information for this resource to a configuration
+     * file. If you override this method, remember to call Resource::writeConfig
+     * or Terrible Things(TM) will happen.
+     * @param config Configuration to write persistence information to.
+     */
+    virtual void writeConfig( KConfig* config );
+
+    /**
+     * Open this resource, if it not already open. Increase the open
+     * count of this object, and open the resource by calling @ref doOpen().
+     * This method may block while another thread is concurrently opening
+     * or closing the resource.
+     *
+     * Returns true if the resource was already opened or if it was opened
+     * successfully; returns false if the resource was not opened successfully.
+     */
+    bool open();
+
+    /**
+     * Decrease the open count of this object, and if the count reaches
+     * zero, close this resource by calling @ref doClose().
+     * This method may block while another thread is concurrently closing
+     * or opening the resource.
+     */
+    void close();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether the resource is open or not.
+     */
+    bool isOpen() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a unique identifier. The identifier is unique for this resource.
+     * It is created when the resource is first created, and it is retained
+     * in the resource family configuration file for this resource.
+     * @return This resource's identifier
+     */
+    QString identifier() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the type of this resource.
+     */
+    QString type() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Mark the resource as read-only. You can override this method,
+     * but also remember to call Resource::setReadOnly().
+     */
+    virtual void setReadOnly( bool value );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns, if the resource is read-only.
+     */
+    virtual bool readOnly() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Set the name of resource.You can override this method,
+     * but also remember to call Resource::setResourceName().
+     */
+    virtual void setResourceName( const QString &name );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the name of resource.
+     */
+    virtual QString resourceName() const;
+
+    /**
+      Sets, if the resource is active.
+    */
+    void setActive( bool active );
+
+    /**
+      Return true, if the resource is active.
+    */
+    bool isActive() const;
+
+    friend class Factory;
+    friend class ManagerImpl;
+
+    /**
+      Print resource information as debug output.
+    */
+    virtual void dump() const;
+
+  protected:
+    /**
+     * Open this resource. When called, the resource must be in
+     * a closed state.
+     *
+     * Returns true if the resource was opened successfully;
+     * returns false if the resource was not opened successfully.
+     *
+     * The result of this call can be accessed later by @ref isOpen()
+     */
+    virtual bool doOpen() { return true; }
+
+    /**
+     * Close this resource. Pre-condition: resource is open.
+     * Post-condition: resource is closed.
+     */
+    virtual void doClose() {}
+
+    void setIdentifier( const QString& identifier );
+    void setType( const QString& type );
+
+  private:
+    class ResourcePrivate;
+    ResourcePrivate *d;
+};
+
+//US class PluginFactoryBase : public KLibFactory
+class PluginFactoryBase
+{
+  public:
+    virtual Resource *resource( const KConfig *config ) = 0;
+
+    virtual ConfigWidget *configWidget( QWidget *parent ) = 0;
+
+  protected:
+    virtual QObject* createObject( QObject*, const char*, const char*,
+                                   const QStringList & )
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+};
+
+template<class TR,class TC>
+class PluginFactory : public PluginFactoryBase
+{
+  public:
+    Resource *resource( const KConfig *config )
+    {
+      return new TR( config );
+    }
+    
+    ConfigWidget *configWidget( QWidget *parent )
+    {
+      return new TC( parent );
+    }
+};
+
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/resourceselectdialog.h b/microkde/kresources/resourceselectdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fef689d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/resourceselectdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#ifndef MICRO_KRES_RESOURCESELECTDIALOG_H
+#define MICRO_KRES_RESOURCESELECTDIALOG_H
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class ResourceSelectDialog
+{
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.cpp b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fba8648
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/*US
+#include <kbuttonbox.h>
+#include <klistbox.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+
+*/
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+
+//US
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+
+#include "resource.h"
+
+#include "selectdialog.h"
+
+using namespace KRES;
+
+//US I am using KBaseDialog instead of KDialog
+//US  : KDialog( parent, name, true )
+SelectDialog::SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent,
+                            const char *name )
+  : KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n( "Resource Selection" ), Help | Ok | Cancel,
+                 Ok, true)
+
+{
+//US  setCaption( i18n( "Resource Selection" ) );
+//US  resize( 300, 200 );
+  resize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth(), 300), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight(), 200) );
+
+//US  
+  QFrame *main = plainPage();
+/*US
+  QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout( main );
+  mConfigPage = new KRES::ConfigPage( main );
+  layout->addWidget( mConfigPage );
+*/
+
+//US  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( main );
+  mainLayout->setMargin( marginHint() );
+    
+//US  QGroupBox *groupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  this );
+  QGroupBox *groupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  main );
+  groupBox->setTitle( i18n( "Resources" ) );
+
+//US  mResourceId = new KListBox( groupBox );
+  mResourceId = new QListBox( groupBox );
+
+  mainLayout->addWidget( groupBox );
+
+  mainLayout->addSpacing( 40 );
+
+/*US 
+  KButtonBox *buttonBox = new KButtonBox( this );
+
+  buttonBox->addStretch();    
+  buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&OK" ), this, SLOT( accept() ) );
+  buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&Cancel" ), this, SLOT( reject() ) );
+  buttonBox->layout();
+
+  mainLayout->addWidget( buttonBox );
+*/
+  // setup listbox
+  uint counter = 0;
+  for ( uint i = 0; i < list.count(); ++i ) {
+    Resource *resource = list.at( i );
+    if ( resource && !resource->readOnly() ) {
+      mResourceMap.insert( counter, resource );
+      mResourceId->insertItem( resource->resourceName() );
+      counter++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  mResourceId->setCurrentItem( 0 );
+  connect( mResourceId, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListBoxItem*)), 
+           SLOT(accept()) );
+}
+
+Resource *SelectDialog::resource()
+{
+  if ( mResourceId->currentItem() != -1 )
+    return mResourceMap[ mResourceId->currentItem() ];
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+Resource *SelectDialog::getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent )
+{
+  if ( list.count() == 0 ) {
+    KMessageBox::error( parent, i18n( "There is no resource available!" ) );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if ( list.count() == 1 ) return list.first();
+
+  // the following lines will return a writeable resource if only _one_ writeable
+  // resource exists
+  Resource *found = 0;
+  Resource *it = list.first();
+  while ( it ) {
+    if ( !it->readOnly() ) {
+      if ( found ) {
+        found = 0;
+        break;
+      } else
+        found = it;
+    }
+    it = list.next();
+  }
+
+  if ( found )
+    return found;
+  
+  SelectDialog dlg( list, parent);
+//US  if ( dlg.exec() == KDialog::Accepted )
+  if ( dlg.exec() )
+    return dlg.resource();
+  else 
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*US
+#include "selectdialog.moc"
+*/
+
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.h b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7026212
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libkresources.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H
+#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+//US class KListBox;
+class QListBox;
+
+namespace KRES {
+
+class Resource;
+
+/**
+ * Dialog for selecting a resource.
+ * 
+ * Example:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource();
+ * if ( !( res ) ) {
+ *   // no resource selected
+ * } else {
+ *   // do something with resource
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ */
+//US class SelectDialog : KDialog
+class SelectDialog : KDialogBase
+{
+    // Q_OBJECT
+  public:
+    /**
+     * Constructor.
+     * @param ab     The address book you want to select the resource from
+     * @param parent The parent widget
+     * @param name   The name of the dialog
+     */
+    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+        const char *name = 0);
+
+  //  ~SelectDialog();
+
+    /**
+     * Return selected resource.
+     */
+    Resource *resource();
+
+    /**
+     * Open a dialog showing the available resources and return the resource the
+     * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
+     */
+    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+
+  private:
+//US    KListBox *mResourceId;
+    QListBox *mResourceId;
+
+    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+};
+
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/krestrictedline.h b/microkde/krestrictedline.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..200546c
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/krestrictedline.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KRESTRICTEDLINE_H
+#define MINIKDE_KRESTRICTEDLINE_H
+
+#include "klineedit.h"
+
+class KRestrictedLine : public KLineEdit
+{
+  public:
+    KRestrictedLine( QWidget *parent, const char *, const QString & ) :
+        KLineEdit( parent ) {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/krun.cpp b/microkde/krun.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a170add
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/krun.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#include "krun.h"
+
+bool KRun::runCommand(const QString &, const QString &, const QString &)
+{
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/krun.h b/microkde/krun.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b63cb7
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/krun.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KRUN_H
+#define MINIKDE_KRUN_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class KRun
+{
+  public:
+    static bool runCommand(const QString &a, const QString &b=QString::null,
+                           const QString &c=QString::null);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/ksimpleconfig.h b/microkde/ksimpleconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1efd982
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ksimpleconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KSIMPLECONFIG_H
+#define MINIKDE_KSIMPLECONFIG_H
+
+#include "kconfig.h"
+
+class KSimpleConfig : public KConfig
+{
+  public:
+    KSimpleConfig( const QString &file ) : KConfig( file ) {}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kstandarddirs_old.cpp b/microkde/kstandarddirs_old.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac2c085
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kstandarddirs_old.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+#include "kdebug.h"
+#include "kurl.h"
+
+#include "kstandarddirs.h"
+#ifdef  DESKTOP_VERSION
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qmessagebox.h>
+
+#endif 
+
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+
+QString KStandardDirs::mAppDir = QString::null;
+
+QString locate( const char *type, const QString& filename )
+{
+/*US why do we put all files into one directory. It is quit complicated.
+why not staying with the original directorystructure ?
+
+  
+  QString escapedFilename = filename;
+  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
+
+  QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "_" + escapedFilename;
+
+  kdDebug() << "locate: '" << path << "'" << endl;
+  qDebug("locate: %s" , path.latin1());
+  return path;
+*/
+//US so my proposal is this:  
+
+//  QString escapedFilename = filename;
+//  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
+
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  QString path = QDir::convertSeparators(KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename);
+#else
+  QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename;
+#endif
+  
+  //US Create the containing dir if needed
+  KURL pathurl;
+  pathurl.setPath(path);
+  QString dir=pathurl.directory();
+          //QMessageBox::information( 0,"path", path, 1 );
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  KStandardDirs::makeDir(path);
+#else
+  KStandardDirs::makeDir(dir);
+#endif 
+  
+  kdDebug() << "locate: '" << path << "'" << endl;
+  qDebug("locate: %s" , path.latin1());
+  return path;
+
+  
+}
+
+QString locateLocal( const char *type, const QString& filename )
+{
+  return locate( type, filename );
+}
+
+QStringList KStandardDirs::findAllResources( const QString &, const QString &, bool, bool)
+{
+  return QStringList();
+}
+
+QString KStandardDirs::findResourceDir( const QString &, const QString & )
+{
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+void KStandardDirs::setAppDir( const QString &appDir )
+{
+  mAppDir = appDir;
+
+  if ( mAppDir.right( 1 ) != "/" ) mAppDir += "/";
+}
+
+bool KStandardDirs::makeDir(const QString& dir, int mode)
+{
+  QDir dirObj;
+
+      
+    // we want an absolute path
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+    if (dir.at(0) != '/')
+        return false;
+#endif
+        
+  
+
+    QString target = dir;
+    uint len = target.length();
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+    // append trailing slash if missing
+    if (dir.at(len - 1) != '/')
+        target += '/';
+#endif
+
+    QString base("");
+    uint i = 1;
+
+    while( i < len )
+    {
+//US        struct stat st;
+#ifndef _WIN32_
+        int pos = target.find('/', i);
+#else
+        int pos = target.find('\\', i);
+#endif
+        if ( pos < 0 )
+          return true;
+        base += target.mid(i - 1, pos - i + 1);
+        //QMessageBox::information( 0,"cap111", base, 1 );
+/*US        
+        QCString baseEncoded = QFile::encodeName(base);
+        // bail out if we encountered a problem
+        if (stat(baseEncoded, &st) != 0)
+        {
+          // Directory does not exist....
+          // Or maybe a dangling symlink ?
+          if (lstat(baseEncoded, &st) == 0)
+              (void)unlink(baseEncoded); // try removing
+              
+
+          if ( mkdir(baseEncoded, (mode_t) mode) != 0) {
+            perror("trying to create local folder");
+            return false; // Couldn't create it :-(
+          }
+        }
+*/        
+        
+        if (dirObj.exists(base) == false)
+        {
+          qDebug("KStandardDirs::makeDir try to create : %s" , base.latin1());
+          if (dirObj.mkdir(base) != true)
+          {
+            qDebug("KStandardDirs::makeDir could not create: %s" , base.latin1());
+            return false;
+          }
+        }
+
+        i = pos + 1;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/microkde/kstandarddirs_old.h b/microkde/kstandarddirs_old.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f8d69
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kstandarddirs_old.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KSTANDARDDIRS_H
+#define MINIKDE_KSTANDARDDIRS_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+QString locate( const char *type, const QString& filename );
+QString locateLocal( const char *type, const QString& filename );
+
+class KStandardDirs
+{
+  public:
+    QStringList findAllResources( const QString &, const QString &, bool, bool);
+    QString findResourceDir( const QString &, const QString & ); 
+
+    static void setAppDir( const QString & );
+    static QString appDir() { return mAppDir; }
+
+  /**
+   * Recursively creates still-missing directories in the given path.
+   *
+   * The resulting permissions will depend on the current umask setting.
+   * permission = mode & ~umask.
+   *
+   * @param dir Absolute path of the directory to be made.
+   * @param mode Directory permissions.
+   * @return true if successful, false otherwise
+   */
+  static bool makeDir(const QString& dir, int mode = 0755);
+      
+  private:
+    static QString mAppDir;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kstaticdeleter.h b/microkde/kstaticdeleter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..190f3e4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kstaticdeleter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of the KDE Libraries
+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+ *               2001 KDE Team
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KSTATIC_DELETER_H_
+#define _KSTATIC_DELETER_H_
+
+template<class type>
+class KStaticDeleter
+{
+  public:
+    KStaticDeleter() {};
+    type *setObject( type *obj, bool isArray = false) { return obj; }
+    virtual ~KStaticDeleter() {};
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/ksystemtray.cpp b/microkde/ksystemtray.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f81d02
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ksystemtray.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#include "ksystemtray.h"
+
+void KSystemTray::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *)
+{
+   ; //qDebug("hallo");
+}
+
+KSystemTray::KSystemTray( QWidget *parent ) : QLabel( parent ) 
+{
+
+}
diff --git a/microkde/ksystemtray.h b/microkde/ksystemtray.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3e4f6a
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ksystemtray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KSYSTEMTRAY_H
+#define MICROKDE_KSYSTEMTRAY_H
+
+#include <qlabel.h>
+
+class KSystemTray : public QLabel
+{ 
+    Q_OBJECT
+  public:
+    KSystemTray( QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/ktempfile.cpp b/microkde/ktempfile.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9166bd
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ktempfile.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#include <qtextstream.h>
+
+#include "ktempfile.h"
+
+KTempFile::KTempFile()
+{
+}
+
+KTempFile::KTempFile( const QString &filename, const QString &extension )
+{
+}
+
+void KTempFile::setAutoDelete( bool )
+{
+}
+
+QString KTempFile::name()
+{
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+QTextStream *KTempFile::textStream()
+{
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/ktempfile.h b/microkde/ktempfile.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20dfa82
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ktempfile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KTEMPFILE_H
+#define MINIKDE_KTEMPFILE_H
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class QTextStream;
+
+class KTempFile
+{
+  public:
+    KTempFile();
+    KTempFile( const QString &filename, const QString &extension );
+  
+    void setAutoDelete( bool );
+    QString name();
+    
+    QTextStream *textStream();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/ktextedit.cpp b/microkde/ktextedit.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dd6875
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ktextedit.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+
+#include <ktextedit.h>
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
+#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
+#endif
+
+
+KTextEdit::KTextEdit ( QWidget *parent ) : QMultiLineEdit( parent ) 
+{
+    mAllowPopupMenu = false; 
+    mMouseDown = false; 
+    mIgnoreMark = false; 
+#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION 
+    QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( this, QPEApplication::RightOnHold );
+#endif 
+}
+
+void KTextEdit::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+    if (  e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+        mAllowPopupMenu = true;
+        mYMousePos = mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).y();
+        mXMousePos = mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).x();
+    }
+     if (  e->button() == RightButton &&  !mAllowPopupMenu   )
+      return;
+    if (  e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+        if ( hasMarkedText () )
+            mIgnoreMark = !mIgnoreMark;
+        if ( mIgnoreMark && hasMarkedText () ) {
+            mMouseDown = false;
+            return ;
+        }
+    }
+    QMultiLineEdit::mousePressEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KTextEdit::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+    QMultiLineEdit::mouseReleaseEvent(e);
+}
+
+void KTextEdit::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+    int diff = mYMousePos - mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).y();
+    if ( diff < 0 ) diff = -diff;
+    int diff2 = mXMousePos - mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).x();
+    if ( diff2 < 0 ) diff2 = -diff2;
+    if ( diff+ diff2 > 20 )
+        mAllowPopupMenu = false;
+    QMultiLineEdit::mouseMoveEvent(e);
+}
+
diff --git a/microkde/ktextedit.h b/microkde/ktextedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c912f3b
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ktextedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#ifndef MICROKDE_KTEXTEDIT_H
+#define MICROKDE_KTEXTEDIT_H
+
+#include <qmultilineedit.h>
+
+class KTextEdit : public QMultiLineEdit
+{
+  public:
+    KTextEdit( QWidget *parent )  ;
+
+ private:
+    bool mAllowPopupMenu;
+    bool mMouseDown;
+    bool mIgnoreMark;
+    int mYMousePos;
+    int mXMousePos;
+    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+    void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+    void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kunload.h b/microkde/kunload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c3d00f
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kunload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#ifndef MINIKDE_KUNLOAD_H
+#define MINIKDE_KUNLOAD_H
+
+#define _UNLOAD(p)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kurl.cpp b/microkde/kurl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2574e25
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kurl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1942 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kurl.h"
+
+#ifndef KDE_QT_ONLY
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+//US#include <kidna.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+
+#else
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <qurl.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+//US#include <qstylesheet.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
+
+static const QString fileProt = "file";
+
+static QTextCodec * codecForHint( int encoding_hint /* not 0 ! */ )
+{
+    return QTextCodec::codecForMib( encoding_hint );
+}
+
+static QString encode( const QString& segment, bool encode_slash, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  const char *encode_string;
+  if (encode_slash)
+    encode_string = "<>#@\"&%?={}|^~[]\'`\\:+/";
+  else
+    encode_string = "<>#@\"&%?={}|^~[]\'`\\:+";
+
+  QCString local;
+  if (encoding_hint==0)
+    local = segment.local8Bit();
+  else
+  {
+      QTextCodec * textCodec = codecForHint( encoding_hint );
+      if (!textCodec)
+          local = segment.local8Bit();
+      else
+          local = textCodec->fromUnicode( segment );
+  }
+
+  int old_length = local.length();
+
+  if ( !old_length )
+    return segment.isNull() ? QString::null : QString(""); // differenciate null and empty
+
+  // a worst case approximation
+  QChar *new_segment = new QChar[ old_length * 3 + 1 ];
+  int new_length = 0;
+
+  for ( int i = 0; i < old_length; i++ )
+  {
+    // 'unsave' and 'reserved' characters
+    // according to RFC 1738,
+    // 2.2. URL Character Encoding Issues (pp. 3-4)
+    // WABA: Added non-ascii
+    unsigned char character = local[i];
+    if ( (character <= 32) || (character >= 127) ||
+         strchr(encode_string, character) )
+    {
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = '%';
+
+      unsigned int c = character / 16;
+      c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
+
+      c = character % 16;
+      c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
+
+    }
+    else
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = local[i];
+  }
+
+  QString result = QString(new_segment, new_length);
+  delete [] new_segment;
+  return result;
+}
+
+static QString encodeHost( const QString& segment, bool encode_slash, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  // Hostnames are encoded differently
+  // we use the IDNA transformation instead
+
+  // Note: when merging qt-addon, use QResolver::domainToAscii here
+#ifndef KDE_QT_ONLY
+  Q_UNUSED( encode_slash );
+  Q_UNUSED( encoding_hint );
+  return KIDNA::toAscii(segment);
+#else
+  return encode(segment, encode_slash, encoding_hint);
+#endif
+}
+
+static int hex2int( unsigned int _char )
+{
+  if ( _char >= 'A' && _char <='F')
+    return _char - 'A' + 10;
+  if ( _char >= 'a' && _char <='f')
+    return _char - 'a' + 10;
+  if ( _char >= '0' && _char <='9')
+    return _char - '0';
+  return -1;
+}
+
+// WABA: The result of lazy_encode isn't usable for a URL which
+// needs to satisfies RFC requirements. However, the following
+// operation will make it usable again:
+//      encode(decode(...))
+//
+// As a result one can see that url.prettyURL() does not result in
+// a RFC compliant URL but that the following sequence does:
+//      KURL(url.prettyURL()).url()
+
+
+static QString lazy_encode( const QString& segment )
+{
+  int old_length = segment.length();
+
+  if ( !old_length )
+    return QString::null;
+
+  // a worst case approximation
+  QChar *new_segment = new QChar[ old_length * 3 + 1 ];
+  int new_length = 0;
+
+  for ( int i = 0; i < old_length; i++ )
+  {
+    unsigned int character = segment[i].unicode(); // Don't use latin1()
+                                                   // It returns 0 for non-latin1 values
+    // Small set of really ambiguous chars
+    if ((character < 32) ||  // Low ASCII
+        ((character == '%') && // The escape character itself
+           (i+2 < old_length) && // But only if part of a valid escape sequence!
+          (hex2int(segment[i+1].unicode())!= -1) &&
+          (hex2int(segment[i+2].unicode())!= -1)) ||
+        (character == '?') || // Start of query delimiter
+        (character == '@') || // Username delimiter
+        (character == '#') || // Start of reference delimiter
+        ((character == 32) && (i+1 == old_length))) // A trailing space
+    {
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = '%';
+
+      unsigned int c = character / 16;
+      c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
+
+      c = character % 16;
+      c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
+    }
+    else
+    new_segment[ new_length++ ] = segment[i];
+  }
+
+  QString result = QString(new_segment, new_length);
+  delete [] new_segment;
+  return result;
+}
+
+static void decode( const QString& segment, QString &decoded, QString &encoded, int encoding_hint=0, bool updateDecoded = true )
+{
+  decoded = QString::null;
+  encoded = segment;
+
+  int old_length = segment.length();
+  if ( !old_length )
+    return;
+
+  QTextCodec *textCodec = 0;
+  if (encoding_hint)
+      textCodec = codecForHint( encoding_hint );
+
+  if (!textCodec)
+      textCodec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+
+  QCString csegment = textCodec->fromUnicode(segment);
+  // Check if everything went ok
+  if (textCodec->toUnicode(csegment) != segment)
+  {
+      // Uh oh
+      textCodec = codecForHint( 106 ); // Fall back to utf-8
+      csegment = textCodec->fromUnicode(segment);
+  } 
+  old_length = csegment.length();
+
+  int new_length = 0;
+  int new_length2 = 0;
+
+  // make a copy of the old one
+  char *new_segment = new char[ old_length + 1 ];
+  QChar *new_usegment = new QChar[ old_length * 3 + 1 ];
+
+  int i = 0;
+  while( i < old_length )
+  {
+    bool bReencode = false;
+    unsigned char character = csegment[ i++ ];
+    if ((character <= ' ') || (character > 127))
+       bReencode = true;
+
+    new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = character;
+    if (character == '%' )
+    {
+      int a = i+1 < old_length ? hex2int( csegment[i] ) : -1;
+      int b = i+1 < old_length ? hex2int( csegment[i+1] ) : -1;
+      if ((a == -1) || (b == -1)) // Only replace if sequence is valid
+      {
+         // Contains stray %, make sure to re-encode!
+         bReencode = true;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         // Valid %xx sequence
+         character = a * 16 + b; // Replace with value of %dd
+         if (!character && updateDecoded)
+            break; // Stop at %00
+
+         new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = (unsigned char) csegment[i++];
+         new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = (unsigned char) csegment[i++];
+      }
+    }
+    if (bReencode)
+    {
+      new_length2--;
+      new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = '%';
+
+      unsigned int c = character / 16;
+      c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
+      new_usegment[ new_length2++ ] = c;
+
+      c = character % 16;
+      c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
+      new_usegment[ new_length2++ ] = c;
+    }
+
+    new_segment [ new_length++ ] = character;
+  }
+  new_segment [ new_length ] = 0;
+
+  encoded = QString( new_usegment, new_length2);
+
+  // Encoding specified
+  if (updateDecoded)
+  {
+     QByteArray array;
+     array.setRawData(new_segment, new_length);
+     decoded = textCodec->toUnicode( array, new_length );
+     array.resetRawData(new_segment, new_length);
+     QCString validate = textCodec->fromUnicode(decoded);
+
+     if (strcmp(validate.data(), new_segment) != 0)
+     {
+        decoded = QString::fromLocal8Bit(new_segment, new_length);
+     }
+  }
+
+  delete [] new_segment;
+  delete [] new_usegment;
+}
+
+static QString decode(const QString &segment, int encoding_hint = 0)
+{
+  QString result;
+  QString tmp;
+  decode(segment, result, tmp, encoding_hint);
+  return result;
+}
+
+static QString cleanpath(const QString &path, bool cleanDirSeparator=true)
+{
+  if (path.isEmpty()) return QString::null;
+  int len = path.length();
+  bool slash = (len && path[len-1] == '/') ||
+               (len > 1 && path[len-2] == '/' && path[len-1] == '.');
+
+  // The following code cleans up directory path much like
+  // QDir::cleanDirPath() except it can be made to ignore multiple
+  // directory separators by setting the flag to false.  That fixes
+  // bug# 15044, mail.altavista.com and other similar brain-dead server
+  // implementations that do not follow what has been specified in
+  // RFC 2396!! (dA)
+  QString result;
+  int cdUp, orig_pos, pos;
+
+  cdUp = 0;
+  pos = orig_pos = len;
+  while ( pos && (pos = path.findRev('/',--pos)) != -1 )
+  {
+    len = orig_pos - pos - 1;
+    if ( len == 2 && path[pos+1] == '.' && path[pos+2] == '.' )
+      cdUp++;
+    else
+    {
+      // Ignore any occurances of '.'
+      // This includes entries that simply do not make sense like /..../
+      if ( (len || !cleanDirSeparator) &&
+           (len != 1 || path[pos+1] != '.' ) )
+      {
+          if ( !cdUp )
+              result.prepend(path.mid(pos, len+1));
+          else
+              cdUp--;
+      }
+    }
+    orig_pos = pos;
+  }
+
+  if ( result.isEmpty() )
+    result = "/";
+  else if ( slash && result.at(result.length()-1) != '/' )
+       result.append('/');
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool KURL::isRelativeURL(const QString &_url)
+{
+  int len = _url.length();
+  if (!len) return true; // Very short relative URL.
+  const QChar *str = _url.unicode();
+
+  // Absolute URL must start with alpha-character
+  if (!isalpha(str[0].latin1()))
+     return true; // Relative URL
+
+  for(int i = 1; i < len; i++)
+  {
+     char c = str[i].latin1(); // Note: non-latin1 chars return 0!
+     if (c == ':')
+        return false; // Absolute URL
+
+     // Protocol part may only contain alpha, digit, + or -
+     if (!isalpha(c) && !isdigit(c) && (c != '+') && (c != '-'))
+        return true; // Relative URL
+  }
+  // URL did not contain ':'
+  return true; // Relative URL
+}
+
+KURL::List::List(const KURL &url)
+{
+    append( url );
+}
+
+KURL::List::List(const QStringList &list)
+{
+  for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = list.begin();
+       it != list.end();
+       it++)
+    {
+      append( KURL(*it) );
+    }
+}
+
+QStringList KURL::List::toStringList() const
+{
+  QStringList lst;
+   for( KURL::List::ConstIterator it = begin();
+        it != end();
+        it++)
+   {
+      lst.append( (*it).url() );
+   }
+   return lst;
+}
+
+
+KURL::KURL()
+{
+  reset();
+}
+
+KURL::~KURL()
+{
+}
+
+
+KURL::KURL( const QString &url, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  reset();
+  parse( url, encoding_hint );
+}
+
+KURL::KURL( const char * url, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  reset();
+  parse( QString::fromLatin1(url), encoding_hint );
+}
+
+KURL::KURL( const QCString& url, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  reset();
+  parse( QString::fromLatin1(url), encoding_hint );
+}
+
+KURL::KURL( const KURL& _u )
+{
+  *this = _u;
+}
+
+QDataStream & operator<< (QDataStream & s, const KURL & a)
+{
+  QString QueryForWire=a.m_strQuery_encoded;
+  if (!a.m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
+    QueryForWire.prepend("?");
+
+    s << a.m_strProtocol << a.m_strUser << a.m_strPass << a.m_strHost
+      << a.m_strPath << a.m_strPath_encoded << QueryForWire << a.m_strRef_encoded
+      << Q_INT8(a.m_bIsMalformed ? 1 : 0) << a.m_iPort;
+    return s;
+}
+
+QDataStream & operator>> (QDataStream & s, KURL & a)
+{
+    Q_INT8 malf;
+    QString QueryFromWire;
+    s >> a.m_strProtocol >> a.m_strUser >> a.m_strPass >> a.m_strHost
+      >> a.m_strPath >> a.m_strPath_encoded >> QueryFromWire >> a.m_strRef_encoded
+      >> malf >> a.m_iPort;
+    a.m_bIsMalformed = (malf != 0);
+
+    if ( QueryFromWire.isEmpty() )
+      a.m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
+    else
+      a.m_strQuery_encoded = QueryFromWire.mid(1);
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+KURL::KURL( const QUrl &u )
+{
+  *this = u;
+}
+#endif
+
+KURL::KURL( const KURL& _u, const QString& _rel_url, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  // WORKAROUND THE RFC 1606 LOOPHOLE THAT ALLOWS
+  // http:/index.html AS A VALID SYNTAX FOR RELATIVE
+  // URLS. ( RFC 2396 section 5.2 item # 3 )
+  QString rUrl = _rel_url;
+  int len = _u.m_strProtocol.length();
+  if ( !_u.m_strHost.isEmpty() && !rUrl.isEmpty() &&
+       rUrl.find( _u.m_strProtocol, 0, false ) == 0 &&
+       rUrl[len] == ':' && (rUrl[len+1] != '/' ||
+       (rUrl[len+1] == '/' && rUrl[len+2] != '/')) )
+  {
+    rUrl.remove( 0, rUrl.find( ':' ) + 1 );
+  }
+
+  if ( rUrl.isEmpty() )
+  {
+    *this = _u;
+  }
+  else if ( rUrl[0] == '#' )
+  {
+    *this = _u;
+    QString ref = decode(rUrl.mid(1), encoding_hint);
+    if ( ref.isNull() )
+        ref = ""; // we know there was an (empty) html ref, we saw the '#'
+    setHTMLRef( ref );
+  }
+  else if ( isRelativeURL( rUrl) )
+  {
+    *this = _u;
+    m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
+    m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
+    if ( rUrl[0] == '/')
+    {
+        if ((rUrl.length() > 1) && (rUrl[1] == '/'))
+        {
+           m_strHost = QString::null;
+        }
+        m_strPath = QString::null;
+        m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+    }
+    else if ( rUrl[0] != '?' )
+    {
+       int pos = m_strPath.findRev( '/' );
+       if (pos >= 0)
+          m_strPath.truncate(pos);
+       m_strPath += '/';
+       if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
+       {
+          pos = m_strPath_encoded.findRev( '/' );
+          if (pos >= 0)
+             m_strPath_encoded.truncate(pos);
+          m_strPath_encoded += '/';
+       }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       if ( m_strPath.isEmpty() )
+          m_strPath = '/';
+    }
+    KURL tmp( url() + rUrl, encoding_hint);
+    *this = tmp;
+    cleanPath(false);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    KURL tmp( rUrl, encoding_hint);
+    *this = tmp;
+    // Preserve userinfo if applicable.
+    if (!_u.m_strUser.isEmpty() && m_strUser.isEmpty() && (_u.m_strHost == m_strHost) && (_u.m_strProtocol == m_strProtocol))
+    {
+       m_strUser = _u.m_strUser;
+       m_strPass = _u.m_strPass;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KURL::reset()
+{
+  m_strProtocol = QString::null;
+  m_strUser = QString::null;
+  m_strPass = QString::null;
+  m_strHost = QString::null;
+  m_strPath = QString::null;
+  m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+  m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
+  m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
+  m_bIsMalformed = true;
+  m_iPort = 0;
+}
+
+bool KURL::isEmpty() const
+{
+  return (m_strPath.isEmpty() && m_strProtocol.isEmpty());
+}
+
+void KURL::parse( const QString& _url, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  //kdDebug(126) << "parse " << _url << endl;
+  // Return immediately whenever the given url
+  // is empty or null.
+  if ( _url.isEmpty() )
+  {
+    m_strProtocol = _url;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  QString port;
+  bool badHostName = false;
+  int start = 0;
+  uint len = _url.length();
+  const QChar* buf = _url.unicode();
+  const QChar* orig = buf;
+
+  QChar delim;
+  QString tmp;
+
+  uint pos = 0;
+
+  // Node 1: Accept alpha or slash
+  QChar x = buf[pos++];
+  if ( x == '/' )
+    goto Node9;
+  if ( !isalpha( (int)x ) )
+    goto NodeErr;
+
+  // Node 2: Accept any amount of (alpha|digit|'+'|'-')
+  // '.' is not currently accepted, because current KURL may be confused.
+  // Proceed with :// :/ or :
+  while( pos < len && (isalpha((int)buf[pos]) || isdigit((int)buf[pos]) ||
+          buf[pos] == '+' || buf[pos] == '-')) pos++;
+
+  if ( pos+2 < len && buf[pos] == ':' && buf[pos+1] == '/' && buf[pos+2] == '/' )
+    {
+      m_strProtocol = QString( orig, pos ).lower();
+      pos += 3;
+    }
+  else if (pos+1 < len && buf[pos] == ':' ) // Need to always compare length()-1 otherwise KURL passes "http:" as legal!!
+    {
+      m_strProtocol = QString( orig, pos ).lower();
+      //kdDebug(126)<<"setting protocol to "<<m_strProtocol<<endl;
+      pos++;
+      start = pos;
+      goto Node9;
+    }
+  else
+    goto NodeErr;
+
+  //Node 3: We need at least one character here
+  if ( pos == len )
+      goto NodeErr;
+  start = pos;
+
+  // Node 4: Accept any amount of characters.
+  if (buf[pos] == '[')     // An IPv6 host follows.
+      goto Node8;
+  // Terminate on / or @ or ? or # or " or ; or <
+  x = buf[pos];
+  while( (x != ':') && (x != '@') && (x != '/') && (x != '?') && (x != '#') )
+  {
+     if ((x == '\"') || (x == ';') || (x == '<'))
+        badHostName = true;
+     if (++pos == len)
+        break;
+     x = buf[pos];
+  }
+  if ( pos == len )
+    {
+      if (badHostName)
+         goto NodeErr;
+
+      setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
+      goto NodeOk;
+    }
+  if ( x == '@' )
+    {
+      m_strUser = decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint);
+      pos++;
+      goto Node7;
+    }
+  else if ( (x == '/') || (x == '?') || (x == '#'))
+    {
+      if (badHostName)
+         goto NodeErr;
+
+      setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
+      start = pos;
+      goto Node9;
+    }
+  else if ( x != ':' )
+    goto NodeErr;
+  m_strUser = decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint);
+  pos++;
+
+  // Node 5: We need at least one character
+  if ( pos == len )
+    goto NodeErr;
+  start = pos++;
+
+  // Node 6: Read everything until @, /, ? or #
+  while( (pos < len) &&
+                (buf[pos] != '@') &&
+                (buf[pos] != '/') &&
+                (buf[pos] != '?') &&
+                (buf[pos] != '#')) pos++;
+  // If we now have a '@' the ':' seperates user and password.
+  // Otherwise it seperates host and port.
+  if ( (pos == len) || (buf[pos] != '@') )
+    {
+      // Ok the : was used to separate host and port
+      if (badHostName)
+         goto NodeErr;
+      setHost(m_strUser);
+      m_strUser = QString::null;
+      QString tmp( buf + start, pos - start );
+      char *endptr;
+      m_iPort = (unsigned short int)strtol(tmp.ascii(), &endptr, 10);
+      if ((pos == len) && (strlen(endptr) == 0))
+        goto NodeOk;
+      // there is more after the digits
+      pos -= strlen(endptr);
+      start = pos++;
+      goto Node9;
+    }
+  m_strPass = decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start), encoding_hint);
+  pos++;
+
+  // Node 7: We need at least one character
+ Node7:
+  if ( pos == len )
+    goto NodeErr;
+
+ Node8:
+  if (buf[pos] == '[')
+  {
+    // IPv6 address
+    start = ++pos; // Skip '['
+
+    if (pos == len)
+    {
+       badHostName = true;
+       goto NodeErr;
+    }
+    // Node 8b: Read everything until ] or terminate
+    badHostName = false;
+    x = buf[pos];
+    while( (x != ']') )
+    {
+       if ((x == '\"') || (x == ';') || (x == '<'))
+          badHostName = true;
+       if (++pos == len)
+       {
+          badHostName = true;
+          break;
+       }
+       x = buf[pos];
+    }
+    if (badHostName)
+       goto NodeErr;
+    setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
+    if (pos < len) pos++; // Skip ']'
+    if (pos == len)
+       goto NodeOk;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Non IPv6 address
+    start = pos;
+
+    // Node 8b: Read everything until / : or terminate
+    badHostName = false;
+    x = buf[pos];
+    while( (x != ':') && (x != '@') && (x != '/') && (x != '?') && (x != '#') )
+    {
+       if ((x == '\"') || (x == ';') || (x == '<'))
+          badHostName = true;
+       if (++pos == len)
+          break;
+       x = buf[pos];
+    }
+    if (badHostName)
+       goto NodeErr;
+    if ( pos == len )
+    {
+       setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
+       goto NodeOk;
+    }
+    setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
+  }
+  x = buf[pos];
+  if ( x == '/' )
+    {
+      start = pos++;
+      goto Node9;
+    }
+  else if ( x != ':' )
+    goto NodeErr;
+  pos++;
+
+  // Node 8a: Accept at least one digit
+  if ( pos == len )
+    goto NodeErr;
+  start = pos;
+  if ( !isdigit( buf[pos++] ) )
+    goto NodeErr;
+
+  // Node 8b: Accept any amount of digits
+  while( pos < len && isdigit( buf[pos] ) ) pos++;
+  port = QString( buf + start, pos - start );
+  m_iPort = port.toUShort();
+  if ( pos == len )
+    goto NodeOk;
+  start = pos++;
+
+ Node9: // parse path until query or reference reached
+
+  while( pos < len && buf[pos] != '#' && buf[pos]!='?' ) pos++;
+
+  tmp = QString( buf + start, pos - start );
+  //kdDebug(126)<<" setting encoded path&query to:"<<tmp<<endl;
+  setEncodedPath( tmp, encoding_hint );
+
+  if ( pos == len )
+      goto NodeOk;
+
+ //Node10: // parse query or reference depending on what comes first
+  delim = (buf[pos++]=='#'?'?':'#');
+
+  start = pos;
+
+  while(pos < len && buf[pos]!=delim ) pos++;
+
+  tmp = QString(buf + start, pos - start);
+  if (delim=='#')
+      setQuery(tmp, encoding_hint);
+  else
+      m_strRef_encoded = tmp;
+
+  if (pos == len)
+      goto NodeOk;
+
+ //Node11: // feed the rest into the remaining variable
+  tmp = QString( buf + pos + 1, len - pos - 1);
+  if (delim == '#')
+      m_strRef_encoded = tmp;
+  else
+      setQuery(tmp, encoding_hint);
+
+ NodeOk:
+  //kdDebug(126)<<"parsing finished. m_strProtocol="<<m_strProtocol<<" m_strHost="<<m_strHost<<" m_strPath="<<m_strPath<<endl;
+  m_bIsMalformed = false; // Valid URL
+
+  //kdDebug()<<"Prot="<<m_strProtocol<<"\nUser="<<m_strUser<<"\nPass="<<m_strPass<<"\nHost="<<m_strHost<<"\nPath="<<m_strPath<<"\nQuery="<<m_strQuery_encoded<<"\nRef="<<m_strRef_encoded<<"\nPort="<<m_iPort<<endl;
+  if (m_strProtocol.isEmpty())
+  {
+    m_strProtocol = fileProt;
+  }
+  return;
+
+ NodeErr:
+//  kdDebug(126) << "KURL couldn't parse URL \"" << _url << "\"" << endl;
+  reset();
+  m_strProtocol = _url;
+}
+
+KURL& KURL::operator=( const QString& _url )
+{
+  reset();
+  parse( _url );
+
+  return *this;
+}
+
+KURL& KURL::operator=( const char * _url )
+{
+  reset();
+  parse( QString::fromLatin1(_url) );
+
+  return *this;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+KURL& KURL::operator=( const QUrl & u )
+{
+  m_strProtocol = u.protocol();
+  m_strUser = u.user();
+  m_strPass = u.password();
+  m_strHost = u.host();
+  m_strPath = u.path( FALSE );
+  m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+  m_strQuery_encoded = u.query();
+  m_strRef_encoded = u.ref();
+  m_bIsMalformed = !u.isValid();
+  m_iPort = u.port();
+
+  return *this;
+}
+#endif
+
+KURL& KURL::operator=( const KURL& _u )
+{
+  m_strProtocol = _u.m_strProtocol;
+  m_strUser = _u.m_strUser;
+  m_strPass = _u.m_strPass;
+  m_strHost = _u.m_strHost;
+  m_strPath = _u.m_strPath;
+  m_strPath_encoded = _u.m_strPath_encoded;
+  m_strQuery_encoded = _u.m_strQuery_encoded;
+  m_strRef_encoded = _u.m_strRef_encoded;
+  m_bIsMalformed = _u.m_bIsMalformed;
+  m_iPort = _u.m_iPort;
+
+  return *this;
+}
+
+bool KURL::operator==( const KURL& _u ) const
+{
+  if ( isMalformed() || _u.isMalformed() )
+    return false;
+
+  if ( m_strProtocol == _u.m_strProtocol &&
+       m_strUser == _u.m_strUser &&
+       m_strPass == _u.m_strPass &&
+       m_strHost == _u.m_strHost &&
+       m_strPath == _u.m_strPath &&
+       // The encoded path may be null, but the URLs are still equal (David)
+       ( m_strPath_encoded.isNull() || _u.m_strPath_encoded.isNull() ||
+         m_strPath_encoded == _u.m_strPath_encoded ) &&
+       m_strQuery_encoded == _u.m_strQuery_encoded &&
+       m_strRef_encoded == _u.m_strRef_encoded &&
+       m_iPort == _u.m_iPort )
+  {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool KURL::operator==( const QString& _u ) const
+{
+  KURL u( _u );
+  return ( *this == u );
+}
+
+bool KURL::cmp( const KURL &u, bool ignore_trailing ) const
+{
+  return equals( u, ignore_trailing );
+}
+
+bool KURL::equals( const KURL &_u, bool ignore_trailing ) const
+{
+  if ( isMalformed() || _u.isMalformed() )
+    return false;
+
+  if ( ignore_trailing )
+  {
+    QString path1 = path(1);
+    QString path2 = _u.path(1);
+    if ( path1 != path2 )
+      return false;
+
+    if ( m_strProtocol == _u.m_strProtocol &&
+         m_strUser == _u.m_strUser &&
+         m_strPass == _u.m_strPass &&
+         m_strHost == _u.m_strHost &&
+         m_strQuery_encoded == _u.m_strQuery_encoded &&
+         m_strRef_encoded == _u.m_strRef_encoded &&
+         m_iPort == _u.m_iPort )
+      return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return ( *this == _u );
+}
+
+bool KURL::isParentOf( const KURL& _u ) const
+{
+  if ( isMalformed() || _u.isMalformed() )
+    return false;
+
+  if ( m_strProtocol == _u.m_strProtocol &&
+       m_strUser == _u.m_strUser &&
+       m_strPass == _u.m_strPass &&
+       m_strHost == _u.m_strHost &&
+       m_strQuery_encoded == _u.m_strQuery_encoded &&
+       m_strRef_encoded == _u.m_strRef_encoded &&
+       m_iPort == _u.m_iPort )
+  {
+    if ( path().isEmpty() || _u.path().isEmpty() )
+        return false; // can't work with implicit paths
+
+    QString p1( cleanpath( path() ) );
+    if ( p1.at(p1.length()-1) != '/' )
+        p1 += '/';
+    QString p2( cleanpath( _u.path() ) );
+    if ( p2.at(p2.length()-1) != '/' )
+        p2 += '/';
+
+    //kdDebug(126) << "p1=" << p1 << endl;
+    //kdDebug(126) << "p2=" << p2 << endl;
+    //kdDebug(126) << "p1.length()=" << p1.length() << endl;
+    //kdDebug(126) << "p2.left(!$)=" << p2.left( p1.length() ) << endl;
+    return p2.startsWith( p1 );
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+void KURL::setFileName( const QString& _txt )
+{
+  m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
+  int i = 0;
+  while( _txt[i] == '/' ) ++i;
+  QString tmp;
+  if ( i )
+    tmp = _txt.mid( i );
+  else
+    tmp = _txt;
+
+  QString path = m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty() ? m_strPath : m_strPath_encoded;
+  if ( path.isEmpty() )
+    path = "/";
+  else
+  {
+    int lastSlash = path.findRev( '/' );
+    if ( lastSlash == -1)
+    {
+      // The first character is not a '/' ???
+      // This looks strange ...
+      path = "/";
+    }
+    else if ( path.right(1) != "/" )
+      path.truncate( lastSlash+1 ); // keep the "/"
+  }
+  if (m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
+  {
+     path += tmp;
+     setPath( path );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     path += encode_string(tmp);
+     setEncodedPath( path );
+  }
+  cleanPath();
+}
+
+void KURL::cleanPath( bool cleanDirSeparator ) // taken from the old KURL
+{
+  m_strPath = cleanpath(m_strPath, cleanDirSeparator);
+  // WABA: Is this safe when "/../" is encoded with %?
+  m_strPath_encoded = cleanpath(m_strPath_encoded, cleanDirSeparator);
+}
+
+static QString trailingSlash( int _trailing, const QString &path )
+{
+  QString result = path;
+
+  if ( _trailing == 0 )
+    return result;
+  else if ( _trailing == 1 )
+  {
+    int len = result.length();
+    if ( len == 0 )
+      result = QString::null;
+    else if ( result[ len - 1 ] != '/' )
+      result += "/";
+    return result;
+  }
+  else if ( _trailing == -1 )
+  {
+    if ( result == "/" )
+      return result;
+    int len = result.length();
+    if ( len != 0 && result[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
+      result.truncate( len - 1 );
+    return result;
+  }
+  else {
+    assert( 0 );
+    return QString::null;
+  }
+}
+
+void KURL::adjustPath( int _trailing )
+{
+  if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
+  {
+     m_strPath_encoded = trailingSlash( _trailing, m_strPath_encoded );
+  }
+  m_strPath = trailingSlash( _trailing, m_strPath );
+}
+
+
+QString KURL::encodedPathAndQuery( int _trailing, bool _no_empty_path, int encoding_hint ) const
+{
+  QString tmp;
+  if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty() && encoding_hint == 0)
+  {
+     tmp = trailingSlash( _trailing, m_strPath_encoded );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     tmp = path( _trailing );
+     if ( _no_empty_path && tmp.isEmpty() )
+        tmp = "/";
+     tmp = encode( tmp, false, encoding_hint );
+  }
+
+  // TODO apply encoding_hint to the query
+  if (!m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
+      tmp += '?' + m_strQuery_encoded;
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+void KURL::setEncodedPath( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  m_strPath_encoded = _txt;
+
+  decode( m_strPath_encoded, m_strPath, m_strPath_encoded, encoding_hint );
+  // Throw away encoding for local files, makes file-operations faster.
+  if (m_strProtocol == fileProt)
+     m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+}
+
+
+void KURL::setEncodedPathAndQuery( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  int pos = _txt.find( '?' );
+  if ( pos == -1 )
+  {
+    setEncodedPath(_txt, encoding_hint);
+    m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    setEncodedPath(_txt.left( pos ), encoding_hint);
+    setQuery(_txt.right(_txt.length() - pos - 1), encoding_hint);
+  }
+}
+
+QString KURL::path( int _trailing ) const
+{
+  return trailingSlash( _trailing, path() );
+}
+
+bool KURL::isLocalFile() const
+{
+  if ( (m_strProtocol != fileProt ) || hasSubURL() )
+     return false;
+     
+  if (m_strHost.isEmpty() || (m_strHost == "localhost"))
+     return true;
+     
+  char hostname[ 256 ];
+  hostname[ 0 ] = '\0';
+#ifdef _WIN32_
+  // pending LR fixme
+  //hostname = "localhost";
+#else
+  if (!gethostname( hostname, 255 ))
+     hostname[sizeof(hostname)-1] = '\0';
+#endif
+  for(char *p = hostname; *p; p++)
+     *p = tolower(*p);
+     
+  return (m_strHost == hostname);
+}
+
+void KURL::setFileEncoding(const QString &encoding)
+{
+  if (!isLocalFile())
+     return;
+
+  QString q = query();
+
+  if (!q.isEmpty() && (q[0] == '?'))
+     q = q.mid(1);
+
+  QStringList args = QStringList::split('&', q);
+  for(QStringList::Iterator it = args.begin();
+      it != args.end();)
+  {
+      QString s = decode_string(*it);
+      if (s.startsWith("charset="))
+//US changed erase into remove ???
+         it = args.remove(it);
+      else
+         ++it;
+  }
+  if (!encoding.isEmpty())
+     args.append("charset="+encode_string(encoding));
+
+  if (args.isEmpty())
+     setQuery(QString::null);
+  else
+     setQuery(args.join("&"));
+}
+
+QString KURL::fileEncoding() const
+{
+  if (!isLocalFile())
+     return QString::null;
+
+  QString q = query();
+
+  if (q.isEmpty())
+     return QString::null;
+
+  if (q[0] == '?')
+     q = q.mid(1);
+
+  QStringList args = QStringList::split('&', q);
+  for(QStringList::ConstIterator it = args.begin();
+      it != args.end();
+      ++it)
+  {
+      QString s = decode_string(*it);
+      if (s.startsWith("charset="))
+         return s.mid(8);
+  }
+  return QString::null;
+}
+
+bool KURL::hasSubURL() const
+{
+  if ( m_strProtocol.isEmpty() || m_bIsMalformed )
+    return false;
+  if (m_strRef_encoded.isEmpty())
+     return false;
+  if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("gzip:"))
+     return true;
+  if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("bzip:"))
+     return true;
+  if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("bzip2:"))
+     return true;
+  if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("tar:"))
+     return true;
+  if ( m_strProtocol == "error" ) // anything that starts with error: has suburls
+     return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+QString KURL::url( int _trailing, int encoding_hint ) const
+{
+  if( m_bIsMalformed )
+  {
+    // Return the whole url even when the url is
+    // malformed.  Under such conditions the url
+    // is stored in m_strProtocol.
+    return m_strProtocol;
+  }
+
+  QString u = m_strProtocol;
+  if (!u.isEmpty())
+     u += ":";
+
+  if ( hasHost() )
+  {
+    u += "//";
+    if ( hasUser() )
+    {
+      u += encode(m_strUser, true, encoding_hint);
+      if ( hasPass() )
+      {
+        u += ":";
+        u += encode(m_strPass, true, encoding_hint);
+      }
+      u += "@";
+    }
+    bool IPv6 = (m_strHost.find(':') != -1);
+    if (IPv6)
+       u += '[' + m_strHost + ']';
+    else
+       u += encodeHost(m_strHost, true, encoding_hint);
+    if ( m_iPort != 0 ) {
+      QString buffer;
+      buffer.sprintf( ":%u", m_iPort );
+      u += buffer;
+    }
+  }
+
+  u += encodedPathAndQuery( _trailing, false, encoding_hint );
+
+  if ( hasRef() )
+  {
+    u += "#";
+    u += m_strRef_encoded;
+  }
+
+  return u;
+}
+
+QString KURL::prettyURL( int _trailing ) const
+{
+  if( m_bIsMalformed )
+  {
+    // Return the whole url even when the url is
+    // malformed.  Under such conditions the url
+    // is stored in m_strProtocol.
+    return m_strProtocol;
+  }
+
+  QString u = m_strProtocol;
+  if (!u.isEmpty())
+     u += ":";
+
+  if ( hasHost() )
+  {
+    u += "//";
+    if ( hasUser() )
+    {
+      u += lazy_encode(m_strUser);
+      // Don't show password!
+      u += "@";
+    }
+    bool IPv6 = (m_strHost.find(':') != -1);
+    if (IPv6)
+    {
+       u += '[' + m_strHost + ']';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       u += lazy_encode(m_strHost);
+    }
+    if ( m_iPort != 0 ) {
+      QString buffer;
+      buffer.sprintf( ":%u", m_iPort );
+      u += buffer;
+    }
+  }
+
+  u += trailingSlash( _trailing, lazy_encode( m_strPath ) );
+  if (!m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
+      u += '?' + m_strQuery_encoded;
+
+  if ( hasRef() )
+  {
+    u += "#";
+    u += m_strRef_encoded;
+  }
+
+  return u;
+}
+
+QString KURL::prettyURL( int _trailing, AdjustementFlags _flags) const
+{
+        QString u = prettyURL(_trailing);
+        if (_flags & StripFileProtocol && u.startsWith("file:"))
+                u.remove(0, 5);
+        return u;
+}
+
+QString KURL::htmlURL() const
+{
+//US QStyleSheet::escape was not in my Qt distribution. Why ???
+//US  return QStyleSheet::escape(prettyURL());
+  return prettyURL();
+}
+
+KURL::List KURL::split( const KURL& _url )
+{
+  QString ref;
+  KURL::List lst;
+  KURL url = _url;
+
+  while(true)
+  {
+     KURL u = url;
+     u.m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
+     lst.append(u);
+     if (url.hasSubURL())
+     {
+        url = KURL(url.m_strRef_encoded);
+     }
+     else
+     {
+        ref = url.m_strRef_encoded;
+        break;
+     }
+  }
+
+  // Set HTML ref in all URLs.
+  KURL::List::Iterator it;
+  for( it = lst.begin() ; it != lst.end(); ++it )
+  {
+     (*it).m_strRef_encoded = ref;
+  }
+
+  return lst;
+}
+
+KURL::List KURL::split( const QString& _url )
+{
+  return split(KURL(_url));
+}
+
+KURL KURL::join( const KURL::List & lst )
+{
+  if (lst.isEmpty()) return KURL();
+  KURL tmp;
+
+  KURL::List::ConstIterator first = lst.fromLast();
+  for( KURL::List::ConstIterator it = first; it != lst.end(); --it )
+  {
+     KURL u(*it);
+     if (it != first)
+     {
+        if (!u.m_strRef_encoded) u.m_strRef_encoded = tmp.url();
+        else u.m_strRef_encoded += "#" + tmp.url(); // Support more than one suburl thingy
+     }
+     tmp = u;
+  }
+
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+QString KURL::fileName( bool _strip_trailing_slash ) const
+{
+  QString fname;
+  if (hasSubURL()) { // If we have a suburl, then return the filename from there
+    KURL::List list = KURL::split(*this);
+    KURL::List::Iterator it = list.fromLast();
+    return (*it).fileName(_strip_trailing_slash);
+  }
+  const QString &path = m_strPath;
+
+  int len = path.length();
+  if ( len == 0 )
+    return fname;
+
+  if ( _strip_trailing_slash )
+  {
+    while ( len >= 1 && path[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
+      len--;
+  }
+  else if ( path[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
+    return fname;
+
+  // Does the path only consist of '/' characters ?
+  if ( len == 1 && path[ 0 ] == '/' )
+    return fname;
+
+  // Skip last n slashes
+  int n = 1;
+  if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
+  {
+     // This is hairy, we need the last unencoded slash.
+     // Count in the encoded string how many encoded slashes follow the last
+     // unencoded one.
+     int i = m_strPath_encoded.findRev( '/', len - 1 );
+     QString fileName_encoded = m_strPath_encoded.mid(i+1);
+     n += fileName_encoded.contains("%2f", false);
+  }
+  int i = len;
+  do {
+    i = path.findRev( '/', i - 1 );
+  }
+  while (--n && (i > 0));
+
+  // If ( i == -1 ) => the first character is not a '/'
+  // So it's some URL like file:blah.tgz, return the whole path
+  if ( i == -1 ) {
+    if ( len == (int)path.length() )
+      fname = path;
+    else
+      // Might get here if _strip_trailing_slash is true
+      fname = path.left( len );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     fname = path.mid( i + 1, len - i - 1 ); // TO CHECK
+  }
+  return fname;
+}
+
+void KURL::addPath( const QString& _txt )
+{
+  if (hasSubURL())
+  {
+     KURL::List lst = split( *this );
+     KURL &u = lst.last();
+     u.addPath(_txt);
+     *this = join( lst );
+     return;
+  }
+  
+  m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+
+  if ( _txt.isEmpty() )
+    return;
+
+  int i = 0;
+  int len = m_strPath.length();
+  // NB: avoid three '/' when building a new path from nothing
+  if ( len == 0 ) {
+    while( _txt[i] == '/' ) ++i;
+  }
+  // Add the trailing '/' if it is missing
+  else if ( _txt[0] != '/' && ( len == 0 || m_strPath[ len - 1 ] != '/' ) )
+    m_strPath += "/";
+
+  // No double '/' characters
+  i = 0;
+  if ( len != 0 && m_strPath[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
+  {
+    while( _txt[i] == '/' )
+      ++i;
+  }
+
+  m_strPath += _txt.mid( i );
+}
+
+QString KURL::directory( bool _strip_trailing_slash_from_result,
+                         bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path ) const
+{
+  QString result = m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty() ? m_strPath : m_strPath_encoded;
+  if ( _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path )
+    result = trailingSlash( -1, result );
+
+  if ( result.isEmpty() || result == "/" )
+    return result;
+
+  int i = result.findRev( "/" );
+  // If ( i == -1 ) => the first character is not a '/'
+  // So it's some URL like file:blah.tgz, with no path
+  if ( i == -1 )
+    return QString::null;
+
+  if ( i == 0 )
+  {
+    result = "/";
+    return result;
+  }
+
+  if ( _strip_trailing_slash_from_result )
+    result = result.left( i );
+  else
+    result = result.left( i + 1 );
+
+  if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
+    result = decode(result);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+bool KURL::cd( const QString& _dir )
+{
+  if ( _dir.isEmpty() || m_bIsMalformed )
+    return false;
+
+  if (hasSubURL())
+  {
+     KURL::List lst = split( *this );
+     KURL &u = lst.last();
+     u.cd(_dir);
+     *this = join( lst );
+     return true;
+  }
+
+  // absolute path ?
+  if ( _dir[0] == '/' )
+  {
+    m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+    m_strPath = _dir;
+    setHTMLRef( QString::null );
+    m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // Users home directory on the local disk ?
+  if ( ( _dir[0] == '~' ) && ( m_strProtocol == fileProt ))
+  {
+    m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+    m_strPath = QDir::homeDirPath();
+    m_strPath += "/";
+    m_strPath += _dir.right(m_strPath.length() - 1);
+    setHTMLRef( QString::null );
+    m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // relative path
+  // we always work on the past of the first url.
+  // Sub URLs are not touched.
+
+  // append '/' if necessary
+  QString p = path(1);
+  p += _dir;
+  p = cleanpath( p );
+  setPath( p );
+
+  setHTMLRef( QString::null );
+  m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+KURL KURL::upURL( ) const
+{
+  if (!query().isEmpty())
+  {
+     KURL u(*this);
+     u.setQuery(QString::null);
+     return u;
+  };
+
+  if (!hasSubURL())
+  {
+     KURL u(*this);
+     u.cd("../");
+     return u;
+  }
+
+  // We have a subURL.
+  KURL::List lst = split( *this );
+  if (lst.isEmpty())
+      return KURL(); // Huh?
+  while (true)
+  {
+     KURL &u = lst.last();
+     QString old = u.path();
+     u.cd("../");
+     if (u.path() != old)
+         break; // Finshed.
+     if (lst.count() == 1)
+         break; // Finished.
+     lst.remove(lst.fromLast());
+  }
+  return join( lst );
+}
+
+QString KURL::htmlRef() const
+{
+  if ( !hasSubURL() )
+  {
+    return decode( ref() );
+  }
+
+  List lst = split( *this );
+  return decode( (*lst.begin()).ref() );
+}
+
+QString KURL::encodedHtmlRef() const
+{
+  if ( !hasSubURL() )
+  {
+    return ref();
+  }
+
+  List lst = split( *this );
+  return (*lst.begin()).ref();
+}
+
+void KURL::setHTMLRef( const QString& _ref )
+{
+  if ( !hasSubURL() )
+  {
+    m_strRef_encoded = encode( _ref, true, 0 /*?*/);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  List lst = split( *this );
+
+  (*lst.begin()).setRef( encode( _ref, true, 0 /*?*/) );
+
+  *this = join( lst );
+}
+
+bool KURL::hasHTMLRef() const
+{
+  if ( !hasSubURL() )
+  {
+    return hasRef();
+  }
+
+  List lst = split( *this );
+  return (*lst.begin()).hasRef();
+}
+
+void
+KURL::setProtocol( const QString& _txt )
+{
+   m_strProtocol = _txt;
+   m_bIsMalformed = false;
+}
+
+void
+KURL::setUser( const QString& _txt )
+{
+   m_strUser = _txt;
+}
+
+void
+KURL::setPass( const QString& _txt )
+{
+   m_strPass = _txt;
+}
+
+void
+KURL::setHost( const QString& _txt )
+{
+#ifndef KDE_QT_ONLY
+   m_strHost = KIDNA::toUnicode(_txt);
+   if (m_strHost.isEmpty())
+      m_strHost = _txt.lower(); // Probably an invalid hostname, but...
+#else
+   m_strHost = _txt.lower();
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+KURL::setPort( unsigned short int _p )
+{
+   m_iPort = _p;
+}
+
+void KURL::setPath( const QString & path )
+{
+  if (isEmpty())
+    m_bIsMalformed = false;
+  if (m_strProtocol.isEmpty())
+  {
+    m_strProtocol = fileProt;
+  }
+  m_strPath = path;
+  m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
+}
+
+void KURL::setDirectory( const QString &dir)
+{
+//US this has to be fixed. endsWith is not available in my distribution
+//US  if ( dir.endsWith("/"))
+//US     setPath(dir);
+//US  else
+     setPath(dir+"/");
+}
+
+void KURL::setQuery( const QString &_txt, int encoding_hint)
+{
+   if (!_txt.length())
+   {
+      m_strQuery_encoded = _txt;
+      return;
+   }
+   if (_txt[0] =='?')
+      m_strQuery_encoded = _txt.mid(1);
+   else
+      m_strQuery_encoded = _txt;
+
+   int l = m_strQuery_encoded.length();
+   int i = 0;
+   QString result;
+   while (i < l)
+   {
+      int s = i;
+      // Re-encode. Break encoded string up according to the reserved
+      // characters '&:;=/?' and re-encode part by part.
+      while(i < l)
+      {
+         char c = m_strQuery_encoded[i].latin1();
+         if ((c == '&') || (c == ':') || (c == ';') ||
+             (c == '=') || (c == '/') || (c == '?'))
+            break;
+         i++;
+      }
+      if (i > s)
+      {
+         QString tmp = m_strQuery_encoded.mid(s, i-s);
+         QString newTmp;
+         decode( tmp, newTmp, tmp, encoding_hint, false );
+         result += tmp;
+      }
+      if (i < l)
+      {
+         result += m_strQuery_encoded[i];
+         i++;
+      }
+   }
+   m_strQuery_encoded = result;
+}
+
+QString KURL::query() const
+{
+    if (m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
+        return QString::null;
+    return '?'+m_strQuery_encoded;
+}
+
+QString KURL::decode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint)
+{
+   return decode(str, encoding_hint);
+}
+
+QString KURL::encode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint)
+{
+   return encode(str, false, encoding_hint);
+}
+
+QString KURL::encode_string_no_slash(const QString &str, int encoding_hint)
+{
+   return encode(str, true, encoding_hint);
+}
+
+bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2 )
+{
+  // Both empty ?
+  if ( _url1.isEmpty() && _url2.isEmpty() )
+    return true;
+  // Only one empty ?
+  if ( _url1.isEmpty() || _url2.isEmpty() )
+    return false;
+
+  KURL::List list1 = KURL::split( _url1 );
+  KURL::List list2 = KURL::split( _url2 );
+
+  // Malformed ?
+  if ( list1.isEmpty() || list2.isEmpty() )
+    return false;
+
+  return ( list1 == list2 );
+}
+
+bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2, bool _ignore_trailing, bool _ignore_ref )
+{
+  // Both empty ?
+  if ( _url1.isEmpty() && _url2.isEmpty() )
+    return true;
+  // Only one empty ?
+  if ( _url1.isEmpty() || _url2.isEmpty() )
+    return false;
+
+  KURL::List list1 = KURL::split( _url1 );
+  KURL::List list2 = KURL::split( _url2 );
+
+  // Malformed ?
+  if ( list1.isEmpty() || list2.isEmpty() )
+    return false;
+
+  unsigned int size = list1.count();
+  if ( list2.count() != size )
+    return false;
+
+  if ( _ignore_ref )
+  {
+    (*list1.begin()).setRef(QString::null);
+    (*list2.begin()).setRef(QString::null);
+  }
+
+  KURL::List::Iterator it1 = list1.begin();
+  KURL::List::Iterator it2 = list2.begin();
+  for( ; it1 != list1.end() ; ++it1, ++it2 )
+    if ( !(*it1).equals( *it2, _ignore_trailing ) )
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+/*US we do not need this functions
+
+QMap< QString, QString > KURL::queryItems( int options ) const {
+  return queryItems(options, 0);
+}
+
+QMap< QString, QString > KURL::queryItems( int options, int encoding_hint ) const {
+  if ( m_strQuery_encoded.isEmpty() )
+    return QMap<QString,QString>();
+
+  QMap< QString, QString > result;
+  QStringList items = QStringList::split( '&', m_strQuery_encoded );
+  for ( QStringList::const_iterator it = items.begin() ; it != items.end() ; ++it ) {
+    int equal_pos = (*it).find( '=' );
+    if ( equal_pos > 0 ) { // = is not the first char...
+      QString name = (*it).left( equal_pos );
+      if ( options & CaseInsensitiveKeys )
+        name = name.lower();
+      QString value = (*it).mid( equal_pos + 1 );
+      if ( value.isEmpty() )
+        result.insert( name, QString::fromLatin1("") );
+      else {
+        // ### why is decoding name not neccessary?
+        value.replace( '+', ' ' ); // + in queries means space
+        result.insert( name, decode_string( value, encoding_hint ) );
+      }
+    } else if ( equal_pos < 0 ) { // no =
+      QString name = (*it);
+      if ( options & CaseInsensitiveKeys )
+        name = name.lower();
+      result.insert( name, QString::null );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+QString KURL::queryItem( const QString& _item ) const
+{
+  return queryItem( _item, 0 );
+}
+
+QString KURL::queryItem( const QString& _item, int encoding_hint ) const
+{
+  QString item = _item + '=';
+  if ( m_strQuery_encoded.length() <= 1 )
+    return QString::null;
+
+  QStringList items = QStringList::split( '&', m_strQuery_encoded );
+  unsigned int _len = item.length();
+  for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it )
+  {
+    if ( (*it).startsWith( item ) )
+    {
+      if ( (*it).length() > _len )
+      {
+        QString str = (*it).mid( _len );
+        str.replace( '+', ' ' ); // + in queries means space.
+        return decode_string( str, encoding_hint );
+      }
+      else // empty value
+        return QString::fromLatin1("");
+    }
+  }
+
+  return QString::null;
+}
+US we do not need this functions*/
+
+void KURL::removeQueryItem( const QString& _item )
+{
+  QString item = _item + '=';
+  if ( m_strQuery_encoded.length() <= 1 )
+    return;
+
+  QStringList items = QStringList::split( '&', m_strQuery_encoded );
+  for ( QStringList::Iterator it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); )
+  {
+    if ( (*it).startsWith( item ) || (*it == _item) )
+    {
+      QStringList::Iterator deleteIt = it;
+      ++it;
+      items.remove(deleteIt);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       ++it;
+    }
+  }
+  m_strQuery_encoded = items.join( "&" );
+}
+
+void KURL::addQueryItem( const QString& _item, const QString& _value, int encoding_hint )
+{
+  QString item = _item + '=';
+  QString value = encode( _value, true, encoding_hint );
+
+  if (!m_strQuery_encoded.isEmpty())
+     m_strQuery_encoded += '&';
+  m_strQuery_encoded += item + value;
+}
+
+// static
+KURL KURL::fromPathOrURL( const QString& text )
+{
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        return KURL();
+    
+    KURL url;
+    if ( text[0] == '/' )
+        url.setPath( text );
+    else
+        url = text;
+
+    return url;
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kurl.h b/microkde/kurl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd65a1c
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kurl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+ *  Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+ *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ **/
+
+#ifndef __kurl_h__
+#define __kurl_h__ "$Id$"
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+
+class QUrl;
+class QStringList;
+template <typename K, typename V> class QMap;
+
+class KURLPrivate;
+/**
+ * Represents and parses a URL.
+ *
+ * A prototypical URL looks like:
+ * <pre>
+ *   protocol:/user:password\@hostname:port/path/to/file.ext#reference
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * KURL has some restrictions regarding the path
+ * encoding. KURL works internally with the decoded path and
+ * and encoded query. For example,
+ * <pre>
+ * http://localhost/cgi-bin/test%20me.pl?cmd=Hello%20you
+ * </pre>
+ * would result in a decoded path "/cgi-bin/test me.pl"
+ * and in the encoded query "?cmd=Hello%20you".
+ * Since path is internally always encoded you may @em not use
+ * "%00" in the path, although this is OK for the query.
+ *
+ *  @author  Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
+ */
+class KURL
+{
+public:
+  enum AdjustementFlags
+  {
+    NoAdjustements = 0,
+    StripFileProtocol = 1
+  };
+
+  /**
+   * KURL::List is a QValueList that contains KURLs with a few
+   * convenience methods.
+   * @see KURL
+   * @see QValueList
+   */
+  class List : public QValueList<KURL>
+  {
+  public:
+    /**
+     * Creates an empty List.
+     */
+      List() { }
+      /**
+       * Creates a list that contains the given URL as only
+       * item.
+       * @param url the url to add.
+       */
+      List(const KURL &url);
+      /**
+       * Creates a list that contains the URLs from the given
+       * list.
+       * @param list the list containing the URLs as strings
+       */
+      List(const QStringList &list);
+      /**
+       * Converts the URLs of this list to a list of strings.
+       * @return the list of strings
+       */
+      QStringList toStringList() const;
+  };
+  /**
+   * Constructs an empty URL.
+   */
+  KURL();
+
+  /**
+   * Destructs the KURL object.
+   */
+  ~KURL();
+
+  /**
+   * Usual constructor, to construct from a string.
+   * @param url A URL, not a filename. If the URL does not have a protocol
+   *             part, "file:" is assumed.
+   *             It is dangerous to feed unix filenames into this function,
+   *             this will work most of the time but not always.
+   *             For example "/home/Torben%20Weis" will be considered a URL
+   *             pointing to the file "/home/Torben Weis" instead of to the
+   *             file "/home/Torben%20Weis".
+   *             This means that if you have a usual UNIX like path you
+   *             should not use this constructor.
+   *             Instead create an empty url and set the path by using
+   *             @ref setPath().
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
+   *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  KURL( const QString& url, int encoding_hint = 0 );
+  /**
+   * Constructor taking a char * @p url, which is an _encoded_ representation
+   * of the URL, exactly like the usual constructor. This is useful when
+   * then URL, in its encoded form, is strictly ascii.
+   * @param url A encoded URL. If the URL does not have a protocol part,
+   *            "file:" is assumed.
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
+   * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  KURL( const char * url, int encoding_hint = 0 );
+  /**
+   * Constructor taking a QCString @p url, which is an _encoded_ representation
+   * of the URL, exactly like the usual constructor. This is useful when
+   * then URL, in its encoded form, is strictly ascii.
+   * @param url A encoded URL. If the URL does not have a protocol part,
+   *            "file:" is assumed.
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
+   * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  KURL( const QCString& url, int encoding_hint = 0 );
+  /**
+   * Copy constructor.
+   * @param u the KURL to copy
+   */
+  KURL( const KURL& u );
+  /**
+   * Converts from a @ref QUrl.
+   * @param u the QUrl
+   */
+  KURL( const QUrl &u );
+  /**
+   * Constructor allowing relative URLs.
+   *
+   * @param _baseurl The base url.
+   * @param _rel_url A relative or absolute URL.
+   * If this is an absolute URL then @p _baseurl will be ignored.
+   * If this is a relative URL it will be combined with @p _baseurl.
+   * Note that _rel_url should be encoded too, in any case.
+   * So do NOT pass a path here (use setPath or addPath instead).
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
+   *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  KURL( const KURL& _baseurl, const QString& _rel_url, int encoding_hint=0 );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the protocol for the URL (i.e., file, http, etc.).
+   * @return the protocol of the URL, does not include the colon. If the
+   *         URL is malformed, QString::null will be returned.
+   **/
+  QString protocol() const { return m_bIsMalformed ? QString::null : m_strProtocol; }
+  /**
+   * Sets the protocol for the URL (i.e., file, http, etc.)
+   * @param _txt the new protocol of the URL (without colon)
+   **/
+  void setProtocol( const QString& _txt );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the decoded user name (login, user id, ...) included in the URL.
+   * @return the user name or QString::null if there is no user name
+   **/
+  QString user() const { return m_strUser; }
+  /**
+   * Sets the user name (login, user id, ...) included in the URL.
+   *
+   * Special characters in the user name will appear encoded in the URL.
+   * @param _txt the name of the user or QString::null to remove the user
+   **/
+  void setUser( const QString& _txt );
+  /**
+   * Test to see if this URL has a user name included in it.
+   * @return true if the URL has an non-empty user name
+   **/
+  bool hasUser() const { return !m_strUser.isEmpty(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the decoded password (corresponding to \ref user()) included in the URL.
+   * @return the password or QString::null if it does not exist
+   **/
+  QString pass() const { return m_strPass; }
+  /**
+   * Sets the password (corresponding to @ref user()) included in the URL.
+   *
+   * Special characters in the password will appear encoded in the URL.
+   * Note that a password can only appear in a URL string if you also set
+   * a user.
+   * @param _txt the password to set or QString::null to remove the password
+   * @see #setUser
+   * @see #hasUser
+   **/
+  void setPass( const QString& _txt );
+  /**
+   * Test to see if this URL has a password included in it.
+   * @return true if there is a non-empty password set
+   **/
+  bool hasPass() const { return !m_strPass.isEmpty(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the decoded hostname included in the URL.
+   * @return the name of the host or QString::null if no host is set
+   **/
+  QString host() const { return m_strHost; }
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the hostname included in the URL.
+   *
+   * Special characters in the hostname will appear encoded in the URL.
+   * @param _txt the new name of the host or QString::null to remove the host
+   **/
+  void setHost( const QString& _txt );
+  /**
+   * Test to see if this URL has a hostname included in it.
+   * @return true if the URL has a host
+   **/
+  bool hasHost() const { return !m_strHost.isEmpty(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the port number included in the URL.
+   * @return the port number. If there is no port number specified in the
+   *         URL, returns 0.
+   **/
+  unsigned short int port() const { return m_iPort; }
+  /**
+   * Sets the port number included in the URL.
+   * @param _p the new port number or 0 to have no port number
+   **/
+  void setPort( unsigned short int _p );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the current decoded path. This does @em not include the query.
+   * @return the path of the URL (without query), or QString::null if no
+   *         path set.
+   */
+  QString path() const  { return m_strPath; }
+
+  /**
+   * @param _trailing May be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/', +1 adds
+   *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
+   *                  path unchanged. If the URL has no path, then no '/' is added
+   *                  anyway. And on the other side: If the path is "/", then this
+   *                  character won't be stripped. Reason: "ftp://weis\@host" means something
+   *                  completely different than "ftp://weis\@host/". So adding or stripping
+   *                  the '/' would really alter the URL, while "ftp://host/path" and
+   *                  "ftp://host/path/" mean the same directory.
+   *
+   * @return The current decoded path. This does not include the query. Can
+   *         be QString::null if no path is set.
+   */
+  QString path( int _trailing ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the path of the URL. The query is not changed by this function.
+   *
+   * @param path The new path. This is considered to be decoded. This
+   *             means: %3f does not become decoded
+   *             and the ? does not indicate the start of the query part.
+   *             Can be QString::null to delete the path.
+   */
+  void setPath( const QString& path );
+
+  /**
+   * Test to see if this URL has a path is included in it.
+   * @return true if there is a path
+   **/
+  bool hasPath() const { return !m_strPath.isEmpty(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Resolves "." and ".." components in path.
+   * Some servers seem not to like the removal of extra '/'
+   * even though it is against the specification in RFC 2396.
+   *
+   * @param cleanDirSeparator if true, occurrances of consecutive
+   * directory separators (e.g. /foo//bar) are cleaned up as well.
+   */
+  void cleanPath(bool cleanDirSeparator = true);
+
+  /**
+   * Add or remove a trailing slash to/from the path.
+   * @param _trailing May be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/', +1 adds
+   *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
+   *                  path unchanged. If the URL has no path, then no '/' is added
+   *                  anyway. And on the other side: If the path is "/", then this
+   *                  character won't be stripped. Reason: "ftp://weis\@host" means something
+   *                  completely different than "ftp://weis\@host/". So adding or stripping
+   *                  the '/' would really alter the URL, while "ftp://host/path" and
+   *                  "ftp://host/path/" mean the same directory.
+   */
+  void adjustPath(int _trailing);
+
+  /**
+   * This is useful for HTTP. It looks first for '?' and decodes then.
+   * The encoded path is the concatenation of the current path and the query.
+   * @param _txt the new path and query.
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of @p _txt .
+   * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  void setEncodedPathAndQuery( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint = 0 );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the (already encoded) path
+   * @param _txt the new path
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of @p _txt .
+   * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  void setEncodedPath(const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint = 0 );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the encoded path and the query.
+   *
+   * @param _trailing May be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/', +1 adds
+   *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
+   *                  path unchanged. If the URL has no path, then no '/' is added
+   *                  anyway. And on the other side: If the path is "/", then this
+   *                  character won't be stripped. Reason: "ftp://weis\@host" means something
+   *                  completely different than "ftp://weis\@host/". So adding or stripping
+   *                  the '/' would really alter the URL, while "ftp://host/path" and
+   *                  "ftp://host/path/" mean the same directory.
+   * @param _no_empty_path If set to true then an empty path is substituted by "/".
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of desired encoding of URL.
+   *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   * @return The concatenation if the encoded path , '?' and the encoded query.
+   *
+   */
+  QString encodedPathAndQuery( int _trailing = 0, bool _no_empty_path = false, int encoding_hint = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * @param _txt This is considered to be encoded. This has a good reason:
+   * The query may contain the 0 character.
+   *
+   * The query should start with a '?'. If it doesn't '?' is prepended.
+   * @param encoding_hint Reserved, should be 0.
+   * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  void setQuery( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the query of the URL.
+   * The query may contain the 0 character.
+   * If a query is present it always starts with a '?'.
+   * A single '?' means an empty query.
+   * An empty string means no query.
+   * @return The encoded query, or QString::null if there is none.
+   */
+  QString query() const;
+
+  /**
+   * The reference is @em never decoded automatically.
+   * @return the undecoded reference, or QString::null if there is none
+   */
+  QString ref() const { return m_strRef_encoded; }
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the reference part (everything after '#').
+   * @param _txt The encoded reference (or QString::null to remove it).
+   */
+  void setRef( const QString& _txt ) { m_strRef_encoded = _txt; }
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the URL has a reference part.
+   * @return true if the URL has a reference part. In a URL like
+   *         http://www.kde.org/kdebase.tar#tar:/README it would
+   *         return true, too.
+   */
+  bool hasRef() const { return !m_strRef_encoded.isNull(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the HTML reference (the part of the URL after "#").
+   * @return The HTML-style reference.
+   * @see #split
+   * @see #hasSubURL
+   * @see #encodedHtmlRef
+   */
+  QString htmlRef() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the HTML reference (the part of the URL after "#") in
+   * encoded form.
+   * @return The HTML-style reference in its original form.
+   */
+  QString encodedHtmlRef() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the HTML-style reference.
+   *
+   * @param _ref The new reference. This is considered to be @em not encoded in
+   *         contrast to @ref setRef(). Use QString::null to remove it.
+   * @see htmlRef()
+   */
+  void setHTMLRef( const QString& _ref );
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether there is a HTML reference.
+   * @return true if the URL has an HTML-style reference.
+   * @see htmlRef()
+   */
+  bool hasHTMLRef() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the URL is well formed.
+   * @return false if the URL is malformed. This function does @em not test
+   *         whether sub URLs are well-formed, too.
+   */
+  bool isValid() const  { return !m_bIsMalformed; }
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   */
+  bool isMalformed() const { return !isValid(); }
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the file is local.
+   * @return true if the file is a plain local file and has no filter protocols
+   *         attached to it.
+   */
+  bool isLocalFile() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Adds encoding information to url by adding a "charset" parameter. If there
+   * is already a charset parameter, it will be replaced.
+   * @param encoding the encoding to add or QString::null to remove the
+   *                 encoding.
+   */
+  void setFileEncoding(const QString &encoding);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns encoding information from url, the content of the "charset"
+   * parameter.
+   * @return An encoding suitable for QTextCodec::codecForName()
+   *         or QString::null if not encoding was specified.
+   */
+  QString fileEncoding() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the URL has any sub URLs. See @ref #split()
+   * for examples for sub URLs.
+   * @return true if the file has at least one sub URL.
+   * @see #split
+   */
+  bool hasSubURL() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Adds to the current path.
+   * Assumes that the current path is a directory. @p _txt is appended to the
+   * current path. The function adds '/' if needed while concatenating.
+   * This means it does not matter whether the current path has a trailing
+   * '/' or not. If there is none, it becomes appended. If @p _txt
+   * has a leading '/' then this one is stripped.
+   *
+   * @param _txt The text to add. It is considered to be decoded.
+   */
+  void addPath( const QString& _txt );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the value of a certain query item.
+   *
+   * @param _item Item whose value we want
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding of query.
+   *
+   * @return the value of the given query item name or QString::null if the
+   * specified item does not exist.
+   */
+/*US we do not need this functions
+  QString queryItem( const QString& _item ) const;
+  QString queryItem( const QString& _item, int encoding_hint ) const;
+*/
+  /**
+   * Options for @ref #queryItems. Currently, only one option is
+   * defined:
+   *
+   * @param CaseInsensitiveKeys normalize query keys to lowercase.
+   *
+   * @since 3.1
+   **/
+  enum QueryItemsOptions { CaseInsensitiveKeys = 1 };
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the list of query items as a map mapping keys to values.
+   *
+   * @param options any of @ref QueryItemsOptions <em>or</or>ed together.
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding of query.
+   *
+   * @return the map of query items or the empty map if the url has no
+   * query items.
+   *
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  QMap< QString, QString > queryItems( int options=0 ) const;
+  QMap< QString, QString > queryItems( int options, int encoding_hint ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Add an additional query item.
+   * To replace an existing query item, the item should first be
+   * removed with @ref removeQueryItem()
+   *
+   * @param _item Name of item to add
+   * @param _value Value of item to add
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use for _value.
+   *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   */
+  void addQueryItem( const QString& _item, const QString& _value, int encoding_hint = 0 );
+
+  /**
+   * Remove an item from the query.
+   *
+   * @param _item Item to be removed
+   */
+  void removeQueryItem( const QString& _item );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the filename of the path.
+   * In comparison to @ref addPath() this function does not assume that the current
+   * path is a directory. This is only assumed if the current path ends with '/'.
+   *
+   * Any reference is reset.
+   *
+   * @param _txt The filename to be set. It is considered to be decoded. If the
+   *             current path ends with '/' then @p _txt int just appended, otherwise
+   *             all text behind the last '/' in the current path is erased and
+   *             @p _txt is appended then. It does not matter whether @p _txt starts
+   *             with '/' or not.
+   */
+  void setFileName( const QString&_txt );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the filename of the path.
+   * @param _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path This tells whether a trailing '/' should
+   *        be ignored. This means that the function would return "torben" for
+   *        <tt>file:/hallo/torben/</tt> and <tt>file:/hallo/torben</tt>.
+   *        If the flag is set to false, then everything behind the last '/'
+   *        is considered to be the filename.
+   * @return The filename of the current path. The returned string is decoded. Null
+   *         if there is no file (and thus no path).
+   */
+  QString fileName( bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path = true ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the directory of the path.
+   * @param _strip_trailing_slash_from_result tells whether the returned result should end with '/' or not.
+   *                                          If the path is empty or just "/" then this flag has no effect.
+   * @param _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path means that <tt>file:/hallo/torben</tt> and
+   *                                       <tt>file:/hallo/torben/"</tt> would both return <tt>/hallo/</tt>
+   *                                       or <tt>/hallo</tt> depending on the other flag
+   * @return The directory part of the current path. Everything between the last and the second last '/'
+   *         is returned. For example <tt>file:/hallo/torben/</tt> would return "/hallo/torben/" while
+   *         <tt>file:/hallo/torben</tt> would return "hallo/". The returned string is decoded. QString::null is returned when there is no path.
+   */
+  QString directory( bool _strip_trailing_slash_from_result = true,
+                     bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path = true ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Set the directory to @p dir, leaving the filename empty.
+   */
+  void setDirectory(const QString &dir);
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the directory by descending into the given directory.
+   * It is assumed the current URL represents a directory.
+   * If @p dir starts with a "/" the
+   * current URL will be "protocol://host/dir" otherwise @p _dir will
+   * be appended to the path. @p _dir can be ".."
+   * This function won't strip protocols. That means that when you are in
+   * file:/dir/dir2/my.tgz#tar:/ and you do cd("..") you will
+   * still be in file:/dir/dir2/my.tgz#tar:/
+   *
+   * @param _dir the directory to change to
+   * @return true if successful
+   */
+  bool cd( const QString& _dir );
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the URL as string, with all escape sequences intact,
+   * encoded in a given charset.
+   * This is used in particular for encoding URLs in UTF-8 before using them
+   * in a drag and drop operation.
+   * Please note that the string returned by @ref url() will include
+   * the password of the URL. If you want to show the URL to the 
+   * user, use @ref prettyURL(). 
+   *
+   * @param _trailing This may be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/' from the path, +1 adds
+   *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
+   *                  path unchanged.
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use.
+   * @return The complete URL, with all escape sequences intact, encoded
+   * in a given charset.
+   * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   * @see prettyURL()
+   */
+  QString url( int _trailing = 0, int encoding_hint = 0) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the URL as string in human-friendly format.
+   * Example: 
+   * <pre>
+   * http://localhost:8080/test.cgi?test=hello world&name=fred
+   * </pre>
+   * @param _trailing -1 to strip a trailing '/' from the path, +1 adds
+   *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
+   *                  path unchanged.
+   * @return A human readable URL, with no non-necessary encodings/escaped
+   * characters. Password will not be shown.
+   * @see url()
+   */
+  QString prettyURL( int _trailing = 0) const;
+
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the URL as string, escaped for HTML.
+   * @return A human readable URL, with no non-necessary encodings/escaped
+   * characters which is html encoded for safe inclusion in html or
+   * rich text. Password will not be shown.
+   */
+  QString htmlURL() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the URL as string, escaped for HTML.
+   * Example: 
+   * <pre>
+   * http://localhost:8080/test.cgi?test=hello world&name=fred
+   * </pre>
+   * @return A human readable URL, with no non-necessary encodings/escaped
+   * characters. Password will not be shown.
+   */
+  QString prettyURL( int _trailing, AdjustementFlags _flags) const;
+  // ### BIC: Merge the two above
+
+  /**
+   * Test to see if the KURL is empty.
+   * @return true if the URL is empty
+   **/
+  bool isEmpty() const;
+
+  /**
+   * This function is useful to implement the "Up" button in a file manager for example.
+   * @ref cd() never strips a sub-protocol. That means that if you are in
+   * file:/home/x.tgz#gzip:/#tar:/ and hit the up button you expect to see
+   * file:/home. The algorithm tries to go up on the right-most URL. If that is not
+   * possible it strips the right most URL. It continues stripping URLs.
+   * @return a URL that is a level higher
+   */
+  KURL upURL( ) const;
+
+  KURL& operator=( const KURL& _u );
+  KURL& operator=( const QString& _url );
+  KURL& operator=( const char * _url );
+  KURL& operator=( const QUrl & u );
+
+  bool operator==( const KURL& _u ) const;
+  bool operator==( const QString& _u ) const;
+  bool operator!=( const KURL& _u ) const { return !( *this == _u ); }
+  bool operator!=( const QString& _u ) const { return !( *this == _u ); }
+
+  /**
+   * The same as equals(), just with a less obvious name.
+   * Compares this url with @p u.
+   * @param ignore_trailing set to true to ignore trailing '/' characters.
+   * @return true if both urls are the same
+   * @see operator==. This function should be used if you want to
+   * ignore trailing '/' characters.
+   * @deprecated
+   */
+  bool cmp( const KURL &u, bool ignore_trailing = false ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Compares this url with @p u.
+   * @param ignore_trailing set to true to ignore trailing '/' characters.
+   * @return true if both urls are the same
+   * @see operator==. This function should be used if you want to
+   * ignore trailing '/' characters.
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  bool equals( const KURL &u, bool ignore_trailing = false ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the given URL is parent of this URL.
+   * For instance, ftp://host/dir/ is a parent of ftp://host/dir/subdir/subsubdir/.
+   * @return true if this url is a parent of @p u (or the same URL as @p u)
+   */
+  bool isParentOf( const KURL& u ) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Splits nested URLs like file:/home/weis/kde.tgz#gzip:/#tar:/kdebase
+   * A URL like http://www.kde.org#tar:/kde/README.hml#ref1 will be split in
+   * http://www.kde.org and tar:/kde/README.html#ref1.
+   * That means in turn that "#ref1" is an HTML-style reference and not a new sub URL.
+   * Since HTML-style references mark
+   * a certain position in a document this reference is appended to every URL.
+   * The idea behind this is that browsers, for example, only look at the first URL while
+   * the rest is not of interest to them.
+   *
+   *
+   * @param _url The URL that has to be split.
+   * @return An empty list on error or the list of split URLs.
+   * @see #hasSubURL
+   */
+  static List split( const QString& _url );
+
+  /**
+   * Splits nested URLs like file:/home/weis/kde.tgz#gzip:/#tar:/kdebase
+   * A URL like http://www.kde.org#tar:/kde/README.hml#ref1 will be split in
+   * http://www.kde.org and tar:/kde/README.html#ref1.
+   * That means in turn that "#ref1" is an HTML-style reference and not a new sub URL.
+   * Since HTML-style references mark
+   * a certain position in a document this reference is appended to every URL.
+   * The idea behind this is that browsers, for example, only look at the first URL while
+   * the rest is not of interest to them.
+   *
+   * @return An empty list on error or the list of split URLs.
+   *
+   * @param _url The URL that has to be split.
+   * @see #hasSubURL
+   */
+  static List split( const KURL& _url );
+
+  /**
+   * Reverses @ref #split(). Only the first URL may have a reference. This reference
+   * is considered to be HTML-like and is appended at the end of the resulting
+   * joined URL.
+   * @param _list the list to join
+   * @return the joined URL
+   */
+  static KURL join( const List& _list );
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a KURL object from a QString representing either an absolute path
+   * or a real URL. Use this method instead of
+   * <pre>
+   * QString someDir = ...
+   * KURL url = someDir;
+   * </pre>
+   *
+   * Otherwise some characters (e.g. the '#') won't be encoded properly.
+   * @param text the string representation of the URL to convert
+   * @return the new KURL
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  static KURL fromPathOrURL( const QString& text );
+
+/**
+   * Convenience function.
+   *
+   * Convert unicoded string to local encoding and use %-style
+   * encoding for all common delimiters / non-ascii characters.
+   * @param str String to encode (can be QString::null).
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use.
+   *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   * @return the encoded string
+   **/
+  static QString encode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Convenience function.
+   *
+   * Convert unicoded string to local encoding and use %-style
+   * encoding for all common delimiters / non-ascii characters
+   * as well as the slash '/'.
+   * @param str String to encode
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use.
+   *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   **/
+  static QString encode_string_no_slash(const QString &str, int encoding_hint = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Convenience function.
+   *
+   * Decode %-style encoding and convert from local encoding to unicode.
+   *
+   * Reverse of encode_string()
+   * @param str String to decode (can be QString::null).
+   * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of @p str .
+   *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
+   **/
+  static QString decode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Convenience function.
+   *
+   * Returns whether '_url' is likely to be a "relative" URL instead of
+   * an "absolute" URL.
+   * @param _url URL to examine
+   * @return true when the URL is likely to be "relative", false otherwise.
+   */
+  static bool isRelativeURL(const QString &_url);
+
+#ifdef KDE_NO_COMPAT
+private:
+#endif
+  QString filename( bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path = true ) const
+  {
+    return fileName(_ignore_trailing_slash_in_path);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  void reset();
+  void parse( const QString& _url, int encoding_hint = 0);
+
+private:
+  QString m_strProtocol;
+  QString m_strUser;
+  QString m_strPass;
+  QString m_strHost;
+  QString m_strPath;
+  QString m_strRef_encoded;
+  QString m_strQuery_encoded;
+  bool m_bIsMalformed : 1;
+  int freeForUse      : 7;
+  unsigned short int m_iPort;
+  QString m_strPath_encoded;
+
+  friend QDataStream & operator<< (QDataStream & s, const KURL & a);
+  friend QDataStream & operator>> (QDataStream & s, KURL & a);
+private:
+  KURLPrivate* d;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Compares URLs. They are parsed, split and compared.
+ * Two malformed URLs with the same string representation
+ * are nevertheless considered to be unequal.
+ * That means no malformed URL equals anything else.
+ */
+bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2 );
+
+/**
+ * Compares URLs. They are parsed, split and compared.
+ * Two malformed URLs with the same string representation
+ * are nevertheless considered to be unequal.
+ * That means no malformed URL equals anything else.
+ *
+ * @param _ignore_trailing Described in @ref KURL::cmp
+ * @param _ignore_ref If true, disables comparison of HTML-style references.
+ */
+bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2, bool _ignore_trailing, bool _ignore_ref );
+
+QDataStream & operator<< (QDataStream & s, const KURL & a);
+QDataStream & operator>> (QDataStream & s, KURL & a);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4136622
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Elter <elter@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2003 Daniel Molkentin <molkentin@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+*/
+
+#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <qvbox.h>
+#include <qcursor.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+//US #include <klibloader.h>
+#include <krun.h>
+#include <kprocess.h>
+
+#include "kcmultidialog.h"
+//US #include "kcmultidialog.moc"
+//US #include "kcmoduleloader.h"
+
+KCMultiDialog::KCMultiDialog(const QString& baseGroup, QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal)
+  : KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Configure"), Default |Cancel | Apply | Ok, Ok,
+                parent, name, modal, true), d(0L)
+{
+    enableButton(Apply, false);
+    //connect(this, SIGNAL(aboutToShowPage(QWidget *)), this, SLOT(slotAboutToShow(QWidget *)));
+  _baseGroup = baseGroup;
+  mMainWidget = new KJanusWidget( this, "JanusWidget", KJanusWidget::Tabbed );
+  setMainWidget(mMainWidget );
+#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
+    resize(640,480);
+#else
+    resize(640,480);  
+    setMaximumSize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth()-5, 640), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight()-20, 480));
+    //showMaximized();
+#endif
+  
+}
+
+KCMultiDialog::~KCMultiDialog()
+{
+//US    moduleDict.setAutoDelete(true);
+}
+
+void KCMultiDialog::slotDefault()
+{
+
+    int curPageIndex = mMainWidget->activePageIndex();
+    
+    QPtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
+    for (; it.current(); ++it)
+    {
+       if (pageIndex((QWidget *)(*it)->parent()) == curPageIndex)
+       {
+          (*it)->defaults();
+          clientChanged(true);
+          return;
+       }
+    }
+    
+}
+
+void KCMultiDialog::slotApply()
+{
+qDebug("KCMultiDialog::slotApply clicked");
+
+    QPtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
+    for (; it.current(); ++it)
+      (*it)->save();
+    clientChanged(false);
+
+    emit applyClicked();
+    
+}
+
+
+void KCMultiDialog::slotOk()
+{
+qDebug("KCMultiDialog::slotOk clicked");
+    
+    QPtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
+    for (; it.current(); ++it)
+      (*it)->save();
+    accept();
+
+    emit okClicked();
+}
+
+void KCMultiDialog::slotHelp()
+{
+/*US
+    KURL url( KURL("help:/"), _docPath );
+
+    if (url.protocol() == "help" || url.protocol() == "man" || url.protocol() == "info") {
+        KProcess process;
+        process << "khelpcenter"
+                << url.url();
+        process.start(KProcess::DontCare);
+                process.detach();
+    } else {
+        new KRun(url);
+    }
+*/    
+}
+
+void KCMultiDialog::clientChanged(bool state)
+{
+    enableButton(Apply, state);
+}
+
+/*US    
+void KCMultiDialog::addModule(const QString& path, bool withfallback)
+{
+    kdDebug(1208) << "KCMultiDialog::addModule " << path << endl;
+
+    KCModuleInfo info(path, _baseGroup);
+
+    QHBox* page = addHBoxPage(info.moduleName(), info.comment(),
+                              KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(info.icon(), KIcon::Desktop, KIcon::SizeMedium));
+    if(!page) {
+        KCModuleLoader::unloadModule(info);
+        return;
+    }
+    moduleDict.insert(page, new LoadInfo(path, withfallback));
+    if (modules.isEmpty())
+       slotAboutToShow(page);
+}
+*/
+QVBox * KCMultiDialog::getNewVBoxPage( const QString & modulename )
+{
+    QVBox *page = mMainWidget->addVBoxPage(modulename , QString::null,QPixmap() );
+    return page;
+
+}
+//US special method for microkde. We dop noty want to load everything dynamically.
+void KCMultiDialog::addModule(KCModule* module ) //, const QString& modulename, const QString& iconname)
+{
+
+    modules.append(module);
+    connect(module, SIGNAL(changed(bool)), this, SLOT(clientChanged(bool)));
+    
+
+}
+
+void KCMultiDialog::slotAboutToShow(QWidget *page)
+{
+/*US
+    LoadInfo *loadInfo = moduleDict[page];
+    if (!loadInfo)
+       return;
+
+    QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
+
+    moduleDict.remove(page);
+
+    KCModuleInfo info(loadInfo->path, _baseGroup);
+
+    KCModule *module = KCModuleLoader::loadModule(info, loadInfo->withfallback);
+
+    if (!module)
+    {
+        QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+        KCModuleLoader::showLastLoaderError(this);
+        delete loadInfo;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    module->reparent(page,0,QPoint(0,0),true);
+    connect(module, SIGNAL(changed(bool)), this, SLOT(clientChanged(bool)));
+    //setHelp( docpath, QString::null );
+    _docPath = info.docPath();
+    modules.append(module);
+
+    //KCGlobal::repairAccels( topLevelWidget() );
+
+    delete loadInfo;
+
+    QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+*/
+
+qDebug("KCMultiDialog::slotAboutToShow not implemented");    
+}
diff --git a/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.h b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63d5d42
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Elter <elter@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2003 Daniel Molkentin <molkentin@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef KCMULTIDIALOG_H
+#define KCMULTIDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qptrdict.h>
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+#include <kjanuswidget.h>
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * A class that offers a @ref KDialogBase containing arbitrary KControl Modules
+ *
+ * @short A method that offers a @ref KDialogBase containing arbitrary
+ *        KControl Modules.
+ *
+ * @author Matthias Elter <elter@kde.org>, Daniel Molkentin <molkentin@kde.org>
+ * @since 3.2
+ */
+class KCMultiDialog : public KDialogBase
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new KCMultiDialog
+     *
+     * @param parent The parent Widget
+     * @param name The widget name
+     * @param baseGroup The baseGroup, if you want to call a module out of
+     *                  kcontrol, just keep "settings"
+     * @param modal If you pass true here, the dialog will be modal
+     **/
+    KCMultiDialog(const QString& baseGroup = QString::fromLatin1("settings"),
+                  QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0,
+                  bool modal=false);
+
+    /**
+     * Destructor
+     **/
+   virtual ~KCMultiDialog();
+
+    /**
+     * Add a module.
+     *
+     * @param module Specify the name of the module that is to be added
+     *               to the list of modules the dialog will show.
+     *
+     * @param withfallback Try harder to load the module. Might result
+     *                     in the module appearing outside the dialog.
+     **/
+//US    void addModule(const QString& module, bool withfallback=true);
+
+
+//US special method for microkde. We dop noty want to load everything dynamically.
+   void addModule(KCModule* module );//, const QString& modulename, const QString& iconname);
+    QVBox* getNewVBoxPage(const QString & modulename) ;
+    
+    
+    
+protected slots:
+    /**
+     * This slot is called when the user presses the "Default" Button
+     * You can reimplement it if needed.
+     *
+     * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
+     **/
+    virtual void slotDefault();
+
+    /**
+     * This slot is called when the user presses the "Apply" Button
+     * You can reimplement it if needed
+     *
+     * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
+     **/
+    virtual void slotApply();
+
+    /**
+     * This slot is called when the user presses the "OK" Button
+     * You can reimplement it if needed
+     *
+     * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
+     **/
+    virtual void slotOk();
+
+    /**
+     * This slot is called when the user presses the "Help" Button
+     * You can reimplement it if needed
+     *
+     * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
+     **/
+    virtual void slotHelp();
+
+private slots:
+
+    void slotAboutToShow(QWidget *);
+
+    void clientChanged(bool state);
+
+private:
+/*US
+    struct LoadInfo {
+      LoadInfo(const QString &_path, bool _withfallback)
+         : path(_path), withfallback(_withfallback)
+         { }
+      QString path;
+      bool withfallback;
+    };
+*/    
+    QPtrList<KCModule> modules;
+/*    
+    QPtrDict<LoadInfo> moduleDict;
+    QString _docPath;
+*/    
+    QString _baseGroup;
+
+//US    
+    KJanusWidget* mMainWidget;
+        
+    // For future use
+    class KCMultiDialogPrivate;
+    KCMultiDialogPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif //KCMULTIDIALOG_H
diff --git a/microkde/microkde.pro b/microkde/microkde.pro
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e9b022
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/microkde.pro
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+        TEMPLATE= lib
+        CONFIG  += qt warn_on 
+#INCLUDEPATH     += $(QTDIR)/include .
+#DEPENDPATH      += $(QTDIR)/include
+INCLUDEPATH     += .  ../  ../kabc ./kdecore ./kdeui ./kio/kfile
+#LIBS            += -lqtcompat
+
+        TARGET  = microkde
+DESTDIR= ../bin
+DEFINES += DESKTOP_VERSION KDE_QT_ONLY
+unix : {
+OBJECTS_DIR = obj/unix
+MOC_DIR = moc/unix
+}
+win32: {
+DEFINES += _WIN32_
+OBJECTS_DIR = obj/win
+MOC_DIR = moc/win
+}
+include( ../variables.pri )
+
+
+
+HEADERS = \
+qlayoutengine_p.h \
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h \
+ kapplication.h \
+ kaudioplayer.h \
+ kcalendarsystem.h \
+ kcalendarsystemgregorian.h \
+ kcolorbutton.h \
+ kcolordialog.h \
+ kcombobox.h \
+ kconfig.h \
+ kdatetbl.h \
+ kdebug.h \
+ kdialog.h \
+ kdialogbase.h \
+ kdirwatch.h \
+ keditlistbox.h \
+ kemailsettings.h \
+ kfiledialog.h \
+ kfontdialog.h \
+ kglobal.h \
+ kglobalsettings.h \
+ kiconloader.h \
+ klineedit.h \
+ klineeditdlg.h \
+ kmessagebox.h \
+ knotifyclient.h \
+ kprinter.h \
+ kprocess.h \
+ krestrictedline.h \
+ krun.h \
+ ksimpleconfig.h \
+ kstaticdeleter.h \
+ ksystemtray.h \
+ ktempfile.h \
+ ktextedit.h \
+ kunload.h \
+ kurl.h \
+ kdeui/kguiitem.h \
+ kdeui/kcmodule.h \
+ kdeui/kbuttonbox.h \
+ kdeui/klistbox.h \
+ kdeui/klistview.h \
+ kdeui/kjanuswidget.h \
+ kdeui/kseparator.h \
+ kdeui/knuminput.h \
+ kdeui/knumvalidator.h \
+ kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h \
+ kio/job.h \
+ kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h \
+ kresources/resource.h \
+ kresources/factory.h \
+ kresources/managerimpl.h \
+ kresources/manager.h \
+ kresources/selectdialog.h \
+ kresources/configpage.h \
+ kresources/configwidget.h \ 
+ kresources/configdialog.h \
+ kresources/kcmkresources.h \
+ kdecore/kmdcodec.h \
+ kdecore/kconfigbase.h \
+ kdecore/klocale.h \
+ kdecore/kcatalogue.h \
+ kdecore/ksharedptr.h \
+ kdecore/kshell.h \
+ kdecore/kstandarddirs.h \
+ kdecore/kstringhandler.h \
+ kdecore/kshortcut.h \
+ kutils/kcmultidialog.h \
+ kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h \
+ kdeui/kstdaction.h \
+ kdeui/kmainwindow.h \
+ kdeui/ktoolbar.h \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h \
+ kdeui/kaction.h \
+ kdeui/kactionclasses.h \
+ kdeui/kactioncollection.h 
+ 
+
+# kdecore/klibloader.h \
+
+
+SOURCES = \
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp \
+ kapplication.cpp \
+ kcalendarsystem.cpp \
+ kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp \
+ kcolorbutton.cpp \
+ kcolordialog.cpp \
+ kconfig.cpp \
+ kdatetbl.cpp \
+ kdialog.cpp \
+ kdialogbase.cpp \
+ keditlistbox.cpp \
+ kemailsettings.cpp \
+ kfontdialog.cpp \
+ kfiledialog.cpp \
+ kglobal.cpp \
+ kglobalsettings.cpp \
+ kiconloader.cpp \
+ kmessagebox.cpp \
+ ktextedit.cpp \
+ kprocess.cpp \
+ krun.cpp \
+ ksystemtray.cpp \
+ ktempfile.cpp \
+ kurl.cpp \
+ kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp \
+ kdecore/klocale.cpp \
+ kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp \
+ kdecore/kshell.cpp \
+ kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp \
+ kdecore/kstringhandler.cpp \
+ kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp \
+ kdeui/kcmodule.cpp \
+ kdeui/kguiitem.cpp \
+ kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp \
+ kdeui/klistbox.cpp \
+ kdeui/klistview.cpp \
+ kdeui/knuminput.cpp \
+ kdeui/knumvalidator.cpp \
+ kdeui/kseparator.cpp \
+ kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp \
+ kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp \
+ kresources/configpage.cpp \
+ kresources/configdialog.cpp \
+ kresources/configwidget.cpp \
+ kresources/factory.cpp \
+ kresources/kcmkresources.cpp \
+ kresources/managerimpl.cpp \
+ kresources/resource.cpp \
+ kresources/selectdialog.cpp \
+ kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp \
+ kdeui/kaction.cpp \
+ kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp \
+ kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp \
+ kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp \
+ kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp \
+ kdeui/kstdaction.cpp \
+ kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp 
+
+
+
+# kdecore/klibloader.cpp \
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/microkde/microkde.pro.back b/microkde/microkde.pro.back
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2889ac
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/microkde.pro.back
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+        TEMPLATE= lib
+        CONFIG  = qt warn_on release
+INCLUDEPATH     += $(QPEDIR)/include . ../qtcompat
+DEPENDPATH      += $(QPEDIR)/include
+LIBS            += -lqpe -lqtcompat
+        TARGET  = microkde
+OBJECTS_DIR = obj/$(PLATFORM)
+MOC_DIR = moc
+DESTDIR=$(QPEDIR)/lib
+
+INTERFACES = \
+
+HEADERS = \
+ kapplication.h \
+ kaudioplayer.h \
+ kcalendarsystem.h \
+ kcalendarsystemgregorian.h \
+ kcolorbutton.h \
+ kcolordialog.h \
+ kcombobox.h \
+ kconfig.h \
+ kdatepicker.h \
+ kdatetbl.h \
+ kdebug.h \
+ kdialog.h \
+ kdialogbase.h \
+ kdirwatch.h \
+ keditlistbox.h \
+ kemailsettings.h \
+ kfiledialog.h \
+ kfontdialog.h \
+ kglobal.h \
+ kglobalsettings.h \
+ kiconloader.h \
+ kio/job.h \
+ klineedit.h \
+ klineeditdlg.h \
+ klistview.h \
+ klocale.h \
+ kmessagebox.h \
+ knotifyclient.h \
+ knumvalidator.h \
+ kprinter.h \
+ kprocess.h \
+ krestrictedline.h \
+ krun.h \
+ kseparator.h \
+ ksimpleconfig.h \
+ kstandarddirs.h \
+ kstaticdeleter.h \
+ ksystemtray.h \
+ ktempfile.h \
+ ktextedit.h \
+ kunload.h \
+ kurlrequester.h \
+
+SOURCES = \
+ kapplication.cpp \
+ kcalendarsystem.cpp \
+ kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp \
+ kcolordialog.cpp \
+ kconfig.cpp \
+ kdatepicker.cpp \
+ kdatetbl.cpp \
+ kdialogbase.cpp \
+ keditlistbox.cpp \
+ kemailsettings.cpp \
+ kfontdialog.cpp \
+ kglobal.cpp \
+ kglobalsettings.cpp \
+ kiconloader.cpp \
+ klocale.cpp \
+ kmessagebox.cpp \
+ knumvalidator.cpp \
+ kprocess.cpp \
+ krun.cpp \
+ kstandarddirs.cpp \
+ ktempfile.cpp \
+ kurlrequester.cpp \
+
diff --git a/microkde/microkdeE.pro b/microkde/microkdeE.pro
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d04123
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/microkdeE.pro
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+        TEMPLATE= lib
+CONFIG += qt warn_on
+INCLUDEPATH     += . ../qtcompat ../kabc ./kdecore ./kdeui ./kio/kfile $(QPEDIR)/include
+
+DEPENDPATH      += $(QPEDIR)/include
+LIBS            += -lmicroqtcompat -L$(QPEDIR)/lib
+
+DEFINES += KDE_QT_ONLY
+
+        TARGET  = microkde
+OBJECTS_DIR = obj/$(PLATFORM)
+MOC_DIR = moc/$(PLATFORM)
+DESTDIR=$(QPEDIR)/lib
+
+
+INTERFACES = \
+
+HEADERS = \
+qlayoutengine_p.h \
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h \
+ kapplication.h \
+ kaudioplayer.h \
+ kcalendarsystem.h \
+ kcalendarsystemgregorian.h \
+ kcolorbutton.h \
+ kcolordialog.h \
+ kcombobox.h \
+ kconfig.h \
+ kdatetbl.h \
+ kdebug.h \
+ kdialog.h \
+ kdialogbase.h \
+ kdirwatch.h \
+ keditlistbox.h \
+ kemailsettings.h \
+ kfiledialog.h \
+ kfontdialog.h \
+ kglobal.h \
+ kglobalsettings.h \
+ kiconloader.h \
+ klineedit.h \
+ klineeditdlg.h \
+ kmessagebox.h \
+ knotifyclient.h \
+ kprinter.h \
+ kprocess.h \
+ krestrictedline.h \
+ krun.h \
+ ksimpleconfig.h \
+ kstaticdeleter.h \
+ ksystemtray.h \
+ ktempfile.h \
+ ktextedit.h \
+ kunload.h \
+ kurl.h \
+ ofileselector_p.h \
+ ofontselector.h \
+ kdeui/kguiitem.h \
+ kdeui/kaction.h \
+ kdeui/kactionclasses.h \
+ kdeui/kactioncollection.h \
+ kdeui/kcmodule.h \
+ kdeui/kstdaction.h \
+ kdeui/kbuttonbox.h \
+ kdeui/klistbox.h \
+ kdeui/klistview.h \
+ kdeui/kjanuswidget.h \
+ kdeui/kseparator.h \
+ kdeui/kmainwindow.h \
+ kdeui/knuminput.h \
+ kdeui/knumvalidator.h \
+ kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h \
+ kdeui/ktoolbar.h \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h \
+ kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h \
+ kio/job.h \
+ kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h \
+ kresources/resource.h \
+ kresources/factory.h \
+ kresources/managerimpl.h \
+ kresources/manager.h \
+ kresources/selectdialog.h \
+ kresources/configpage.h \
+ kresources/configwidget.h \ 
+ kresources/configdialog.h \
+ kresources/kcmkresources.h \
+ kdecore/kmdcodec.h \
+ kdecore/kconfigbase.h \
+ kdecore/klocale.h \
+ kdecore/klibloader.h \
+ kdecore/kcatalogue.h \
+ kdecore/ksharedptr.h \
+ kdecore/kshell.h \
+ kdecore/kstandarddirs.h \
+ kdecore/kstringhandler.h \
+ kdecore/kshortcut.h \
+ kutils/kcmultidialog.h
+
+ 
+ 
+
+SOURCES = \
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp \
+ kapplication.cpp \
+ kcalendarsystem.cpp \
+ kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp \
+ kcolorbutton.cpp \
+ kcolordialog.cpp \
+ kconfig.cpp \
+ kdatetbl.cpp \
+ kdialog.cpp \
+ kdialogbase.cpp \
+ keditlistbox.cpp \
+ kemailsettings.cpp \
+ kfontdialog.cpp \
+ kfiledialog.cpp \
+ kglobal.cpp \
+ kglobalsettings.cpp \
+ kiconloader.cpp \
+ kmessagebox.cpp \
+ kprocess.cpp \
+ krun.cpp \
+ ksystemtray.cpp \
+ ktempfile.cpp \
+ kurl.cpp \
+ ktextedit.cpp \
+ ofileselector_p.cpp \
+ ofontselector.cpp \
+ kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp \
+ kdecore/klibloader.cpp \
+ kdecore/klocale.cpp \
+ kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp \
+ kdecore/kshell.cpp \
+ kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp \
+ kdecore/kstringhandler.cpp \
+ kdeui/kaction.cpp \
+ kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp \
+ kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp \
+ kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp \
+ kdeui/kcmodule.cpp \
+ kdeui/kguiitem.cpp \
+ kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp \
+ kdeui/klistbox.cpp \
+ kdeui/klistview.cpp \
+ kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp \
+ kdeui/knuminput.cpp \
+ kdeui/knumvalidator.cpp \
+ kdeui/kseparator.cpp \
+ kdeui/kstdaction.cpp \
+ kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp \
+ kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp \
+ kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp \
+ kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp \
+ kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp \
+ kresources/configpage.cpp \
+ kresources/configdialog.cpp \
+ kresources/configwidget.cpp \
+ kresources/factory.cpp \
+ kresources/kcmkresources.cpp \
+ kresources/managerimpl.cpp \
+ kresources/resource.cpp \
+ kresources/selectdialog.cpp \
+ kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp 
+ 
diff --git a/microkde/ofileselector_p.cpp b/microkde/ofileselector_p.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf6074d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ofileselector_p.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <qheader.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qlineedit.h>
+#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <qwidgetstack.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qobjectlist.h>
+
+/* hacky but we need to get FileSelector::filter */
+#define private public
+#include <qpe/fileselector.h>
+#undef private
+
+#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
+#include <qpe/mimetype.h>
+#include <qpe/resource.h>
+#include <qpe/storage.h>
+
+#include "ofileselector_p.h"
+//US#include "ofileselector.h"
+
+#include "klocale.h"
+
+OFileViewInterface::OFileViewInterface( OFileSelector* selector )
+    : m_selector( selector ) {
+}
+OFileViewInterface::~OFileViewInterface() {
+}
+QString OFileViewInterface::name()const{
+    return m_name;
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::setName( const QString& name ) {
+    m_name = name;
+}
+OFileSelector* OFileViewInterface::selector()const {
+    return m_selector;
+}
+
+DocLnk OFileViewInterface::selectedDocument()const {
+    return DocLnk( selectedName() );
+}
+
+bool OFileViewInterface::showNew()const {
+    return selector()->showNew();
+}
+bool OFileViewInterface::showClose()const {
+    return selector()->showClose();
+}
+MimeTypes OFileViewInterface::mimeTypes()const {
+    return selector()->mimeTypes();
+}
+QStringList OFileViewInterface::currentMimeType()const {
+    return selector()->currentMimeType();
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::activate( const QString& ) {
+    // not implemented here
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::ok() {
+    emit selector()->ok();
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::cancel() {
+    emit selector()->cancel();
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::closeMe() {
+    emit selector()->closeMe();
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::fileSelected( const QString& str) {
+    emit selector()->fileSelected( str);
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::fileSelected( const DocLnk& lnk) {
+    emit selector()->fileSelected( lnk );
+}
+void OFileViewInterface::setCurrentFileName( const QString& str ) {
+    selector()->m_lneEdit->setText( str );
+}
+QString OFileViewInterface::currentFileName()const{
+    return selector()->m_lneEdit->text();
+}
+QString OFileViewInterface::startDirectory()const{
+    return selector()->m_startDir;
+}
+
+
+ODocumentFileView::ODocumentFileView( OFileSelector* selector )
+    : OFileViewInterface( selector ) {
+    m_selector = 0;
+    setName( i18n("Documents") );
+}
+ODocumentFileView::~ODocumentFileView() {
+
+}
+QString ODocumentFileView::selectedName()const {
+    if (!m_selector)
+        return QString::null;
+
+    return m_selector->selected()->file();
+}
+QString ODocumentFileView::selectedPath()const {
+    return QPEApplication::documentDir();
+}
+QString ODocumentFileView::directory()const {
+    return selectedPath();
+}
+void ODocumentFileView::reread() {
+    if (!m_selector)
+        return;
+
+    m_selector->setNewVisible( showNew() );
+    m_selector->setCloseVisible( showClose() );
+    m_selector->filter = currentMimeType().join(";");
+    m_selector->reread();
+}
+int ODocumentFileView::fileCount()const {
+    if (!m_selector)
+        return -1;
+
+    return m_selector->fileCount();
+}
+
+DocLnk ODocumentFileView::selectedDocument()const {
+    if (!m_selector)
+        return DocLnk();
+    DocLnk lnk = *m_selector->selected();
+    return lnk;
+}
+
+QWidget* ODocumentFileView::widget( QWidget* parent ) {
+    if (!m_selector ) {
+        m_selector = new FileSelector(currentMimeType().join(";"), parent, "fileselector", showNew(), showClose() );
+        QObject::connect(m_selector, SIGNAL(fileSelected( const DocLnk& ) ),
+                         selector(), SLOT(slotDocLnkBridge(const DocLnk&) ) );
+        QObject::connect(m_selector, SIGNAL(closeMe() ),
+                         selector(), SIGNAL(closeMe() ) );
+        QObject::connect(m_selector, SIGNAL(newSelected(const DocLnk& ) ),
+                         selector(), SIGNAL(newSelected(const DocLnk& ) ) );
+    }
+
+    return m_selector;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is the file system view used
+ * we use a QListView + QListViewItems for it
+ */
+
+OFileSelectorItem::OFileSelectorItem( QListView* view, const QPixmap& pixmap,
+                                      const QString& path, const QString& date,
+                                      const QString& size, const QString& dir,
+                                      bool isLocked, bool isDir )
+    : QListViewItem( view )
+{
+    setPixmap(0, pixmap );
+    setText(1, path );
+    setText(2, size );
+    setText(3, date );
+    m_isDir = isDir;
+    m_dir = dir;
+    m_locked = isLocked;
+}
+OFileSelectorItem::~OFileSelectorItem() {
+
+}
+bool OFileSelectorItem::isLocked()const {
+    return m_locked;
+}
+QString OFileSelectorItem::directory()const {
+    return m_dir;
+}
+bool OFileSelectorItem::isDir()const {
+    return m_isDir;
+}
+QString OFileSelectorItem::path()const {
+    return text( 1 );
+}
+QString OFileSelectorItem::key( int id, bool )const {
+    QString ke;
+    if( id == 0 || id == 1 ){ // name
+        if( m_isDir ){
+            ke.append("0" );
+            ke.append( text(1) );
+        }else{
+            ke.append("1" );
+            ke.append( text(1) );
+        }
+        return ke;
+    }else
+        return text( id );
+
+}
+
+OFileViewFileListView::OFileViewFileListView( QWidget* parent, const QString& startDir,
+                                              OFileSelector* sel)
+    : QWidget( parent ), m_sel( sel ) {
+    m_all = false;
+    QVBoxLayout* lay = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+    m_currentDir = startDir;
+
+    /*
+     * now we add a special bar
+     * One Button For Up
+     * Home
+     * Doc
+     * And a dropdown menu with FileSystems
+     * FUTURE: one to change dir with lineedit
+     * Bookmarks
+     * Create Dir
+     */
+    QHBox* box = new QHBox(this );
+    box->setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton );
+    box->setSpacing( 0 );
+
+    QToolButton *btn = new QToolButton( box );
+    btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("up") );
+    connect(btn, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
+            this, SLOT( cdUP() ) );
+
+    btn = new QToolButton( box );
+    btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("home") );
+    connect(btn, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
+            this, SLOT( cdHome() ) );
+
+    btn = new QToolButton( box );
+    btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("DocsIcon") );
+    connect(btn, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
+            this, SLOT(cdDoc() ) );
+
+    m_btnNew = new QToolButton( box );
+    m_btnNew->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("new") );
+    connect(m_btnNew, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
+            this, SLOT(slotNew() ) );
+
+
+    m_btnClose = new QToolButton( box );
+    m_btnClose->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("close") );
+    connect(m_btnClose, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
+            selector(), SIGNAL(closeMe() ) );
+
+    btn = new QToolButton( box );
+    btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("cardmon/pcmcia") );
+
+    /* let's fill device parts */
+    QPopupMenu* pop = new QPopupMenu(this);
+    connect(pop, SIGNAL( activated(int) ),
+            this, SLOT(slotFSActivated(int) ) );
+
+    StorageInfo storage;
+    const QList<FileSystem> &fs = storage.fileSystems();
+    QListIterator<FileSystem> it(fs);
+    for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
+        const QString disk = (*it)->name();
+        const QString path = (*it)->path();
+        m_dev.insert( disk, path );
+        pop->insertItem( disk );
+    }
+    m_fsPop = pop;
+
+
+    btn->setPopup( pop );
+    btn->setPopupDelay ( 0 );
+    lay->addWidget( box );
+
+    m_view = new QListView( this );
+
+    m_view->installEventFilter(this);
+
+    QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( m_view->viewport(),
+                                        QPEApplication::RightOnHold);
+    m_view->addColumn(" " );
+    m_view->addColumn(i18n("Name"), 135 );
+    m_view->addColumn(i18n("Size"), -1 );
+    m_view->addColumn(i18n("Date"), 60 );
+    m_view->addColumn(i18n("Mime Type"), -1 );
+
+
+    m_view->setSorting( 1 );
+    m_view->setAllColumnsShowFocus( TRUE );
+
+    lay->addWidget( m_view, 1000 );
+    connectSlots();
+}
+OFileViewFileListView::~OFileViewFileListView() {
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::slotNew() {
+    DocLnk lnk;
+    emit selector()->newSelected( lnk );
+}
+OFileSelectorItem* OFileViewFileListView::currentItem()const{
+    QListViewItem* item = m_view->currentItem();
+    if (!item )
+        return 0l;
+
+    return static_cast<OFileSelectorItem*>(item);
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::reread( bool all ) {
+    m_view->clear();
+
+    if (selector()->showClose() )
+        m_btnClose->show();
+    else
+        m_btnClose->hide();
+
+    if (selector()->showNew() )
+        m_btnNew->show();
+    else
+        m_btnNew->hide();
+
+    m_mimes = selector()->currentMimeType();
+    m_all = all;
+
+    QDir dir( m_currentDir );
+    if (!dir.exists() )
+        return;
+    topLevelWidget()->setCaption( dir.path() );
+    dir.setSorting( QDir::Name | QDir::DirsFirst | QDir::Reversed );
+    int filter;
+    if (m_all )
+        filter = QDir::Files | QDir::Dirs | QDir::Hidden | QDir::All;
+    else
+        filter = QDir::Files | QDir::Dirs | QDir::All;
+    dir.setFilter( filter );
+
+    // now go through all files
+    const QFileInfoList *list = dir.entryInfoList();
+    if (!list) {
+        cdUP();
+        return;
+    }
+    QFileInfoListIterator it( *list );
+    QFileInfo *fi;
+    while( (fi=it.current() ) ){
+      if( fi->fileName() == QString::fromLatin1("..") || fi->fileName() == QString::fromLatin1(".") ){
+          ++it;
+          continue;
+      }
+
+      /*
+       * It is a symlink we try to resolve it now but don't let us attack by DOS
+       *
+       */
+      if( fi->isSymLink() ){
+          QString file = fi->dirPath( true ) + "/" + fi->readLink();
+          for( int i = 0; i<=4; i++) { // 5 tries to prevent dos
+              QFileInfo info( file );
+              if( !info.exists() ){
+                  addSymlink( fi, TRUE );
+                  break;
+              }else if( info.isDir() ){
+                  addDir( fi, TRUE );
+                  break;
+              }else if( info.isFile() ){
+                  addFile( fi, TRUE );
+                  break;
+              }else if( info.isSymLink() ){
+                  file = info.dirPath(true ) + "/" + info.readLink() ;
+                  break;
+              }else if( i == 4){ // couldn't resolve symlink add it as symlink
+                  addSymlink( fi );
+              }
+        } // off for loop for symlink resolving
+      }else if( fi->isDir() )
+          addDir(  fi );
+      else if( fi->isFile() )
+        addFile( fi );
+
+      ++it;
+    } // of while loop
+  m_view->sort();
+
+}
+int OFileViewFileListView::fileCount()const{
+    return m_view->childCount();
+}
+QString OFileViewFileListView::currentDir()const{
+    return m_currentDir;
+}
+OFileSelector* OFileViewFileListView::selector() {
+    return m_sel;
+}
+
+bool OFileViewFileListView::eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e) {
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
+        QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
+        if ( (k->key()==Key_Enter) || (k->key()==Key_Return)) {
+            slotClicked( Qt::LeftButton,m_view->currentItem(),QPoint(0,0),0);
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+void OFileViewFileListView::connectSlots() {
+    connect(m_view, SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem*) ),
+            this, SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QListViewItem*) ) );
+    connect(m_view, SIGNAL(mouseButtonClicked(int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int ) ),
+            this, SLOT(slotClicked(int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int ) ) );
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::slotCurrentChanged( QListViewItem* item) {
+    if (!item)
+        return;
+#if 0
+
+    OFileSelectorItem *sel = static_cast<OFileSelectorItem*>(item);
+
+    if (!sel->isDir() ) {
+        selector()->m_lneEdit->setText( sel->text(1) );
+        // if in fileselector mode we will emit selected
+        if ( selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::FileSelector ) {
+            qWarning("slot Current Changed");
+            QStringList str = QStringList::split("->", sel->text(1) );
+            QString path = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
+            emit selector()->fileSelected( path );
+            DocLnk lnk( path );
+            emit selector()->fileSelected( lnk );
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::slotClicked(int button , QListViewItem* item, const QPoint&, int ) {
+    if (!item || ( button != Qt::LeftButton) )
+        return;
+
+    OFileSelectorItem *sel = static_cast<OFileSelectorItem*>(item);
+    if (!sel->isLocked() ) {
+        QStringList str = QStringList::split("->", sel->text(1) );
+        if (sel->isDir() ) {
+            m_currentDir = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
+            emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
+            reread( m_all );
+        }else { // file
+            qWarning("slot Clicked");
+            selector()->m_lneEdit->setText( str[0].stripWhiteSpace() );
+            QString path = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
+            emit selector()->fileSelected( path );
+            DocLnk lnk( path );
+            emit selector()->fileSelected( lnk );
+        }
+    } // not locked
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::addFile( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink ) {
+    MimeType type( info->absFilePath() );
+    if (!compliesMime( type.id() ) )
+        return;
+
+    QPixmap pix = type.pixmap();
+    QString dir, name; bool locked;
+    if ( pix.isNull() ) {
+        QWMatrix matrix;
+        QPixmap pixer(Resource::loadPixmap("UnknownDocument") );
+        matrix.scale( .4, .4 );
+        pix = pixer.xForm( matrix );
+    }
+    dir = info->dirPath( true );
+    locked = false;
+    if ( symlink )
+        name = info->fileName() + " -> " + info->dirPath() + "/" + info->readLink();
+    else{
+        name = info->fileName();
+        if ( ( (selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Open)&& !info->isReadable() ) ||
+             ( (selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Save)&& !info->isWritable() ) ) {
+            locked = true; pix = Resource::loadPixmap("locked");
+        }
+    }
+    (void)new OFileSelectorItem( m_view, pix, name,
+                                 info->lastModified().toString(), QString::number( info->size() ),
+                                 dir, locked );
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::addDir( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink ) {
+    bool locked = false; QString name; QPixmap pix;
+
+    if ( ( ( selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Open )  && !info->isReadable() ) ||
+         ( ( selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Save )  && !info->isWritable() ) ) {
+        locked = true;
+        if ( symlink )
+            pix = Resource::loadPixmap( "symlink" );
+        else
+            pix = Resource::loadPixmap( "lockedfolder" );
+    }else
+        pix = symlink ? Resource::loadPixmap( "symlink") : Resource::loadPixmap("folder");
+
+    name = symlink ? info->fileName() + " -> " + info->dirPath(true) + "/" + info->readLink() :
+           info->fileName();
+
+    (void)new OFileSelectorItem( m_view, pix, name,
+                                 info->lastModified().toString(),
+                                 QString::number( info->size() ),
+                                 info->dirPath( true ), locked, true );
+
+
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::addSymlink( QFileInfo* , bool ) {
+
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::cdUP() {
+    QDir dir( m_currentDir );
+    dir.cdUp();
+
+    if (!dir.exists() )
+        m_currentDir = "/";
+    else
+        m_currentDir = dir.absPath();
+
+    emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
+    reread( m_all );
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::cdHome() {
+    m_currentDir = QDir::homeDirPath();
+    emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
+    reread( m_all );
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::cdDoc() {
+    m_currentDir = QPEApplication::documentDir();
+    emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
+    reread( m_all );
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::changeDir( const QString& dir ) {
+    m_currentDir = dir;
+    emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
+    reread( m_all );
+}
+void OFileViewFileListView::slotFSActivated( int id ) {
+    changeDir ( m_dev[m_fsPop->text(id)]  );
+}
+
+/*  check if the mimetype in mime
+ *  complies with the  one which is current
+ */
+/*
+ * We've the mimetype of the file
+ * We need to get the stringlist of the current mimetype
+ *
+ * mime = image@slashjpeg
+ * QStringList = 'image@slash*'
+ * or QStringList = image/jpeg;image/png;application/x-ogg
+ * or QStringList = application/x-ogg;image@slash*;
+ * with all these mime filters it should get acceptes
+ * to do so we need to look if mime is contained inside
+ * the stringlist
+ * if it's contained return true
+ * if not ( I'm no RegExp expert at all ) we'll look if a '@slash*'
+ * is contained in the mimefilter and then we will
+ * look if both are equal until the '/'
+ */
+bool OFileViewFileListView::compliesMime( const QString& str) {
+    if (str.isEmpty() || m_mimes.isEmpty() || str.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() )
+        return true;
+
+    for (QStringList::Iterator it = m_mimes.begin(); it != m_mimes.end(); ++it ) {
+        QRegExp reg( (*it) );
+        reg.setWildcard( true );
+        if ( str.find( reg ) != -1 )
+            return true;
+
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+/*
+ * The listView giving access to the file system!
+ */
+class OFileViewFileSystem : public OFileViewInterface {
+public:
+    OFileViewFileSystem( OFileSelector* );
+    ~OFileViewFileSystem();
+
+    QString selectedName() const;
+    QString selectedPath() const;
+
+    QString directory()const;
+    void reread();
+    int fileCount()const;
+
+    QWidget* widget( QWidget* parent );
+    void activate( const QString& );
+private:
+    OFileViewFileListView* m_view;
+    bool m_all : 1;
+};
+OFileViewFileSystem::OFileViewFileSystem( OFileSelector* sel)
+    : OFileViewInterface( sel ) {
+    m_view = 0;
+    m_all = false;
+}
+OFileViewFileSystem::~OFileViewFileSystem() {
+}
+QString OFileViewFileSystem::selectedName()const{
+    if (!m_view )
+        return QString::null;
+
+    QString cFN=currentFileName();
+    if (cFN.startsWith("/")) return cFN;
+    return m_view->currentDir() + "/" + cFN;
+}
+QString OFileViewFileSystem::selectedPath()const{
+    return QString::null;
+}
+QString OFileViewFileSystem::directory()const{
+    if (!m_view)
+        return QString::null;
+
+    OFileSelectorItem* item = m_view->currentItem();
+    if (!item )
+        return QString::null;
+
+    return QDir(item->directory() ).absPath();
+}
+void OFileViewFileSystem::reread() {
+    if (!m_view)
+        return;
+
+    m_view->reread( m_all );
+}
+int OFileViewFileSystem::fileCount()const{
+    if (!m_view )
+        return -1;
+    return m_view->fileCount();
+}
+QWidget* OFileViewFileSystem::widget( QWidget* parent ) {
+    if (!m_view ) {
+        m_view = new OFileViewFileListView( parent, startDirectory(), selector() );
+    }
+    return m_view;
+}
+void OFileViewFileSystem::activate( const QString& str) {
+    m_all =  (str !=i18n("Files") );
+
+
+}
+
+/* Selector */
+OFileSelector::OFileSelector( QWidget* parent, int mode, int sel,
+                              const QString& dirName, const QString& fileName,
+                              const MimeTypes& mimetypes,
+                              bool showNew,  bool showClose)
+    : QWidget( parent, "OFileSelector" )
+{
+    m_current = 0;
+    m_shNew = showNew;
+    m_shClose = showClose;
+    m_mimeType = mimetypes;
+    m_startDir = dirName;
+    m_mode = mode;
+    m_selector = sel;
+
+    initUI();
+    m_lneEdit->setText( fileName );
+    initMime();
+    initViews();
+
+    QString str;
+    switch ( m_selector ) {
+    default:
+    case Normal:
+        str = i18n("Documents");
+        m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 0 );
+        break;
+    case Extended:
+        str = i18n("Files");
+        m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 1 );
+        break;
+    case ExtendedAll:
+        str = i18n("All Files");
+        m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 2 );
+        break;
+    }
+    slotViewChange( str );
+
+}
+OFileSelector::OFileSelector( const QString& mimeFilter, QWidget* parent, const char* name,
+                              bool showNew, bool showClose )
+    : QWidget( parent, name )
+{
+    m_current = 0;
+    m_shNew   = showNew;
+    m_shClose = showClose;
+    m_startDir = QPEApplication::documentDir();
+
+    if (!mimeFilter.isEmpty() )
+        m_mimeType.insert(mimeFilter, QStringList::split(";", mimeFilter ) );
+
+    m_mode = OFileSelector::FileSelector;
+    m_selector = OFileSelector::Normal;
+
+    initUI();
+    initMime();
+    initViews();
+    m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 0 );
+    slotViewChange( i18n("Documents") );
+}
+/*
+ * INIT UI will set up the basic GUI
+ * Layout: Simple VBoxLayout
+ * On top a WidgetStack containing the Views...
+ *  - List View
+ *  - Document View
+ * Below we will have a Label + LineEdit
+ * Below we will have two ComoBoxes one for choosing the view one for
+ *       choosing the mimetype
+ */
+void OFileSelector::initUI() {
+    QVBoxLayout* lay = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+
+    m_stack = new QWidgetStack( this );
+    lay->addWidget( m_stack, 1000 );
+
+    m_nameBox = new QHBox( this );
+    (void)new QLabel( i18n("Name:"), m_nameBox );
+    m_lneEdit = new QLineEdit( m_nameBox );
+    m_lneEdit ->installEventFilter(this);
+    lay->addWidget( m_nameBox );
+
+    m_cmbBox = new QHBox( this );
+    m_cmbView = new QComboBox( m_cmbBox );
+    m_cmbMime = new QComboBox( m_cmbBox );
+    lay->addWidget( m_cmbBox );
+}
+
+/*
+ * This will make sure that the return key in the name edit causes dialogs to close
+ */
+
+bool OFileSelector::eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e) {
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
+        QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
+        if ( (k->key()==Key_Enter) || (k->key()==Key_Return)) {
+            emit ok();
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This will insert the MimeTypes into the Combo Box
+ * And also connect the changed signal
+ *
+ * AutoMimeTyping is disabled for now. It used to reparse a dir and then set available mimetypes
+ */
+void OFileSelector::initMime() {
+    MimeTypes::Iterator it;
+    for ( it = m_mimeType.begin(); it != m_mimeType.end(); ++it ) {
+        m_cmbMime->insertItem( it.key() );
+    }
+    m_cmbMime->setCurrentItem( 0 );
+
+    connect( m_cmbMime, SIGNAL(activated(int) ),
+             this, SLOT(slotMimeTypeChanged() ) );
+
+}
+void OFileSelector::initViews() {
+    m_cmbView->insertItem( i18n("Documents") );
+    m_cmbView->insertItem( i18n("Files") );
+    m_cmbView->insertItem( i18n("All Files") );
+    connect(m_cmbView, SIGNAL(activated( const QString& ) ),
+            this, SLOT(slotViewChange( const QString& ) ) );
+
+
+    m_views.insert( i18n("Documents"), new ODocumentFileView(this) );
+
+    /* see above why add both */
+    OFileViewInterface* in = new OFileViewFileSystem( this );
+    m_views.insert( i18n("Files"), in );
+    m_views.insert( i18n("All Files"), in );
+}
+OFileSelector::~OFileSelector() {
+
+}
+
+const DocLnk* OFileSelector::selected() {
+    DocLnk* lnk = &currentView()->selectedDocument() ;
+    return lnk;
+}
+
+QString OFileSelector::selectedName()const{
+       return currentView()->selectedName();
+}
+QString OFileSelector::selectedPath()const {
+    return currentView()->selectedPath();
+}
+QString OFileSelector::directory()const {
+    return currentView()->directory();
+}
+
+DocLnk OFileSelector::selectedDocument()const {
+    return currentView()->selectedDocument();
+}
+
+int OFileSelector::fileCount()const {
+    return currentView()->fileCount();
+}
+void OFileSelector::reread() {
+    return currentView()->reread();
+}
+OFileViewInterface* OFileSelector::currentView()const{
+    return m_current;
+}
+bool OFileSelector::showNew()const {
+    return m_shNew;
+}
+bool OFileSelector::showClose()const {
+    return m_shClose;
+}
+MimeTypes OFileSelector::mimeTypes()const {
+    return m_mimeType;
+}
+int OFileSelector::mode()const{
+    return m_mode;
+}
+int OFileSelector::selector()const{
+    return m_selector;
+}
+QStringList OFileSelector::currentMimeType()const {
+    return m_mimeType[m_cmbMime->currentText()];
+}
+void OFileSelector::slotMimeTypeChanged() {
+    reread();
+}
+void OFileSelector::slotDocLnkBridge( const DocLnk& lnk) {
+    m_lneEdit->setText( lnk.name() );
+    emit fileSelected( lnk );
+    emit fileSelected( lnk.name() );
+}
+void OFileSelector::slotFileBridge( const QString& str) {
+    DocLnk lnk( str );
+    emit fileSelected( lnk );
+}
+void OFileSelector::slotViewChange( const QString& view ) {
+    OFileViewInterface* interface = m_views[view];
+    if (!interface)
+        return;
+
+    interface->activate( view );
+    if (m_current)
+        m_stack->removeWidget( m_current->widget( m_stack ) );
+
+    static int id = 1;
+
+    m_stack->addWidget( interface->widget(m_stack), id );
+    m_stack->raiseWidget( id );
+
+    interface->reread();
+    m_current = interface;
+
+    id++;
+}
+void OFileSelector::setNewVisible( bool b ) {
+    m_shNew = b;
+    currentView()->reread();
+}
+void OFileSelector::setCloseVisible( bool b ) {
+    m_shClose = b;
+    currentView()->reread();
+}
+void OFileSelector::setNameVisible( bool b ) {
+    if ( b )
+        m_nameBox->show();
+    else
+        m_nameBox->hide();
+}
diff --git a/microkde/ofileselector_p.h b/microkde/ofileselector_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b371806
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ofileselector_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+#ifndef OPIE_OFILE_SELECTOR_PRIVATE_H
+#define OPIE_OFILE_SELECTOR_PRIVATE_H
+
+//US
+#pragma message("microkde/ofileselector_p.h")
+
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qlistview.h>
+
+#include <qpe/applnk.h>
+#include <qpe/fileselector.h>
+
+
+/*
+ * How to avoid having really two different objects
+ * for Extended and ExtendedAll
+ * The only difference is the Lister...
+ * a) static object?
+ * b) leave some object inside the OFileSelector which can be used?
+ * c) when switching views tell which view we want o have.. internally we can switch then
+ *
+ * I'll take c) -zecke
+ */
+
+
+/* the View Interface */
+class OFileSelector;
+typedef QMap<QString, QStringList> MimeTypes;
+class QFileInfo;
+class QToolButton;
+class OFileViewInterface {
+public:
+    OFileViewInterface( OFileSelector* selector );
+    virtual ~OFileViewInterface();
+    virtual QString selectedName()const = 0;
+    virtual QString selectedPath()const = 0;
+    virtual QString directory()const = 0;
+    virtual void reread() = 0;
+    virtual int fileCount()const = 0;
+    virtual DocLnk selectedDocument()const;
+    virtual QWidget* widget( QWidget* parent) = 0;
+    virtual void activate( const QString& );
+    QString name()const;
+protected:
+    OFileSelector* selector()const;
+    void setName( const QString& );
+    bool showNew()const;
+    bool showClose()const;
+    MimeTypes mimeTypes()const;
+    QStringList currentMimeType()const;
+    QString startDirectory()const;
+protected:
+    void ok();
+    void cancel();
+    void closeMe();
+    void fileSelected( const QString& );
+    void fileSelected( const DocLnk& );
+    void setCurrentFileName( const QString& );
+    QString currentFileName()const;
+
+private:
+    QString m_name;
+    OFileSelector* m_selector;
+};
+
+
+/* THE Document View hosting a FileSelector*/
+class ODocumentFileView : public OFileViewInterface {
+public:
+    ODocumentFileView( OFileSelector* selector );
+    ~ODocumentFileView();
+
+    QString selectedName() const;
+    QString selectedPath() const;
+
+    QString directory() const;
+    void reread();
+    int fileCount()const;
+    DocLnk selectedDocument()const;
+
+    QWidget* widget( QWidget* parent );
+
+private:
+    mutable FileSelector* m_selector;
+
+};
+
+class OFileSelectorItem : public QListViewItem {
+public:
+    OFileSelectorItem( QListView* view, const QPixmap& pixmap,
+                       const QString& path, const QString& date,
+                       const QString& size, const QString& mDir,
+                       bool isLocked = false, bool isDir = false );
+    ~OFileSelectorItem();
+    bool isLocked()const;
+    bool isDir()const;
+    QString directory()const;
+    QString path()const;
+    QString key(int id, bool )const;
+
+private:
+    bool m_locked : 1;
+    bool m_isDir    : 1;
+    QString m_dir;
+};
+
+class OFileViewFileListView : public QWidget {
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    OFileViewFileListView( QWidget* parent, const QString& dir, OFileSelector* selector );
+    ~OFileViewFileListView();
+
+    OFileSelectorItem* currentItem()const;
+    void reread( bool all = false );
+    int fileCount()const;
+    QString currentDir()const;
+protected:
+    bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+private slots:
+    void slotNew(); // will emit newSelected
+    void cdUP();
+    void cdHome();
+    void cdDoc();
+    void changeDir( const QString& );
+    void slotCurrentChanged( QListViewItem* );
+    void slotClicked(int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int );
+    void slotFSActivated(int);
+
+protected:
+
+    OFileSelector* selector();
+
+private:
+    QMap<QString, QString> m_dev;
+    bool m_all : 1;
+    OFileSelector* m_sel;
+    QPopupMenu* m_fsPop;
+    bool compliesMime( const QString& );
+    QStringList m_mimes; // used in compy mime
+    QString m_currentDir;
+    QToolButton *m_btnNew, *m_btnClose;
+    void connectSlots();
+    void addFile( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink = FALSE );
+    void addDir ( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink = FALSE );
+    void addSymlink( QFileInfo* info, bool = FALSE );
+
+
+private:
+    QListView* m_view;
+};
+
+typedef QMap<QString, QStringList> MimeTypes;
+
+class OFileViewInterface;
+class OFileViewFileListView;
+class QLineEdit;
+class QComboBox;
+class QWidgetStack;
+class QHBox;
+class OFileSelector : public QWidget {
+    Q_OBJECT
+    friend class OFileViewInterface;
+    friend class OFileViewFileListView;
+public:
+    enum Mode { Open=1, Save=2, FileSelector=4, OPEN=1, SAVE=2, FILESELECTOR=4 };
+//    enum OldMode { OPEN=1, SAVE=2, FILESELECTOR = 4 };
+    enum Selector { Normal = 0, Extended=1,  ExtendedAll =2, Default=3,  NORMAL=0,EXTENDED=1, EXTENDED_ALL =2, DEFAULT=3 };
+//    enum OldSelector { NORMAL = 0, EXTENDED =1, EXTENDED_ALL = 2};
+
+    OFileSelector(QWidget* parent, int mode, int selector,
+                  const QString& dirName,
+                  const QString& fileName,
+                  const MimeTypes& mimetypes = MimeTypes(),
+                  bool newVisible = FALSE, bool closeVisible = FALSE );
+
+    OFileSelector(const QString& mimeFilter, QWidget* parent,
+                  const char* name = 0,  bool newVisible = TRUE, bool closeVisible = FALSE );
+    ~OFileSelector();
+
+    const DocLnk* selected();
+
+    QString selectedName()const;
+    QString selectedPath()const;
+    QString directory()const;
+
+    DocLnk selectedDocument()const;
+
+    int fileCount()const;
+    void reread();
+
+    int mode()const;
+    int selector()const;
+
+
+    void setNewVisible( bool b );
+    void setCloseVisible( bool b );
+    void setNameVisible( bool b );
+
+signals:
+    void dirSelected( const QString& );
+    void fileSelected( const DocLnk& );
+    void fileSelected( const QString& );
+    void newSelected( const DocLnk& );
+    void closeMe();
+    void ok();
+    void cancel();
+
+/* used by the ViewInterface */
+private:
+    bool showNew()const;
+    bool showClose()const;
+    MimeTypes mimeTypes()const;
+    QStringList currentMimeType()const;
+
+private:
+    /* inits the Widgets */
+    void initUI();
+    /* inits the MimeType ComboBox content + connects signals and slots */
+    void initMime();
+    /* init the Views :) */
+    void initViews();
+
+private:
+    QLineEdit* m_lneEdit; // the LineEdit for the Name
+    QComboBox *m_cmbView, *m_cmbMime; // two ComboBoxes to select the View and MimeType
+    QWidgetStack* m_stack;  // our widget stack which will contain the views
+    OFileViewInterface* currentView()const; // returns the currentView
+    OFileViewInterface* m_current; // here is the view saved
+    bool m_shNew   : 1; // should we show New?
+    bool m_shClose : 1; // should we show Close?
+    MimeTypes m_mimeType; // list of mimetypes
+
+    QMap<QString, OFileViewInterface*> m_views; // QString translated view name + ViewInterface Ptr
+    QHBox* m_nameBox; // the LineEdit + Label is hold here
+    QHBox* m_cmbBox; // this holds the two combo boxes
+
+    QString m_startDir;
+    int m_mode;
+    int m_selector;
+
+    struct Data; // used for future versions
+    Data *d;
+
+private slots:
+    void slotMimeTypeChanged();
+
+    /* will set the text of the lineedit and emit a fileChanged signal */
+    void slotDocLnkBridge( const DocLnk& );
+    void slotFileBridge( const QString& );
+    void slotViewChange( const QString& );
+
+    bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/ofontselector.cpp b/microkde/ofontselector.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8471cc
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ofontselector.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/*
+               =.            This file is part of the OPIE Project
+             .=l.            Copyright (c)  2002 Robert Griebl <sandman@handhelds.org>
+           .>+-=
+ _;:,     .>    :=|.         This library is free software; you can
+.> <`_,   >  .   <=          redistribute it and/or  modify it under
+:`=1 )Y*s>-.--   :           the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+.="- .-=="i,     .._         License as published by the Free Software
+ - .   .-<_>     .<>         Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
+     ._= =}       :          or (at your option) any later version.
+    .%`+i>       _;_.
+    .i_,=:_.      -<s.       This library is distributed in the hope that
+     +  .  -:.       =       it will be useful,  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+    : ..    .:,     . . .    without even the implied warranty of
+    =_        +     =;=|`    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+  _.=:.       :    :=>`:     PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+..}^=.=       =       ;      Library General Public License for more
+++=   -.     .`     .:       details.
+ :     =  ...= . :.=-
+ -.   .:....=;==+<;          You should have received a copy of the GNU
+  -_. . .   )=.  =           Library General Public License along with
+    --        :-=`           this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.
+                             If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+                             Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+                             Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+*/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qfont.h>
+#include <qmultilineedit.h>
+
+#include <qpe/fontdatabase.h>
+
+#include "ofontselector.h"
+
+class OFontSelectorPrivate {
+public:
+        QListBox *      m_font_family_list;
+        QComboBox *     m_font_style_list;
+        QComboBox *     m_font_size_list;
+        QMultiLineEdit *m_preview;
+
+        bool            m_pointbug : 1;
+
+        FontDatabase    m_fdb;
+};
+
+namespace {
+
+class FontListItem : public QListBoxText {
+public:
+        FontListItem ( const QString &t, const QStringList &styles, const QValueList<int> &sizes ) : QListBoxText ( )
+        {
+                m_name = t;
+                m_styles = styles;
+                m_sizes = sizes;
+
+                QString str = t;
+                str [0] = str [0]. upper ( );
+                setText ( str );
+        }
+
+        QString family ( ) const
+        {
+                return m_name;
+        }
+
+        const QStringList &styles ( ) const
+        {
+                return m_styles;
+        }
+
+        const QValueList<int> &sizes ( ) const
+        {
+                return m_sizes;
+        }
+
+private:
+        QStringList m_styles;
+        QValueList<int> m_sizes;
+        QString m_name;
+};
+
+
+static int findItemCB ( QComboBox *box, const QString &str )
+{
+        for ( int i = 0; i < box-> count ( ); i++ ) {
+                if ( box-> text ( i ) == str )
+                        return i;
+        }
+        return -1;
+}
+
+}
+/* static same as anon. namespace */
+static int qt_version ( )
+{
+        const char *qver = qVersion ( );
+
+        return ( qver [0] - '0' ) * 100 + ( qver [2] - '0' ) * 10 + ( qver [4] - '0' );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Constructs the Selector object
+ * @param withpreview If a font preview should be given
+ * @param parent The parent of the Font Selector
+ * @param name The name of the object
+ * @param fl WidgetFlags
+ */
+OFontSelector::OFontSelector ( bool withpreview, QWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags fl ) : QWidget ( parent, name, fl )
+{
+        d = new OFontSelectorPrivate ( );
+
+        QGridLayout *gridLayout = new QGridLayout ( this, 0, 0, 4, 4 );
+        gridLayout->setRowStretch ( 4, 10 );
+
+        d-> m_font_family_list = new QListBox( this, "FontListBox" );
+        gridLayout->addMultiCellWidget( d-> m_font_family_list, 0, 4, 0, 0 );
+        connect( d-> m_font_family_list, SIGNAL( highlighted( int ) ), this, SLOT( fontFamilyClicked( int ) ) );
+
+        QLabel *label = new QLabel( tr( "Style" ), this );
+        gridLayout->addWidget( label, 0, 1 );
+
+        d-> m_font_style_list = new QComboBox( this, "StyleListBox" );
+        connect( d-> m_font_style_list, SIGNAL(  activated( int ) ), this, SLOT( fontStyleClicked( int ) ) );
+        gridLayout->addWidget( d-> m_font_style_list, 1, 1 );
+
+        label = new QLabel( tr( "Size" ), this );
+        gridLayout->addWidget( label, 2, 1 );
+
+        d-> m_font_size_list = new QComboBox( this, "SizeListBox" );
+        connect( d-> m_font_size_list, SIGNAL(  activated( int ) ),
+                         this, SLOT( fontSizeClicked( int ) ) );
+        gridLayout->addWidget( d-> m_font_size_list, 3, 1 );
+
+        d-> m_pointbug = ( qt_version ( ) <= 233 );
+
+        if ( withpreview ) {
+                d-> m_preview = new QMultiLineEdit ( this, "Preview" );
+                d-> m_preview-> setAlignment ( AlignCenter );
+                d-> m_preview-> setWordWrap ( QMultiLineEdit::WidgetWidth );
+                d-> m_preview-> setMargin ( 3 );
+                d-> m_preview-> setText ( tr( "The Quick Brown Fox Jumps Over The Lazy Dog" ));
+                gridLayout-> addRowSpacing ( 5, 4 );
+                gridLayout-> addMultiCellWidget ( d-> m_preview, 6, 6, 0, 1 );
+                gridLayout-> setRowStretch ( 6, 5 );
+        }
+        else
+                d-> m_preview = 0;
+
+        loadFonts ( d-> m_font_family_list );
+}
+
+OFontSelector::~OFontSelector ( )
+{
+        delete d;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This methods tries to set the font
+ * @param f The wishes font
+ * @return success or failure
+ */
+bool OFontSelector::setSelectedFont ( const QFont &f )
+{
+        return setSelectedFont ( f. family ( ), d-> m_fdb. styleString ( f ), f. pointSize ( ), QFont::encodingName ( f. charSet ( )));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * This is an overloaded method @see setSelectedFont
+ * @param familyStr The family of the font
+ * @param styleStr The style of the font
+ * @param sizeVal The size of font
+ * @param charset The charset to be used. Will be deprecated by QT3
+ */
+bool OFontSelector::setSelectedFont ( const QString &familyStr, const QString &styleStr, int sizeVal, const QString & charset )
+{
+        QString sizeStr = QString::number ( sizeVal );
+
+        QListBoxItem *family = d-> m_font_family_list-> findItem ( familyStr );
+        if ( !family )
+                family = d-> m_font_family_list-> findItem ( "Helvetica" );
+        if ( !family )
+                family = d-> m_font_family_list-> firstItem ( );
+            d-> m_font_family_list-> setCurrentItem ( family );
+        fontFamilyClicked ( d-> m_font_family_list-> index ( family ));
+
+        int style = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_style_list, styleStr );
+        if ( style < 0 )
+                style = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_style_list, "Regular" );
+        if ( style < 0 && d-> m_font_style_list-> count ( ) > 0 )
+                style = 0;
+        d-> m_font_style_list-> setCurrentItem ( style );
+        fontStyleClicked ( style );
+
+        int size = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_size_list, sizeStr );
+        if ( size < 0 )
+                size = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_size_list, "10" );
+        if ( size < 0 && d-> m_font_size_list-> count ( ) > 0 )
+                size = 0;
+        d-> m_font_size_list-> setCurrentItem ( size );
+        fontSizeClicked ( size );
+
+        return (( family ) && ( style >= 0 ) && ( size >= 0 ));
+}
+
+/**
+ * This method returns the name, style and size of the currently selected
+ * font or false if no font is selected
+ * @param family The font family will be written there
+ * @param style The style will be written there
+ * @param size The size will be written there
+ * @return success or failure
+ */
+bool OFontSelector::selectedFont ( QString &family, QString &style, int &size )
+{
+        QString dummy;
+        return selectedFont ( family, style, size, dummy );
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * This method does return the font family or QString::null if there is
+ * no font item selected
+ * @return the font family
+ */
+QString OFontSelector::fontFamily ( ) const
+{
+        FontListItem *fli = (FontListItem *) d-> m_font_family_list-> item ( d-> m_font_family_list-> currentItem ( ));
+
+        return fli ? fli-> family ( ) : QString::null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This method will return the style of the font or QString::null
+ * @return the style of the font
+ */
+QString OFontSelector::fontStyle ( ) const
+{
+        FontListItem *fli = (FontListItem *) d-> m_font_family_list-> item ( d-> m_font_family_list-> currentItem ( ));
+        int fst = d-> m_font_style_list-> currentItem ( );
+
+        return ( fli && fst >= 0 ) ? fli-> styles ( ) [fst] : QString::null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This method will return the font size or 10 if no font size is available
+ */
+int OFontSelector::fontSize ( ) const
+{
+        FontListItem *fli = (FontListItem *) d-> m_font_family_list-> item ( d-> m_font_family_list-> currentItem ( ));
+        int fsi = d-> m_font_size_list-> currentItem ( );
+
+        return ( fli && fsi >= 0 ) ? fli-> sizes ( ) [fsi] : 10;
+}
+
+/**
+ * returns the charset of the font or QString::null
+ */
+QString OFontSelector::fontCharSet ( ) const
+{
+        FontListItem *fli = (FontListItem *) d-> m_font_family_list-> item ( d-> m_font_family_list-> currentItem ( ));
+
+        return fli ? d-> m_fdb. charSets ( fli-> family ( )) [0] : QString::null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overloaded member function see above
+ * @see selectedFont
+ */
+bool OFontSelector::selectedFont ( QString &family, QString &style, int &size, QString &charset )
+{
+        int ffa = d-> m_font_family_list-> currentItem ( );
+        int fst = d-> m_font_style_list-> currentItem ( );
+        int fsi = d-> m_font_size_list-> currentItem ( );
+
+        FontListItem *fli = (FontListItem *) d-> m_font_family_list-> item ( ffa );
+
+        if ( fli ) {
+                family = fli-> family ( );
+                style = fst >= 0 ? fli-> styles ( ) [fst] : QString::null;
+                size = fsi >= 0 ? fli-> sizes ( ) [fsi] : 10;
+                charset = d-> m_fdb. charSets ( fli-> family ( )) [0];
+
+                return true;
+        }
+        else
+                return false;
+}
+
+
+
+
+void OFontSelector::loadFonts ( QListBox *list )
+{
+        QStringList f = d-> m_fdb. families ( );
+
+        for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = f. begin ( ); it != f. end ( ); ++it ) {
+                QValueList <int> ps = d-> m_fdb. pointSizes ( *it );
+
+                if ( d-> m_pointbug ) {
+                        for ( QValueList <int>::Iterator it = ps. begin ( ); it != ps. end ( ); it++ )
+                                *it /= 10;
+                }
+
+                list-> insertItem ( new FontListItem ( *it, d-> m_fdb. styles ( *it ), ps ));
+        }
+}
+
+void OFontSelector::fontFamilyClicked ( int index )
+{
+        QString oldstyle = d-> m_font_style_list-> currentText ( );
+        QString oldsize  = d-> m_font_size_list-> currentText ( );
+
+        FontListItem *fli = (FontListItem *) d-> m_font_family_list-> item ( index );
+
+        d-> m_font_style_list-> clear ( );
+        d-> m_font_style_list-> insertStringList ( fli-> styles ( ));
+        d-> m_font_style_list-> setEnabled ( !fli-> styles ( ). isEmpty ( ));
+
+        int i;
+
+        i = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_style_list, oldstyle );
+        if ( i < 0 )
+                i = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_style_list, "Regular" );
+        if (( i < 0 ) && ( d-> m_font_style_list-> count ( ) > 0 ))
+                i = 0;
+
+        if ( i >= 0 ) {
+                d-> m_font_style_list-> setCurrentItem ( i );
+                fontStyleClicked ( i );
+        }
+
+        d-> m_font_size_list-> clear ( );
+        QValueList<int> sl = fli-> sizes ( );
+
+        for ( QValueList<int>::Iterator it = sl. begin ( ); it != sl. end ( ); ++it )
+                d-> m_font_size_list-> insertItem ( QString::number ( *it ));
+
+        i = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_size_list, oldsize );
+        if ( i < 0 )
+                i = findItemCB ( d-> m_font_size_list, "10" );
+        if (( i < 0 ) && ( d-> m_font_size_list-> count ( ) > 0 ))
+                i = 0;
+
+        if ( i >= 0 ) {
+                d-> m_font_size_list-> setCurrentItem ( i );
+                fontSizeClicked ( i );
+        }
+        changeFont ( );
+}
+
+void OFontSelector::fontStyleClicked ( int /*index*/ )
+{
+        changeFont ( );
+}
+
+void OFontSelector::fontSizeClicked ( int /*index*/ )
+{
+        changeFont ( );
+}
+
+void OFontSelector::changeFont ( )
+{
+        QFont f = selectedFont ( );
+
+        if ( d-> m_preview )
+                d-> m_preview-> setFont ( f );
+
+        emit fontSelected ( f );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the selected font
+ */
+QFont OFontSelector::selectedFont ( )
+{
+        int ffa = d-> m_font_family_list-> currentItem ( );
+        int fst = d-> m_font_style_list-> currentItem ( );
+        int fsi = d-> m_font_size_list-> currentItem ( );
+
+        FontListItem *fli = (FontListItem *) d-> m_font_family_list-> item ( ffa );
+
+        if ( fli ) {
+                return d-> m_fdb. font ( fli-> family ( ), \
+                                         fst >= 0 ? fli-> styles ( ) [fst] : QString::null, \
+                                         fsi >= 0 ? fli-> sizes ( ) [fsi] : 10, \
+                                         d-> m_fdb. charSets ( fli-> family ( )) [0] );
+        }
+        else
+                return QFont ( );
+}
+
+
+void OFontSelector::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent *re )
+{
+        if ( d-> m_preview ) {
+                d-> m_preview-> setMinimumHeight ( 1 );
+                d-> m_preview-> setMaximumHeight ( 32767 );
+        }
+
+        QWidget::resizeEvent ( re );
+
+        if ( d-> m_preview )
+                d-> m_preview-> setFixedHeight ( d-> m_preview-> height ( ));
+
+}
diff --git a/microkde/ofontselector.h b/microkde/ofontselector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b819c45
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/ofontselector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+               =.            This file is part of the OPIE Project
+             .=l.            Copyright (c)  2002 Robert Griebl <sandman@handhelds.org>
+           .>+-=
+ _;:,     .>    :=|.         This library is free software; you can
+.> <`_,   >  .   <=          redistribute it and/or  modify it under
+:`=1 )Y*s>-.--   :           the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+.="- .-=="i,     .._         License as published by the Free Software
+ - .   .-<_>     .<>         Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
+     ._= =}       :          or (at your option) any later version.
+    .%`+i>       _;_.
+    .i_,=:_.      -<s.       This library is distributed in the hope that
+     +  .  -:.       =       it will be useful,  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+    : ..    .:,     . . .    without even the implied warranty of
+    =_        +     =;=|`    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+  _.=:.       :    :=>`:     PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+..}^=.=       =       ;      Library General Public License for more
+++=   -.     .`     .:       details.
+ :     =  ...= . :.=-
+ -.   .:....=;==+<;          You should have received a copy of the GNU
+  -_. . .   )=.  =           Library General Public License along with
+    --        :-=`           this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.
+                             If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+                             Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+                             Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef OPIE_FONTSELECTOR_H__
+#define OPIE_FONTSELECTOR_H__
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+class QListBox;
+class OFontSelectorPrivate;
+
+/**
+ * This class lets you chose a Font out of a list of Fonts.
+ * It can show a preview too. This selector will use all available
+ * fonts
+ *
+ *
+ * @short A widget to select a font
+ * @see QWidget
+ * @see QFont
+ * @author Rober Griebl
+ */
+class OFontSelector : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    OFontSelector ( bool withpreview, QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 );
+    virtual ~OFontSelector ( );
+
+        bool selectedFont ( QString &family, QString &style, int &size );
+        bool selectedFont ( QString &family, QString &style, int &size, QString &charset );
+
+        QFont selectedFont ( );
+
+        bool setSelectedFont ( const QFont & );
+        bool setSelectedFont ( const QString &family, const QString &style, int size, const QString &charset = 0 );
+
+        QString fontFamily ( ) const;
+        QString fontStyle ( ) const;
+        int fontSize ( ) const;
+        QString fontCharSet ( ) const;
+
+signals:
+        /**
+         * This signal gets emitted when a font got chosen
+         */
+        void fontSelected ( const QFont & );
+
+protected slots:
+    /** @internal */
+    virtual void fontFamilyClicked ( int );
+    /** @internal */
+    virtual void fontStyleClicked ( int );
+    /** @internal */
+    virtual void fontSizeClicked ( int );
+
+protected:
+        virtual void resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent *re );
+
+private:
+        void loadFonts ( QListBox * );
+
+    void changeFont ( );
+
+private:
+        OFontSelectorPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/microkde/qlayoutengine_p.h b/microkde/qlayoutengine_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d6a556
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/qlayoutengine_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+// THIS IS A COPY OF THE FILE FOUND IN $QTDIR/src/kernel. Needed to modify qsplitter
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** $Id$
+**
+** Internal header file.
+**
+** Created : 981027
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-99 by Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
+** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
+** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
+** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
+** Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
+**   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
+**
+** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
+** not clear to you.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QLAYOUTENGINE_P_H
+#define QLAYOUTENGINE_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qlayout.cpp, qlayoutengine.cpp, qmainwindow.cpp and qsplitter.cpp.
+// This header file may change from version to version without notice,
+// or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qabstractlayout.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+struct QLayoutStruct
+{
+    void initParameters() { minimumSize = sizeHint = 0;
+    maximumSize = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX; expansive = FALSE; empty = TRUE; }
+    void init() { stretch = 0; initParameters(); }
+    //permanent storage:
+    int stretch;
+    //parameters:
+    QCOORD sizeHint;
+    QCOORD maximumSize;
+    QCOORD minimumSize;
+    bool expansive;
+    bool empty;
+    //temporary storage:
+    bool done;
+    //result:
+    int pos;
+    int size;
+};
+
+
+void qGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
+                      int space, int spacer );
+
+
+
+/*
+  Modify total maximum (max) and total expansion (exp)
+  when adding boxmax/boxexp.
+
+  Expansive boxes win over non-expansive boxes.
+*/
+static inline void qMaxExpCalc( QCOORD & max, bool &exp,
+                               QCOORD boxmax, bool boxexp )
+{
+    if ( exp ) {
+        if ( boxexp )
+            max = QMAX( max, boxmax );
+    } else {
+        if ( boxexp )
+            max = boxmax;
+        else
+            max = QMIN( max, boxmax );
+    }
+    exp = exp || boxexp;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_LAYOUT
+#endif
diff --git a/microkde/words.sort.txt b/microkde/words.sort.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a477be7
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/microkde/words.sort.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+ 
+{ "10 minutes", "10 Minuten", },
+{ "10th", "10." },
+{ "11th", "11." },
+{ "12 pm Format", "12 AM/PM Format" },
+{ "12th", "12." },
+{ "13th", "13." },
+{ "14th", "14." },
+{ "15th", "15." },
+{ "16th", "16." },
+{ "17th", "17." },
+{ "18th", "18." },
+{ "19th", "19." },
+{ "1 Day", "1 Tag" },
+{ "1 h", "1 Std" },
+{ "1 (Highest)", "1 (Höchster)" },
+{ "1st", "1." },
+{ "1st", "2." },
+{ "20th", "20." },
+{ "21st", "21." },
+{ "22nd", "22." },
+{ "23rd", "23." },
+{ "24:00 Hour Format", "24:00 Stunden Format" },
+{ "24th", "24." },
+{ "25th", "25." },
+{ "26th", "26." },
+{ "27th", "27." },
+{ "28th", "28." },
+{ "29th", "29." },
+{ "2nd", "2." },
+{ "30 minutes", "30 Minuten" },
+{ "30th", "30." },
+{ "31st", "31." },
+{ "3rd", "3." },
+{ "4th", "4." },
+{ "5 (lowest)", "5 (Niedrigster)" },
+{ "5th", "5." },
+{ "6th", "6." },
+{ "7th", "7." },
+{ "8th", "8." },
+{ "9th", "9." },
+{ "&Accept", "&Akzeptieren" },
+{ "Accept", "Akzeptieren" },
+{ "Accept A&ll", "A&lles Akzepieren" },
+{ "Access:", "Zugriff:" },
+{ "A corresponding event is missing in your calendar!", "Ein zugehöriges Ereignis fehlt in ihrem Kalender!" },
+{ "Actions", "Aktionen" },
+{ "Add Filter", "Filter Hinzufügen" },
+{ "&Add", "Hinzufügen" },
+{ "Add", "Hinzufügen" },
+{ "Additional email addresses:", "Zusätzliche E-Mail Adressen:" },
+{ "Additional email address:", "Zusätzliche E-Mail Adresse:" },
+{ "&Addressbook", "&Adressbuch" },
+{ "Address &Book...", "Adress&buch..." },
+{ "Agenda Size", "Agende Größe" },
+{ "Agenda Size:", "Größe der Agenda:" },
+{ "Agenda view:", "Agenda Anzeige:" },
+{ "Agenda view background color:", "Hintergrundfarbe der Agenda Anzeige:" },
+{ "All attendees", "Alle Teilnehmer" },
+{ "AllDayAgenda Height:", "Ganztagesagenda Höhe" },
+{ "Allday", "Ganztägig" },
+{ "Anonymous", "Anonym" },
+{ "Apply", "Bestätigen" },
+//{ "Appointment Time ", "" },
+{ "Apr", "Apr" },
+{ "April", "April" },
+//"Ask for every entry on conflict", "",
+{ "Ask for preferences before syncing", "Vor dem Syncronisieren nachfragen" },
+{ "Ask for quit when closing KO/Pi", "Vor dem Beenden von KO/Pi nachfragen" },
+{ "Attendees", "Teilnehmer" },
+{ "Aug", "Aug" },
+{ "August", "August" },
+//"Auto Insert IMIP Replies"),
+//"Auto Insert IMIP Requests"),
+{ "Auto-Save", "Automatisches Abspeichern" },
+{ "Auto save delay in minutes:", "Auto Save Intervall in Minuten" },
+//"Auto Save FreeBusy Replies", ""
+//"Auto Send FreeBusy Information"),
+//"Auto Send Refresh"),
+//"<b>Due on:</b> %1", "",
+//"be added to the standard resource", "",
+//"be asked which resource to use", "",
+{ "Begin on:", "Starte mit:" },
+{ "Begins on: %1", "Starte mit: %1" },
+{ "<b>From:</b> %1 <b>To:</b> %2", "<b>Vom:</b> %1 <b>Zum:</b> %2" },
+{ "Bigger", "Größer" },
+{ "Biggest", "Am größten" },
+{ "Big", "Groß" },
+{ "<b>On:</b> %1", "<b>Am:</b> %1" },
+{ "<b>On:</b> %1 <b>From:S</b> %2 <b>To:</b> %3", "<b>Am:</b> %1 <b>Vom:S</b> %2 <b>Zum:</b> %3" },
+{ "<b>Original event:</b><p>", "<b>Original Ereignis:</b><p>" },
+{ " - both are modified after last sync", " - beide wurden nach der letzten Syncronisation verändert" },
+{ "Busy", "Belegt" },
+{ "&Cancel", "Abbre&chen" },
+{ "Cancel", "Abbrechen" },
+{ "Cannot delete To-Do\nwhich has children.", "Kann Todo nicht löschen,\n da noch Einträge vorhanden sind" },
+{ "Cannot delete To-Do which has children.", "Kann Todo nicht löschen, da noch Einträge vorhanden sind" },
+//"Cannot move To-Do to itself or a child of itself"),
+//"Cannot purge To-Do which\nhas uncompleted children."
+//"Can't generate mail:\nNo attendees defined.\n"));
+{ "Can't generate mail:\nNo event selected.", "Kann e-Mail nicht erstellen:\nKein Ereignis ausgewählt." },
+{ "Categories...", "Kategorien..." },
+{ "Categories", "Kategorien" },
+{ "Category", "Kategorie" },
+{ "Center View", "Mittenansicht" },
+{ "Change", "Verändere" },
+{ "Cinema", "Kino" },
+{ "Click to add a new Todo", "Klicken, um ein neues Todo anzulegen" },
+{ "Clone Item", "Klone Eintrag" },
+{ "&Close", "S&chließen" },
+{ "Close", "Schließen" },
+{ "Close this dialog to abort deletion!", "Zum Abbrechen des Löschvorganges Dialog schließen!" },
+{ "Colors", "Farben" },
+{ "completed", "fertiggestellt" },
+{ "completed on %1", "fertiggestellt um %1" },
+{ "Complete", "Fertigstellen" },
+//{ "concatenation of dates and time", "%1 %2" },
+{ "Confirm &deletes", "Löschvogang bestätigen" },
+//"Copying succeed. Syncing not yet implemented"
+//"Copy remote file to local machine..."
+//{ "Could not find your attendee entry.\nPlease check the emails.")) },
+{ "Couldn't load calendar\n '%1'.", "Kann Kalender\n '%1' nicht laden." },
+{ "Counter-event Viewer", "Ereigniszähler Anzeige" },
+//{ "counter proposal event","<b>Counter-event:</b><p>" },
+{ "Daily ending hour:", "Tägl. Schlusszeit:" },
+{ "Daily starting hour:", "Tägliche Anfangszeit:" },
+{ "Daily", "Täglich" },
+{ "Date Format", "Datum Format" },
+{ "DateNavigator:(nr)" , "Datums Navigator" },
+//{ "Date Range") },
+{ "Dates: ", "Datum: " },
+{ "Date && Time", "Datum && Zeit" },
+{ "Day begins at:", "Der Tag beginnt um:" },
+{ "Days in Next-X-Days:", "Tage in den Nächsten-X-Tagen:" },
+{ "Days in What's Next:", "Tage in Was-kommt-Nun:" },
+{ "day(s)", "Tag(e)" },
+{ "Days to show in Next-X-Days view:", "Welche Tage in Nächste-X-Tagen anzeigen:" },
+{ "day", "Tag" },
+{ "Dec", "Dez" },
+{ "December", "Dezember" },
+{ "Default alarm time:", "Standard Alarm Zeit:" },
+//{ "Default appointment time:") },
+//{ "Default Calendar Format") },
+//{ "Default event color:") },
+//{ "Default export file", "calendar.html")) },
+{ "Default", "Standard" },
+//{ "Def. duration of new app.:") },
+{ "Delete All", "Lösche alles" },
+{ "Delete all selected", "Lösche alle ausgewählten" },
+//{ "delete completed To-Dos","Purge Completed") },
+//{ "delete completed To-Dos","Purge Completed") },
+{ "Delete Current", "Aktuellen löschen" },
+{ "Delete Event...", "Lösche Ereignis..." },
+{ "Delete Event", "Lösche Ereignis" },
+{ "&Delete", "Löschen" },
+{ "Delete", "Löschen" },
+{ "Delete Todo...", "Lösche Todo..." },
+{ "Delete To-Do", "Lösche Todo" },
+{ "Deleting item %d ...", "Lösche Eintrag %d..." },
+{ "Descriptions", "Beschreibungen" },
+{ "Deselect All", "Alles deselektieren" },
+{ "Details", "Details" },
+{ "Dinner", "Abendessen" },
+//{ "%d item(s) found."), mMatchedEvents.count() ) },
+//{ "%d items remaining in list."), count() ) },
+{ "Do you really want\nto close KO/Pi?", "Möchten Sie wirklich\nKO/PI verlassen?" },
+//"Do you really want\nto remote sync?\n \n"
+//{ "Drop Event },
+//{ "Drop To-Do")) },
+//{ "Due Date")) },
+//{ "Due: ")+ (static_cast<Todo*>(mIncidence))->dtDueTimeStr() },
+//{ "Due Time")) },
+//{ "Due:"),timeBoxFrame) },
+{ "Duration: ", "Dauer: " },
+{ "Edit...", "Bearbeite..." },
+{ "Edit", "Bearbeite" },
+//{ "Edit Calendar Filters },
+{ "Edit Event...", "Bearbeite Ereignis..." },
+{ "Edit Event", "Bearbeite Ereignis" },
+//{ "Edit exceptions"), Ok|Cancel  },
+{ "EditorBox:", "Editor Fenster:" },
+{ "Edit Recurrence Range", "Bearbeite Wiederholung"  },
+//{ "&Edit..."),this,SLOT(popupEdit()))) },
+{ "Edit Todo...", "Berabeite Todo..." },
+{ "Edit To-Do", "Todo bearbeiten" },
+//{ "Email:" ) ) },
+{ "E&mail address:", "E&mail Adresse" },
+{ "(EmptyEmail)" , "(KeineEmail)" },
+{ "(EmptyName)", "(KeinName)" },
+//{ "Enable automatic saving of calendar") },
+//{ "Enable group scheduling") },
+//{ "Enable project view") },
+//{ "Enable Recurrence"), this ) },
+//{ "Enable scrollbars in month view cells") },
+//{ "Enable tooltips displaying summary of ev.") },
+//{ "End after"), rangeBox ) },
+//{ "End by:"), rangeBox ) },
+//{ "End Date")) },
+{ "End:", "Ende:" },
+//{ "End Time", "E)) },
+{ "English", "Englisch" },
+//{ "Enter filter name: },
+//{ "Error", "Fehler" },
+//{ "Error loading template file '%1'." },
+//{ "Event already exists in this calendar.") },
+{ "Event", "Ereignis" },
+{ "Event list", "Ereignis Liste" },
+//{ "Event list view uses full window") },
+//{ "Events and To-Dos that need a reply:") + "</h2>\n" },
+//{ "Events: ") + "</h2>\n" },
+//{ "Events have to be completely included"), topFrame) },
+//{ "Events"),incidenceGroup) },
+{ "Event Viewer:", "Ereignis Anzeige" },
+//{ "Event Viewer"),Ok|User1,Ok,false },
+//{ "Event will be sent to:")+"</h4>" },
+//{ "every"), this ) },
+{ "Exceptions...", "Ausnahmen..." },
+{ "Exceptions", "Ausnahmen" },
+{ "Exclude holidays", "Ohne Ferien" },
+{ "Exclude Saturdays", "Ohne Samstage" },
+//{ "Export to HTML with every save"),&(KOPrefs::instance()->mHtmlWithSave) },
+{ "Feb", "Feb" },
+{ "February", "Februar" },
+//{ "Filter disabled  },
+//{ "Filter position: ") + QString::number ( mSelectionCombo->currentItem()+1 )) },
+//{ "Filter selected:  },
+{ "&Find", "Finden" },
+{ "Fonts", "Zeichensätze" },
+//{ "Force take local entry always")) },
+//{ "Force take remote entry always")) },
+//{ "Form1" ) ) },
+//{ "Free Busy Object")) },
+{ "Free", "Frei" },
+{ "Friday", "Freitag" },
+{ "Fri", "Fr" },
+//{ "From: %1   To: %2   %3").arg(from).arg(to },
+//{ "From:"),rangeWidget)) },
+{ "Full &name:", "Vor- und &Nachname:" },
+//{ "Full path and file name required!"), topFrame) },
+{ "General", "Allgemein" },
+{ "German", "Deutsch" },
+{ "Gifts", "Geschenke" },
+//{ "Group Automation"),0 },
+//{ "Group Scheduling"),0 },
+{ "Help", "Hilfe" },
+{ "Hide Dates", "Daten ausblenden" },
+{ "Highlight color:" "Hervorhebungsfarbe" },
+{ "Holiday color:", "Ferien Farbe" },
+{ "hour(s)", "Stunde(n)" },
+//{ "iCalendar")) },
+//{ "If attendee is in addressbook")) },
+//{ "If organizer is in addressbook")) },
+//{ "If requested from an email in addressbook")) },
+//{ "If this counter-event is a good proposal for your event, press 'Accept'. All Attendees will then get the new version of this event },
+//{ "In %1 days: ").arg( i ) + "</font></em>"+day },
+//{ "Incomplete Todo:") + "</strong></big></big>\n" },
+{ "Information", "Information" },
+{ "Invalid search expression,\ncannot perform ", "Kann Suche nicht ausführen" },
+{ "Jan", "Jan" },
+{ "January", "Januar" },
+{ "JournalView:", "Journal Ansicht" },
+{ "Jul", "Jul" },
+{ "July", "Juli" },
+{ "Jump to date", "Springe zum Datum" },
+{ "June", "Juni" },
+{ "Jun", "Jun" },
+{ "Kids", "Kinder" },
+//{ "KMail", "KMail" },
+{ "KO/E Find ", "KO/E Suchen " },
+{ "KO/E Find: ", "KO/E Suchen: " },
+{ "KO/Pi is starting ... ", "KO/Pi startet ..." },
+{ "Language:(nyi)", "Sprache" },
+{ "Language:", "Sprache" },
+{ "Large", "Etwas mehr" },
+{ "List View:", "Listenansicht" },
+{ "Load/Save", "Laden/Speichern" },
+{ "Load Template", "Lade Vorlage" },
+{ "Locale", "Spracheinstellung" },
+{ "Local temp file:", "Lokales temp. Datei:" },
+//"Local temp file:\n "
+//"Local temp file:\n..."
+{ "Location: ", "Ort: " },
+{ "Location:", "Ort:" },
+{ "Mail client", "Mail Programm" },
+{ "Mail Client", "Mail Programm" },
+{ "March", "März" },
+{ "Mar", "Mär" },
+{ "May", "Mai" },
+{ "M. Bains line:", "M. Bains Linie:" },
+{ "Medium", "Medium" },
+{ "Method", "Methode" },
+{ "minute(s)", "Minute(n)" },
+{ "Monday", "Montag" },
+{ "Mon", "Mo" },
+{ "Monthly", "Monatlich" },
+{ "Month not long enough", "Monat ist nicht lang genug" },
+{ "month(s)", "Monat(e)" },
+{ "Month view:", "Monatsansicht" },
+{ "Month view uses category colors", "Monatsansicht benutzt die Kategorie Farben" },
+{ "Move &Down", "Nach unten verschieben" },
+{ "Move &Up", "Nach oben verschieben" },
+{ "Name:", "Name:" },
+{ "Name", "Name" },
+{ "\nAre you sure you want\nto delete this event?", "Sind Sie sicher, dass\n sie das Ereignis löschen möchten?" },
+{ "%n Days", "%n Tage" },
+{ "Never", "Nie" },
+{ "New event...", "Neues Ereignis..." },
+{ "New event", "Neues Ereignis" },
+{ "New Events/Todos should", "Meue Ereignisse/Todos sollten" },
+{ "&New", "&Neu" },
+{ "New", "Neu", },
+{ "New Sub-Todo...", "Neues Sub-Todo..." },
+{ "New Todo...", "Neues Todo..." },
+{ "New Todo", "Neues Todo" },
+{ "Next Alarm: ", "Nächster Alarm: ", },
+{ "&Next Day", "&Nächster Tag", },
+{ "Next days view uses full window", "Die Ansicht des nächsten Tages maximieren" },
+{ "Next month", "Nächster Monat" },
+{ "&Next Week", "&Nächste Woche" },
+{ "Next year", "Nächstes Jahr" },
+{ "Next Year", "Nächstes Jahr" },
+{ "%n h", "%n Std" },
+//"\n \nTry command on console to get more\ndetailed info about the reason.\n"
+//{ "nobody@nowhere", " },
+{ "No ending date", "Kein End-Datum", },
+{ "No event, nothing to do.", "Kein Ereignis, nichts zu tun.", },
+{ "No event selected.", "Kein Ereignis selektiert" },
+//{ "No event/todo were found matching\nyour search expression.\nUse the wildcard characters\n ' * ' and ' ? ' where needed."));"KO/E Find ")) },
+{ "No", "Nein" },
+{ "No program set", "Kein Programm ausgewählt", },
+{ "Normal", "Normal" },
+{ "[No selection]", "Keine Selektion", },
+{ "No sound set", "Kein Sound ausgewählt", },
+{ "no time ", "keine Zeit ", },
+{ "no time", "keine Zeit", },
+{ "No Time", "Keine Zeit" },
+{ "November", "November" },
+{ "Nov", "Nov", },
+{ "\nThis event recurs\nover multiple dates.\n", "\nDieses Ereignis wiederholt sich an mehreren Tagen.\n" },
+//{ "occurrence(s)"), rangeBox ) },
+{ "October", "Oktober" },
+{ "Oct", "Okt", },
+//{ "O-due!", " },
+//{ "Okay, another question:\n\nDo you really want\nto erase your complete disk?\nI hope, the decision is now\na little bit easier! },
+{ "&OK", "&OK" },
+{ "Ok+Show!", "Ok+Anzeigen" },
+{ "Organizer: %1","Organizer %1" },
+{ "Organizer","Organizer" },
+//{ "Overdue To-Do:") + "</h2>\n" },
+{ "Owner: ", "Besitzer: " },
+{ "Owner:", "Besitzer:" },
+{ "<p><b>Priority:</b> %2</p>", "<p><b>Priorität:</b> %2</p>" },
+//{ "Personal Travel",  },
+//{ "<p><i>%1 % completed</i></p>" },
+{ "Pick a date to display", "Wähle einen Tag zum anzeigen aus" },
+//{ "Playing '%1'").arg(fileName) },
+//{ "Playing '%1'").arg(mAlarmSound) },
+//{ "Please specify a valid due date.")) },
+//{ "Please specify a valid end date, for example '%1'." },
+//{ "Please specify a valid start date.")) },
+//{ "Please specify a valid start date, for example '%1'." },
+//{ "Please specify a valid start time.")) },
+//{ "Please specify a valid start time, for example '%1'." },
+//{ "Preferences - some settings need a restart (nr)")) },
+{ "Preferences - some settings need a restart (nr)", "Einstellungen - teilweise Neustart erforderlich" },
+{ "&Previous Day", "Vorheriger Tag" },
+{ "Previous month", "Vorheriger Monat" },
+{ "Previous Month", "Vorheriger Monat" },
+{ "&Previous Week", "Vorherige Woche" },
+{ "Previous year", "Vorheriges Jahr" },
+{ "Previous Year", "Vorheriges Jahr" },
+{ "Printing", "Drucken" },
+//{ "Prio")) },
+//{ "Priority:"), h) },
+{ "Proceed", "Weiter" },
+//{ "Purge },
+//{ "read-only") + ")</em>") },
+{ "Recur every", "Wiederh. alle" },
+{ "Recur in the month of", "Wiederh. im Monat" },
+{ "Recur on the", "Wiederh. am" },
+{ "Recur on this day", "Wiederh. am diesen Tag" },
+{ "Recurrence Range...", "Wiederholungs Zeitraum..." },
+{ "Recurrence Range", "Wiederholungs Zeitraum" },
+{ "Recurrence Rule", "Wiederholungs Regel" },
+{ "Recurrence", "Wiederholung" },
+{ "Recurs", "Wiederhole" },
+"&Reject", "Abweisen",
+{ "Reminder:", "Erinnerung:" },
+//"Remote file:\n "
+//"Remote file:\n..."
+//{ "Remote file:"), topFrame) },
+//{ "Remote IP:"), topFrame) },
+//{ "Remote passwd:"), topFrame) },
+//{ "Remote syncing (via ssh/scp) network settings "), topFrame) },
+//{ "Remote user:"), topFrame) },
+{ "&Remove", "Entfe&rnen" },
+{ "Remove", "Entfernen" },
+{ "Request response", "Bemerkung anfordern" },
+//{ "Retrieve &Messages" ) ) },
+{ "Role:", "Rolle:" },
+{ "Role", "Rolle" },
+//{ "RSVP"),35) },
+//{ "Running '%1'").arg(fileName) },
+//{ "Running '%1'").arg(mAlarmProgram) },
+{ "Sat", "Sa" },
+{ "Saturday", "Samstag" },
+//{ "Save Template"), Ok | Cancel, Ok, parent, 0 },
+//{ "Scheduler - Incoming Messages" ) ) },
+//{ "Scheduler Mail Client"),&(KOPrefs::instance()->mIMIPScheduler) },
+//{ "Scheduler Mails Should Be"),&(KOPrefs::instance()->mIMIPSend) },
+//{ "Scheduler - Outgoing Messages" ) ) },
+{ "Search for:", "Suche nach:" },
+{ "Search In", "Suche in" },
+{ "Search", "Suche" },
+{ "Select Addresses", "Wähle Adressen" },
+{ "Select all", "Wähle alles" },
+{ "Select a month", "Wähle Monat" },
+//{ "Select a template to load:"), templates, 0, &ok ) },
+{ "Select a week", "Wähle Woche" },
+{ "Select a year", "Wähle Jahr" },
+//{ "selected emails")) },
+//{ "Select Template Name"), topFrame },
+//{ "Select the current day")) },
+//{ "Send copy to owner when mailing events") },
+{ "Send directly", "Sende direkt" },
+//{ "Sendmail")) },
+{ "&Send Messages", "&Sende Nachrichten", },
+//{ "Send to outbox")) },
+{ "Sep", "Sep" },
+{ "September", "September" },
+//{ "Set your status },
+//{ "Set Your Status")) },
+{ "Shopping", "Einkaufen" },
+{ "Short date in (WN/E) view", "Kurzdatum in (WN/E) Anzeige" },
+{ "Show Dates", "Zeige Daten" },
+//{ "Show events that recur daily in date nav.") },
+{ "Show Event...", "Zeige Ereignis..." },
+//{ "Show ev. that recur weekly in date nav.") },
+//{ "Show Marcus Bains line") },
+//{ "Show seconds on Marcus Bains line") },
+//{ "Show summary after syncing") },
+{ "Show time as:", "Zeige Zeit als" },
+{ "Show Todo...", "Zeige To-Do" },
+//{ "Show topmost todo prios in What's N.:") },
+//{ "Show topmost todo prios in What's Next:") },
+//{ "Show vertical screen (Needs restart)") },
+{ "&Show", "Zeige" },
+{ "Show...", "Zeige..." },
+{ "Show", "Zeige" },
+{ "Small", "Klein" },
+{ "Sorry", "Entschuldigung" },
+//"Sorry, the copy command failed!\nCommand was:\n"
+//{ "Sort Id")) },
+{ "Start:", "Anfang:" },
+{ "Start Date", "Start Datum" },
+{ "Start Time", "Start Zeit" },
+{ "Status:", "Status:" },
+{ "Status","Status:" },
+//{ "Stretched TB", "
+{ "Summaries","Zusammenfassungen" },
+{ "Summary:","Zusammenfassung:" },
+{ "Summary","Zusammenfassung" },
+{ "Sunday", "Sonntag" },
+{ "Sun", "So" },
+//{ "Sync Network"),0,0) },
+{ "Sync preferences:", "Sync Einstellungen" },
+{ "Sync Prefs", "Sync Einstellungen" },
+{ "Syncronize", "Daten abgleich" },
+//{ "Take local entry on conflict")) },
+//{ "Take newest entry on conflict")) },
+//{ "Take remote entry on conflict")) },
+//{ "Template '%1' does not contain a valid Todo." },
+//{ "Template does not contain a valid Event." },
+{ "Template...", "Vorlage..." },
+//{ "The event ends before it starts.\n },
+//{ "The event has no attendees.")) },
+//{ "The journal entries can not be\nexported to a vCalendar file.") },
+//{ "The organizer %1", " },
+//{ "The start date cannot be after the due date.")) },
+//{ " - they have the same unique ID "), topFrame) },
+{ "This day", "Dieser Tag" },
+{ "This is an experimental feature. ", "Dieses Feature ist experimentel" },
+//{ "This is a recurring event.") + "</em>") },
+{ "This item will be\npermanently deleted.", "Dieser Eintrag wird\nkomplett gelöscht." },
+{ "This item will be permanently deleted.",  "Dieser Eintrag wird komplett gelöscht." },
+{ "Thu", "Do" },
+{ "Thursday", "Donnerstag" },
+{ "Time associated", "Dazugehörige Zeit" },
+{ "Time bar:", "Zeit Intervall" },
+{ "Time && Date", "Zeit und Datum" },
+{ "Time Format", "Zeit Format" },
+{ "Time Labels:", "Zeit Markierungen:" },
+{ "Time: ", "Zeit: " },
+{ "Timezone:", "Zeitzone:" },
+{ "Tiny", "Sehr klein" },
+{ "To: ", "An: " },
+{ "To:", "An:" },
+{ "Today: ", "Heute: " },
+//{ "To-Do: %1 },
+//{ "Todo due today color:") },
+//{ "To-do items:"),this) },
+//{ "Todo overdue color:") },
+//{ "Todos"),incidenceGroup) },
+{ "Todo", "Todo" },
+{ "To-do view shows completed Todos", "To-do Anzeige zeigt erledigte To-dos" },
+{ "ToDoView:", "Todo Anzeige:" },
+{ "Toggle Alarm", "Wechsle Alarm" },
+{ "Toggle Allday", "Umschalten Ganztag" },
+//{ "toggle completed To-Dos","Hide/Show Completed") },
+//{ "toggle completed To-Dos","Hide/Show Completed") },
+{ "Tomorrow: ", "Morgen: " },
+// { "Toolbar", "Zugriffsleiste" },
+{ "Tue", "Di" },
+{ "Tuesday", "Dienstag" },
+{ "Two entries are in conflict, if: ", "Zwei Einträge haben einen Konflikt, wenn:" },
+{ "Unable to find template '%1'.", "Kann Vorlage '%1' nicht finden." },
+{ "University", "Universität" },
+{ "Unknown", "Unbekannt" },
+{ "Up", "Hinauf" },
+//{ "&Use email settings from Control Center", " },
+{ "Use password (if not, ask when syncing)", "Passwort: (sonst jedesmal anfragen)" },
+{ "User defined (next page)", "Benutzer definiert (Nächste Seite)" },
+{ "User long date", "Benutz. lang. Datum" },
+{ "User short date", "Benutz. kurz. Datum" },
+//{ "vCalendar")) },
+{ "View", "Ansicht" },
+{ "View", "Anzeige" },
+{ "View Fonts", "Zeige Schriften" },
+{ "Views", "Ansichten" },
+//{ "VIP")   },
+{ "Wed", "Mi" },
+{ "Wednesday", "Mittwoch" },
+{ "Week %1", "Woche %1" },
+{ "Weekly", "Wöchentlich" },
+//{ "week(s) on:"), this ) },
+{ "Week starts on Sunday", "Wochenanfang Sonntags" },
+{ "What's Next View:", "What's Next Anzeige" },
+{ "What's next ?", "Was kommt als nächstes?" },
+{ "Working Hours", "Arbeitsstunden" },
+{ "Working hours color:", "Farbe der Arbeitsstunden" },
+{ "Write back existing entries only", "Nur exisitierende Einträge zurückschreiben" },
+{ "Write back synced file", "Syncronisierte Datei zurückschreiben" },
+{ "Yearly", "Jährlich" },
+{ "year(s)", "Jahr(e)" },
+{ "Yes", "Ja" },
+{ "You have %d item(s) selected.\n", "Sie haben %d Einträge ausgewählt.\n" },
+{ "You have to restart KOrganizer for this setting to take effect.","Sie müssem Korganizer neu starten, damit diese Einstellung aktiviert wird." },
+//{ "Zoom In", "Hineinzoomen" },
+//{ "Zoom Out", "Herauszoomen" },